I/-, ss

i^\v''

1

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE Senior Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum.

V 0 L. L V I I I.

UBRAftT

NEW YORK
BOfl ANICAL

LONDON
TAYLOPv AND FRANCIS

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET
19 20.

CUNTRIBUTOIIS TO THIS VOLUME.

E. (t. Baker, F.L.S.
E. J. Bejjford.
Aethuii Bennett, A.L.S.

E. B. Bishop.

G. A. BouLENaER, D.Sc, F.R.S.

G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S.
James Britten, F.L.S.
C. E. Britton.

B. Muriel Bristoj., D.Se.
Nellie Carter, D.Sc.

A. H. Church, M.A., D.Sc.
H. N. Dixon, M.A.. F.L.S.

F. Druce, M.A., F.L.S.
H. DowNEs, M.B., F.L.S.
Elliott, Jessie S., D.Sc.
Elliott, W. T., F.L.S.
W. Fawcett, B.Sc.
Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.
Lilian S. Gibes, F.L.S.
M. J. GODFERY, F.L.S.

W. B. Groye, M.A.

James Groyes, F.L.S.

K. T. GuNTHER, M.A., F.L.S.

N. G. Hadden.

J. W. Heslop-Hahrison, M.D.

W. P. Htern, M.A., F.R.S.

W. J. HODGETTS, M.Sc.

A. S. HoRNE, D.Sc, F.L.S.

C. P. Hurst.

A. B. Jackson, A.L.S.
James Ladbrook.
C. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S.
L. V. Lester-Garland, M.A.,

F T S
E. F. Linton, M.A., F.L.S.

G. Lister, F.L.S.

Lilian Lyle, F.L.S.

J. R. Matthews, M.A., F.L.S.

J, Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.

Elmer D. Me j{ rill.
I Spencer Le M. Moore, IJ.Sc,
i F.L.S.

W. A. Nicholson, F.L.S.

H. W. PuGSLEi', B.A., F.L.S.

J. Ramsbotto^m, M.A., F.L.S.

J. K. Ramsbottom.

R. F. Rani), M.D.

A. B. Renhle, D.Sc, F.R.S.

H. J. Riddelsdell, M.A.

H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S.

F. RiLSTONE.

i W. Roberts.

R. A. RoLFE, A.L.S.

E. J. Salisbury, D.Sc, F.L.S.

C. E. Salmon, F.L.S.
; AV. Shoolbred, F.L.S.
I A. LoRRAiN Smith, F.L.S.

E. Philip Smith.

T. Stephenson, D.D.

T. A. Stephenson, M.Sc

H. S. Thompson, F.L.S.

Carl Traaex.

Marjorie F. Warxeu.

W. Watson, D.Sc, A.L.S.

W. W. Watts.

J. Weathers.

H. F. Wernham, D.Sc.

J. A. Wheldon.

A. J. Wilmott, B.A., F.L.S.

A. H. Wolley-Dod.

CORRIGENDA.

P. 8, 1. 19, transpose " Mrs." and " Mr."

P. 40, 1. 15, for " corrhiza" read " coryza."

P. 67, 1. 12, for " test " read " text."

P. 96, 1. 23 from bottom, for " Two " read " Three."

P. 107, 11. 2, 3, for " An isomery " read " anisomery " ; for " declinous " read

" diclinous."
P. 167. 1. 23, for " 35 " read " 15."
P. 169, 1. 18, for " leaf " read " lip."
P. 170, 1. 17 from bottom, after " Domini " add " 1640."
P. 171, 1. 12, after " them " add " move."
P. 172,1. 8, for " 1647 " read " 1847."

P. 227, 1. 6 from bottom, for " Hellehortts " read " Hellehori)ie."
P. 228, 1. 16 from bottom, for " short " read " shoot."
P. 234, 1. 11 from bottom, for " forty " read " thirty."
P. 236, 1. 8 from bottom, for " 1889 " read " 1869."
P. 257, 1. 17, for "unusually " read "usually" ; 1. 33, dele "red."
P. 264, I. 9, for " retipora " read " retepom."
P. 275, 1. 27, for " S. S. ' read " L. S."

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 685

JANUARY, 1920

Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND rOREION

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONTENTS

In Memory of Edward Shearbvirn
Marshall. (1858-19190 (Witli
Portraits.) By James ±5ritten.

Llanberis Lichens.

DON

By J. A. Whel-

Some Roses from Dorsetshire. By
Gr. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., D.Sc,
F.R.S

The Home of Inula Heleninm.
C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S.

ByC.

Short Notes: — Enjthvdea scilloides
Chaubard — On Collecting Roses

— Salsola caffra Sparrman —
Gystopteris ')nontana in Banff-
shire— Poa o')neiensis, comb. nov.

— H. W. Burgess — - Euphrasia
hirtella J ord. — Saturcjamontana
L., in Hants

11

16
21

Reviews :—

Le Mythe des Symbiotes.

AUGUSTE LuMIERE

Par

IQ

Elementary Notes on Structural
Botany. By A. H. Church,
M.A 27

Flora of the Presidency of Madras.
By J. S. Gamble 27

Science and Fruit Growing : Being
an Account of the Results ob-
tained at the Woburn Experi-
mental Fruit Farm since its
foundation in 1894. By the Duke
OF Bedford, K.G., F.R.S.,
and Spencer Pickering, M.A.,
F.R.S 28

Botany for Agricultural Students.
By John N. Martin 29

30

23 \ Book-Notes, News, etc.

LONDON

TAYLOE AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and Eightpence

Macmillan's New Works

Botany of the Living Plant.

By F. O. BowEE, Sc.D., F.B.S., Regius Professor of Botany in
tile University of Glasgow. With 447 Figures. Svo, 25s. net.

Nature.— 'We have for so long been accustomed to rely on translations of
German text-books for our elementary botanical students that it is very
g-ratifying to find them superseded by so excellent and comprehensive a study
of the living plant from one of the most eminent of our own professors
and teachers.'

Lectures on Sex and Heredity.

Delivered in Glasgow 1917-lS. By Prof. F. O. Bower, Sc.D.,
F.K.S., Prof. J. Grahaai Kerh, M.A., F.K.S., and AY. E. Auar,
M.A., D.Sc. Illustrated. Crown Svo, os. net.

The Journal of Education. — 'Quite apart from their value to students of
botany and zoology, which is considerable, the lectures should do much to
focus attention on certain practical problems which are vastly more vital to
the real welfare of the human race than those political questions which
usiially absorb the energies of governments.'

Mendelism. i^^i^th edition.

By Professor E. C. Puis'NEtt, F.K.S. Fifth Edition. With
Illustrations in Colour and in Black and AVhite. Crown 8yo,
7^. Gd. net.

Journal of Botany. — ' Continues to be by far the best manual on a subject
which is as interesting to biologists as it was when the first edition
appeared.'

Science and Fruit-Growing.

Being an account of the Kesults obtained at the Woburn
Experimental Fruit Farm since its foundation in 1894. By the
Duke of Bedfoed, K.G., F.K.S., and Spexcek Pickerixg.
^[.A., F.Pv.S. Svo, 12s. 6d. net.

The Fruit Grozve*-.- ' Carefully tabulated records have enabled the authors
to deal with their subject in a very comprehensive manner, and their informa-
tion should be of the utmost value to growers who wish to improve or
extend their orchards and plantations.'

r>1ACIVlfLLAN 8o CO., LTD., LONDON, W.C. 2.

NEW YORK

THE '^

JOUKNAL OF JM)T A X Y

BRITISH AND FOREIGX.

IN MEMORY OF

EDWARD SHEARBURN MARSHALL

(1858-1919)

With Portraits.

Edwaed Sheaebuex Maeshall v>as born on March 7th, ISoS,
in Park Lane, London. He was privately educated, partly in England
and pai-tly in Germany, acquiring in the latter country a good know-
ledge of the language. In September 1873 he entered Marlborough
College, where he remained until Midsummer, 1S77 ; while there he
obtained an Old Marlburian Scholarship (187(5), an Exhibition (1877),
and a Scholarship at Brasenose College, Oxford. At Oxford he took
a Second Class in Classical Moderations in 1879 and a Third Class in
History in 1881, in which year he o:raduated B.A. ; he took his M.A.
in 1884. In 1882 Marshall was at Wells Theological College ; he
was ordained deacon in 1883, and was appointed to the Marlborough
Mission at Tottenham as curate; here he remained until 1885, taking-
priest's orders in 188-4.

On leading Tottenham, Marshall became curate at Witley, Surrey,
and it was during his residence there that he married (on August 1(3,
1887) Miss Fanny Isabel Foster — a niece of the Avell-known Avater-
colour artist Birket Foster (1825-99), some of whose pictures
adorned the Monkton drawing-room. The union was a yerv happy
one, and indeed could hardly have been otherwise, for Mrs. Marshall
was a woman of exceptional charm and boundless tact, with an unfail-
ing sense of humour and a brightness which communicated itself to all
who came in contact with her. A devoted Church woman, she was a
j^entre of parochial life, possessing that gift of sympathy which
^is not always vouchsafed to earnest workers, with an entire absence of
^the fussiness which sometimes attends and mars their efforts. She

twas possessed of considerable musical ability, training the village
choir and playing the organ in the church.
^^ Although herself not a botanist. Mrs. Marshall took the keenest
r^ interest in her husband's botanical work, especially during their
summer holidays in Scotland. It was on one of these occasions that a
new Hawkweed was found which was described by 31 r. Mai'shall in
JorEXAL OF Botany. — Vol. 58. [Jamaey, 1920.] b

2 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

this Journal for 191^ (p. 120) as Hieracium Isahellce : the following
note is appended to the description : — " I name this striking plant after
my wife Fanny Isabel (nee Foster), in commemoration of our recent
* silver wedding ' and in gratitude for her constant sympathetic com-
panionship on so many botanical excursions, over and above the fact
that some of the gatherings on which this species is founded were
made by her while I was amusing myself by tly-hshing on Loch
Ericht, with indifferent success."

In 1890 Marshall became Vicar of Milford, Surrey, where he
remained for ten years ; it was during his residence here that Mr. S.
T. Dunn published his Flora of South-west Surrey (1893), in the pre-
face to which Marshall is thanked for " his very kind help and
encouragement." In 1900-1902 he was Curate-in-charge of Laving-
ton-cum-Graftliam, Sussex, and in 1902-4 Vicar of Keevil, Wilts ;
towards the end of the latter year he became Kector of West Monk-
"ton — a position which he retained until Michaelmas last. He had
purchased an estate at Tidenham, near Chepstow, which on account of
local association he named " Offa's Dyke," wdiere he had hoped to
pass the remainder of his life and to help Mr. Riddelsdell with his
Flora of Gloucestershire. But this was not to be.

For some years Marshall had suffered from fits of depression. As
time went on, these increased in frequency and intensity : in the
summer of 1918 he had a serious nervous breakdown, fainting in the
pulpit. He had for some time been complaining that he felt
unequal to his clerical duties, and, acting on medical advice, as soon
as he recovered from the attack began to make arrangements for
resigning his living. The plans were completed in due course, and it
was hoped that the withdrawal from clerical w^ork would relieve the
pressure, and that the interest of his new surroundings would restore
his cheerfuhiess. But the death of his only brother, to wdiom he
was much attached, and the illness of his wdfe, deepened his depression.
A note which I sent him at the beginning of September was answered
by a request that I would not trouble him with botanical matters,
and in a subsequent letter he told me that he was giving up botany.
I did not take this seriously, but I have since learned that he had
withdrawn from membership of the two Exchange Clubs. His wdfe's
death at the beginning of November naturally greatly affected him ;
in a letter Avritten shortly afterwards — the last I received from him —
he gave a sad account of his own condition, and hinted at financial
troubles as to which there was not the slightest ground for concern.
From tliis state of despondency Marshall never recovered ; he was
found lying dead in his room on the 25th of November.

It does not appear that Marshall took up botany at Marlborough,
though the school, under the leadership of T. A. Preston, w^as, at the
time of his residence there, keen on the subject: the only reference
to him in the Reports of the College Natural History Society is in
that for Midsummer, 1877 — the year of his leaving, — in connection
with ornithology, in which he always retained a strong interest. The
Journal of his visit to America (June-August, 1881), which contains
numerous small specimens collected en route, shows that at that period
he had considerable knowledge of plants, and it was probably while at

EDWARD SllEAllJJUllN MAKSIIALL 3

Oxford that he became interested in botany. On the blank 2)ages of
the Journal are lists of sjDecies noticed in Teesdale in July, 1883,
and of Dorset and Hants j^lants at the beginning of July, 1884 ;
later in that month he was in the west of France, chiefly in Charente-
Inferieure, where he drew up a list ; on his return, a stay at East-
bourne for two hours enabled him to note 159 species.

Marshall's first contribution to this Journal, of which he was to
become a leading supporter, was in 1885, when he published (p. 311)
a short note on Pinguicula aljiina in SutJierland- The following
year saw nothing from his pen, but in 1887 he began the series of
notes upon the plants collected during the annual holiday of the
preceding 3'ear, which have, almost without intermission, formed an
interesting feature for more than thirty volumes. I had intended to
append to this notice a bil)liographv of Marshall's contributions, but
this M^ould require space which present restrictions make it impossible
to afford ; I must therefore content myself with a summary of the
more important, referring those who want a fuller account to the
yearly indexes, in which Marshall's name is alwa3^s to be found,
usually with many references attached.

Before he became a contributor, however, Marshall was a subscriber
to the Journal ; the first letter the Editor received from him is dated
Aug. 31, 1884, and was written while he was stationed at Tottenham.
It relates to a review of the third edition of Hooker's Studenfs Flora
(Journ. Bot. 1884, 280) and takes exception, on classical grounds, to
the statement that " Iragopon minus Miller (1768) must replace
T. minus Fries (1828)." It is written in the ex cathedra style
which Marshall never entirely abandoned : " Why so, I venture to
ask? TTwywi' is masculine, not neuter: and surel}^ it is most un-
worthy of any science to perpetuate errors. If the principle of
priority is to over-iide the consideration of all linguistic properties m
our own day, surely a more critical age will re-revise this arbitrary
revision." In common with all intelligent folk, Marshall, as time
went on, modified his opinions ; it is amusing to find him in 1918
(p. 152) regarding as "unjustifiable" Mr. Lacaita's assertion of the
principle thus energetically maintained, and endorsing the view that
"the author's spelling, even in extreme cases," should be adopted.
Marshall, however, never thoroughly accepted the principle of priority,
as may be seen from his notes on Car ex depauperata (J. Bot. 1896,
229) and Stellaria umbrosa (J. Bot. 1904, 152) — the latter a good
example of the vigorous stjde in which he often expressed his opinions.
In the letter quoted above he considers that the frequent changes of
nomenclature have a deterrent effect upon workers : "I am positive
that the services of many who would have done first-rate field work
are lost from this one cause. An eager and careful field-worker I
can claim to be, as far as time allows, but nothinsc more ; and as such
I can't but speak out on behalf of my long-suffering class."

Our correspondence thus begun became frequent and intimate,
especially after Marshall went to West Monkton, where, as he
told me, he intended to remain for the remainder of his clerical
life. About ten years ago he invited me to visit him there, and
thus began a personal friendship, not only with Marshall but with

E 2

4 THE JOTJRNAL OF BOTANY

his family, which year by year became more cordiah All who had
the pleasure of knowing Mrs. Marshall and of sharing in the life
of the Rectory will understand how greatly these visits were enjoyed
by the guest ; and it was pleasant to know that the appreciation was
shared by his hosts. Those who were present at the dinner given in
June 1913 to the Editor by a representative bod}^ of contributors
in commemoration of the jubilee of ibis Journal will remember the
genial speech in the course of which Marshall referred to my visits.
The large grounds of the Kectory included within their limits a wood
of some extent, a pond and small stream, an ample lawn, a rock-
garden (to which a second was added by the Marshalls), a carriage-
drive, bordered on one side by a field in early spring golden with
daffodils and on the other by a wide irregular flower-bed, a kitchen-
garden with flower-borders in the old-fashioned style, and an orchard.
There was of course no set bedding, but the borders were filled with
an astonishing variety of flowers of all sorts, including some of chiefly
botanical interest and many not commonly met with — the whole
presenting a charming informality. I doubt whether anj^ garden
ever gave more pleasure, either to its possessors or to its visitors ;
not once but many times a day did we walk in it, nor did the walks
ever lose their charm.

Marshall's contributions to the Journal have been, as its readers
know, very various : descriptions of new forms, biographies, reviews,
and an infinity of short notes on points of special interest, came
rapidly from his pen. Among the most interesting are the lists
of the plants, already referred to, collected during his annual holi-
day ; this was usually spent in Scotland, often with his old friends
Mr. F. J. Hanbury and Mr. W. A. Shoolbred, whose names sometimes
appear as joint authors of the lists ; other companions of his excursions,
besides his wife and family, were Mr. S. H. Bickham, the brothers
Linton, and Mr. C. E. Salmon. The lists, it need hardly be said, are
no mere enumerations of species, interesting onl}^ as records of the
local flora, but abound in notes of value ; as they were not published
until the following year, there was time for examination and com-
parison of specimens before the results were printed. In 1895 and
1906 Marshall visited various parts of Ireland— a country which
sometimes attracted him for snipe-shooting : in 1896-7 he was in
Wexford, where he found Sisyrinchium calif ornicitm in such
quantity as to convince him " that we have here an instance of
survival from an earlier flora, and not an adventitious plant "
(J. Bot. 1898, 49). His last visit to Ireland Avas to South Kerry,
accompanied by Mrs. Marshall, with a special view to the Saxifrages,
of which he had then begun to make a special study with a view to
undertaking them for the Camhridge Britisli Flora. A further
expedition in search of these, in which 1 was to have accompanied
him, was planned for 1915, but was prevented by the War. Shorter
visits were paid to numerous counties : he visited Westmorland and
Cornwall with R. P. Murray; Kent with Mr. Hanbury, when the
Flora of Kent was in preparation; Cardiganshire (1899), Carnar-
vonshire (1912), and others. Even the briefest visit to a locality
previously unknown to him afforded an opportunity for observation

EDWARD SIIEARBUHN' MARSHALL 5

and collecting; thus '* some hours " at Ilayling Island enahled him
to examine the various forms of ^alicornia and to note other things
of which a record will be found in J. J3ot. 1901, 144 ; even a wait
between trains was utilised. When it is remembered that Marshall
was a keen fishei'man, and also that he himself dried his often
very numerous gatherings, it will be understood that his '* holidays "
were by no means ])eriods of rest, except such as is afforded by
change of occuj)ation. How thoroughly he investigated the plants
of his county the " Somerset Plant-Notes " which have appeai-ed
annually in this Journal since 1907 sufficiently show. The notes
relating to critical genera such as Ilieracium and Bithus, and later
Saxifragn and Euphrasia, give, as has already been said, a special
value to Marshall's lists ; few have seen so many British and Irish
plants growing in their natural conditions, and none have turned
their knowledge to better account.

Although possessed of a very adequate knowledge of British
phanerogams in general, Marshall paid special attention to certain
genera besides those just mentioned, among them Erophila, Viola^
Epilohium, SaUcornid, and Carex. It was principally among these
that he found material on which to base the ncAv forms which he
described in this Journal — e. g. Bamincuhis petiolaris (J. Bot. 1892,
289^a name afterwards changed to scoticus), Cochlearia micacea
(1894, 289), Viola xSmifhiana (1915, 361), HelianthemumX Bick-
hami (1913, 182), Stellaria umbrosa var. decipiens (1902, 215),
Saxifraga Drucei, S. Sfernhergii var. gracilis, S. liypnoidcs var.
rohusta (1918, 65-7), S. X Craufordii (1909, 98), EpilohiumX
Waterfallii (1916, 114), Rieracium anfractuosum (1892, 18, 183),
K. dovrense var. spectabile (1894, 216), H. Isahellce (1913, 120),
H. Slioolhredii (1913, 122), Salicornia disarticulata var. humifusa
(1915, 361). The last is associated in my mind with Marshall's
enthusiasm as a collector : we had started in the morning for Dawlish
Warren, but arrived at Exeter in such pouring rain that Mrs. Mar-
shall and I ]n-ef erred to explore the city rather than to face an
expedition ; Marshall, however, persevered, and was rewarded with a
tinfull of Salieornias which he showed us with triumph when he
arrived in the afternoon, wet and weary, at Exeter Station.

Marshall's critical notes on the genera mentioned and on others,
scattered through his lists, also supplied material for special articles.
A warm defence of the "critical" as against the "lumping" school
will be found in his account of Cochlearia micacea (J. Bot. 1894, 290),
where he speaks of the " Benthamie " treatment as "hardly calculated
to increase knowledge or promote accuracy " and condemns " Mr. N.
E. Brown's crude and offhand dismissal of the Epilobium hybrids "
and " Sir J. D. Hooker's laconic condemnation of the Hanburian
Hieracia''' " For my own part," he continues, " I think that field-
botanists have some ground of complaint when careful and deliberate
conclusions, arrived at as the result of long research in the open, the
garden, and the study, are hastily tossed as worthless, Avithout their
properly investigating the matter, by those whose expressions of
opinion deservedly carry great weight, and whobe reasoned criticisms
would be very valuable." His own notes were always based, as far as

6 THE JOURNAL OT BOTANY

was possible, on abundant material: thus he prefaces the *^ JSpilohium
Notes " (J. Bot. 1890, 2-10), written when he was at Milford, by
saying : " During the past season I have examined many thousands
of living specimens, paying special attention to hybrids," of which
several new to the British Flora were obtained and two new ones
(-E*. X Surreyanum and E. X anglicuni) described : this paper is an
excellent example of Marshall's careful and critical work. The publi-
cation by C. B. Clarke on p. 225 of the same volume of E. Duriasi as
*' a new (?) English plant " led to one of those controversies that
sometimes enliven the most serious journals, in which both con-
tributors maintained their respective views with some warmth (see
J. Bot. 1890, 296 ; 1891, 78, 106 ; 1893, 20) ; the controversy finally
developed into a discussion of hybridity — a subject to which Marshall
paid much attention ; a note on a hybrid Epilohium appeared as
recently as 1918 (p. 382). In later years he Avas especially interested
in Saxifraqa, of which he grew many specimens, brought from Ireland
and elsewhere, in the portion of his garden devoted to experimental
growths : he regarded his papers (J. Bot. 1917, 151-161 ; 1918,
65-67) — the result of many years' observation — as examples of his
best work.

It was appropriate that Marshall's name should be associated with
two of his favourite genera, and that this should have been done by
those who were not only experts in those genera but also members of
his own profession. It may be noted in passing that, from the days
of William Turner (tl568), who is regarded as its "father," the
clergy of the Established Church have been among the chief pro-
moters of English botany — John Kay (1627-1705) stands out as their
most eminent example — and a catena of their number might be made
reaching to the present time : William Williamson Newbould (1819-
1886), himself retiring to a fault and unrepresented in literature,
probably did more than anyone to stimulate the study of critical
plants. Contemporary with Marshall and fellow-workers with him
were Richard Paget Murrav (1842-1908), William Eichardson
Linton (1850-1908), Augustin Ley (1842-1911); the Rev. W. Moyle
Rogers and the Rev. Edward F. Linton still happily with us : William
Henry Purchas (1823-1903), Thomas Arthur Preston (1833-1905),
and William Hunt Painter (1835-1910), although contemporary,
were less associated with Marshall than those already named. The
Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, though also contemporary, from whom much
may be expected, belongs to a somewdiat younger generation of clerical
botanists, of which he is apparently the sole representative ; it may
be hoped that others in the ranks of the clergy will arise to carry on
the tradition, but of this no sign is yet apparent.

The tw^o plants named after Marshall were both collected by him-
self : Hieracium MarsJialli, described by the Rev. E. F. Linton
(Journ. Bot. 1891, 271) was discovered by him on rocks by the
Unich Water, Forfar, in 1888 ; Biihus Marshalli, first described
(Journ. Bot. 1892, 310) as R. Koelileri var. hirsutus and raised to
specific rank by Focke and Rogers (Journ. Bot. 1895, 103) was
observed by him in company wdth Mr. Moyle Rogers at Munstead
and Witley, Surrey, in 1890, where " it is quite a marked feature of

KDWAHl) SIIK.VHBUHN x^^AKS^A^^i 7

the bramble flora." Other critical species were founded on material
collected by Marshall— e. g. Jiubus hesperius and B. iricus, two Irish
species described by Mr. Moyle Rogers in J. Bot. 1896, 50J?-6.
Haussknecht gave his name to a hybrid Epilohmm {E. Marshalli'
anuiii Hausskn.).

Although Marshall's work finds its chief record in this Journal,
it was by no means confined thereto. It is to him that we are
indebted for the publication of the Flora of Kent (1899) on which
the joint author and originator, Mr. F. J. Hanbury, had been working
since 1872. In the preface to the book Mr. Hanbury expresses his
regret " for so long a delay," and continues : " Had not his friend
and co-editor kindly consented to bring the critical portion up to
date, recast the mass of accumulated facts into final shape for press,
and. correct the proofs, the Flora could not even now have appeared.
He desires to pay his highest tribute to the energy and untiring work
that his colleague has thus ungrudgingly given, as well as to the
excellent critical field-work which, with little time at his disposal, he
has managed to accomplish." Botanists will regret that Marshall
was not also called in to complete Mr. Hanbury's Monograpli of the
British Hieracia, which, after the issue of eight numbers at dates
ranging from 1889 to 1898, remains a splendid fragment of what
might have been. In 1901 Marshall prepared for the Victoria
County History (published in 1908) an account of the Phanerogams
of Kent — a careful and interesting epitome of the Flora.

In 1914 was published the Supplement to the Flora of So??ie?'set
(see Journ. Bot. 1914, 220), which was undertaken by Marshall at
the request of the Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History
Society, of whose Botanical Section he was President and in whose
Transactions (lix. part 3) it first appeared. He took great interest in
the Society, joining in its excursions and presenting to its herbarium,
preserved in the Taunton Museum, specimens of his Somerset plants.
In the preface to the Supplement Marshall refers to B. P. Murray,
the author of the Flora, whose acquaintance he had made when at
Wells, as his " first real helper in the study of critical plants ....
we were intimate friends from the autumn of 1882 until his death "
in 1908 : a more detailed acknowledgement will be found in the
notice of Murray contributed by Marshall to this Journal for 1909,
p. 1. "

The account of Betula (one of his favourite genera) in the Cam-
Iridcje British Flora (1914) must also be mentioned among Marshall's
publications. His help is, moreover, acknowledged in various publica-
tions, e. g. in The Flora of Bristol, where Mr. White pays a warm
tribute to his critical knowledge ; the Reports of the two Exchange
Clubs, of both of which he was a member — he joined the B. E. C. in
1892 and the Watson Club in 1900 — contain numerous notes on
plants which had been referred to him for his opinion.

Almost from the beginning of his botanical career, Marshall was
intimately acquainted with the leading British botanists. Some of
them, as has already been mentioned, shared his summer holiday;
others were entertained at the rectory or were themselves his hosts,
or joined him on short excursions. He was accustomed to speak with

'^ THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXY

especial pleasure of a visit to Cambridge in 1911, when he was enter-
tained by his friend Professor Seward ; on this occasion he took part
in excursions in that county, in Suffolk, and in Huntingdonshire in
company with Dr. Moss and E. W. Hunnybun, and met Mrs. Gregory
and the Caml^ridge botanists. Marshall was a delightful companion
on an excursion, and liis enjoyment on such occasions was shared by
those who accompanied him. His contributions to the Journal con-
tain references to visits to H. C. Levinge (tl896) at MuUingar, to
W. B. Boyd (tl918) at Melrose, to the Corstorphines at Arbroath,
to Dr. J. Cosmo Melvill and many others ; he stayed with Prof. Bal-
four at Edinburgh, and exchanged visits with his old friends Messrs.
Shoolbred and Hanbury and the clergy who have already been
mentioned, as well as with Mr. Spencer Bickhara, from whose garden
he received many interesting things which he returned in kind — for
Marshall was as generous with living plants as he was with dried
specimens. With botanists nearer home he was in cordial relations,
especially with Mr. J. W. White, of Bristol, whose Flora he reviewed
in this Journal for 1912 (p. 232) ; his Somersetshire work brought
him into contact with Mrs. Downes, Miss lioper, Mr. Sand with and
others and his near neighbours Mr. W. Watson of Taunton and
Mr, W. D. Miller of Cheddon — the latter rendered him much assistance
and was a frequent companion of his rambles. His infrequent visits
to London a^orded opportunities for coming into touch with the
botanists of Kew and of the National Herbarium ; others he met at
the rooms of the Linnean Society, of which he became a Fellow in
1887. Indeed, to enumerate all Marshall's botanical acquaintances,
either personal or by letter, would be to give a list of contemporary
British botanists : to those already mentioned may be added W. H.
Beeby (181^9-1910), a friend since 188Jr, of Avhom Marshall wTote a
memoir in tliis Journal for 1910 (p. 121) ; Mr. K. W. ScuUy, whose
Flora of Kerry he reviewed in this Journal for 1917 (p. 56) ; the
Messrs. Groves ; Mr. E. N. Williams ; Dr. Dmce ; Dr. Moss ;
Mr. Pugsley ; Mr. Hiern ; Mr. A. B. Jackson — the enumeration might
be indetinitely exten(^e\

In 1911 Marshall was elected an Honorary Fellow of the Botanical
Society of Edinburgh, " in recognition of his great services to British
Botany." The distinction gave him legitimate pleasure, for the
nmnber of British Honorary Fellows is limited to six.

In politics Marshall was a strong Tory ; he was indeed a man of
strong views upon most subjects, and when he had arrived at a con-
clusion— which he sometimes seemed to base on insufficient data — it
was not easy to induce him to abandon it. An example of this will
be found in his discover}^ of Fesiuca heteropliylla at Witley in Surrey,
which he announced (J. Bot. 1889, 95) as '' a new British Festuca.''''
The unhkelihood of this South European species being native in
England was pointed out by Mr. Carruthers {op. cit. 216), who
showed that the plant had long been on sale as a pasture grass ;
Marshall, however (p. 249), warmly defended his position, and main-
tained at considerable length (J. Bot. 1890, 47-51) his *' decided
opinion" in favour of its nativity, although "a friend" (W. H. Beeby,
Avho accompanied Marshall to the station — see J. Bot. 1895, 253)

EDWARD SllEARBURN MARSHALL 9

questioned this. Nine years later, however, Marshall himself (J. Bot.
1S99, 357) expressed his conviction that ** Mr. Beeby was ri^-ht in
considering Festaca hfierophj/lla as probably introduced at Witley."

I detail the incident at some length because it shows that Marshall,
although diihcult to convince, was willing to own up when he was
convinced, and also because it illustrates his somewhat over-readiness
to regard as British, ]jlants whose antecedents suggested the im-
probability of this — Siiitjriuchiiun californicum, already mentioned,
is a case in point. On the other hard, he did much towards estab-
lishing the claims of plants whose nativity had been regarded as doubt-
ful— e. g. the one standing in our books as Aconitum Napellus ;
this he regarded as " a true native in Somerset and in several other
western counties" (Fl. Som. Supp. 8), and it was difficult to regard
it as otherwise in the stations where he showed it to me. Marshall
was also a staunch defender of the nativity of PcBoma corallina
and Allium Ampeloprasuni on the Steep Holm — of which R. P.
Murray gives the Hora in J. Bot. 1S91, 269; he made several
excursions to the island and introduced from it to his garden the two
plants above mentioned : he also regarded A. triquetrum as native in
Cornwall (J. Bot. 1918, 56).

His views as to specific rank also underwent modification : thus
the Raniuiculus first mentioned by him (J. Bot. 1889, 230) as
R. Flamumla var. petiolaris and subsequently published and figured
(J. Bot. 1892, 289, t. 328) as R. petiolaris — a preoccupied name for
which B. scotic?fs was substituted (J. Bot. 1898, 103) — was later
(J. Bot. 1900, 185) "after much consideration " regarded as a subspecies
— a view which had been previously urged upon him by Mr. Arthur
Bennett and other botanists.

It seems right to add that, although so much of his time was
devoted to botany, MarslialFs clerical work was in no way neglected :
the ordinary duties of a country clergyman, which are perhaps more
numerous than is sometimes supposed, were conscientiously and
methodically performed. His parish, though straggling, was not a
large one, as reckoned by inhabitants, and he had the help of a
curate, but he took his full share of work, usually preaching twice on
a Sunday. His sermons were much appreciated by the more educated
members of his fiock, but were, I gathered, regarded by the poorer
classes as rather over their heads — "too clever," as one of them
expressed it. Marshall was a thorough " Church and State " man — a
moderate High Clmrchman of the degree indicated in the Anglican
thermometer as "E.P. and altar lights," but with no symjmth}^ with
the more advanced members of that school. Although he did not
readily brook contradiction, he was a most pleasant companion.

It would be presumptuous on the part of one who claims no high
position among British botanists were he to attempt to estimate that
which Marshall had attained. But a letter received since his death,
from one who himself stands in the first rank of our botanists, con-
tains an appreciation which appears to me so just that I propose to
print it in place of expressing any opinion of my own :

" His death is a great loss to British Botany. He was unsur-
passed as a collector of the critical flowering plants, both in point of

10 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tlie number of interesting things he found and the care and judge-
ment he showed in selecting and pressing specimens of them. He
was most generous in distributing his specimens, and it was always a
-delight to receive a parcel from him, for it was sure to contain many
plants of interest. He was, I think, much more apt in seeing dif-
ferences than likenesses, but if one felt sometimes that he was a
little inclined to regard his geese as swans, he always furnished his
friends with adequate material to form a judgement for themselves.
It is very sad that he should have dropped out so early from the
comparatively small band of good critical botanists."

With regard to Marshall's specimens, those who shared his holiday
excursions tell stories of the shifts to which he was sometimes put to
■carry out the process of drying satisfactorily, and of the trouble and
time he devoted to the work. At home it was no uncommon thing
for him to change the papers six times a day, beginning before
breakfast and ending late at night. He took great care in spreading
out leaves and flowers, adjusting pads for thick stems, and in all the
little details which go to make up perfect specimens. His labels, too,
were models of neatness and exactness, and his numbering each plant
distributed made reference easy ; his distribution numbers reached
about 4500.

Besides the set which he always laid aside for the National Her-
barium, which is thus ])ossessed of a series almost as complete as his
own, and his liberal donations to private correspondents, Marshall
contributed largely to the two Exchange Clubs ; he also helped in
providing the specimens sent out by the brothers Linton in their
sets of Hieracia and Salices.

Marshall was also a good and prompt correspondent — a fact of
which amateurs as well as botanists took full advantage. I have
often heard him say, when opening at breakfast a packet of plants
sent to name — ^" Oh, I really can't be bothered with these things
to-day ! " and I heard it with amusement, for I knew that before the
afternoon post went out, the specimens would be named and the
packet returned with a useful and encouraging letter — sometimes,
however, with a complaint of the insufficiency of the material supplied :
the poorness of the specimens often sent out even by botanists of
repute always irritated him, as was not unnatural in one who was
himself beyond reproach in that respect. There is no need to say
how good his letters were : most British botanists can from their own
knowledge bear witness to the fact. It may be noted incidentally
that Marshall had a considerable correspondence with critical botanists
on the Continent ; in the course of his contributions to this Journal
will be found references to letters from Haussknecht, Lange, Kiiken-
thal, Wettstein, Focke, Domin, von Sterneck, and others.

Marshall was a very careful writer ; not only was his style clear
and concise, but his manuscrij^t practically required no correction
before sending to press — a testimonial which, as every editor knows,
is rarely given or deserved. He was careful, too, in his references ;
he had a small but useful botanical library of which he made good
use, and would often ask me for extracts from books which were
inaccessible to him. His occasional visits to town found him at the

EDWARD SHEAIIBURX MARSIfALL 11

National Herbarium or at the Linneaii Society for tlie consultation
and com])arison of books and specimens necessary for his work. In
everything connected witli liis herbarium — as, indeed, in other respects
— Marshall was exceeding'ly methodical: the ample space of the
llectory enabled him to devote a room to the accommodation of his
plants and books, and things not dealt with at once were carefully
endorsed — e. g. some papers which I had sent him for notice came
back to me after his death labelled " Important : for review in J. of.
E. after settHng at Off as Dyke."

This tribute to Marshall's memory has run to greater length than
I had anticipated, but I do not think that those who knew him,
either personally or by correspondence, will consider it too long :
rather will they note omissions which they would have been able and
willing to supply. By his death, the Editor has lost a valued friend
and the Journal a principal contributor, and this memoir may fittingly
conclude with a reference to the assistance rendered by Marshall to
both at a critical period. It will be remembered that owing to the
War and other circumstances a serious deficit was experienced at the
end of 1916. By the generosity of friends and in response to a
circular signed by five leading British botanists, the deficit was made
lip, as stated in the volume for 1917, p. 148 ; but it could not then
be said that the circulation of the appeal, the receipt and acknow-
ledgement of subscriptions, and other incidental trouble was entirely
undertaken by Marshall, who was also, with his wife, the most liberal
subscriber.

James Britte?^.

(The accompanying portraits are from a photograph taken in
July 1919.)

LLANBEBIS LICHENS.
By J. A. Wheldojs^.

The following list was compiled in the district around Llanberis
between the 3rd and the 8th of August. In company with the Misses
Armitage and Cobbe, and Messrs. Druce, Jones, Ehodes and Travis,
a considerable proj^ortion of that time was devoted to the examina-
tion of the Phanerogams and Br3^ophyta of the vicinit3\ Two days
were somewhat spoiled by unfavourable weather. The list cannot,
therefore, be regarded as an exhaustive one, and many of the lichens
know^n to occur in the district were not seen at all. Others, such as
Cerania vermicularis, Avere unexpected, because not recorded in the
Flora of Carnarvonsliire or Leighton's British Lichens, and it is
singular that so conspicuous a species, occurring close by the jDath
from Llanberis to the Snowdon summit in some abundance, should
have been overlooked. The comparatively few corticole species in-
cluded, is due to the fact that most of our time was spent on the
hills, above the tree zone, and not to any povert}^ of species in
this group. The armngement is that of A. Lorrain Smith's Briiish

12 THE JUL'JJXAL OF BOTANY

Lichens', and species not recorded for Carnarvonshire in Grriffitli's
Flora are indicated by an asterisk : —

SphcBrophorns glohosus A. L. Sm. Frequent on boulders. —
S.fragilis Pers. On Clogwjn and CVm Grias, frequent.

Epiiebe lanata Wain. Damp shad}^ rocks neai- Llanberis Castle.

*Foli/chidium muscicolam S. F. Gray. Moss}' boulder on
Snowdon.

Faiuiaria pezizoides Light. Near the stream by Crib Coch.

Feltigera canina Willd. Llanberis; Cwm Glas and Snowdon. — ■
*P. polydactyla Hoffni. Banks in Llanberis Pass and below Clog-
wyn. — P. aphthosa Willd. Shaded banks in Llanberis Pass.

Solorlua saccata Ach. Damp ledges on volcanic ash. Cwm
Glas.

Parmelia physodes Ach. Common, with forms lahrosa and
recurva. — P. puhescens Wain. Snowdon at about 2550 ft. ; sparingly
near Clogwyn Tarn. — P. perlata Ach. Frequent near Llanberis. —
P. caperata Ach. Very fine on both trees and rocks. — P. prohos-
cldea Tayl. Sparingly on trees near Llanberis Castle. — P. saxaiilis
Ach. and iornvA, fu7]fiiracea Schser. General, on trees and rocks. —
P. cetrarioides Del. Kocks at foot of Snowdon, above Llanberis
Falls. — P. sulcata Tayl. Noted only once on a wall near Nant
Perris. — P. Icevigata Ach. Eather frequent on boulders and trees
near Llanberis. — P. revoliota Floerke. On mossy boulders near
Llanberis Falls. — P. conspersa Ach. Common and fruiting well
about Llanberis ; var. stenophi/lla Ach. near the Castle, f. isidiata
Leight. On boulders ^t the foot of Snowdon. — -P. omplialodes
Ach. Very frequent throughout the district, and occasionally fruit-
ing well. — F.fuliginosa Nyl. Common on rocks and walls. The
var. IcBte-virens Nyl. frequent on trees.

Getraria glauca Ach. Common on both rocks and tree-trunks.
— G. islandlca Ach. Sparingly in Cwm Glas, and on Snowdon
at 3250 ft., var. tenuifolia Wain. Amongst Racoinitriuni laiiugl-
nosum at about 3500 ft. on Snowdon. — C. aculeata Fr. Common,
ascending to the summit of Snowdon.

Everiiia prunastri Ach. Tree-trunks at Llanberis. — E. furfu-
racea Mann. On a wall at the foot of Cwm Glas.

*Usnea liirta Ach. Trees near Llanberis. — Z7. ceratina Ach.
On rocks in Llanberis Pass.

Alectoria hicolor Nyl. Near the summit of Snowdon and
in Cwm Glas. — *A. chalyheiforniis Th. Fr. Snowdon at above
3000 ft.

^Geraiiia vermicularis S. F. Gray. On the bare shoulders of
Snowdon immediately below the Summit Station, in some abundance,
and ranging between 3200 to 3500 ft. or higher. It occurs on
ground covered with small stones, associated with SaUx herhacea,
Bacomitrmm lanuginosum, Anthelia Juratshaim., Marsupella ustu-
lata, Gladonia uncialis var. turgescens^ Lecidea demissa and other
alpine species.

Xantlwria parietina Th. Fr. Occasionally on walls, gate-posts,
and rocks, especially near villages and farms.

LLVNEERTS LICTTEXS 111

Placodium iryracenm Anzi var. 'pyritliromum A. L. Sm. An
athalline form on a foreign white thallus, the apothecia in small
groups, amongst decaying mosses al)ove 8000 ft. on Snowdon. —
P.ft'rrugineum Hejip. Very sparingly on a tree near the Castle.

CandelarieUa vitellina Miill.-Arg. Frequent around Lhmberis.

I*hyscia jyiilverulentn Nyl. Somewhat rare on trees in Llanberis
Pass. — *P. steUaris N}^. var. cercidia Nyl. Observed once near
Nant Perris. — P. liispida Tuckerm. Frequent, the f, leptulea
(Ach.) on trees, and f. tenella (Scop.) on rocks near Lljm Padarn.

*Rinodina demissa Arn. On slate near lAyn Padarn.

Lecanora gelida Acli. Rocks in Llanl:>eris Pass and above tlie
tarn in Cwm Grlas Mawr. — L. suhfusca Ach. var. *ch1arona Ach.
Trees near Llanberis. Var. aJIopliana Ach. Trees near the Castle. —
L. rugosa Nyl. Apparentl}' rare, seen once on trees near Llanberis.
— L. atra Ach. Frequent, and ascending to 3500 ft. on Snowdon. —
*L. Hageni Ach. On small stones in Llanberis Pass. — *L. car-
pinea Wain. On branches of trees, frequent. — *L. varia Ach.
Sparingly on old worked wood near Llanberis. — *L.farinmHa Borr.
var. conizcBoides A. L. Sm. On larch near Llanberis. — L. sidpJiurea
Ach. Kocks and walls in Llanberis Pass and below Cwm Glas. —
*L. epanora Ach. Noticed in several places in Cwm Glas, and on
the ascent of Snowdon from Llanberis. — L. polyiropa Schser. Seen
very sparingly on Snowdon. — L. hadia Ach. Frequent on boulders,
Llanbei-is Pass, Snowdon, and below Clogwjm. — *L. atriseda Njd.
Wall in Llanberis Pass, with Lecidea geograpMca. — L. tartarea
Ach. Frequent, and fruiting well on tree-trunks and rocks ; the
Ya,r. frigid a Ach. on Snowdon above Cwm Glas Mawr. — L. parella
Ach. Occasional on walls and rocks. — L. lacustris Th. Fr. Abun-
dant on stones below Llanberis Waterfall, and at intervals in the bed
of the stream doAvn to tlie lake. — L. Dicksonii Nyl. Frequent,
ascending from near the Ll^^n Padarn to tlie summit of Snowdon.

Acarospora fuscata Th. Fr. Rocks in Cwm Glas. — *A. smarag-'
did a Massal. Rocks below Clogwjm.

Pert i( sarin glohidifera Njd. Rare, on trees near Llanberis. —
JP.faginea Leight. Rather frequent on trees. — *P. midtipuncia
Nyl. Trees near the base of Snowdon, rare. — *P. lacfea Njd. Fre-
quent, but always sterile, ascending to the summit of Snowdon. —
P. communis Dalla Torre and Sarnth. Only noticed once on a tree
near Llanberis. — P. dealhata Cromb. Boulders in Llanberis Pass.
Frequent on Snowdon and Clogwyn. — P. leioplaca Schaer. Trees
near Nant Perris.

Crocgnia lanuginosa Hue. Shady mossy wall in Llanberis Pass.

*Racodium rupesire Pers. Rocks in Cwm Glas.

GgropJiora polgphgUa Hook. f. congregata T. & B. Rocks
below Clogwyn, and near the foot of Crib Goch. — G. cgJindrica
Ach. Near the summit of Snowdon and on rocks below Clogwyn.
forma denudafa Mudd and var. fimlriafa Ach. Clogwyn. *Var.
denticidata Ach. Rocks above Cwm Glas near the summit of
Snowdon. — *G. torrefacta Cromb. Observed ver}^ sparingly below
Clogwyn.

Bceomyces roseus Pers. Seen in a sterile condition only on
Snowdon. — B. riifus DC. Itocks in Llanberis Pass.

14 THE JOURZ^AL OF BOTANY

Stereocaidon condensatuin Hoffm. With Cerania vermicidaris
at 2250 ft. on Snowclon. — S. coralloides Fr. Snowdon. — *S. evo-
lutum Graewe. Frequent on walls and rocks. — 8. denudatum Floerke.
Cwm Glas and Clogwyn, rather frequent. *\2iY. pulvmatum Th. Fr.
Rocks above 3000 ft. on Snowdon. and on boulders near Nant
Perris.

Cladonia sylvatica Hoffm. Very frequent. — C. uncialis Web.
Frequent. The var. turgescens Fr. and *f. obtiisata Ach. high up on
Snowdon, rare. — G. i:)yxidata Hoffm. Banks and walls near Llan-
beris. Var. chlorophwa Floerk. and *f. lepidophora Floerk. on walls
in Llanberis Pass. — O. Jimbriata Fr. form macra Floerk. With the
preceding, and also *var. suhcormita Nyl. f. anfilopcBa (Mudd). —
*C. lepidota Nyl. f. liypopliylla Cromb. Cwm Glas, Clogwyn, and
on Snowdon near the railway at 3500 ft. — -C. cervicornis Schaer.
Common on rocks and boulders. — C. soholifera N\d. Cwm Glas. I
do not understand the limitations of this and the preceding. The
plant we have always called C. cervicornis invariably gives a very
distinct yellow reaction with KHO, and I have referred all those
without such reaction to C. soholifera. — C. gracilis Willd. Frequent
on walls and mossy rocks. — C.furcata Schrad. Cwm Glas. — C. digi-
tata Hoffm. Near Llanberis Castle. — *C. sg^uamosa Hoffm. Mossy
wood in Llanberis Pass. — C. coccifera Willd. Clogwyn and Cwm
Glas. — *C. flahelliformis Wain. Mossy boulders above Llanberis
Falls. — *C. macilenta Hoffm. Wood near Llyn Padarn.

Lecidea demissa Th. Fr. Snowdon at 8250 ft. — L. lucida Ach.
Walls between Llanberis and Nant Perris. — L. coarctata Nyl. var.
<?Z«cw;^« Cromb. Slaty rocks below Clogwyn. N-ay. glehulosa Cromb.
Llanberis Pass and amongst decaying hepatics &c. near the summit
of Snowdon. — *Z. yr«w?«!;/o6'« Schaer. and *L. uliginosa Ach. Cwm
Glas. — L. parasema Ach. Trees near Llanberis. — *L. goniophila
Schaer. Rocks below Clogwyn and on Snowdon at 3300 ft. —
*L. leucophcsa Nyl. Snowdon above 2000 ft. — L. conseiitiens
Nyl. Snowdon at about 3000 ft. — L. coutigua Fr. Abundant on
rocks, walls, and small stones, with the v2iY. jlavicunda Nyl. A form
with minute apothecia occurs. — L. sored iza Nyl. Rare. Rocks
below Clogwyn. — L. conjluens Ach. Common, with f. oxydata
Leight. The var. rimoso-areolafa Leighton on Snowdon. — L. lapi-
ci da Ach.. Boulder in Llanberis Pass; Snowdon. — L. lithopliila Ach.
Snowdon at 3250 ft., f. ocliracea Floerk., on rocks below Clogwyn. —
*L. plana N}^. Cwm Glas and Clogwyn. — L. lactea Floerke. Rocks
near the Snowdon railway at about 3300 ft. — JL. aglcea Sommerf.
Rocks below Clogwyn. — L. rividosa Ach. Frequent, and often
associated with Lecanora hadia and the next species. — L. Kochiana
Hepp. Ascends to above 3250 ft. on Snowdon. The var. lygcea
Leight. occurs on rocks below Clogwyn.

Megalospora sanguinaria Massal. Boulders in the wood near
Llanberis Castle.

Biatorina lenticularis Koerb. var. acrustacea Hepp. Rocks on
Snowdon at about 2300 ft. — B. confristans A. L. Sm. On decaying
Andrecea near the summit of Snowdon.

LLANBERIS LTCUENS 15

*Bilimbia cambrica, sp. nov. Thallus indetenninatus granulato-
squamulosus vel sqnamulosiis, squamiilis contigiiis vel dispersis Havido-
cinereis, marginis promiiierites pallidioribus. Apotliecia nigra priino
plana marginata deinde convexa imniarginata et ajtate tuberculata,
saepe conglomerata. Epithecium in plagas tenues dissectum brunneuni!
Hjpotliecium saturate nigro-fuscum. Parapbyses bene discret^e
subcapitatie graciles, apieibus f useescentibus. Spori 24- :3G x 5-7 u
fusifornies 3-septatie.

Thallus yellowish gre}^ subeffuse, squamulose, squamules roundish
and nodulose or larger and irregularly Hexuose, adnate, depressed in
the centre, whitish at the elevated margins, scattered or congregate.
Apothecia rather small, black, opaque, scattei-ed or several together,
in age convex and tuberculate with the margin excluded. Epitliecium
brown in section ; hypothecium black, becoming brown upwards.
Paraphyses slender, subcapitate. Spores fusiform, 3-5 septate ;
24-36 X 5-7 /.{. On rocks of volcanic ash on Snowdon, above 3U(jO ft.
This lichen is very near Bilimbia leucojjhfsoj^sis A. L. Sm., the only
locality for which is on Ben Lawers. Like that species it is asso"^-
ciated with Sirosiphon saocicola, which forms dark patches between
the thalline squamules. It may be only a variety of that species, but
is distinguished from it by the whitish margins of the squamules, and
the darker thallus.

Bilimhia melcBua Arnold. On decaying mosses and hepatics on
Snowdon. — B. lignaria Massal. Encrasting decaying mosses hio-h
up in Cwm Glas, and over-running Gladonioe and mosses among^st
Cerania on Snowdon.

Bacidia iimhrina Branth & Eostr. Eocks in the wood by Llyn
Perris, vars. tiirgida Th. Fr. and compacta Th. Fr. On walls amongst
small mosses in Llanberis Pass.

Buellia myriocarpa Mudd. On a tree-stump near Llanberis. —
B. colJudens Tuck. Eocks in Cwm Glas.

Rhizocmyon geograpliicum DC. Common, with forms coniigua
Leight. and urceola Leight.— =^i^. (Ederi Koerb. Boulders in Llan-
beris Pass, on Clogwyn, and near the summit of Snowdon. —
B. petraum Massal. By the lake in Llanberis Pass. — E. confervoides
DC. On stones near Llanberis, and on Snowdon.

Artlwnia radiata Ach. and var. Stcartziana Sydow. On oaks
near Llanberis Castle ; also a brown form on alders near Nant Perris,
Mr. G. Travis.

Graphis scripta Ach. Woods near Llanberis Castle.

Fli(Eogr aphis inusta Miill.-Arg. *var. macidaris A. L. Sm. With
the preceding species.

Bermatocarpon aquaticum A. Zahlbr. Stream betAveen Crib Goch
and Cwm Glas.

*Verrucaria Icevata Ach. Stones in the stream near Llanberis
Castle.

Arthopyrenia epidermidis Mudd. On birch and oak near Llan-
beris and Nant Perris. — A. suhnicans A. L. Sm. On smooth bark
near Llanberis Castle ; also found on alders near Nant Perris by
Mr. Travis.

Borina carpinea A. Zahlbr. Trees near Llvn Pada

rn.

IG, THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT

SOME ROSES FROM DORSETSHIRE.

By G. a. BouLENQEii, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.

Whilst spending a fortnight at Studland last summer, I paid
special attention to the Roses, represented by a great -variety of forms,
some of which could not be brought under any of the definitions in
the useful compilation prepared by Major Wolley-Dod for this
Journal, summarizing all that is known on the distinction of the
British species and varieties and their nomenclature. The following
notes show how much can be added to our knowledge of this most
intricate subject even in localities one would expect to have been well
explored.

Rosa ptychophylla, sp. n.

A low, erect, lax bush, 4 feet high, rather scantily foliated, the
folioles small (24 to 36 mm. by 12 to 20) and folded, so as to appear
extremely narrow, and edged with red, which colour makes the stipules
and the prickles very conspicuous ; in full bloom in the first half of
Jul}^ the flowers (1| inches in diameter) numerous, projecting beyond
the terminal leaves of the branches bearing them, solitar}^ gem.inate,
or in clusters of three or four, pure white when fully open, feebly
scented, the petals in the buds tinged with yellowish pink. Year's
shoots stiff, erect, green with bright red prickles.

Disc very convex, styles smooth and more or less projecting, often
agglutinated in a very distinct column, with the stigmas forming a
conical head. Sepals shorter than the petals, narrowl}^ bipinnate,
pubescent, Avoolly on the edges, with scattered small red glands ;
calyx-tube glabrous, twice as long as l)road ; pedicels smooth or with
scattered stipitate glands, 1| to 2| times as long as the cah^x-tube.
Bracts large, foliate, very hairy, sometimes reaching the extremity of
the corolla.

Folioles 7, small, If to 2| times as long as broad, ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, rounded at the base, acute at the end, sessile or nearly so,
uniserrate without glands, the teeth sharp and numerous (15 to 30 on
each side), glabrous, dark green and shiny above, pale green and hairy
all over beneath, the hairs very long on the mid-rib ; petioles with
prickles and scattered stipitate glands, glabrous or feebly hair}-- ;
stipules rather broad, glabrous.

Prickles on the flowering branches large or moderate, more or less
curved, longer than their basal diameter ; on the year's shoots large
and feebly curved, sometimes very crowded and unequal in size, some
perfectly straight with broad base, others reduced to acicles ; on old
stem numerous, straight or feebly curved, longer (up to twice) than
their basal diameter.

Studland, Dorsetshire. Three bushes growing close together on a
sandy soil among gorse and brambles, near a Bosa ruhiginosa.

When I discovered them on July 2nd the}^ were in full bloom,
and on the 11th they were only beginning to wane. Branches gathered
on the same bushes on Aug. 10th and bi-ought to me by a friend, had
the green hips 12 to 16 mm. long by 7 to 10 wide, as long as or a
little longer than the pedicels, with convex, i-eddish-brown discs and

SOME EOSES FROM DORSETSIIIKE 17

the pistils projecting 3 mm. ; the sepals folded down ; no chanii^e in
the coU)ur of the foliag-e. In November, I received ripe liips, with
tough, leathery coat, cherry-red (Dauthenay, liepert. de Couleurs,
J)!. 1)1, tone •!<), 15 to 18 mm. long b}^ 9 to 11 wide, pedicels 18 to
20 mm. ; disc dark brown, projecting ])istils 2 to 8 mm. long. One
which I opened contained G well-formed akenes (6 mm. by 4) in
addition to as many imperfectly developed.

When I came across these bushes, their ap})earance struck me as
utterly unlike anything I had seen before, I was as much startled as
when I first saw R. rubrifolia alive, and 1 have since been unable to
identify the species from the descriptions of British and Continental
authors or after a diligent search through the herbaria in the British
and Paris Museums, at Kew, and in the Rouy herbarium in Paris, to
whicli Prince lioland Bonaparte has kindly given me access.

This Kose falls under the detlnition of the Sfylosce section of the
genus, whatever the value of the grou]^ may be as a natural associa-
tion. I have compared it with R. sfi/losa, of w^liich the Deseglise
herbarium contains an example, from the Dept. Vienne, sent by
Desvaux as absolutel}^ typical. In this example, the folioles, 5 or 7
in number, are also sessile, although Desvaux describes them as
petiolulate, and bear 15 to 18 teeth on each side, but they are very
haiiy above as well as beneath, and more attenuate at the base. Of
Ji. IcHcochj'oa, I have seen an authentic specimen from Poitiers
(Desvaux, April 181-3) at Kew ; it has broader folioles, pubescent on
the ribs onh^, and the flowers are said to emit a pronounced odour of
musk. The t^^De of the var. micropliyUa Kou}^, from L'Arboie, Isere,
seems to me to represent nothing more than a small-leaved form of
R. sti/losa ; folioles pubescent above, not glabrous as stated by Kouy,
with 18 to 22 serrije on each side ; sepals longer than the petals, which
are stated to be pink ; pedicels smooth. R. systyla, which I have
found at Studland, is a high bush similar in habit to the larger forms
of R. canina, with larger pink flowers, much larger leaves with
petiolulate folioles, projecting beyond the flowers, as in the specimens
of R. sfylom and R. leucocliroa figured by Desvaux as well as in all
our Roses of the R. canina and R. sti/losa groups ; my specimens
agree well with some in the Deseglise collection {R. fastigiata Bast.),
also with Christ's description in Rosen der ScJiweiz, as well as with a
specimen from the Basle Jura sent by him to Deseglise.

I cannot suggest a hybrid origin for this remarkable form. The
only llose-bush growing quite near was, as I have said above, a
R. rithiginosu ; not far off there were bushes of R. canina which seem
to fall under the var. dumalis, with white flowers and mostly 7-
foliolate leaves. Bechstein's R. dumalis in the strictest sense has
rose flowers and 5-foliolate leaves on the flowering branches. 1 am
well acquainted with it in Belgium (Famenne), where, owing to its
more shiny and darker foliage and smaller flowers, I can usually
distinguish it at a distance from the typical R. canina {luletiana)
in hedges where the two grow side by side. White-flowered var.
dumalis also occur in the same district in Belgium, but are the
exception and not the rule as round Studland, where the half-open
petals are often yellow at the base. There is no R. arvensis in the
Jouhjsal of I3ot.ln'y, — \()l. 58. [Ja><'Uaei', 1920.1 c

18 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

immediate neiglibourhood, although the character of the leaves not
extending beyond the Rowers — an important character which should
certainly he included in the definition of B. arvensis, exceptions being
very rare — might suggest such a parentage. Crosses between
a. arvensis and H. stylosa have been described, but they are quite
unlike B. j^tychojjln/Ua.

As stated by Burnat and Gremh (Roses Alp. Marit. p. 34),
** L'hypothese de Torigine hybride d'une Rose ne doit etre admise
que rarement et apres mur examen." The present form deserves
attention and the only course open to me is to treat it, provisionally,
as a distinct species, much as I deplore the excessive splitting-up by
which some systematists have increased the difficulties of a most
perplexing subject of study.

Rosa aevensis, var. major Coste.

The name var. umhellata Godet should be applied to the remark-
ably robust form often called B. hihracfeata Bastard in this country,
but for the fact that there is an earlier B. iinibellata (a variety of
B. ruhiginosa^ ; Wolley-Dod has suggested the appropriate name
major Coste, as Rouy and Foucaud regard B. hihracteata as a
B. seinpervirens X stylosa, an opinion which is probably correct.
Some of the specimens I have seen in British herbaria are probably
hybrids B. arvensis x stylosa.

Several bushes grow on the side of the road from Studland to
Corfe Castle ; I have found the same form in Surrey, at Clandon.

The bush has much the same trailing habit as the typical
B. arvensis, but the stems are much stouter, also purple, and the
prickles on the flowering branches are large and strongly hooked,
instead of small and often straight or nearly so. The folioles are
large, dark green and rather shiny above, glabrous, 7, rarely 5 in
number, 1| to 2 times as long as broad, the terminal 21 to 39 mm. by
14 to 24, mostly acutely pointed, with 8 to 15 shnple teeth on each side,
some of which may bear one or two glands ; petioles glandular and
prickly, the prickles sometimes extending under the mid-rib of the
folioles. Crepin has attached an undue importance to the nvimber
of folioles on the middle leaves of the flowering branches in his keys to
the sections and species : thus B. micrantlia has more often 5 than 7
in this country and in Belgium, though not so in Switzerland, and
yet is placed in the Canince, defined as having the middle leaves
7-foliolate, whilst 7 as against 5 is given as a useful chamcter for
distinguishing B. arvensis from B. semjjervirens. It is well to state
that 5 is the rule in B. arvensis, in the South of England at least ;
in Smith's English Flora, ii. p. 397, it is described as with "leaflets 5,
rarely 7."

Flowers large, white, up to 50 mm. in diameter, in clusters
of 3 to 9, extending beyond the leaves ; pedicels smooth to densely
glandular (in the same cluster), 3 to 6 times as long as the calyx-
tube, which is naked; sepals short, pubescent on the inner side,
with stipitate glands on the borders, with one or two short, simple
pinnae. Although I have carefully examined quite a hundred bushes

SOMP] ROSES FlUni D()KSETSITII{1': U)

and every specimen in tlie British Musevun (Hritisli collection and
Desegiise collection) and Kew herbaria, 1 have not yet come across
H. arvensis without any pinnae at all, in spite of the usual cleHnition
in books "sepals usually quite entire or very slightly pinnate." In
H, hihracteata Bastard the lowers are rosy white : a specimen from
Anjou, sent under that name by Basiard to Ivew, seems to be
li. sj/stt/la pure and simple.

This is not a shar]dy-defined Yariety, as 1 have come across speci-
mens with large leaves and solitary or geminate llovvers,. and others
with small leaves and um])ellate or corymbose llowers.

BOSA ARYENSIS X MICRANTIIA ?

A bush about 3 ft. high, growing in a hedge with li. arvensis
and i2. micrantha, should perhaps be regarded as a hybrid between
these two species,

in habit similar to i^. arvensis^ but stems withcmt ))urplish tinge
and leaves extending bcA^ond the solitary tlowers, which arc pure white
and measure 40 mm. in diameter. Pedicel thickly beset with stipitate
glands, 4 to 5 times as long as the calyx-tube, which is oval and
abundantl}^ though less prof uselj^ glandular ; sepals short, pubescent
on the inner side, with stipitate glands on the borders and two pinnte
on each side, these longer than usual in R. arvensis. Leaves all
5-foliolate ; folioles sessile, eglandular beneath but hairy on the
mid-rib, which may bear a few prickles, small, \\ to 2 times as long
as broad, the terminal 20 to 25 mm. by 10 to 14, acuminate at both
ends, with 8 to 12 teeth on each side, each usually bearing one or two
glands ; petioles with glands and prickles. Prickles on flowering
branches feebly curved, with narrow base.

I am not aware of such a supposed hybrid having been described
before, but Burnat and Gremli (Suppl. Mon. Boses Alpes Marit. p. 82)
mention, without giving it a name, a variation of R. arvensis with
5-foliolate leaves and glandular calyx-tube, which is perhaps to be
regarded in the same light, H. micrantJia being recorded from the
same locality (Cosio). R. arvensis., var. setosa Bagnall (Midland
Natur. v. 1882, p. 181), from Warwickshire, which I have seen at
Kew, is perhaps the same hybrid ("arched scrambling bushes, not at
all prostrate "). A R. micrantha from Pljaiiouth (Briggs, 18(j7,
Herb. Kew), wdth long smooth jDcdicels, is probably another hybrid
form between these two species.

WolIey-I)od says of the typical R. arvensis that the pedicels
" alwaj^s bear sessile or shortly stipitate glands which do not extend
to the fruit." I have, however, come across specimens in Surrey
with small glands scattered over the whole calyx-tube, as well as
others in which the glands are absent, or reduced to a very few, on
the pedicel. Christ describes the form repens from Switzerland as
with the pedicels smooth or beset with sessile glands. In the South
of England and in Belgium the glands are usually distinctly stipitate.
A R. arvensis in the Kew Herbarium, from between Ednaston and
Hollington, Derbyshire (Exch. Club Rep. 1887, p. 181), named by
Crepin R. re^jfans, has doubly serrated folioles, the smaller serrations
with 2 or even 3 glands; the tlowers project beyond the leaves.

20 THE JOriiXAL OF BOTA>-Y

EosA CA>iXA, var. OBLOKGA.

Sosa ohlonga Desegl. & Eip. is mentioned by "NVolley-Dod among
the foreign *' species " which should be looked for in this country. A
bush at Studland answers the dehnition, and I have been able to
compare a tlowering branch with the specimens in the Peseglise
herbarium — a rather mixed lot, I think ; there is, however, practical
identitv with the small-leaved specimen (no. 892) from Marmao:ne
(Cher).

A lax bush, 4 ft. high, with small leaves, some tinged with
pm-plish red, with purplish-red stipules, small, pale rose solitar}^
tlowers. and strong, straight or feebly curved prickles. Growing
isolated.

Folioles 5 or 7, 1| to 2 times as long as brpad, the largest 20 mm.
in length, acutely j^ointed, rounded at the base, petiolulate, glabrous,
■with stipitate glands on the mid-rib, biserrate (13 to 16 double long
and sharp teeth on each side), eglandular on the teeth or only here
and there with a stipitate gland, except at the base ; petioles with
stipitate glands and uncinate prickles. Corolla 35 mm. in diameter ;
sepals nearly as long as the petals, eglandular, with two long, simple
pinna? ; pedicel smooth, not longer than the ovate calyx-tube.

But for the more obscm-ely gland-tipped secondary serrations of
the folioles, this Rose agrees with Baker's definition of the var. hi-
serrafa, in the spion^nny of Avhich his B. n'nacea — of which I have
examined types from near Thirsk, in Herb. Kew — is placed:
" Scarcely different from the last [var. diimalis^ but the serrations
open and compound, the petioles more glandular-setose, and the
glands extending a little to the midrib beneath. My vinacea has
oblong fruit, narrow sharp-pointed leaves and bracts, branches and
stipules suffused with vinous red." It seems to me midway between
jff. vinacea, with which it is probably connected by specimens such
as Mr. Eogers's from Luccombe Chine, alluded to by Major Wollcy-
Dod, and the small-flowered and small-leaved, but mostly though not
invariably nniserrate var. acipln/Ua Lindley {nee Eau) which should
probably bear the name <?.r//^s Crepin (ISOS) into which it grades;
I have observed Crepin's var. aciphyJJa growing in Belgium (Han-
sur-Lesse and "Wavreille).

The three allied varieties, as here understood, may be thus con-
trasted : —

Serratnre compound, with abundant glands; petioles and sepals
glandular var. vinacea.

Serratui-e double, without or with very few glands ; petioles glan-
dular ; sepals eglandular var. ohlonga.

SeiTature simple or irregularly double, without or with very few
glands ; petioles eglandulai" or with very few glands ; sepals
eglandular var. exiJis.

The third variety leads to the typical R. canina {hifetiana) in
which the leaves are larger and quite eglandular.

SOME ROSES FROM DOESETSHIHE 21

Rosa mtcrantiia, var. Lussert.

Rosa Licssf'rl Lagger and Paget, 1873, was described from
Bovernier in Valais, Switzerland ; it was placed in the synonymy of
B. "permixta IJesegl. by Deseglise, in whose herbarium an authentic
specimen from 13overnier, sent by Lagger, is preserved ; the leaves
are much less hairy than in others, likewise from Bovernier (Lagger),
at Kew, which explains how Crepin (1882), who had also seen
authentic specimens, thought it suggestive of certain varieties of
R. tomeiitosa. In my opinion it must be regarded as a variety
of B. micrantlia Smith {permixta Desegl.), approaching the var.
Brir/cjsii Baker, of which I have examined the types at Kew ; but its
glandular pedicels preclude identification with the latter. Christ's
var. salvifolia, from the Western Alps of Switzerland, is probably a
mere moditication of this variety, and Coste's var. maarophylla, from
the Charente-Inferieure and the Ain, may be the same ; liouy and
Foucaud's key leads to it.

The following description is taken from a bush observed on the
road from Studland to Corfe Castle : —

A robust, tall bush, about 6 ft. high, with fiexuous branches.
Flowers 2-3 ; corolla bright pink, as in B. ruhiginosa, 40 mm. in
diameter ; disc convex, styles smooth ; sepals nearly as long as the
petals, with 2 or 3 long, simple or barbed pinnce bearing stipitate
glands on the back and on the margin ; calyx-tube elongate, contracted
at the neck, 1^ to If times as long as broad, with stipitate glands at
least at the base ; pedicel longer than the calyx-tube, densely stipitate-
glandular. Leaves large, up to 85 mm. long, bright green, paler and
duller beneath ; young leaves tinged with red ; folioles 5, I-3 to 1|
times as long as broad, the largest 42 mm. long, perfectly rounded
or more or less acuminate at the end, more or less narrowed at the
base, sometimes truly obovate, petiolulate, with scattered hairs on
both sides, densely tomentose on the ribs, with small sessile glands
on the lower surface ; serrature deep, open, compound, with numerous
glands, feeble or obsolete at the base ; the larger folioles with 12 to
18 principal teeth on each side ; petioles tomentose-glandular, with
numerous acicles and rather strong, curved prickles. Prickles on
flowering branches uniform, strong and hooked.

One of the best characters for distinguishing B. micrantJia from
B. ruhiginosa appears to me to be the more convex disc in the former,
beyond which the smooth styles project considerabl}'- after the fall of
the stamens, sometimes answering to the definition of B. stylosa.

THE HOME OF INULA HELEN lUM.

Bt C. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S.

Elecampane has been cultivated for the properties of its root
from time immemorial in sundry parts of Europe. This has led to
its establishment here and there as a naturalised alien in many regions
where it has no claim to be indigenous ; such, for instance, are Great

22 THE .TOTTRXVTi OF BOTAXT

Britain, the Low Countries, northern France and Germany, and .
Scandinavia. In the Species Plantarum Linnaeus only mentions
England and Belgium as the habitat of Inula Helenium.

This history has led Beck von Mannagetta in his " Inulse
Europeie'- (in Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xliv. (1881)) to maintain that
Inula Helenium is a native of middle Asia, and in Europe only sub-
spontaneous as an introduced alien ; an opinion re -asserted b}' him in
his Flora von Nieder Oesterreicli (1893), 1179, and accepted in
some more recent works. The species is no doubt spontaneous in
western Asia, but a reference to Boissier's Flora Orientalis is alone
safficient to refute Beck's statement as to Europe, except so far as
the northern and western parts of the continent are concerned. In
Fl. Or. iii. 186, in addition to the Asiatic distribution then known,
there are quoted localities in Greece and Macedonia where it is
inconceivable that this species can be other than a genuine wild
indigenous plant. Such are the middle region of Mount Kyllene in
the Peloponnesus, the foot of Mount Olympus, and the high pastures
of Scardus.

In southern Italy, too, the plant is unquestionably indigenous.

Trotter and Komano, who explored the valley of the Cervaro —
this valley is traversed by the old high-road, and now by the railway
from Na])les to Apulia, and under the name of Yal di Bovino was
notorious in the old days for brigandage and highway robbery — some
twenty- five miles S.W. of Foggia, on several occasions between 1910
and 1912, say (Nuot. Giorn. Bot. Ital. n. s. xxi. 402) that along
the river Cervaro and above it, in the short lateral valleys beneath
the wood " Macchione," there are found the most conspicuous asso-
ciations of Inula Helenium they know. In a level pasture near the
river the Inula forms a company of many hundred individuals, which
in July were opening their splendid heads of flower, giving to the
spot an unusual look of spring-like gaiety. The authors add, "Beck's
hypothesis that this Inula is to be considered a naturalised plant in
Europe therefore does not seem to us to be well-founded." Plate ix.
fig. 2 in the same publication shows one of the authors standing up
to his shoulders in this immense field of Elecampane.

I have myself collected Inula Helenium in one of the wildest
regions of the southern Apennines, in clayey mountain-pastures
between Teggiano and Sacco, miles from any cultivation present or
past; on the other hand, it is not recorded from southern Ital}" anywhere
in the neighbourhood of gardens from which it might have escaped.
In Spain, too, according to Willkomm & Lange (Prodr. Fl. Hisp. ii.
46) it is found "in pratis et graminosis, ad fossas regionis montanae
Hispanise lorealis, cent al. et oriental, passim." This is not the
behaviour of an intiodiced alien.

SHORT NOTES 23

SHOKT NOTES.

Ertthti."ea scillotdes Chaubard. In the 1918 Report of the
Botanical Exchange Chib (p. 290, " July," 1919) Dr. Druce treats
Mr. Arnett's Pembrokeshire plant as a variety of the Azores species
and names it porfensis, which is the name of the Portuguese form.
He says that Malinvaud " held the plants to be distinct species," and
that Le Jolis "also considered it to be a distinct species." Dr. Druce
evidently has not read Le JoHs' paper of 1896 — for references see my
article in Journ. Bot. 1918, 321 — where that author goes very fully
into the matter and regards the two as identical ; nor did he in any of
his previous works express the opinion implied in Dr. Druce's remarks.
Dr. Druce's observations about " Malinvaud " are also erroneous : I
omitted to refer to him because he was only writing a notice, in which
he gives no opinion of his own, of Le Jolis' paper : moreover, the
remark quoted as from Malinvaud does not exist. I note that Dr.
Druce makes no reference to my article ; when his attention was
called to this at the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 6, he
explained that the B. E. C. 'Report — which, although dated " July
1919 " did not reach the members of the Club until late in October —
was already in type when my paper appeared in November, 1918 ;
certain coincidences of expression must therefore be regarded as
accidental. The only tangible difference between the Azorean and the
European plant seems to be that the former is "always white-
flowered." When investigating the matter I started by supposing
that the plants might be different not only in the Azores but in
Portugal and North France. In the Azores the species is stated to
be extremely variable, and Le Jolis says the same of the French plant.
My examination showed that the habit of the species in the Azores
sometimes more resembles that of an ordinary ErythrcBa than it does
in Europe, but I could find no way of separating them. I have a
distinct impression that I have read somewhere a statement by one
who had gathered the plant in the Azores that the flowers were as
often pink as white, but at present I cannot find it. Since the history
of the Linnean name is unsatisfactory, it may be well, at any rate
for the present, to call the British plant JE. porfensis Brot. —

A. J. WiLMOTT.

Ojs- Collecting Roses. I should like to impress upon collectors
of Roses the extreme importance of collecting well-developed fruit^
not necessarily fully ripe which has become pulpy, but that which
has fully reddened, though if the sepals have already fallen it is not
necessary to wait for the reddening stage provided the fruit is fully
grown. I would rather have a specimen to name gathered in late
October, or even November, than in June. I have just been looking
through a collection of about sixteen specimens from Ireland by
Mr. Stelfox, in which he at first sent me flowering specimens,
or young fruit, promising me ripe fruit later, I named these ^ pro-
visionally and kept them by me till the fruiting specimens arrived ;
these showed that I was wrong in my provisional names in three
cases, and I was able to give names to three others I had given
up in the flowering stage. In fact, I could have named every one

24 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAISTT

from the fruiting pieces alone; but I must add that mv diagnoses
were greatly helped by the generous supply of material Mr. Stelfox
sent me, and I have greater confidence in the majority of the names
I have given him than in those for any collection I have yet seen.
The genus Rosa as represented in Britain unquestionably consti-
tutes our most dilticult one. On this subject I will not now spread
myself, but much of the doubt I often have to express on specimens
is due to collectors sending me the ends of flowering shoots, which
are almost useless. The colour of the petals is of small value, and
both ])riclvles and leaflets are often abnormal in shape on the ends
of the flowering shoots ; while the direction and persistence of the
sepals on the ripe fi-uit, as well as the shape of the latter, is quite
lost in flowering specimens. Pieces of barren shoots also are often
abnormal, the best specimens being those cut from the wood of tlie
previous year with two or three flowering branches attached. More
than one specimen from each bush also facilitates diagnosis. —

A. H. WOLLEY-DOD.

^Salsola. caefka Sparrman. This name, which is published in
Sparrman's Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope (17S5) does not
seem to have been taken up by subsequent authors. It is evidently
svnonymous with S. apliylla L. f. (Suppl. 173: 1781), but it may
be worth while to extract the passage relating to it : " There is
another shrub frequently found in the Carrow, which grows here
[Lange-dal] likewise, and is called Canna-hoscli ; whence the whole
tract of country hereabouts bears the name of Cannas, and not
Canaan'' s Land, as Mr. Mason [Masson] has called it in the Philo-
sophical Transactions [Ixvi. 287] ... A road between Artaquas and
Lange-kloof ... is called Canna's hoof/teov Canna's heights. Having
examined this same Canna-shrub, I found that, in strict propriety, it
formed a new species of Salsola ; for which reason, in my manuscript
descriptions of plants, I have called it Salsola caffra^foliis minutis
siihrotundis, carnosis, co?icavis, inihricafis. The leaves have a
bitter salt taste, and burned together v/ith the whole shrub produce
very strong ashes, excellently well ada])ted for the purpose of making-
soap ; for whicli reason, particular attention is paid by the CaiTow
farmers to the culture of this plant. In the parts of the flower, the
Canna-shYnh so far differs from the generical character of the Salsoltf
in the sixth edition of the Getiera Plantarum, inasmuch as this
species has a little obsolete style, with two or three brown stigmas.
The remaining parts of its character were, Stam. jil. hreviss.
Antherce cordatce, Calyx perianth, ptersistens, Gapsitla 5 valvis,
1 locularis, and semen 1 cochleatum, as in the Salsola, or rather
resembling a watch-spring coiled up " (i. 297 : I quote from the
second edition (1786), but believe this does not differ from the first).
In Flora Gapensis, v. 1. 453, the vernacular name is given as
" Brak Ganna." — James Bkitten.

Cystopteeis MONTANA IN Banffshibe. In the Life of a Scotch
Naturalist, Thomas Edward, by Samuel Smiles, ed. 3 (1877), it is
recorded that from time to time Edward sent occasional natural
History notes to the local Banfshire Journal : in one of them
he reported that this beautiful Fern had been "found on Benrinnes

SnollT NOTES 25

by a gentleman from England and s(uit to me as a rarity " (p. 212).
1 cannot lind any note of the occurrence of this species in Banffshire
in Dickie's Guide (18G0), Top. Bot., Craib's Banffshire Flora
(1911), or elsewhere. This mountain, the most northerly outlier of
the G-rampian Chain, which rises to 2755 feet, seems a very likely
spot for the plant, and one hopes the discovery may be confirmed. —
C. E. Salmon.

^ PoA OMEiENSis, comb. nov. Mr. C. V. Piper has kindly
drawn my attention to the preoccupation of the name gracillima,
under which I described a Poa from Mt. Omei, Szechuen, in Journ,
Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxxvi. 424 (1904). I regret to have over-
looked the previously described Poa c/racillima Vasey (Contrib,
U.S. National Herbar. i. 272, 1893). The Chinese species may take
the name Poa omeiensis. — A. B. Rendle. ^^^^^

H. W, Burgess (Journ. Bot. 1918, 223). Burgess's "official
position " is explained by the fact that in J833 — and probably some
3^ears earlier — he was Landscape Paintep in ordinary to William IV.
He exhibited at the Royal Academy from 1809 to 1844, and most of
his exhibits were of trees and landscapes — in 1812 and 1813 he
exhibited pictures of ilex and cedar trees. The art of painting was
practised by several successive generations of the Burgess family for
about a century and a half : William Burgess, father of Henry
William, was an exhibitor at the lloyal Academy 1774 to 1811. —
W. Roberts.

Euphrasia iiirtella Jord. Too late for an additional para-
graph to my paper in the December number (p. 336), I have received
from Mr. Pugsley robust specimens of E. Iiirtella collected last
August by Miss Armitage near Llanberis. These are barely distin-
guishable from specimens I gathered at the head of the Roseg Valle}^
Engadine (6500 ft.), July 1900, which the late Mr. Townsend had
determined as -E". minima^ but which to me seem good Iiirtella. The
Swiss specimens are 11-15 cms. liigh, considerably taller than any
E. minima I remember seeing. They are naturally less mature than
the later specimens from Llanberis gathered at a much lower eleva-
tion ; and notwithstanding the lov/er internodes being longer than in
the Welsh specimens, a feature wliich Mr. Pugsley says is not
constant and was omitted from Wettstein's diagnosis, I believe both
gatherings to be Iiirtella. — H. S. Thompson.

Satureja MONTANA L., IN PIants. In 1912, I first gathered
this South-European plant in the station in which Hyssopus
officinalis L. has been known for centuries to occur, viz., the crevices
in and summits of ruined walls at Beaulieu Abbey, New Forest,
Hants. It seems more abundant than the Hj'ssop, and is mostly
difficult to obtain, groAving some distance out of reach. Being a
perennial, its stems become thick and almost gnarled, and it is not
surprising that it has been, till now, considered an attenuate variety
of Hyssopus. As such I sent specnnens to the Botanical Exchange
Club some years ago, but I was never satisfied with this determination,
and worked it down to S. montana L. ; Mr. E. G. Baker has con-
firmed my view, as well as Mr. G. C. Druce, to whom I also sent
specimens. The latter infoi-ms me that Miss C. E. Palmer gathered

26 THE JOUKXAL OF EOTAXT

it in til is same locality in 1900, naming it Ryssoims, and he likewise
found it there in 1908, but omitted to record it. It has, however,
been noted {vide B. E. Club Eeport, 1908, ii. 350) for "Sussex, as
an alien," exact locality unknown to me. This is the first time it
has been actually recorded for Hants, although doubtless it has
been there, with Dianthus lylumarius L. and Ryssopus officinalis L.
ever since the da_Ys of the monks, this Abbey being dissolved in 1589,
temp. Henry VIII. As both the aforementioned have long been
admitted to our Floras, the insertion of Satureja moniana should
follow on the same grounds. — J. Cosmo Mela^ill.

HE VIEWS.

Le M If the des SymUotes. Par Auguste LuiiiEEE, Pp. xi + 205.
6 fr. 8vo. Masson, Paris, 1919.

The tendency of modern bacteriologists has been to glorify their
■own objects of research at the expense of higher organism, even to
the extent of imagining all protoplasm to be essentially bacterial in
composition, or, again, that the plasma of higher animals exists in a
state of symhiosis with bacteria in all the tissue-units : they suggest,
for example, that no tissue is aseptic, that mitochondria are really
bacterial in nature, and that such substances as vitamines are the
product of symbiotic bacterial action (Portier, 1917).

It is easier to start such hypotheses than either to prove or
disprove them, and in the present volume M. Lumiere proceeds to
demolish the views put forward by Portier. Cultures of bacteria
from tissues of the frog and guinea-pig show that such germs exist
only as saprophytic or parasitic forms, more or less in a resting-stage,
in the internal organs. Injections of bacterial cultures in the vege-
tative condition are rapidly cleared from the blood and tissues.
Isolated resting-stages on culture prove to be common innocuous
forms with no special attributes. The relation of the host and
parasite is not so much a symbiosis as a fight in which the higher
organism, as such a term would imply, is quite competent to look
after itself.

The work is of interest to botanists, since conceptions of a very
similar state of S3a-nbiosis in plant-forms, as in the case of root-
tubercles and endotrophic mycorhiza, are apt to be somewhat over-
done. In all such relations among higher plants the '* symbiosis " is
of very restricted nature, only helpful to the host when ending
in the death and digestion of the intruder. In other respects the
idea of bacterial plasma existing within the cytoplasm of the host
lias much in common with older and exploded theories of the myco-
plasm of parasitic fungi. A very useful Hst of literature is
.appended.

A. H. C.

ELEMENT ART NOTES ON STRUCTURAL BOTANi' 2/

Elementary Notes on Structural Botani/. Oxford Botanical Me-
moirs, No. 4. By A. H. CiiUHCir, M.A. Pp. 1-27. Price 2s. net.
Oxford University Press, 1919.

Tins short "memoir" is a series of schedules intended to cover a
course of twelve lectures with accompanying practical work of twelve
periods of two hours each. The general treatment follows closely the
conventional, lines, and the suggested objects for practical study are
mostly those in common use. In reference to the latter, however,
we note that the specialized lamina? of Ficus elastica, NynqjJicea, and
Laiwndnla are emploj^ed, whilst in the microchemical reactions the
us J of 25 °/q HjSO^ with phlorogiucin is advocated in place of hydro-
chloric acid.

Starting with the conception of the cell, the author deals in suc-
cession with the growth of the shoot, the leaf, Photos^aithesis,
Transpiration, Stem-structure, Root-structure, the Transpiration -
stream, and perennating organs. The anatomical details are inter-
spersed throughout with occasional notes regarding the physiological
functions, a feature which could with advantage have been carried
further. The outcome is a series of lessons which follow a logical
sequence in a connected whole. The advocacy of micrometer measure-
ments by elementary students is a suggestion that might well be
ado))ted as calculated to inculcate greater accuracy of observation.

The only serious omission we have noted is that of light as a
controlling factor in the stomatal mechanism. It is also to be
regretted that the word proteid is used throughout in place of the
more modern protein.

Whether the practical work involved could be adequately com-
passed in the time allotted we have considerable doubts, but teachers
in general will find the scheme useful if only for comparison with
that which they themselves adopt.

E. J. S.

Flora of the Presidency of Madras. By J. S. Gamble. Part III,
(pp. 391-575). lO's. net. Adlard & Son.

This part deals with the Flora from the Leguminosce Ccssalvini-
oidece to Caprifoliacece. We have tested various genera and find the
work carefully done, though we are not always in agreement with the
author in his conclusions. He supplants Foinciana L. by Delonix
Rafinesque (PI. Tellur. ii. 92 (1836)). Linmeus (Syst. ed. i. 1735)
took JPoinciana from Tournefort who founded it on the plant now
referred to Ccesalpinla as C. pulcherrima Sw. : Linnaeus (Cent. ii. 16.
(1756) ; Amcen. iv. 318 (1759)) added P. elata. Bentham and
Hooker, Dalla Torre, and Harms retain Poinciana for three African
and Asiatic species ; we should be inclined to follow this course, and
to start the genus from the Centuria or the Amoenitates rather than
suppress it altogether.

The genus Acacia is of peculiar difficulty, especially as to the
discrimination and limitation of the species allied to A. Catechu
Willd. In his clavis Mr. Gamble states the spines are hooked and
short in A. Sannf Buch. Ham., A. Catechu, and A. Sandra DC.,.

28 TltR JOTTEXAL OF BOTAINT

and that in tlie first two of these the petals are white and villous.
But Kurz in his Forest Flora (i. 422) says that the spines of
A. Suma are usually straight and makes A. Simdra DC. a variety
of A. Catechu, and that the calyx and petals of A. Gatechu proper
are more or less appressed and pubescent. Much confusion has
occurred with these plants, as the A. Gatechu of Bentham (in Hook.
Lond. Journ. i. 510) and of Beddome (Fl. Sylvat. t. 49) is A. Suma\
the A. Gatechu of the Flora of Tropical Africa (ii. 344) is referred
by Harms to A. Suma and by some authorities to A. campylacantha
Hochst. ; the true A. Gatechu is figured by Eoxburgh in his Goro-
mandel Plants, t. 175. The spikes of A. Suma are tomentose, the
young leaves greyish pubescent, and the bark white or greyish white ;
in A. Gatechu (including A. Sicndra DC.) the spikes are glabrous or
pubescent, the' leaves glabrous or nearly so, and the bark dark brown.

We find some difhculty in using the author's measurements,
which are in inches and decimal parts of an inch ; thus the leaflets of
Acacia Boxhurqhii are •1--125 inches by '025 inches and the leaflets
of A. GamphelUi are '075 by '025 inches.

The work when completed will be a most useful guide to the
Flora of Madras — one of its important features being its light weight
aud portability.

^ E. a. B.

Science and Fruit Growing-. Being an Account of the Besults
obtained at the Wohurn Experimental Fruit Fa7^m since its
foundation in 1894. By the Duke of Bedfoed, K.G-., F.R.S.,
and Spencer Pickering, M.A., F.ll.S. Macmillan & Co.,
pp. xxii, 351, 1919. Price 12s. Qd. uet.

If the first word of its title does not frighten them away from it,
this book should have a most useful educative result upon the so-
called practical man. As the authors remark (p. 109) : — " Perhaps
the oft-repeated, and more often mistaken cry of the antagonism
between theory and practice, is the reason why growers are so preju-
diced against experiments, mistaking experiment for theory, and the
blind observance of traditions for practice."

The obviously practical conclusions reached — as, for instance, in
the desirability of reducing the pruning of fruit-trees to a minimum
and the uselessness of manure for these trees — should demonstrate the
value of the experiments ; and the whole book forms an invaluable
lesson in the art of scientific experiment and in the logical induction
of results. It was fitting that, after twenty-five years' work and on
the eve of the transference of a private enterprise to Government
control, a general account should be published of the varied ex-
periments hitherto only made known in sixteen special reports ;
and this is well given in the present volume. It is prefaced by an
admirable chapter giving a summary of the structure and physiology
of the higher plants and some necessary general explanations of the
nature of fungi and insects. Eoom might, perhaps, have been found
for some reference to heteroecism among parasitic fungi; but it
would be difficult to suggest any improvement in the accounts of the
specific fungi, the silver-leaf and the potato-disease, and the particular
insect-pests to which special chapters are devoted.

SCIENCE AND FRUIT GROWING 29

A detailed discussion of various fungicides aud insecticides leads
to a serious arraignment of the Food Production Department for their
wholesale advocacy of a single spraying solution and that a faultily-
composed one ; hut the investigations of greatest scientific interest
are, perha])s, those discussed in chapters xxv-xxix, as to the sterilizing
effects of heat and of anaisthetics on soils, the production of chemical
changes independent of their bacterial contents, the difference in the
soil conditions desirable for germination and for subsequent growth,
and the demonstration (by a process of exhaustion in which aeration,
bacteria, alkalinity, water-supply, and general impoverishment are in
turn dismissed as insufficient explanations) that plants produce toxic
substances in the soil which are for a short time detrimental to the
growth of others.

The book contains excellent portraits of its authors and well-
chosen photographic plates and illustrations in the text.

Gr. S. BOULGER.

Botany for Agricultural Students. By John N. Martin, Professor
of Botany at the Iowa State College of Agriculture. New York :
John Wiley & Sons. London : Chapman & Hall, 1919, pp x,
585. Price 12s. U. net.

We are told in the Preface that "this book is intended for
elementary courses in Botany in colleges and universities," that its
" aim has been to present the fundamental principles," and that it is
intended for one year's work, accompanied by laboratory work. The
first half of the work is devoted to the anatomy and physiology of
Spermatophytes, in which, to suif the time of year at which the
loAva com*se begins, flowers, seeds, and fruits are dealt wifh before
histology and the vegetative organs. Special sections are devoted to
seed-analysis, the testing of germinative capacity, the soil as the home
of roots, pruning, grafting, etc. The second half deals with " Plants
as to kinds, relationships, evolution and heredity," which means a
tolerably full account of algte, myxomycetes, bacteria, funo-i, bryo-
phytes, pteridophytes, and gymnosperms, and a very brief description
of twenty-seven families of angiosperms, followed by a chapter on
ecology and three others giving an excellent if not very critical
-sketch, in some fifty pages, of the conclusions of Lamarck, Darwin,
De Yries, Weismann, and Mendel as to evolution, mutations, heredity,
and plant-breeding.

Students intending to devote themselves to agriculture are hardly
likely to be interested in so detailed an account of alga?, or biyophytes,
horsetails or club-mosses ; and, except under a sj^stem savouring over-
much of "cram," Ave should have thought the book sufficient as a
manual for three years rather than one-year's study. Certainh^ until
students have acquired considerable first-hand knowledge of plants
they cannot well be in a position to appreciate at their true value the
wide-reaching conclusions dealt with in the last three chapters.

If American text-book writers wish their books to be adopted for
English use, they must add the scientific names to such popular ones
as "Wandering Jew," "Beggar Tick," or "Horse Nettle." The
second of these names belongs to Bidens, the third to Solanum
caroliiiense : " Jimson weed " may be well known to be Datura

30 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Sframoniuiu ; but *' Woodbine " will not suggest 'di\ Amjielopsis to
English students ; and what is the " Wandering Jew " ?

The book is well jDrinted and illustrated with text-figures which
have necessitated the use of a heavily-claj^ed paper, so that the
volume weighs nearly three pounds avoirdupois !

Gr. S. BOULOER.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The Annual Report of the Cambridge Botanic Garden pays a high
tribute to the work of Mr. R. Irwin Lynch as Curator — a post which
he has occupied since 1879 and from which he retired last May on
the ground of ill-health. It contains notes on the plants of special
interest that have been received or have flowered during the year :
under the former heading we note that Strafiofes aloides " has
again been introduced into Coe Fen. from Norfolk ; for many years
it grew on Coe Fen by introduction from the Rosh^'n Pit, Ely, where
the plant now appears to be extinct." We regret that Cambridge
should continue to countenance a practice which one would have
hoped was confined to one or two irresponsible individuals — Ave say
*' continue," because similar action was taken with regard to Lathrcea
cJandesfi/ia, which was planted from the Botanical Gardens in a
wild-looking spot, and misled an observer to think he had discovered
a new British plant (see Journ. Bot. 1908, 128 ; 1910, 79). Further
experiments on plant breeding have been carried out by Miss vSaunders
on Matthiola iiicana: "A compile series of intermediates has been
obtained between the hoary type and the glabrous (Wallflower-leaved)
varieties of Matthiola, and the inter-relationships of these forms
have been established. A distinguishing feature of all the inter-
mediate grades has been found to be the gradual assumption of the
characteristic appearance in the course of development in contrast to
the constant and uniform appearance exhibited at all stages by the
extreme forms. Hence for the identification of the intermediates it
is necessary to examine the plants at intervals, whereas the type
is recognisable as soon as the plumule is visible."

Frederick Raine, who was born at Durham, 16 Sept., 1851,
died at Hyeres, 21 April, 1919, after a long illness. He went south
about thirty j^ears ago, on account of ill-health. He had a fine her-
barium of French and other flowering-plants, which he bequeathed to
the Natural History Museum, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Raine took
great pains in the selection and drying of his botanical specimens,
which are remarkably good ; the orchids in particular are a very fine
and well-preserved set — he spent much time in their study and was
keenly interested in hybrids. Albert and Jahandiez named a new
hybrid Ophrys Rainii — (O. arachnites X homhglijlora) — in his
honour. A reserved but kindly man, he was ever willing to help
English and American visitors to H3^eres with information about
local plants and other matters. He could rarely be persuaded to
publish any notes, but many of his plant-records appear in the work
on the flora of the Department of the Var published in 1908 by
Albert and Jahandiez, as well as in the charming volume on Les lies

BOOK-NOTES, IsEWS, ETC. 31

iVIlyeres (Paris, 1914), Avhich the brothers Jalmndiez compiled,
illustrated, and printed in their house at Carqueiranne. — H. S. T.

Dii. James Small has reprinted in pamphlet form from the
Pharmaceutical Journal (17 Bloomsbury Square, W.C., Is. net)
an interesting and very comprehensive essa}^ on The Ajyplication of
Botany to the Utilisation of Medicinal Plants. The aim of the
author "is in the first place to demonstrate the value of botany
to the pharmacist, and in the second place to interest the present
generation of students in the man}^ interesting problems ^vhich,
although they have a direct bearing on the exploitation of the
plant as a healer, are also purely botanical in the methods required for
their solution and in many of the results of such solution. In fact,
[the paper is] an attempt to revive the Theophrastian point of view
which considers the medicinal plant primarily as a flant and only
secondarily as medicinal, in contradistinction to the Dioscoridean
point of view, which considers the medicinal plant only as a drug,
very little notice being taken of the life and affinities of the druo--
yielding organism. In order to make any considerable progress we
luust learn from the past, by a rational study of the history of
medicinal plants, what methods may be used, what results may be
expected, and what dangers may be avoided. A i-apid review of the
subject from pakTeolithic times to the beginning of last centurv will,
therefore, be put forward, not in an attempt to summarise the history
of such a period, but to elucidate and illustrate the chief lessons it
has to teach us." The type — that used in the Journal — is un-
pleasantly small, and one wonders whether it would not have paid to
have produced the essay in book-form in larger tj^pe, to which its
merits seem to entitle it.

The Kew Bulletin (no. 9) contains an exhaustive paper by
Mr. Lacaita on the history and name of the " Jerusalem Artichoke '*
{TLelianthus tuberosus), in which the introduction of the plant into
Europe is traced; the tubers first reached England in 1617. The
section on the name is at least as interesting as that on the plant :
the former dates from 1622, when it appeared in the second edition
of Venner's Via recta. The popular explanation, originated by J. E.
Smith in 1807, that "Jerusalem" is a corruption of the Italian
girasole, is conclusively set aside : " there has never existed such an
Italian combination as the c/irasole articiocco assumed by Smith as
the origin of our Jerusalem artichoke," nor does Mr. Lacaita's
tentative suggestion seem conclusive. In the same number is an
equally important and exhaustive essay by Sir David Prain and
Mr. Burkill on " Dioscorea sativa," which contains much matter of
bibliographical as well as of botanical value. Biographies of the late
William Gilson Farlow, the eminent American mycologist (1814-
1919), and J. W. H. Trail (with bibliography) are included in the
number, which contains more than seventy pages and, happy in the
possession of a well-bestowed Government subsidy, is published at
fivepence !

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 20 last, Dr. G-. C.
Druce exhibited specimens of, and made remarks on, what were
announced as " Two New British Plants." Of one, Eri/thrcea scil-
loides Chaub., a full account was given in this Journal for 1918,

32 BOOK-NOTES, IfEWS, ETC.

pp. 321-3, by Mr. Wilmott, to whom specimens were sent by Mr. J.
E. Arnett, from North Pembrokeshire, on its discovery: a further
note will be found on p. 23 of this number. The other, Ajiicja
genevensis, was discovered by Miss Fry on the Berkshire downs
in May, 1918, where it is limited to a small area but appears
undoubtedly native.

At the same meeting Prof. R. C. McLean made a communication
entitled " Sex and Soma." The author enlarged upon the recently-
discovered phase of multinucleosis in the developing soma cell of
higher plants. The genetic interest of the phenomenon has not
received sufficient consideration, and the present paper was designed
to direct attention to the possibilities involved. The author main-
tained, in opposition to Arber and Beer, that there is evidence of
nuclear reunions taking place in the multinuclear cells, and he
characterized these fusions as modified sexual conjugates consequent
upon the long series of vegetable divisions in the lineage of a soma
cell, and necessary to avoid the degeneration which experiment shows
to be attendant upon prolonged vegetative propagation. The develop-
ment of the plant body may thus be regarded as embracing two
phases of stimulus : firstly, the normal sex stimulus which initiates
the period of maximum cell proliferation, and, secondly, this somatic
nuclear union, initiating the period of maximum differentiation.
Tissue differentiation, it was suggested, ma}^ be associated with
some process of segregation subsequent to this nuclear fusion. The
separation of sex characters in the development of monoecious
organisms was pointed to as evidence of the existence of such segre-
gation during development. It was finally suggested that germinal
modifications as well as somatic segregations may be derived from a
mechanism of nuclear fractionization and subsequent partial reunion
in somatic cells.

The post of Sherardian Professor of Botan}^ at Oxford, vacant by
the retirement of Dr. S. H. Vines, has been filled by the appointment
of Dr. Frederick William Keeble, F.R.S., of whose botanical career
some account was given in the Times of December 20. Dr. Keeble
has edited the Gardeners' Chronicle since 1908, and has contributed
reviews to our own pages.

The Report for 1918 of the Botanical Exchange Club includes
what is evidently a useful monograph of the British Batrachia, by
Mr. W. H. Pearsall, and a supplement to the Flora of Berkshire
compiled by its author, Dr. G. C. Druce.

The Journal of the Boyal Horticultural Society (xlv. pt. 1 :
October) contains an account by Dr. Daydon Jackson of Pritzel's
Index and of the forthcoming" new edition, which was referred to last
year in this Journal (p. 104).

The Rev. W. Wilks has retired from the secretarj^ship of the
Royal Horticultural Society— a position which he has occupied with
conspicuous success since 1888. He is succeeded by Mr. W. R.
Dvkes, whose fine work on The Genus Iris was noticed m this
Jo\irnal for 1913, p. 103.

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON &. CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo-
graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for,
and those not in stock sought for, without charge.

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.G. 2.

Telephone: Gerrard 1412.

FOR SALE.— 'Tournal of Botany for 1888 to 1918, 10/- per vol.,

bound (a few in parts, 8/- per vol.).
WANTED— Vols, for 1868, 1870, 1872, 1874.

C. E. Salmox, Keigate.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES BRIT T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

'J'he Jouenal of BotajS^y was established in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford,

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.- Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12

copies

2 pp. 3...

4

pp.

is.

6d.

8

pp. 7s.

12 pp. 9s

16

pp

10s

Gd

25

,,

4s.

5s.

M.

„ 8s.

,= lis.

6(7.

13s.

.50

!5

hs.

6s.

Od.

„ 9s.

„ 12s.

6d.

14s.

100

,, 7s.

,,

8s.

Od.

„ 10s. 6d.

„ 14s.

,,

15s.

6d.

Sepai

ate

Titles

, Plates

and Specia

1 Wrappers

extr

a.

TAYLOE & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion, Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. ^81 10s. OcZ. each dBl 12s. 0c7. eacin

Half-page 12 6 10 0 ., 17 6 ,. I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ [net.

Eighth-page 76 70 „ G 6 „J

All applicatiotis for space to be made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

it

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS

Price SLv Shillings (cloth).
Notes on the Drawmgs for Sowerby's ' EngUsh Botai^y ' (pp. 276).
By F. A. Gaery.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.

The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet,
B.A.

Price Half-a-crown.
The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lixton, M.A.
Flora of Glamorganshire. By the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, B.A.

Price Two Shillings.

A List of British Roses (pp. 67). B}^ Major A. H. Wollei-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallmais', F.L.S. (2s. each.)

Price Figliteen-iyence.

The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Rev.
H. G. Jamesox.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. 6^/. each).

British Euphrasia^. By Cedeic Buckxall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Beitten, F.L.S.

Linnaeus's 'Flora Anglica.'

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivith remittance should be addressed to: —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, EED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 686

FEBRUARY, 1920

Vol. LVIII

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BEITBH AND TOREIGN

EDITED Bi'

JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONT

PAGE

Epijxictis viridiilora Reich. By-
Colonel M. J. GODEERY, F.L.S. I

(Plate553.) 33 \

I
The Uredinese of West Somerset. By
Norman G. Hadden 37 i

PoUinosis ("Hay-Fever"). "By E. |

Philip Smith 40

Alabastra Dirersa. — Part XXXII.
By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc,
F.L.S 44

CorneKus Varley (1781-1873). By

James Groves, F.L.S 50

ENTS

PAGE

Wayfaring- Notes from Great Nama-
qualand. By R. F. Rand, M.D.,

late Lt.-Colonel, S.A.M.C 53

Short Notes : — Newspaper Botany
— Sex-terma for Plants — Juncus
pygma3U3 Rich 55

Reviews : —

Dr. John Fotherg-ill and his Friends :
Chapters in Eighteenth Century
Life. By R. Kingston Fox,
M.D 56

Thalassiophyta and the Subaerial
Transmigration. By A. H.
Church, M.A. 59

Book-Notes, News, etc 61

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and Ei(/hfpence

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES B R I T T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTAIENT OF BOTANY, BllITISH MUSEUM.

The JouE]srAL of Botaisty was established in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J . Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, .carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Oe^don. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occu^jy the vast field of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is
covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especialh'
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive
considerable attention, and the history of man}-- obscure publications
has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and
important books written by competent critics : in this as in ever}"
other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained.
While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany
of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled
by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has
enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and
importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the
Museum contains.

Oommmiications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford,

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 pp.3i\

25 „ „ 4s.

50 „ „ 5s.

100 „ „ 7s.

4 pp. 4s. <6d.
„ 5s. M.
„ 6s. Od.
„ 8s. Od.

pp. 7s.
„ 8s.
„ 9s.
„ 10s, 6d.

12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d.

,, lis. 6cL I „ 13s.
„ 12s. ed, „ 14s.

,, 14s. ,, 15s. 6d.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4.
Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. £1 lOs. O^Z. each ^81 12s. Od. eacb^

Half-page 12 6 1 0 0 „ 17 6 ,. I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ f net.

Eighth-page 7 6 .7 0 „ 6 6 „ J

All applications for space to he made to

Mr. H. A. eOLLlNS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

Journ. Bot,

Plate 553.

A. EPIPACTIS VIRIDIFLORA var. LEPTOCHILA Godfery.

B. E. LATIFOLIA All. C. E. VIOL ACE A Dur. Duq.

1. Side view of columa, lip, and ovary, 2. Back view. 3. Front view.
a, anther ; p, pollinia ; r, rostellum ; s, stigma ; st, staminode : o, ovary.

33

EPIPACTIS VmiDIFLORA Reich.

By Colonel M. J. Gtodfery, F.L.S.

(Plate 553.)

In the Journal of Botany for 1919 (pp. 87-42) I described
and named the var. leptochila of E. viridijiora Kchb., contrasting it
with E. vlolacea Dur. Duq. Owing to the neeessary drawings not
being completed, I could not then go into the questio.i of its specific
distinctness from E. lafifolia AIL, of which m )st Continental
authors regard it as a mere form or variety. 1 now re})air this
omission.

Differences in the Vegetative Organs.

The root-system in E. latifolia consists of a bunch of fleshv
cylindrical processes springing from the base of the stem and forming
a dense tassel round it. Last August I found E. latifolia with seven
stems growing in a tuft from one root-crown, a habit which appears
to be rare. Here then, if anywhere, was an opportunity to see a fully
developed rhizome. The number of roots was very great — they
radiated in a circle in every direction, packed tight together, forming
a raised mass or crown, from which arose seven How^ering stems, and
eight new buds. On turning the root upside down, it was seen to be
dome-shaped in its original position. The roof of this dome con-
sisted entirely of brownish-white cylindrical roots tightl}^ pressed
together. There was no central rhizome or descending root ; I then
cut a vertical section through the thick root-crown, with a view to
discovering the expected internal rhizome. The section showed that
the mass consisted almost entirely of rootlets, the white circular
sections of which occupied most of the space in the cut surface. In
the neighbourhood of the new buds there were irregularly triangular
sections of what appeared to be small separate solid bodies. There
was no common rhizome.

In E. viridijiora there is a long descending rhizome from which
fleshy roots spring at the nodes at different levels throughout its
length. At the base, above the roots, there is a thick" common
rhizome from which the steins arise. The plant is deep down in the
soil and difficult to dig up, whilst latifolia is easil}^ unearthed.

In viridiflora each bud has only one rootlet, springing from its
base, on the outside, whilst in latifolia there are two, one on each
side, in the angle between the bud and the stem.

The leaves in both plants vary in different specimens, and no clear
line of demarcation can be drawn. They are, however, differently
arranged. In viridiflora they are nearly distichous, except some-
times the uppermost bract-like leaves. In latifolia the three lowest
leaves spring from the stem at approximately an angle of (50° from
each other, forming a kind of false rosette (but of course at different
levels from each other) round the base of the stem.

The sepals and petals are entirely green in viridifora (very rarely
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 58. [Ferkuary, 1920.1 i)

34 TUE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

SO in latifolla) and are longer, more acute, and much more acuminate
than in the latter. The epichile is long, narrow, and acuminate, not
broad and recurved as in latifolia.

Differences in the Eepeoductite Organs.

Plate 553 shows more clearly than a detailed description the
differences between the two species. In figs. A 1 (^. viridiflora)
and B 1 {E. latifolia) the following points should be noted : — In A 1
the ovary is si3indle-shaped, broadest about the middle, tapering
gradually towards each end. In B 1 it is pear-shaped, thickest near
the apex, and somewhat hump-backed. Both the basal cup and the
terminal lobe of the lip differ in shape, the latter being long and
narrow in A 1, shorter, broader, and recurved in B 1. The column in
Al is divided into two parts, but undivided in B 1. The anther
in A 1 is very decidedly stalked, slender, acute, and projects well over
the upper edge of the stigma ; in B 1 it is sessile, thicker, more
obtuse, and does not project over the stigma at all. In Al the
poUinia project over the stigma, in B 1 they are entirely behind it.
In A 1 the rostellum has disappeared (the flower having been open
some hours) ; in B 1 it is large and persistent.

In A 2, a back view of the column of viridiflora, the stalk on
which the anther is perched, and the tapering of the anther to an
acute point, contrast strongly with B 2, a similar view of latifolia.
A3, a front view of the column of viridiflora, shows how the
poUinia (/?.) emerge over the upper edge of the stigma, forming a
wide inverted V or horse-shoe, with a dark spot (r.) in the apex, the
withered remains of the rostellum ; the projection on the right is an
abnormally developed staminode {st.), within which a yellowish rudi-
mentary poUinium (;;.) could be seen. B 3, a similar view of latifolia,
shows the large persistent rostellum. CI, C 2, and C 3 show similar
details of E. violacea.

These figures were drawn from living specimens by my wife, who
at the time was not familiar with the differences between the species,
and simply drew what she saw. They are not therefore open to the
objection of unconscious exaggeration by an artist with preconceived

ideas.

It will be seen from the above that there are marked differences
both in the vegetative and in the rej^roductive organs of the plants.
Whilst variations in size and shape occur in the leaves, bracts, and
perianths of orchids, often amounting to several, or even to many
millimetres in extent, without affecting prejudicially the welfare of
the plant, the organs of reproduction themselves ai-e fashioned with
the utmost exactitude. Every part must be faultless in form and
dimension, and all the parts co-ordinated with absolute precision.
Deviations which would be unimportant m other parts of the plant
would here be fatal, and throw the delicate mechanism out of gear,
causino" the plant to fail to perpetuate its kind. For this reason
variations in the structure of the reproductive organs are relatively
of much greater importance than any that occur in the vegetative
parts of the plant, for while the lattt'r can only affect the individual,

EPIPACTTS VTKIDIFLORA 35

the former threaten the continuity of the species. Consider, for
instance, the anther in Anacaniptis ])iirainklaUs^ which has to
be placed witli such unfailing accuracy that the caudicles of the
poUinia shall find their way to and attach themselves exactly to the
minute viscid disc of the rostellum (which is part of the stigma).
Tlie viscid disc is saddle-shaped, and when withdrawn by an insect
curls round its proboscis, therebj^ causing the pollinia to diverge, so
that, after the movement of depression has taken place, they are
pointing forward and outward at such an angle that their tips will
touch the stigmas when the proboscis is inserted into another tlower.
In this plant there are two stigmas separated by a median spice. If
the ends of the caudicles fasten themselves to the viscid disc too close
together, they will not diverge enough when the disc curls round the
proboscis, and would strike the median space between the two stignras.
If, however, they are cemented too far apart, they would diverge too
much, and would touch points outside the effective stigmatic area.
This example is enough to show the necessity of accurate standardiza-
tion in the reproductive parts of the tlower. Any new departure in
these essential organs is therefore of paramount importance. If
differences in the leaves, bracts, and floral envelopes are sufficient
ground for specific distinction — and they are commonly so regarded —
diiferences in the essential mechanism of reproduction are of still
gi'eater weight.

If adequate consideration is given to the above-mentioned morpho-
logical differences between IE. latifolia and E. viridijlora, i\\ej
should be amply sufficient to prove that these plants are specifically
distinct. The clearness of view of the elder Reichenbach is all the
more remarkable, in that he recognized this apart from the evidence
of the structural differences in the reproductive organs. It is curious
that the younger Reichenbach, who made such excellent anatomical
drawings of so many orchids, should have omitted to do so in the
case of E. viridiflora. He does not seem to have suspected any
difference of structure as compared with E. latifolia.

Moreover, these morphological differences involve remarkable
functional changes. E. latifolia is fertilized by wasps, to whose
forehead the viscid gland becomes firmly attached, so that the pollinia
are bodily and cleanly withdrawn, and carried to another flower. The
pollen is not friable, and only when it comes in contact with the
viscid stigma of another flower are fragments detached. Self-fertili-
zation appears to be impossible ; the pollinia lie at the back of the
stigma, and can only be removed by some external agency. If not
withdrawn, they wither in situ.

In E. viridiflora var. leptocliila the viscid gland is present in
the newly-opened flower, but it is inoperative. If touclied with any
suitable object, it does not adhere to it as a whole ; a few strings of
viscid matter can be withdrawn, but these are far too weak to remove
the pollinia, which ordinarily do not come into contact w4th the ros-
tellum. Once, indeed, I succeeded in removing a small fragment of
pollen adhering to the viscid gland, but I am inclined to think that
in touching the gland with a pencil I probably pressed it out of
place, and caused it to come in contact with the pollinium, which it

1)2

86 THE JOURNAL OP 330TANY

would not otliei*wise have done. By the time the next flower a>)ove
it has opened, the viscid gland has disappeared, leaving a small
brownish mark which indicates its former position (fig. A 3, r.).
Fertilization bv insects does not occur, or if it happens on rare
occasions, only minute fragments of pollen can be transferred.

The anther projects over the upper edge of the stigma for
upwards of half its length. The club-shaped poUinia are joined at
the apex, whilst their thickened lower ends are slightly divergent,
forming an inverted V. Owing to the forward position of the anther,
the viscid gland, instead of being immediately opposite the point of
junction of the pollinia, as in M. lafifolia, is opposite the V-shaped
space between them. As the anther is face downwards in its natural
position, when the anther-cells open, the ^xtllinia sink downwards, and
their apices not being arrested by the viscid gland, they pass over it,
sliding down over the sloping upper edges of the stigma, and finally
coming to rest on its frontal viscid surface (fig. A 3, p.). At the
same time a marked change comes over them. The}^ increase notice-
ably in size, and become fluffy in appearance. An outgrowth of
pollen-tubes occurs, causing them sometimes to appear hairy under a
powerful lens. These penetrate the stigma, anchor the pollinia, and
fertilize the ovary in the usual way. Self-fertilization thus appears
to be inevitable, and the subsequent vigour of the capsules shows its
effectiveness.

In E. viridiflora var. diinensis (J. B. 1913, p. 343, and 1918,
p. 1) the pollen is so friable that, even before the flower opens,
numerous tetrads of pollen, looking like single pollen grains, fall on
the lip. I did not observe a single instance of this in lepfocliila.
I have seen minute portions of ix)llen adhering to the inner walls of
the anther-cells, but as a whole the pollen remains in situ on the
pollinia. Hermann Miiller says that in the Westphalian plant the
whole pollinium becomes felted together by pollen-tubes, so that in
the later stages pollen can only be detached by forcible removal
(Verhandl. des N. H. Vereines der preuss. Rheinlands, &c., 1868).
The same is the case with our plant. He also says that nothing
whatever is to be seen of a rostellura (which with us is visible in bud
and early flower), and that the whole pollinia emerge over the edge of
the stigma, forming two pyramids, whose bases rest on its upper
surface. With us only their upper portions so emerge, their bases
remaining behind the stigma.

There can be no reasonable doubt that E. viridiflora was
originally fertilized by insects. The fact that the cup at the base of
the lip still glistens with nectar, and the presence of a viscid gland in
newly-opened flowers, show clearly that the flower was designed to
attract insects.

Miiller believed that cross-fertilization might occasionally occur
with E. viridiflora. He found aphides sucking nectar, in one case
with adherent grains of pollen. He also many times observed small
insect larvae (Thrips?), sometimes with a few pollen-grains on the
head and back (Z. c). I saw similar larvie and aphides in the flowers
of the Surrey plant, and, like Miiller, noticed one or two specimens
of the latter stuck fast on the stigma, and dead. It is quite possible,

EPIPACTIS VIEIDIPLOEA 37

tliereforc, that these small creatures may carry a few pollen-grains
from one flower to another, but whether they are likely to convey
them from one ])lant to another is perhaps doubtful, as it is scarcely
probable that they would leave a phmt where they have abundant
food. If cross-fertilization occurs in this way it is probably acci-
dental, self-fertilization is the rule. I repeatedly saw ^. latifolia
and E. violacea visited by Avasps, and several times caught these
insects with poUinia on their heads. I saw no insects visit viridijlora^
but I had not so many opportunities for watching the latter plant.

Miiller studied most minutely the reproductive organs of E. viri-
di flora, both from a morpliological and physiological point of view,
in comparison with E. latifolia. His opinion therefore is of more
weight than that of those botanists who have confined their observa-
tions to the more obvious characters of the leaves, bracts, and
perianth : he says (/. c.) that we have in E. latifolia and E. viridi-
flora two form-cycles which diifer from one another by thoroughly
essential characters, and have the same claim to be considered distinct
species, as any two species of a genus.

Explanation of Plate 553.

A. Ei)ipactisvlridi flora \a,v.leptochila. B. E. latifolia. C. E. violacea. 1. Side
view of flower, sepals and petals removed. 2. Back view of column.
3. Front view of do. : a., anther ; p., pollinia ; o., ovary ; r., rostellum ;
s., stigma ; st., staminode.

THE UREDINEyE OF WEST SOMERSET.
By NoRMAif Gr. Hadden.

As there appears to be no published account of the Rust Fungi
of the district with which this paper deals, it may be as well to put
on record those species which I have observed here during the last
four years. The district covered is a narrow strip about twelve miles
in length and four in width, forming the extreme north-western
corner of Somerset : it is bounded on the north by the Bristol Channel,
on the south by Exmoor Forest and on the west by the Devon county
boundary-line. Taking the village of Porlock as the centre, all the
species recorded have been found within a few miles' radius. Owing
to the variety of plant associations in the neighbourhood, the list of
TTredinece is a long one and includes a number of rare and interesting
species. The salt-marshes, rich pasture land, large old woods, young
plantations and open moorland naturally support a great variety of
phanerogamic plants with the consequent number of parasitic rusts.

I am greatly indebted to Mr. Carleton Rea for his kindness in
assisting me in the determination of some of the more critical species.

The nomenclature adopted in the following list is that employed
by Mr. J. Ramsbottom in his list of British Uredinales, published in
the Transactions of the British 3Iycological Society, vol. iv. : —

JJromyces FicaricB Lev. On Ranunculus Ficaria, frequent. — •
TT. caryophyllinus Scliroet. On border Carnations in my garden—

38 THE .TOUBNAL OF BOTANY

T7. sparsus Lev. On Spergularia salina. Porloek marsh; locally
common. — U. A )if hi/ II id is Schvoet. On Anthi/ 11 is VuJnerat^ia. Cul-
bone ClifPs ; scarce. — U. JErvi Westend. On Vicia hirsuta. Por-
loek.— Z7. Loti Blytt. Porloek marsh, rare. — U. striatus Schroet.
On Trifolium minus on a lawn at Porloek. — U. Orohi Lev. Porloek
and Culbone woods, scarce. — U. Trifolii Lev. Porloek Hill. — U.
Jlectens Lagerh. Frequent in fields and on roadsides. — V. Fahce
de Bary. Abundant on Broad Beans ; occasionally on Vicia sepiiim. —
V. Alchemillce Lev. Oare ; uncommon. — Z7. ValeriancJdFxiQkiA. On
Valeriana samhuci folia, abundant. — V. Armerice Lev. Porloek
marsh, rare. — Z7. Betce Tul. On Beta marifima. Bossington. —
U. Salicormw de Bary. Porloek marsh ; appearing every summer. —
TI. Polygoni Fuck. Frequent on arable land. — U. Bumicis Wint.
Common. — XT. Acetoscs Schroet. Weir Water, Exmoor. — Z7. Scillaruni
Wint. Frequent. — Z7. Dacfylidis Otth. Teleutospores abundant;
aecidia not yet seen here. — U. Boce Rabenh. ^cidia abundant on
Ba n un cuius Fica via .

Puccinia ViolceDC. Common. — B. cegra Grove. Not uncommon
in' gardens on cultivated Viola tricolor. — B. F&rgussoni B. et Br.
On Viola jyalustris ; rare. Exe Cleave near Simonsbath. — B. Aren-
ari(je Wmt. On Arenaria trinervia. Porloek woods ; iormA I yclini-
dearum Link. On Lychnis diurna. Common. — B. Silenes Schroet.
On Silene maritima, rare. Porloek marsh. — B. Malvacearum Mont.
Abundant. — B. Bruni-spinosce Pers. ^Ecidia on Anemone coronaria
in a Porloek garden. — B. imlverulenta Grev. On Epilobium hirsutum
and E. montanum. Common. — B. Fpilohii DC. Pare. On E.
palustre. Exmoor and North Hill, — B. Circcece Pers. Common. —
B. TImhilici Guep. On Cotyledon Umbilicus. Frequent. — B. Conii
Fuckel. Minehead Warren; scarce. — B. ^tliusw Mart. Bather
common. — B. Bimpinellce Mart. On Bimpinella Saxifraga. Pitt
Farm, rare. — B. Saniculce Grev. Frequent. — B. Smyrnii Biv. Por-
loek and Minehead, common. — B. albescens Grev. On Adoxa
Moschatellina ; ^cidia appear in March. — B. Adoxce Hedw. fil.
Teleutospores only. Porloek woods.— P. punctata Link. On
Galium verum. Porloek. — P. Asperulce-odoratcB Wurth. Horner
Woods; rare. — B. Cardui pycnocepJiali '^\i\o\\\ Minehead War-
ren, rare. — B. Garlince .Tacky. Mill Hill, Exmoor. — B. Centaurece
Mart. Common. — B. ohtegens Tul. Abundant. — B. Cirsii Lasch.
Not uncommon. — P. Cnici-olemcei Pers. Common. — P. Crepidis
Schroet. On Grepis virens. Frequent. — B. IlieraciiMRrt. Abun-
dant.— P. Hypochoeridis Oud. Common — P. Lapsance Fuck.
Abundant. — P. Leontodontis Jack3^ Porloek, uncommon. — P. sene-
cionix Libert. On Senecio Jacobcea. Porloek.— P. Virgaurece Libert.
On Solidago Virgaurea. Porloek and Culbone woods.— P. Sonchi
Boberge. On Sonclms oleraceus, rare. Bossington. — P. Taraxaci
Plow. Common. — B. BrimulceDnhj. Frequent. — P. Vtncce Berk.
On Vinca major, rather common. — P. Veronicce Schroet. On V.
montana,YSLYe. Sehvorthy woods. — P. GlecJwmatisDC. Uncommon.
Horner woods. — P. Menthce Pers. Abundant on garden mint, M.
aquatico, and Calamintha. — P. annularis Schlecht. On Teucrium

THE uredixe.t: or west somerset 39

Scorodonia. Porlock woods. — P. Acetoscc Koern. Rather common. — •
P. Pol ygoni-Convol villi DC. West Porlock and Bossint^ton ; un-
common.— P. Iriilts Wallr. On Iris foetidissinia in gardens. —
P. oblongata Wint. On Luzula pilosn, Culbone woods. — P. oh-
scura Schroet. iEcidia on Bcllis pereimis, teleutospores on Luzula, —
P. Caricis Kabent. ^eidiaon JJrtica dioica, teleutospores on Carex.
Common. — P. sylvafica Schroet. ^eidia on Taraxacum, Porlock
woods. — P. graminis Pers. On Dactylis, common. ^cidia on
Berheris not seen. — V.coronata Corda. Uredospores on Agrostis. —
P. Lolii Niels. Uredospores on Lolium, Avena and Arrhenatherum.
Common. — P. Agropgrina Eriks. On Agropyron repens, rather
common.— P. Authoxanthi Puckel. Porlock woods ; rare. — P. Baryi
Wint. On Brachypodiuin sylvaticuni. Porlock ; uncommon. —
P. FestuccB Plowr. Teleutospores on Festuca oviua. Porlock. — -
P. Phragndfis Koern. vEcidia on Rumex, teleutospores on Phrag-
mites. Common. — P. Poarunil^ieh. ^cidia on Tussilago Farfara;
common.

TripJiragmium JJlmaricB Link, On Spircea Vlmaria, Exford.

Phragmidium Fragariastrl Schroet. Common. — P. Sanguisorhcd
Schroet. On Poterium Saiiguisorba in a garden at Lynch, — P. sub-
corticiuni Wint, Abundant on wild and cultivated Roses. — P. albi-
dum Ludw. Frequent on Ruhusfruficosus. — P. Piibi Wint. Rather
scarce. — P. violaceum Wint. Abundant,— P. Pubi-idcei Karst.
Common,

Coleosporum Fuplirasice Wint. On Euphrasia, PhiuantJius and
Bartsia. Common. — C. Melampyri Kleb. Teleutospores frequent
on Melampyrum. ^cidia found on Pinus sylvestris probably belong
to this species. — (7. Pefasifes&QYi-AYj, Rather scarce. Bossington. —
C. Seiif'cioiiis Fr, Abundant, — C. Tussilaginis Kleb. Common. —
C. Souchi-arvensis Lev. Abvmdant.

Pucciniastrum Circcecs Schroet. Porlock ; scarce. — P, Vaccini-
orum Diet. Common,

Urediriopsis Scolopendrii Rostr. Porlock woods ; not uncommon.

Mtlampsora Helioscopice Cast. Abundant. — J/, Sypericoruni
Schroet. On Hypericum Androsfemum ; scarce, — M. Larici-capre
arum Kleb, Common, — M. Rostrupii Wagn, Coeomata on 3Ier-
cu ria lis per en n is . Luccombe.

Melampsoridium betulinum Kleb, Abundant; especially on
seedling birches,

Melampsorella caryophyllacearam Schroet, Teleiitospores on
Cerasfium vulgatum and Sfellaria JPolosfea. West Porlock and
Horner woods — -31. SympJiyfi Bubak, Bossington. — 31. Blechni
Sydow. Scarce : Porlock woods andExmoor. — 3L dieteliana Sydow.
On Pulypodium vulgare. Porlock woods.

40 THE .TOITKNAL OF BOTANY

POLLmOSlS ("HAY-FEYEK").

By E. Philip Smith

(Botanic Department, Oxford).

For catarrh caused by plant-products, and especially by the micro-
spores or ])oUen-grains of the Gramineae, the expression "pollinosis "
has been used ; tiiis is preferable to the older " hay-fever," as being
less ambiguous, more accurately descriptive, and not so liable to
misuse. Under the popular term " hay-fever " are classed together
almost as man^'^ abnormal conditions of the nasal membranes as under
the heading of "common cold," regardless of their etiolog3\ Any
nasal catarrh, whether it merely takes the form of abnormal secretion
of mucus, or is accompanied by violent sneezing, running of the eyes,
and even b\^ severer systemic symptoms, if it is not more or less directly
referable to bacterial infection consequent upon exposure to cold, etc.,
is, especially if it occurs in the summer or autumn, unhesitatingly
described as '* hay-fever."

For the purpose of these notes, it is proposed to set aside all types
of corrhiza which prove upon inquiry to be due to causes other than
plant-products, such as those caused by exposure to the dense dust
which gathers in libraries, by exposure to bright light — this will be
touched upon later — or by the animal detritus from the coats of
liorses, cats, and even dogs. Even when circumscribed by the removal
of these other types, the detinition of hay-fever is sufficiently wide to
makij it of interest to many, and of painful interest to its victims.

The clinical picture is well known. The onset of the attack,
which may follow directly on exposure to pollen, or after the lapse of
a certain time varying from live minutes to half an hour, is marked
by violent sneezing, profuse secretion of watery mucus, running at
the eyes, and a feeling of helplessness and malaise. In some subjects
nasal and bronchial stenosis may be felt at the height of the paroxysm.
This primary attack may last only a few minutes, or it may be pro-
longed until the patient is exhausted, and fresh parox^^sms occur on
each new exposure to the source of irritation. After some days of
this the nasal mucosa, the conjunctival surfaces, and even the bronchi
in severe cases, become acutely sensitive, and very little is required to
produce an attack, even without further exposure to pollen, the stirring
up of dust from books, a draught of cold air, even exposure to bright
light (in cases where the eyes are much involved) being sufficient. If
it were always possible accurately to disentangle the evidence, it would
be possible to make a clear distinction between primary attacks due
to direct infection, and these secondary effects of other irritants on an
already damaged mucous membrane. The danger- season, however, is
so prolonged (with some it begins with the flowering of Willows),
lasting from spring till the first frost in autumn, that few people
could submit to the rigid exclusion from vegetation wdiich would be
necessary for an accurate experiment to be made on the relative
importance of the primary and secondary causes.

Enough has been said to show that true hay-fever is sufficiently
mdespread to make it of interest to the botanist to stud}^ the plant-

POLLTNOSIS 41

products which cause it from a purely technical standpoint, in contrast
to that of tlie inimuno-cheniist, which dominates current literature.
The standpoint from which the problem has hitherto been approached
is that of the immunologist, who interprets the phenomena observed
in terms of toxins and antibodies, of protein-sensitization and ana-
phylaxis. The earliest notable work in this line is that of Dunbar
and Prausnitz. These workers made an elaborate investigation into
the toxicity of various kinds of pollen, using an extract of the pollen-
protein in very dilute solution of sodium chloride. The following is
a summary of the commoner plants in their list, which includes
25 Gramineae and 8 Cyperaceje, as well as numerous other forms.

I. Grasses, as: — Phleum prafensc, Af/rostis alba, Poa pratcnsis^
Anthoxantkum odoratum^ Dacfylis glomerata, iSecale cereale, Triti-
cum sativum^ Ayropyrum repens.

II. Various plants, as : — -Rohinia Pseudacacia, Castanea dentata,
Acer ruhrmn, Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, Bosa spp., Lonicera
Caprifolium, Ligustrum vulgare. (No indication is given as to
which of the latter plants are common causes of hay-fever and which
are merely rare instances.)

The following plants which cause late hay-fever are mostly found
in the United States, namely : — Ambrosia trijida, A. artemisicefolia,
Solidago canadeyisis, S. nemoralis, Chrysanthemum sp., Dahlia,
Clematis virginiana. and Aster spp.

In addition to these, the following grasses are given by Macdonald
as causing hay-fever in this country: — Poa pratensis, P. trivialis,
P. nemoralis, Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Lolium perenne, and
Alopecurus 'j^^'cde^isis.

Prom personal experience, the following Gymnosperm pollens
were effective : — Abies concolor, Pimis excelsa, Pinus Pinsapo.
After prolonged exposure (40-50 minutes) to the pollen of Pinus
excelsa while harvesting it, slight symptoms were felt : i. e. irritation
of the eyes and nose^_|eeling of intense dryness in the posterior nasal
cavities. Later in the%same da}^ exposure for a few minutes to a
mixed hayfield {PhlrunVpratense being the j^rincipal grass in flower),
produced an acute attack, quite characteristic, with implication of the
bronchi and distinct rise of temperature. After this initial attack,
fresh exposure to Pinus-\>o\\en reproduced it with monotonous regu-
larity, after an " incubation period " of about 10 minutes. For the
succeeding four M^eeks every effort was made to avoid accidental
infection with grass or other pollen, and during the intervals between
the purposeful exposure to pollen of various kinds, the sjanptoms
were slight and in fact almost negligible. Each attempt at excitation
by direct insufflation of pollen was successful in producing an attack.
The pollen used principally was Pinus excelsa, owing to the ease with
which large quantities were obtainable. The susceptibility to Phleum
made laboratory experiments with grass-pollen almost impossible,
owing to the difficulties of harvesting. For an account of experi-
mental poUinosis in animals, see Ulrich, in the Journal of Immunology,
Nov. 1918.

Unfortunately the lists previously given are not strictly comparable.

42 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

as the results were obtained by different methods. The method used

originally by Danbar and extended by Cooke and Vander Veer, and

again by Cooke, Flood, and Coca, was to prepare an extract of the

poUen-proteid by means of grinding up the pollen (in the manner

usual for enzjnue-abstraction) with sand, extracting the mass with

distilled water by alternate freezing and thawing, or extracting with

N
•8 7o NaCl in jttx NaOH. The product was precipitated by acetone,

redissolved in -8 °/o NaCl, and standardized for nitrogen-content by
Kjeldahrs method. The toxicity was tested by applying the solution
at a known nitrogen-content to the conjunctiva, and by intradermal
injection. If the application produced lachrymation and sneezing,
and an itching weal at the point of injection, the result was positive,
and the subject considered sensitive to that particular pollen-protein.
The results obtained in this way are interpreted differently by the
different observers. Hay-fever is described : firstly, as due to a toxin
("toxalbumin ") (Dunbar); secondl}^ as an anaphylactic reaction
(Cooke) ; and, thirdly, as a clinical symptomatic expression of local
spontaneous liypersensitiveness, the active pollen-substances not being
toxins (Cooke, Flood, Coca). These discordant results may perhaps
be explained as arising from the unnatural experimental conditions,
for under ordinary circumstances the nasal mucosa are not directly
placed in contact with poUen-proteid. There intervenes the highly
effective protective mechanism of the cuticularized microspore-wall.
It is true that in the Angiosperm pollens there are pores of
various kinds in the wall, but the mechanism by which colloidal
protein is to pass through a cellulose membrane is not explained.
The digestive power of the nasal mucosa is very slight, and in any
case there is no means of digesting cellulose there. The unbroken,
ungerminated pollen-grain is effectively sealed to protect its contents
from desiccation or undue wetting (in the case of wind-pollinated
forms like the grasses and Pinus), and conversely it is difficult to
understand how any of the protein -contents could passively diffuse
out. Possible germination-effects may also be set aside : even under
the most favourable circumstances grass-pollen does not germinate
within five minutes (?'. e, minimum "incubation-time" observed), and
in the case of G^minosperm-pollen the question does not arise.

In the case of Angiosperm pollen, however, where the wall is
porose, the osmotic pressure of the grain (amounting to several atmos-
pheres) may be of importance, as leading to the withdrawal of water
from the adjacent membrane, with consequent swelling of the grain
and liberation of its contents through bursting. In this way the
alien protein would be brought into contact with the epithelial cells.
The irritation caused by the withdrawal of water by the grain must
also be quite considerable, having regard to the relative sizes of the
ciliated cells (6)u diam.) and pollen grains (30-50 m). Thus a single
80 /x grain of Finns excelsa would drain over a hundred epithelial
cells.

It would be quite outside the scope of these notes to attempt to
deal with the question of protein-sensitization, which has been ex-
haustively treated in the papers already mentioned. Having discussed

POLLINGS IS 43

the mechanisiii by which pollen-j^roteid can come into contact with
the nasal mucosa, the cell-contents may be dismissed from the role of
active agent. It remains to consider : —

(1) The question of the mere mechanical irritation, due to the

presence of a foreign body, being sufficient to cause the
symptoms.

(2) The possibility of some substance on the outer wall (exine) of

the grain being responsible.

In answer to the first question, it may be said that the presence
of foreign bodies on an otherwise undamaged mucous membrane may
produce transient sneezing and secretion, but nothing like a real
paroxysm. Of course, where the foreign bod}'- is atmosplieric dust,
which may contain j)articles of alien protein, grit, etc., the irritation
may be more pronounced ; and such irritation, or even the action of
cold air, superimposed upon a previous catarrhal condition, may, as
mentioned before, produce effects very similar to a primary hay-fever
attack. The second point is more difficult and more important. The
microspores of Angiosperms and GymnosperuLs are formed in tetrads
within the microsporangium, which is lined by a nutritive tapetum.
This tapetal layer furnishes food-material for the developing spores,
but disorganizes before they are shed. Consequently the pollen-
grains are coated on the outside, as is seen in the yellow colour, by
tapetal debris, which may be almost anything (commonly oily matter),
and in which it is conceivable that protein and enzyme-residues may
be present in minute quantities. The yellow colour of manj^ pollen-
grains is in all cases outside the cuticle, and consists of carotin
dissolved in a film of oil. The function of this oil is conjectural, but
it may conceivably assist in sealing the grain still better, protecting
it from excessive wetting, and preventing the grains from adhering-
(^cf. the curious way in \\\\\q\\ Finns pollen "pours"). From analogy
with the well-known irritant oils in Primula obconica, P. sinensis,
etc., it seemed probable that this oily film on the pollen-grains was
the irritant principle, and experiments were undertaken to demonstrate
this, but the results are not yet collected. For example, a suggestive
preliminar}^ trial was made with the pollen of Hihiscvs. The pollen
was shaken up with cold ether, the ether then being filtered oft" and
allowed to evaporate. The oily residue, when applied to the unbroken
skin of the fore-arm, raised a severe blister, almost as bad as that
produced By Poison Iv}" {Rhns Toxicodendron).

This would seem to indicate a more natural method of approaching
the problem, being based upon a botanical consideration of the micro-
spores involved. It is quite possible that most microspores are coated
with a him of oil, but only a certain number of pollens are produced
in sufficiently large quantities to be of any practical importance.
This includes the wind-pollinated trees, both Angiosperms and Gym-
nosperms, and the Grasses, particularly the common hay-grasses.
Species of Plantar/o also give much pollen, and a laboratory trial
with PIantago-\^o\\(i\\ alone gave a positive result. If this idea that
one of the poisonous principles of pollen is merely that of an irritant
oil is correct, it will throw a new light on the nature of the dama^j-e

44 THE JOUIINAL OF 150TAXY

done to the nasal mucosa (for it is obvious that an oily substance
M^iich will raise a severe blister upon the unbroken epidermis will
have a still more destructive action on the delicate ciliated epithelium
lining the nasal cavities, and on the underlying nerve-endings),
perhajDS suggesting new lines of treatment. It will also serve to
bring the phenomena into line with the well-known cases of Plant-
Dermatitis, which cover quite a wide range of plant-organisms in this
countr^'^, and Avhich present even more striking examples in the tropics.

General Literature.

Cooke and Vander Veere (1916), " Human Sensitization, part ii, Hay-Fever,

am Anaphylactic Reaction," Journ. Immnnology, p. 222.
Cooke, Flood, and Coca (1917), " Hay-Fever," o^i. cit. p. 224.
Punbar (1903), " Zur Frage, betreffend die Aetiologie und spezifisclie Therapie

des Heufiebers," Berlin, Klin, Wochenschr. xl. pp. 537, 561, 596 ; Deutsch.

Med. Wochenschr. xxix. p. 149 ; (1911) 37, 578 ; (1907) Zeitschr. fiir Immun-

tats, vii.
Oates (1915), " Development of Microspores in CEnothera" (Mutation Factor

in Evolution, p. 170).
Macdonald (1917), " Hay Fever," Encyclop. of Medicine, p. 509.
Osborne (1909), " Vegetable Proteins," p. 94.
Prausnitz (1905), " Zur Natur des Heufiebergiftes und seines spezifischen

Gegengiftes," Berlin, Klin. Wochenschr. xlii. p. 227.
Sequiera (1919), " Plant Dermatitis " (Diseases of the Skin, ed. 3, p. 91).
Ulrich (1918), *' Experimental Pollinosis," Journ. Immunology, p. 435.

ALAB ASTRA DIVE RSA.— Part XXXII.*
By Spe^^cer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

1. PlA^T^E CoNGOE^SES l^OXM YEL RARIORES.

Dr, Wernham has already (Journ. Bot. 1918, pp. 30S-313)
published descriptions of new Ruhiacece, from the Belgian Congo,
forming part of a collection brought to the Museum by Dr. Vermoesen,
Inspector of Agriculture in that country. An examination of the
Compositce and AcanthacecB lias yielded the results presented in tlie
following pages : —

COMPOSITJ^,
MSUATA BUETTNERI O. Hoft'm. ^

Chenal ; Vanderyst, 4505.

This is the representative of a monotyjMC genus hitherto absent
from the London herbaria.

Triplotaxis stellultfera Hutchins.

Boyeka, near Coquilhatville ; Nonnan, 95.

One of the ])lants used to stupefy tish.

Vernonia (§ Stenqelia) divulgata, sp. nov. Caule simplici vel
subsimplici e collo fuseo-villoso ascendente supeme nudo eximie
striato puberulo ; foliis sessilibus plerumqvie radicaUbus (prepaucis
saipe ex caule oriundis) oblongo-oblanceolatis vel obovatis obtusissimis
inferne in partem petioliformam basi dihitatam extenuatis firme
* Types of the species here described are in the National Herbarium.

PLANT.?] CONOOENSES 45

membranaceis utrlnque eleganter reticulatls nitidlsque levlter scahrius-
culis ; capitulis subiiiedioeribus circa 30-llosculosis in eorynibum
elongatuin optiiiie laxum ordiuatis pedunculis propriis quam involucra
manifeste longioribus ; involucri siibhemisphairici 4-serialis puberuli
phyllis oblongis interioribus gradatim longioribus appendice brevi
obtusissima (intimoruni angustiori necnon acuta) in sicco brunnea
eoronatis ; corollis exsertis ; achceniis cj^lindricis callo basali sat
prominente instructis o-costatis breviter setulosis ; pappi setis sca-
briusculis dilute straniineis paucis extimis abbrcviatis.

Gamboni ; Vanderysfy 3058. Wombali, abundant in places ; Id.,
4217. Bandmivu; Id., 5171.

Folia radicalia plerumque circa 8-10x2-4 cm., quam caulina
majora vel minora horum summa saepe magnopere imminuta. In-
florescentia longit. 50 cm. siepe attingens, ramis striatis puberulis.
Capitula pansa circa 10 mm. long. Involuciaim 8-5 mm. long. ;
phylla extima circa 3 mm., intermedia 4-5-7 mm., intima 8 mm.
long. Corolla 11 mm, long. ; tubus anguste intundibularis quam
lobi lineari-oblongi manifeste longior. Styli rami exserti, 2*5 mm.
long. Acba^nia adbuc vix matura aegre 3 mm. long. Pappi setae
extimie 1 mm., cetera3 5-7 mm. long.

Though apparently a common plant, I have been unable to
identify this from the descriptions of species unseen by me. A reason
for this may perhaps be that it has been mistaken for V. prcecox
Welw., which it greatly resembles, differing chiefly in the foliage
(slightly only) and the shape of the involucral leaves.

O. Hoffman would have placed this in his § Laclinorrliiza, but, as
has been mentioned elsewhere, it seems inadvisable to disregard the
involucres in the case of a few species, seeing how convenient for
sectioning purposes the involucre has proved itself.

Aspilia congoensis, sp. nov. Caule saltem superne sparsim ramose
tereti striate scabriusculo ; foliis brevipetiolatis lanceolatis acumi-
natis apice^ipso acutis basi obtusis trinervibus margine serrulatis firme
membranaceis supra scabridis subtus sparsim pubescentibus ; capittiUs
mediocribus in corymbos laxos bracteatos oligocephalos digestis ;
2)edu)icu1is propriis involucris plerumque longioribus ; involucri
subhemisphserici phyllis 3-serialibus ovato-oblongis exterioribus superne
herbaceis et obtusis et scabridis necnon plus minus reflexis intimis
apice herbaceis acutisque ; ligulis 10 sat alte bifidis ; achceniis com-
pressiusculis anguste ovoideo-oblongis pilis brevibus appressis strigil-
losis onustis cupula sat perspicua setis carente eoronatis.

Upper Welle province ; Lacomhlez, 67.

Folia usque ad 9-10x2-2*5 cm., pleraque vero minora, e.g.
±6xl"2 era., in sicco griseo-fusca ; petioli latiusculi, 2-4 mm. long.
Bracteae foliis similes sed minores, plerumqnf l'5-3 cm, long. Pedun-
culi proprii 1-2 cm. long. Involuci-a circa S x 8 mm. ; phylla extima
4 mm., intermedia 4-5 mm., intima 5 mm. lotig. Ligulae aurantiacea?,
10 X 2'5 mm. Recepticuli paleae oblongae, apice indurato-mucronatse,
7 mm. long. Achsenia dilute grisea, fusco-purpureo-maculata, 4 mm.
long, (pappo 1 mm. long, incluso).

To be inserted in the genus close to A. asperifolia O. Hoffm., but
easiW distinguished on account of the lanceolate leaves, longer
proper peduncles and 10-rayed heads with narrower involucral leaves.

46 THE JOURXAL OF BOTAJS^T

Crassocephalum longirameum, sp. nov. Serla erecta verisimi-
liter cireiter 2-spithamea ; caiUe pauciramoso quadrangular! subdis-
tanter folioso minute puberulo postea glabro ; foliis sessilibus lineari-
bus acutis obtusisve supra glabris subtus minute pubescentibus ;
capifulis corymbum terminalem folia plane excedentem bracteatum
oligoceplialum constituentibus ; involucri obovoidei puberuli phyllis
8 inter se inaequilatis oblongis acutis dorso eleganter striatis margine
anguste membranaceis ; flosculis ultra 50 exsertis verlsimiliter flavis ;
styll ramis appendice filiformi elongata prseditis ; aclKBiiiis (hucusque
crudis) linearibus 5-costatis costis minute pilosulis ; pappi setis
scabriusculis albis.

Bandundu ; Vanderyst, 3562.

Folia usque 5 cm. long., sed plerumque breviora, superiora grada-
tim iraminuta, applanata summum 2 mm. lat., marginibus revolutis
vero circa 1 mm. Bractese anguste lineares, + 5 mm. long. Capi-
tula pansa 8x10 mm. Inv^olucrum 6 mm. long. Corolbe inferne
angustissimae, superne gradatim dilatatae, 7 mm. long, (inclusis lobis
linearibus longit. 2 mm. paullulum excedentibus). Styli rami in
to to 2*2 mm. long., liorum appendix 1 mm. AchtBuia circa 1 mm.,
pappus 5 mm. long.

This would be taken on sight for an Emilia. The narrow leaves
and curiously long appendages to the style-arms are easil}^ recognized
peculiarities.

AcANTHACEiE.

Htgrophila Gigas Burkill {H. Gilletii De Wild, ex ic. et
descript.). Bokala ; Vanderi/sf, 4^824^.

The type-specimen, a small one in the Kew herbarium, agrees
exactly, so far as it goes, with the excellent ligure of H. Gilletii in
Ann. Mus. Congo, ser. v. i. 314.

Hygrophila (§ Eu-Hygrophila) Vanderystii, sp. nov. Herba
^|-spithamea ; caule basi repente hac atque iliac rad^cante inde
erecto fere omnimodo folioso tetragono nodis pilosis exemptis glabro ;
foliis sessilibus anguste lineari-lanceolatis superioribus linearibus in
marginibus costaque centrali pag. inf. appresse subsparsim scabridis ;
Jlorihus pro axilla paucis subsessilibus foliis floralibus linearibus
ciliatis calyce ssepe longioribus stipatis ; calycis triente inferiori
gamosepali segmentis inter se fere sequalibus anguste linearibus
acutis ; corollcR tubo calyce breviore inferne contracto limbo quam
tubus paullo breviore la bio postico plicato lobo intermedio quam
laterales latiore ; filamentis basi per paria coalitis ; ovario oblongo
acuto glabro ; ovulis pro loculo fere 20.

Wombali ; Vanderyst, 4255.

Planta cireiter 50 cm. alt. Folia pleraque 4-6 cm. long., pauca
inferiora 4 mm. lat., cetera 1 •5-2*5 mm., in sicco fuscescentia. Folia
floralia usque 12 mm. long. Calyx 10 mm. long. Corolla 12 mm.
long.; tubus 7 mm. long., 1-1*5 mm. lat., sub limbo 3 mm.; labia
5 mm. long., lobis circa 1*5 mm. Ovarium 2*5 mm. long., minute
puberula. Stylus 6*5 mm. long.

Known by its narrow leaves and small flowers with calyx-lobes
almost equal among themselves.

PLANTJ3 CONOOENSES 47

Brillantaisia patula T. And.

Upper Welle and Ituri rivers ; Lacomhlez^ 80. Dumu, Van-
deryst, 4978. Var. Welwitschli Burkill. Boyeka near Coquilhat-
ville ; Nannan, 3»^,

WiiiTFiELnrA LONGiroLTA T. And. Yambata; Moutchal, 188.
Clienal ; Va nd en/ st, 4^501. Tua, common in the forests ; Vanderysty
4862, 4974.

PiiAYLOPSis OHLiQUA S. Moore. Buynrm; Vnnderysf, 4296.

Barleria alata S. Moore. Dumu ; Vanden/st, 4840. Bokala ;
id., 4980.

Eranthemum ntgritianum T. And. Kimbwa and Bokala ;
Yanderyst, sine no. — E. hipocraterieorme lioem. & Sell. Leopold-
ville ; Vanderyst, 3018.

JusTiciA iNsuLARis T. And. Kitebe ; Vanderyst, 4126.

Justicia (§ Galophanoides) fistulosa, sp. nov. Herha erecta,.
ramosa, subsparsim foliosa ; ramis erecto-adscendentibus tetragonis uti
caulis fistulosis necnon parce puberulis et sub nodis tumidis breviter
pubescentibus ; foliis brevipetiolatis ovatis obtusissimis nisi rotun-
datis basi rotundatis margine nndulatis in nervis pag. inf. breviter
appresseque pubescentibus ; florihus axillaribus pro axilla paucis
subsessilibus ; hracfeolis 0 ; calycis segmentis 5 inter se quadammodo
inaecjualibus linearibus acutis ciliatis ; corolJcd tubo caljcem breviter
superante dimidio inf. coartato superne dilatato limbi labiis subsequi-
longis lobis omnibus ovatis obtusis ; ovario ovoideo-oblongo minute
pnberulo ; stylo basi sparsim piloso ; ca2)sula puberula.

Bokala ; Sparano, 26.

Folia 4x 2-5-3 cm. attingentia, plerumque vero +2 X 1*5 cm., in
sicco sursum brunnescentia, inferne viridia ; petioli 2-6 mm. long.,
pubescentes. Calyx 5-6 mm. long. ; hujus segmenta breviora 4 mm.,
longiora 5 mm. long. Corolla 13 mm. long. ; tubus 7 mm. long.,
dimidio inferiori circa 1 mm. lat., sub limbo 2-5 mm. ; labia 6 mm.
long., posticum 3 mm., anticum 4 mm. lat. ; amborum lobi 1'5 mm.
long. Discus prominens, 1 mm. alt. Ovarium vix 2 mm. long. ; stylus
8*5 mm. Capsula dilutebrunnea, 8 mm. long.

Affinity with J. Whytei S. Moore and J. Melamfyrum S. Moore ;
from both easilv distinguished on sight by the short and broad leaves.
From the fistular stem one judges the plant to be an aquatic, but
there is no note to supj^ort this.

Justicia Extensa T. And. Dumu ; Vmideryst, 4829.

Khinacanthus Dewevrei De Wildem. & Durand {R. parvi-
Jlorus T. And.). Boyeka ; Nannan, 94. Used for poisoning fish.

H. parvijiorits has nev^er been described : it is mentioned as a
nomen nudum in Bull. Soc. Boy. Bot. Belg. xxxviii. p. 106. There
seems no reason to doubt its conspecificity with R. Dewevrei^ which
itself appears distinct from JR. communis Nees, though Clai-ke
thought otherwise.

Rhinacanthus minimus, sp. nov. Herha parva, spithamea vel
paullulum ultra ; caule basi decumbente radicanteque inde ascendente-
tenui sparsim ramoso puberulo ; foliis petiolatis ovatis acutis nisi
breviter acuminatis basi rotundato-cuneatis nervis pag. inf. puberulis-
exceptis fere glabris ; fasciculis j)aucifloris ad apicem ramorum

48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

axillarium floriferorum tenuissimorum minute pubescentium vel iisdem
lateraliter affixis sessilibusque ; hracteis uti bracteolae angustae linea-
ribus caljce minoribus ; calycis segmentis anguste linearibus acutis
minute pubescentibus ; corollce pubenilse tubo cah^cem bene excedente
ipso sub limbo levissime constricto labio antico late obovato quam
posticum ovatum apice emarginatum longiore ; sfmninihus breviter
exsertis antherarum loc. pauUulum inferiori breviter calcarato ; ovario
puberulo in stylum breviter sparsimque strigillosum desinente ; cap-
sula puberula.

Bokala ; Vanderyst, 4972.

Folia tenuiter membranacea, in sicco viridia, usque 5x3 cm., sed
ssepe multo minoi*a ; petioli puberuli, foliorum majomm 12-20 mm.
long., minorum saepe modo 4 mm. Florum fasciculi ramis interdum
10 cm. long, etsi interdum insigniter brevioribus insidentes ; ramus
quisque juxta medium itaque ad apicem fasciculum gerens. Bracteae
bracteolaeque summum 2 mm. long. Calyx 5 mm. long., hujus
segmenta aliquantulum ina^qualia. Corolla3 tubus Q-5 mm. long.,
1-5 mm. lat. ; labium anticum 4 x 3-5 mm. ; anticum 2 mm. long.
Antherarum loc. sup. -65 mm. long., loc. inf. (incluso calcari obtuso)
aigre 1 mm. long. Ovarium 1*5 mm., stylus 8 mm. long. Capsula
12 mm. long. Semina 4, fusco-brunnea, scrobiculata, 1 mm. diam.

Kemarkable for its slender habit and very small flowers together
with the ovate leaves.

E-UNGIA coNGOENSis Clarke. Kunzul^u ; Vajiderysf, 4497.— K.
GRANDIS T. And. Tua; Vanderyst, ^i/.

2. Vaupelia a. Brand.

This is a genus proposed (Fedde Kep. xiii. p. 82) for plants till
then included in the genus Irichodesma, the flowers of which they
greatly resemble. The reason for taking this step concerns the posi-
tion of the carpels upon the receptacle, as everyone knows a funda-
mental character in the classification of Borrayinacece. The Tricho-
desmas have carpels with their inner or at least their lower face
adnate to the conical or convex gynobase, whereas the gynobase of
the Yaupelias is flat, and the carpels are attached to it only by then-
flat base. On this account Brand suggests the removal of Vaupelia
from the CynoyJossece to the Lithospermece, and in this he seems
undoubtedly correct. He also notes the close connection between
Vaupelia and Cystistemon Balf. f. from Socotra.

As thus characterized Vaupelia (ranging from Somaliland to
Angola) contains six species : 1. heliocliaris (T. heliocharis S. Moore) ;
2. luspida (T. liispidum Bak. & C. H. Wright); 3. Medusa {T.
Medusa Bak.) ; 4. harhata (T. harhatum Vaupel) ; 5. macranfhera
(T. macrantherum Giirke) ; 6. Meclioicii (T. Meclioicii Vaupel).
Only the first three of these are found in the Flora of Trop. Afr.
(iv.'2, p. 45), the others, with the exception of macrantliera, having
been published later: in Fl. Trop. Afr. macranfhera is wrongly
mero-ed in Medusa, from Avhich it is certainly distinct. The mistake
arose throudi Baum's no. 928 having been distributed from Berlin

VAUPELIA 49

as " Trichodesma macrantliera (sic) Giirke, sp. nov.," whereas the
type is Dekindt no. 8, unrepresented in this country. The plant can
be at once recognized by its short calyx ; it is represented at the
Museum by Gossweiler no. 3837 from Mumua woods at Kakonda.

To the six species mentioned above is now to be added a seventh,
namely :

3*. Vaupelia hispidissima, sp. nov Frutex ultraorgyalis, cauli-
hus simplicibus e rhizomate ascendentibus validis hispidis saltem
superne crebro foliosis ; foliis alternis rigidis sessilibus oblongo-
lanceolatis apice mucronatis basi obtusis utrobique pilis strigosis
ap])ressis basi conspicue bulbosis creberi-ime indutis ; injlorescentiis
folia longe excedentibus e cyniis scorpioideis i^luribus sat longe
pedunculatis uti pedicelli calycibus plane longiores fulvide hispidissi-
mis compositis ; hracteis foliis consimilibus nisi minoribus ; calycis
campanulati hispidissimi segmentis lanceolatis acutis ; carollcs tubo
calyce breviore pentagono glabro lobis tubo du|)lo longioribus lanceo-
latis dimidio distali gradatim attenuatis sed baud linearibus apice
acutis dorso appresse griseo-pubescentibus ; antheris quam corolhe
lobi pauUulum brevioribus superne rectis inferne minute pubescentibus.
Angola, in thickets between old Munonqueand U'jaio; Gossiveilcr,
3132. To be referred here are also specimens found by the same
collector in grassy open woods of Berlinia Baumii, near Kutatj,
no. 3958.

Caules ex schedis cl. delectoris csespitosi, usque ad 7 ped. alt.,
fistulosi etsi lignosi, circa 6 mm. diam. Folia pleraque inf. (3-10 cm.
long., juxta medium 13-18 mm. lat. ; costa centralis pag. inf. pro-
minens ; folia juniora circa 3-4-5 x 1 cm., summa imminuta in
bracteas transeuntia. Iniiorescentia usque 25x13 cm. Cymie
ascendenti-patentes, summum circa 7 cm. long. Pedicelli pleri(jue
15 mm. long. Calyx 12 mm. long. ; segmenta basi 3 mm. lat.
Corollae tubus 6 mm. long., basi 3 mm. sub limbo 4 mm. lat. ; lobi
14 mm. long., juxta basin 4 mm. lat., apicem versus 1*5 mm.
Antherse 13 mm., stylus 25 mm. long. De fructu sileo.

Differs from V. Medusa Brand chieiiy in the tall habit, the
densely hairj^ leaves, the much more hispid inflorescences, and tlie
larger flowers on longer pedicels, with larger calyx provided with
broader segments and much broader corolla-lobes, which do not run
out into a linear prolongation and are hnely pubescent upon the
back. Among other characters V. harhata Brand is entirely clifterent
in foliage and corolla.

The flowers would seem to vary in colour, those of no. 3132
Mr. Gossweiler notes as "purplish green throughout," wbile of
no. 305S he writes, " calyx purplish violet ; corolla segments whitish
blue outside, brilliant violet-blue inside."

(To be continued.)

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 58. [Februahy, 1920.]

50 THE JOUllNAL OF EOTAI^T

CORNELIUS VARLEY

(1781-1873).
Br James Groves, F.L.S.

It is gratifying to be able to include in the roll of British
botanists so remarkable a man as Cornelius Varley. A chance
reference guided me to his paper " On Chara vulgaris,'''' read before
the Microscopical Society on the 12th November, 1845, and published
in 1849 in vol. ii. (pp. 93-104, tt. 14-21) of that Society's Trans-
actions. The paper appears to have escaped notice, as it is not
included in the generally comprehensive bibliographies of the group ;
it was therefore a surprise to me to find in it a work of great merit.
It consists of twelve pages of matter with eight coloured jolates,
containing thirty-four figures, all but one of which are much magni-
fied. In these Varley describes in plain but precise language, and
depicts with his pencil in firm vigorous lines, just what he saw under
his microscope, with no bias as to what he might be expected to see.
It stands out in consequence as a fine original piece of work, and the
drawings present a marked contrast to the extraordinarily clumsy
and conventional monstrosities which appear in some histological
plates of Charophyta of the earlier half of last century.

The accurate manner in which he worked out the structure and
development of the stem-cortex in its ascending and descending
series is astonishing, and his figures relatipg to this on tt. 17 and 20
have never been surpassed for clearness and breadth of treatment.
The drawings in detail of the various parts of the antheridium and of
the oogonium and oospore are also excellent, the little tAvo-storied
" cage " at the base of the' latter being admirabl}" shown. Though he
did not quite appreciate the significance of the pro-embryonic growth,
he showed its limited terminal process, and traced the origin of the
corticate plant to a bud arising within the pro-embryonic whorl.
His drawings of the young plant (t. 15) are very creditable. Varley
approached the subject rather as a microscopist than as a botanist,
and, although he gives a very fair general account of the structure of
the plant, one of the principal objects of both text and figures was to
show the result of his observations of the cyclosis or " streaming " in
the various parts, in most of which he worked out the direction of the
stream in each cell. In estimating the value of Varley's paper, it
must be borne in mind that, although not published until 1849, it
was read before the Society in 1845, seven years prior to the appear-
ance of Alexander Braun's masterly paper, " Uber die Richtung
verhaltnisse der Saftstrome in den Zellen der Characeen." That a
countryman of our own should have made such a successful incursion
into a field almost entirely monopolised by foreigners is a matter for
congratulation.

The colouring of the plates is unfortunately both crude and
incorrect, but for this Varley could not have been responsible. The
plant dealt Avith was evidently G. delicatula Braun, not that now
generally known as G. vulgaris.

This paper appears to be the only purely botanical one which

CORNELirS VAlfLEY 51

Varley wrote, but in a much earlier paper on the use of the microscope
in vol. 48 of the Transactions of the Society of Arts (1831), the
structure of, and circulation in, Cliara was described at considerable
length. This paper gives evidence of an immense amount of careful
work, and it appears that the author had hundreds of the germinating
plants under observation. A number of figures of the various parts
of the plant, which in this instance was evidently C vulgaris, accom-
panied the paper (t. 5. ff. 31-50), and these though rougher and less
complete than those of the 1845 paper clearly show many important
details of structure. They include drawings of the young plants with
the rhizoid nodes and proembryonic whorl, a " branch with a naked
base," a section of the oogonium and oospore walls and of the lime-
shell, which Varley styles " the seed-skin the shell and the tubular
envelope." The lime-shell is aptly described as " quite brittle, some-
thing like egg-shell, white and transparent." In the earlier jiart of
the paper, with all the enthusiasm of the expert "glass and brass"
man, he enlarges on the construction of the microscope, and the most
efficient methods of lighting &c.,.with a view to obtaining the very
best optical results. The following volume of the Transactions^
xlix. ii (1833) pp. 179-194, contained a "Letter from Mr. C. Yarley
in addition to his Observations on the Circulation in Chara vulgaris
already published." In vol. 1. pp. 159-190, t. 7 (1836), in a paper
entitled " Mr. G. Varley on his Vial Microscope," still further infor-
mation is given as to the Chara, and there is in addition a description
and figure of Nitella tenuissima from Cambridgeshire under the
name of N. hyalina, to wdiich species it had then been referred.
It is no wonder that these excellent papers and illustrations have
escaped general notice, appearing as they do under such unlikely
titles. Varley evidently gave a great deal of attention to the con-
struction of apparatus for the continuous examination of living
plants and animals. Braun, in his paper already mentioned, refers
to Varley as being the first to observe the exit of the antherozoids
from the cells of the antheridial filaments.

The following particulars are mostly gleaned from Cosmo Monk-
house's articles in the Dictionary of National Biograpliy and
Mr. A. T. Story's book, James Holmes and John Varley, Yov the
loan of the latter, and for further information, I am indebted to the
courtesy of Mr. Percy Varley, a grandson of the subject of this
notice.

Cornelius Varley belonged to a particularly gifted family. He
was the second son of Kichard Varley by his marriage with Hannah
Fleetwood, who, there is some i-eason to believe, was a direct
descendant of« General Charles Fleetwood by his marriage wnth
Bridget, daughter of Oliver Cromwell. Not much is known of
Richard Varley, but, according to Story, he was " a man of some
mechanical ability and of considerable scientific attainments." His
family consisted of five children, of whom four — John, Cornelius,
William Fleetwood, and Elizabeth (who married William Mulready,
II. A.) — distinguished themselves as artists. John, the eldest, wdiom
Monkhouse summarises as " landscajie ])ainter, art teacher and astro-
loger " (he might have added mechanician and pugilist!) was a remark-

E 2

52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

able instance of the combination of genius and eccentricity. A big
man of immense physical strength and endurance, in his young days
a particularly clever and successful water-colour painter, one of the
most successful teachers of art of the day, earning, it is said, in his
j^almy days over £3000 a year, but generall}^ in money difficulties !
Among his pupils were some of the greatest artists of his time ; he
was the close friend of William Blake and the associate of Bulwer
Lytton, Richard Burton, and many other men of mark.

Cornelius was in his uncle's workshop at the age of twelve, and
soon showed an extraordinary aptitude for the construction of optical
and other philosophical instruments, and at the age of fourteen made
himself a microscope, lenses and all. His inventions and improve-
ments in connexion with scientific intruments and appliances were
very numerous, and included graphic microscopes and telescopes. He
was awarded the Gold Isis Medal of the Society of Arts for his lever
microscope for watching the movements of animalculse, and in 1851
a prize medal for his Graphic Telescope, fort}^ years after its intro-
duction. He contributed a number of articles to the publications of
the Society of Arts, mostly in reference to optical instruments.

He was Chairman of the Exhibition of 1851, and lived to be the
oldest member of the Society of Arts. Curiously enough, from his
early years he had a strong bias in the direction of art, especially
water-colour painting. Both he and his brother John were among
the founders of the Old Water- Colour Society, the idea of which he
is stated to have originated. In its earlier years he contributed a
number of landscapes to its exhibitions, but later on sent his pictures
to the Royal Academ}^, Avhere he exhibited up to 1859. He seems to
have been equally attracted by the invention and construction of
scientific appliances and by landscape painting, the tvvo unlike
pursuits taking turn about in absorbing his attention. It is unusual
to find an extraordinary aptitude for mechanical science coupled with
the aesthetic facult}^ of the pictorial artist. Both sides of the man
are evident in the sketches of Char a, the firm sure hand of the
mechanical draughtsman coupled with the artistic touch which dis-
tinguishes them from almost all other histological drawings of these
plants.

A trait of Yarley's personal character is disclosed b}^ the following
passage from Mr. Stor^'-'s book : — " ... In 1822 he accepted the
appointment of governor of some mines in Brazil, a very lucrative
appointment, and everything was arranged for his voyage ; but on
discovering that slaves Avere to be employed on the estates he at once
threw up the engagement, an act thoroughly characteristic of the
man, and illustrative of the intense aversion he had all* through life to
any kind of t^a-anny whether ph3^sical or moral," Though more
evenly-balanced and methodical than his brother John, he was appa-
rently none too practical in the affairs of everyday life, since some of
his family believed and rather resented that Dickens had drawn from
him the character of Harold Skimpole in Bleak House ! He died in
1873 in his 92nd year.

Three of his sons were well-known electrical engineers and in-
ventors, and one of them, Cromwell Fleetwood Varle}^ was concej-ned

CORNELIUS VARLET 53

in the design of the first Atlantic cable. Another son, Samuel Arthur
Varley (now in his eighty-eighth year), was, I understand, the dis-
coverer of the Dynamo, and the first person to construct a self-
exciting dynamic machine, independent discoveries of the same
principle being made very shortly afterwards by Sir Charles Wheat-
stone and Professor Siemens respectively.

WAYFARma NOTES FROM GREAT NAMAQU ALAND.

Br R. F. Rand, M.D., late Lt.-Colonel S.A.M.C.
(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1912,.60.)

Namaqualand, Damaraland, Ovampoland, were familiar names
to the men of the earlier Victorian days. All are now comprised
within the South- West African Protectorate, for the government of
which the Union of S. Africa has now accepted the mandate.

To-day, travelling by rail and crossing the Orange River at
Upington, one can in a day or two traverse country which took the
old explorers weeks, and even months, of effort to accomplish. Un-
certain rainfall and scarcity of water by the way were the great
deterrents. The writer's visit was in early October 1919, and only a few
days were available. Windhuk was the furthest point reached to the
north. Thereafter a visit was paid to Liidentzbucht (Angra Pequena).
Travellmg by rail from the Orange River, right up to Windhuk, one
rarely catches sight of running water ; sand-river beds there are in
plenty. Much of the country resembles the Cape Karroo. The
surface may be rocky, stony, or sandy ; sometimes it is bare, some-
times dotted over with isolated patches of bush, tufts of grass, and
here and there a tree. It is the home of the xerophyte. Succulent
forms are many. Patches of desolate country are occupied by the
"milk-bush," a leafless Eupliorhia which grows in isolated clumps
like a large rush, with stalks the thickness of a raspberry-cane. It is
a social plant of exclusive habits, thriving where little else can.
Upon the mountain sides and upon the level, sj^ecies of Aloe are to
be seen : A. clichotoma very conspicuously. At a wayside halt,
Kalkrand, species of the following were seen in flower — Lyciiim^
Blepharis, Leptosinmm, Helichrysum, and others, with a woody
Asparagus of straggling habit. From the train window one. fre-
quently saw dwarfed and woody undershrubs, and cricoid t3q:)es were
common.

In a ston}^ sandy desert, vegetation is hard put to it to live. The
desert-plant has to resist drought, to resist the hunger and thirst of
wandering buck or bird, and to resist the wind — usually a strong wind
greedy of moisture. Hence the herbaceous and shrubby plants run to
flesh, thorn, and wood, and indulge in leaves very sparingly. Vegetation
clings to the river-bed and its near neighbourhood : in the Protectorate
it is mostly a sand-river bed, where, at varying depths beneath the
surface of the sand, water may be trickling. Sand and grit are the

54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

normal occupants of the channel, visible running water is only occa-
sionally seen, upon the rare coming of flood. In such a river as the
Great Jb^ish liiver, at Seeheim, the river has cut itself a caiion-like
path through horizontally-bedded rocks. The gorge is wide, one
hundred yards and upwards; the floor is occupied by sand, with
occasional protrusion of rock ; the water, when it flows, may course
from side to side In lateral channel. Trees of considerable size grow
in the sand-bed out of reach of the ordinary flood- water. Such trees
take chances and may be overthrown in times of exceptional flood : in
the gorge they find water and shelter and the risk is incurred. Many of
these trees are Acacias, but there are others the writer could not identify.
One, a considerable shrub, showed an interesting feature. It had yellow
flowers, about an inch in diameter ; surrounding the superior ovary
was a gro^^^h of Avhite silk hair, enclosed within a membranous
bladder-like envelope.* After fertilization this envelope ruptures, the
hairs develop in size and strength, become brownish in colour, form-
ing regular rows upon the surface of the ovary, and serve to disperse
the wind-borne fruit. Hound about Seeheim, Gomphocarpits fruti-
cosus grew in profusion. This Asclepiad is a pestilent weed and
overruns many parts of Africa.

The sand-river varies very much, according to the type of country
in which it occurs, and we find its fades varying with the slope. If
the declivity be small and the valley wide, the sand-river spreads
itself out over a wide area. Charged with water, the sand, in time
of flood, becomes mobile, be the fall ever so slight ; but upon a
considerable slope it does not, when dry, lose all mobility. In areas
occupied by ancient crystalline rocks, where the rainfall is a negligible
quantity, one may see a sand- river system very well. Small sand-'
streams course down the higher tributary valleys, join up with
others, and finally discharge themselves into the sand-river bed of the
main valley. This may be confined within definite banks of rock,
but, If the slope be slight, jdooIs and lakes of sand — if the terms be
admissible — are formed. A wide flat valley may be filled with such
a lake of sand, which at the margins may creep up the sides of the
enclosing hills like water up the sides of a burette.

The sand-river system In a mountainous area is comparable to
a glacier-system. The sand-river is always there ; water may be but
rarely present, but some tree with deeply-striking roots may tell
of underground suppl3^

Many of the plants one sees are the desj^alr of the collector ;
they cannot be made to He decorously between sheets of botanical
drying-paper. The fleshy types have been so well protected by nature
against drying that it is diiiicult to preserve them In a way that will
give any Idea of the plant in its normal surroundings. Take Sarco-
caulon, two species of which were seen In flower ; it is one of the
hardiest of the desert plants. One species had pink flowers; the
other one seen had flowers of pale yellow. The fleshy stem bristles
with formidable spines. In full bloom it is a beautiful vision, and
only sketch or photograph could picture it. A flowering-plant in the
desert is a precious thing, for a plant speaks of life and comrade-
ship, as Mungo Park, the well-beloved, found in the long ago.

WATFARING NOTES FRO:^r NAMAQTJALAND 55

Near Liklentzbuclit (Angra Pequena), amid crevices of the rock
and close to the sea, two species of jPcla)y/onium were seen in flower,
as also tliree species of Mesemhryanthermim ; all succulents. Several
flowering Composites were also seen and two small species of Eu-
pliorhia. This in early October, 1919 ; but in April 1915, during
the campaign, the writer saw many more.

No arborescent forms were seen near the coast (Angra Pequena),
the plants seen were all herbaceous, and usually fleshy. It is not
until one has proceeded some miles inland, and the country has risen
1000 feet and more that larger forms appear. Probably the high
winds which sweep the littoral are responsible for this. In dry
desert regions the wind is a potent agent and determines many forms,
even that of earth itself.

SHORT NOTES.

Newspaper Botany. As a rule one disregards the semi-scientific
effusions in the newspapers, but I cannot allow the following, which
appeared in the Daily Telegrapli of the 14th January, to pass without
protest, especially as it emanates from a Fellow of the Linnean
Societ}^ In an article headed "Noxious Weeds," Mr. Donald
McDonald makes the following extraordinary statement : — " There is
a weedy grass which in recent years has established itself on the
confines of Poole Harbour. It bears the name of Spartina Town-
shendii [sic] and is supposed to have found its way across the Atlantic."
It is diflficult to imagine the mental outlook of a man who could
describe ^partina Townsendii 2i^ "a weedy grass," particularly for
one who, like myself, has the privilege of seeing the glorious stretches
of golden brown — the beauty of which in the sunshine it would be
impossible to exaggerate — that it forms in autumn and winter at the
mouths of our Hampshire and Isle of Wight rivers. To speak of
the plant as a " noxious weed " is a gross libel, considering that it
has been found of immense service in fixing the loose mud-banks in
the estuaries of our southern rivers, and has been planted for the
purpose in several localities to which it had not naturally found its
way, thus fulfilling a role analogous to that of the Marram in relation
to the sand-hills. From Mr. McDonald's remark one would suppose
that the plant had originated in this country at Poole Harbour. Is
it possible that he has entirely missed the various papers by Dr. Otto
Stapf and others, in which the almost certainly hybrid origin of the
plant, its utility, and its progressive distribution have been demon-
strated? James Groves.

[Mr. Groves' s entirely justifiable protest omits reference to the
fact that he and his brother were the original describers of Spartina
Toivnsendii in the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for
1880 (reproduced in Journ. Bot. 1881, 347) ; a fuller description by
them, with an excellent plate by Mr. Henry Groves, appeared in
Journ. Bot. 1882 (p. 1, t. 225).— Ed. Journ. Bot.]

Sex-terms for Plants. I should like to add a few words to
my note on this subject in last year's Journal (p. 285). It seems to

56 THE JOUR^^AL OF BOTAT^Y

me that if an author, for the purpose he has in hand, desires to 2^0
beyond the familiar and convenient terms "male" and "female,"
in order to particularise the two kinds of individuals met with in
dicBcious " Seed-plants " (in which the two generations are combined),
as distinguished from the two kinds of gametophytes met with in
some of the Cryptogams, he requires for this purpose two new terms
denoting "male-element-bearing" and "female-element-bearing."
The use of a "macro" and "micro" set of terms as suggested by
Dr. Chui'ch is, I submit, open to objection, inasmuch as relative size
is incidental, and the really important distinctive element of sex is
ignored in them. The codification of botanical terminology seems a
erjdng necessity. One rarely nowadays reads a book or extensive
paper, dealing with original work, which does not contain some new
term or some existing term used in a specialized sense ; and it is not
unusual to find the same term applied differently by diferent authors.
It is quite impossible for Dr. Jackson or any other man to keep pace
with this constantly-growing vocabulary ; moreover, a glossary alone
does not meet the need. One realizes that such a codification is a
herculean task, but I think some attempt might be made to deal with
it in sections at future International Botanical Congresses. It is, I
suppose, only natural for anyone engaged on a special line of research,
when he cannot find an existing term which exactly fits the needs of
tlie moment, to coin a fresh one ; but the result of such action has
been to build up an enormous and unwieldy mass of terminology
and to hedge the science round with unnecessary difficulties. —
James Geoyes.

Juis^cus PYGM.EIIS Rich. In the Journal for September last
(p. 2G0), I reported a new Cornish locality for this plant. Being
previously unacquainted with the plant, I referred my specimens to
an eminent critical botanist, now deceased : his reply was, " Your
Rush is Jiincua injfjmceus.''' Further examination by other botanists
has shown that the specimens are really J. capitatus Weigel, in a
rather stunted state. I believe my deceasecl friend would have
corrected his own diagnosis, had he lived ; as matters are, it remains
for me to do so, at the same time regretting that an error should
have found its way into print. — H. Dowis'es.

EEVIEWS.

Dr. John JPotliergill and his Friends : Chapters in Eighteenth
Centarji Life, By R. HiXGSTON Fox, M.D. 8vo, pp. xxiv,
434, with 13 plates : price 21s. net. Macmillan.

IiN" this well-printed and scholarly volume, Dr. Kingston Fox has
made an important contribution alike to the histoiy of botany ^nd to
that of the period to which it relates. From the latter standpoint
tlie book has received a duly appreciative notice in the Times Literary
Supplement and elsewhere : our own remarks must for the most part
be restricted to its former aspect.

The main facts of Fothergill's life are sufficientlv well known.

DB. JOHN FOTnEEGTLL AND IITS FRTEXDS 57

Born in Yorkshire in 1712, he graduated M.I), at Edinburgh in 17'3()
and in 1740 settled in London, as a ph^^sician, where he died in 1780 :
his " public repute during the latter years of his practice throughout
Great Britain and Ireland, in some parts of Europe and in the North
American colonies and the East and West Indies was probably greater
than that of any other London physician." Dr. Fox has not only
embodied in his book the not inconsiderable amount of materiiil
already published relating to Fothergill, but has supplemented it by
an abundance of information derived from various sources, including
MSS. in the Botanical Department and at the Koyal and Linnean
Societies, and by others in the possession of the Society of Friends, to
wdiicli body Fothergill belonged, and of the Fothergill family. One
of the most noteworthy features of the volume is the completeness of
its references and footnotes, the latter containing much information
relating to persons incidentally mentioned and evincing minute and
careful research.

Fothergill's interest in botany is associated with his celebrated
garden at L^pton ; to this Dr. Fox devotes a chapter, wherein he
traces its history and describes its present condition : it now consti-
tutes West Ham Park — "an open space of 80 acres, surrounded by
the teeming population of this eastern suburb." Fothergill bought
the estate, which he afterwards enlarged, in 1762 : a letter from him
to Linnaeus in the Linnean Society's Library, written in 1774 in
Latin, translated by Dr. Fox, shows that the suggestion was due to
Collinson, who " urged me to form a garden, himself giving me many
things ; and oyjportunity favoured the collection of others. Thus has
come into being a paradise of plants of small extent, whose master, if
slenderly furnished with botanical science, has at least a burning
love of botany itself" (p. 183). The garden thus modestly described
was regarded by those who knew it far more appreciatively : according
to Banks, with the exception of Kew '* no other garden in Europe,
royal or of a subject, had nearly so many scarce and valuable plants."
On this subject Banks was well qualified to speak : we have in the
Botanical Department the " Day-book " from 1777 to 1797 of the
Banksian collections, which were at that period the chief source of
botanical information for horticulturists. In this book are determi-
nations— mostly in the writing of Solander or Dryander, but with
occasional entries by Banks — of plants sent from Kew and other
gardens to be named : among these the lists of plants from Fother-
gill's garden occupy twelve pages, ranging from May 1777 to 1780,
the year of his death. There are notes on many of the species by the
botanists mentioned and several are indicated as new ; some of these
are described in the Solander MSS. and were subsequently published
in Alton's Ilortus Kewensis. The specimens from Fothergill in the
National Herbarium to which Dr. Fox refers (p. 199) were for the
most part sent from the Upton garden for the purpose of naming ;
many are types for the descriptions in Ilortus Keivensis — a list of
the plants from Fothergill therein and elsewhere described is given
by Dr. Fox (pp. 203-7).

With characteristic energ}'-, Fothergill took every opportunity of
enriching his garden — by correspondence at home and abroad, by the

58 THE JOTJENAL OF BOTAKT

aid of sea-captains and travellers, and by the emplojanent of collectors,
among whom were Archibald Menzies, then a yonng man of twenty-
one, William Brass, Henry Smeathman, and vaiious Americans,
including the Bartrams and Humphry Marshall. The garden was
especially rich in North American plants ; a letter from Fothergill to
the last-named (quoted on p. 194) gives some account of these: "it
is acknowledged by our ablest botanists that there is not a richer bit
of ground, in curious American plants, in Great Britain."

The history of some of the more interesting plants is given in
detail (pp. 195-197) — e. g. the Tea-plant, Ginseng, Illicium Jlori-
danum, and Arbutus Andrachne. The last, as Dr. Fox states, was
the subject of a paper by Ehret in Phil. Trans. Ivii. 124 (1767) ;
this is accompanied by an excellent plate, the sketch for which is
among the large collection of Ehret's drawings in the Department of
Botany (no. 93 a). The tree was grown from seeds sent to Fother-
gill from Aleppo by Alexander Russell in 1754, who also forwarded
a sjDecimen of which Ehret made the drawing (no. 93 h), Avhence
the dissections on the published plate were taken. Curiously enough,
the Arbutus does not appear in the list of plants in Russell's Natural
History of Aleppo, nor is there a specimen from him in the National
Herbarium, which contains so many of his ])lants.

Among the trees wdiich still remain from Fothergill's time. Dr. Fox
mentions (p. 200) "an ancient JEuonymus'''' — this we understand is
really Rhamnus catliarticus : one or two slips on this and the
following page — e. g. " gingko " and cyrenaica (for 'pyrenaica^
suggest that Dr. Fox is not altogether familiar with botany — an
impression confirmed by the note (p. 191) that Lantana JBartraniii
Baldwin is " akin to Viburnum " a mistake doubtless arising from
the name Viburnum Lantana. If this be so, great credit is due to
the author for the general accuracy of his botanical references. The
Bartram commemorated by Baldwin (cfr. HeliquicB JBaldiviniance,
p. 24) was, as its author expressly states, John — not William, as
suggested by Dr. Fox, — and the same correction applies to Salisbury's
genus Bartramia, referred to in the same note. It may be said here
that mistakes of any kind are astonishingly few and those of but
little importance : for example, Fothergill's house (16 Harpur Street,
W.C.) is not " now " — and indeed never was — " occupied by a Bene-
dictine brotherhood," although Abbot (now Cardinal) Gasquet and
another monk lived there before the departure of the former for
Rome.

Among the Friends — in both senses of the word— due prominence
is given to Peter Collinson (1694-1768) to whom frequent reference
has been made in these pages, and to John Bartram (1699-1777) ;
the chapter devoted to these two men, of whose activities an admirable
summary is given, is among the most interesting in the book. We
gather from the two last of the seven letters from Bartram to
Fothergill (1769-71) preserved in the Botanical Department — these
have not been printed, but will appear in the w^ork on Bartram that
we are expecting from Miss Carlotta Herring-Browne — that the rela-
tions between them may have become strained: in the last (May 19,
1771) Bartram complains of Fothergill's silence, to which he had

DR. JOITN FOTTTEEGTLL A^^D TFIS FETENDS 50

already referred in the letter ot the previous September, " which
inclines me to conjecture he has taken some afront which if he hath
I am intirely inocent & ignorant which wu}'- & he should candidly
& friendly advertised me thereof." With Collinson Fothergiirs
[)ersonal relations, which began about 1740, were for many yeai-s of
the most cordial nature, as is shown in the " Account " published
anonymously two years after his death as '' a Letter to a Friend " :
in this it is noted that Collinson had "a vast treasure of dried speci-
mens of plants," of whose subsequent history we have no trace.

As w^e said at the beginning of this notice, our remarks must be
mainly confined to the botanical interest of the book ; but this forms
only a portion, and that not the largest portion, of its contents. We
have indeed seldom met with a volume which, while never unduly
discursive, appeals to so many various interests : the members of
Dr. Fox's own profession will ap^^reciate the chapters which deal with
FothergilFs work as a physician and with his medical friends — some,
e. g. Lettsom, themselves connected with botany ; historians will like
the chapters wdiich deal with Fothergill's intimate relations with
America, both before and after the War of Independence, and with
Benjamin Franklin ; the chapters relating to the Society of Friends,
especially that on Acworth School, should interest a wider circle than
the members of that body ; those on his pioneer work as a philan-
thropist and social reformer and on his other scientific interests afford
evidence of Fothergill's energy and breadth of view: there is an account
jilso of " Home Life in London " from the MS. journal from the diary
of a niece who visited Fothergill in Harpur Street in 1769-70. The
book, which has portraits and other illustrations, ends with a careful
and sympathetic appreciation of Fothergiirs character ; and there is
of course an excellent index, from which how^ever the Upton garden
is omitted.

Thalassiioplnjfa and the Suhnerial Transmiqrafion. By A. H.
Church, M.A. Botanical Memoii-s. No. 3. Oxford University
Press, 1919. 95 pp. Price Zs. Qd. net.

In" this remarkable treatise Dr. Church expresses his views as
to the marine origin of all land vegetation. In a previous memoir — •
The Bvilding of an Autotrophic Flagellate (noticed in this Journal
for 1919, p. 288) — he prepared the way by showing that Life itself
must have originated solely from the ions of sea-water, and he
indicated the inevitable steps b}^ which the resultant unicelkilar
organisms of the Plankton Epoch Avere developed and acquired those
fixed cytological cliaracters which all subsequent cells have inherited.
Autotrophic plant-cells those early organisms mostly were ; but with
them were associated animal derivatives. In the present memoir
the story is carried forward ; and it is shown how after long ages,
when the ever-rising sea -bottom had become elevated to within a
hundred fathoms of the surface of the all-enveloping ocean, and
thus had afforded a safe and convenient anchorage to both plants
and animals to settle on, the second or Benthic Epoch began. And
now for the first time multicellular sessile algae (and animals) came

60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

into being and elaborated those morphological and anatomical cha-
racters which we find in marine algse of the present time — e. g.,
filamentous or parenchymatous fronds, all sorts of ramification, leaf-
like ramuli, shrubby habit, apical and meristematic growth, haptera,
mucilage hairs, reproductive organs in great variety, alternating
generations, sporangia, &c. — in fact, all the normal equipment of
marine phytobenthon. After further ages the sea -bottom graduall}-
came right up to the surface, exposing whole continents of benthic
life to the severe ordeal of an aerial environment. Thus began
the Epoch of the Land Flora ; and any algse that failed to adapt
themselves to the novel and exacting conditions perished miserably.
The severity of the struggle was mercifully tempered by the
exceeding slowness of the changes by the daily tides, and by
the newly acquired advantages of a vastly increased supply of sun-
shine and oxygen. The chief problems to be met Avere the risk of
desiccation, the loss of food-salts, the need of a sti:ffening endo-
skeleton, as well as the adaptation of the organs and modes of
reproduction to meet the requirements of the new aerial conditions,
and the modification of the spore-mechanism to secure aerial dispersal.
Dr. Church has much to tell us about these matters — such as the
production of roots, the origin of the transpiration current and of
stomata, the polyphyletic elaboration of that successful adaptation
the archegonium,' the"^ apparent decadence but really efficient economy
of the gametophyte, the spore- wastage of the Fern, heterospory, &c.

It was the Green Algse only that succeeded in gaining a footing
on the dry land, and of these only the highest "types survived ; hut so
completelV altered have they become in shape, structure, physiology,
and reproduction, that their algal ancestry is now untraceable. We
have distinct phyla of Bryophyta, Lycopods, Equisetaceai, Ferns,
Gymnosperms, Angiosperms, &c. (The antherozoids of the Lycopods
and Ferns indicatethat the cleavage between these two ph^da reaches
back to the Planltton Epoch.) Two other interesting groups that
date from the same period of land-emergence are the Characese and
the Fungi. To the latter a long and instructive chapter is devoted
pointing out their markedly polyphyletic origin {e. g. Phycomycetes,
Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes, Uredinese) from algae which held their
own by reason of adopting a saprophytic or parasitic life, and by
elaborating resting-spores, air-borne spores, &c., which withstand
drought and ensure a wide dispersal. No trace of the highly
organized green alg* of the transmigration is ever likely to be
found in geologic strata, since they were earlier than the sedimentary
rocks. They developed into land-plants and left no trace in the
ocean. Brown and Red Algse, however, were unfitted to benefit
bv the transmigration, the brown being inadequately developed in
reproductive mechanism, the red in vegetative structure. They are
with us still and are little altered. That the transmigrant land-fiora
should seem so unconformable with modern marine algse is no more
surprising than that the land-mammals are unlike the fish.

The above sketch briefly indicates the scope and importance of
Dr. Church's meinoir and the originality of his views. No such
clear- sio-hted and thoughtful contribution to the study of plant-

THE SUBAEEIAL TEANSMIGRATION 61

evolution has ever before been achieved. Incidentally it shows
that the answer to such fundamental questions as — why are plants
composed of cells? or, why is their reproductive mechanism so
complex ? — must be sought in the sea. " The beginnings of Botany
are in the sea " ; and the equipment of the land-plant is necessarily
inherited from its marine ancestors. No student or school of botany
can afford to neglect or overlook this illuminating contribution to a
much debated branch of natural science.

Dr. Church's writings constitute a new era in the study of botany.
It is perhaps to be regretted that his hyjDotheses are presented in so
condensed a style; the reading demands sustained effort to follow
the close reasoning and to retain and grasp the logical conclusions.
Dr. Church has laid the botanical world under a great obhgation ;
and it is with the greatest interest that we look forward to further
publications by so inspiring and suggestive a writer. A. G.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Theee recent contributions (1919) to the Journal of the College
of Science of the Imperial University of Tokyo reach us for notice :
all are written in German and are suitably illustrated. — In Eesearches
on^ Water- Absorption by Cut Branches (xKii. 2), Taneyoshi Matsu-
shima emphasizes the fact that diminution of absorptive activity is
insignificant in plants with abundant woody parts, but very con-
siderable in forms with latex, mucilage, or resin -secreting tissues.
In the latter case burning the cut ends assists water-absorption. The
presence of acids, especially organic ('1 to 1 %), normally increases
the capacity, alkalies depress it ; but the converse holds for the forms
with mucilage, resin, etc.

In Oncological Studies on the Vegetation of the Ota Dunes
(xliii. 3), Yoshiji Yoshii gives a general account of this dune of the
Pacific Coast, between a River Tone and the Kashima Sea, and its
special flora. Characteristic vegetation ranges from Dune forest of
Finus Thunlergii to bushes of Jiiniperus rigidus and Eleagnus
fragrans. The tops of the sand-hill include special types, as Garex
macrocephala, C. pumila, Fhelloperus littoralis, Ischcennim anthe-
pJwroides and I. muficum. On the sandy beach Wedelia prostrafa
is conspicuous, with Calystegia Soldanella ; these types are discussed
in detail. Garex macrocephala is the first colonist of moving sand,
with rhizome-system spreading a foot beneath the surface at 6-10 ft.
a year, and is an essential factor in dune-building ; vertical rhizomes
thrusting upwards raise the level at 6-14 inches a year. Ischcemum
antlieplioroides forms tussocks in the sand, and Phellopterus littoralis
is also effective in binding the surface.

Yoshinari Kuwada continues observations on the chromosome-
number of Zea Mays (xxxiv. 10). The haploid number, as seen in
meiosis of pollen-development varies from 10-12, and the diploid
number (in root-apices) from 20-24, in various cultivated races as
Sugar-corn, Black Starch, Amber liice Pop-corn, Black Mexican.

62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

Hybrids between these races show a varying number of gemini, not
always constant for the same type. From the fact that other
presumably older races as Chinese Maize, Pod-Maize, and EuchlcBna
mexicana all show 10 gemini, it is concluded that 10 is the original
number (as also in Androfogon Sorghum), and variations are due to
mutations and j^ossibly hybridization with some hypothetical form
of Andropogon, as suggested on slender evidence by Collins (1912).
Evidence In support of this view is obtained by measurement of the
chromosomes, as long and short ; the longer ones being referred to
IHuclilwna, the shorter to Andropogon. Subdivision of either 1 or 2
special chromosomes of the Euchlcena-type is supjDOsed to be responsible
for the additional units, with variants dominant in the hybrid forms.
Considerable space is devoted to working out schemes for suggested
unions to account for the peculiarities of the hybrids of the above-
mentioned varieties. In view of the interest attaching to the
evolution of strains of Zea Mags in America, and recent condition
of affairs, it is a matter of regret that the paper should have been
written in German.

Mr. Oliver Atkins Farwell sends us from time to time
extracts from various American sources, often pharmaceutical, the
chief object of which appears to be the formation of new com-
binations. We have more than once protested against this perverted
form of industry, which can only result in the addition of new and
still-born names to our already overburdened nomenclature. To take
two examples: Mr. Farwell (in Druggists'' Circular, N. York, Ixiii.
50) says that *'the correct name" of the plant universall}'- known as
Fremna taitensis Schauer is "P. arhorea (Forst. f.) N. Comb."
(the capitals, always employed, are of the original note). Geoi'ge
Forster's name — Scropliularioides arhorea — is a nomen nudum and
has never been quoted except in synonymy, so Mr. FarwelFs " correct
name " has not the slightest claim to recognition.

On the preceding page Mr. Farwell projwses to restore Bruce's
Gusso for Hagenia ahgssinica {■=Bragera anflielmintica) : had he
referred to Bruce's book instead of taking the reference from tlie
Kew Index — the facile source of many literary rather than botanical
combinations — he would have seen that, far from intending Cusso
to be regarded as generic, Bruce actually bestowed a Latin name on
the plant — the j^late is lettered " Cusso or Banksia Ahgssinica,'"
and the latter name appears also in the text (p. 78), although neither
Ind. Kew. nor Mr. Farwell quote this. In this case, however,
Mr. Farwell, had he carried his investigations a little farther, might
really have secured a " N. Comb." ; for ahgssinica is certainly the
oldest name for the species, and it is open to the next writer on
Bragera to restore it, though we have no intention of doing so. If
it were desirable to continue this criticism, Mr. Farwell supplies
abundant material; but enough has been said to show that his
"correct names" and " N. Comb." must not be accepted without
investigation. It may be noted that his adoption of Veronica persica
as the correct name for that species (Khodora, xxi. 101 : May, 1919)
was anticipated by Mr. Lacaita on firmer ground in this Journal for
Feb. 1918, p. 5-3. '

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 03

That the protest given above as to new combinations resulting
only from literature is not without justification is shown by the
following extract from a recent paper by Mr. J. F. Macbride (Contrib.
Gray Herbarium, no. lix. p. 33 : Sept. 1919) :— " Mr. G. Claridge
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club, v. 38 (1918), has reduced the genus Allo-
carya to Lappicla. It is to be regretted that he has not given the
reasons which induced him to make this, to say the least, striking
reduction, for the genera Allocarya and Lappula are even more
distinct than Eritrichium and Lappula., genera universally accepted.
It seems almost inconceivable that Mr. \pruce had a specimen of
Allocarya before him at the time he referred it to Lappula {L. sti-
pitata (Greene) Druce, I. c). Kather does it seem probable that
the plant collected as a waif in England was, in fact, one of the
annual species of Lappula, although the fact that the determination
was made by Dr. Thelling decidedly weakens that theory."

The Kew Bulletin (no. 10, 1919) contains an account of the
arrangements made for the Botanical Survey of the Union of South
Africa, to which Miss A. G. Corbishley, B.A., of the University of
South Africa, has been appointed assistant at Kew. Mr. W. B.
Turrill has a revision of Mendoncia, which now includes twent3^-five
species, whereof live are new, and Mr. W. B. Grove continues his
enumeration of species placed by Saccardo in the genus Fhoma.

The Annals of Botany (January) contains a long paper by
E. Muriel Bristol " On the Algal-Flora of some desiccated English
Soils : an important Factor in Soil Biology " ; there are descriptive
notes, with figures, of the nineteen species found, two of which —
Ghlamydomonas pluristigma and Gongrosira terricola are new.
Dr. Salisbury writes on " Variation in Anemone apennina and Cle-
matis Vitalha^ with special reference to Trimery and Abortion '' —
a continuation of his observations on Eranthis and Ficaria published
last year in the Amials. Dorothy Bexon discusses " The Anatomy
of some Polycotylous Seedlings of Centranthus ruher " : and B.
Salmi, Professor of Botany at Benares, writes on " Certain Archaic
Features in the Seed of Taxus haccata, with Remarks on the Antiquity
of the TaxineodP

The Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of
Edinburgh (vol. xxvii. pt. 4) — which, like the Kew Bulletin and
several other important publications, makes no use of its page-headings
— contains papers by Mr. Arthur Bennett on Calamagrostis strict a
and C. strigosa and on the Flora of Caithness, with notes on
Hagstrom's *' Critical Researches on Potamogeton,'''' excluding the
British species which were discussed in this Journal for 1919 (pp. 10-
20), and a note on P. longifolius Gay. Captain W. B. Gourlay
writes at length on Vaccinium intermedium Ruthe, on which, with
Captain G. M, Vevers, he contributed to the same volume of the
Journal an account (p. 259) to which no reference is made. Mr. W.
W. Smith establishes a new genus of Gesneracem — Whytockta,
commemorating the President of the Botanical Society — for Staur-
anthera chiritcefloraOliY., and there are obituaries of Dr. R. C.Davie
and W. B. Boyd.

64 THE JOURNAL OP BOTAKY

The Eev. Ethelbert Blatter, S. J., is publishing in the Becords of
the Botanical Survey of India ( Grovernment Press, Calcutta) a
Flora Arahica, on the lines of his Flora of Aden which appeared in
the same periodical : the first part {Records, vol. viii. no. 1) contains
the orders RanunculacecB to MoringacecB. The synonymy and
distribution are very fully given ; there are no new species, but a few
new varieties of well-known plants, as well as new combinations,
rendered necessary by the reduction of genera — two in Balanites and
two in Vitis. We are sorry to note that the usefulness of page-
headings is ignored as is too frequently the case ; " Records " &c. on
the left hand and *' Flora Arabica " on the right occupy throughout
space which might profitably be filled \)j the name of the order and
genus under consideration, after the fashion of all the best floras.

The Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique
(liii.), which, dated 1914, has but lately come to hand, contains a
full biography by E. Marchalof Theophile Durand (1855-1912), with
portrait and bibliography.

The New Pliytologist (xviii. no. 8 ; Dec. 4, 1919) contains a
paper by Dr. A. H. Church on " The Ionic Phase of the Sea " and
" Observations on the Perianth in Ranunculus auriconms and Ane-
mone coronaria " by W. B. Turrill.

The Report of the Watson Botanical Exchange Club for 1918-19
has been unavoidably delayed ; it is proposed to issue this with the
Report for 1919-20 early in the present year. Mr. J. E. Little will
be the distributor.

As a slight expression of sympathy with M. Cardot, of Charle-
viUe, in his losses through the occupation and destruction of most of
his possessions by the Grermans during the War (see Journ. Bot. 1914,
313), a fund is being raised to enable the Paris Museum of Natural
Histor}^ to purchase his herbarium of Mosses, practically the only
part of his belongings that remains intact. The herbarium is a very
valuable one, containing the types of many new species and tlie
material on which is based his numerous and well-known bryological
treatises. It is M. Cardot's great desire that the herbarium shall
become the property of the French nation, but unfortunately with his
present restricted means he is not in a position to make a gift of it,
while the funds at the command of the Museum authorities scarcely
permit of its purchase at what would be an adequate value. The
Museum authorities have, however, agreed to find half the price
agreed on — a price of 10.000 f. has been arranged — if the remaining
half can be raised among friends and sympathisers. Botanical friends
in the U.S.A. are undertaking to raise half of the balance, leaving the
sum of 2500 f . to be found here. This at the present rate of exchange
would entail a sum of between £60 and £70. Contributions towards
this fund will be gratefully received by Mr. H. N. Dixon, 17 St. Mat-
thew's Parade, Northampton, who is acting as Treasurer of the
fund.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In view of the fact that the stoek of these is in some eases
practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear m
the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and
it will of course be impossiljle to reprint them : among the latter may
be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses,
Mr. liiddelsdeirs Flora of Glamorf/ansliire, Mr. Dallman^s Notes m
the Flora of Denhighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett^s Supplement
to * Topographical Botany: Of the Supplements to the Biographi-
cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this
to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhfs 'English
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be ])ointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are the Index Abecedarius—^ list of the plants in the first
edition of Linnjeus's Species Plantaruni, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no index of species; the
History of Alton s ' Hortus Keicensis; which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Oihraltar, Avhich, besides a C(miplete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species; Linuiwus's Flora Anglica — the first
Enghsh Flora— has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
there are numerous copies.

\_Over.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS,

Price Si\t Shillings (cloth).

Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's 'English Botany' (pp. 276),
By F. A. Gaert.

Price Five Shillings.
Mora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Th^ee Shillings.

The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslef^
B.A.

Price Half -a -crown.

The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lintun, M.A.

Flom of Glamorganshire. By the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, B.A.

Price Two Shillings.

A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallma^^ F.L.S. {2s. each.)

Price Eighteen -pence.

The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Kev.
H. G. Jamesox.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. Qd. each).

British Euphrasije. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

[ndex Abecedarius; an Alphabetical Index to LinnsBus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Alton's * Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S.

Lmnjeus's 'Flora Ansrlica.'

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Order's tcith remittance should he addressed to: —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 687 MAECH, 1920 Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BV

JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRI^J'ISH MUSEUM.

CONTENTS

PAGE ! PAGE

Roya ancjlicaG. S. West, a new Des- Schranlaa wicmpJu/Ua. By James

mid: with an emended Description Brittev FLS 89

of the Genus Eo/yo. By William ' * " '

J. HODGETTS, M.Sc. 6.5

., , , ,, TD- 1, J w ■ f Short NoTi :— Bedfordshire Plants. 91

i e-phalanthera Richard or EpipadLS

Crantz ? By Colonel M, J. God-

FERY, F.L.S 69 Reviews: —

Alabastra Diversa. — Part XXXII. Outlines of the History of Botany.
By Spencer LeM. Moore, B.Sc, By R. J. Harvey-Gibson, D.L.,
F.L.S 74 M,A 91

Deirei^rella conrien-o's, sp. nov. By

H. F. Wernham 80 Applied Botany. By G. S. M.

Rhaphidostegiuni cupspitosinn (Sw.)
and its Affinities. By H. N.
Dixon, M. A., F.L.S 81 Book-Notes, News, etc 91

LONDON
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Frice One Shilling and Eightpence

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JQHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo-
graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for,
and those not in stock sought for, without charge.

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT QUEEH STREET, KIN6SWAY, LONDON, W.C. 2.

Telephone : Gerrard 1412.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED Br

JAMES BRIT T E N, K.C.8.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DRPARTiMENT OP BOTANY, BlflTISII MUSEUM.

The JouejS'al of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemaiin.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception tilled a position which, even now, is
covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.
Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

pp. 7s.

12 copies 2 pp. 3s.

4 pp. 4s. 6d

25 „ „ 4s.

„ 5s. M

50 „ „ 5s.

„ &s. M

00 „ „ 7s.

„ Ss.Od

10s. Qd.

12 pp. 9s.
., lis. 6d.
„ 12s. 6d.
., 14s.

16 pp. 10s. Gd.
„ 13s.
., 14s.
., 15s. 6d.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. E.C. 4.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

Twelve.

Insertions.

£1 12s. Od. each-]

17 6 .,1 All
10 0 „ f '
6 6 „ J

Page

Half-page
Quarter-page
Eighth-page .

One
Insertion.
£2 Os. 0(/.
12 6
12 6
7 6

Six
Insertions.
£1 lOs. Od. each
10 0
11 3
7 0

net.

All applications for space to be made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

T'

65

ROYA ANGLICA G. S. West, A NEW BESMID ;

WITH AN EMEI^DED DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS ROYA.

By William J. Hodgetts, M.Sc.

This new species of Roya was found in early April 1916 in some
very shallow water in the swampy corner of a meadow at Quinton,
near iiirmingham. It occurred in practically a pure growth (the
only other Alg* present being a few Diatoms) which formed soft
gelatinous pale-green masses, floating on the surface of the water.
Countless numbers of vegetative cells, many of them in process of
conjugation, were present, while zygospores occurred in thousands.
The Alga as soon as found was submitted to the late Prof. G. S. West,
who pronounced it to be a new and very interesting species of Roya :
one, moreover, wliich made necessary some moditication of the
characters on which this genus is founded. Prof. West made
drawings of the Alga — which he named Roya anglica — and was to
have published an account of it in the " Algological Notes " which
he was contributing to this Journal ; but his untimely death pre-
vented this from being carried out. The drawings have been placed
in the hands of the present writer, and it seems desirable that a short
description of the species should be published. Unfortunately, the
Alga quickly disappeared from its original locality and has never
been observed since, except very occasionally as isolated cells in water
from the corner of the same meadow.

The facts concerning this Alga have been taken from some notes
and drawings made in 1916 and from characters observed in some
permanent preparations, and from Prof. West's drawings.

The fonn of the vegetative cell is cylindrical or subcylindrical,
unconstricted, and very slightly tapering towards the extremities, the
latter being subtruncate (A-D). The cells are sometimes quite
straight but generally somewhat asymmetric, a slight but never
regular curvature being present, especially in the longer cells, while
the greatest width of the cell is often not in the middle but nearer to
one end than the other (see A) ; in extreme cases the shape is almost
clavate. The size varies considerably, the length being 35-80
( — 112) ^, the greatest width 7-5-9 \x ; the ends are 5-7 /^ wide. The
cell-wall is colourless and quite smooth, of moderate and uniform
thickness, except at the ends of the cell where it is somewhat thicker
than elsewhere (A-D). It is impossible to distinguish the line of
demarcation between old and new semi-cells, but the younger end
of the cell can often be determined by the fact that the thickening of
the extremity of the cell- wall at this end is frequently less pronounced
than it is at the older end.

Neither in the unstained condition nor after staining with gentian-
violet could any signs of pores or of an}^ other structure be observed
in the cell-\vall, even under very high powders. Liitkemiiller * has
examined the cell-w^all in other species of Roya and always found it

* " Zur Kenntnis der Desmidiaceen Bolimens," Verhandl. der k.-k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, Ix. 479, 1910.

Journal of Botant. — Vol. 58. [March, 1920.] f

G6

THE JOURNAL OF EOTAlffY

to be quite structureless ; and as a result of his observations he con-
sidered that the genus should be removed from the position near
Closterium, assigned to it by W. &Gr. S. West {British Desmidiacece,
1. 106, 1904), and placed among the. Saccoderm Desmids,. in the Tribe

A. Fairly young vegetative cell, showing single chloroplast, lateral nucleus, and
end-vacuoles. B. Somewhat older vegetative cell. C, D. Fully matured
vegetative cells in which the chloroplast has divided in the middle into two
parts, and the nucleus taken up a central position. E. Two cells in con-
jugation, showing the extruded gametes uniting. F. Mature zygospore.
All XoOO.

Spirotsenieae (near Mesotceniuni) : West {Alga;, i. 380, 1916) agreed
to this change.

The chloroplast is generally single, axile, with (4?) longitudinal
ridges, which, however, were sometimes very indistinct, and a lateral
indentation in the middle where the nucleus is lodged (A, B) ; while
there are 4-6 p3'renoids in a central series. The chloroplast was

ROTA ANGLICA 67

usually observed to be in this condition, but in the case o£ older cells,
and almost always in very long individuals, it was frequently com-
pletely divided in the middle, the nucleus then being in a central posi-
tion between the two half-chloroplasts (C, D). This division of the
chloroplast appears to be preliminary to cell-division, but exactly how
long the condition jx^rsists before the cell actually divides, or whether
the divided chloroplast is to be considered a normal feature of the
adult cell cannot definitely be stated.

W. & G. S. West (in Journ. R. M. S. 1896, t. iii. fig. 2Sa')
have given a figure of lio^a obtusa, var, montana showing the chloro-
plast completely divided in the middle, but no mention of this is
made in the test. Liitkemiiller* also figures an example of this
condition in Hoya obtusa^ and sa3^s : " kommen aber auch oft genug
Exemplare des CI. ohfusum zur Beobachtung deren Chlorophoren in
der Zellmitte nicht einen seitlichen Ausschnitt, sondern eine voll-
standige Unterbrechung zeigen."

As such individuals might be mistaken by a beginner for a species
of Clostermm, it should be noted that in the latter genus division of
the chloroplast into two takes place very early, and is usually com-
pleted before the young daughter-cells have separated. The greatly
delayed division of the chloroplast is thus very characteristic of the
genus Boya. In B. camhrica — which has been found several times in
some marshes at Bearwood, near Birmingham — such cells with two
chloroplasts were only rarely seen, in fact the condition was observed
only in cells obviously soon going to divide.

Liitkemiiller (/. c.) states that some species of Glosterium are known
in which *'das Chlorophor in der Zellmitte der Kegel nach nicht unter-
brochen sondern nur seitlich ausgeschnitten ist {CI. Linea^ CI. acu^
turn).'''' But W. & Gr. S. West's figures {Desmidiacece, i. t. xxiii.) of
CI. Linea Perty [=(7Z. acutum var. Linea (Perty) W. & G-. S.
West], and CI. acutum (Lyngb.) Breb. show two distinct chloroplasts,
and it may be that Liitkemiiller's statement was based upon obser-
vation of abnormal specimens. CI. acutum was found by the present
wa-iter in a small pond near Birmingham, in 1918, but the cells always
showed two chloroplasts.

Ver}^ striking in B. anglica is the fact that the distal extremities
of the chloroplast are always markedly concave, and at each end of
the cell there is a conspicuous vacuole in which, however, no granules
of an}^ sort were ever seen (see A-D). These characters at once
distinguish the present species from the three previously described
species of Boy a. W. & Gr. S. West {op. clt. 106) considered that
the rounded ends of the chloroplast, and absence of terminal vacuoles,
to be amongst the most characteristic features of the genus Boya^
but such characters cannot now be regarded as of generic importance.
With regard to the presence of apical vacuoles in B. anglica it is
interesting to note that Liitkemiiller (/. c.) has described a species of
Clostermm {CI. car?iiolicum) in which terminal vacuoles are absent,

* "Desmidiaceen aus der Umgebung des Millstiittereees in Karnten," op. cit,
1. 61 (1900).

r2

68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

SO that just as apical vacuoles are not constantly present in Clos-
terium, they are not constantly absent in Hoya. In Senium,
likewise, apical vacuoles are present in some but absent in other
species. The absence of granules in the terminal vacuoles of
H. anglica is hardly to be considered of much importance ; under
somewhat different external conditions it is possible that they would
develop. In Closterium, in one and the same species, their presence
and number is often variable ; Liitkemiiller, for example, figures (/. c.
t. i. fig. 11) an individual of CI. pusillum var. moiiolifhum with no
granule in the end-vacuoles, although normally a single moving
granule in each vacuole is present in this Desmid.

As already remarked, a very large number of cells were in con-
jugation. Two cells about to conjugate approximate and become
embedded in a mass of mucilage. The mucilaginous masses observed
floating in the water consisted mainly of agglomerated conjugating
cells and zygospores, while vegetative cells were mostly free in the
water, and appeared to develop very little if any mucilage. Each of
the two conjugating cells puts out a protuberance, which, by local
dissolution of the cell-wall, becomes a pore, through which the cell-
contents emerge as a gamete (E). The pore is circular, and the
cell-wall round it has a slight outward curl, making the aperture
somewhat tubular; this apparently may be produced at any point in
the cell-wall, except at the thickened extremities. The zygospore (F)
is globose, with a thick, hyaline, smooth wall. This agrees with
JR. ohtusa { — CI. ohtusum Breb.), observed in conjugation by Kirch-
ner*, who states that the zygospores of this species are *' kugelig,
glatt, in eine dicke Schleimlmlle eingesehlossen." G. T. Harris,
however, who found B. ohtusa var. montana W. & G. S. West in
conjugation in bogs on Dartmoor, records the zygospore as ellipsoid
and smooth (size 22 ^ X 15 /x) t ; but the figure given by him (t. xix.
fig. 11) does not show the pores in the cell- walls of the empty cells,
through which presumably the gametes emerged. As far as I am
aware, these are the only records of species of -Boy shaving been found
in conjugation.

In its mode of conjugation R. anglica recalls Oonatozygon rather
than Closterium, but the characters of cell-wall and chloroplast at
onco distinguish it from the former genus. In the fact that it has
apical vacuoles, concave ends to the chloroplast, and the latter, in
mature cells, frequently completely divided in the middle, R. anglica
resembles Closterium and Fenium much more closely than do any
of the other species of Boga. Indeed, it seems that the chief distin-
guishing characters on which i?oy« can be retained are (1) the simple
structureless nature of the cell-Mall, and (2) the fact that division of
the chloroplast into halves is delayed until the cell has reached mature
age, or even mitil it is about to divide.

♦ Beitr. Algenflora Wiirt. in Jahresh. Ver. f. nat. Naturk. Wiirttemberg, 1880,
p. 173.

t '• The Pesmid Flora of Dartmoor." Joiirn. Quekett Micros. Club, xiii. 254
(1917).

ROTA ANOLTCA 69

Whether these characters alone are sufficient to base a genus
upon, or whetlier it would be better to consider Roi/a as a subgenus
of Closterium^ or even to drop it altogether and include the four
known species in Glosferium, depends, of course, upon the degree of
inijiortance which observation shows can be attached to such characters.
For the present, at any rate, it seems desirable to retain the genus on
the following modified basis : —

KoYA W. & G. S. West in J. R. M. S. 1896, 152, descr. emend.

Cellulae non constrictie, cylindracea3 vel subcylindracese, rectae vel
leviter incurvje, utrinque levissime attenuata3, apicibus plus minusve
truncatis vel obtuso-rotundatis ; membrana cellularum sine poris, levi,
achroa ; chromato])hora singula, vel, cellulis maturis, in medio in duas
partes divisa, axili, extremitatibus vel rotundatis et prope apices
attingentibus, qui turn nullum locellum apiealem habent, vel extremi-
tatibus concavis, et turn celluhe locellis apicalibus instructse ; nucleo
vel laterali, in mediana incisura chromatophora3 singula? posito, vel, in
cellulis maturis, centrali, inter duas chromatophoras ; pyrenoidibus
pluribus mediana serie dispositis.

KoTA ANGLiCA West, sp. nov. R. cellulis parvis, cylindraceis vel
subcylindraceis, utrinque levissime attenuatis, rectis vel leviter in-
curvis, apicibus subtruncatis, diametro 5-15( — 20)-plo longioribus ;
membrana cellularum levis, achroa, ad extremitates leviter incrassata;
chromatophora axilis, jugis longitudinalibus (4?) prsedita, extremita-
tibus concavis, primo singula, postea cellulis maturis in medio in duas
partes divisa ; cellulse locellis apicalibus instructae ; nucleus vel
lateralis in mediana incisura chromatophorse singulae positus, vel, in
cellulis maturis, centralis inter duas chromatophoras; quaeque cellula
pyrenoidibus 4-6 medianis instructa. Zygosporae globosae leves.

Long. cell. 85-80(-112) /x; lat. max. cell 7-5-9/^; lat. apic.
5-7 /i- ; diam. zygosp. 20-26 [x.

Hah. in aqua minime profunda, Quinton, prope Birmingham
(April 1916).

My best thanks are due to Mr. W. B. Grove, M.A., who kindly
helped me to look up several obscure references in connection with
this paper.

CEPHALANTHERA Richard or EPIPACTIS Crantz ?
By Colonel M. J. Godfert, F.L.S.

In Oest. Bot. Zeitschrift (1889, pp. 395-9, 422-430) appeared an
extremely able and interesting paper by Dr. R. v. Wettstein, the
main object of which was to show that the genus Cephal anther a has
been wrongly separated from Epipactis, and which further suggested
that Gephalanthera, Epipactis, and Limodorum should be re-united
in one genus — Epipactis Crantz.

In 1815 L. Richard (De Orchid. Eur. Adnot. pp. 51-2) first separated
Cephalanthera from Epipactis, characterizing the genera as follows: —

70

THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Cephalanthera.
" Ovar. sessile ; non contortum.
Col. erecto connivens. Lah. inerme ;
amplexans interruptum : Hypo-^hilium
dorso gibbum ; Epichilium apice re-
curvvim. Gynost. longnm ; rectum.
Gyniz. trans verso-oblongus, prominens.
Rost. nullum. Anth. marginalis ; ellip-
tico-subrotunda ; ima tantum parte
dor so Gynizi incumbens, csetero aperte
eum superans : loculi connective ipsis
crassiori antice adnati. Poll, massae
lineares ; demum dorso Gynizi per
imam partem adhaerescentes : granula
simplicia."

Epipactis.
" Ovar. pedicellatum ; non contor-
tum. Cal. patens ; laciniis subcon-
formibus. Lah. inerme ; deorsum pa-
tentiusculum nee amplexans ; interrup-
tum ; Hypochilium concavo - gibbum ;
Epichilium introrsum ad basim bi-
gibbum. (rynos^.brevissimum; ratione
ovarii ad posteriora declinans. Gyniz.
subquadratus, deorsum prominens.
Rost. apiculare, brevissimum obtusum.
Ayith. marginalis ; postica ; cordata
obtuse acuminata. Poll, massae ob-
longo-ovatas ; prope apicem adglutin-
ales : granula veluti triquadriglobu-
lata."

H. G. Eeiclienbach (Icones, xiv. 1851) differentiates them as
follows : —

"Labellum medio constrictum, arti-
culatum, cum gynostemio rectangulum.
Gynostemium breve, anthera obtusa
triangula erecta, glandula rotunda "
(p. 139).

Plant, iii. 4S5, 1883) give the

" Sepala patentia. Labellum supra
basin latam concavam constrictum.
Caulis foliatus, floribus capsulisque
nutantibus v. pendulis."

" Labelli medio constrieti, subarti-
culati pars inferior cum gynostemio
parallela basin versiis cum eodem
connata. Gynostemium semiteres,
gracili, anthera oblonga, glandule
nullfe" (p. 133).

Bentham and Hooker (Gen.
following : —

" Sepala conniventia. Labellum
supra basin concavam v. breviter sac-
cato-calcaratam constrictum. Columna
longiuscula. Caulis foliatus, floribus
capsulisque erectis.'

Wettstein first criticizes Eichard's diagnosis, suggesting that anj
classification of orchids, based on European species onl}^ must be
faulty. He asserts that the length of the fiower-stalk, and the
consequent attitude of the flowers, are not of generic value, and that
the characters of the rostellum, stigma, and anther are inconstant,
the stigma in CejyhalanfJu'ra being sometimes round (C. rubra),
sometimes transversely elliptical (C. grandiUora), or nearly quad-
rangular (C. cvcullafa), whilst in Epipacfis it is quadrangular
{E. latifolia) or rounded {E. palustris). Further, the anther in
Ce2')lialanthera is round (C. ruhra) or slightly cordate {G. cucullata),
in Epipacfis sometimes the former (E. palustris), but as a rule the
latter. The difference in the pollen-grains he dismisses as un-
important, for in Ceplialantliera they are also grouped in tetrads, and
merely become free somewhat earlier than in Epipactis. He there-
fore claims that the only remaining difference is that the petals and
sepals are connivent in Cephalanthera and spreading in Epipactis —
a character manifestly not of generic value.

We may at once admit that the presence or absence of a flower-
stalk, and the slight differences in the shape of the anther, and even
of the stigma, are characters of relatively small value. The criticism
of the stigma-characters is chiefly founded on the "nearly quad-

CEPHALAT^TTTEUA OR EPTPACTTS 71

rangular" stigma of G. cucullata. We shall see later that that
species is untrustworthy as evidence of the existence of a quadrangular
stigma in the genus Cephalanthera, so that IJichard's diagnosis in
this respect still holds good. The explanation as to the pollen-grains
appears to be somewhat disingenuous. The tetrads of pollen in
Cei)lialantliera resolve into separate grains in sitic^ in Ejjipactis they
do not then separate at all. Only when they come into contact with
the viscid secretion of the stigma do they swell and disintegrate, as
is usually the case in the Orchidacese. Disintegration before polli-
nation is a very different thing from disintegration brought about by
the action of the stigmatic fluid. Even assuming that the author is
correct in his statement that in Cephalanthera the pollen-grains are
originally bound together in tetrads, the difference in the pollen-
grains pointed out by Richard is undiminished in imj)ortance.

He next deals with the new character adduced by Keichenbach
fil. — the absence of a viscid gland in the case of Cephalanthera, its
presence in Epipactis. He saj^s, in effect — I could reasonably pass
over this character as of very little value, if indeed the very mention
of it does not prove the difficulty of fixing a boundary between the
two genera. Keal viscid glands, i. e. a thorough transformation of
the tissue of the rostellum contiguous with the anther into a viscid
gland, certainly occur in some species of JEpipacHs, yet it generally
decreases with the reduction of the rostellum, the species with a
short rostellum (e. g. E. palustris) show only small viscid glands,
whilst the development of the latter in species of Cephalanthera with
a scarcely discernible rostelhun entirely fails to take place.

In this the learned author shows an absolute failure to understand
or appreciate the capital importance of the viscid gland, which is the
most outstanding and weiglity character in Orchidaceae, is peculiar to
that order, and is the root-idea of its floral construction. The one
unique character of the Orchidacese, which puts them on a different
plane from all other natural orders (except perhaps the Asclepiadaceae),
is the extremely ingenious mechanical device by means of which
insects are unconsciously induced to convey the pollinia from one
flower to the stigma of another, usually that of a separate plant.

One of the most remarkable things in the morphology of the
order is the absence of a rostellum in Cephalanthera^ an absence
which reduces that genus from the exalted position of possessing one
of the most ingenious contrivances for the transport of pollen in the
vegetable kingdom, to the status of ordinary self -fertilized plants.
Self-fertilization is the simplest of all conceptions — it needs no honey,
no scent, no colour, no co-operation of insects, or even of wind or
water. Cephalanthera is a decadent genus, which has fallen from its
high estate, assuming that it is really the case that it is entirely
self -fertilized, and that we have not simply so far failed to understand
the mechanism of the flower. It was evidently originally designed
for insect-fertilization. From a biological point of view it is now
more widely separated from JEpipactis than is the latter from genera
possessing a rostellum. The presence or absence of a rostellum is of
much greater importance than the presence or absence of caudicles, —
though these latter characters are used to differentiate the two great

72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

divisions of tlie subfamily Monandrce — JiasitoncB a.u([ Acrofonce —
for cross-fertilization can and does take place without caudicles, but
not without viscid glands. All the other differences between Cephal-
anthera and Epipactis, such as the presence or absence of a peduncle,
the position of the llower, the extent to which it opens, the shape of
the lip, &c. are of but secondary importance, and not differences
of the first rank, like the absence of a rostellum.

The author's argument that the rostellum is smaller in E. pah/s-
tris, and therefore on the way to disappearance, seems to be mere
special pleading — so long as a rostellum is effective, its size is of no
importance. It will be noticed that the author does not refer to
lieichenbach's characters — *' gymnostemium semi-teres, gracile " for
Cephal anther a ^ and " gymn. breve " for Epipactis. Yet this is a
distinction of considerable importance, the relatively long cylindrical
column of the former being in sharp contrast to the short squat
column of the latter.

The author having thus minimized or explained away the differ-
entiating characters of previous writers, not unnaturally considers
that the time has come to re-unite the two genera. He gives a
beautifully drawn series of lips to show how they gradually merge
into each other, and form a homogeneous whole.

He further points out that the epichile in CepJi. cucidJata has a
distinct though short spur, and that in the very similar lip of Limo-
dorum abortivi/m the spur is merely more developed. He therefore
considers that the genus Livwdoru)?i does not essentially differ from
Epipactis, and proposes that it should be included in the latter.

Having never seen Ceph. cuciillata, 1 was anxious to learn what
I could about a plant which bulked so largely in the author's argu-
ment. Turning to the figure of it in lleichenbach's Icones (Tab.
120) I was much struck by its remarkable aspect. It suggests
abnormalit^^ The three lower leaves are represented by loose funnel-
shaped sheaths enclosing the stem, the 3 or 4 upper are bract-like,
erect, embracing the stem. The flowers resemble those of Cep)h.
(/7'andiilora, but have a very short spur. Altogether it is a most
remai'kable plant. Turning next to the figure of Limodorum ahor-
tivum in Tab. 129, I was astonished to find how extraordinarily
similar its leaves are to those of C. cucullata — the same three lower
perfoliate funnel -sha])ed sheaths, the same upper bract-like amplexicaul
leaves. In view of the unique character of the leaves of Limodorum
this resemblance can hardly be accidental. I think that anyone
expert in recognizing the characters of the parents in orchid-hj'brids,
on comparing these figures, will admit that there is a strong pre-
sumption that C. cucullata is a hybrid between Limodorum and some
species of Cephalanthera. The leaves are essentially those of the
former, just so much modified as might be expected from the influence
of Ceplialanthera, the column is that of the latter; whilst the short
spur (unknown in any other species of Cephalanthera) is just what
might occur in a cross between a moderately long-spuiTed and a non-
spurred flower, lleichenbach states (Z. c. 133) that he had very
recently been informed that a specimen had been found with a long
spur, /. e. nearer to Limodorum than the one figured. As is well

CEPHALANTIIERA OR EPIPACTTS 73

known, Individual hybrids incline sometimes to one parent, sometimes
to the other.

His statement {I. c. 137) that C. cvcullata had only once been
found conlirms the supposition that it is a hybrid — had it been an
indigenous species it would hardly have been so excessively rare,
unless on the verge of extinction. The following points in his
description appear to indicate the iniiuence of Limodomm — Caulis

validus, vagiucU tres membranaceie, amplissimse, ore oblicjuo

acutiusculai, rostellum obtuse 4-5 dentatum (apparently the upper
edge of the stigma is referred to). It may be added that Dr. Wett-
stein's figures show considerable similarity between tlie lips of
C. cucullata and Limodortim.

If this supposition is correct, the author's arguments based on
C. cucullata are put out of court, and his plea for the inclusion of
Limodorum in the genus Epipactis falls to the ground.

It is interesting to note the circumstance under which Dr.
Wettstein's paper was written. He had just been studying a hybrid
between 0. grandijlora and jEJ. ruhiginosa, and the need of choice of
a generic name for it led him to make an exhaustive study of tlie two
genera. He had evidently a strong bias against the probability of
the occurrence of bi-generic hybrids, for he argues that the very
existence of this hybrid pleaded for the union of the two genera in
one. I might adduce, he says, as a new proof of the correctness of
my view, that in most cases the occurrence of bi-generic hybrids
ought to suggest the homogeneity of the genera concerned. He was
thus handicapped by a preconceived idea. In botanical investigations
an open mind is essential. A biassed mind cannot exercise unbiassed
judicial functions — the judge is at heart an advocate. The link
which in Dr. Wettstein's opinion joined, in the one case Cejjhalan-
thera and EpipactiSy in the other Epipactis and Limodorum, was in
each case a hybrid. His prejudice against bi-generic hybrids pre-
vented him from giving due weight to the unanswerable evidence of
former Avriters as to the differences between the genera in question,
and to lay undue stress on the occurrence of a spur in C. cucullata,
which might have been, and in all probability actually was, due to
hybridity.

A careful study of Dr. Wettstein's otherwise very able paper leads
to the conclusion that Ceplialanthera, Epipactis, and Limodorum are
generically distinct, for his arguments entirely fail to shake the
position taken up by earlier writers.

Ceplialanthera cucullata is, in all probability, a hybrid between
C. grandijlora and Limodorum abort imim. When Reichenbach
wrote his description he was not sure whether the flowers were white
or rosy, and naively states that in his figure he has shown them as
white, but that this can easily be altered should they eventually
prove to be rose. In his second supplement, however {I. c. 181), he
announces that they are ' luride alba,' as in C. grandijlora.

P.S. — Since writing the above I have come across a footnote by
Dr. G. R. v. Beck to his paper Erwiderung auf Dr. Wettstein's

74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Besprecliung meiner Flora von Niederosterreich (Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr.
1891, p. 99) in which he quotes Wettstein as saying that no one who
saw Epipactis cucuUata could doubt that it and Limodorum un-
mistakably belong to the same genus.

This is interesting as showing that Wettstein clearly recognized
the close affinity of E. ciicullcda to Limodorum, and strongly con-
firms the supposition that it is a hj^brid of which the latter is one of
the parents.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXXII.

Br Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

3. Plants Rogersian.i:. — V.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, 91.)

For most of the descriptions in this section I am indebted to
Mr. Edmund Baker, who kindly consented to examine and report
upon the Leguminosce. For the remaining descriptions I am myself
responsible.

Leguminos^.

Crotalarta spartea Planch.

Belgian Congo : Elisabethville, 10939.

Crotalaria Descampsii Micheli, forma foliolis majoribus 15-
30 X 5-10 mm.

Belgian Congo : Nieuw^lorp, 10104.

Crotalarta spinosa Hochst. subsp. aculeata Bak. fil.

N.W. Rhodesia : Kafue station, 8719.

Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) cataractarum Bak. fil., sp. nov.

Caulis erectus, copiose ramosus. Sfipidce parvse. Folia tri-
foliolata, foliolis oblongis vel elliptico-oblongis, apice rotundatis
12-18 mm. longis, 10-12 mm. latis, petiolo communi 12-15 mm.
lono-o suffulta. Injlorescentia pauciflora. Calyx extus pubescens
in toto 7-8 mm. longus, dentibus subacuminatis. Vexillum in sicco
•flavum, cum ungue +2 cm. longum. Carina dorso angulo recto
cm-vata, hinc in rostrum longum attenuata, in toto 17-19 mm.
longo. Al(B basi longe unguiculatai. Legumen rectum, oblongum,
basi stipitatum cum stipite 20-23 mm. longum.

S. Rhodesia : Victoria Falls, Alt. 3000 ft, 13290.

Belongs to Eucrotalaria § MediocriJloroB, and is allied in some
respects to C. maxillaris Klotzsch.

A copiously -branched shrub with ^^ellow flowers about 2 cm. long,
and an oblong shortly stipitate pod, not oviform as in C maxillaris.

Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) acervata Bak. fil., sp. nov.

Caulis erectus, longitudinaliter sti-iatus. Eolia trifoliolata,
foliolis anguste lineari-oblongis utrinque attenuatis, 2-5-1-0 cm.
longis, 5-13 mm. latis, petiolo communi 1-2*5 cm. longo prsedita.
Racemi terminales pluri-vel multiflori. Braciece lineari-lanceolatse
persistentes. Calyx in toto 5-5*5 mm. longus, dentibus subacumi-

PLAXT.E EOOETISTAN.E 75

natis. VeociUum cnm ungue 10-11 mm. longum. Carina dorso
rotundata, lineis violaceis iiotata, ±11 mm. lon^a. OvariumXiwiiAYi-
obluiig'um, stipitatmu, multiovulatum. Legumen i^notum.

Hol-ian Coiii,^) : Elisabetlivillc, 10978.

Allied to G. NicJiolso}ii Bak. fil., from Njasaland and Rhodesia,
but the leaflets much narrower.

Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) macrotropis Bak. flL, sp. no v.

CaiiJis erectus, ramosus, long-itudinaliter striatus. Sfipulc;e parvfG
2-2'5 mm. longie. Folia trifoliolata, foliolis angustis linearibus vel
lineari-oblongis glauco-viridibus pubescentibus, 12-25 mm. longis,
petiolo communi 8-10 mm. longo pmedita. Race mi plui-iflori, laxi,
terminales. Flares pedicellati. BractecB parvje. Calyx in toto
6-7 mm. longus, dentibus subacuminatis. Vexillum in sicco vio-
laceum. Carina dorso angulo recto curvata hinc in rostrum longum
et rectum attenuata, in toto 15-17 mm. longa. Legiimen oblongum,
±25 mm. longum, polvspermum, breviter stipitatum.

Belgian Congo : Eiisabethville, 10941.

Crotalaria {Eucrofalaria) rigidula Bak. fib, sp. nov.

Caulis erectus lignosus. Folia parviuscula mediocriter petiolata,
foliolis oblongo-obovatis glaucis glabris 6-10 mm. longis, 3-5 mm.
latis, petiolo communi stricto 10-15 mm. longo suffulta. Inflores-
centia laxe pauciliora. Calyx in toto 8-9 mm. longus, lobis triangu-
laribus 5 mm. longis quam tubo paullo longioribus. Vexillum 12-
14 mm. longum.. Alee in toto 12-13 mm. longse, 4-5 mm. latse,
basi unguiculatse. Carina dorso rotundata apice sursum curvata, in
toto 13-15 mm. longa. Legumen oblongum, basi stipitatum, cum
stipite 18-20 mm. longum.

North Transvaal : Tzaneen, 12531.

Allied to C. Monfeiroi Taubert, but petioles longer, leaflets
narrower, calyx glabrous.

Crotalaria {Eucrofalaria) homalocarpa Bak. fil., sp. nov.

Caulis ramosus, ramis junioribus pilosis. SfijndfB lineares.
Folia trifoliolata, foliolis oblongis vel oblongo-lanceolatis, 15-20 mm.
longis, 3-7 mm. latis, petiolo communi 8-12 mm. longo suffulta.
Flores solitarii vel subsolitarii, pedunculati, pedunculis strictis pi-
losis ±20 mm. longis. Bractecje 2 conspicuse, infra caljcem positae,
lanceolatfe, 6-7 longae. Calyx in toto ±9 mm. longa, lobis
lanceolatis quam tubo longioribus. Vexillum in sicco luteum.
Carina basi unguiculata, marginibus interioribus barbata, in ros-
trum acuminatum sensim attenuata, in toto ±12 mm. longa.
Legumen ±2 cm. longum et 1 cm. latum, glabrum, suboviforme^
seminibus numerosis.

S. Rhodesia : alt. 2400 ft., 13302.

Allied to C geminiflora Dinter, but leaflets narrower and ]-)od
glabrous. A pilose plant with solitary or subsolitary flowers. The
two bracts below the flowers are conspicuous, as in C. geminijlora.

Crotalaria (Eucrofalaria) longistyla Bak. fil.. sp. nov.

Su/frufex erectus ad C lukwanguloisem Harms, accedens, ramis
junioribus strictis cano-tomentosis. Folia parviuscula, trifoliolata,
foliolis oblongo-oblanceolatis vel elliptico-oblanceolatis lateralibus
6-10 mm. longis, 4-5 mm. latis, terminalibus majoribus 15-18 mm.

7b THE JOURNAL OF I30TANT

longis, petiolo coiumuni 6-8 mm. longo pra3dita. Flores majusculi,
pauci, axillares, pedunculati. Calyx in toto 9-10 mm. longus, tubus
±3 mm. longus, dentibus 6-7 mm. longis. Vexillum externe pubes-
cens, 17-18 mm. longum. Carina dorso angulo recto curvata indo
in rostrum longum gradatim attenuata. Ovarium marginibus hirtis,
stipitatum. Legumen deest.

South Rhodesia : between Salisbury and Umtali, 4064.
Noticeable on account of the rather large solitary or subsolitary
flowers, the carina being sharply bent and the rostinim 12-15 mm
long. The style is also long. Belongs to the subsection Oliganthoe,
Crotalaria Harmsiana Taub. var. congoensis Bak. fil.
Suff'rutex ramosissimus. Folia subsessilia, foliolis oblongis vel
oblongo-oblanceolatis 10-13 mm. longis, 3-5 mm. latis. Calyx
quam in typo paullo major, in toto 7-8 mm. longus. Carina dorso
genuflexa ±1 cm. longa. Legumen oblongum, pilis vestitum 17-
20 cm. longum.

Belgian Congo : Elisabeth ville, 10961.

Differs from type in the longer calyx and pod, &c. The typical
form occurs at Bulj:oba and Buddu.

IxDiaoFERA GoxioiDES Hochst. var. nov. rhodesica Bak. fil.
Ferennis ? Folia 3-4 juga cum impari, foliolis quam iis typi
brevioribus ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis vel oblanceolatis 10-15 mm.
longis, 3-6 mm. latis. Flores racemosi, racemis jiedunculatis. Calyx
in toto 3 mm. longus. Vexillum 7-8 mm. longum. Alee 7-8 mm.
longre. Carina 6 mm. longa, longe unguiculata. Legiivien angus-
tum, 16-24 mm. longum, l'5-2-0 mm. latum.

South Rhodesia : Buluwayo, 13666 ; also at Kew from the same
locality, Gardner^ 62.

The type from Abyssinia has longer leaflets and more hairy pods,
and is an annual.

Indigofera dimidiata Vog. var. nov. laxior Bak. fil.
Caules elongati, herbacei. Stipulw magnse. Folia trifoliolata,
foliolis ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis. Flores in racemos peduncu-
latos dispositi, racemis quam in typo laxioribus. Vexillum quam
carina paullo brevius 5-6 mm. longum et latum. Carina naviculari-
formis, 6 mm. longa. Legumen rectum, glabrum, angustum poly-
spermum.

Transvaal : Barberton, Koopsche Hoop, 21706.
Racemes more lax and flowers longer than in type.
IifDiGOFERA BcRKEANA Benth. forma.

Calyx in toto ±6 mm. longus, dentibus acuminatis. Vexillum
9-10 mm. longum, carinse ajquilongum. Legumen teres.
Transvaal: Ragton, Pretoria Div., 20437.

COMPOSITJE.

Helichrtsitm leptolepis DC.

Northern Transvaal, Zoutpansberg Division, 20003.

Stoebe Mossii, sp. nov. Fruticulus crebro ramosus ; ramis sat
gracilibus omnimodo bene foliosis minute albo-tomentosis dein
glabris ; foliis j^arvulis anguste linearibus acutis basi breviter decur

PLAXT^E KOGEESIAX-E 77

rentibus tortis margine revoliitis supra glabris necnon nitidis subtus
albo-tomentosis ; capitulis pluribus in glomerulum globosum congestis;
involucri oblongo-obovoidei phvllis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis (ex-
timis pauUo brevioribus) scariosis exterioribus pilosis interioribus
glabris in sicco dilute brunneis ; corolla subinclusa ; antherarum
caudis brevibus ; styli ramis truncatis brevissime jx;nLcillatis ; aclicenio
adhuc crudo oblongo apice ipso leviter contracto ; pappi setis circa
10 ima basi connatis corolla plane brevioribus sparsim plumosis albis.

Cape, Caledon division, Steenbras ; Moss 4' Bogers, 1583.

Planta alta spithamea vel semispithamea. Folia 2-3 mm. long.
vel paullulum ultra ; "3 mm. lat. Capitulorum glomerulus 6-9 mm.
diam. Involucrum 3 '2 mm. long. ; phylla ext. 2 mm., int. 3 mm.
long. Corollae verisimiliter alba? tubus 2 "2 mm. long. ; hujus lobi
•5 mm, long. Styli rami segre 1 mm. long. Achaenia 1 mm., pappus
1-5 mm. long.

Near S. cdtliiopica Linn., but entirely di:fferent in foliage and with
much smaller heads.

Stoebe affinis, sp. nov. Fruticulus ramosus, bispithameus ;
7'amis omnimodo foliosis cito glabris ; foUis (ramulorum juniorura
imbncatis) lineari-subulatis acutis spiraliter tortis supra glabris
subtus albo-tomentosis; capitulorum glomerulis globosis ; involucri
phyllis oblongis apice truncatis ipso mucronulatis ext. dorso pilosis
scariosis in sicco dilute brunneis; corolla inclusa ; antherarum caudis
brevibus; styli ramis truncatis penicillatis ; aclicenio oblongo com-
presso glabro ; pappi setis circa 12 corollae tube aequilongis ima basi
connatis sparsim plumosis albis.

Cape, Ceres, 1500 ft.; 17605.

Folia 5 mm. long., "3 mm. lat. Capitulorum glomeruli usque
10 mm. diam., sspius vero 7-9 mm. Involucrum 3-5 mm. long. ;
phylla ext. 2 mm., int. 3"25 mm. long. Corollae roseae tubus 2*25 mm.
long. Styli rami "75 mm. long. Achaenia 1 mm., pappus 2 mm.
long.

This also is near S. cetJiiopica Linn., and can be told fi'om it on
sight by the leaves and small heads. Heads, except for some minor
points, like those of S. Jfossii, except that tlie corollas are rose-
coloured, but foliage dissimilar.

Metalasia (§ Glomeratce) Rogersii, sp. nov. Fruticitlus pro-
lixus di^'use pauciramosus ; ramis gracilibus ascendentibus bene
foliosis minute albo-tomentosis tandem glabrescentibus : foliis par-
vulis lineari-subulatis mucronulatis parum spii-ahter tortis coriaceis
supra glabris nitidisque subtus albo-tomentosis maxima pro parte
ex ramulis subevanidis oriundis hinc pseudoveiiicillatis ; capitulis
subsessihbus 3-flosculosis in glomerulos mediocres lana alba dense
conjunctos aggregatis ; involucri cylindrico-turbinati 4-5*senalis
phyllis oblongis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis obtusis glabris scariosis
roseis ; jlosculis inclusis ; antherarum caudis abbreviatis apice micro-
scopice ramosis ; styli ramis truncatis; achceniis (crudis) oblongis
compressis glabris ; p(fppi setis paucis superne leviter incrassatis
scabriusculis albis.

South Africa. 17620.

78 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY

E,ami teretes, circa 1 mm. crass. Folia pleraqiie 1-2 miii. long.
Capitulorum glomeruli usque 1 cm. diam. Involucra circa 6x2 mm. ;
phylla ext. 3-3-5 mm., int. 4-5 mm. long. Corollse 3 mm., styli
rami I mm., achsenia 1 mm., pappi setae 3 mm. long.

Affinity Avith M. Ceplialotes Less, but inter alia with entirely
different foliage.

COXYOLTULACE^.

Merremia henirocaulos Rendle \2iY. 'pinnatifida N. E. Br.
Transvaal, Zoutpansberg Div., Messina, 20846.
This is an addition to the Transvaal flora.

SoLANACEiE.

Solanum (§ Lejjtostemonum) Rogersii, sp. nov. Yerisimiliter
suffrutex, spinosus ; ramis teretibus crebro foliosis pilis glandulosis
dense pubescentibus spinis rectis sat longis a basi gradatim attenuatis
rubescentibus sat copiose indutis ; foliis solitariis petiolatis ambitu
ovatis alte pinnatifidis segmentis lanceolatis acutis acute dentato-
lobatis pag. utravis pilis glandulosis stellatis intermixtis pubescentibus
costa media utrobique subsparsim longiuscule spinosa costis lateralibus
spinas paucas debiliores ostendentibus ; ci/mis ex axillaribus pedun-
culatis sublaxe plurifloris foliis circiter sequilongis vel subsequilongis
dense glanduloso-pubescentibus pedunculo satis valido spinoso ; pedi-
cellis cah^ce ssepius longioribus uti calyx sjDinis parvis onustis ;
calycis campanulati pubescentis segmentis triangulari-lanceolatis
acutis tubum facile excedentibus ; coroUw lobis tubo multo longi-
oribus ovatis obtusis mox rellexis extus ^^ilosis verisimiliter dilutissime
cseruleis ; JiJamentis inter se liberis quam antherse libei'te superne
leviter angustatae poris parvis solummodo dehiscentes plane brevi-
oribus ; stylo ex antheris eminente glaber.

Transvaal, Barberton, 20291.

BamoiTim spinse maxima pro parte 3-5 mm. long. Folia (petiolo
3 em. long incluso) usque 12 cm. long., sed saejDius 6-10 cm. (petiole
1-2 cm.) ; rhachis inferne 1-2 mm. lat., superne 5 mm. vel etiam
magis (folia prope apicem lobata) ; segmenta pleraque 1*5-3 cm.
long., ±1 cm. lat.; spinse costse centralis plerseque 7-10 mm. long.,
basi l-l'o mm. lat. Cymse 8-9 cm. long., circa 4 cm. diam. ; pedun-
culus 2-3 cm. long. Pedicelli floritione peracta recurvi, 1-1-5 cm.
long. Cah'cis segmenta 7 mm. long. Corolla diam. circa 2-5 cm. ;
lobi 14 mm. long. Filamenta vix 2 mm. long. ; anthera3 8 mm.
long, basi 2 mm., apice fere 1 mm. lat. Stylus 1 cm. long.

The species can be distinguished on sight from S. sicpinum Dun.
and its allies b}^ the acute points of the leaf-segments.

Conspecific with this but with somewhat smaller and apparently
more deeply coloured flowers is a specimen {lloss Sf Hogers, 2062)
from Canada, Witwatersrand Div. This is a larger specimen and
shows more of the plant including the lower part of the stem, which
is fistular and nearly 5 mm. thick. Besides flowers, this specimen has
spheroidal, reddish berries measuring 10 mm. in diameter. The
leaves, although similar to those of the t^-pe, generally run smaller,
the upper ones being only 4 cm. in length or even less.

PHTLLA^^THUS EYLESII 79

4. PlITLLAXTHI EX RHODESIA SPECIES NOVA.

Phyllanthus Eylesii, sp. nov. Herha monoica, pro rata elata,
glabra ; ramis ramidis que aliquanto angularibus his bene foliosis ;
foliis brevipetiolatis late oblongis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis
obtusissimis apice ipso brevissime apiculatis raembranaceis opacis ;
stipulis petiolos excedentibus setaceis decoloribus ; florihus 6 sub-
sessilibus sepalis G ovato-oblongis obtusissimis glandulis minutissimis
inter se liberis antheris 3 filamentis perbrevibus connatis insidentibus;
Jioribus 5 quam S majoribus necnon longius pedicellatis sepalis
ovato-oblongis obtusis costa j^rominente percursis glandulis 6 in
cupulani lobatam brevem plus minus connatis ovario globoso glabro
stylis 3 superne divergentibus bicruris.

Rhodesia, Victoria Falls, rain forest ; Eyles, 1296.

Folia usque 20x8 mm., pleraque ±15x7 mm., supra in sicco
viridia, subtus glaucescentia ; petioli modo 1 mm. long. Stipulse
plera^que circa 2 mm. long. FU. masc. pedicelli '3 mm., sepala
•6 mm., anther?e '5 mm. long. FU. fem. pedicelli 1-1 '15 mm. long. ;
sepala cito 1*5 mm. long. ; ovarium -5 mm. diam. Capsula fere
3 mm. diam. Semina 1*2 mm. long., brunnea, dorso eleganter
striatula.

Near P. leiicantlius Pax, which, besides lanceolate stipules, has
larger flowers, the males with anthers on a distinct column among
other features.

5. Acajsthace^ Papuat^^ a cl H. 0. Forbes lect^.

In the course of some work upon the AcanthacecB of New Guinea
advantage was taken of the opportunity to name the undetermined
specimens belonging to that group forming part of Mr. H. 0. Forbes's
collection from that island. The full list of species here given
contains none new to science, but two (^JRuellia Forhesii and Apor-
■uellia versicolor) were described in this Journal for 1914, 294-5.

Ruellia Forbesii S. Moore. Mt. Sogere at 2000 ft. No. 839 «.

RuELLiA bracteata R. Br. Fort of Astrolable Range, 1200 ft.
Sine no.

The leaves of the specimens are somewhat smaller than those of
tropical Australian ones, and the plant is more hairy with rather
coarse hisjDidulous hairs : also the flowers are white, not blue as
Bentham says of the Australian. But with the rather unsatisfactory
material before one, it is difficult to find any points to justify the
suspicion of a new, and in any event certainly very closely allied
species. This has not hitherto been reported from New Guinea.

Aporuellia versicolor S. Moore. Mt. Sogere 1750-2500 ft.
Nos. 73, 781.

Flowers cream-coloured or bright orange.

Hemigraphis reptaxs T. And. Mt. Sogere, 2000 ft. No. 841.

German writers give Engler in Bot. Jahrb. vii. 474 (1886) as
the authority for this name, but it should be assigned to T. Anderson
ex Hemsley in Bot. Voy. Challenger^ i. iii. 173 (1885). It is the
Muellia reptans of Forster.

80 THE JOUKXAL OF BOTANY

Acanthus iltcifolius L. Sogere region. No. 927.

All the leaves are quite entire.

JusTiciA Chalmersii Lindau, ex descript. Bosi-bosi, sine no.

This is referred to § Adhatoda hj Lindau ; according to Clarke's
views, which seem better founded, it belongs to § Calophanoides.

JusTiciA. CARDiocHLAMYS Lindau, ex descript. Mt. Sogere,
1750-1800 ft. Nos. 629, 782.

A straggling and trailing shrub : flowers white or cream-coloured.
This Clarke would also have regarded as a member of § Caiophanoides.
Lindau places it in § Monechma, but as it has a relatively long ovary
with two ovules, both evidently developing into seeds, in each cell,
while Nees's main character for Monechma depends upon the short
2-seeded capsules, each cell with only a single e\ij.n or retinaculum,
it is clear that the plant has nothing to do with Monechma.

Geaptophtllum Gilligani comb. nov. Justicia Qilligani
Bail. Sogere, 2500 ft. No. 51.

Clarke (MS. in herb. Kew.) was the first to refer this plant to
its proper genus though, for what reason is not apparent, he gave it
a manuscript name of his own which, of course, is not published
here. From Q. pictum Griff, it can be told on sight by the narrow
lobes of the corolla-lips.

Caltcacanthus Magnusianus K. Schum. Gawada, 3000 ft.

An excellent specimen of this fine plant. Clarke has recorded
(MS. in herb. Kew.) his doubt whether the genus should not be
merged in Qraptophyllum relying, as would appear, upon the absence
of staminodes, but overlooking the corolla with its very long lips and
their short lobes.

DEWEVRELLA CONGENSIS, sp. nov.
By H. F. Weenham.

This genus of Apocynacece (§ EchitidecB) was founded so recently
as 1907 by De Wildeman, upon several specimens collected in the
equatorial region of the Congo-basin by members of the Laurent
Mission (De Wild., Miss. E. Laurent, i. 548, tt. clxiv, clxv) ; it is
dedicated to one of them, M. Alfred Dewevre.

The single species described, D. cochliostema, was found in the
environs of Eala, which lies close to the point where the tributary
river Ikelemba empties itself into the Congo — that is at the Equator.
Collections were made in the same district in 1914 by M. A. Nannan,
of the Belgian Agricultural Department. I have described already
some llubiaceous novelties of this latter collection in this Jom'nal for
1918 (vol. Ivi. pp. 308-313). I now describe a second species of
Dewevrella^ readily distinguished from D. cochliostema by the size
and shape of the leaves and the calyx-segments, and gathered by
Nannan in the same district.

Dewevrella congensis, sp. nov.

Frutex altiuscule scandens cirrhosus, ramulis gracillimis junioribus
tenuissimis, minute rufo-puberulis demum necnon tardiuscule glabratis.

DEWETKELLA COIVOENRTS 81

Folia inter minora (pro faniilia inter minima) papyracea, opposita,
pleruraque ovato-lanceolata, leniter acuminata aj^ico acuta, basi trun-
cato-obtusissima, petiolo notabili nisi broviusculo, utrinque nisi
modiana in vena subtus prominula supra impressa rufo-puberula glabra,
in siccitate discoloria supra fusco-olivacea subtus lieve brunnea venis
lateralibus obscuris raro manifestis. Flores parvi cymosis in inliores-
centiis corymbosis ebracteolatis laxe dispositi alaribus paueitloris
foliis manifeste brevioribus ; ^j<?^/w;jc?^//s brevibus nonnunquam obso-
letis, qua pedicelli elongati minute feiTugineo-puberulis taiwuds, \hi'acfeis
exiguis. Cali/cis lobi angusti lineari-lanceolati acuminati acuti ;
corollcB tubus brevissimus infundibularis lobis lineari-oblongis obtu-
sissimis.

Nannan 104 ! Boyeka (Equator), 28 August, 1914. Kerh. Mus.
Brit. !

This is described as a "... . grande liane, latex blanc ; petite Hem*
jaune. Peu repandue." The native name is given as Teili.

The specimen taken as type consists of a few twigs, with very
slender stems, obviously twining. The leaves are approximately
3-5 cm. long at most, and 1'5 cm. broad, with petiole about 3 mm. in
length, rarely longer. A typical infiorescence consists of six to ten
flowers arranged sub-corymbose ly, with very slender pedicels a centi-
metre or more in length, set upon peduncles barely one-third as long.
The calyx barely exceeds a millimetre in length, its lobes narrow and
pointed. Corolla 5 ram. long, over four-fifths of this length attribu-
table to the lobes.

EHAPHIDOSTEGIUM CCESPITOSUM (Sw.) AND ITS
AFFINITIES.

By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S.

Mt first introduction to Bhapliidostegiiim splicer otlieca (C. M.)
Jaeg. was a very pleasant one. It came in a box from Table Mt.
with a magnificent bouquet of white " Cape Lilies " ; it was a large
and well grown form, and it gave the impression of being, among
Khaphidostegia, a distinct and well-marked species. That was when
my acquaintances among South African mosses were ^qy^ few.

I cannot say that closer familiarity has ripened the friendship.
As more specimens accrued, it became evident that the original plant
was by no means the only form, nor indeed the most frequent — rather,
indeed, an extreme and unusually fine form, under the glamour of
which the species had acquired in my eyes an undeservedly high
reputation, which the subsequent forms did little or nothing to sup-
port. Not only were these, while structurally identical, much smaller
and more commonplace, as a rule, but they began to evince an
inclination to vary, and to diverge from what 1 had fondly considered
a well-marked type, and to approach other Rliaphidostegia of a much
more ordinary character, until it became evident that one had to do,
not with a single, well-defined ty])e, but with a " Formenkreis " of
consideraV)le radius and an uncomfortably indefinite circumference ;
so that in course of time it happened with B. spluerufheca as with
Journal of Botany — Vol. 58. [Makctt, 1920.] g

82 THE JOUllNAL OF 130TANY

certain other nationals of late, that what to me had once been a
welcome guest began to take on the appearance of an undesirable
alien.

Not only did R. spli<srotheca appear in some of its forms to come
uncomfortably near to other South and Centi-al African species of the
genus, but it even invaded the ranks of other genera, for having
occasion to examine Pterogouiella Sluhbnanni Broth, from Usambara,
I recognized not only (as Brotherus himself had already done) that it
belonged to Rhcq^hidostegium, but also that it was a large, scorpioid-
branching form of R. sphcerotJieca, almost identical, in fact, with my
original Table Mt. acquaintance.

Having subsequently to examine R. Duisahoanum (Mont.) Jaeg.,
from the Mascarene Is., I became at once aware that I had to do
with the same species, and it was therefore interesting to find
that Bescherelle, with his wide knowledge of continental and insular
forms, had recognized it as a highly variable species, and had brought
into its synonymy, among other things, Hypmim Rohillardii Duby,
which had got into so far removed a genus as Leucomhim. He
describes several forms and varieties of the species.

Now I have learned that in the somewhat rare cases when a
species of moss has a fairly wide distribution in Southern and Central
Africa, and in Madagascar and the East African Islands, and more
especially when it is a plastic species, it is desirable to look further
afield, and see if it be not identical with some well-known species of
South America, or of Australasia, or both — Dicranoloma Billardieri^
Ditrichum flexifolium, and Campyl.o'pu& introjiexns are cases in
point. Bescherelle (Fl. Bryol. Keunion, IGO) indicates the clue
when he writes, of It. Duisahoanum : — " Le lih. Duisahoanum, de
meme que le Rh. cesjyifosum des Antilles, varie beaucoup comme port,
comme couleur et comme disposition des f euilles ; cette difference
tient sans doute a I'influence des localites ou il a ete recueilli, car on
ne rencontre dans les diverses varietes enumerees ci-apres aucun carac-
tere assez saillant pour constituer une espece speciale."

The possibility of the identit}^ of the two, however, had not, it
appears, occurred to him. M}^ object in this paper is to establish the
identity, not only of these two, but of several other described species
from various parts of the workl.

The South American and West Indian plants of this group have
been described under the principal headings of Hj/pnum coespitosum
Sw., from the West Indies ; Hypnum loxense Hook, from Peru ; H.
lithophilum Hornsch. and H. galipense C. M. from tropical South
America. C. Mueller by the time of the publication of the Synopsis had
recognized that of these II. galip)ense was identical with //. coespitosum,
and H. lifJiophilum not more than a variety of H. loxense, so that
the geographical areas of the two already considerably overlapped.
He distinguishes H. loxense from H. coespitosum by italicized cha-
racters, most of which are rendered invalid \>^ the fact that he takes
his conception of II. coespitosum from, or at least includes in his
conception, Leshea coespitosa of Hedwig, Spec Muse. p. 233, t. 49.
This, however, is far removed from the plant of Swartz, having
much narrower, more acuminate leaves and bracts. I do not say it is

RirAPlirUOSTEOIUM CaCSP.TTO.SlIAI S3

not to be includud in the " Fornienkreis " of E. ccesj)ifosiu//, but
it is at the far extreme of the forms ; if it is to be so considered there
would certainly be no need for the present paper, for all the characters
which have been held to separate the plants 1 am here uniting are of
minute importance as compared with these two extremes. Apart
from this consideration, then, C. Mueller's description of //. loxcuse
gives no distinctive charactei's as sej)arating it from K. coeHjiitosiiin
that will stand cross-examination. He describes the leaf -margin of
II. caespifosum as '* erecto vel vix rellexo," and that of II. loxense as
" valde revoluto," but any stem of the plants under consideration will
almost certainly show leaves with margins erect and others more or
less strongly recurved or refiexed side by side on the same branch.
The form of capsule indicates, it is true, some difference, which is
certainly manifested on the actual plants, but it is not correlated
with any other characters, and it depends to a considerable extent on
the degree of maturity of the fruit when gathered. The African
plants show a greater diversity in form of ca]3sule, while preserving
the other characters unimpaired.

Mrs. Britton and Mr. R. S. Williams have given some study to
this group, and have a wide acquaintance with the South and Central
American forms of Hhaphidostecjium. Mrs. Britton writes, in answer
to my enquiries, that they have not had an opportunity of studying
the principal types, which are in Europe, but that they have given
some attention to the group and been puzzled by their variations ; she
has considered that R, loxense and R. gaU2)ense differ from R.
cuespifosum in having the leaves more secund and the pericha^tium
more serrate. She adds that Mr. Williams has not seen the West
Indian plant growing, but is inclined to recognize R. loxense as dis-
tinct, and relies on differences in the perichaetial leaves, and the
amount of serration of the leaves.

It was clear that the only way to resolve the problem was to
examine the types. Fortunately, most of these are to be found at
Kew ; Hooker's //. loxense is there in good material ; there are two
branches of Swartz's H. coespifosum in Herb. Hooker; and Mrs. Britton
has transcribed for me some notes and sketches made by Dr. A. Leroy
Andrews from the type at Stockholm. There is also an original
specimen of H. litliophilum Hornsch., and a large series of plants
under various names from the West Indies and Tropical America.

As regards the perichietial leaves, these in R. loxense andi?. cocspi-
fosufn types are absolutely identical. In neither are they denticulate;
nor have I found anything amounting to denticulation in nearly all
the forms I have examined ; at the most they show an occasional
obscure subdenticulation or sinuation. I have rarely indeed found the
perichietial bracts in any species of Rhapliidostegium so constant as
they are through the whole range of at least the more robust forms
of this series of plants ; only in one {R. replicatum Besch. from
Reunion) have I seen them at all markedly denticulate. Besch erelle
separates this species from R. Duisahoanum mainly on the ground of
the perichffitial bracts " fortement dentees" — in the diagnosis it is
simply " denticulata " — but this condition does not occur on the type
specimens in his herbarium, where they are often distinctly denticu-
late but no more, and often not that.

g2

84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The direction of the leaves is certainly of no value ; no series of
these plants can be examined without finding every jDossible position,
from perfectly equally imbricated to stronglj^ homomallous, with no
correlated characters ; the types of R. loxense and B. coespitosum are
neither of them extreme forms, and that of B,. loxense does not
show the leaves very sti'ongly homomallous ; while there is a decided
tendency to this direction of the leaves on one of the two bi*anches of

B. coespifosnm at Kew ; and Dr. Andrews, in his notes on the ty})e
at Stockholm, writes : " Branches largely erect and not branching
further, leaves falcate, secund." He also indicates the variability in
the capsule form b}^ describing them as " nearly as wide as long up to
twice as long as wide."

The leaves show some variability as to acumination and as to
erectness or otherwise of margin in both plants. The onlj^ point
as to which there could be any question of difference, and that a
minute one, is that the leaves in B. coespitosum type show frequently,
but not constantl}^, a minute close denticulation of the margin near
apex. This, however, is not constant, and I have scarcely seen it on
any other plant of B. coespitosum that I have examined, at least
as at all a constant character. No. 2113 of Mr. E. S. Williams's
exsiccata of Bolivian plants, issued as Sematophyllum coespitosum
(Sw.), is instructive in this respect. It has many of the leaves finely
denticulate as in the type, but at least an equal number on the same
stem show no denticulation at all. Most of the West Indian and
South American plants under this name show no denticulation what-
ever of the leaf -margin.

There is some slight variation in leaf form, in length of seta, and
form of capsule, on the sj>ecimens, and as these variant forms occur
on both plants they rather confirm than otherwise their identity. I
do not doubt for a moment that an impartial examination of the two
types, even without taking into consideration the various forms in
which they occur in both their areas, would lead anyone to pronounce
them identical, and I am inclined to think that the only cause that
they have l^een so long kept apart is due to Hedwig's drawings and

C. Mueller's description having led to Leskea coespitosa of Hedwig
being taken as representing the H. coespitosum of Swartz.

My conclusions, after studying the types of H. coespitosum Sw.
and II. loxense Hook., as well as the original specimens of H. litho-
p)Mlum Hornsch. and H. Duisahoanum Mont., can perhaps best be
summed up by saying that except for the slight denticulation on the
leaves of H. coespitosum, and for some slight difference in the
arrangement of the leaves on the branches, I should be exceedingl}'-
sorr}^ for an3^one who got the tj'pes mixed up and had to separate
them again !

Having, as I think, established the identity of the two main groups
of the South American plants, and their identity with the African
B. Dtdsaboanum, I need scarcel}^ labour the point further, but simply
state that the Indian Stereodon tristi cuius of Mitt. Muse. Ind. Or.
p. 102 (which it may be noted was called II. spjlicdrotheca by Wilson
in sched.), of which I have examined the type, and the Australian
B. omde Broth., of which 1 have seen specimens of the original

RIIAPIITDOSTEGIUAt CCESPITOSUM 85

gatherings, are exactly identical with the j)lants ah'eady discussed.
The species is, in fact, a practically cosmopolitan one throughout the
tropical and subtroj^ical regions of the Southern hemisphere, extending
also into the temperate zone.

This point, however, having been reached, a much more perplexing
one is to fix the limits of the species. In its jmore normal forms it is
recognized at once by its robust habit and comparatively wide, and
widel}^ pointed — often, indeed, obtuse — leaves, very concave, with the
margin usually more or less widely reliexed, especially where the leaf
contracts to the apex ; the erect, shortly and widely pointed entire or
subentire perichietial bracts, the seta ranging round 1 cm. in length,
but generally a little over, and the short, often turgid, capsule, with
a more or less distinct neck, and usually suberect and only slightly
asymmetrical, but often distinctly curved and sometimes horizontal
or almost nodding. The areolation is often one of the most marked
characters, the cells being rather short, with a linear-elliptic lumen,
which in the broadly-pointed leaves often becomes much wider and
shorter at apex, often quite widely and shortly elliptic, but is in most
eases rendered more or less obscure and opaque by the cell contents
or primordial utricle : the efcect being a greyish appearance quite
different from that of many species of Rhaphidostegium, where it is
frequently chlorophyllous, elongate, and pellucid. This rather marked
character, however, of areolation occurs in some other species which
can hardly be included here, and its presence can therefore scarcely be
taken as certainly indicating R. coespitosum ; while quite a number
of forms which I cannot separate from that species show a very
narrow and not conspicuously opaque areolation. Broadlj^ speaking,
the short wide type of cell is associated with a wide and widely
pointed, even obtuse leaf, while the narrower and more acuminate
forms show the narrow and less opaque cells.

It may reasonably be asked how a species supposed to embrace
such extremes of leaf form is to be defined, and the difficult}^ must be
admitted. At the same time, after examining many scores of speci-
mens from all parts, I have only found one direction in which I have •
experienced an}^ difficulty in defining the limits of the species. The
perichajtial bracts in lihapliidostegimn appear to me, as also in the
allied genus Sematophyllicm^ to afford one of the most effective
specific characters, and in R, coespitosum these leaves, erect, not
greatly differing in size but usually narrower than the stem and
branch leaves, with rather broadly tapering, not very finely acuminate
])oints, entire or nearly so, are fairly constant tlii-oughout the range
of plants which I refer to R. coespitosum. Add to this the short and
turgid capsule, with a short but usuall}^ distinct neck, erect or slightly
inclined, and usually slightly curved or asymmetric, not pendulous
and very rarely horizontal, on a seta varying from •7-l'5 cm. in
length, and one has a combination of fruiting characters not found,
I think, in any other species with at all the vegetative characters of
R. coespitosum. The difficulty that does occasionally arise is with
the smaller and more slender forms, where both leaves and perichsetial
bracts tend to be narrower and more finely^ acuminate, with longer
and more pellucid cells, usually correlated with a smaller capsule and

86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

shorter seta ; and here it is certainly at times difficult to decide for or
against their autonomy. L. codspitom Hedw. is one of these forms.
In some of these cases the characters are purely ones of degree, and
taxonomy becomes to a considerable extent a question of taste.

In the considerable list of synonyms I give below I have only made
fresh reductions when I have been able to examine types or original
or well authenticated specimens. A further number, to judge from
the descriptions, especially of S. American species, will certainly have
to be added, but however convincing the description (or poverty of
description) may be, 1 have thought it better to omit all reference to
those of which descriptions alone have been available. I append a
few notes on some of the reduced species.

I have, after some hesitation, desisted from any attempt to group
the various forms under varietal heads. The variations run on so
many lines, and are so little correlated together, that it is practically
impossible to classify the forms except on the basis of a single
character, such as the form of leaf, the acuteness or otherwise of
apex, and so on ; and none of these appear to afford a basis, for any-
thing but a purely artificial classification. One of the most distinct
forms is that represented by H. Dicnemonella (CM.), where plants
of a very small size are accompanied by an unusually obtuse, elliptical
leaf with remarkably wide cells and very small s])orophyte. Several
of the African species which I have reduced come under this head,
but I have also found the same leaf form in some South American
plants not alwaj'^s associated with the same fruiting characters.

11. Kegdiaiium (C. M.), Surinam, Herb. Doz. & Molk., is the
ordinary R. cassjyitosiim, the form with wide homomallous leaves
and i-cither wide cells.

IL Sduloiiia (C. M.), Dusen, No. 87, is a form showing transi-
tion to the '"'' Dicnemonella''' form just referred to. This transition
is still more clearly shown by R. suhcurvulum (C. M.) Broth., coll.
Zenker. R. afvo-demissuni (C. M.) is also certainl}^ the same thing.
C. Mueller, in fact, compares it with R. coespitosum, and is only
able to say for it that it is smaller with quite entire leaves, more
laxly areolate, and smaller capsule. None of these characters would
remove it from R. coespitosiun as understood in this paper. H. JBos-
loelli Geheeb, ex Herb. Bos well, he adds, is very near it.

R. coespitans Schimp., Guadeloupe, I'Herminier, Herb. Schimp.,
is a dense, robust, beautifully golden form, but structurally exhibits
no differences.

R. aguatum (Hampe). This appears to be a very plastic plant.
I first examined the type in Herb. Hampe, coll. Lindig (without
number). This has rather narrow acuminate leaves, with elongate,
rather pellucid cells, and ^^erichsetial leaves very finely filiform-
subulate, like L. ccespitosa as figured by Hedwig. I concluded,
therefore, that it must be distinct. Subsequently, however, I
examined the specimen in Bescherelle's herbarium, No, 213o coll.
Lindig, and found that this was certainly only a small form of
R. coespitosum, with quite normal, widely-pointed perichaetial bracts.
I suspected a mixture, but on further examination I found that the
two insensibly intergrade, and while the bulk of Lindig's plants

RnAPHIDOSTEGTUM C(ESPITOSUM 87

sliow narrow and acuminate loaves, they pass insensibly into the form
represented by No. 2135, and I even detected on Hampe's type a
])ei-icluetiuni wliich was just half-way between the filiform pointed
b)-acts ])re vailing there and the exactly cws2)itosu>?i-l[ke bracts of
JSfo. 2135. It. (((//latum must, therefore, be brought under H. coespi-
fosicm, and with it one or two other species wliich Mrs. liritton has
identified with H. a(jnaium.

R. cuculhdifol'uim (Hampej, type, coll. Lindig. Might well be
the type of 11. coisintoaum, a[)ai't from the entire leaves, and might
well have been collected on Table Mt. !

It. snhsphcericarpum (Hampe & C. M.), type, coll. Glaziou. Has
leaves rather narrowly acuminate and cells somewhat pellucid, but in
all other respects agrees, and M. pulvinale (Hampe), also coll.
Glaziou, forms an admirable connecting link.

B. Catillum (C. M.), coll. Schweinfurth, ex Herb. C. M. in Herb.
Besch., shows a fine varietj" of leaf apex, within the limits of a single
branch ; many being rounded and quite obtuse, but others apiculate,
or acute ; on some branches the leaves are complanate, on others
homomallous.

B.fluminale (C. M.), Cameroons, coll. Dusen, No. ijQ6. Might
well be the type of R. loxense !

R. perlaxum (C. M.), Cameroons, Coll. Dusen. Is simply a
large lax form, such as occurs abundantly in S. American collections
as R. litliopliiltim, &c.

R. inconspicuum (Hornsch.), Brasilia, Rio Grande, ex Herb.
Martii, Herb. Hamp., is simply R. C(£spitosum. The fruit is charac-
teristic. C. Mueller's description in the Synopsis scarcely implies any
difference from R. loxense.

Sematopliyll'um sithnervatum Mitt. I have given this as a sy-
nonym without examination of s.pecimens on the following grounds : —
In the first place, Mitten had evidently been in two minds about
raising it to the rank of a separate species, as he actually cites the
type and only specimen on which it is based, under 8. c(]espitosum,
only four pages earlier ; and in the second place, because the only
difference he suggests as separating it from R. coespitosicm is that
the leaves are " superne angustiora."

So far, then, as I have been able to examine authentic specimens
of the plants of this group, I propose the following synonymy : —

RiiAPHiDOSTEaiUM C(ESPiTOsuM (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumbr. ii. 454

(1875-6).
Hypniim ccespito%um Sw. Prodr. 142 (1788).
Leskea coespitosa Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. iii. 1807 (1806).
H. densifollum Spreng. et H. pallidisetum Brid. Bryol. Univ.

ii. 5^1, fide C. M.
H. lithopliiliim Hornsch. in Mart. Fl. Brasil. i. 84 !
I£. loxense Hook, in Kunth. Syn. PL iEquinoct. i. 62 !
Neckera str((ininea Hornsch. op. cit. p, 54 =.Leshea circinalis

Hampe,/f/e C. M. Syn. ii. 326.
Hypnum inconspicuum Hornsch. op. cit. i. 86 !
H. suhsecundum Arnott, Disp. d. M. Q2.,fide C. M.

88 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

H. oUiquifolium 0. M. in Bot. Zeit. 1S45, p. 110, fde 0. M.

Leskea Daisahoana Mont, in Ann. Sc. Nat. 1845, p. 97 !

L. circinalis Hampe, Ic. Muse. t. 5 !

Hookeria Leduceana Mont. Syll. p. 13, fide Besch. as var.

Leduceanum.
Leskea suhiiinnata Bricl. Bryol. Univ. ii. 289 = /^Ty^^. Keqelianum

C. '^.fi.de C. M. Syn. ii.'325, et E. G. Britton in Biyologist,

xxi. 28.
Kypnum f/alipense C. M. in Bot. Zeit. 18i8, p. 7^0, fide C. M.
H. tovariense C. M. loc. cit.,fide C, M.
Leskea Kegeliana C. M. in Linnaja, 1841, p. 198 !
Hypnum sphcerotlieca C. M. Syn. ii. 333 !
H. Hampeanum C. M. S^m. ii. 32G = iesA'e« circinalis Hampe,

fide C. M.
H. dissolutum Sull. in Proc. Amer. Acad. v. 289 (lSGlj=-S. f/ali-
pense, fide Jaeg.
II. admistiim Sail. op. cit. 1861, j). 289 = ^. agnatum Hampe,

fide E. G-. Britton in lift.
Stereodon tristiculus Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. iii. Suppl.,

p. 102 !
Hypnum cucullatifolium Hampe in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. v. 18G5,

p. 328 !
Sematophyllum lamprophyllinn Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot.

xii. 496 = i2. galipense,fide E. G. Britton in lift.
S. leptothecium Mitt. op), cit. p. 482=^. agiiatum Hampe, fide

E. G. Britton in litt.
Mliynchostegium Ilampei Besch. Prodr. Bryol. Mexican, p. 105 !
Hypnum Lecoultriw Dub. Mem. Phyt. Soc. Geneve, xxiv. 8,

fide Besch.
H. Bobillardii Dub. op. cit. p. ^,fide Besch.
Leucomium Rohillardii Jaeg. Adumbr. p. 540.
R. replicatum Besch. Fl. Bryol. Beunion, etc. p. 158 !
Rhaphidostegium ccespitans Schimp. in Besch. Fl. Bryol. Antill.

Fr. p. 72 !
Potamium homalophyllum Besch. Fl. Bryol. Antill. Fr. p. 52 !
Hypnum aureolum Hampe in Vidensk. Medd. Kjobnhavn, 1877,

p. 736 !
H. pulvinale Hampe, op. cit. p. 735 !
H. suhsphcericarpum Hampe, op. cit. 1874, p. 523.
Rhyncho-Hypnicm suhstrumiferum Hampe, op. cit. 1870, p. 286 !
SematopJiyllum suhnervatuni Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xii.

483.
RTiaphidostegiumfallax Besch. Not. M. Paraguay, n. 270 (1877) !
Hypyium Catillum C. M. in Linnsea, 1875, p. 467 !
H. afro-demissuni C. M. in Abhandl. Brem. vii. 212 !
H, leucostomum Hampe, Enum. M. Brasil, p. 81 !
H. mundemonense Hampe, op. cit. p. 83 !

Rliaphidostegiumfusco-viride Besch. in Rev. Bryol. 1885, p. 19 !
R. glohosum Besch. op. et loc. cit. !

R. ovale Broth, in (E£v. af Finska Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1890, p. 107 !
R. Barnesii Ren. & Card, in Bull. Soc. Roy. Belg. 1890, i. p. 182 !

EHAPHIDOSTEOIUM COiSFITOSUM: 89

Apti/chus lonf/icollisKiimipo ex C. M. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1897,

p. 213.
A. 8e?)utorfulics C. M. o^;. el toe. cit.
R. i^eralare Broth, in Engl, Bot. Jahrb. xx. 200 !
Pterogoniella Stuhlmanni Broth, op. cit. j). 208 !
R.pcrlaxum (C. M.) in Dus. M. Canior. ct Par. Ind. p. 1102 !
U. Dicnemonella (C. M.) Broth, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiv. 273!
R. Saidoma (C. M.) Broth, loc, cit. !
R. subcurvulum (C. M.) Broth, loc. cit. I
R. Jlumiriule (C. M.) Broth, op. cit. p. 27-l< !
R. clinjsotis (C. M.) Broth, loc. cit. !
R gluti)iosum (C. M.) Broth, op. cit. p. 275!
Aptijclius (jrammicarpus C. M. in Malpighia, 1S9G, p. 517!
A. coiiciiinus C. M. op. et loc. cit. p. 275 !

SCHRANKIA MICROPHYLLA.
By James Beitten, F.L.S.

In the Contributions from the Gray Ilerharium, lix. 9 (Sept.
1919) Mr. J. F. Macbride publishes " Schhankia miceophylla
(Dryand.) comb, nov." as the name to be substituted for the plant
usually known as S. angustata Torr. & Gr. I had made the identirt-
cation in a paper on " Smith's Georgian Plants " published in this
Journal for 1898 (p. 301), which Mr. McBride has apparently over-
looked, but had not made the combination — in those days many of
us considered that the first name under the genus should be retained,
and Dryander's description was published under Mimosa. It is, I
think, evident that S. micropliylla stands, but the circumstances
connected with its publication are somewhat peculiar; and as the
historj^ which I gave (/. c.) has been somewhat amplified by further
observation I will recapitulate here what is necessary of the former
note and bring it up to date.

The description in the Natural History of tlie rarer Lepidop-
terous Insects of Georgia, ii. 123 (1797) is prefaced by Smith with
the following heading and note :

" Mimosa miceophylla Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 ined. The plant
in the plate is a species of Mimosa, which will appear in the second
edition of the Hortus Kewensis, and for the following specific
character and synonym of which we are obliged to Mr. Dryander."

Neither name nor description appears in ed. 2 of Hortus Kewensis
(1813), but their place is supplied by SchranJcia uncinata Willd.
(Sp. PL iv. 1043 ;' 1805) whose diagnosis is transcribed, with which
Dryander subsequently identified his species. The history of the
reduction is shown in the page of the Solander MSS. (xxi. 265) from
which the description published by Smith was taken. Although
Dryander was doubtless the sender of this, the MS. shows that
Solander was the author both of the name and of the diagnosis ; each
was founded on a specimen from Bartram, in Banks's herbarium,
which bears the name in Solander's hand. At a later period, Dry-
ander practically rewrote the description, added synonym}^, and
identified the plant with Schrankia uncinata Willd., whose diagnosis

90 THE JOUHXAL OF BOTANY

he adopted, in Horfc. Kew. ed. 2 (v. 25G), where the plant is stated
to have been introduced to the Gasden by Banks in 1789. In the
MS. Daybook of the Banksian Herbarium is an entry in Dryander's
hand showing that the phint was sent from Kew to be named on
Sept. 25, 1789 and was added to the Herbarium, where it now is ; at
the same time Dryander, on the sheet, substituted the name iincinata
for the micropliijlla of Solander. From this somewhat length}^
account, which may not be altogether without interest as showing the
historical value of the National Herbarium, it will be seen that
although the name microplujlla is, from the point of view of publica-
tion, correctly cited as " Dryand. ex Smith," its actual author was
Solander. The reduction of micropliylla to Willdenow's uncinaia
w^as also made by Smith in Rees's Ci/dopcBdia (1815), anticipating
that of Steudel (^1821) cited in Index Kewensis.

How far >S'. uncinata and ^. micropliylla are distinct is a matter
for closer investigation, especially of living plants, than I am able to
undertake. So far as a fairly large series of herbarium specimens
goes, I can see no sufficient differences between them ; Dr. Britton
diagnoses them as "leaflets elliptic, strongly veined" (>S^. uncinata^
and "leaflets linear-oblong, scarcely veined" (/S'. micropliylla), but I
find in the National Herbarium a specimen labelled by him " &. unci-
nata Willd. so far as the leaflets go " which in general appearance
corresponds with 8. micropliylla and was distributed by Rugel
(no. 210) as '' Scliranckia angustata Torr. et Gray [ — micropliylla^
sed foliis eximie venosa." The two are certainly, as Mr. Macbride
says, " closely related " ; it will have been noted that Dryander was
convinced of their identity and that Smith also united them.

Walter's specimen of his Mimosa Intsia appears to belong to
S. micropliylla, with which Dryander (in Sol. MSS.) had already
identified his description. The confusion with Mimosa Intsia L.
dates back to Gronovius (Fl. Virg. 165 : 1743), who unites the
Virginia plant (Clayton, 416) with the description of the Linnean
species in Hort. Cliif . ; the same Lmnean description is quoted by
Gronovius in Fl. Virg. ed. 2, 81 (1762), against which (clearly re-
ferring to the Clayton specimen cited, which we have from Gronovius's
herbanum) Dryander has written " micropliylla " ; his note in Sol.
MSS. shows that he had observed Gronovius's mistake. Mr. Macbride
rio-htly demurs to Mr. Trelease's invention of Sclirankia Intsia,
ba^sed'^as it is on the acceptance, without the slightest investigation,
of Walter's misnomer : it is another example of the mischievous
tendency to create new combinations on insufficient knowledge against
which a protest was entered on p. 62 of this volume.

The foregoing remarks may be thus tabulated : *
ScHRANKiA MiCKOPiiTLLA Macbride in Contrib. Gray Herb. lix. 9
(1919).

Mimosa micropliylla Soland. MSS. xxi. 265 et m Herb. Banks ! ;
'' Dryand." ex Sm. Georgia Insects, ii. 123 (1797).

Mimosa uncinata Diyand. in Soland. MSS. I. c, et in Herb.
Banks !

Mimosa Intsia Walt. Fl. Carol. 252 (1788) et Herb. ! non L.

Sclirankia angustata Torr. & Gray, Fl. Bor. Amor. i. 400 (1840).

SHOET NOTE 91

siioirr NOTE.

Bedfordsiiihe Plajsts. — Last June I met with a small patch of
Carex divisa in a damp pasture by a foot-jiath in Woburn Park,
about a quarter of a mile north of the Abbe}". All the i)lants I saw
were slender in habit, and a})pear to come under the var. cliceto-
'phylla Kiikenthal (6'. clia'tophyUa Steudel), but ripe fruit is needed
to decide the point, and I did not i^-athcr the plant later in the year.
This, so far as I am aware, is the first certain record for Bedfordshire ;
tiiere is no mention of it in Abl)ot's Flora, nor by any subsequent
writer on the plants of the county, and the sedge recorded as this
from Plitwick JVlarsh some 3^ ears ago turned out to be only C. ovalis
{vide specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit.). Inland localities for G. divisa
arc rare — indeed, the i^ritish books do not indicate that it is ever
found far away from the sea. It has, however, been recently gathered
on the banks of the Thames between Putney and Barnes, and I have
also seen specimens obtained in 1878 from near Hampstead Heath. In
the Flora of Middlesex it is mentioned on the authority of L. W.
Dillwyn as being plentiful in the Isle of Hogs. In West Gloucester
it has been found in marshy ])asture near the Wye at Beachley. —
Hypericum duhium Leers. In the autumn of 1918 I saw two or
three plants by the roadside near Little Brickhill, on the borders of
Beds and Bucks. Abbot (Fl. Beds. p. 167) states that it was found
by Mr. Vaux near Luton, but there is no subsequent record. — Cala-
magrostis E^iiyeios, a rare grass in Bedfordshire, was seen last year
in some quantity by the side of a ride in the Woburn Evergreens. —
A. Bruce Jacicson.

KEVIEWS.

Outlines of the History of Botany. By E. J. HARTEY-Giusoii,
D.L., M.A. Hemy 8vo, cloth, pp. x, 274: price \0s. net.
London : A. & C. Black. 1919.

Few works on Botany could he more opportune at the pi-esent
time than this handy volume, and all botanical students will be
grateful to Professor Harvey-Gibson for finding the time, during a
long period of war-work, for putting together such a charming col-
lection of essays on the History of Botany, bringing the subject up to
recent times.

The older standard work on the subject, that of Sachs (1875),
although a classic in its day, stopped short at 1860, and hence fails to
visualize the rapid extension of more modern Botany, notwithstanding
the elegance of the English translation by H. E. Garnsey (1890);
and has even become tedious to read in view of the prosy speculative
and philosophical attitude of the older German writers, with whom it
was more particularly concerned ; while the prolix compilation of
Beynolds Green (1909), written as a sequel to bring it up to 1900,
also fails to supply the deficiency.

Professor Harvey-Gibson's work has the advantage of having been
tried on a class of students, and may be said to be written from the
standpoint of the rising generation, to whom discussion of such

92 THE JOURNAL OF DOTANY

features as Evolution and Epigenesis, Spiral Theory and Metamor-
phosis, or effete systems of classification, have no meaning in view of
the wider outlook available since the time of Darwin, with a more
correct appreciation of what evolutionary morphology really consists
in, as a further introduction to the general principles of systematy,

The new volume is concise, invigorating, and not too long. It
is arranged in twelve chapters, each covering special ground ; the
last three being devoted to the more striking developments since
1900. Earlier chapters show a marked divergence from the stand-
points familiar in Sachs's History, which after all w^as devoted more
particularly to German literature since 1530, and showed a natural
bias for the German School. Thus Theophrastus, as surammg up the
botanic ideas of the Greeks and older civilizations, all largely based on
the isolation and cultivation of plant-types still of primary economic
importance, is given much greater significance ; though this may be
partly due to the accessibility of the admirable translation of the
Greek text by Hort (1916). A similar criticism — that Saclis had
probably not taken the trouble to read the book — applies with equal
force to the dawn of ])lant-anatomy, as represented by the remark-
able volume by Nehemiah Grew (1682) emphasized in Chap. II. No
special interest attaches to the evolution of systems of classification,
when all were about equally wrong; and theoretical s^'stematy could
have little importance so long as the number and variety of forms
described was insufficient to make any generalizations possible. Of
the earlier English systematists Ray is 25i'eferred to Morison ; the
latter is even alluded to as a cantankerous person, though a glance
at the volumes of his Ilistoria, with their numerous copper-
plates and coats of arms of the nobility who paid for them, is very
illuminative of the indomitable perseverance of Morison and of his
worries in publication ; an encumbrance from which Ray was wholly
free. The writings of the great Linnajus are also fitted into their
■just position as finishing off the book-work of his predecessors, and
consolidating the foundations of the science without necessarily adding
anything ne%v ; and similarly the "Natural System" of Jussieu
(1789) is balanced by the even more significant observations of
Sprengel (1795) on the relation between flowers and insects, as open-
ing up one clue to what flowers really mean ; as in other branches of
the science Hales, Priestley, and Ingen-Housz were laying the foun-
dation of the physiology of nutrition.

About one-third of the volume brings the subject up to the
beginning of the nineteenth century, and now several great names
in English Botany receive special attention, as Knight and Robert
Brown ; while it is interesting to get new and breezy estimates of the
work of Schleiden, Von Mohl. and Hofmeister, who lead on to the epoch
culminating in Darwin (1859), for whom the panegyric by Huxley
(p. 135) is appropriately transcribed. Beyond the 'Origin of Species'
we come to times within living memory, hence doubtfully of historical
value; and the rapid extension of the science in every direction cannot
be so readily placed in proper perspective. Such si)eeial departures as
cytology and the study of nuclei, the problems of photosynthesis
and metabohsm of nitrogen, ascent of sap and even stelar theory.

OUTLINES OF THE niSTORY OF BOTANY 93

open up so many new vistas beyond the dreams of older schools, that
tlio subject of Botany attains a wholly new connotation. In summing
up some of the more important lines of development, the author
ingeniously solves the problem by introducing lengthy quotations
from authorities still living ; and thus Bower is made responsible for
views on the origin of antithetic alternation of generations (p. 179),
Scott for the relation of Spermatophyta to Ferns (p. 257), and
Hallier (p. 259) on the relation of Angiosperms to Bennettitae.

The final chapters (since 1900) again emphasize equally new and
striking aspects of the science, as the rise of Mendelism, and conclude
with interesting pronouncements on the remarkable extension of
Fossil Botany, Ecology, Energy Relations, and Sensitivity, as also
the future sj^stematy of Angiosperms. It must not be forgotten that
the History of Botany inchides not only the story of the progression
of the human intellect in approaching the more intimate compre-
liension of a great and independent section of living organism, often
with most imperfect tools ; but is quite as much the record of human
stupidity and perversity, adherence to preconceived ideas, theological,
philosophical, and even in recent times zoological, anything rather
tlian direct appeal to the living plant itself.

Even if one may not be always inclined to agree whole-heartedly
with the author in estimates involving so many conflicting standpoints,
it is a matter of congratulation that an English botanist can have
opinions of his own, and does not mind printing them. Each lecture
has a useful bibliography, restricted to papers which should be within
the reach of students. A useful table expressing the parallel progres-
sion of the different branches of the science, in terms of the leading
lights of the older and more modern world, would have been clearer if
set up in type. The book is neatly got up ; considering the enormous
amount of digestible information, it is not expensive, and it is easy as
well as delightful to read.

A. H. C.

Applied Botany. By G. S. M. Ellis. Pp. i-viii, 1-24S. With
67 figures and 2 maps in the text. Hodder & Stoughton.
4ts. 6d. net.

This beautifully-printed volume, neatly bound in dai-k-green
cloth, is one of " The New Teaching Series of Practical Text-Books "
—a series which, announces the wrapper, " is one of the first-fruits of
the New Humanism, and breathes the inspiration of the hour's
occasion : it strives to build up the New Humanism on the basis of
the student's immediate economic interest and environment."

As to how far the volume before us realizes these lofty ideals we
do not venture an opinion ; but we can say without hesitation that
Mr. Ellis has produced one of the best introductions to botanical
science tliat we have seen. The title, however— devised, doubtless, to
fall in line with the " New Teaching Series,"— is scarcely appropriate.
An intelligent student of farming, having studied the*^ book, might
liave some claim to a knowledge of the broad general principles of
Botany, and be prepared to assimilate rM])idly higher branches of the
subject ; but his studies would not heljj him tu improve his crops by
any application of his knowledge.

94 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY

Mr. Ellis has, in a high degree, the enviable gift of a simple,
very readable style. The sentences are short and well-balanced ; tlie
chapters end before the reader tires ; he is reminded of lyndall in
his most juvenile vein. But the simple stvle is always attended by
the risk of misleading, if not actuall}^ inaccurate, explanation. From
the first page, for example, we learn that, by means of chlorophyll,
green plants " are able to manufacture ,/ro;;i the air ihe f oodwiih
which to build up their tissues '' : and frequentlj' through the first
ten chapters " food " occurs when *' carbohydrate -food " is correct.
The essential idea of photosynthesis — /. e., union by means of light,
chemical combination of atmospheric carbon dioxide with soil-water
by means of the radiant energy of the sun— cannot be insisted upon
too early nor too clearly in a book which has for the title of its first
chapter the ideal one of "The Living Plant."

The first five chapters deal principally with the water-factor ;
and the wa}^ is prepared, with admirable skill, for the elements of
ecology, into which we find ourselves faii'ly launched in chapters vi,
vii. In obedience, perhaps, to the student's " economic interest and
environment," the next six are devoted to the soil alone. Chapter xiv,
on *' Cultivation and Manuring," approaches " Applied Botany "
more nearl}^ than any other section of the book ; but it comprises
only ten pages. In the next two chapters the subjects of Energy,
Respiration, and Food are treated with remarkable skill and lucidity ;
they are followed by chapters upon Germination, Growth, and
Movement ; we could wish to see explained more clearly and at
length the distinction between Monocot3dedones and Dicotyledones
in the matter of secondary'" growth and its relation to the morphology
of the leaf and its base. Chapter xx, on Vegetative Keproduction,
introduces budding and grafting : after a short chapter on " Some
Simple Types," the remainder of the book is devoted to fiowering
plants, seed-dispersal, variation, evolution, and classification, treated
in much the same way as in other elementary text-books.

The badly reproduced pictures are not pretty to look at ; but
they appear in most cases to be original, and illustrate precisely the
points at issue and no more. What more can a picture do ?

Altogether Mr. Ellis is to be congratulated upon the making of a
valuable addition to the literature of Elementary Botanv.

' H. F. W.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Whe]!«' it was recognized, about three years ago, that thei-e was
no prospect of holding an International Botanical Congress in the
near future, the Organizing Committee for the Congress which was
to have been held in London in 1915 asked that their Executive
Committee would re-open the matter of a Botanical Congress after
the war, when the time seemed favourable. The Executive Com-
mittee have recently considered the possibility of holding in London
a British Congress, at which botanists from the overseas dominions
might meet their colleagues at home and discuss subjects of common
interest. The programme would be wide, including the various

BOOK-l^OTES, IfEWS, ETC. 95

applications o£ botany as Avell as the pure science. A circular letter
sent to representative overseas botanists elicited replies in favour of
holding such a Congress. The matter was considered at a meeting of
British botanists at the Linnean Society's rooms on January 28, and
a circular letter has also been sent to a number of botanists who were
unable to be present at that meeting. In view of the somewhat
divided opinion among home botanists as to the desirability of
holding a Congress in the present year, and having in mind a sugges-
tion from a prominent overseas official botanist as to the advisability
of holding a British Botanical Congress simultaneously with the
proposed British Empire Exhibition in September 1921, the Execu-
tive Committee have recommended postponement until that date.

The Essex Naturalist (xix. part 2 ; July 1919-Feb. 1920) con-
tains an interesting paper by Mr. Percy Thompson " On an Annotated
Copy of liichard Warner's PlantcB Woodfordienses .'''' Mr. Thomp-
son shows that the notes are in the hand of Benjamin Meggot Forster
(1764-1829), whose plants are in the collection of his better-known
brother Edward, now incorporated in the British Herbarium at
Cromwell Road. The history of the volume is traced, and the MS.
additions are printed, with facsimiles of two pages of Warner's book
and two of B. M. Forster's letters ; the whole is the result of full
and careful investigation. The part also contains the conclusion of
Mr. Miller Christy's paper on Samuel Dale, and a Presidential Address
" On some Water-Plants " by Miss Lister — an excellent example of
a paper which is at once popular, scientific, and of local interest.
We note that Alisma natans " grows in more than one of the
[Epping] Forest j)oiid^s, introduced probably by the agency of a
botanist" — the same, it may be assumed, who was responsible for
the introduction of Actinocarjms to various localities. Mr. Henry
Whitehead has a note on the Huhl in the Essex herbarium. An
account of the October fungus foray contains the description of a
new species — Marasmius ohtiisifolius Rea.

We have received, somewhat late for notice, two papers published
by M. E. L. Gerbault in the Bull. Soc. d' Agriculture Sciences et
Arts de la Sarthe which should be of interest to British botanists.
The earlier (1916) deals with Sedum micrantlium Bast., which has
been usuallj^ considered by British authors (Hooker, Babington, etc.)
as a variety of 8. album, but in Lond. Cat. ed. 10 was raised to the
rank of a species. M. Gerbault shows that the two plants may be
satisfactorily distinguished by habit, leaves, and flowers, and adds
figures explaining the text. S. micrantlium differs from S. album
in being smaller in all its parts, by its more spreading dichotomy, its
shorter blunter and less compressed leaves, more rounded sepals and
more globular buds, smaller seeds, etc. In vol. xlvi. (1917-18) the
author treats exhaustively of the forms of Uanunculiis refens, of
which he distinguishes six subspecies : Bernao'dii, latifolius^ Des-
portesianus, angustifoliiis, scriptus and reptahundus — the last
already described as a species by Jordan, lately admitted as British.
Distinguishing characters are taken from habit, leaves, hairs, sepals,
petals, nectaries and stamens ; the author has gone very carefully
into the more minute differential points, as to which the sketches and
plates are of great assistance. — C. E. S.

96 THE .TOUENAL OF BOTANT

Elementary Notes on the Beproduction of Angiosperms, by
A. H. Church, M.A. (Oxford University Press ; Botanical Memoirs,
No. 5. 2s. net.), contains the schedules often lectures, each occupy-
ing the two sides of a page, which cover every aspect of the subject,
the last lecture treating even of hybridization. Seldom have w^e
seen so much information crowded into so small a compass ; the
*' notes," in fact, would make an excellent resume upon which to base
an exhaustive detailed account, a volume of a thousand pages.
'* Cram-books " — and the one before us recalls analyses of Political
Science and Paley's Evidences of ante-" Prehm." days — need an
apology; and Dr. Church has provided one concluding his lecture-
schedules, which he heads, significantly " Minimum Botany." The
least we can say of this production is that we are inclined to envy
the students who had the privilege of hearing Dr. Church's lectures. —
H. F. W.

The Eleventh Report of the Botany Committee of the Devonshire
Association for the Advancement of Science, edited by Mr. Hiern,
contains an account of what has been published recently on the flora
of the county in which the papers by Mr. C. P. Hurst and
Miss Lister in this Journal for 1919 are summarised and the additions,
including crvptogams, made by local observers for each district are
chronicled. The Poppies and Violets of the Torquay district have
received much attention, and Miss Larter records a curious form of
Gornus sanguinea " with long drooping racemes formed by the gall
Oligotrophus Oorni ; they had the appearance of ivory flowers
depending from the stems."

Two years ago we quoted from the Evening News some verses on
the Coltsfoot, as commemorating a plant whose praises were not often
sung. The same justification applies in at least equal degree to the
Groundsel, to whom the same author has now, in the same paper
(Feb. 16), dedicated the following :

** The groundsel is a homely fellow
Who seldom gets his due.
Who cares if his small flag of yellow

Flies all the winter through ?
He has no claim to strength or grace,
No subtle charm of form or face.
" But in this year of springtime wonder
Companions brave as he
Who push the prison bars asunder

And, daring to be free,
Attract all eyes and leave him more
Neglected than he was before.
*' And is the groundsel, then, dejected ?
No, splendid little chap,
'Tis only just what he expected.

He doesn't care a rap !
He is contented that he yields
The richest crop on fallow fields.

C. E. B."

"JOURHAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers Avill thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in
the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and
it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may
be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses,
Mr. Eiddelsdell's Flora of Glamorf/anshire, Mr. Dallman's Notes on
the Flora of Benhighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement
to ' Topographical Botaug: Of the Supplements to the Biographi-
cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this
to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhgs 'English
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are the Index Abecedarius — a list of the plants in the first
edition of Linnieus's Species Plantariun, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, Avhich has no index of species ; the
History of Alton s ' Kortiis Keivensis,' which contains much in-
formation as to the autliors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, whicli, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linna3us's Flora Anglica — the first
Enghsh Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature: of all these

tliere are numerous copies.

[Over.

Just Published. Bemxj Svo, Cloth. Pp. x, 140. Price 10/6 net.

The Flora of Chepstow. By w. A. Shoolbred, m.r.c.s.

r.L.s., r.ii.H.s. With Map of the Chepstow Area.

Enumeration and records of plants observed in an area consisting of part of Watson'
' Topographical Botany ' Vice-Counties 34 (W. Gloster) and 35 (Monmouthsliire).

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.G. 4

AUTOGRAPH LETTERS OF BOTANISTS
AND BIOLOGISTS WANTED,

in Exchange or otherwise.

•H. S. THOMPSON, 33 Southleigh Road, Cliftoi^, Bristol

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OP BOTAJS'Y, BRITISH MUSEUM.

The JouRis-AL of Botany Avas estabhshed in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.-Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 pp. 3s.

25 ,, ,., ... 4s.

50 „ „ 5s.

100 „ „ 7s.

Separ

4 pp. 4s. 6d.

„ 5s. Od.

„ 6s. Od.

„ 8s. Od.

ate Titles, Pla

8 pp. 7s.
„ 8s.
„ 9s-. .
„ 10s. U.
fces, and Specia

12 pp. 9s. 16 pp. 10s. &d.
„ lis. 6d. „ 13s.
„ 12s. 6d. „ 14s.
„ 14s. „ 15s. 6d.
1 Wrappers extra.

TAYLOR & FRA:^

^CIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Sis Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. ^1 10s. Od. each ^1 12s. Od. each"]

Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ : 10 0 „ [net.

Eighth-page 76 70 „ 6 6 „J

All applications for space to be made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

97

THE BOTANY OF THE MAROCCAN MIDDLE ATLAS.
Bt L. V. Lester-Garland, M.A., F.L.S.

In the summer of 1919 Captain Hubert Lynes, K.N., thanks to
the assistance of General Lvautey, the Governor of French Marocco,
was enabled to make a stay of ten weeks at Azrou, a jpoate militaire
about 70 km. S.E. of Meknez, on the lower slopes of the Middle Atlas
range. His first object was to study the birds, but he also made a
collection of plants which he has kindly presented to the Herbarium
of the British Museum (Natural Historj^). In view of the inaccessi-
bility of the Atlas owing to the hostility of the Berber tribes — even
in the daytime Captain Ljmes was not allowed to explore the neigh-
bourhood without an armed guard — it seems desirable to publish a
list of the plants which he brought home, some of which are of
considerable interest.

The plants all came from what may be described as the middle
zone of the range, betvveen 4000 and 6000 feet. An account of the
geology and topography of the district will be found in Captain Lynes'
paper "On the Ornithology of the Maroccan Middle Atlas" iii the
Ihis for January, 1920. It must suffice here to give one or two of
the main features. Immediately above Azrou there is an abrupt
incline of about 2000 feet, which is more or less densely covered with
forest. At about 6000 feet this is succeeded by a considerable plateau,
the greater part of which is devoid of trees, but which is studded in
places Math '* volcanic kopjes " on which Cedars grow and extinct
craters which are richly clothed with vegetation. The plateau in
places succeeds the forest zone abruptly ; in other places there is an
intermediate region of " barrens " and scrub. The slope consists
chiefly of Jurassic limestone, the plateau " almost entirely of volcanic
tufa and basalt."

The plants in the following list have been divided into four groups
according to their distribution : (1) Those which reach Mid or even
North Europe ; (2) Widespread Mediterranean species; (3) "Local,"
i. e. those only found at the extreme west of the Mediterranean
region ; (4) Endemic in Marocco or the Atlas. The order followed
is that of Engler and Prantl : —

Taxus haccafa L. Edge of barrens, uncommon. (Mid Eur.)
Cedrus atlantica Manetti. 5000-6000 ft., abundant. (Endemic.)
Junil^eriis Oxycedrus L. (Medit.)

J. phoenicea L. Barrens, 6100 ft. A few trees. (Medit.)
Dactylis gJomerafa L., Poa jyrafensis L., P. hnlhosa L., Festuca

arundinacea Schreb. ? Common on the plateau. (Mid Eur.)
Festuca indigesta Boiss. Plateau, 6200 ft. (Local.)
Hay rial din liordeacea Hackel. Plateau, 6200 ft. (Endemic.)
Tuli/pa Celsiana Redoute. Limestone, edge of upper forest.

(Medit.)

Scilla hispanica Mill. Mid forest tapis. (Local.)
Ornithoyalum umhellatum L. Plateau, (Mid Eur.)
Muscari neylectum Guss. Mid forest. (Medit.)
Journal of Box-iNy. — Vol. 58. [April, 1920.] h

98 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

Gladiolus segetum Ker. Common up to 750U ft. (Meclit.)

Orchis mnscula L. Forest, common, (Mid Eur.)

O. jpapilioiiacea 1a. ,, (Medit.)

Ophrys ieniliredinifera Willd. (Medit.)

Bumex Acetosa L. forma. Forest clearings. (Mid Eur.)

Quercus Ilex L. Forest. (Medit.)

Cerastiam arvense L. (Two forms.) Plateau. (Mid Eur.)

Eudianthe (Silene) Coeli-rosa Keich. var. aspera Poir. (Medit.)

Silene fiiscata Link. Forest. (Medit.)

Dicmthus virgiiieus L. Foot-hills and barrens. (Mid Eur.)

PcBonia corallina Ketz. var. coriacea (Boiss.). Mid forest.

(Local var.)

Ranunculus cTiwrophyllus L. f. Plateau. (Medit.)
Sarcocapnos crassifolia DC. Rocks, locally abundant. (Local.)
Fumaria caiweolata L. var. alhijlora. Lower slopes. (Mid Eur.)
Biscutella frutescens Coss. Limestone rocks in upper forest.

(Local.)

Iheris taurica DC. Mid forest. (Medit.)

Isatis tinctoria L. On tufa. Timadit volcano, 6200 ft. (Mid

Eur.)

Arahis alhida Stev. Upper forest. (Medit.)

Erysimum australe J. Gay. Plateau. (Mid Eur.)

Alyssum montanum L. Mid forest tapis. (Mid Eur.)

A.' alpestre L. On limestone, 6100 ft. (Mid Eur.)

Beseda hcteolaJj.i. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit volcano. (Mid

Eur.)

Asfrocarpus Olusii J. Gay. Volcanic rocks. Plateau. (Medit.)

Sedum album L. Uj^per forest. (Mid Eur.)

SaxiJ'raya granidata L. var. atlantica B. & R. Forest. (Mid

Eur.)

>S'. glohulifera Desf. Rocks in upper forest. (Local.)

Bibes Grossularia Jj. Mid forest. (Mid Eur.)

Bines torminalis Mill. ,, ,,

CrafcBgus monogyna Jacq. Abundant on the " barrens." (Mid

Eur.)

Botentilla hispanica Zimm. Gorge in forest. (Local.)

Brunus prostrafa linh. Crater on the plateau. (Medit.)

B. Malaheb L. Upper forest. (Mid Eur.)

Genista ulicina Spach. Lower forest. (Endemic.)

G. pseudo-pilosa Co&s. Abundant on the plateau. (Local.)

Cytisus Battandieri Maire. Among the cedars. (Endemic.)

Anthyllis vulneraria L. f. LTpper forest edge. (Mid Eur.)

Astragalus (§ Tragacantlui) sp. Timadit volcano. Abundant.

Coronilla valentina L. All altitudes. (Medit.)

Onobrychis sativa L. f. Barrens. (Mid Eur.)

Lathy rus {Orobus) canescens Gren. & Godr. Limestone in upper

forest. (Medit.)

Vicia te?iuifolia Roth. (Mid Eur.)

V. onobrychoides L. Forest. (Medit.)

V. erviformis Boiss. f. Forest, 4800-5700, ft., common. (Local.)

Geranium malvcejlorum Boiss. Forest, common. (Local.)

THE BOTAXT OF THE MAllOCCAX .MIDDLE ATLAS 09

G.molleJj. (Mid Eur.)

J^rodium mauretanicum Coss. & I)ur. Ain Leuk, 5000 ft.

(Endemic.)

Liiiuui temie Desf. Foot-hills, 4400 ft. (Local.)

Eupliorhia niccBensis All. Volcanic kopje, 6200 ft. (Medit.)

Ilex AquifoUum L. Mid forest, abundant. (Mid Eur.)

Acer munspessiilcmum L. Upper forest. (Mid Eur.)

Fistacia Terehinthus L. Lower slope. (Medit.)

JSLalope malacoides L. (Medit.)

Malva Tournefortiana L. Lower slopes. (Local.)

Hypericum montanum L. Upper forest clearings. (Mid Eur.)

II. perforatum \^. Foot-hills. (Mid Eur.)

Cist us laurifolius L. Upper clearings and kopjes. (Medit.)

IleJianthemum glaucum ]ioh^. Common. (Medit.)

Halimium Lilanofis Lange. Common in the forest. (Local.)

Tuheraria guttata Gross, var. plantaginea (Willd.). (Mid Eur.)

Lythrumflexuosum Lag. Forest. (Medit.)

Sanicula europcea L. Forest tapis. (Mid Eur.)

Anar/allis liiii folia L. var. colliiia (Schousb.). Forest clearings.

(West Medit.)

JasmirLumfruticans L. Lower forest. (Medit.)

Erythrcea major Hoffm. & Link. Among Ilex scrub. (Medit.)

Convolvulus althcBoides L. Oj^en forest. (Medit.)

Cuscuta Epithymum^vn. Barrens: on Thymus. (Mid Eur.)

Ci/uoylossum cheirifolium L. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit.

(Medit.)

Onosma echioides L. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit. (Mid Eur.)

Teucrium Folium L. var. Terrace, 4700 ft. (Medit.)

Nepeta reticulata Desf. Barrens. (Local.)

Salvia lanigera Poir. Forest. (Medit.)

Calamintha alpina L. var. parviflora Ball. Plateau. (? Endemic

var. )

Thymus ciliatus Benth. Lower forest. (Local.)

T hirtus Willd. ? Plateau. (Local.)

T. zygis L. Lower slopes. (Local.)

Atropa Belladonna L. Upper forest clearings. (Mid Eur.)

Scropthularia canina L. Timadit volcano. (Mid Eur.)

Linaria heterophylla Desf. Upper forest and plateau. (Medit.)

Veronica rosea Desf. ? Plateau.

Bartsia Trixago L. Lower slopes. (Medit.)

Galium lucidum All. Terrace. (Medit.)

Asperula hirsuta Desf. Forest. (Local.)

Sambucus Ehulus L. Forest. (Mid Eur.)

Viburnum Tinus L. Forest. (Medit.)

VLantanaL. Mid forest. (Mid Eur.)

Lonicera implexa L. Lower forest. (Medit.)

L. arborea Boiss. Forest. (Local.)

Centranthus Calcitrapa L. Plateau. (Medit.)

Knautia nrvensis Koch? Barrens. (Mid Eur.)

Campanula Trachelium L. Glabrous form. Mid forest. (Mid

Eur.)

H 2

100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Traclielium angustifolium Schousb. Azrou mamelon. (Local.)
JBellium rotundifolium DC. Damp places in forest. (Local.)
Selichrysum lacteum Coss. & Dur. Plateau. Abundant.

(? Endemic.)

Andryala integrifolia L. Lower slopes. (Medit.)

Achillea ligustica All. Mid forest glade. (Medit.)

Senecio giganteus Desf. Bj a stream. "Stem four inches in

diameter." (Endemic.)

Centaiirea pullata L. (Yellow flowers.) Open forest and

plateau. (Local.) ,

a axillaris Willd. Plateau. (Mid Eur.)

C. salmantica L. Volcanic kopje. (Medit.)

Kentropliyllum lanatum DC. Terrace. (Medit.)

Galactites tomentosa Mancli. „ ,,

Catananche coerulea L. Esp. on volcanic kopjes. (Medit.)

CicJiorium Intyhus L. var. Terrace, among wheat. (Mid Eur.)

Perhaps the most remarkable feature of this list, so far as it goes,
i« the large proportion of species characteristic of the hill districts of
Central Europe. Hooker and Ball noted the same fact in connection
with the mountain flora of the Great Atlas further south. It may
therefore be regarded as definitely established that there is a very
close connection between the flora of the whole range and that of the
hills and mountains of Europe.

The botany of the Lesser Atlas and the other mountain-masses of
Algeria is pretty well known, thanks to the researches of Battandier and
Trabut ; and all the plants found by Captain Lynes, with the exception
of nine or perhaps ten, are recorded by those authors in their Flore de
V Algerie. On the other hand, all we know of the flora of the Great
Atlas is derived from Hooker and Ball's Journal o^ a Tour in
Marocco and the Great Atlas (1878), and a collection of plants
made by J. Thomson in 1888 which is preserved at Kew. Of the
plants recorded in Ball's paper on "The Mountain Flora of Two
Valle^'S in the Great Atlas " in Appendix G to the Journal, only 88
were refound by Captain Lynes in the Middle Atlas, and only 25
of Thomson's list. It should, however, be remembered that both
Ball and Thomson were able to penetrate into the upper regions above
6000 feet, which Captain Lynes found it impossible to reach.

The following plants require a special note : —

Potentilla hispanica Zimm. This is the plant which Willkomm
and Lange call P. pennsylvanica L., and has been recorded under that
name from Southern Spain and Marocco. But Wolf in his Mono-
graph of Potentilla has shown that this was a mistake, and that
there are three related, but distinct, plants with different areas of
distribution: — (1) P. pennsylvanica L. North America and East
Siberia. (2) P. sibirica Wolf. Asia. (3) P. hispanica Zimm.,
which is found in South Spain (1500-1800 metres), and the moun-
tains of Algiers, Marocco, and Abyssinia, with a variety in the
Caucasus. The material at the British Museum and at Kew bears
out his conclusions. It is a very showy species.

Gytisus Battandieri K. Maire (Kecherches forest. Nord. Afr.

THE BOTANY OF THE MAROCCAN MIDDLE ATLAS 101

1915, p. 72, plate ; Battandier, Contrib. FL Atlant. p. 25) is another
remarkably tine plant with drooping racemes of large flowers and
silvery leaves, of which no specimen seems to have existed in this
country up to the present time. Captain Lynes informs me that it
grows among the cedars and springs up in great quantities where
there has been a clearing or after a fire.

Erythrcea major Hoffm. & Link is a plant of the type of E. ramo-
sissima Pers., but is distinguished by the larger, deeper-coloured
flowers, with a longer corolla tube and more deeply-divided limb with
acute segments. The anthers are exserted, and after dehiscence
contract into a very elegant spiral coil.

Veronica ? rosea Desf. I have seen no specimen, and suggest
the name with some diffidence ; but judging from the description the
plant appears to correspond very closely to what Battandier and
Trabut understand by V. rosea.

BRITISH RUBI, 1900-1920.
By THE Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell.

This paper is an attempt to summarize the changes in our ideas
about Ruhus (in Britain) which have taken place since Mr. Rogers
published his Handbook.' In the majority of cases, the changes are
directly due — so far as English botanists are concerned — to his work ;
the remainder have always been made under his guidance and with
his consent.

My aim is simply to reduce these changes, most of which find
their record in this Journal, to convenient shajje for M'orking purposes.
Mr. Rogers some months ago kindly expressed complete approval of
the plan, and indeed lent me his interleaved Handbook, which con-
tains all the material and references here grouped. The paper, there-
fore, does nothing more than mention new forms, revisions of nomen-
clature and arrangement, corrections in description, and the like,
belonging to the last twenty years. The distribution question is
hardly touched. The tenth edition of the London Catalogiie, of
course, marks a stage in the process of development which is here
sketched. There is nothing original in the paper, but it is hoped
that it may enable workers in JRubus — now, alas, too few ! — to carry
on with greater ease.

The numbers referred to are those of the Handbook : any number
followed by " a " indicate a species not in the Handbook and the
position which it should hold in the list : —

6. R. plicatus Wh. & N. var. he7nistemon {(jenQY.)=:pseudo-
liemistemon Focke. Journ. Bot. 1905, pp. 73, 199.

7. R. JsriTiDUS Wh. & N. subsp. opacus Focke becomes a full
species. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 180. In the description of sepals delete
" greyish-green.''''

9. For R. integribasis P. J. Muell. read R. c^eesiensis Sudre
& Gravet var. integribasis Rogers (non P. J. Muell. ?). Journ. Bot.
1914, p. 179.

102 THE JOURNAL OF J50TAXY

13. R. IMBEICATUS Hort. Add var. londinensis Rogers. See
Journ. Bot. 1903, pp. 89, 90. It is the form of the Sin-rey commons
mentioned at the end of the last paragrapli (Ilaudhook) under 13.

13 a. R. CASTRENsis W.-Dod. Journ. Bot. 1906, pp. 63, 64.

14. R. CARPiNiFOLius Wh. & N. The jmn., when well-developed,
often has a considerable ultra-axillary part, though rarely equalling a
quarter of the whole.

15. R. INCURYATUS Bab. The cordate term. It. is rare except
in mature Is. of exceptionally strong plants : tlie term. It. is more
often entire or emarginate.

Add var. subcarpinifolius Rogers MS. This is the Upper Wye
A^allev form (see Handbook, p. 28) : described in Journ. Bot. 1899,
p. 194.

17. For R. ERrxHRTNUs Genev., read R. argenteus Wh. & N.
See Journ. Bot. 190-5, p. 200.

19. R. RHAMNiFOLius Wh. & N. subsp. Baheri. Add. f. elon-
gata Rogers. See Journ. Bot. 1906, pp. 358, 9; 1891, pp. 240, 1.

20. R. XEMORALis F. J. M. After var. Silurum, add var. or f.
corjiuhiensis Rogers MS. Ls. c/reenish-whife (and ? felted) beneath.
Lts. plicate, convex. Pan. elongate, cylindrical. Ls. rather small,
with more truncate and irregularly-toothed top. Pan. usualh^ without
simple lloral Is., but with many short-stalked glands. Newquay
district, N. Cornwall, abundant. See Journ. Bot. 1909, p. 174.

Var. f/lahrafus Bab. *' Pan. . . . less leafy above." For this,
read " ultra-axillary part elongate cylindrical lax, usually without
lanceolate simple leaflet at top. though lower down with 1 to 4 ovate
or subrotund ones."

21. R. ScHEUTZTi Lindeb. Stem is subglabrous or glabrous.

22. R. DUMiSONiENsis Bab. Add var. cordatifoliiis Rogers MS.
See Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 86, and remarks in Handbook, p. 32 (on
Channel Island form). This var. has a pan. with 1 or 2 simple Is.
Avith deeply cordate base.

24 ^^ R. LACUSTRis Rogers. See Journ. Bot. 1907, p. 9.

26. R. YTLLTOAULis Koehl. Sub.sp. Selmeri and subsp. rJioml/-
foliiis are both given specific rank.

Add. var. )neqastachi/s W.-Dod (of R. rJiombifoIii/s Weihe).
See Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 64.

27. R. GRATUS Focke. Panicle irregular, dense above, lax below,
often fairly cylindrical at first.

Add var. sciaphi.lus Lange ; it is the Slesvig plant described in
Hdiidbooh, p. 37. Found by Ley in Breconshire and Herefordshii-e.

30. R. THTRSOTDEUS Wimm. Add var. viridescens Roo:ers MS.
Journ. Bot. 1909, p. 174, B. E. C. Rep. 1904, p. 17, Wats. E. C.
Rep. 1917-8. Leaves greener, narrower, soon bare beneath. Term.
It. cufipidaff'-acnmte, soniewhat obovate, nearly parallel-sided, often
cordate. Pan. strongl}' branched, with wavy rachis, large uJira-
axillary part, and strung falcate prk. R&t. pjiirpUsh.

31. For R. ARGEXTATUS P. J. Muell. read R. Godeoxi Lee. &
Lam. See Journ. Bot. 1905, p. 201.

Add var.foliolatns Rogers & Ley. Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 58.

35. For jS. ngricof Focke var. liesperius Rogers read R. iies-

BRITISH RUBT, 1900-1920 103

PERius Rogers. Now treated by Focke as a distinct species. Joiirn.
I3ot. 1914, p. 181.

35 a. R. ciiTiOROTHYRSUS Focke. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 207.
Derbyshire.

38. R. QuESTiERn Lefv. & MiielL Delete last sentence; the
Co. Down form Is now described as i?. Lei til Rogers.

42. H. oiiTHOCLADOS Ley. Stem Is hairy or subglabrous, polished.
On the suggested hybrid origin of -H. orthoclados, see Journ. Bot.
1914, pp. i81, 2.

43. For R. micans Gren. & Godr. read R. htpoleucus Lefv. &
Muell. Journ. Bot. 1905, p. 202.

44. R. HiRTiFOLius Muell. & WIrtg. For var. danicus (Focke)
read var. orhlfolius (Lefv. exs.) Boulay in Rouy & Cam. Fl. Fr. vi. 22 :
for var. mollissimus (Rogers) read var. suhcamis P. J. Muell. in
Boulay, Rone. Vosg. p. 34,' No. 27 (1866). Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 204.

45. R. iRicus Rogers. Add var. or f. minor Rogers MS. Stem
densely hairy. Lts. rather small and narrow, with nearly parallel
sides and more deeply incised Irregular teeth towards the point. Pan.
narrower, much less robust, and more nearly pja-amldal in outline,
usually considerably glandular above. See Journ. Bot. 1910, p. 318.

47. R. LEUCOSTACHrs. Read " Sm. (not Schleich.)."

For var. qymnostachys Genev. read macrothyrsus J. Lange.
Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 203.

48. R. LASiocLADOS Fockc var, longus Rogers & Lev. Journ.
Bot. 1906, p. 58.

Before 49 add [R. egregtus Focke] var. plymensis Focke, var. nov.
Near Plymouth. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 204.

49 «. R. Lettii Rogers. Journ. Bot. 1901, p. 381.

53 a. R. mucrojStatoides Ley. Handbook^ p. 55, 1. 8 from
bottom. Journ. Bot. 1907, p. 446.

55. R. ANGLOSAXONicus Gclcrt subsp. vestitiformis. Read
" Prk. man}^ unequal, rather scattered." Note : remarkable for its
range of variation from type anglosaxonicus to leucostachys. Usually
(much) nearer to the latter in general aspect, though with different
armature and flowers and rather less hairy stem. — W. M. R., Sept.
1913.

56. For R. melanoxylon Muell. & Wirtg. read R. ruRYicoLOR
Focke. Endemic. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 206.

60. R. Drejert G. Jensen var. hihernicus Rogers. Delete
" roundish " In description of term. It.

Add var. dunensis Rogers. Journ. Bot. 1901, pp. 382, 3. This
covers the " more strongly-armed allied forms " of Handbook, p. 63.

61. R. RADULA Weihe subsp. sertijiorns (P. J. Muell.) is removed
to the sub-KoehlerianI as a subspecies of B. ericetorum Lefv. ; see
Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 59. The " nearly allied form in 3 Scottish
Counties" {HandbooJc, pi 64) is var. scoticus Rogers & Ley. (Journ.
Bot. 1906, p. 60) placed also under R. ericetorum.

64. R. oiGGCLABUS. For " Muell. & Lefv. ? " read '* Rogers." It
is not Muell. & Lefv.'s plant. Journ. Bot. 1914, pp. 205, 6.

Var. Newhonldii is of Rogers, not of Bab. Journ. Bot. 1905,
p. 364.

104 THE .TOUilXAL OF BOTANY

Yar. Bloxamiamis Colem. Delete " rather short " in description
of panicle.

(37 flf. R. PR.ERUPTORUM Bah. (not Boul. ?) : see Ilandhool',
p. 09, 1. 4 from top.

68. R. MELAN'ODERMis Focke. Delete "short " in description of
panicle branches.

(39. R. Babingtonii Bell-Salt. Remove var. i^hifUothyrsus
(F rider).

(o^a. Add R. festtyus Muell. S: Wirtg.. which covers some of
the plants formerly put ww^tiY phyllothyrsus (Frider). Journ. Bot.
19U, p. 207.

70. R. Lejeunei Wh. & N. var. ericetorum (Lefv.) is made a
species. Under it are placed var. cuneafus Rogers & Le^^, suhsp.
sci'fijlonis (P. J. Muell.) and its var. sco//cws Rogers & Lev. Journ.
Bot. 1906, pp. 59, 60.

72. R. mutabilis Genev. Add var. Naldretti AVhite. Journ.
Bot. 1908, pp. 24, r)9. Wats. E. C. Rep. 1906-7.

Between 75 and 76 comes R. glareosus Rogers & Marshall.
Journ. Bot. 1912, pp. 309, 374. Mr. Rogers's re-arrangement of
species there proposed is not here reproduced, because it is absent
from his interleaved Handbook, and apparently was not brought into
practical use bj him when he was in active work.

79. R. LONGiTHYRSiGER Bab. var. botryeros Focke is raised to
specific rank.

81 a. R. noRRiDTCAULTS P. J. Muell. Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 60.

84. R. KoEiiLEKi Wh. & N. subsp. dasyphyllus Rogers is made
a full species. It is not endemic : Mr. Rogers has seen specimens
from Denmark.

92. On R. iiiRTUS Waldst. & Kit. var. mimifiJJnnis (P. J. Muell.).
Mr. Rogers (1914) notes " Perhaps it had best be omitted from our
British list."

93. R. ACUTTFROXS Lev. Add var. ampJifrons Ley. Journ.
Bot. 1902, p. 69.

98. R. DUMETORUM Weihc. Between /^ro.r and hrltaniiicus add
A'ar. triangularis Ley. Journ. Bot. 1902, p. 70.

Before fuberculatus add var. rad id if 'or mis Lev. Journ. Bot.
1904, p. 120.

99. R. CORYLIFOLTUS Sm. For var. cydopliyUus substitute var.
conjungens Bab.

Add form c, calcareics Rogers MS. ; distinct from both (a) sub-
lustris and (b) conjungens. Stem uniformly angled and more con-
spicuously so than in conjungens, though slenderer than in either
a or /;. Prk. as in b with stout base, but usually fewer and more
strictly contined to angles. L. 5-nate. Term. It. ovate-acuminate,
narrow, with close finely-pointed teeth as in a, but neither lobate
towards point nor cleft at base. Usually wholh^ eglandular.

Apparently the prevailing corylifolian in the Cotteswolds, from
about 200' to over 7(30' alt., between Cheltenham eastward to King-
ham, and Aston-sub-Edge southward to Foss Cross. Fui-ther obser-
vations in other limestone districts may be necessary- for decision as
to its value as a distinct form or var. Connected bv a few inter-
mediates with a and &.-W. M. R., 1913.

TROPICAL AMERTCAX RUETACE^ 105

TROPICAL AMERICAN RUBIACE^.— XIII.
By H. F. Wernham.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, Supplement (Manettia).)

The Geis'us Coupoui.

At the end of liis Hisfoire des Planfes de la Ginnne Francohe
(1775), Aiiblet adds a sujjplement, and with the expressed purpose of

inchiding therein " plantes dont on na pu se procurer des

earaeteres coniplets." The very nature of this an-angenient shoukl
inspire a certain confidence in the author's descriptions ; but the result
lias been verj^ different, as the sequel shows, in the treatment of the
genus Cuupoid, described for the first time on pp. 16, 17 of this
sup])lement and figured in plate 377.

The conspicuous tree ("arbor procera") upon which Aublet
founded this new genus was general^ familiar enough localh^a centurv
ago to have a name in the Caribbean vernacular — Cowpoui-Bann ;
the first pai-t of this Aublet adopted for the generic name. He
describes the vegetative parts— form, branches, wood, bark, and
leaves — with the care with which so manj^ of his genera were founded
and have borne the test of subsequent research. The flowers, he tells
us, he has never seen— "je ne Fai point vu en fleur." The' fruit he
describes in detail, in Latin and in French : — " sa forme approchoit de
celle d'un citron .... couronne par cinq lobes du calice. II ne ren-
fermoit qu'une seule amande. II etoit en fruit dans le mois de Mai."
Aublet found it growing on the banks of the Galibi river, and so he
named the species C. aquatica. He offers no suggestion as to its
affinities, generic or otherwise.

It was left to John Miers to associate flowers with this plant,
more than a centur}^ later. Miers found Aublet's type — consisting of
two of the very chai-acteristic leaves, detached— in the National
Herbarium ; and he matched them, accurately it would seem, with
specimens collected by Martin at the end of the eighteenth century in
Guiana, now preserved in the same herbarium." These latter bear
leaves and flowers clustered together at the extremity of twigs, all
arising apparentlv at one transverse level.

In his ApocynacpfB of South America (1878) Miers introduces a
genus Cujnrana (p. 15). This, he says, " is the Coupoui of Aublet,
who figured the plant and unripe fruit "only, which is represented as if
crowned with a superior calyx — a mistake originating in the inversion
of the detached drupe:' Miers offers no kind of evidence to support
the all-important statement that I have italicised ; but, after pointing
out that, as a result of this " mistake," most botanists had referred
this genus to Myrtace^, he drawls the entirely unwarranted conclusion
that *'its true place is unquestionably '^ m Apocynacece, as I have
ascertained by flowering specimens of the same plant collected in
Cayenne by Martin."

It is clear that the flowers of this plant were unknown to the
leading systematists in the interval between Aublet and Miers ; all
accepted the description due to the former. The genus is unnoticed

106 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tliroLighout the Linnean literature. Lamarck (Encycl. Metli. ii. 147
(1786), gives a condensed account, based entirely upon Aublet's
descriptions; both the Gaertners (DC. Fruct. 1788-1805) leave
Coupoui without mention, despite the careful description of the fruit
available; so also A. L. de Jussieu (Gren. PL 1789). In the Pro-
dromus (iii. 295, 1828) De Candolle includes Coupoui among his
" Myrtaca? dubise," with the remark " Flores ignoti." Bentham and
Hooker were the first systematists to guess the famil}^ to Avhich this
genus seems rightly to belong — Huhlaceoe ; and in the absence of
flowers their determination amounts to little more than a guess —
as Avitness their erroneous suggestions of its affinities Avithin the
family in question. Thus Bentham {Qen. Plant, i. 696, 1865)
removes Coupoui from Myrtacese and relegates it to Pentafpnia, in
the group GoteshceecG of Rubiacece — a tribal afiinity inadmissible
on the ground of fruit-characters alone, apart from the sex- separation
and the sestiv^ation of the corolla.

Miers's treatment of Aublet's nomenclature is more than drastic
and, to modern ideas, is unpardonable. He alters both names, generic
and specific, advancing reasons that seem altogether inadequate {op.
cit. 16). Coupoui, he fears, might be confounded with Coupeia,
Ooupia, and Cupia, so he proceeds to create real confusion by naming
the genus Cupirana, i. e. " wild " Cupi, " to distinguish it from the
true Cupi ( Gouepia guianensis) " — a distinction of which the necessity
was unsuspected previously. "Aublet's specific name," continues
Miers, *' is not adopted, as it presupposes {sic) a small aquatic plant."
Baillon, in his Hisioire des Plantes, x. 176 (1888), restores the
name Coupoui, and includes the genus among doubtful Apocynacece,
following Miers's account without making any personal research or
comment.

In the matter of nomenclature Eafinesque, in his Principes
fondamentaux de Somiologie, etc. (1814), was more merciful than
Miers. On page 29 of this interesting work he enunciates a " Begle. —
Quand la terminaison des noms geneiiques est barbare, il faut la

modifier Ohs. — Ainsi il faut ecrire . . . Cupuia au lieu de

Coupoui. . ."

In all the circumstances it would seem best to follow Baillon in
adhering to the original Aubletian name, leaving any change for a
future Botanical Congress ; Coupoui appears to be no more "barbaric"
than man}^ other names that still stand without question.

I have examined the flowers of Martin's specimens referred to
above ; and, apart from their superficial appearance and contorted
corolla-lobes, there is little reason to associate them \w\t\\ApocynacecB.
Above all, the sexes are separated — a rare, if not unrecorded, condition
in the last-named family. I have found no female flowers, unfor-
tunately, upon any of the Coupnui specimens that I have seen ; all
are staminate, with sterile female parts at most. Moreover, all these
male flowers are hexamerous ; Miers, in his generic description, wrongly

describes them as pentamerous — " corollas limbi segmenta 5

stamina 5 " In fact, hexamery appears to be a character

constant for the male flowers of all the species ; while from Aublet's
description of the fruit, it would seem that the female flowers are

TllK (JK\rS CO U POUT ]()

pentamevous (op. cit. 17 — "courciine par cinque lobes du calico").
All isonierv as between male and female is a condition b\^ no means
unusual in the case of declinous tlowers.

The inferior fruit and sympetalous corolla point clearly to
Miihiacecs as the family to which Coupoui may be assigned ; and"^ this
conckision is supported by the whorled arrangement of the simple
leaves, with their entire margins. The fruit is fleshy, apparently,
containing a single large seed ; but in spite of the last-named cha-
racter, it would seem that Coupoui should be relegated to the multi-
ovulate section of RiiblacecG (see Wernham in Journ. Bot. liv. 320
(191(3)). The dioecism, the contorted aestivation, and the external
aspect of the plant leave little doubt that the genus is related to
Daroia and other allied members of the tribe Crardeniece in which
the sexes are separated — constituting the subtribe Oordierece. The
buds of the male tlowers in Coupoui bear a striking resemblance to
those in Ainajoua, Duroia, etc. Moveover, the Eugardeniecc display
a decided general tendency to reduction in the number of ovules and
seeds, correlated, probably, with the tendenc}^ to increased size of the
latter: many species of Tricalijsia, for example, and its allies
Diplospora, Kraussia, etc., have fruits with few seeds — from three
to one. This tendency, however, has not been noted in the Cordierece
hitherto, so that Coupoui is readily definable as a genus upon this
character alone. Other critical characters are the arrangement of
the male flowers in many-tiowered clusters, and of the female, two or
three together terminally upon the twigs (" bini aut terni, sub-
scssiles, terminales," accoi'ding to Aublet) ; and the whorled arrange-
ment of the leaves, with the fugacious stipules.

Miers described a second species of his Cupirana, based upon
another plant of Martin's collection, and a third, collected in the
Para district of Brazil b}^ Ducke, is described below. It is remark-
able that this should have escaped the notice of Brazilian collectors
prior to the present century ; Coupoui has no place in the Flora
Brasillensis.

The genus, then, comprises three species, all in the National
Herbarium, readilj^ distinguishable by the following clavis : —

Leaf-stalks much exceeding the flowers ; leaf-
base auriculate-cordate aqnatica.

Leaf-stalks not exceeding the flowers, or barely
so ; leaf-base acute.

Calyx-limb truncate, entire Marfiniana.

Calyx-limb conspicuously toothed braslllensls.

1. Coupoui aquatica Aviblet, PI. Guian. ii. Supp. IG, t. 377
(1775). Cuplrana Aubletiana Miers, Apoc. S. Amer. 15 (1878).

GuiAis'A. Galibi river, French Guiana, Auhletl CsLjeime, Marflnl
2. Coupoui MAirrixiAXA Wernham, nom. nov. Cuplrana Mar-
finiana Miers, Apoc. S. Amer. 17 (1878).

GuiajS'A. Cayenne, Martin !

3. Coupoui brasilieusis Wernham, sp. nov.

Arbor, ramulis validissimis subteretibus insigniter corticatis apicem

108 THE JOUKNAL OF EOTANY

versus foliorum cleciduorum cicatricibus ca. 5-natlm verticillatis dis-
positorum onustis conspicuis. Folia magna subcoriacea, elli^Dtico-
lanceolata v. oblonga, apicem obtusuin brevissime apiculatum versus
vix acuminata basi acuta fere cuneata, supra glaberrima subpolita
subtus in venis primariis necnon reticulo interveniente manifesto
minutissime strigillosa aliter glabrata, venis primariis subtus promi-
nentibus lateralibus utrinque 17-20 marginem parallelis leniter cm--
vantibus nonnunquam inter se anastomosantibus, petiolo longiusculo
supra anguste necnon altiuscule canaliculato minute etsi dense pube-
rulo-strigilloso ; sfipulcB caducse post delapsum lineam alto sulcatam
relinquentes interpetiolarem. Flores majusculi umbellis cymosis
dispositi sessilibus v. subsessilibus petiolos manifeste brevioribus,
pedicellis conspicuis glabratis cal3X'em demum longitudine exceden-
tibus graciliusculis ; caJycis tubus tubulari-infundibularis magnus
extus breviter necnon notabiliter sericeus, dentibus acutissimis con-
spicuis lineari-lanceolatis coronatus ; coroJl(B extus sericese tubus
latus anguste infundibularis lobis brevior ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis
acutissimis.

Brazil. Para, Rio Tapajoz, region des Cataractes inferieures :
nom. vulg. 'puriiy. Ducke 16872 ! Foret entre Armina-mirein et
Tiramba, E,io Trombetas, Ducke 114631

Leaves about 40 cm. long, 18 cm. broad ; petiole 6 cm. or more
in length; primary lateral veins, 18 pairs. Floral pedicels nearly

3 cm. in length, with average transverse diameter of 1*5 mm. at
most. The calyx consists of a narrowly funnel-shaped tube over
1*5 cm. long, rather more than 1 cm. wide at the mouth, crowned by
6 very short, but conspicuously sharp, teeth. The corolla-tube,
1*7 cm. or longer, broadens, somewhat, from a diameter of about

4 mm. at the base to 8 mm. or more at the mouth ; the spreading
limb of the corolla measures about 5 cm. in diameter, each of the six
lobes being about 2-3 cm. long and 7-10 mm. broad just below the
middle.

LICHENS OF LLANBERIS AND DISTRICT.
By W. Watsoi^, D.Sc, A.L.S.

The list of lichens given by Mr. Wheldon in the January number
of this Journal (pp. 11-15) is a useful one, but, as the author
remarks, cannot be regarded as exhaustive. In 1915 I spent a week
in the district and last year (shortly after Mr. Wheldon's visit) a
fortnight, and I am thus able to add a few notes to the above-
mentioned list.

The inclusion in the list of Lecanora epanora was useful to me,
as it brought to my notice that a plant which I overlooked as a
sterile form of L. sulphurea was this much rarer plant. Some of the
plants in the list, e. g. CJadonia ■uncialis f. ohtusata, C. lepidota f.
hypophyUa (which I think descends from C. cervicornis or C. de-
q'enera7is\ and the " unexpected " Cerania vermicular is, were recorded
from the Snowdon district in this Journal for 1917 in ray papers on

LICHENS OF LLANBEKIS AND DISTRICT 109

" New Rare or Critical Lichens." Bceomyces rosevs, which Mr. Wel-
don only saw in a sterile condition, was observed with abundant
apothecia on the side of the path leading from Llanberis to Helfa.
Most specimens of Lecidea lapicida 1 examined gave a yellow
reaction with potash, and are therefore referable to L. polycarpa Flk.

The following are additions to Mr. Wheldon's list, and also to
those recorded from the district by me in the papei-s already men-
tioned. Where no locality is given Llanberis must be understood.

Thermufis velutina Th. Fr. On damp precipitous rocks from
Glyder, overlooking Pass. Only a few apothecia were seen.

Ephebeia hispidiila Nyl. Cwm-^^-glo.

Collem.a ceraniscum Nyl. Moist rocks overlooking Pass. Rock
ledges, Clogwyn, C. pidposum Ach. Rare, on mortar of house,
Hebron. G. cheileum Ach. On walls, Dinorwic.

Lep)togium scotinum v. sinuatum Malbr. L. lacerum Gray,
not common ; var. lopliceum Nyl. Beddgelert ; var. pulvinatitm
Krb. On mortar and surrounding rock with Placynthium nigrum
Gallopisma rnpestre, C. calvum, and Phi/scia cc^sia.

Pannaria nehulosa Hoffra. On wall-top. Pass.

Massalongia carnosa Krb. Frequent, 400 to 2000 ft.

Feltigera rufescens Hoffm. and P. polydactyla v. hymenina Nyl.
are frequent.

Solorina saccata Ach. In addition to the stations given, this
was noticed at Clogwyn, Glyder (3200 ft.), and Beddgelert.

Stictiua fuliginosa Nyl. and S. limhata Nyl. Cwm-y-glo and
Beddgelert.

Goniocyhe fiirfuracea Ach.

Sph(srophori(s conipressus Krb. Snowdon, 3000 ft. >S'. coral-
loides form conyestus Lamy. Common.

Ramcdina calicaris Fr., It. farinacea Ach., and H. fasiiqiata
Ach. are rather frequent, especially near Cwm-y-glo. R. subfarinacea
is occasional.

Parmelia subconspersa Nyl. On wall near Llanberis Church.
P. omphalodes f. ceesiopriiinosa Nyl.

Usnea florida Web. Llanberis and Baddgelert.

Alecforia nigricans Nyl. Near summit of Glyder Fawr with
Farmelia corniculata, P. pubescens, Gladonia gracilis form amauray
G. degenerans f . pleolepidea and G. lepidota f. hypophylla near it.

I^lacodium murorum DC. On wall.

Gallopisma citrinum Krb. On mortar and surrounding rock.
G. ferrugineum v. festivum Mudd. On hard rock near Llanberis
waterfall.

Lecanora subfusca Nyl., L. intumescens Krb., L. pallida Schaer.,
and L. conizcea Nyl. are occasional on trees, L. campestris Nyl. is
apparently rare. L. intricata Ach. On rock near Hebron. L. gan-
galeoides Njd. and L. subtartarea Nyl. On rock, Snowdon, 2500 ft.
L. umbrina Mass.

Hcdmatomma ventosum Mass. Snowdon.

Pertusaria communis f. rupestris DC. P. loulfenii DC, P.
dealbata f. corallina Cromb. Snowdon, 2500 ft.
Jlrceolaria scruposa Ach. Walls, Nant Peris.

110 THE JOURNAL OF lUnWM'

UmbiUcm'ia pustulata Hoft'm. Fairlj common.

GyropJiora prohoscidea Ach. and i.fimhriata Mudd. Snowdon,
1600 'ft.

BcEomyces rufiis v. jprostii Harm. On rock near Llanberis
waterfall.

Icmadopliila cdvuginosa Trev. Snowdon, about 2500 ft.

Cladonia pyxidata v. pocillum Fr. Rare. O. gracilis v. liyhrida
Schaer. G. squamosa '^. pyolyclionia (Flk.), G. suhsquamosa Nyl.

G.furcata v. spinosa Hook., v. pialamcea, Nyl. Beddgelert, G.
rangiformis Hoffm. Llanberis and Beddgelert. G. cocci/era v.
pleurota Schser. Grlyder. G. Jlcerlceana f. hrachypoda Nyl. Not
uncommon on peatj ground, Snowdon. G. sylvatica f. grandis Oliv.

Lecidea granulosa f. viridula Cromb. L. sorediza Nyl. L.
profrusa Fr., L. latypea Ach. L. contigua f. calcarea Leight. On
rocks, Bwkh-cwm-Mas, var. platycarpa Fr. Snowdon. L. leuco-
'pliceoides Nyl. and L. griseoatra Schser. On boulders 2000 ft.
Snowdon. L. parasema v. elcBockroma Ach. Frequent on trees.

Biatorina leiiiicularis v. erubesceus. On rocks near Llanberis
waterfall.

Bilimhia sahuletorum B. & R. Frequent on decaying bryo-
ph3^tes on walls ; var. ohscuratum A. L. Sm. Nant Peris.

Bacidia inundata Krb. On rocks b}^ the side of Llyn Peris. A
dark form from the same locality agrees fairly well with B. cali-
gans A. L. Sm.

Buellia (Bthalea Ach. On rocks near waterfall, Llanberis.

Bhizocarpon alhoatrum v. epipolium A. L. Sm. B. ohscuratum
Mass. B. geographicum v. atrovirens Krb. B. confervoides f.
disjjersum (Leight.). On rocks near Llanberis waterfall.

Opegraplia atra Pers. and v. denigrata Schser.

Graphis elegans Ach. Cwm-j^-gio. G. scripta Ach.

Dermatocarpon miniatum Th. Fr. Llanberis, Snowdon, Glyder;
V. complicafum Th. Fr. and f. decipiens A. L. Sm. On damp pre-
cipitous rocks from the Glyder, near Pass. D. laclineum A. L. Sm.
Clogw}^, Snowdon.

Verrucaria cethiohola Wahl. In stream, Llanberis and Y Garn
(2500 ft.). V. suhmersa Schser. In stream. V. maculiformis
Kremp. Frequent on slaty rocks, Llanberis, Dinorwic, Bwlch-cwm-
Mas.

Thelidium microcarpum A. L. Sm. On wall of old house,
Hebron.

Acrocordia hiformis Oliv.

Artliopyrenia fallax Arn.

Byrenula nitida Ach.

Botrydina vulgaris Breb. Common.

NOKWEUIAN EUniRASTAS 111

XORWEGIAN EUPHKASIAS.

Die Euphrasia-Arten Norwegens von E. Jorgensen. Bergeiis
Museums Aarbok 1916-17 : Naturvidenskabelig rsekke nr. e'5.
pp. 337, 11 maps, 14 plates, 54 figures in text. Bergen : John
Griegs, 1919.

Or this paper the following is an abstract : —

In common with the rest of the European species, the Norwegian
Euphrasias belong to Bentham's section Semicalcarat(je, which is
thus divided :

Subsection I. Angustifolice Wettst.

Contains only -E". salishurgensis.
Subsection II. Ciliatce Jorg.

Capsulse margine longe ciliatse.
Series 1. MinoriJJorce. Corolla small, 7 mm. long or shorter :
E. latifolia, E. minima, E. scotica, E. micrautha, E. curt a, E. ne-
morosa, and E. ccBVidea.

Series 2. Majoriflorce. Corolla 8 mm. long or longer : E. hrevi-
irila, E. tenuis, E. stricta, E. suecica, E. horealis, E. atlantica, and
E. liyperhorea.

Series 3. Grandiflorce. Corolla 10 mm. long or longer : E. rost-
koviana.

The following key to the species is an abbreviated form of that
given by the author :

A. Glands stalked.

I. Glands numerous.

a. Glands short ; flowers large, corolla 8 mra. or longer,
often shorter ; bracts awned ; corolla-tube during

flowering at least 1 mm. long E. hrevipila

(early summer form E. teiinis).
h. Glands long, relatively small-headed ; bracts not
clearly awned ; corolla-tube during flowering about

1-5 mm. long E. rosthoviana

(early summer form E. montana).

II. Glands very few, short.

a. Large-flowered, similar to E. latifolia in northern

Norway E. hyperhovea.

b. Small-flowered E. latifolia.

B. Stalked glands absent except sometimes on corolla.

I. Flowers large, corolla 8 mm. or longer.

a. Late summer forms.

1. Fruiting calyx not (or little) enlarged with long

narrow teeth E. strida, subsp. eustricta.

2, Fruiting calyx eometimes much enlarged with large

broad teeth E. horealis, subsp. suhbrevipila.

b. Early summer forms.

1. Corresponding to E. stricta, subsp. a, E. snecica.

2. Corresponding to E. horealis, subsp. a, E. atlantica.

3. Similar to E. latifolia. Leaves and bracts with a

more or less wedge-shaped base. E. liyperhorea
in northern Norway.

II. Small-flowered. Corolla 7 mm. long or longer.

o. Capsule either without hairs on the edge or with only

short hairs E. salishurgensis.

112 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

b. Capsule with numerous hairs on the edge.

1. Fruiting: calyx almost smooth.

Plants of a pixrplish colour or dark green.

Under-lip longer than the upper. Late summer

forms E. micrantha.

Under-lip about as long as the upper. Moor
forms.

Western hill plants E. scotica.

Alpine plant E. minima, var. palnstris.

Green or golden green. Corolla only 3 "5 mm. In

Northern Norway E. latifulia, var. inuadata.

2. Fruiting calyx more or less strongly hairy.

Early summer types. Seeds large, l'5-2*0 mm.
long. Alpine or northern plants.

Capsule elliptical E. minima.

Capsule narrow, oblong, large. In northern

Norway E. latifolia.

Late summer type. Seeds small, about 1 mm. long.

Only in plains and generally hairy E. curta.

The monograph is in German with the exception of a short
summary of the primary points discussed in English, on pp. 317-327.
It is remarkable that the common British S. nemot^osa is very doubt-
fully Norwegian. In the key, £. gracilis Fries = -E'. micrantha
Keichenb. " E. G. B.

SHORT NOTES.

Alchemilla ac'Utidens in England. (See Journ. Bot. 1914,
281.) Late in June 1919, during an expedition in the Grassington
district, Yorkshire, accompanied by Messrs. S. C^yer, T. J. Foggitt and
J. W. White, I noticed a peculiar-looking Alchemilla which did not
seem happily placed under A. alpestris, although that seemed its
nearest ally. The locality would be at an elevation of about 900 feet
between Grassington and Conistone. A week or so later Mr. E. G.
Baker gathered, in the same neighbourhood, somewhat similar
examples. In the meantime, on July 7th, the late Anthony Wallis
and I spent a day exploring the lower slopes of Cross Fell and were
rewarded by finding a number of interesting plants of which I hope
to give an account later. At an elevation of between 1500-1600 ft.
a small patch of an Alchemilla was found on a wet ledge of rocks,
growing with A. alpestris, but which, even at first sight, proclaimed
itself to be undoubted A. acutidens. The low-growing habit, the
stems decumbent at the base, the peculiarly glaucous leaves with
acute and •+: regular teeth, and the pronounced hairiness of the plant
showed us that there could be scarcely a doubt as to its name. Upon
careful examination at home, I found the leaf-outline matched well
that figured in this Journal {I. c. 284, f. 2) and noted that the deep
sinus between the lobes of the lower foliaceous bracts were often
remarkably jDronounced — a good distinction, seemingly, between this
species and A. alpestris. Our examples grew upon the Westmoreland
portion of the mountain, but I have little doubt a longer search
would reveal its presence upon the same hill further west in the county
of Cumberland.

SHORT XOTES 113

Since writing the above I have had an opportunity of submitting
a parcel of Alchemillas to Prof. Lindberg in Finland. He unhesi-
tatingly determines as A. acufidens the Cross Fell gathering ; of the
Grassington plant he says " I believe that this beautiful plant is a
form of the very variable A. acutidens,''' and he considers Mr. E. G.
Baker's specimens as that species. Prof. Lindberg also confirms as
acufidens my naming of a plant gathered in 1914 by the late E. S.
Marshall on Eeinn a Chroin, Glen Falloch, West Perth, at an elevation
of about 2500 ft.

According to the map given by Lindberg (Nord. Alcliemilla
vidgaris-ioniiQU ; Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. xxxvii. No. 10, PI. 18, 1909),
the Yorkshire locality is some 270 miles further south than that at
which A. acutUleiis occurs in Scandinavia ; although away in the
East it is known from Tula, Russia (S. of Moscow), nearly on the
same degree of longitude as Grassington.

A. acutidens var. alpestriformis, to which I refer the British
plant, may thus now be placed on record for v.c. 64, Mid west York-
shire ! ; v.c. 69, Westmoreland ! ; and v.c. 87, West Perthshire ! (or
87i Lomond, as suggested by Mr. Barclay in this Journal for 1915,
p. 250).— C. E. Salmon.

Some Records. Mr. Bennett has kindly confirmed my naming of
a Gallitriche from E. Gloster : it is C polymoiyha Lonnr. I
gathered the specimen in 1909 in the low ground north of Chipping
Campden, not far from the county border. C. obtusangula Le Gall,
grew in the same spot. Mr. Bennett also names a plant from Fairwater,
v.c. 41, G. vernalis Koch = C. palustris L. — My herbarium contains
specimens of Zannichellia gibherosa Reiclib., from Deal (1901),
and Welsh St. Donat's, v.c. 41 (1904), of Z. pedimculafa l^eichh.,
from Oxwich (1897) and Aberafan (1904) v.c. 41. — Among my
Potamogetons are P. zosterifolius Schum. f. major Zapalowicz, from
Derbyshire (Purchas, 1884), ohfusifolius Mert. & Koch, Groby
Pool, Leics. (T. Kirk, 1851), Friesii Rupr., from both v.c. 33 & 34,
the probable hybrid Friesii Xpusillns from v.c. 34, panormitamis
Biv.-Bern., Llyn Coron, v.c. bl, flahellatus Bab., and pectinatus L.
from both v.c. 33 & 34. — Eleocharis uniglumis Schultes was sent
me in 1917 from Swansea Bay (v.c. 41) : and I have Garex Leersii
F. Schultz, from v.c. 33 & 34, G. Paircei F. Schultz = ((7. muricata
L.) from v.c. 33 & 41, G. diimlsa Stokes, from v.c. 33 & 34, G. gracilis
Curt. \2i,\\ personata Fr., & var. prolixa (Fr.) v.c. 33 & 34, G.flacca
Schreb. var. aggregata Reich., v.c. 33, and a curious form akin to
both hinervis and distans from v.c. 33. The naming of the majority
of these is due to Mr. Bennett. — H. J. Riddelsdell.

The Mild Season. The following are among the more note-
worthy of early flowering-plants in the Bristol district during this
remarkable season. By January 18 some of the Wych Elms in
Clifton were already in blossom. On Feb. 12 I saw Hutchinsia
petrasa flowers, and a few young capsules, on seedlings half an inch
high. By March 3rd some two dozen umbels of Smyrnium were in
flower and a few in young fruit by the Avon, immediately below the
suspension bridge. Early in March a friend at Clevedon reported
Lathrcea. On the 12th Thlaspi alpestr.e was seen by H. Corder

JouuNAL of Boxa.m-. — VoL. 58. [April, 1920.] ^ . i

114 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

near Sidcot, Somerset. On March 20, by a road-side in Clifton, a small
Lime tree was green with leaves, already 1^ inch across; other Limes
in the neighbourhood have not bm-st their leaf -buds, except a short
row of young pollard trees which are beginning to do so. Silver
Birch catkins are now (March 21) showing their stamens; and a
Mountain Ash (P. Aucuparia) has leaves of five inches and good
racemes of flower-buds; a young Ash {Fraxinus) has been in blossom
some days. Shoots of White Bryony are from one to two feet long
in a thicket on Clifton Down. Near Axbridge, below the sunny
slope of Mendip, the vegetation is particulai'ly remarkable. On
March 20 Lithos^yermum furpureo-coeruleum shoots were quite ad-
vanced, and several in a secluded spot only a hundred feet above sea-
level had their red buds just waiting to open and turn ultramarine :
May until the end of June is the usual flowering-time. Near by
were Fragaria vesca, two plants in blossom, Bluebell heads already
blue. Garlic with well-developed leaves and unopened spathes If inch
long, Melic-grass with flowering-shoots a foot high and practically
" out," Gerastium arvense (very rare in Somerset) in bud, and
flowers of Potentilla verna spotted the ground of an upland slope
with yellow. I have no record of such precocious flowering during
my residence in the West of England prior to 1889, nor again during
the past six years. — H. S. Thompson.

Rose Eecords. Col. WoUey-Dod has recently been so kind as
to name a large number of Roses from my collection. They were
gathered in various counties, chiefly in Gloucestershire. One group
of them have a special interest, for they were the last roses gathered
by Mr. Ley (1910). They had gone to Dingier, who owing to ill-
health was obliged in 1911 to return them without working at them.
The most interesting records are the following : Glamorgan, v.c. 41 ;
IRosa erronea Rip., Reuteri Godr., dumetorum var. sphcBrocarpa
(Pug.), and omissa Desegl. — Northants, v.c. 32 (all Ley's) : R.jac-
tata Desegl., Carionii Desegl. & Gill., Bothschildii Druce, insignis
Desegl. & Rip., Jiemitricha Rip., trichoneura Rip. — Hunts, v.c. 31
(Ley's), B. ramealis Pug. ; and Radnor, v.c. 43 (Ley's), R. sub-
cristata Baker. — Hereford, v.c. 36 (mostly my own gathering), B.
stenocarpa Desegl., tomentella var. ohtusifolia Desv., dumetorum near
var. spinetorum (Desegl. &Ozan.), Deseglisei Chr., incerta Desegl. —
E. Gloster, v.c. 33, B. omissa Desegl., tomentosa Sm. var. confusa
(Pug.), mucronulata Desegl., senticosa Ach., Lemaitrei Rip., erio-
styla Rip., nemophila Desegl. & Ozan., micrantha var. tricliocarpa
Rouy, Carionii Desegl. & Gill. — W. Gloster, v.c. 34, B. omissa Desegl.,
tomentosa Sm., transitoria R. Kell., spliceroidea Rip., dumalis Bechst.,
syntrichostyla Rip., Bousselii Hv^.. verticillacantha 'NLer., Lemaitrei
Rip., senticosa Ach., mucronulata Desegl., incerta Desegl., splicero-
carpa Pug., urhica Chr., Beuteri and its var. suhcristata Baker,
Carionii Desegl. & Gill., systyla f. leucochroa (Desv.).

H. J. RiDDELSDELL.

AsTRANTiA MAXIMA Pall. IN DuRHAM. During a botanical
holiday spent by us in Upper Teesdale, in July 1919, my sister
(Mrs. C. L. Wilde) discovered this species on the wooded slopes of a
beck near Middleton-in -Teesdale, v.c. QQ, to all appearance quite wild.

SHOUT NOTES 115

There were some hundreds of plants, with at least fifty or sixty
flowering-sjDikes, massed in an area of several square yards. Mr. C.
E. Salmon, who conhrms the determination, informs me that it is
a non-European species, a native of Caucasia, Trans- Caucasia and
Armenia, and it consequently must have been introduced. Both my
sister and I feel reasonably certain that it was not deliberately planted,
and no non-European trees or shrubs were observed in the woods.
The nearest houses are about two hundred yards above, on the edge of
the wood, and are of the usual small industrial type. I should not
have considered the species sufficiently decorative for garden purposes,
but it is included in Cassell's Dictionary of Gardening and Robin-
son's English Flower Garden. I have never seen it in cultivation,
neither has Mr. Salmon. Mr. Gr. C. Druce informs me that A.
maxima was recorded from Scotland as a planted alien in the Bot.
Exch. Club Report for 1908.— E. B. Bishop.

REVIEW.

Sveriges Hoscb. By S. Almquist. Stockholm, 1919.

In this work the author presents the results of his lifelong study
of roses in the form of a remarkable work involving an entirely new
classification of the genus JRosa, based chiefly on the form and serra-
tion of the leaflets of the flowering shoots. Whilst studying the
diiferent sections of Hosa Afzeliana Fr. (=i?. glauca Vill. -fi^.
coriifolia Fr.), the author found that there were types of species
running through all, or most, of the groups of roses. These types
include species belonging to different groups, but nevertheless essen-
tially alike in the form and serrations of the leaflets, the prickles,
colour, etc. Each special type normally displays two species, one
having leaves with a well-developed waxy " bloom " and the other with
the bloom more or less weakly shown ; each of these species in turn
may occur with smooth and with hairy leaves.

According to the author the total number of such special types is
31, yielding in Sweden 224 species ; to determine them a concise key
illustrated by clear line-drawings is provided, and a synoptic tabular
statement of groups and types shows very clearly the relationship of
the species.

Naturally enough, the catalogue of the Swedish species occupies
the greatest part of the book ; nevertheless, in the account of the
types and their distribution, many foreign species are named.

Amongst the novelties of classification one notes that R. coriifolia
Fr. and R. dumetorum Thuill are regarded merely as single species of
the acutiformis and cuneatula types. Further, all species with
subfoliar glands (other than on the midrib), usually assigned to the
AfzeliancB or Oanince, are transferred to the JRuhiginoscB and
Agrestes ; with the same groups are also classified species such as
Jundzilliana, rlKstica, uriensis, tomentella, etc., sometimes treated
by other authors as forming special groups. JR. ruhrifolia (auct.) (the
oldest name of which, R. glauca Pourr., is reinstated) is separated

116 THE .TOmNAL OF BOTAI^T

from the Afzeliance and, following De CandoUe, inserted amongst
the Cinnamomece. In this latter group and that of PimpinellifolicB
are included seveml species variously placed by others ; these are
S. l(Bvi(/afa, R. chinensis, R. Carolina., R. bracteata, R. micro-
phi/lla, R. Banksia, etc. Strangely enough, in these cases forms
with subfoliar glands are allowed to stand as usual.

For the most part the system is carried through strictly on the
above-mentioned natural principles which ought to yield a simple and
clear treatment as the types constitute the tie uniting the groups ;
this naturally means a large number of new names which, in the case
of the Swedish species, are supplied by the author and R. Matsson.
A few old names are retained, which must be employed in the
restricted sense demanded by Almquisfs scheme.

The drawings are so careful that it would seem relatively easy for
the trained eye to determine the types by their aid; nevertheless,
dirticulties soon arise owing to the great breadth of variation seen at
all points when details are investigated.

According to Almquist the geographical distribution of the
various types is greatly different ; some are Holarctic, others are
Palsearctic, whilst still others are confined to Europe. Even in
Europe some are western and some eastern ; one, indeed, is confined to
Scandinavia.

At this stage the author provides many facts of great interest,
e. g. he mentions that in the Fa^roe Islands R. 'piminnelli folia is
replaced by semi-villosan R. fwroensis, which he regards as a mutant
of the former ; R. orient a Us is similarly a semi-villosan. R. pimpi-
nellifolia Almquist looks upon as a juvenile species, inasmuch as its
leaves are not further advanced than the stage of an " a " leaflet,
whilst the stem bears the prickle armature of a normal second-year
shoot of other roses.

Sveriges Roscd is an important contribution to the literature of
the genus Rosa ; one can easily forsee that its new revolutionary
opinions as outlined above will provoke criticism, and thus by their
very novelty stimulate a new and fruitful study of the genus, thereby
necessitating a revision of names as employed by previous authors.

A full index and all the named species and subspecies add to the
value of the work.

Carl Traaet?^,
Staback, Norway.

[We are indebted for this notice to Dr. J. W. Heslop-Harrison of
Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne, to whom it was forwarded
by the author for publication in this Journal. Dr. Harrison has
rendered the translation somewhat more idiomatic, but otherwise the
review is as it was sent. Dr. Harrison writes : " Almquisfs views
agree closely with mine derived from an intensive study of the genus
from the genetic standpoint. The ' a ' leaflet referred to above is
the lowest one of the flowering shoot in Almquisfs nomenclature ; to
quote his exact words ' PS, alia fig. betyder ' a ' och * h ' nederblad pS
blomskottet, 'c' mellanblad, '</' och 'e' overblad.' " — Ed. Jouen.

BOT.]

THE SHAMEOCK 117

THE SHAMROCK.

As St. Patrick's Day comes round, the newspaper botanist
usually enlightens his readers with his views about the Shamrock :
this year, however, he has surpassed himself in the ingenuity and
inaccuracy of his conclusions. Tlie palm must be given to the
Daily News, which had already (Feb. 25) distinguished itself by
tha following paragraph relating*^ to the " Blue Primrose," of which
the writer seems now to have heard for the first time : —

" Among the exhibits yesterday at the Royal Horticultural
Society was the blue primrose, a flower recently discovered by
Mr. Wilson, the famous plant cultivator, and double primroses were
shown closely resembling the purple lilac in colour. A flower related
to the English cowslip, namely, the Italian primrose, was also on
view. When the wind blows over the Italian hills, whereon this
flower grows, the leaves, which are dappled, ruffle, and suggest to the
onlooker a cloud burdened with snow."

On March 19 the following paragraph appeared in the column
headed " Under the Clock," in which from time to time appear many
things " hard to be understood" in so far as they relate to facts.

'* There was a fair amount of shamrock worn in London yesterday,
or, rather, the common clover which passes for shamrock. This plant
is now quite common in Ireland, and I received a small box of it
from Cork yesterday morning labelled "Shamrock from Ireland."
But it was not shamrock at all. Genuine shamrock is the beautiful
little wood-sorrel, the trefoil leaf of which is a brilliant green, and
which bears a geranium-like white flower. The clover which has
usurped the place of the traditional shamrock has no flower [!], and
the four-leaf variety is quite common."

Comment upon this would only spoil it : an attempt to correct
some of its absurdities resulted in the following (March 20) : —

"There are, it seems, at least four possible claimants to the
honour of being the real thing : White (or Dutch) clover. Black
medick, Wood Sorrel, Lesser yellow trefoil. I gather that the last
holds the field, and can be tested at the right time of year by its
yellow flowers, but Avood sorrel has a kind of semi-official claim. The
famous four leaves may happen on any of these varieties, I believe."

How the shamrock is to be " tested by its yellow flowers," and
what is " the right time of year " for applying the test, the writer
does not say, but it is satisfactory that he has discovered that it lias
flowers.

The Westminster Gazette, usually better informed, announced
(Mar. 17) that, "botanists believe that the genuine shamrock is the
wild wood-sorrel." Against this aspersion a protest was sent, in
which it was pointed out that general as well as local testimony
identified the shamrock with Trifolium minus, as evidenced by the
Dictionary of English Plant-Naines and by the late Nathaniel
Colgan's exhaustive paper on " The Shamrock in Ireland," to which
reference is made on p. 118. This, however, was combatted (Mar. 19)
by a correspondent who rehashed the farrago of inaccuracies given in
the unfortunate " popular " portion of Syme's English Botany, and,

118 THE JOrRNAL OF BOTANY

supporting the claims of the wood-sorrel — first propounded, as Colgan
points out, by Bicheno in 1830-31, — stated that, "ancient writers all
agree that the shamrock was edible, and the wood-sorrel has been
eaten in Ireland from time immemorial ! " A correction of these and
other misstatements appears in the W. G. for March 23, and
there that paper leaves the matter, anticipating (no doubt correctly)
that "the discussion will break out again, somewhere about the
middle of next March ! "

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The Irish Naturalist for Nov.-Dec. 1919 contains a biography,
with portrait, of Nathaniel Colgan, whose death occurred on
Oct. 2. He was born in Dublin on May 28, 1851, and at an early
age obtained a clerkship in the Dublin Metropolitan Police Court,
from whose services he retired in 1916. Interested in general litera-
ture, Colgan took up botany in 1880, and later made the acquaintance
of A. Gr. More, Mr. Lloyd Praeger — the writer of the notice
referred to, — and Mr. R. W. Scully : his first botanical contribution
was a note on Saussurea alpina, printed in this Journal for 1885
(p. 157). In 1894 Colgan published his Flora of the County Duhliriy
and in 1898, in conjunction with Mr. Scully, the second edition of
the Cyhele Hibernica, based on the papers of More, who died in
1895 and by his will appointed the two botanists to complete the
work and see it through the press : both of these volumes are
admirably done ; the introduction to the former contains much
useful biographical information. Colgan contributed numerous papers
to the Irish Naturalist and some to this Journal ; among the
latter may be noted those on the occurrence of Artemisia Stelleriana
in Ireland (1S94!) and — in the same volume — a paper on "Henry
Mundy and the Shamrock " which was subsequently embodied in his
exceedingly interesting and exhaustive account of " The Shamrock in
Literature " published in Journ. E,. Soc. Antiquaries of Ireland for
1896. He took part in the Clare Island Survey set on foot by the
Royal Irish Academy in 1909, in whose Proceedings he published an
account of the plant and animal names in use in the island, with
their associated folk-lore.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 4, a communi-
cation was brought before the Society entitled " A Contribution to
our Knowledge of the Botany of New Caledonia " relating to the
collection made by Mr. R. H. Compton in New Caledonia and the
Isle of Pines during 1914. The specimens collected have been pre-
sented to the British Museum, and the greater part have been worked
out in the Department of Botany. Since his return, Mr. Compton
has been appointed Professor of Botany in the Cape Town University,
and Director of the new Botanic Gardens at Stellenbosch. Dr.
Rendle gave a short account of the position and physical characters of
the island ; and referred to previous work on its flora, and its general
characters. Important features are the igneous rocks which form a
mountain chain of gneiss in the north-east, and the serpentine

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 119

formation which covers the southern portion and occurs in larger or
smaller areas throughout the island. The climate is mesothermic ;
the rainfall is relatively abundant, but owing to evaporation and the
porous nature of the soil, many parts of the country have an arid
appearance. The flora is rich, and the proportion of endemic forms
exceptionally high. The relative proportions of the different families
of flowering plants in the present collection are very similar to those
recently worked out by Mr. Cruillaumin for the flora as a whole, the
four families which contain the highest number of species being in
each case JEwpliorhiacecd, Rahiacece, Orchidacece, and Myrtacece.
The main aflinities of the flora are with Indo-Malaya and South-East
Australia, the former represented chiefly in the forest regions and
the latter in the scrub and savannah regions ; and a study of it
suggests that New Caledonia is a very ancient land mass which has
been isolated for a very long period.

In common with all kindred bodies, the Linnean Society has had
to face the altered condition of alfairs created by the War, and with a
view to meeting the emergency the Council has suggested certain
measures which were submitted to the meeting of the Society on
March 18 and adopted. The most important of these is the increase
of the annual subscription from £3 to £4: the decision of the
Council was arrived at with reluctance, but the economies already
adopted, including the suspension of the TransactionSy have proved
inadequate to meet the growing expenses.

The Flora of the District of Columhia and Vicinity, by A. S.
Hitchcock and Paul C. Standley, ** with the assistance of the
botanists of Washington " forms Vol. 21 of the Contributions from
the U.S. National Museum. It consists of a series of keys — the
first to the families, based mainly on vegetative characters, followed
by one based mainly on floral characters ; under each order is a
key to to the genera and under each genus a key to the species followed
by a list with notes as to habitat, distribution, etc. *' The nomencla-
ture is in accord with the American Code of Botanical Nomenclature,
except that so-called duplicate binomials are not used " : some
of the names wall be unfamiliar to British botanists^ — thus Barharea
is superseded by Campe of Dulac, with G. verna (Michx.) Heller,
C. stricta L. (Andrzej.) W. F. Wight, and G. Barharea L. (W,
F. Wight) as the names of our three species. There is a very full
glossaiy and a single index with 42 plates, mostly of individual
plants. No use is made of the page-headings, which throughout give
merely the title of the volume —even the glossary is headed " Flora of
the District of Columbia " ! The Flora contains 646 genera and
1630 species.

The recent Bulletins of the Philippine Department of Forestry
contain Philippine Bamboos (no. 15), with 33 plates: Philip-
fine Forest Products as Sources of Paper Pulp (no. 16) ; and
descriptions of the species of Philippine Mangrove Siva^nps
(no. 17) with 47 plates, which include figures of the ant-inhabited
Myrmecodia and Rydnophytum and of Polypodium sinuatum, also
ant-inhabited. Dr. W. H. Brown and Mr. A. F. Fisher, of the
Bureau of Forestry, are jointly responsible for the three Bulletins.

120 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Several papers have been published in recent years by Prof. W.
A. Setcheil and Dr. N. L. Gardner on the marine algte of Western
America. These results are now being combined by the authors into
a complete account of the flora, the first part of which is issued under
the title — The Marine Algce of the Pacific Coast of North America^
Part I. : Mg.rophi/cece (University of California Publications, Botany,
viii. 1919, pp. 1-13S, 8 plates) ; and the three remaining parts are
stated to be in advanced preparation. The Myxophyceae contain
thirty genera, under Avhich are placed ninety-six species and some
varieties. These are all clearly and concisely described, and are often
illuminated with valuable critical notes. Further, the identification of
specimens is facilitated by the keys provided. Judging from the present
part, this monograph, long needed, will provide a complete and most
valuable account of the algae of the west coast of Noi-th America. — A. G.
The second part of the Account of the Herharium of the
Vniversitij of Oxford, by S. H. Vines, M.A., and G. C. I)ruce,
LL.D., which has lately been issued by the Clarendon Press, contains
an Index of contributors to the Herbarium and of other collections
existing in Oxford, on which there are interesting notes. They
include volumes at Merton College, collected by Robert Huntingdon
and Charles Willughby in the seventeenth century ; two herbaria
bequeathed to Wadham College by Richard Warner (1713 ?-75) ; the
herbarium of Edward Morgan (fl. 1639-72) and that of Sir George
Wheler (1650-1724)— these at the Bodleian.

The Adventive Flora of Tweedside, by Ida M. Hayward, F.L.S.,
and George Claridge Druce, LL.D. (Arbroath, Buncle) is an exhaustive
account of the adventitious or alien flora of Tweedside which during
recent years has attracted much notice. The work, which is fully
descriptive and is prefaced by a useful introduction, contains much
interesting matter, but as a copy has not reached us for review we
must content ourselves with calling attention to its publication.
Dr. Thellung, to whom the book is dedicated, has lately published
(Mitth. Bot. Mus. Zurich, Ixxxiii.) a third instalment of his " Beitrage
zur Adventivflora der Schweiz."

The Kew Bulletin (No. 1, 1920 ; March) contains papers on
*' The Indian Species of Mimosa,'", by J. S. Gamble, which includes
descriptions of three novelties : on the seeds of Momordica cochin-
chinensis ; on '' Clematopsis, a primitive genus of Cleraatideae," by
Mr. J. Hutchinson, mth five new species ; " Diagnoses Africanae," relat-
ing to various orders : a note on "the Rev. H. F. Tozer [1829-1916]
and plants collected by him in the Nearer East " ; and a notice of Sir
William MacGregor (1846-1919), whose plants, like those of Tozer,
are at Kew.

The vacancy in the Regius Professorship of Botany in Aberdeen
University, caused by the death of Prof. Trail, has been filled by the
appointment of Mr. W. G. Craib, who has lately been lecturing on
forestry in Edinburgh under Prof. Balfour. Mr. Craib was at one
time Superintendent of the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, and on his
return to England became Assistant for India at Kew.

The Transactions of the Perthshire Societi/ of Natural Science,
vol. vii. pt. 1. contains a list of the Biscoini^cetes of Perthshire by
Mr. James Menzies.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in
the list, are ah-eady out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and
it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may
be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses,
Mr. Riddelsdell's Flora of Glamorgansliire, Mr. Dallman's Notes on
tie Flora of Denhiglishire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement
to * Topographical Botany: Of the Supplements to the Biographi-
cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this
to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this imiwssible. Of \X\<^ Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhfs 'English
Botany: containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numeroi^ unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in^ the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such arfe the Index Ahecedarius — a list of the plants in the first
edition of Linnieus's Species Plantarum, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no index of species ; the
History of Alton's ' Ilortus Ketvensis,' which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical Avork ; the
Flo?'a of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linn^us's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
there are numerous copies.

[Over.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS

Price Six Shillings (cloth).
Notes on the Drawmgs for Sovverby's 'English Botany' (pp. 276).
By F. A. Garet.

Price Five Sliillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.
The British Roses, excluding- Eu-Caninje (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLET-DOD.

The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet,
B.A.

Price Half-a-croivn.

The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. LintoiV, M.A.

Flora of Glamorganshire. By the Eev. H. J. Kiddelsdell, B.A.

Price Two Shillings,
A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.
Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.)

Price Fighteen-pence.
The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Rev.
H. G. Jamesois.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. 6^. each).

British Euphrasia. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britte^s^, F.L.S.

Linnaeus' s ' Flora Anglica.'

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivith remittance should he addressed to: —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 689

MAY, 1920

T M i:

Vol. LVIII

JOURNAL OF KOIANY

RRirrSH AND FORHKIN

EDITED Br

.JAMES BlUTTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT. DEPARTMKNT OF BOTANT, BBI'J'ISH MiSKUM.

CONTENTS

Some Segregates of E)-odhiiu cicii-
tarium L"Herit. By Edmund
G. Baker, F.L.S., and C. E. Sal-
mon. F.L.S. (Plate554.) 121

Mycetozoa from Cornwall. By C4.

Lister, F.L.S 127

Plant Dermatitis. — I. By E. Phi lip

Smith 130

'• Disappearing Wild Flowers "'

Book-Notes, News, etc

Supplement. — A Eevised Arrange-
ment of British Roses. By Lt.-
Col. A. H. Wolley-Dod.

135
136

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT. FLEET STREET

DULAU ct CO., Ltd..
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE. W. 1

Price One ShiUhig and JEujlilpencc

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Jom-nals
of Learned Societies, etc.. in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A verj^ extensive stock of Books on Botam^ (Systematic. Economic, and Geo-
graphical). Forestry. Gardening, etc.. always available. Any liook (pioted for.
and those not in stock sought for. without charge..

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2.

Trlcphonc : (i.-rrard Mil'.

Jn.<l Piihlishe<l. Deuni Sn>, CJulh. t'p. x, 110. Price lO/'O net.

The Flora of Chepstow. i>y w. A. SiioouiUKi), m.e.c.s.,

I'.L.s.. K.1MI.S. Witli Maj* of the Chepstow .Xi'ca.

Enumeration and records of plants observed in an area consisting of part of Watson'.-

' Topographical Botany " Vice-Counties 34 ( W. Gloster) f:,nd 35 (Monmouthshire).

TAYLOR & FRANCIS. RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

i:i)ITEI) V,Y

JAMES Bill T T E N, K.C.S.l^., F.E.S.

I.ATi;,S|-.MO|; ASSIST.V.NT. IHU'AKT.ME.NT oV BoT.WY. BIM'I'lSIl .MUSIOLM.

The JoiKXAL or Botany was established in ISHIJ 1)\' Seemann.
In 1S72 the editorsln']) avus assumed l)y Dr. Henry Trimen, Avho,
assisted during [)ai-t of the time hy Mi-. .J. (I. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, earned it on until tlie end of lN7it, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it lias l»een in the hands of the present Editor.

Communications for i)ul)lication and Itooks i'ov review >!iould he addressed to

The Editor. 4 1 iUtston RnaiL Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES. - Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 \)\>. '.}

2.5 ., .. 4

50 „ .. :>

100 „ „ 7.

Separate Titles. Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

TAYLOE k FEANCIS, RED LION COUKT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4.
Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. . Insertions. Insea'tions.

Page £2 {)s.ha. ^1 16.S. 0(7. each ^1 12s. OrZ. each'

Half-pag-0 12 6 10 0 „ 17 (3

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0

Eiglitli-page 7 6 7 0 ,, 6 6

All application.'^ for sjnice to he uiade to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

1..S-. (w7.

8 pp. 7.S.

12 pp. 9..

16. pp. lOs. 6fZ

:.N. o<i.

.. 8.S.

.. 11.S-. 6(/.

., l^s.

r,,s-. ihl.

S>.s.

., 12.S'. 0,(1.

„ 14s.

S.S-. OJ.

., 10^'. 6J.

., 14.^.

., 15^\ 6rZ.

W. F.Taylor, photo.

A. ERODIUM NEGLECTUM Baker & Salmon

121

SOME SEGREGATES OF EllODlUM OICUTAUIUM L'Herit.

By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S., and C. E. Salmon, F.L.S.

(Plate 554)

The segTe<^ate.s of Erod/toti. cicii/fo-iK in growing- in Britain have
never been very satisfactorily deterniined. In the present paper it is
proposed to deal only with the maritime forms, leaving discussion of
the various inland varieties for a future note.

Through the eourtes}^ of I)r, l)e Wildeman of Brussels, we have
heen enabled to study the types of Dumortier's s))eeies, ]£. glutiiioHuni
Si E. deritafinn, described in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. iv. 345 (1865),
and as we have also had access to many authentically named s])eciniens
of Jordan's s])ecies, a few notes on a comparison of these with plants
growing in Britain may be of interest. "j6J. (jhoidulosuiii Duni,"
often mentioned by authors, does not actually exist.

The segregates of E. clcutarium may be conveniently divided
into two sections : — A. Plants conjined to sand dunes or other places
near the sea. B. Inland plants, which, it must be noted, often may
be found in sandy places near the coast also.

In 1882, Clavaud in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxv. p. 425, published
a classification of the forms and varieties of E. clcutarium, based
mainly on the presence or absence of a furrow surrounding the pit of
the carjjel. The main features of his key are as follows :—

A. cuictum. " Segments des feuilles ordinairement non decoupes

jusqu' a la cote. Fossettes apicilaires du fruit entourees
d'un sillon concentri(iue lisse plus ou moins marque."

a. cli(cropl}iillum.

a. pallidijiorum (including parvijlorum .lord, and

Horceanum .lord. ) .
h. riihrijionim ( = tr/viale Jord.).

b. pi nipinelhe folium.

a. ochrosfigma ( = com mi.rfum Jord.).

h. porplnfrostigma {=prcetermissum Jord.).

B. fossum. " Segments des feuilles ordinairement decoupes jusqu'

a la cote ou tres pres de la cote. Fossettes apicilaires du
fruit non entourees d'un sillon concentrique."

a. arcnarium {=:pilosu)n Bor.).

a. glutinosum.

b. vestitnm.

c. suhglahrum.

b. lajcuvi.

It should be noted that Clavaud's arenarium is stated by him to
equal Borean's E. pilosum ; the latter is founded upon the Geranium
pilosum of Thuillier (Fl. Pans, ed. 2, 346, 1799), an inland plant
from the Bois de Boulogne and forest of Fontainebleau, described
as being very pilose, but no mention is made of glands. Boreau,
however, amplifies Thuillier's diagnosis and admits glandular plants
under that name, probably including some maritime forms.

In 1905, Brumhard (Monog. 'Ubers. Gatt. Erodium) gav(i a
JouKNAL Of Botany.— Vol. 58. [May, 1920.] k

122 THE JOURNAL OF IJOTANf

complete list of the whole genus Avith a clavis, but we cannot concur
Avith a number of his conclusions, ])artieularly as regards synon3any.

In 1912, Dr. Knuth issued his Monograph of the Geraniacecd
{P^anzenreich, 53 Heft, iv. 129, p. 271), where he separates
E. hipinnaUim Willd., E. cicutarium L'Herit., and E. moschatum
L'Herit., as follows : —

A. ^'' Fovea plica concentrica destitiita. Pedunciili 2-4zj{orir —

E. hipinnatum W. and var. /3. sahulicolum Jord.

B. " Fovea plica concentrica manifeste circumscripta. Peduti-

ctili scepissime 5-7 fiori?' — E. cicutarium L'Herit. and
E. moschatum L'Herit.

He thus considers E. sahulicolum Jordan (with which we have
satisfied ourselves that E. glutinosum Dum. is synonymous) to be
better placed as a variety of E. hipinnatum Willd. than under
E. cicutarium L'Herit. This point will be dealt with later.

Our study of the British forms confined to the coast leads us to
adopt the following classification, omitting for the present, plants
which, occurring normally inland, may frequently be found on sandy
ground in proximity to the sea. We have included E. dentatum in
the clavis as it is a species very likely to occur on our coasts.

Pit of carpel not surrounded by a furrow. Fertile stamens with
filaments sub-dentate or suddenly enlarged at the base.

Peduncles few (2-3) flowered, + shorter than the leaves.

1. Very glutinous. Beak of carpel 15-20 mm. long.

E. glutinosum:

2. Slightly glandular or glutinous. Beak of carpel
25-29 mm. long E. den latum.

Peduncles many (3-5) flowered, ± longer than the leaves.

3 E. neglectum.

Pit of carpel surrounded by a furrow. Fertile stamens with .
filaments gradually enlarged at the base.

4. Glandular. Peduncles man^^-flowered. Leaflets

broad E. Lehelii.

5. Eglandular. Peduncles few - flowered. Leaflets

narrow E. Ballii.

Pit of carpel not surrounded bv a furrow. Fertile filament sub-
dentate or suddenly enlarged at base.
Peduncles 2-3 flowered, short.

1. E. GLUTINOSUM Dumortier in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. iv. 3-15
(1865).

E. sahulicolum Jordan ined. ex Billot, Fl. gall, et germ, exsicc.
184<5 (1855) nomen.

E. hipinnatum Willd. /3. sahulicolum Brumh. Mon. Erod. oo
(1905) ; Knuth, in PJlanzenreich, 53 Heft, iv. 129, p. 273 (1912).

Most modern authors (Ascherson & Graebner, Brumhard, Rouy &
Foucaud, Knuth, etc.) place this plant as a variety of E. hipinnatum
Willd., which, as already pointed out, differs specifically from E. cicu-
tarium agg., but Ave, howcA^er, should hesitate to so group it for the
following reasons : —

E. hipinnatum was founded upon the Geranium hipinnatum of

SOME SEGHEGATES OF EHODIIM CTCUTARIFM 123

Cavanilles (Diss. bot. v. 273, t. 126, f. 3, 1788) from Northern
Africa, and in view of its glabrous stem, remarkably finely-cut leaves
with narrow linear segments, beak of about 40 mm., fertile filaments
with pronounced erect acute teeth as in E. moschatumy and geogi-aphical
range, we doubt the advisability of considering E. glutinosum a variety
of this species,

E. cicutarium L'Herit. /3. glandiilosuni Van den Bosch (Prod.
Fl. Batav. 55, 1850), to which, of late years, many British plants
have been referred, is probably, from the description, synonymous
with Dumortier's glufinosiim, but we have not been able to examine
authentic material. E. sahulicola Lange (Willkomm & Lange,
Prodr. Fl. Hisp. iii. 537, 1878) seems evidently a form of E. fjlandu-
losum Dum., but Lange's own plant has not been seen.

Plant small, + compact with no long straggling branches, pro-
vided with an abundance of glandular hairs to which sand adheres,
Stems patent-erect, not prostrate. Leaves small, 4: bipinnatifid,
finely cut, segments short, ovate, subacute, Pecluncles 2-3-fiowered,
shorter than or slightly exceeding leaves. Flowers small, about
6 mm. in diameter, fleshy- white ; petals subequal, unspotted ; sepals
± 3-5 mm. long. Fertile stamens with filament suddenly enlarged
near the base or sub-dentate with a " shoulder." Anthers pale yellow ;
pollen orange. IStigma cream-coloured or at any rate not dark as in
E. dentatum. Carpels 4-5 mm. long, very attenuate-stipitate at
base; pit «mall, destitute of outer furrow ; twists of awn 3-5; beck
15-20 mm. long.

At once distinguished from other forms of E. cicutarium by its
small flowers, short and few-flowered peduncles, and short beak, and,
on closer examination, by the carpel-pit lacking the outer furrow.

Exsiccata. Billot, Fl. gall, et germ. 1845 ! (as E. sahulicolum
Jord, ined.).

Distribution. Britatn. Cliesliire, y.c. 5S; New Brighton ! 1868.
No, A. John Barrow (as E. cicutarium) (Hb. Manchester). Kather
less glutinous than type. Lancashire south, v.c. 59. Seaforth
Common ! 1860 & 1866^not the 1870 plant, which is another species
^H, S. Fisher (as E. cicutarium var. pilosum) (Hb. Manchester),
Less glutinous than type, Lsle of Man, v.c, 71. Point of Ayre !
1917, H. J. & J. A. Wheldon (as E. hipinnatum Willd. var. sahuli-
colum Lange) (Hb. Mus. Brit.). — Belgium. Dunes of Flanders!
Dumort. — France. Finistere. Penmarck ! 1900. A. Pellat (as
E. ciciitariiim var. = E. sahulicola Lange) (Hb. Manchester),
Vendee. Dunes de la Tranche ! 1855. P. N. Ayraud. Billot, 1845
(nfi E. sahulicolum Jord. ined.) (Hb. Mus. Brit.). Charente- Infer.
Fourras ! 1884. R. P. Murray (as E. cicutarium) (Hb. Mus. Brit,).—
Spa FN. Pontevedra and Vigo (Lange).

2, E. DENTATUM Dumortier, /. c.

This was placed by the author in a special section with E. mos-
chatum, distinguished by having the fertile stamens bi-dentate at the
base. Upon dissecting Dumortier's type, however, we were surprised
to find that the filaments wei-e merely suddenly enlarged or with a
right-angled ''shoulder " — exactly as in glutinosum — and were quite
ludike those of E. moschatum (see above).

124 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Plant small, compact, with no long straggling branches, with
many hairs, zb glandular, but no adhering sand. Stems short, pros-
trate. Leaves small, + bipinnatifid, finel^^eut, segments short, acute.
Peduncles 2-flowered, shorter than or slightly exceeding leaves.
Flowers small, about 7 mm. in diameter, rose-coloured ; petals un-
equal, unspotted, decidedly longer than sepals ; sepals it 7 mm. long.
Fertile stamens as in E. glutinosuni. Pollen yellow. Stigma jDurple,
Carpels 5-0'5 mm. long, very attenuate-stipitate at base ; pit small,
destitute of outer furrow ; twists of awn 5-7 ; beak 25-29 mm. long.
Compared with F. glutinosuni^ it will be seen that F. dentatum
di:ffers, inter alia, by its larger flowers with unequal petals and its
j)rostrate stems ; it is distinguished from F. ciciitarium agg. by its
fewer-riowered and shorter peduncles, carpel-pit wanting outer furrow.
Distribution. Belgium. Dunes of Flanders 1 Dumortier. —
Holland. Dunes of Zeeland, Dumortier.

Although this species is as yet unknown in Britain, a description
seems desirable, as it probably occurs upon our eastern or south-
eastern shores which front its Continental habitats.
Peduncles 3-5-tlowered, longer.
3. E. neglectum nob.

Plant either small and compact or more robust with elongated
bi*anches, copiously glandular with adhering sand-grains. Stems
prostrate-ascending, elongated. Leaves medium-sized, rather deeply
pinnatitid, segments + obtuse. Peduncles 8-5-tlowered, exceeding
the leaves. Flowers large, about 12 mm. in diameter, pale lilac ;
petals slightly but distinctly unequal, unspotted, exceeding the sepals ;
sepals zb 3*5 mm. long. Fertile stamens as in F. glutinosum.
Anthers claret-coloured ; pollen orange. Stigma pale claret. Car-
pels c. 5 mm. long, considerably attenuate-stipitate at the base ; pit
small, destitute of outer furrow^ ; twists of awn 4-5 ; beak glabrous,
20-22 mm. long.

We have been reluctantly compelled to add a new name to the
many already in existence as we can find no description to fit this
plant, which may be concisely diagnosed as follows : —

Planta dense glandidosa, ad F. glutinosum Dum. valde accedens
sed major, compacta vel ramis elongatis prostrato-adcendentibus.
Folia valde pinnatifnla, segmentis ultimis + obtusis. Pedunculi
Z-D-Jlori, folia excedentes. Flores circa 12 mm. in diametro, pallide
lilacini ; petala leviter inaequalia, immaculata. Fil anient a fertilia
suhdentata; antherie vinaceo-jmrpurese ; pollen aurantiacum. Stigma
pallide vinaceo-purpureum. Carpella sub apice cavo parvo instructa
sed sulco exteriore destituta ; rostrum 20-22 mm. longum.

From many forms of F cicutarium this may be distinguished by
its deeply pinnatifid leaves, sub-dentate filaments, orange pollen, and
the carpel-pit lacking an outer furrow.

Fxsiccata. F. S. Marshall. No, 1048 (Kent)! No. 1656
(Wexford)! No. 2545 (Glamorgan) ! (All Hb. Mus. Brit., labelled
F. cicutarium var. glandulosum Bosch.).

Distrihution. Britain. Lsle of Wight, v, c. 10. Bembridge !
Miss R. M. Cardew. (Hb. Mus. Brit.). Kent east, v. c, 15.
Deal! 1907. F. L. Foord-Kelcey (Hb. Manchester). Sandhills near

SOME SEGREGATES OF ERODIUM CICUTARIUM 125

Sandwicli! 1888; coast E. of Littlestone ! 1893. E. S. Marshall.
No. 1048 (Hb. Mus. Erit.)! Glamorgan, v.c. 41. Pendine ! 1856.
Hb. Bentham; Three cliffs Bay near Swansea! 1858. Hb. Bentham
(Hb. Kew.). Sker Sands near Porthcawl ! 1901. E. S.Marshall.
No. 2545 (Hb. Mus. Brit.). Pemhrokeshire, v.c. 45. HoUowavs
& Penally Burrows, Tenby ! 1873. C. Bailey (Hb. Mus. Brit. &
Manchester). Carnarvunshire, v.c. 49. Llandudno ! 1867. John
Barrow (Hb. Manchester). Anglesei/, v.c. 52. Sandy ground S. of
Llyn Maelog! 1916. C. E. S. Cheshire, \.c. 58. Wallasey Sand
dunes! 1892. J. A. Wheldon. Lancashire south, v.c. 59. South-
port! 1894. (\ Bailey (Hb. Manchester). Sand dunes, Hig-htown !
1918. J. A. Wheldon. Lancashire, West, v.c. 60. Sandhills,
St. Annes-on-the-Sea I 1901 & 1904. C. Bailey (Hb. Manchester).
Id. Joe. ! 1912. J. A. Wheldon. (Jlgde Isles, v.c. 100. Bute ! 1S27.
Greville (Hb. Kew.). — Ireland. Wexford (v.c. 12). Plentiful on
the sandhills, Jlosslare ! 1896. E. S. Marshall. No. 1656 (Hb.
Mus. Brit.).

Through the kindness of M. Beille of Bordeaux we have seen
examples of many of Clavaud's plants. As regards his L!,. cicuiarium
a. arenariiun a., glufinosuni, a specimen so labelled collected on the
dunes of Soulac (Gironde) by M. Brochon in 1886 seems closely
allied to our E. nef/Iecfum, and the example is most probably the
early acaulescent state of that plant.

It must be noted, however, that Clavaud (/. c.) states that
arenarium (under which glufinosum is grouped) has spotted petals
which we have not, so far, noted in flowers of neglectuni. However,
it is evident that the spotting or non-spotting of petals in E. cicu-
tariuni forms is not a trulg constant character, although fairly
reliable in most cases.

Pit of carpel surrounded by a furrow. Fertile stamens with fila-
ments gradually enlarged at base.

4. E. Lebelii Jordan, Pugillus, pi. nov. 48 (1852).

The E. cicutariiim L'Herit. vai-. appressum De Wild. & Dur.
(Prod. Fl. Belg. iii. p. 377, 1899) is very likely, by the description,
the early compact state of E. Lebelii, but we have not seen the
authors' types.

Flant rather robust, at first compact, then slightly diffuse with
elongated bi-anches, copiously hairy, with man}' sessile glands, espe-
cially on sepals. Stems prostrate-ascending, not very elongated.
Leaves medium or large, rather shallowly pinnatifid, leaflets broadly
ovate, segments zb acute, blueish- or yellowish-green. Peduncles 3-6-
flowered, exceeding the leaves. Flowers large, very pale pinky-white,
about 16 mm. in diameter ; j^etals broad, unequal, unspotted, con-
sidembh^ exceeding sepals; sepals c. 4*5 mm. long. Fertile stamens
with filaments gradually enlarged at the base. Anthers pinky-yellow^;
pollen reddish-orange. Stigma pale pinky -yellow. Carpels c. 6 mm.
long, considerably attenuate-stipitate at the base ; pit conspicuous
with a shallow outer furrow ; twists of awn 5-6 ; beak glabrous,
22-24 mm. long.

This beautiful plant may usually easily be recoLnized by its A^ry
pale pink or wdiitish flowers with broad petals, reddish -orange pollen,

12G THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

and usually + compact habit of growtli ; tlie leaves, too, ratlier '

remind one of E. moschafion.

Exsiccafa. A. H. Wolley-Dod, No. 184.0 (Devon)! (as E. cicu-

tarium var. glandulosum Bosch.),

Distribution. Britain. Devon south, v. c. 8. Sandv turf bv

shore, Broad Sands! 1909, No. 1845; Berry Head! 1909. A. H.

Wollej-Dod. Pemhrokeshire, v.c. 45. Penalh'^ Burrows, Tenby !

1873. C. Bailey (Hb. Manchester) (sheet also contains E. neglectum ;

a mixture). Anglesey, v.c. 52. Near Llvn Maelog ! 1916. C. E. S.

Lancashire south, v.c. 59. Birkdale sand-hills, Southport! 1877.

C.Bailey (Hb. Manchester). — Fraxce. "In maritimis Neustriii? :

Lebel" {Jordan). JManche ; Granville! 1864. A. Jordan (Hb. Mus.

Brit.).

5. E. Ballii Jordan, Pugillus pi. nov. 44 (1852).

Plant apparently rather compact, eglandular. Leaves rather

finely cut, reminding one of E. triviale, ultimate segments obtuse.

Peduncles about 8- flowered, apparently exceeding the leaves. Sepals

of flowers c. 5 mm. long. Carpels 6 mm. long ; pit with faint very

narrow outer furrow ; twists of awn 5-6 ; beak 20-24 mm. long.

This rather meagre description is based upon Jordan's short

diagnosis and upon examination of a plant in Herb. Kew labelled
'* E. Ballii Jord. Sables marit. a G-renneville, Manche, 1864.
Coll. Lebel " ; unfortunately the specimen is a poor one.

Although we have, so far, seen no British examples that could
come under this name, the interest lies in the fact that Jordan
described the plant {Pugillus, p. 44) from specimens gathered hy
John Ball on the sea-coast of Ireland. After describing E. triviale
he continues : — " Aliam speciem E. Pallii Jordan his duobus prec-e-
dentibus affinem sed sine dubio diversam, ex Hiberniaj maritimis a
cl. Ball acceptam, in horto pariter ex seminibus eduxi. Habitu
proprio dignoseitur et praeterea fructus rostro tantum 10 lin.
(20-24 mill.) longo, carpelli sulco concentrico perangusto etaristarum
gvris 5-6. Caracteres autem omnes in vivo nondum annotavi.
Eimdem, ni fallor, plantam cl. Lebel mihi ex Neustrise maritimis
nuperrime misit." We trust that Irish botanists will search for this
plant and supply a fuller description.

The following plants, which seem to be allied to E. qlutinosum
on account of their small much-dissected leaves, short and few-tiowered
peduncles, and small flowers, deserve further study on the spot ; all
the examples we have seen (Hb. Mus. Brit.) appear to he practicallg
sterile with barely a single head of fruit: — (1) Lancashire north,
v.c. 69^. Isle of Walney. E. Hodgson. (2) Cumherland, v.c. 70.
Coulderton Shore. J. Adair. 1900. (8) Jersey. Gorey Common.
F. Naylor. 1862.

It would be ver}^ helpful if botanists, before drying their speci-
mens, would note the following points : — Stems whether prostrate or
ascending; size and colour of flower, and whether petals equal or
unequal, spotted or not ; colours of anthers, pollen, and stigma ;
whether filament is subdentate or gradually enlai-ged

Our thanks are due to the Manchester University Herbarium
authorities, to Dr. De AVildeman, to ]\1. Beille, and to Mr. J. A.

SOME SEGREGATES OF ERODIUM CICUTAKIUM 127

Wheldon for the loan of specimens : we have also had the opportunity
of examining the Erodiums in the herbarium of the late E. S.
Marshall.

Explanation: of Plate 554.

A. E. neglectum nob. from Anglesey, with filament enlarged 12 times.

B. E. Lebelii Jord. (1) From Anglesey. (2) From Broad Sands, Devon,

with filament enlarged 12 times.

MYCETOZOA FROM COENWALL.

Br a. LisTEE, F.L.S.

The accompanying list of Mycetozoa found in Cornwall is due
very largely to the observations of the late Dr. Alfred Adams. As
long ago as 1906, specimens were sent by him from Looe and the
surrounding country to my father and me for identihcation ; and
since 1911, when I tirst had the pleasure of meeting him at a forav
of the British Mycological Society at Taunton, until his death in
October 1919, few months have passed without my receiving packages
of interesting specimens which he wished to discuss with me. Not
only was he a good collector, but he was also a keen and accurate
student of living Mycetozoa. He carried on many successful cultiva-
tions of Plasmodia found in the open, and one year kept Badhamia
nifeiis in the active stage for nine months, feeding it on the leather}'-
fungus Stereum liirsufum. He was the first to recoi-d the three
arboreal species Badhamia versicolor, B. ajfinis, and Diderma
arhoreum for England.

B. versicolor was first discovered by the Rev. William Cran in
Aberdeenshire, on the bark of exposed trees ; it has since been
recorded from East Canada and Colorado ; B. affinis and Diderma
arhoreum were found in Britain for the first time by Mr. Cran ; the
former has been recorded, besides the type from Chili, from Penns^d-
vania, from Japan, and South Africa. The type of Diderma arhoreum
was found in Ceylon ; it has also been recorded from the Malay
Peninsula by Mr. A. R. Sanderson, and from Japan by M K.
Minakata.

Dr. Adams was the first to find Bhifsarum iincleatum in Britain,
when in July 1911 he obtained a considerable development on decaved
wood. Up to that time this species, which is not uncommon in the
tropics, in the United States and Japan, Ixad been recorded in Europe
only once, from a greenhouse in Ziirich. It has since been obtained
in North Devon by Mr. N. Gr. Hadden, and in Roumania by Dr.
Marcel Brandza. The sporangia from England and Roumania differ
from the elegant tropical specimens in being shortly stalked or even,
occasionally, sessile, and the characteristic ball of calcareous matter
in the centre of the capillitium is not conspicuously developed, but in
other respects they are typical.

There are two other collectors to whom we are especially in-
debted for notes on Mycetozoa from Cornwall. Mr. G. H. Fox, of
Glendurgan, Falmouth, obtained, besides more abundant species, fine
specimens of Bhysarum cifrinum and Stemonitis S2)lende?is var.

128 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Wehheri. Mr. J. M. Coon, of St. Austell, has made a small collec-
tion of Cornish Mycetozoa, which includes two rare species, Oligo-
nema nitens and Cornuvia Serpida, both found in large develop-
ments on spent tan in a tan -yard at Grampound : this is the only
record of Corn u via, Serpula in Britain.

It was Dr. Adams's intention to publish a paper on Mycetozoa
found in Cornwall, and he has left ample notes on the subject. Jn
the following list the specimens were collected by him, tinless other-
wise specified. The initials (1. H. F. and J. M. C. refer to Mr. Fox's
and Mr. Coon's collections respectively.

A full list of the localities where Dr. Adams's gatherings were
found has been kindly furnished me by his son, Mr. J . H. Adams,
from his father's notes.

Ceratiomyxa frut icjtlom (Miill.) Macbr. Common.

Badhamia capsulif>ri( (Bull.; Berk. Kihninorth Wood; vSt.
Martin's and Carhayes Castle, St. Austell (J. M. C).

B. iitricularis (Bull.) Berk. Kihninorth Wood; Morval ;
St. Martin's, &c.

B. nitens Berk. Morval.

B. versicolor Lister. Lanreath, on trunk of a living elm.

B. mncrocarpa (Ces.) Jiost. Polwellan grounds, Looe.

B. affiuis Host. Trelawnie, on moss on a living beech-trunk.

B. panicea (Fr.) Rost. Lanreath; St. Martin's.

Blnfsaruin citrinum Schum. Near Falmouth on mossy wood
(G.H.'E.).

p. mntiihiJe (Rost.) Lister. Lanreath ; Lansallos, amongst short
turf on a lawn.

P. psittacinum Ditm. Found several times, Kilminorth Wood.

P. viride (Bull.) Pers. Kilminorth Wood.

P. nucJeaium Rex. Kilminorth Wood.

P. pusilhim (Berk. & Curt.) Lister. Klymiarven garden, Looe;
Trelawne.

P. nutans Pers. Abundant.

P. nutans var. leucophceum Lister. Abundant.

P. nutans var. rohustum Lister. Looe.

P. compressum Alb. & Schw. Pendriffey, Pelynt ; Klymiarven.

P. cinereum (Batsch) Pers. Trenean ; Sandplace.

P. vernum Somm. Trenean.

B.bitecfu7n hhter. Trenean; Lanreath; Looe.

P. conf/lomeratum Rost. Trenean ; twice.

P. virescens Ditm. Kilminorth W(X)d.

Fuligo septica Gmel. Kilminorth Wood.

F. muscorum Alb. & Schw. Kilminorth Wood ; found in Plas-
modium.

Cienkoicsl'ia reticulata (Alb. & Schw.) Rost. Portnadlar, found
in orange plasmodium, which developed in a fortnight ; Yenton Vanes.
Only recorded before in Britain by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley in
Leicestershire, 187'').

Craterium miuutum (Leers) Fries. Frequent.

C. leucoceplialum T>ii\\\. Looe; Pelynt.

MTCETOZOA TBOM CORNWALL 129

C aureiun (Scliuiii.) Ro!>;t. Kilniiiiorth Wood ; found several
times.

Leocarimsfrac/ilis (Dicks.) Rost. Kilminortli Wood. St. Aus-
tell (J. M. C).

hiderma linn isplwri cum (Bull.) Hornem. Frequent.

D. effiisum {i>(;\\\\.) Mov^y. Lanretitli ; Polperro ; Trenean.

D. if'sidcenm Pers. Lanreath.

D. radlutum (L.) Lister var. iimhiJlcafnm (Fr.) Meyl. Kilmi-
nortli Wood.

D. arhorenm G. Lister & Fetch. Trelawne, on beech trunks.

DiochcBa leuc.opoda (Bull.) Host. Not unfrequent.

Didymivm dij^'orme (Pers.) Duby. P'requent.

D. difforme var. comatam Lister. Not unfi-equent.

D. complariaium Post. Kilminortli Wood ; twice.

D. Clavus (Alb. & Schw.) Rabenh. Kilminorth Wood; Tre-
lawne.

D. mclanospcrmum (Pers.) Macbr. Muchlavnick. St. Austell
(J. M. C).

D. nig pipes Fries. Frequent.

D. ni gripes var. xantltopvs Lister. Looe.

D. squamulosinn (Alb. & Schw.) Fries. Frequent.

Mucilago spongiosa (Lej^ss.) Morg. Frequent.

Stemonifis fusca Roth. Frequent.

^S*. splendens Post. Grlyn Valley, the typical form, merging into
var. Wehheri.

S. splendens var. Wehheri Lister. Glendurgan (G. H. F.).

S.ferriiginea Ehrenb. Kilminorth Wood.

S.flavogenifa Jahn. Not uncommon.

Comairicha nigra (Pers.) Schroet. Frequent.

C nigra var. alia Lister. Looe.

C. laxa Rost. Shorteross ; Redgate, Liskeai-d.

C. 'pulcliella (Bab.) Post. Kilminorth Wood ; St. Martin's.

C tenerrima (Curtis) G. Lister. Portnadlar.

Enertlienema papillatum(V<dTii.) Rost. Kilminorth Wood ; Tre-
nean.

Lamproderma arcyrionema Rost. Kilminorth Wood ; Herods-
foot.

L. scinfillans (Berk. & Br.) Morg. Frequent.

i. coJumhimcm (Pers.) Post. Kilminorth Wood; St. Martin's.

L. violaceum (Fries) Rost. Looe, on leaves.

Srefeldia maxima (Frits) Rost. Lanreath. Falmouth (G.H. F.).

Crihraria argillacea Pers. Trenean, &c.

C vulgaris Schrad. Several times found,

Diciydium canceUaiiim (Batsch) Macbr. Not rare.

Meticularia Lycoperdon Bull. Frequent.

Lycogala epidendrum (L.) Fries. Frequent.

Trichiafaiwgenita Pers. Near Bodmin.

T. affinis de Bary. Frequent.

T. persimilis Karst. Frequent.

T. scahra Rost. Once foimd.

T. varia ]\^rs. Frequent.

130 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY

T. contorta (Ditm.) Rost. Tregarrick Mill ; Trenean ; Morval.

T. decipiens (Pcrs.) Micbr. Frequent.

T. Bofrytis Pers. Frequent.

Ollgonema nltens (Lib.) Rost. Grampound (J. M. C).

Hemifrichia ahiftlaa ( Wigand) Lister. Bodmin Valley ; a single
ovoid short-stalked sporangiuras on moss; a puzzling specimen.

Coriiuvia Herpiila (Wig.) Kost. Grampound (J. M. C).

Arcyria ferrnginea Saut. Morv^al ; Peneartlitown.

A. cinerea (Bull.) Pers. Frequent.

A. pomi^ormis (Leers.) Host. Hall Wood, Pelynt.

A. denudafn (L.) Wettst. Frequent.

A. incarnata Pers. Frequent.

A. nutans (Bull.) Grev. West Looe.

Perichcena depres.m Libert. ISt. Martin's ; Morval ; Tregarrick
Mill.

P. corticaUs (Batscli) Rost. Not uncommon.

P. vermicularis (Scliw.) Post. ? Near Looe.

Dianema depressum Lister. Kilminortli Wood.

PrototricJiia metalUca fBerk.) Mass. ? Near Looe.

The above list contains eighty-two species and four varieties.

PLANT DERMATITIS.— I.

Bv E. Philip Smith
(Botanical Department, Oxford).

Plant Dermatitis {^Dermatitis venenata of medical writers),
that is, diseases of the skin caused bj plant-products, is probably
much more frequent in occurrence than is usually supposed, owing
to the fact that the eruptions produced so closely simulate one (jf
the many forms of eczema, erysipelas, etc., that they are commonly
diagnosed and treated as such. A more stringent inquiry into the
liistory of the case frequently results in the discovery of evidence of
contact with some poisonous plant which has wrought the damage.
It is therefore desirable to have sonie knowledge of the plants which
are known to have disastrous effects upon the skin of those who
come in contact with them, in order that the}^ may be avoided ; and
that in the event of accidental aifection, a correct diagnosis may be
made.

Plants causing irritation to the skin may he, roughly speaking,
divided into two main groups : tbose in which the active principle is
contained in the cell- sap or in latex, and those in which it is secreted
by glands or hairs of various kinds, whether over the whole surface
of the plant, or localized in some special region. Irritant cell-sap
covers a very wide range of phenomena, including those due to
poisonous alkaloids, phenols, etc., or to the mechanical action of
raphides, which work their way in under the skin and so cause an
extreme irritation, which is only increased b}" friction.

A few t^^pical instances may be taken as examples : —

I. Perhaps the commonest case of all, and one which is known to

PLANT DEIJMATTTTS 131

everyone in tliis countiy, is the case of the Stinging Nettle. The
plant, particularly the leaves, is provided with stinging hairs, each
consisting of a long stiff shaft, narrowing towards the point, and
provided with a small bulbous tip. The portion of the shaft
immediately under tliis tip is not thickened and silicified like the rest,
so that a very slight touch is sufficient to break off the bulbous end.
The tip breaks off at a slant, leaving a fineh' pointed hollow shaft,
like the needle of a hypodermic syringe, which makes a puncture in
the skin through which the secretion can enter. The secretion,
which contains albuminoid substances, is injected through this into
the skin, and is a])parently accompanied by formic acid, which was
formerly thought to be the toxic principle ; this, however, is quite
inadequate to account for the severe symptoms that are sometimes
observed {e. g. the effect of the sting of tropical nettles, such as
JJrtica stimulans and Urtica urentissima, has been known to cause
severe continuous pain, tetanus-like symptoms, and even death).
A burning, j^ricking sensation follows the sting, and very soon each
spot touched is marked by a raised whitish wheal, surrounded by a
zone of reddened skin. In most cases in this country, this is the
worst that happens, but occasionally ])ersons with very delicate skins,
who are stung over considerable areas, or where the face and eyes are
aifected, may be rendered quite severely ill. In the Tropics, however,
much more striking effects are recorded. The most virulent of the sting-
ing nettles of India is Laportea crenulata. It has minute stinging
hairs which cause acute pain when touched, and the pain is increased
on bathing the affected part in w^ater. Girardinia Jietero'phylla
causes at most stinging pains, and the young tops are eaten as a
vegetable, as the Common Nettle is used in this country. On the
other hand, Girardinia zeylanica yields a fibre which has been used
for making clothes, with unpleasant results, owing to the extreme
difficulty experienced in entirely removing the stinging principles,
even in the severe processes to which the plant is subjected in order
to extract the fibre.

Since the Stinging Nettle is never cultivated as a plant for
domestic decoration, injur3^ from it is alw^ays accidental, and the
results are so innnediately apparent as to leave no doubt of their
origin. The effects, too, are usually transitory, the wheals commonly
subsiding in a few minutes. Inmost cases no application is necessarv,
the cure being rapid and spontaneous. If the irritation is severe and
seems likely to be prolonged, the use of strong spirit is soothing,
partly because it coagulates any proteid present, and by its rapid
eva])oration has a cooling and analgesic effect. The " Grlyco-thymo-
line " of Messrs. Kress & Owen is also very useful, if applied full
strength on gauze or cotton -wool.

II. The cases of Primula poisoning, however, are sometimes very
mystifying. Primula-dermatitis attracted a great deal of attention
about ten or fifteen years ago, although of course jjlenty of eailier
references to it are to be found. There is a certain monotony about
the clinical histories. In nearly every case the patient is afflicted
with an erythematous eruption accompanied by more or less swelling,
generally beginning on the hands, and spreading to the arms, face,

182 TTIK .TOUIIXAL OF BOTxVN^Y

and even other parts of the body. The itchhig and fever may be
intolerable, completely preventing sleep, and rapidly wearing out the
patient by loss of rest and lack of appetite. There may be only a
single attack, or they may be recurrent at short intervals over several
months of the year, and tinally settle down into a chronic condition
which is extremely distressing. The great regularity with which
such cases respond favourably to change of scene, but as regularly
relapse on returning home (to the source of irritation), might lead to
a suspicion of their environmental origin, but frequently mvich time
and trouble are wasted owing to ignorance on the part of both patient
and physician. Of course, as soon as the offending plant is discovered
and destroyed, recovery is rapid and complete, unless the case has
become chronic. The irritant in this case is an oil, which is secreted
by glandular hairs all over the leaves and stalk. External conditions
are known to have a marked effect upon the development of the oil,
so that a person who has hitherto been immune, may, on coming into
contact with plants in another locality, be badly poisoned [Weydahl,
1908]. The hairs are normal glandular trichomes, and usually con-
sist of three cells : two more or less elongated as a stalk, and one
smaller, rounded head-cell with dense contents. The oily substance
is secreted in the usual way beneath the cuticle of the head-cell, so
that the former is gradually distended until it bursts, and the secretion
is poured out and trickles down the hair. (For stages in the develop-
ment of the secretion in Primula ohconica, P. sinensis, and
P. mollis, cf. Nestler, 1904 and 1908). The hairs are very delicate
and easily broken, consequently the skin is readily affected by the
oily substance, and in the case of susceptible individuals the usual
impleasant symptoms follow. It is extremely eas^^ to transfer the
irritant to other parts of the body, and every place touched will be
att'ected in a greater or less degree, according to the thickness of the
cuticle at the spot.

III. A similar but even more serious type is the poisoning
produced by species of Pints, such as Phus Toxicodendron ("Poison
Ivy"), P. venenata (-'Poison Elder"), and other forms such as
P. Cotinus, P. Coriaria, P. vernicifera. (The last is the plant
from which Japanese lacquer is obtained, and will be dealt with
later.) -Phus Toxicodendron was put on the market in recent years
as an ornamental plant under the trade-name of '* Ampelopsis
Hoggii,"'' owing to a general resemblance to the North American
Ampelopsis quinqvefolia, Virginian Creeper, of commerce, from which
it can be distinguished at once by having three instead of five leaflets
in its compound leaf. Masquemding under this name, the plant was
employed as a decorative climber by many unfortunate people, some
of whom suffered severely for their ignorance. A case is known
where the plant grew up and surrounded a bedroom window : the
owner of the house and his wife, who occupied the room, were both
poisoned on the face while handling the foliage when opening or
shutting the window, with very serious results.

The active principle of Phus Toxicodendron and P. venenata was
investigated by Pfaff. An older view ascribed the toxic qualities to
an acid which w^as extracted from the plant, just as the stings of
nettles were supposed to be due to formic acid. Pfaff prepared this

PL INT DEUMATITIS 133

acid in a pure condition and found it to be merely acetic acid. Bv
distilling- the crushed leaves antl stem in a current of steam, there
was obtained, in addition to this acid, small quantities of an oily-
substance, which proved to be an active irritant. This oil was
obtained in larger quantities hy extracting with alcohol and then
distilling oft' the s])irit, leaving a black oily residue which was washed
with water and taken up in ether. The etherial solution on washing
with water and then dilute solution of sodium carbonate, yielded an
impure sample of the oil, which was contaminated by resinous
oxidation products. The oil was prepared pure by treating with 10-15
times its bulk of 95 "/o alcohol. After standing, fractional precipi-
tation with lead acetate gave a precipitate from which the free active
oil could be obtained by treating with ammonium sulphide, 'j'he
free oil, which Pfaff named " Toxicodendrol," was not analyzed,
though the pure lead salt gaye a provisional formula of C^^H^^O^Pb.
This oil occurs in all parts of the plant : stems, leaves, fruit, and even
on the pollen. It is non-volatile, and the least trace of it is irritant :
e. g. in one case '005 mg. in two drops of olive oil caused severe pain
and swelling. Experiments with the puritied free oil j^roduced results
exactly similar to a severe case of i^Z/i/s-dermatitis. 'J'hat is to say,
the attack was characterized by swelling, localized redness, and the
formation of papules which developed in the course of a few days
into vesicles (which became confluent in many cases), with consider-
able exudation of serous fluid and the formation of crusts. The
attack lasted about 15 days, and at its height the pain and fever
were considerable. The poison being a very sticky, non-volatile oil,
apparently excreted by the epidermal cells of actively j^hotosynthetic
leaves during the warm season (the plant is considerably more
virulent in America than in this country, and the leaves are not
poisonous in autumn, i. e. when photosynthesis is not active owing to
cold, etc.), which is slowly oxidized in contact with air to a resin, the
usual methods of treatment by bland ointments such as carbolized
vaseline, by lotions, etc., are only too well calculated to spread the
trouble instead of checking it. These substances, such as mutton fat
or petroleum jelly, become almost liquid at body temperature, and so
dissolve the oil and carry it to other parts of the body. This was
clearly demonstrated in the case described above ; the fingers of the
unaffected hand, which came in contact with the other while dressing
it, became poisoned, and so did the arm wherever the dressing had
reached. On the other hand, immediate relief was experienced when
the injured arm was scrubbed with soap and water, and the swelling,
etc. rapidly subsided under this treatment. Dr. Pfaff found that in
all cases the best treatment was vigorous mechanical removal of the
poisonous oil by scrubbing with soap and water, with or without a
preliminary treatment with alcohol. This method answered at any
stage of the attack. One point about this dermatitis which makes it
rather difficult to diagnose is the fact that there is a " latent period "
after contact with the plant before the attack begins. This time
varies from 18-24 hours, to as long as 7-9 days, the average time
being four or five days, by which time most people would have
forgotten an accidental contact with the plant. This "latent time"
probably indicates the time taken for the oil to infiltrate the skin,

134 THE .TOUUNAL OF BOTAIS^Y

and so is a function of the thicltness of the individual cuticle. This
i?7ms-derniatitis has been dwelt upon rather at length, owing to the
seventy of its nature and the danger of a wrong diagnosis.

IV. Of quite a different type is the so-called ''Lilt/ Disease,^''
which attacks particularly the flower-pickers in the Scilly Isles,
where Daffodils and other Narcissi are grown in enormous quantities
for market. It attacks the pickers chiefly during the harvesting
season when they are continually exposed to the sap from the cut
leaves and stems, although every part of the plant, including the
bulb, is said to be violently emetic and irritant (Sowerby& Johnson).
It would be impossible to give an exhaustive list of the many varieties
of Daffodil and Narcissus grown for market, and it would probably
be unnecessary, since it is unlikely that there would be much difference
between them from this point of view. The following, however, are
definitely singled out for mention by Walsh in his article on "Lily
Dermatitis," namely : — Narcissus odoriis, var. ' Campanelle : N.
poeticus var. ornnHis : N. Taz&tta, in the commercial varieties
' Grand Monarque,' ' Scilly White,' and ' Gloriosus.' These are
])laced in order of virulence according to the accounts of the workers,
l)ut all the varieties are said to be dangerous at times. The fiowers
ai-e o-rown in the open field, except those intended for the very earliest
lYmrket, wdiich are forced under glass. In the latter case the pickers
are working in a very steamy atmosphere in shirt-sleeves, so that
plenty of surface is exposed to the sap. In the fields the main crop
is gathered towards the end of March, and in these islands the sun is
quite strong enough even at that time of year to cause severe sun-
burn. The flowers and leaves are cut, and then made up in bunches
usuallv of a dozen blooms each. An expert buncher handles a great
many each day. The work is, of course, done entirely by hand,
including the packing in Hat Imskets for shipment. Every o])|)or-
tunity is thus afforded for the hands and arms of the workers to come
into contact with the cell-sap. Individual susceptibility seems to
play a great part in the development of this dermatitis, since some
workers escape entirely, others give a history of a single attack, while
some are so extremely susceptible that they dare not handle the
leaves or flowers. All are agreed, however, that anything which
lowers the general bodily resistance, such as exposure to cold or damp
for a long time, or any local injury, such as a bruise or sunburn,
];redisposes to an attack. According to Walsh, the rash is "an
ei-vthema of papular, vesicular, or pustular type, of varying degrees
of severity, at times chronic, and in rare instances generalized." The
])recise nature of the irritant has not yet been determined. It was
originallv described as "Oil of Jonquil, {sic) by Bernard Smith, who
ascribed this to all the members of the Amaryllidacese. No mention
of this hypothetical " Oil of Jonquil " is to be found in chemical
literature,"^ and experiments made with it by Walsh showed that it
was quite innocuous. Preparations of various kinds were made from
several varieties, but when applied to the unbroken skin gave a
negative result. The " succus," however, gave a positive result
when applied to an area of skin which had been slightly abraded with
a needle, producing an area of redness and swelling around the centre
of inoculation. A strong alcoholic tincture had a similar though

PLANT DEKMATITIS 135

slighter effect. It is probable that tlic abundant ra])lii(Ies of calcium
oxalate which are present in the sap might provide the abrasive
action, without which the sap does not appear to affect the average
person. The succus is said to act ])hysiologically like a member of
the Digitalin group, which may afford a clue to the nature of the
toxic principle. The chief points of interest about this dermatitis are
the apparent necessity of an abraded skin, and the variations in
individual susceptibility.

"DISAPPEARING WILD FLOWERS."

The Times has recently published several letters calling attention
to the destruction of our wild flowers, and one which suggests a
remedy as objectionable as the disease. In its issue of April 20 the
correspondence is summarized in an article headed as above, which we
rejDroduce :

*' It is time that additional steps were taken to protect wild
plants and flowers. Possibly many people to whom Devonshire
seems the very home of primroses may have been surprised at the
letter from the Bishop of Exeter, which we lately published, describ-
ing their disappearance in many parts of that as well as of other
counties. There are very few primroses left within a line drawn round
London, which is not quite equidistant at all points, but which
averages about 25 miles radius. The roots have been dug up and
sold in London, almost all to perish. For many years past the
eradication of many species of ferns has been even more general ;
while certain plants which at all times were rare, such as the most
local and conspicuous British orchids, have been almost completely
extirpated. To see our rare plants in bloom must alwa^^s be a
pleasure for the comparatively few. though to allow any plant to be
exterminated is an inexcusable offence against posterity But the
destruction of primroses removes from the landscape of spring one of
its delights with the most general appeal ; and the effective enforce-
ment of protective legislation should enlist the active support of every
class. Even in areas such as public parks, where special prohibitions
are in force, there has been increased defiance of them during and
since the war, mainly owing to the diminution of effective supervision.
Bluebells have hitherto suffered less than primroses, owing to their
being less conveniently removed and transplanted. But from at least
one London park, in the eastern suburbs, many bluebell plants were
pillaged this year during the Easter holidays, Avhile torn fragments
were strewn on all sides. The suggestion of one of our correspondents
that wild plants should be systematically disseminated by school
children is open, unless very carefully controlled, to the objection of
disturbing the natural floral associations, and to the risk of introducing
new species which might become an aggressive pest. But where
protective rules already exist, they should again be more effectively
enforced ; and they should be adopted and maintained with equal
determination in rural areas where pillagers of roots, whether street-
hawkers or collectors of the rarer species, have hitherto enjoyed a
vicious immunity."

136 THE JOUKNAL OF UOTANY

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Newspaper Botany. The Daily News, which, as our last issue
showed, occupies a prominent position among botanical blunderers,
writes on April 12 that •' wajside hedgerows and wastes are now
getting to the stage when it is hardly p( ssible to do anything but
catalogue the wild flowers." The list given, however, is not ex-
tensive, but it includes the " white tormentil," with which we are
not familiar. It also tells us that the wild arum is " readj^ to supply
the cuckoo, when it comes, with a drink " : according to the old folk-
name, cuckoo-pint, it serves this useful purpose — a reference to Prior's
Popular Names will dispel this illusion. On the following day in
an article on " vegetables that grow wild," wherein various strange
things were mentioned — e.g. "wild asparagus," which "we find
in the young shoots of certain ferns — the royal fern is the really
good one." There is also ^^ Anthyllis arvensis, honourably known
to Oulpeper and the medical herbalists of to-day as parsley piert " ;
this grows in " dome-like clusters of tightly-packed green, rapidly
reaching the dimensions of a football ; you pull up each boss by the
roots and soon have an armfull or even a cart load, which you can
try and sell to the makers of liver- medicines, or your armfull you can
boil for dinner." The writer adds " I have not yet tried it that
way " ; perhaps some of our readers can report.

But newspaper botany is likely to be eclipsed by the magazines,
if the following, from Nash's Magazine for March (p. 537), which a
corres})ondent sends us, may be taken as a sample : — " The hemlocks,
clothed from head to foot in thin smoke and exquisite foliage, caught
his attention. Usually they had the power to arouse his enthusiasm,
for he considered them the most beautiful of all conifers. Now they
reminded him only of the fact that Socrates had ended his troubles
with a bowl of hemlock. He wondered if it could have been the
same kind of hemlock. He thought not." We also think not.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Aj)ril 15th, Mr. R.
Paulson showed lantern-slides illustrating deKnite stages in the
sporulation of gonidia within the thallus of the lichen Evernia
Fnmastri Ach. He stated that it has for a considerable time been
generally accepted that the bright-green spherical gonidium, which is
common to many lichens and is referred to in the literature of the
subiect as Cgstococcas, Protococctis, or Pleurococais, multiplies
vegetatively only, while it remains the algal constituent of the lichen
thallus. Famintzin (1868), Baranetzki (1S68), Woroiiin (1872),
Bornet (1873), and Chodat (1913), state that the gonidia (Cgsfo-
eocctts ?) of certain lichens produce zoospores after being isolated
from the gonidial layer and subsequently cultivated in, or on, different
media. He had not been able to find that the gonidia of Evernia
Prunastri and of twenty-three other species of lichens, representing
eleven o-enera, divide vegetatively within the thallus, but in all these
cases the reproduction of gonidia was found to be the result of the
successive bipartition of the original protoplast of the cell into four,
eight, or sixteen separate masses each of which rapidly develops a
cell-wall of its owai while within the mother cell. These daughter
o-onidia (suppressed zoospores ?) ultimateW escape as the mother-cell-
wall becomes diffluent. They exhibit all the characteristics of the
parent cell before they are set f]-ce.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

Ix view of tlie fact tliat tlic st.n-k ot: lliesc is in soiuo cases
practically exliausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which- a|'^>ears on the followino- ])ao-e. Old sul»scrihers of course
ah-eady possess the matter (M.nlHiiicd in them in tlie juiLi'es of the
Jnunial ; hut some of tliem ;(|»|)cared several years ago, and recent
subscrihers will tluis not ])os>css them. Some, whieli do not aj.'pear in
the list, are already out of ])rint ; of others verv few copies remain, and
it willof course he imp(»>s:hJe"to reprint them : anion^' the ktter may he
mentioned Mr. IJiddelsdell's Flora of Gla monjanshlrr, Mr. J)allman"s
yofeson theFlontofDciihinlishirc (1911), and Mi-. 15ennctt"s ^upph-
m.oit in ' Topo'/raphicf/I Bofdini.^ Of the Sup[)lements 1o the Bio-
(jraplui-al Iii'h\r no c(.mplete sets reinain. It liad heen lio}»ed ])etore
this to issue the second edition of the wori<, in which these Su])plements
are of course incorporated, l)ut the present c(.st of paperand lahourhas
rendered this im])0ssil)le. Of the ImJrx itself no co[»ies renrain, these
havin,!;- heen lost in the course of ti-ansferriui;' the stock to Messrs.
Adhird. Mr. (Jarry's Xofrs <>)i llie JJiutiri n;/^ oj' Soircrhif s ' Em/IisU
Boianif,' citntainiuL;-, as it does, much t(»]»oii'raj)hica! information and
numerous unpuhlished notes 1)y Smith. Sowerhy and others, should
he in the possession of all interested in the history of Ih-itisli liotany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may he ])ointi?d out that, althoui>-h for the most ])art relating
to British Botany, certain of the ivprints have a more i;-cneral appeal.
Such are the Index Ahcctuhwi nx -a list (.f the plants in the tirst
edition of Limueus\s Sprci, s P/aii/t/n/ii/, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no index of s])ecies : the
History of Aitotis ' Horlns Kewensis," which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that cla.ssical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, l)esi<les a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linnaais's Flora Aiu/llca — the tirst
English Flora — has a Ijearing upon nomenclature : of all these

tliere are numerous co])ies.

\Over.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRII^TS.

I*rice >S/\c ^Jiillinf/s (clotli).

Notes on the l)ra\viiii>-s for Sowerl)}^"^ ' Engllsli Hotaiiv ' (p)). 270).
J^^ F. A. GABin.

J^i'lcP Fire SliiUidiJ.^.
Flora of Giln-altar. \U Major A. H. AVoli.iov-Doi) (;))p. 158).

Priiy Three ^lullin;/.^.

"^I'lie British IJoses, excludiiii;' Ku-Caniiia' (]>[>. HI). Bv Major A,
H. WOT.I.EY-T)0]J.

TIio Genus Fiimarin in lirilain (witli plate/. By H. W. PuasLEV,
B.A.

Fi'ice Hal f'-<i -crown.
Tlie J3)-itis]i Willows. \\y tlie llev. K. F. Lint»)N, M.A.
Flora of (ilainoi-<;ansliire. \\\ the IJev. H. .1. 1\ iDDKi.sDKLr,. B.A.

l^ricc Ti(H) SJtif/h/t/s.

A List of P>ritish Kose.s (pp. (>7). V*y Major A. H. Wolley-Dojj.

Note's on the Flora, of DenhisJ'hshire and Furthei- Notes. By A. A.
J)aij,:.i AN, F.L.S. i2s. eaeh.)

Price Kiffhieen -pence.

Supplements I -:i to the Biographical Index (»f I^ritish and Irish
JMani.sts (T.'^. (>//. eaclij.

British Fuphrasia\ IJy Okdi^io J3uokxali>, Mus.Ike.

[ndex A]>eeedai'ius : an Alphabetical Index to Linnteus's Species
Blantarunt, ed. I. Compiled l)y W. V. Htkr^, M.A., F.ll.S.

Historvof Alton's ' Hortus Kenensis.' By Ja.mks Brittex, F.L.S.

Llnn:eus"s 'Flora Anglica.'

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivilli reniitlance slionhl he mlJressed io\—
TAYLOR k FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 690

JUNE, 1920

T B E

Vol. LVIII

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BEITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED Bl"

JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONTENTS

VAGE I

Cheshire "Roses. By J. R. Matthews, | Reviews- —

M.A., F;L.S 137

East Wiltshire Bryophytes. By Cecil

P.HURST 141

New Malayan Plants. By H. N. Rid-
ley, M.A., F.R.S. ..\... 147

Plantago alpiita and P. marifima.

By H. W. Pugsley, B.A 149

Eiigeiiia liiclila Banks. By James

Britten, F.L.S 151

SA-ensk Fanerogamflora af C. A. M.
LiNDMAN 153

American Honey Plants together
with those which are of special
value to the Beekeeper as sources
of Pollen. By Frank C. Pel-

LETT 156

Forests, Woods, and Trees in rela-
tion to Hygiene. By Augustine
Henry, M.A., F.L.S., M.R.I.A... 157

Book-Notes. News, etc 158

Short Notes :—CE7(Yn;f7/e crocflfa, L.'

— Aspidiiini gogyllodui^ Schkuhr \

— West Gloucestershire (v.c. 34) Supplement. — The Marine Algaj of

Records — Crepis rirens and C. Guernsey. By Lilian Lyle,

tecforum 152 F.L.S.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. .1

Price One Shillinr/ and Eightpence

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED Br

JAMES B E, I T T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OK BOTANY, BUITISII MUSEUiM.

The Journal of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in ihe hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception filled a position wdiich, even now, is
covered by no other periodical. It atfords a ready and prompt
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially '
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary '
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive
considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications
has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and
important books written by competent critics : in this as in every
other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained.
While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany
of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled
by those whose acquaintance Avith the National Herbarium has
enabled them to utiHze its pages for recording facts of interest and
importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the
. Museum contains.

Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below ""

12 copies 2 pp. 3s.

4 pp. 4s. M.

8 pp. Vs.

12 pp. 9s.

16 pp. 10s. 6d.

25 „ „ 4s.

„ 5s. Orf.

„ 8s.

„ lis. Qd.

„ 13s.

50 „ „ hs.

„ Gs. OcZ.

„ 9s.

„ 12s. 6cl.

„ 14s.

100 „ „ 7s.

■ „ 8s. M.

„ lOs. M.

„ 14s.

„ 15s. M.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.
TAYLOB & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. EC. 4.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. ^81 16s. Od. each £1 12s. Od. each ]

Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 „ [ net

Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ 6 6 „ J

All applications for space to he made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

137

CHESHIllE ROSES.

Br J. R. Matthews, M.A., F.L.S.

In the Flora of Liverpool District by Green (1902) it is stated
tliat critical genera sucli as Ruhus and Rosa were not revised by the
committee entrusted with the preparation of a new edition of the
Liverpool Flora. The account of the roses given in Green's Flora
seems to be based to some extent on the earlier records published in
Lord de Tabley's Flora of Cheshire (1899) ; these records, though
revised and brought up to date with regard to nomenclature by the
Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, represent largely the work of Webb, a well-
known botanist and rhodologist, who resided in Birkenhead for several
years, and who was chiefly responsible for the Flora of Liverpool^
pubhshed by the Liverpool Naturalists' Club in 1872.

In a series of papers on the genus Rosa, published as Supplements
to this Journal (1908, 1910, 1911), Colonel Wolley-Dod incorporates
valuable notes on species and varieties collected in Cheshire, but the
writer is not acquainted with any recent publication dealing especially
with the Rose flora of this county.

The material which forms the basis of the following account was
collected at odd intervals during the summers of 1917 and 1918 in the
district known as the Wirral Hundred of Cheshire. The greater
part of the area lies between lat. 53° 15' and 53° 25', and the highest
point in the district is Heswall Hill, 360 feet. As might be expected,
the boreal and montane elements of the British Rose Flora are rather
scantily represented, but the area provides abundant material of those
species having a more general distribution.

In the list which follows, I deal mainly with those Cheshire Roses
I have myself seen or gathered, but I have also made considerable use
of Colonel Wolley-Dod's notes on forms from the county in order that
the list may present as full an account as possible of the roses occurring
in the district under review. I have throughout attempted to give
segregate names to the plants collected, although I have done so with
considerable reserve for reasons I shall not attempt to discuss here.
Forms not recorded in Flora of Cheshire or Flora of Liverpool Dis-
trict, nor given for v.c. 58 in List of British Roses, are marked with
an asterisk, and are presumably additions to the county flora.

I am much indebted to my friend Mr. W. Barclay for kindly
looking over my material and confirming my determinations.

R. ARYEiS'Sis Huds. Abundant and widely distributed. *Var.
ovata Lej. occasional ; it seems to pass into the type, and it is doubt-
ful if it is even varietally distinct. *Var. erronea Rip. in a lane neai
Greasby.

R. LTJTETiANA Lem. Exceedingly common. An example from
Meols has slightly hairy peduncles, and although Leman describes the
peduncles as glabrous or naked, I am convinced the Meols plant must
be placed to his species. Mr. Barclay agrees. Var. sphcerica Gren.
not uncommon. Var. separahilis Desegl. frequent. *YaT.Jle.vibilis
Desegl. between Bromborough and Raby. Var. senticosa Ach.
recorded for v.c. 58 by W.-Dod.

Journal of Boti^y. — Vol. 58. [June, 1920.] l

138 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

E. INSIGNIS Desegl. et Kip., which I have taken as the repre-
sentative species of the TransitoricB, is not uncommon. *Var. sijn-
frichostyla Rip. near Brimstage. A plant from Greasby with narrow,
beaked fmit seems to be referable to *var. rhyncliocarpa Rip.

R. DUMALis Bechst. Very common. Var. leiosfyla Rip. near
Greasby. *Var. hiserrata Mer. near railway-crossing between More-
ton and Meols. There has been some doubt regarding the occurrence
of this plant in Britain. Herat's description is certainly incomplete
in some points, but if Deseglise's account can be accepted, the
globose fruit, short villous styles, and ascending or erect sepals should
distinguish the plant from other forms of B. dumalis. There is
a sheet in Herb. Brit. Mus. (No. 4i, Herb. Ley) from Brampton
Abbots, Hereford, which agrees in most particulars with my speci-
mens, but the sepals appear loosely re flexed, whereas the Cheshire
examples have ascending, almost erect sepals. A Cheshire specimen
collected by Wolley-Dod, referred to B. hiserrata Mer. by Dingier
and Sudre, " departs greatly from the type."

R. YERTiciLLACANTHA Mer. '* Upton Road. Between Moreton
and Hoylake." Flora of Liverpool District. A specimen from
Bradley Valley in Herb. Brit. Mus. (No. 1356, Herb. Wolley-Dod)
is feebly characterized, since there are only one or two glands on a
few of the peduncles. It therefore comes very near B. dumalis.

R. SCABRATA Crep. This name was employed by Crepin to cover
a series of forms of B. canina L. having biserrate leaflets, subfoliar
glands, and smooth peduncles. I have not found any such form in
Cheshire, but a specimen collected at Clift'bank, Carden, in Herb.
Brit. Mus. (No. 1441, Herb. Wolley-Dod), labelled i?. vinacea Baker,
comes under this series.

R. Blonb^ana Rip. The following notes are quoted from
Col. WoUey-Dod's account of the subsection Eu-caninae, p. 68.
" There are two British plants in this cover in herb. Deseglise. One
is from West Kirby, Cheshire, by Webb, labelled by Mr. Baker

' B. arvatica, excellent.' Except for its glabrous midribs,

this is really much nearer arvatica than Blondceana The other

is also from Webb, collected at Hoylake, Avhich is quite near West
Kirbv. It is a very similar-looking plant, but having hairy midribs
is, I think, indisputably i2. arvatica Baker." I conflne the name
B. Blondceana Rip. to plants of the B. canina group having
biserrate leaflets, subfoliar glands, and hispid peduncles. The only
Cheshire example I have seen is one by Wolley-Dod from Broxton
quarry in Herb. Brit. Mus. It has large leaflets, not very strongly
biserrate, a few glands on the primary veins beneath, and feebly
glandular peduncles.

R. urbica Lem. The commonest species of the group B. dume-
torum Thuill. *Var. semi glabra Rip. not uncommon. A form of
this variety with globose fruit Mr. Barclay thinks may be referred
to *var. glohata Desegl. Var. splicerocarpa Pug. near Brimstage.
A plant from Raby Mere with very small leaflets only slightly
pubescent beneath, and small, almost globose fruit, I cannot refer
to any named segregate, and Mr. Barclay has not suggested a name.

CHESHIRE ROSES 139

It seems to approach var. caloplujlla Kouj, but is not identical with
specimens so named in Herb. Brit. Mns.

li. ARVATiCA Baker p.p. Although some confusion surrounds
this name, I retain it, in the meantime, to cover the series of forms
of the R. dumetorum group having biserrate leaflets. It seems per-
fectly clear what Baker meant by R. arvatica when he states in >
MoHoi/ra'pli of British Roses, p. 229, that it "bears much the same
relation to urhica that dumalis does to lutetiana.^'' I have not
encountered any rose in Cheshire that could be described as a biserrate
urhica, but there is a specimen from Grange Farm in Herb. Brit.
Mus. (No. 1455, Herb. WoUey-Dod) labelled R. hemitricha Uip.
teiite Dingier. Kipart describes his plant as differing from R. urhica
" in its villous and glandular petioles and its doubly dentate leaflets."
As Colonel WoUey-Dod points out, specimens are scarcely more than
irregularly serrate, so they differ but slightly from forms of R. urhica
Lem.

B. Deseglisei Bor. Duckington Wood. No. 1499, ex herb.
Wolley-Dod in Herb. Brit. Mus.

B. &LAUCA Vill. sp. agg. This boreal or montane aggregate is
very sparsely distributed in Cheshire.

li. Crepiniana DesegL = i?. Reuteri God. A uniserrate form
and the type of Villars's R. glauca. " Hedges of the fields between
Moreton and Hoylake," Flora of Liverpool District.

*B. SUBCRISTATA Baker. This is the commonest form of the
glauca group. I have it from between Newton and Hoylake, Brim-
stage, Thornton Hough, Baby, and Irby.

B. EUGAX Gren. Two plants, one from Baby Mere, the other
near the bridge that crosses Arrow Brook between Moreton and Meols,
are referable to this segregate, although the peduncles are rather
feebly hispid.

B. coRiiroLiA Fries sp. agg. Bare. Becorded in Flora of
Cheshire as occurring in good quantity at West Kirby, and there is
a specimen by Webb from this station in Herb. Desegl. \?^Y.frute-
torum Bess, and var. implexa Gren. are recorded for the county in
List of British Roses.

*B. SUBCOLLIXA Chr. Very rare. Extremely well-characterized
specimens of this were obtained from a sii>gle plant between Brom-
borough and Baby. I am not certain that this is not a new record
for England.

B. TOMENTELLA Lem. Not common. Specimens from four
localities, all in the neighbourhood of Meols, show considerable
variation in the density of the subfoliar glands, and it does not
appear possible to distinguish varieties readily by diff'erent degrees of
glandularity. The peduncles in my specimens are more or less hairy,
and although Leman's key gives glabrous or naked peduncles for
R. tomentella, I think the Meols plants must be referred to his
species. The alternative is to place them to R. Borreri Woods,
which has peduncles " with weak setse or white hairs or even dense
pvibescence." But if large leaves and a lax habit are, as Wolley-
Dod believes, distinguishing characters of R. Borreri, then my plants

L 2

140 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

cannot be referred to that species. It would seem desirable to regard
jB. l^orreri and M. tomentella as synon^anous, as Crepin suggested
so long ago as 1896.

li. EUBiGiNOSA L. Green records a few plants above the Eed
Noses, New Brighton. A specimen from a bush growing in a hedge
near Four Lanes End belongs to the BuhiginoscB, but as neither
flowers nor fruit were obtained it cannot be referred with certainty to
any named segregate.

11. MiCRANTHA Sm. Recorded for Cheshire in List of British
Hoses.

R. MOLLIS Sm. The type and var. ccerulea Woods are reported
as rare in Flora of Liverpool District. I have seen neither, nor are
they recorded for Cheshire by Woliey-Dod.

K. TOMENTOSA Sm. This is described by Green as frequent. I
doubt very much the occurrence of real, typical tomentosa in the
Wirral district at least. Considerable attention was given to this
question, and no rose was discovered that could be referred with cer-
tainty to Smith's plant. Probably, much of what has been called
B. tomentosa Sm. is, in reality, B. oniissa Desegl., a species that has
been considerably misunderstood by some British Botanists.

*R. OMISSA Desegl. Not infrequent, occurring chiefly on the
higher ground. *Var. sub moll is Ley by the footpath from Brim-
stage to Thornton.

*R. SUBERECTA Ley. Near Irby, agreeing well with the author's
description, although Ley's own specimens seem to vary considerably.
*Var. glalrata Ley. Near Irbymill Hill.

R. scABRiuscULA Sm. Recorded for v.c. 58 in List of British
Boses.

R. JuNDZiLLiANA Baker. For an account of this plant, gathered
originally by Webb, near Moreton, reference should be made to
Baker's Beview of British Boses, p. 21, and to Wolley-Dod's paper.
The British Boses, p. 96.

R. PiMPiNELLiroLTA L. Abundant on the sandhills at Wallasey.

R. INVOLUTA Sm. sp. agg. Locally distributed. In considerable
quantity in a field west of Moreton ; in a hedge near the cross-roads
at Four Lanes End ; by the footpath between Brimstage and Raby.
The fruit is almost universally abortive. All my gatherings are
referable to B. Sahini Woods. From observations in the field and
from the characters of the hybrid itself, I am inclined to the view
that the second parent is always a form of B. omissa, which is the
commonest species of the Villosce section in the districts Avhere the
hybrid was noticed. Since B. i^impinellifolia is also common, there
seems to be no reason to question the indigeneity of the hybrid
as Green has done in ^'lora of Liverpool District.

R. HiBERNiCA Tempi. Rare. The type, which has pubescent
leaflets, is reported to occur in the neighbourhood of Great Meols.
Yar. glahra Bak. A good colony on Irbymill Hill. It is, I think,
B. pimfinellifolia crossed with one of the glabrous forms of B.
canina. The leaflets ai-e rathei- narrow, slightl}^ acuminate, and quite
uniserrate. In 1917 only one fruit matured on the bush at Irbymill,
and on this the sepals ultimately became erect. It seems unlikely.

CHESHTHE ROSES 14|

however, that the second parent is a form of R. glauca VilL, which
has erect or ascending sepals. This aggregate, ' as we have seen,
is sparsely distributed in the district, while E. canina and its forms
are abundant. Further, I can hnd nothing in the features of the
hybrid itself to suggest a y/^/^cr;! parentage except the erect sepals,
and this feature might well be derived from B. ijimpinellifolia.

EAST WILTSHIRE BRYOPHYTES,
By Cecil P. Hurst.

(See Journ. Bot. 1916, 17, 26G ; 1918, 181.)

The following mosses and hepatics were observed growing around
Great Bedwyn, near Marlborough in East Wiltshire, during 1918 and
1919. This locality continues to produce rare and interesting plants,
the character of the country, woodland, water, marsh, meadow,
and downland, and the diversity of soil, chalk, sand, and clay tend-
ing to produce a varied flora. Including subspecies and seven mosses
occm-ring on sarsen stones near Aldbourne and Marlborough, which
are situated a little distance away from our district, I have noted
184 mosses and 45 hepatics in the neighbourhood of Great Bedwjai ;
the present list records 74 mosses comprising 20 species and 6 vars.
new to North Wiltshire and 3 species and 4 vars. which are new to
South Wiltshire, and also includes 24 hepatics, 20 of which have
been hitherto unrecorded for North and 6 for South Wilts. There is
a tract of sandy ground in the north part of Tottenham Park border-
ing on Savernake Forest and rising to nearly 600 ft., which produces
a very interesting moorland flora, rare in in this chalky country ;
here grow the mosses Rhacomifrium canescens^ hoarv greyish green
in colour, and the conspicuously red-fruited Funaria ericetorum,
while the hepatics Sphenolohus exsectiformis with its clusters of
orange gemmse and the typically moorland Gymnocolea injlnta find a
congenial habitat among the heather and the ground is white with
lichens, the lichen flora including Gladonia sylvatica, C. furcata,
C. uncialis, C. coccifera, Cetraria aculeata var. hispida, Parmelia
pliysodes, a small state of which thickly encrusts the stems of the
heather and Bmomyces roseus forming a pale-grey crust on the
earth prettily relieved in the winter months by its pink fruits borne
on slender stalks. The sandy clay strata of the Reading Sands are
very prolific in interestmg plants, and it is on this substratum in
Chisbury Wood that man}^ rare mosses and hepatics occur. Some
noteworthy moss-records are Philoiiotis C(Bspitosa var. adpressa in
a bog on Burridge Heath new to the British Islands, the fine var.
datum of Mnium ciffine growing luxuriantly on boggy ground in
Hungerford Marsh, the curious form of Mnium rostratum with
obsolete leaf- teeth which occur on the, gravel of Rhododendron Drive,
Savernake Forest, the rare Amhlysteyhim Kochii plentiful and fruit-
ing copiously in one place in an Epilohmm liirsutam swamp at the
source of the Shalbourne Stream near Shalbourne, the uncommon
A. varium. growing on brickwork by a pool at Crofton, and Hypnum

142 THE JOUPtKAL OF BOTANY

,giganieum in Hungerforcl Marsh, a relic of the prhiieval morass,
the drainmg of which has reduced it to a small and impoverished
condition, while interesting hepatics are the rare Crystalwort Hiccia
hifurca found on rides in Chisbmy and Bedwjn Brails Woods,
R. commutata, rather plentiful in a stubble field near Froxfield, it is
a plant of comparatively recent introduction to the British hepatic
fiora, 3Iarsupella Funckii forming blackish-brown tufts on a ride in
Cobliam Frith Wood, and the rare CephalozieUa Limprichtii grow-
ing on bare soil in Tottenham Park and Bedwjn Brails Wood. I paid
a visit to a sarsen-strewn valley in West Woods, near Marlborough,
hoping to find some of the aberrant sarsen-stone mosses which form
such a conspicuous and interesting feature of the moss flora of the
chalk-down valleys in the neighbourhood, but in this I was disap-
pointed, for the sarsen stones were covered with a dense growth of
Bri/itm capillare, Hypnum cupressiforme, and other common species,
and with the exception of a little Grinimia triclwphyUa, the sarsen-
stone species were conspicuous by their absence ; Mr. Dixon wrote : —
" I surmise that the special sarsen-stone species are rather markedly
xerophytic and get a hold on stones in the open where other mosses
find it difficult to live, but that in the wooded valley you refer to
there is more shade or moisture, so that tliese commoner species have
got their footing and excluded the Grimmiacese, etc. But this is
rather guess-work." The following twenty-nine mosses, which are
generally uncommon or rare wdth capsules, I have found fruiting
around Great Bedw^^n : — Campylopvs Jiecciiosiis, Barhvla Ilorn-
schi(chiana, Zygodon viridissimus, Orthotrichum Lyellii, Philonoiis
fonfana (a single capsule), Wehra annotina^ Bryum pallens, 2^.
pseudo-triqitetnim, Mni^nn qffine vnr. elatum (a single seta), Nec-
kera pumila, JV. complanata, Pierogonium gracile, Thnidiiim tama-
rind uum, Brnchylhecium albicans, H. rivulare, J3. illecehmm,
B. purum, Eurhynchium speciosum, E. Sicartzii, E. inimiJum,
Plagiofhecium silvaticum, AmWysiegium Kochii, A. Jilicinum,
Hypnum stellatum var. profensiimy H. Jliiitans var. gracile (two
capsules), H. cordifoliiim^ H. ^chreheri, Hylocomivm splendens,
and 11. sqiiarrosum. Mr. Nicholson writes : — " The list of fruiting-
mosses which you send me is no doubt a ver}^ good one for a limited
locality, but I am inclined to think it bears more testimony to ^^our
careful search than to any very exceptional conditions in 3'our
district ; I have found all but four fruiting in Sussex, and I think all
somewhere. No doubt warmth assists some of the distinctly southern
species to fruit, such as Zygodon viridissimus^ Barhula IlornscJui-
chiana, and Pferogonium gracile, which are abundant and fruit
freelv in the Meditei-ranean region, but most of your plants are
rather northern, and a suitable degree of humidity is perhaps the
most essential condition." The Census Catalogues of British Classes
(1907) and Hepatics (1913) have been followed in recording the
following plants, and my best thanks are due to Messrs. H. N. Dixon,
W. Ingram, H. H. Knight, W. E. Nicholson, and J. A. Wheldon
for interesting notes and much kind assistance in identification ;
Mr. Nicholson's letters regardmg the rare Chisbury Wood Fossom-
Ironia Crozalsii and Husnoti var. anglica are. especially, of ver}^

EAST WILTSHIRE BETOPHTTES 143

greiit Interest. 7 = TS^orth Wilts ; 8 = South Wilts ; c.fr. = with fruit;
* = iie\v viee-comital record.

Mosses.

Sphagnum cymhifoUum Ehrh. 8. In a small pool near Foxbury
Wood.

Cafharinea tenella Rohl. 7*. E-ather sparingly on the sandy
clay o£ the Heading Sands on a ride in Chisbury Wood ; the plants
wore sterile. This is extremely rare and seems to be recorded only
from Bedgebmy Wood, Goudhurst, Kent.

Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. and P. juniperinum Willd.
7, 8. Not uncommon in sandy places in Savernake Forest and
Tottenham Park,

Pleuridium axil! are Lindb. 7, 8. Abundant on the insides of
cart-ruts in Bedwyn Brails and Chisbury Woods and damp places in
Savernake Forest, always fruiting. — P. suhulatum Rabenh. 7, 8.
C.fr., abundant on sand}" ground in the district.

Dicranella riifescens Schp. 7*. On damp clay by a pool near
the Column, Savernake Forest, c.fr. — D. varia Schp. 7, 8. Widely
spread, often on the bare surface of the chalk. — D. Schreheri Schp.
7*. Chisbury Wood, with Pleu7ndium suhulatum.

Campylopus flexuosus Brid. 7. Fruiting in the north part of
Tottenham Park and also in Rhododendron Drive ; capsules appear
to be rare in this species. — C. hrevipilus B. & S. 7*. In very
small quantity in the north-east part of Tottenham Park, near the
(Irand Avenue {teste Knight).

Dicranum Bonjeanl De Not. 7. In small quantity in the
north part of Tottenham Park.

Leucohri/um glaucum Schp. 7. Rather sparingly in one ])lace
in Chisbury Wood ; also in Cobham Frith Wood.

Flssideris exilis Hedw. 7*. On clay in Chisbury Wood. —
F. crassipes Wils. 7*. C.fr., on the brickwork of a sluice by the
Kennet and Avon Canal ; also in a similar situation by the Kennet
near Ramsbury.

Grimmia tricliopliylla Orev. 7. On sarsen stones in West
Woods, Marlborough. — G. suhsquarrosa Wils. 7. A form almost
without hair points on sarsen stones in Lockeridge Dean, Marl-
borougli. This is extremely rare in fruit ; as to its method of jn-o-
pagation, Mr. Dixon wrote: — "This frequently, if not normally, has
multicellular gemmae in the axils of the upper leaves, and I expect
the propagation is chiefly by these : in fact, Limpricht gives
* Gr. suhsquarrosa ' as a synonym of his ' G. Millilenheckii forma
propagulifera.'' "

Rliacomitrium canescens Brid. 7*. In small quantity on earth
in the north part of Tottenham Park.

Pottia intermedia Fiirnr. 7, 8. Plentifully in a fallow field at
Fosbury ; Savernake Forest. — -P. iiiinutula Furnr. forma. 7. On
the ground near Savernake Lcxlge ; " a form with rather narrow and
elongate capsules." Dixon.

Tortula Irevipila var. Icevipilceformis Limpr. 7*. On trees in
Tottenham Park, near the Durley (late.— T. papillosa Wils. 7.

144 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATTY

Tree near Cliisburr Wood ; thinly scattered throughout the district
on trees, rarely on stone.

Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. 7. Chalky bank near Rams-
bury.

Ortliotricliiim pidchelliim ^xrnih. 7. In small quantity on old
elder near Ehododendron Drive, Savernake, c.fr.

Ephemerum serratum Hamp. 7*, 8*. C.fr., on bare spaces in
Savernake Forest, etc. — E. serratum var. angustifolmm B. & S. 7*.
C.fr., on sandy clay in Chisbury Wood. — E. sessile var. hrevifolium
Schp. 7*. C.fr.,' on sandy clay soil in Chisbury Wood. The Census
Catalogue records this only from East Sussex and Cheshire.

Physcomitrella patens B. & S. 7*, 8*. Upon drying mud on
the downs near Tidcombe, S. Wilts, near Polesdown's Farm, Shal-
bourne ; near Stype Wood and Chisbury Wood.

Funaria ericetorum Dixon. 7*. C.fr., heathy ground in the
north-east part of Tottenham Park.

Fhilonotis 'fontana Brid. 7, 8. Abundant all over Savernake
Forest ; occurring plentifully in Tottenham Park, but without flowers
or fruit. — P. ccEspitosa Wils. 8. Producing male flowers freely in
a bog on London Clay near Burridge Heath ; the capsules have not
been found in Britain. — P. ccespitosa var. adpressa Dismier. 8*.
Sparingly wdth type in a bog near Burridge Heath, new to the
British isles ; it is curious that this and P. calcarea var. laxa
Dismier should be almost confined to the neighbourhood of Great
Bedwvn. I have traced the latter into Berkshire, where it grows
by the side of the Kennet and Avon Canal at Hungerford.

Webera nutans Hedw. 7*. On sandy soil in Chisbury Wood ;
heathv ground in the north part of Tottenham Park, c.fr. — W. anno-
tina Schwaeg. 8. Dod's Down Brickworks, where it fruits freel}". —
W. annotina var. e?^ecta Correns. 7. Widely spread in Savernake
Forest ; the brown ovate gemmae in the axils of the upper leaves in
this var. are so large that they push the leaves outwards. — W. carnea
Schp. 8. On wet clay in Chisbury Wood ; very plentiful on the
clayey sides of the Shalbourne Stream between Hungerford and
Shalbourne ; also on clay at Merle Down Brickworks.

Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schwaeg. 7*, 8. Fruits sparingly
in a small bog near Webb's OuUy Wood, and more freely in a
wet piece of ground in Hungerford Marsh. — B. ccBspiticium L. 7.
C.fr., on a w\all at Marlborough. — B. erytlirocarpum Schwaeg. 7*.
C.fr., sandy ground in Chisbury Wood, w^ith radicular crimson trans-
lucent multicellular gemmae which extended sparingly along the lower
part of the branches. — B. atropurpureum Web. & Mohr. 8*. Cfr.
Sandy ground near Folly Farm (the type). P. murale Wils. 7, 8.
C.fr., walls at Shalbourne, Oxen wood, and near Rudge Manor, Frox-
field ; not uncommon on mortar of walls.

Milium affine var. elatum B. & S. 7*. Plentifully on very wet
ground in Hungerford Marsh. — 31. rostratum Schrad. forma. 7.
A form with edentate leaves occurred on the gravel of Rhododendron
Drive ; Mr. Dixon wrote : — Your form of Mnium rostratum is a very
marked one ; I do not remember to have seen it with leaves practicall}?-
entire." — M. punctatum L. 7*. Sandy ground in Chisbury Wood.

* EAST WILTSHIRE BRYOPIIYTES 145

Leitcodon sciiiroidrs Schwaeg. 7. In Savernake Forest, with
the nuiuurous geinmiforin hranchlets which are mentioned in Dixon's
i^tudenfs Handbook (p. 405).

Lesk-ea polycarpa Ehrh. 7, 8. C.fr., by a watercourse near
Little Bedw}^!.

Anomodon viticiilosus Hook. & Taylor. 7, 8. Widely spread
around Great Bedwyn.

Thuidium tamariscinum B. & S. 7. I found about half a dozen
capsules in a wood near Savernake Lodge. — T. Phillherfi m^i\ psnido-
taniariscinum Linipr. 8*. By roadside near Botley Down.

Climacium dendroides Web. & Mohr. 7*, 8. Boggy ground by
railway north of Stagg's Lock on the K. and A. Canal. V.c. 7.

Brachythecium albicans B. & S. 7. Fruiting copiously on
thatch by London and Bath Boad near Hopgrass Farm, Hungerford.—
jB. rutabulum B. & S. 7. With capsules about as large as those
of B. velutinum in a hedgebank near Chisbury Camp.

JEurliyncliium lyiliferum B. & S. 7, 8. Widely spread among
short grass throughout the district, but alwaj^s sterile. — -£/. Swartzii
Hook. 8. A form approaching to var. rigidum Boul. occurred near
Merle Down Brickworks. — E. ptimilum Schp. 7. In a shady
place on the ground at Chisbury Camp. — E. curvisetum Husn. 7.
C.fr., in three or four places by the side of the Grand Avenue,
Savernake Forest. — E. siriaium B. & S. 7. C.fr., in a wood near
Savernake Lodge, the only place where I have seen it with capsules.
— E. nmrale Milde. 7. Stone by side of London and Bath Koad
near Woronzoff Lodge, Savernake Forest, etc. Scarce and stunted
in this district.

Amhlyster/ium Kochii B. & S. 8. In considerable quantity and
fruiting copiously in an Epilobium hirsutum swamp at the source of
the Shalbourne Stream. — A. varium Lindb. 7*. On brickwork by
water at Crofton Engine House. — A. jilicinum De Not. 7. Fruit-
ing in Hungerford Marsh.

Kypnum riparium L. C.fr., by water in Chisbury Wood. — H.
stellafum MSiY.protension Rohl. Plentiful in bog near Webb's Gully
Wood. — H. chrysophyllum Brid. 8. Clayey meadow vipon Conyger
Hill. — H. aduncum group typiciwi forma falcata Ren. 7*, 8*.
Very sparingly with the previous species ; *' characteristic forma
fa] cat a,'' J. A. Wheldon ; also in N. Wilts on marshy ground to the
north of the K. and A. Canal between Little Bedwyn and Froxfield. —
H. aduncum group Kneiffii var. polycarpon Bland. 8. By the
margin of a dewpond on the downs near Tidcombe. H. aduncum
group Kneiffi var. intermedium Schp. 8*. Plentifully in a pool form-
ing part of Wilton Water ; " typically var. intermedium,'' J. A.
Wheldon. — H. aduncum group Kneiffii var. intermedium forma
penna. 8*. Pool on London Clay at Dod's Down. — H. jiuitans
var. Jeanbernati Ren. 7*. In small quantity by pool near the
Column, Savernake Forest ; Mr. Wheldon writes : — " The Hyp-
num is fairly typical Hyp. Jiuitans var. Jeanbernati. The nerve
is wide, but still within the range of Jeanbernati and not reach-
ing the diameter of that of atlanticum, and the cell-structure is
quite typically that of var. Jeanbernati; it is a small example of

146 THE JOUUNAL OF BOTANY 0

tills variable var." — H. falcatum Brid. 7*. Bog in Hungerford
Marsh near the Bedwyn Brook. — H. Patientioe Lindb. 7*. Avery
small form on sandy clay in Chisbury Wood. — H. stramineum
Dicks. 7*. A form with spreading distant leaves grew submerged
very sparingly with H.fiuitans var. gracile in a pool which dries up
in the summer on peaty soil at about 550 ft. in Chisbury Wood. —
H. giganteum Schp. 7*. Very sparingly in Hungerford Marsh
growing with Mniiim a fine var. elatum : this is probably a relic
of a time when Hungerford Marsh was in a much wetter and more
undrained condition.

Hepatics.

Siccia hifurca Hoffm. 7*, 8*. Sparingly on rides in Chisbury
and Bedw^ai Brails Woods {teste Nicholson) ; the Census Catalogue
records it from only seven vice-counties. R. commutata Jack. 7*.
Plentiful in a stubble field by the London and Bath Koad near Frox-
field with R. sorocarpa and R. glauca. — R. glauca L. 7*. Stubble
field near Froxtield, also in Savernake Forest. R. sorocarpa Biseh,
7*, 8*. Not uncommon on damp earth throughout the district, easily
recognized by its bluish-green colour and deeply-furrowed frond.

Conoceplialum conicum (L.) Dum. 8. Very fine on the brick-
work of a sluice near Shalbourne ; on brickwork inside the Bruce
Tunnel on the K. and A. Canal at Savernake.

Pellia Fahhroniana Baddi. 7, 8. Common on damp ground,
and in very wet places throughout the district ; this species generally
affects calcareous soil ; the furcate apices of the thallus are a con-
spicuous character in autumn and winter.

Fossombronia pusilla (L.) Dum. 7*, 8. Plentifulon the insides
of a cart-rut and in other places in Chisbury Wood ; also in Fox-
bury Wood. — F. Wondraczekl (Corda) Dum. 7*. Chisbury Wood
and on damp clay by the side pool near the Column, Savernake
Forest. — F. Hicsnoti var. anglica Nicholson. 7*. In considerable
quantity on sandy clay upon rides in Chisbmy Wood; very rare
plant \ confirmed by Mr. Nicholson. — F. Crozalsii Corb. 7*. A
plant bearing a single capsule on sandy clay soil in Chisbury Wood ;
Mr. Nicholson writes : — " Mr. Macvicar seemed to be quite satisfied
about the Foss. Crozalsii, so I think you would be justified in record-
ing it. I am inclined to agree with Mr. Macvicar that it is rather
close to F. Womlraczeki. F. Crozalsii was recorded by me as a
British plant from the Lizard in Journ. Bot. 1917, p. 10 ; the iden-
tification was confirmed by M. Douin, but the plant was not quite
typical, and your plant agrees better with the type than mine."

Marsupella Funckii (Web. et Mohr.) Dum. 7*. In fair
quantity in one place, Cobham Frith Wood, near Knowle Fai-m,
Savernake.

Alicularia scalaris (Schrad.) Corda. 7*. Heathy ground in the
north part of Tottenham Park.

Gymnocolea inflata (Huds.) Dum. 7*. In some quantity in
one place on heathy ground in the north part of Tottenham Park.

Lopliozia tnrhinata (Raddi) Steph. 7*. In small quantity in
a chalk-pit by a roadside near Kamsbury. — L. hicrenata (Schmidt)
On sandy ground on a ride near the Column. Tottenham

EAST WTLTSHTRE BRTOPHTTES 147

Park ; also on a ride near Eight Walks, Savernake Forest ; it can be
recognized by its scent.

kphenolobns cxscctiformis (Breidl.) Steph. 7*. In rather small
quantity among heather in the north part of Tottenham Park ; the
orange gemnice which are thickly clustered on the leaf-apices give
this ])lant a tawny appearance.

Chilosci/phus pallescnis (Ehrh.) Dum. 8*. Very wet place in
Bedwyn Brails Wood ; by a rivulet in Foxbury Wood ; bog near
Burridge Heath; previously erroneously recorded as C. polyanthus y
not yet found in Wiltshire.

Ccphalozia hicusjyidata (L.) Dum. 7*, 8. North part of
Tottenham Park, with perianths ; small form in Foxbury Wood.

Cephaloziella hyi^sacea (Roth.) Warnst. 7*, 8*. North part of
Tottenham Park ; Chisbury Wood, with perianths ; on clay at Dod's
Down Brickworks; Foxbury Wood. — C. integer rima (Lindb.)
Warnst. 7*. Some small colonies on the sandy clay of the Reading
Sands upon rides in Chisbury Wood, with perianths ; this is only
recorded from Sussex. — C. stelluUfera (Taylor MS.) Schiff. 7*.
North part of Tottenham Park ; also on sandy clay in Chisbury
Wood. — C. Limprichtii Warnst. 7*, 8*. On earth upon a walk
in the north part of Tottenham Park ; also upon a ride in Bedwyn
Brails Wood {teste Knight and Nicholson).

Scapanla irrigua (Nees) Dum. and S. curta (Mart.) Dum. 7.
liather frequent in Savernake Forest on rides.

3Ilcrolejeunea uliciua (Tayl. ) Evans. 7*, 8*. Rather common
on beeches near Rhododendron Drive, Savernake Forest ; on beeches
in a copse near Ramsbury and in Foxbury Wood.

Frullania Tamarisci (L.) Dum. 7. On sarsen stones in the
"Valley of Rocks " near Marlborough.

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.
By H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.R.S.
' Peripetasma Ridl., n. gen. {Menispermacece).

Frutex gracilis scandens glabra. Folia alterna subherbacea
elliptica oblonga cuspidata trinervia. Paniculce axillares racemorum
longorum gracilium. Ft ores copiosi parvi pedicellis gracili])us.
Sejjala 6 in seriebus duabus ad basin connata lanceolata acuminata,
exteriora angustiora crassiora. Stamina 6 libera lilamentis ad bases
incrassatis superne gracilibus arcuatis, anthera? loculis discretis.
Fist ill odium minimum triquetrum.

P. polyanthum Ridl., species unica. Folia basi rotundata
nervis tribus a basi, nervulis e costa 6 paribus cum reticulationibus
laxis subtus elevatis, 15 cm. longa, 5 cm. lata, ])etiolo 2-5 cm. longo.
Fanicla I'achide 5-10 cm. longo, racemis 20-22-5 cm. longis pcndulis.
Flores dissiti parvi, pediceliis 2 mm. longis. Bractece dimidio
ifiquantes. Sepula 6 ad basin in tubo campanulato connata lobis
longis acuminatis bicostatis pimcticulatis. Stamina breviora vix
tubum snjtei'aiit ia ai'cuata.

148 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY

In sylvls ad Kwala Lumpur and Batu Tiga in ditione Selangor,
Fl. Feb.-March {Ridley 11934).

This curious plant, of which I have only seen male flowers, seems
to be most closely allied to Tinospora. It is chiefly peculiar in
having the sepals in 2 series, or they may be considered one series of
sepals and one of petals connate in a short tube, and with a
minute triquetrous pistillode in the centre. The three- nerved leaves
iind long-pendulous racemes in panicles give it a cm-ious appearance.
I have twice met with it in Selangor — first in the Batu Tiga district,
now quite denuded of its original flora by the rubber cultivation, and
a second time in a wood near Kvvala Lumpur.

Tinospora Curtisii Ridl., n. sp.

Scandens. Folia subcoriacea ovata ad basin breviter cordata,
apicibus mucronulatis, nervis 3 paribus, subtus cum reticulationibus
olevatis 10 cm. longa, 7d cm. lata, petiolis 25 cm. longis. Lijlores-
centia laxe et parce paniculata ramis 9 cm. longis vel brevioribus.
Flores 3 mm. late singuli cum paucis racemosis. BractecB minutae
acuminata. Pedicelli triplo longiores. Sepala 3 rotundata lata.
Petala 5 longiora lanceolata acuminata, stamina 6 filamentis brevibus
latis liberis, antheri subglobosis. Flores ftjeminei et fructus desunt.

Penan o", Batu Feringhi, near the beach, March 1900, Curtis
3464.

This has the characteristic pale fawn-coloured loose bark with
warts common to most species of the genus. The leaves are more
coriaceous than in any species known to me, and nearly entire at the base
instead of being conspicuously cordate or truncate. The nerves of the
leaf are nearly all pinnate, the lowest pair, however, being nearly
opposite and running halfway up the leaf parallel to the margin.
The inflorescence is minutely puberulous and has more of the
character of a Diploclisia. The species is nearest perhaps to T. uli-
ainosa Miers ; the flowers are as large as those of that species, but
on longer pedicels, and the leaves are quite different. A plant col-
lected hy Mr. C. B. Clarke at Decca in South India closely resembles
this and may perhaps be identical with it.

Scaphocalyx Ridl., n. gen. {FlaeourtiacecB),

Arbores glabri. Folia alterna trinervia. Flores unisexuales in
fasciculis lateralibus in ramis, parvi pedicellati. Calyx petala primo
teo-ens in uno latere dehiscens vel in lobis 4 brevibus dehiscens.
Fetala 5 angusta breviter ad basin connata calyce sequantia vel
superantia angusta, stamina 6, filamentis brevibus, antheris longiori-
bus. Fistillodium nullum. Flores foeminei desunt. Bacca magna
subo"lobosa laticifera, stigmatibus sessilibus 6-8. Semina plura
irregulariter in pulpo dispersa.

Species 2. Peninsula Malaica.

This genus belongs to the Flacourtiacece and is allied to Hydiio-
carpus, which the plants resemble in habit and especially in the
fruit. The trees appear to be altogether unisexual, which, however, is
not unusual in this group, and the stamens are fewer than is usual.
The curious spathaceous somewhat leathery calyx which eventually

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS 149

deliisces into a boat-like organ in one species and breaks up at the
tip into 4 lobes in the other recalls Trichadenia and allied genera.

S. spathacea liidl., n. sp.

Arbor parva 10-25 pedes alta. Folia alterna coriacea elliptica
oblonga basi cuneato, apice acuniinato, trinervia, costa supra elevata^
subtus trinervia a basi elevata, nervis lateralibus circiter 18 paribus
subhorizontalibus, nervulis fernie a;que prominentibus 15-20 cm,
longa, 5-7-5 cm. lata, petiolo 3 mm. longo. Flares masculi in
tuberculis in ramis pedunculis brevissimis sericeis, pedicellis gracilibus
1*5 cm. longis. Alabastra fusiformia. Calyx spathacea rostrata
cymbiformis in uno latere dehiscens 2 cm. longa. Fetala ad basin
connata linearia acuminata, stamina lilamentis brevissimis petalis
oppositis hirtis, antheris linearibus acuminatis, petalis dimidio a^quali-
bus. Flores fceminei ignoti. Bacca globosa alba 2*5 cm. crassa.
Stigmata 6-8, semina plura.

Malacca, Bukit Kamuning, Berrj/ 1023 ; Negri Sembilan, Tampin
Hill, Goodenoufjh, Burkill ; ISelangor, Ulu Gombak, Bidley 142 ;
Weld's Hill, Ahdul Bahman.

S. parviflora liidl., n. sp.

Arbor parva, ramis angulatis. Folia ovata elliptica acuminata
trinervia basi cuneato, nervis exterioribus in parte superiore folii cum
nei-vulis 13 paribus a costa anastomosantibus, 22*5 cm. longa, 10 cm.
lata, petiolo 2 mm. longo. Flo7'es in fasciculis parvis supra axil-
laribus, pedicelli 3 mm. longi. Calyx spathacea in 4 lobis acuminatis
pilis terminatis fissa 4 mm. longa. Fetala 4 breviora alba lanceolata
acuta. Stamina 6 antheris lanceolatis basibus retusis lilamentis
brevissimis.

Perak, in sylvis Temengoh, Bidley 14736.

The foliage much resembles that of the previous species, but is
larger and more ovate in outline. The flowers are very much smaller
on short pedicels, the petals hardly longer than the calyx which splits
into 4 points, the stamens are lanceolate and shorter than the petals.

PLANTAGO ALPINA AND P. MAEITIMA.
By H. W. Pugsley, B.A.

The points of distinction between Blanfago alpina L. and B.
maritima L., the dwarf shore and mountain forms of which often
bear a close resemblance, when in flower and fruit, to the alpine
species, are not well marked and usually not very clearly described..
When the plants begin growth in the spring, however, their aspect is
entirely different, and it may therefore be worth recording their
features as seen at this early season.

These notes are taken (23 February) from plants that I have
under cultivation, as follows : — B. maritima, obtained from Poole
Harbour in 1913 ; B. aljjina, from Miirren, in the Bernese Oberland^
in 1914; and an inland form of B. maritima, from hills near Crian-
larich, Perthshire, in 1915. In all three cases the plants examined

150 THE JOURNAL OF EOTAIfY

are those originally collected, so that they are all evidently fairly
long-lived perennials.

P. maritima, from Poole, has grown into a dense tuft, with many
erect, closely-matted branches, on which last ^^ear's dead leaves and
peduncles, and brown leaf-sheaths from previous years remain. The
earliest two or three leaves of the new season's growth, which has but
lately commenced, are subulate, about 12 mm. long and less than
1 mm. broad, suberect, fleshy, nerveless, obscurely channelled above,
and with an abruptly dilated base sheathing the stem. The next
leaves are much longer, linear, subacute, soon attaining 10 cm. in
length, but scarcely exceeding 2 mm. in breadth. They possess
similar basal sheaths, and become successively more involute rather
than channelled, and recurved towards the apex. They still show no
definite midrib. At about the seventh leaf the denticulate margin
sometimes appears.

In P. alpina the rootstock is divided into horizontally spreading
branches, which are naked and scarred from the deca}^ and disappear-
ance of the previous year's foliage. The leaves do not sheathe the
stem as in P. maritima, and the first ones, which appear some weeks
earlier than those of P. maritima, are triangular-ovate, 5-6 mm. long
and 4 mm. broad near the base, acute or acuminate, flat and herbaceous,
distinctly 8-nerved, and spreading or slightly recurved in a small
rosette. These earliest leaves are fugitive and are quickly followed
by numerous others, which are linear-lanceolate in form, 2 -5-3 cm.
long and 6 mm. broad below the middle, acute, flat above and
carinate underneath, with 3 distinct nerves, and the margins some-
times distantly denticulate. These leaves soon become spreading-
reflexed, covering the shorter primordial ones and forming a dense
rosette. While in January a tuft simulates a miniature P. major, at
this date the resemblance lies with P. lanceolata.

The P. maritima from Crianlarich, though much dwarfer, is
essentially identical with the Poole Harbour plant, showing the same
erect branching and similar persistent leaf-sheaths. Its early leaves
are linear-subulate, 15-20 mm. long and about 1 mm. broad, obtuse,
nearly erect, fleshy, nerveless, but flat above and neither channelled
nor involute.

With the advance of spring the leaves of P. alpina become
longer (4-5 cm.) and relatively narrower, till at length they are not
easily distinguishable from those of the Crianlarich P. maritima^
which by that time form a spreading rosette. Both plants then
have a quite different aspect from the Poole P. maritima, which
continues to produce throughout the summer suberect leaves that may
attain 25 cm. or more in length.

In my garden P. alpina flowers earlier and much more sparingly
than the other two plants, and does not develop fruit. The two
forms of P. maritima produce abundant fruit, but as no seedlings
have ever appeared in their vicinity, I doubt whether any seed is
perfected.

EUGENIA LUCIDA 1^1

^EUGENIA LUCIDA Banks.

By James Britten, E.L.S.

The presentation by Mr. E. D. Merrill to the library of the
Department of Botany of a copy— one of the six prepared— of his
type-written Commentary on Loureiro's ' Flora Cochinchinensis' has
impelled me to make a list of Lom-eiro's plants in the National Her-
barium, adding such notes upon Mr. Merrill's admirable work as tlie
si>ecimens suggest. The list is not yet ready for publication, but in
the course of its preparation I have come upon a small matter that,
relating as it does to a plant unconnected with Loureiro and involving
the correction of an error published in the first volume of this Journal,
which has led even Mr. Merrill astray, may as well be printed now.

In this Journal for 1S63 (p. 280) Seemann, writing of Loureiro's
genus Oj)a, cited as synonyms of his O. odorafa, Syzygium odoratum
DO. and S. lucidum Gaertn., adding that authentic specimens of
Loureiro's plant were in the British Museum. If this synonymy had
been accurate, Gaertner's name for the species, as being the oldest,
would undoubtedly stand, although I do not think the plant could be
called Eugenia luclda Banks, as Ga)rtner published it as Syzygium,
citing Banks's herbarium name as a synonym.

Mr. Merrill, accepting Seemann's determination, as, in view
of the reference to Loureiro's specimens, he was justified in doing,
takes up lucida as the trivial name, citmg Ojm odorata Lour, and
>S'. odoratum DC. as synonyms. Gaertner's plant, however^ which wi
onl

Arnott (Bot. Beech. 187) also quote S. lucidum doubtfully under
their S. odoratum, which they say "agrees much better with the
description given by Loureiro than with the character of De Candolle."
A discussion of 8. odoratum is, however, beyond my present purpose,
which is to clear up the confusion which has surrounded >S'. lucidum.

The promulgation of the erroneous identification is due to See-
mann, who cites positively what De Candolle had regarded as doubt-
ful. Seemann was by no' means a careful worker, and often took his
references at second hand ; he must have done in this case, for had
he referred to Gaertner's figure of the fruit of S. lucidum (t. xxxiii),
he would have seen that it could not belong to Loureiro's Opa
odorata.

In this Journal for 1899 (p. 248) I have given the history of
Gaertner's plant, the sheet containing which had lain unnoticed in the
Banksian herbarium for more than a hundred years until I found it
among unidentified species at the end of Eugenia. It was^ not seen
by Beiitham when engaged on the Flora Australiensis — his investi-
gation of the National Herbarium was always somewhat perfunctory,

.nly known from his description and figure, was cited by De Candolle
Prodr. iii. 17; 1828) with an expression of doubt; Hooker and

and was practically limited to an examination of the arranged species
from Banks and Solander and of Robert Brown's herbarium, which at
that period was Bennett's private property and so was not incor-
porated in the general collection. The sheet, which is endorsed in
Drvandcr's hand ''New South Wales: Endeavour's Kivcr. J. B."
(Banks) bears the names, also written by him, '' Eugenia lucida

152 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

New Holl. MSS. {Syzygium lucidum Graertn.)." Tlie original MSS.
relating to Banks's Australian collections contain a full description of
the pla^it by Solander, the names quoted above having been added by
the ever-careful Dryander. For the botanical history of the plant,
which was not refound until 1891, reference must be made to my
paper above, where it is identitied with Myrtiis nitida Gmel.
(1791), Graertner's earlier name lucida (1788) being preoccupied in
MyHus.

SHORT NOTES.

CEnanthe ceocata L. The Irish Naturalist for February
contains an interesting paper by Mr. C. B. Mott'at in which he
discusses the character of (Enanthe crocata as a poisonous plant. A
summary of the opinions of various writers, published in Nature for
July 4, 1918 (p. 35-1), shows that "they all agree in pronouncing
every part of the plant virulently poisonous " ; yet careful experiments
undertaken by Sir Robert Christison, while proving its virulence as
grown near Woolwich and near Liverpool, showed that as grown near
Edinburgh it Avas devoid of toxic properties. Mr. Moffat observed
that in 1918 and 1919, at Ballyhyland, Co. Wexford, " three different
herds of cows were found to make a regular practice of eating [it],
not as a last resource, but as a favourite article of diet," of which
" they made a substantial meal " with no disastrous results. In
another locality, the deaths of cows were traced to the roots of the
plant, but their poisonous nature has never been called in question.
The account of the poisoning of " a Dutchman " which Threlkeld, as
quoted by Mr. Moffat, epitomizes, will be found in Phil. Trans, xv.
84 (1698) ; it was in the first instance sent by Francis Yaughan to
Ray, who sent it to Sloane (see Correspondence of Bay, p. 313).
The "classical instance" relating to the poisoning of boys by eating
the roots is well known, but it may be worth while to quote the case
of the Dutchman in full : " There was also a Dutchman, about two
years [since], within eight miles of this place [Clonmel, Co. Tipperary],
poisoned by boiling and eating the tops of this plant shred into his
pottage ; he was soon after found dead in his boat, and his little Irish
boy gave accounts of the cause of his death to be eating this herb,
which he forewarned liis master against, but in vain, the Dutchman
asserting that it was good salad in his country." Ray refers to other
cases " of the miserable destruction o£ divers persons by the eating of
the roots of this pernicious and deleterious plant," but does not
mention another in which the foliage produced fatal results. Light-
foot, however (Fl. Scotica, 163 ; 1777), says " The roots and leaves
are a terrible poison ; several persons have perished by eating it thro'
mistake, either for water-parsneps or for celeri, which last it resembles
pretty much in its leaves." He adds a note regarding Ehret, which
is of interest: "So extremely deleterious is its nature, that I re-
member to have heard the 'late Mr. Christopher D. Ehret, that
celebrated botanic painter, say, that while he was drawing this plant,
the smell or effluvia onlv rendered him so giddy that he was several

SHORT NOTES 153

times oblig'd to quit the room, and walk out in the fresh air to
recover himself ; but recollecting at last what might probably be the
cause of his repeated illness, he opened the door and windows of his
room, and the free air then enabled him to finish his work without
any more returns of his giddiness." — James Britten.

AspiDiUM GOGGILODUS Schkuhr. In 1809 Schkuhr (Kr. Gew. i.
193) published as Aspidiiim goggilodus, a fern which Robert Brown
described in the following year (Prodr. 148) as Nephrodlum uniftim.
Schkuhr's specific name has now taken precedence, but has been
changed to gongylodes—^s. it seems to me, wrongfully. The author
was, of course, in error in his spelling, which should have been gongy-
lodus, but the substitution of e for u is arbitrary and misses the
whole point. I take it that Schkuhr's name was made up of the two
words yoyyuXos, rounded, and olohs, tooth, whereas gongifJodes can
only represent yoyyvXioces {yoyyvXo -ei^//s), roundish. The plant is
not at all " roundish," but its lobes or teeth are certainly " rounded."
I therefore submit that the fern should be known as Nephrodlum
gongylodus (Schkuhr).— W. W. Watts.

West Gloucestershire (v.c. 34) Records. Miss Todd, of
Aldbourne, Wilts, informs me that she has found Folypodium Dry-
opteris and Jasione near St. Briavels ; this is a first record of the
latter for v.c. 34, although it occurs just over the Wye in Monmouth-
shire and plentifully in Glamorganshire. It was recoi-ded long ago
from Painswick (v.c. 33), but I am unable to confirm either record
by sjDecimens ; Scabiosa Golumharia is not infrequently mistaken for
it. Miss Todd has also shown me excellent CratcegMS oxyaccmthoides
from Hawkesbury — the first trustworthy record for v.c. 34 ; this is
frequently recorded from E. Gloster — and also a beautiful sheet of
Limosella from a pond in the Forest of Dean; this con Hrms Winch's
record in Baxter's British Flowering Plants (iii. 212). — H. J.
Riddelsdell.

Crepis virei^s and C. tectorum. Mr. E. B. Babcock, of the
University of California, writes: "The genus Crepi^s is coming into
prominence because of its unusual promise as a subject for genetical
research. We have been working at C. virens and G. tectorum for
about three years, and find ourselves in need of more of the many
forms found among them, and we should be grateful for any material
that might be sent us. In addition to the variations between these
species, I wish to secure achenes of all other species of Crepis.^ We
find this to be necessary because M^e have already met difiiculty in
producing viable hybrids between virens and trctorum.'' Mr. Bab-
cock's address is :— College of Agriculture, Berkeley, California.

REVIEWS.

Svensk Fanerogamflora af C. A. M. Lindman. Pp. 639, 300

illustrations. Stockholm. Price 14| kroner (16s.).
This latest Swedish Flora— which, though dated August 1918,
only came to hand towards the end of last year— is the size of Hart-
man's Skandinaviens Flora, and follows Engler's arrangement ; it is
Journal of Botany.— Vol. 58. [June, 1920.] m

154 THE JOUEIN'AL OF BOTANY

profusely illustrated with some 3000 small (but in most cases ex-
cellent) figures consisting of the parts most adapted to show the
differences. The value taken of the species is a moderate one in most
cases, the exceptions being 99 species of Taraxacum (74 named by
Dahlstedt) and 205 of Bosa.

The history of the Swedish Flora from 1875, when Berlin pub-
lished at Stockliolm a very useful table showing the distribution from
Scania up to Swedish Lapland and North and South Norway is a
curious record of species making and unmaking. Berlin's list had
1 Taraxacum, 22 Riihi, 19 Hoses, and 108 Hieracia : in 1891 the
Lund and Upsala Societies issued a list with 5 Taraxacum, 163 Ruhi,
99 Koses, and 570 Hieracia : in 1907 the Lund Society's list had
550 Koses, 225 Ruhi, and 2000 Hieracia. In 1917 a second edition
of this had 227 Taraxacum and 71 hybrid Salices. Neuman's
Sveriges Flora (1904) had 16 Roses, 41 Ruhi, 7 Taraxacum, and
96 Hieracia.

Taking the present Flora in its sequence, the Potamogetons by
Hagstrom naturally follow his work of 1918 ; for Sweden he gives
22 species with 18 hybrids — if this genus were taken up on the lines
of Taraxacum we should produce a good array of so-called species !
There is certainly one element. The clean condition of the specimens
of the aquatic plants of the Swedish Flora is remarkable ; with the
most careful treatment of our specimens it is hard to produce an}^-
thing like the S2)ecimens issued in Tiselius's Swedish exsiccata of the
genus and the beautiful series I possess other than those from
Dr. Tiselius ; I suppose this results from the purity of the water and
the comparative absence of Algse. The Graminea? show a near
approach to our Flora so far as regards the value placed on species ;
as an example —Poa BaVourii Parn. is placed as a subsp. of P. glauca
Yahl. and an estimate of P. glauca may be found by the synonymy
(P. ccesia Sm., P. glauca Sm., P. aspera Gaud., P. RarnelUi Bab.
p.p.) ; under Festuca are Vulpia and Scleropoa : Zerna Panzer is
used for the Sclienoclorus Fr. part of Rromus. Calamagrostis is
retained, C. sfrigosa (Wahl.) being epigejos y neglecta — an identifica-
tion which I have contested in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xxvii. 307
(1919). JLoeleria has only glauca said gracilis. There are 90 species
of Car ex ; the illustrations here are very good. The author wisely
has C. salina Wahl. with one subspecies, and the remark that the
Swedish form is " var. kattegatensis (Fr.) Almq." ; he uses diversi-
color Crantz (1776) for Jlacca (1771) and glauca (1772). Under
C. Q^deri he has C. pulcliella Lonnr. (subsp.), this is a small form
of (Ederi and is British ; as a subspecies. He questions whether
C.Jiliformis L.= C. lasiocarpa Ehrh.. and uses C. Hudsonli, doubting
whether C. elata All. is the same. The list is very British, except of
course for the species we do not possess. He divides Juncus alpinus
into 4 species, giving figures of the fruits.

Of the trees Lindman figures leaves, or half leaves, with their
venation ; this seems to be too definite, as leaves on one tree will vary
to any extent; he figures six forms of Ropulus and I think he who
tries to name by these will fail. Under Salix 24 species are given

SVENSK FAT^EROGAMFLORA 155

aiKl about 110 hybrids ; in Betula the fruits as well as the leaves are
figured. In Rumew he places agrestis Fr., ohluaifolius Wallr.,
divaricatus Fr. and sllDestris Wallr. under R. ohtusifoliuH L. In
Rolygonum P. tomentosum Schr. (emend. Kern.) = P. lapatliifollum
Ait. ; P. lapathifolium L. is doubtfully referred to P. nodosum Pers. ;
P. heteropliyllum Lindman is established ior P. aviculare L. p.p., and
under this there are five other names ; the Scandinavian form of
P. Raii Bab. is P. acadieuse Fernald. Under Atriplex Edmonston's
A. glahriusculiim supersedes A. Bahingtonii Woods. A. Jiastata L.,
Wg. includes A. calotheca Fr., and A. hastifolium Salisb.=our
Jiastata : there is a new species — A. prc^cox Hiilphers.

In Caryophyllaceae Lindman has Ccrastium suhtetrandrum Murb.
— a useful name for s])ecimens it has been difficult to associate with
tetrandrum on account of the length and direction of the capsules.
Alsine riihella is kept up ; Arenaria norvegica Gunn (1772) is
named A. ciliata L. var. humifusa (Wg.) Hartm. ; A. gothica is
retained as a species. To the ordinary British botanist it seems odd
to see Ceratopliyllum placed between Nupliar and Ranunculacece.
Under Ranunculus the outlined leaves might easily lead astray;
the Batrachian Ranunculi are under 7 species, divaricatus Schr.
being used for circinatus Sibth. In Cruciferce, CocJilearia has only
3 species — our common ones ; Radicula is used for Nasturtium ;
Draha (12 species) is monographed by Elisabeth Ekman. Saxifraga
has 15 species ; S. ccespitosa L. is referred to >S'. groBnlandica L. ;
this is perhaps strictly right, but the British grcenlandica of Ben
Lawers and Cwm Idwal is very different from the true ccespitosa of
the Arctic regions and Ben Avon. In Gratcegus we have 6 species,
two of them new— C. curvisepala and C. Palmstruchii. In Rubies
leaves are shown in black on a grey ground ; it is impossible to see what
useful purpose these can solve : let any one take a 13ramble from May
to Sept. and match the various leaves and compare the result with
the figures on p. 309. Of the 40 Rubi only one bears the name of a
British author. In Alchemilla we have 15 species with two pages
of figures of leaves : in Rosa 4 pages, with a table extending over six
pages shoAving the relations of the Swedish plants. In Trifolium,
of the 13 species there only two are not British. Gallitriclie has
5 species, stagnalis being retained ; Viola has 20 species, rupestris
being used for arenaria ; in the tricolor series are only two species.
Epilohium has 17 species, adnatum being used for tetragonum.
Oxycoccus quadripetalus Gilib. — a name which can hardly stand— is
used for Yacciuium, Oxycoccus L. Primula scntica Hook, is retained
as a full species. In 8tatice there are only two species — S. humilis
C. E. Salmon and S. rarifiora Drej. In Veronica^ spicata is given
(not hyhrida^, and judging from the leaf figured it is correctly
named. PJuphrasia has 9 species; Rhinanthus has R. minor Ehrh.
subsp. stenopliyllns Schur. ^cnd R. groenlandicus Chab. In YalerianUj
V. haltica V\e\\&\ = simplicifolia Led.

In Gompositce we have Garduus and Girsium Hill, and 9 hybrids.
Taraxacum has a key of 13 pages to the 99 species. ILieracium (by
Dahlstedt) has 89 species, but grouped under some names are other

15G 'niE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

forms ; e. g.l2 under CfPsium Fr. One would have expected that
in Sweden there would have been many of the 52 forms described by
Norrlin m Herb. Mus. Fennici (1889) pp. 146-153, but only three
are given for both. Surely the climatal conditions in Finland,
especiall}^ south of 68° N. lat., must be similar in the adjoining part
of Sweden ? and does not this go far to show these are local forms
induced b}" local conditions ? Again, out of 168 species of Hieracia
named as occurring in Finland, 46 are found in one province each
only, ranging in latitude from 60° to 69°.

With regard to the statistics of the Scandinavian Flora my friend
Dr. Nordstedt of Lund tells me that the only work which approaches
Berlin's in usefulness is Enumeratio Plant cb SuecicB, Norvegia,
Fennics et Danice by H. Hamberg, published at Stockholm in 1897.

Keys to all genera with more than three species as well as to the
species themselves, combined with clear printing and general arrange-
ment make Dr. Lindman's book a desirable acquisition ; but one has
a lingering regret that the style of Hartmann's Flora was not
adopted.

Arthur Bennett.

American Honey Plants together witli those toliich are of special
value to the Beekeeper as soui-ces of Pollen. By Frank C.
Pel LETT. 8vo, cloth, pp. 297, 155 illustrations. American
B^e Journal, Hamilton, Illinois. Price $2 "50.

This, which is announced "as the first book in the English
language on the subject of the Hone}^ Plants," is the result of many
years of study and personal visits to important honey-producing dis-
tricts, from New England to California and from Canada to Florida
and Texas. It is in every way an attractive volume, and is the
work of one who is not only thoroughly conversant with his special
subject of bee-keeping — as to which he is indeed a recognized
authority — but with the plants from which the objects of his study
derive their material.

The title gives a somewhat inadequate notion of the contents of
the book. The plants of course form its leading feature, and there
are special articles devoted to the " honey-flora " of the principal
States, in which the more prominent constituents are enumerated,
with notes as to the times of flowering, the predominance and succes-
sion of ]mrticular species and their relative importance. The species
are not described, being for the most part familiar and of common
occurrence, but excellent figures are given of more than 150. The
subject of nectar, its physiology and secretion, is treated in two long
articles, in the course of which the researches of Sprengel (the title-
page of whose book is reproduced), Darwin, Delpino, and Miiller are
admirably summarised by Professor Trelease. The contents are all
arranged under one alphabet ; the plants are entered under the names
by which they are most widely known, the Latin and other names
appearing as cross-references. In the larger genera, such as SolidagOy
Aster, and Salvia, the chief honey-yielding species are discriminated ;
the question as to whether the honejdoee is able to secure honey from

AMERICAN HONEY PLANTS 157

Trifollum prafense is discussed at some length and decided in the
affirmative.

In addition to his own observations, Mr. Pellett has availed him-
self of those of "a multitude of beekeepers" Avhose help he gratefully
acknowledges. Sometimes curious items of information are given,
such as the account of the introduction of the honeybee into Alaska
in 1809 by a monk named Cherepenin : " These bees came from the
Department of Kazan, in Siberia, and were brought that honey might
be added to the scanty food supply of the pioneer-teachers of the
Faith as well as to supply the candles for the church services. _ By
decree of [the] Church/ only wax candles can be used, and it is.
recorded that at Sitka in 1816 no services could be held for six
months because the supply of wax ran out. ... It should be observed
that a majority of [the honey-yielding] plants have pendulous flowers.
In a climate such as at Sitka, where the normal precipitation i*
120 inches, only pendulous flowers could protect the nectar."

As we have already said, the book is attractively produced ; the
typography is excellent and the convenience of the reader is considered
by the addition of an excellent index. Our own bee-keepers wall find
in it much of interest : we note the inclusion of species not, we
think, usually regarded as bee-plants, such as Arctium and Poljf-
gonum Convolimlris, and notably of "Fireweed" {Upilobhcmanpfsfi-
folmm)so called because " it springs up following forest fires and
covers the burnt district with a dense growth "—which is important
as a source of honey — very light in colour and of high quality — m
much of eastern Canada and in many of the States.

Forests, Woods, and Trees in relation to Hygiene. By Au&ustine
Henry, M.A., F.L.S., M.R.I.A., Professor of Forestry, Royal
College of Science, Dublin. Constable & Co. Ltd., 1919, pp. xii,
314, with 50 illustrations. Price 18s. net.

The recent abnormal felling of our timber has brought home to us-
the often-urged importance of afforestation. This has been forcibly
maintained from the point of view of the inevitable future national
need of timber by Mr. E. P. Stebbing in writings previously noticed
in this Journal. Dr. Henry treats the subject from a different stand-
point, that of national health, the present work being an expansion of
three lectures given by him at the Society of Arts in May 1917,,
under the Chadwick Memorial Trust. His main sanitational topics
are the question of the proximity of trees to sanatoria, the value of
parks, open spaces, and trees in towns, and the species best^ suited for
such planting ; the hygienic importance of the afforestation of pit-
mounds in mining districts ; and the great importance of the affores-
tation of our public water-catchment areas. This last 'topic occupies
more than four-fifths of the volume, all the large urban water-catch-
ment areas in the United Kingdom being described seriatim with
maps and plans, and one chapter devoted to a discussion of the most
suitable species of trees for the purpose. These chapters constantly
exhibit Dr. Henry's well-known knowledge of the ecology and cultural
characteristics of the native and introduced trees of our islands, and

158 THE .rOUHNAL OF 130TAXY

should be carefully studied bj every British or Irish arboriculturist.
The third chapter exhibits in a striking* manner the vacillating, un-
scientific empiricism of modern medicine ; while in sharp contrast to
its methods — or want of method — the preceding pages contain a brief
but thoroughly scientific analysis of the varied infiuences of forests
upon the atmospheric conditions that make up climate. It must be
borne in mind that Dr. Henry is concerned only with temperate lati-
tudes and mainly with " insular " conditions ; but we certainly
expected to have found a greater recognition of the presumably
different effects of masses of xerophytic conifers with limited transpi-
ration on the one hand and of broad-leaved mesophytes on the other.

Each chapter is furnished with a valuable set of references, and
there is an adequate index. We hope that the book will attain the
object stated in the Preface — tiiat of interesting "the statesman,
the student of economics, the engineer, the phj^sician, and the lay-
man, as well as the forester."

G. S. BOULGEE.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Those interested in the practical aspects of plant pathology will
regret the death of John Snell, who died at Preston on April 19th,
in his forty-second year. Snell was at one time a schoolmaster, and
having taken his London B.Sc. became demonstrator and lecturer in
Botany at Birkbeck College. He was a very capable manipulator
and, in 1012, took up the post of demonstrator in Histology at the
Middlesex Hospital. The following year he was appointed one of the
district inspectors of the Horticultural Branch of the Board of
Agriculture ; his name came prominently before the public in connec-
tion with the Ormskirk Potato Trials, where he tested varieties
of potatoes with regard to their resistance to wart disease (Chn/so-
phlyctis endohlofica). Born of a Cornish farming-stock, Snell's
interest when he got into the field was all on the practical side. The
Lancashire farmers valued him at his true worth, and showed their
appreciation in a very marked manner at the annual Ormskirk
meetings. — J. K.

Albeet Johx Chalmees, M.D. (b. London 1870), died at Cal-
cutta on April 5th, while on his way home from Egypt on retiring
from his post as director of the Wellcome llesearch Laboratories at
Khartoum. He was a leading authority on tropical diseases, and the
Manual of Tropical Medicine written by him in collaboration with
A. Castellani is known to every student. After qualifying at Victoria
(Liverpool) University he joined the West African Medical Service
in 1897, serving later in the Ashanti Field Force. In 1901 he was
appointed Registrar of the Ceylon Medical College, but resigned his
position in order to devote more time to the study of tropical diseases ;
in 1913 he was appointed to Khartoum. The study of disease-
causing fungi was of peculiar interest to Chalmers : he published
several papers on various aspects of the subject, and was hoping to
apply the latest developments of systematic mycology to the study of
some of these intricate orsranisms, — J. R.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 159

Hawaii Nei 128 Years Ago is the title given by Mr. W. F.
Wilson, of Honolulu— its editor, — to the ]Jortion of the Journal of
Archibald Menzies (1754-1842), kept during Vancouver's Voyage
on the ' Discovery,' which relates to his three visits to the Sandwich
Islands (1792-4). The Journal itself is in the Library of the
British Museum (Addl. MS. 32G41), and, although the account of the
ascent of Hualalai, which forms its most interesting portion, has been
published more than once, the full account of the three visits is now
printed for the first time. This contains many interesting observa-
tions in regard to the leading Hawaiian kings and chiefs, and about
the primitive manners and customs of the natives, which we agree
with Mr. Wilson in thinking well worthy of publication. The editor
has done his work exceedingly w^ell. He has prefixed to the Journal an
excellent biography of Menzies, with a reproduction of the crayon por-
trait by Eddis preserved at Kew ; there are a number of illustrations
of the vegetation and of topographical features, taken from original
photographs, w^th reproductions of portraits from old engravings,
including one of Kamehameha, King of Hawaii, taken in 1817 : cross-
headings and useful footnotes have been added, and there is an
excellent index : the diary itself makes interesting reading. We find
no indication of price or of publisher's name, but copies can doubtless
be obtained from Mr. Wilson.

More than sixty years ago, the Religious Tract Society published
a little shilling book by Anne Pratt (who died in 1893 at the age
of 87) entitled Wild Flowers of the Year; and the same Society has
now once more reissued the work in more ambitious guise as a six
shilling volume. It is no small testimony to the accurac}^ of the
author, to whom so many have in their early days been indebted,
that it should be possible to issue the little book practically un-
changed ; the style, with its frequent references to religion, seems
curiously out of harmony with the present-day attitude, but the
botanical portion is as useful now as it was when it first appeared.
The present edition is illustrated by numerous coloured plates of
German origin, which have we think done duty at least once before
in a similar capacity ; these include plants that are neither British
nor referred to in the text, and were "selected, described in an
appendix, and indexed by the Rev. Professor George HensloAV."

Messes. Holden and Hardingham send us Everyhodifs Boole of
Garden Annuals {Is. n.), by Mr. Hazlehurst Greaves, F.L.S., which
they have recently published. It contains cultural directions and an
alphabetical list of the plants recommended with descriptive notes
on the more attractive varieties — we doubt whether the Cornflower
known as " Emperor William " is likely to be "much sought after "
at present ! Many of the names are misspelt or have misplaced
capitals ; the " illustrations by the author " are about the worst we
have ever seen, and disfigure rather than embellish the little book.

The fifth part of the Joinnial of the Botanical Society of Sonth
Africa (1919, but only just to hand) contains a paper on " Our
Aloes " by Dr. I. B. ' Pole-Evans and " Notes on Kirstenbosch
Leguminosce,'" in which, short as it is, three ladies have cooperated.
The Journal, which is edited by Mr. R. H. Compton, Director of the

160 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

National Botanic Gardens at Kirstenbosch, is in large qnai-to — an
inconvenient size — and the number of dach page appears in black
letters at its foot — thus, *' Page One": the ingenuity of the human
mind in inventing useless innovations is inexhaustible, as is also its
inability to make use of patent opportunities. Of this latter Science
Progress, which provides a valuable quarterly review of scientific
thought, work, and affairs, affords a conspicuous example : in no case
has the page-heading any relation to the paper over which it stands.
In the April issue Dr. Salisbury and Dr. Kidcl summarise the " Keeent
Advances in Science " for Botany and Plant Physiology, which are
treated as separate subjects.

The Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany: vol. xliv, no. 800,
Mar. 18) contains two papers on Fossil Botany — '' Bennettites
Scottiiy sp. n., a European Petrification with Foliage," by Dr. Marie
Stopes (2 plates), and '* On the External Morphology of the Stems of
Calamites, with a Revision of the British Species of Cnlamophloios and
Dictyo-Oalamites^ by the late E. Newell Arber and F. W. Lawfield
(3 plates). Messrs. Paulson and Somerville Hastings contribute a
paper on '• The Relation between an Alga and a Lichen " (2 plates).

The New Phytologist for January and February (issued March 30)
contains papers on " The Evolution of Plants " by Mr. Tansley,
based on the memoir on Tlialassiophyta by Dr. A. H. Church, which
was noticed in this Journal for February ; " Phylogenetic Considera-
tions on the Internodal Vascular Strands of l^quisetum^'' by Lady
Isabel Browne ; " Mutations and Evolution " by Dr. R. R. Gates ;
" Ccvmpylonema laJiorense,^^ n. sp.," by S. L. Ghose ; " The Occur-
rence of Actinomyces-like Endotrophic Mycorhiza " by Jean Dufrenoy ;
" Elementary Lecturing by the help of Schedules," based on those
prepared by Dr. A. H. Church ; and a notice of the late Professor J.
W. H. Trail.

The recently published part (vol. v. sect. ii. part iii.) of the Flora
Capensis, issued at the somewhat odd price of lis. Sd. contains the
conclusion of the Miophorhiacecd^ by Mr. Hutchinson and Sir David
Prain ; JJlmacece by Mr. N. E. Brown ; and the beginning of the
MoracecB by Messrs. Brown and Hutchinson.

On April 13th, before the Royal Horticultural Society, Mr. J. K.
Ramsbottom read a paper on "Further Investigations on the Eel-worm
Disease of Narcissus." Mr. Ramsbottom had previously demonstrated
that the so-called *' Fusarium " disease was due to the eel-worm
Tylenchus devastatrix and not to the fungus Fusarium hulhigenum.
After several years of experiment he has shown that the disease
which threatened the Narcissus industry with destruction can be
successfully treated on a commercial scale by soaking the bulbs in hot
water at a constant temperature of 110° F. for three hours : no
damage is done to the flowers if the treatment is carried out in July,
August, and September.

For the convenience of those who may wish to have it separately,
a few copies of Lieut.-Col. WoUey-Dod's " Revised Arrangement of
British Roses " have been printed in pamphlet form and may be had
■from Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4,
price Is. 6(/. post free.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In view o£ the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in
the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and
it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may be
mentioned Mr. Eiddelsdell's Flora of Glamorgansliire, Mr. Dallman's
J^otes on the Flora of Denhiglishire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supple-
ment to ' Topographical Botany.'' Of the Supplements to the Bio-
(jraphical Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped l)efore
this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements
iire of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
bavins: been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Draiulngs of Sowerbfs 'English
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are the Index Abecedaries — a list of the plants in the first
edition of Linnasus's Species Plantarum, showing at a glailce what
are included in that work, Avhich has no index of species ; the
History of Alton s ' Hortas Keivensis,' which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work; the
Flora of Gihraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linuiwus's Flora Anglica — the first
English^ Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
"there are numerous copies;

\_Ocer.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS

Price S/\r Shillings (cloth).
Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's ' EngUsh Botany ' (pp. 276)-
By F. A. Gaery.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.
Tlie British Koses, excluding Eu-Caninae (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLEY-T)OD.

The Genus Fnmaria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pucisley,
B.A.'

Price Half-a-croivn.
The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A.
Flora of Glamorganshire. By the Rev. H. J. Rtddelsdell, B.A.

Price Two Shillings.
A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.
Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallmax, F.L.S. (2s. each.)

Price Eigh teen-pence.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists {Is. 6d. each).

British Euphrasijie. By Cedrtc Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Aiton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S.

Llnuimis's ' Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H.

WOLLEY-DOD.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivifh remittance shonUI he addressed to: —
TAYLOR & FEANCTS, HED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No/691

JULY, 1920

Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREISN

EDITED Br

JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONT

PAGK

William Moyle Rogers. (1835-1920.)

(With Portrait.) 161

A New Marsh Orchis. By T. and

T. A. Stephenson 164

Walter Stonehouse. (1597-1655.) By

R. T. GuNTHER, F.L.S 1 70

Plant Dermatitis . — II. By E . Ph i l i p

Smith) 173

A new Species of Coupoui. By James

Ladbrook 176

Short Notes : — Orchis Simia in
Kent — Orchis hirci7ia L. — In-
trusion of the Bee-Orchis —
Lathrsea Clandestina L. — Sis^j-
rinchium, angustifolmm Miller. . . 177

ENTS

PAGE

Reviews : —

The Flora of Chepstow. By W. A.
Shoolbred,M.R.C.S., F.L.S. ... 178

The Geography of Plants. By M.
E. Hardy, D.Sc 180

Elementary Notes on the Morpho-
logy of Fungi. By A. H.
Church 181

Roses : their History, Development
and Cultivation. By the Rev.
Joseph H. Pemberton, Vice-
President of the National Rose
Society 182

Book-Notes, News, etc 182

Supplement. — The Marine Algae of
Guernsey. By Lilian Lyle,
F.L.S.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and Elghtpence

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo-
graj^hical), Forestry, Gardening, etc.. always available. Any book quoted for,
and those not in stock sought for, without charge.

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT OUEEN STREET. KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2.

Telephone : Gerrard 1412.

Just published b^ the Ray Society.

GROVES, J., AND BULLOCK- WEBSTER, G. B.

BRITISH CHAROPHYTA. Vol. I. Nitellea.

With Introduction, Pp. xiv + l-i2 + 40, Avith 20 Plates.
Svo, cloth. £1 5.S. net.

(Vol. II. ivill complete the Work.)
DULAU & Co ,, Ltd., 34-36 Margaret Street, Cavendish Square, W.1.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

J A M E S B R I T T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BUITISH MUSEUM.

The JouEis'AL of Botaivy was established in 1868 bj Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ce^don. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

•Commuixications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Sis Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page M2 Os. Of?. .£1 16s. Od. each ^1 12s. OfZ. each^

Half-page 12 6 1 0 0 „ 17 6 „ I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ [net.

Eighth-page 76 70 „ 66 „ J

All applications for space to he made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

WILLIAM MOYLE ROGERS.

Kll

WILLIAM MOYLE EOaERS.

(1835-li)20.)
(With 1*o jit ha it.)

" There is no one who knew him with any degree of intimacy who
does not feel that he has lost a personal friend, and that the world is
poorer by the death of Thomas Kichard Archer Briggs. His humility,
his single-heartedness, his great gentleness, his patient goodness, made
his quiet influence a potent factor in eTery circle in which he moved."
These opening sentences of a brief " In Memoriam " notice appeared
in a Plymouth paper just after Briggs's death in January 1891, and
were quoted by the late W. Moyle Kogers in the Memoir he contri-
buted to this Journal for 1891 (p. 97). I recall them here because
they describe as truly the subject of the present Memoir.

William Moyle Rogers was born at Helston, Cornwall, on July 12,
1835, and was educated at Helston Grammar School ; here he was
later on Assistant-Master under the late Dr. Augustus Jessopp,
afterwai'ds Head Master of the Grammar School, Norwich, and
Ganon of Norwich, tlie well-known author of The Gominf^ of the
Friars and many other books.

I had often wondered how it w^as that so able a man as Kogers
undoubtedly was, had taken no degree at a University : his daughter
has explained this. His father was a lawyer at Helston, and, while
the son was still at school there, proposed to send him to Exeter
College, Oxford ; but he lost his money in a bank failure, and the
University was thus out of the question. Moyle Kogers w^ent to
Dublin for a time, hoping to support himself by taking pupils, and
reading for a degree in that University ; but his health, never very
strong, could not stand the strain of the double work. At this time
he fell in with Bishop Gray, who was home on the look-out for men
for his diocese of Capetown ; and the Bishop secured his services,
took him out to South Africa, and appointed him Vice-Principal of
his college there. This Bishop it was who there admitted him to
deacon's orders, and afterwards ordained him priest. While still a
deacon he was placed in charge of Kiversdale, as no priest was then
available for the parish. Directly he was admitted to priest's orders,
Rogers took charge of George Town, wdiile the incumbent went home
to i)e consecrated Bishop of St. Helena. During that time he resided
with Bishop Welby's family at George (1860-62).

It appears that the climate did not suit Kogers very well ; and in
1862 he sailed for home, and for a short time took a post with his
cousin. Rev. J. S. Tyacke, then Vicar of Old Torr, afterwards Canon
of Truro. Rogers Avas then successively Curate of Yarcombe, Devon ;
of Holy Trinity, W. Cow^es, I. of W. ; of Upton -on -Severn, Worcester-
shire, and of Chetnole, Dorset. To continue the list of his clerical
appointments, he became Incumbent of WoUand, Dorset, in 1869 ;
Vicar of Stapleford, Wilts, in 1872 ; Curate of Trusham, Devon,
1876-1882 ; and Vicar of Bridgerule, Devon, in 1882. In 1885 his
health gave wa}^ and he w^as advised to retire to the climate of
Bournemouth, where he resided until his death.

Journal or Botaisy. — \ol. 58, [July, 1920.] jN'

162 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

During liis incuiiibency of Woolland, Rogers married Alicia
llebecca, daughter of Major Chadwick, of Chetnole. Their son, the
Rev. Y. A. Rogers, inherited his father's botanical tastes, and is well
known to readers of this Journal as an indefatigable collector of
South African plants, many of which have from time to time been
described in these pages.

It would be tedious to enumerate the papers which Rogers has
contributed to this Journal : when I was asked to write some account
of his work, I looked tlirough the indexes for some thirty-eight yeaio,
and was astonished at the number of his contributions — at first on
British plants generall}^ of late years on Hubi almost exclusively.
A series on the Sora of Devon appeared in 1877 and the three follow-
ing years ; from 1880 onwards several papers recorded Dorset plants.
A liandsome acknowledgement of Rogers's work was made by Mr. J.
C. Mansel-Plejalell in the preface to the second edition of his Flora
of Dorset : — " The frequent occurrence of his name, in almost every
page, shows how much 1 am indebted to him for the records of new
stations, and in some instances of new ^^lants."

In 1881 Rogers was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society. In
the two following j^ears two or three long papers on the Devon Flora
flowed from his pen, recording his numerous notes. He had before
this made the acquaintance of Archer Briggs — an acquaintance
which soon ripened into a warm personal friendship, which he records
in the long and interesting Memoir, printed in this Journal for 1901
(p. 97), as "among the choice blessings of [his] life": in 1877 "I
induced liim to come and spend a few days with us at Trusham, near

Chudleigh, in the Teign Valley This proved the first of a

series of annual visits to my house, paid, I believe, without inter-
mission fo]' fourteen successive years." On several excursions, which
resulted in the long paper on "The Flora of the Teign Basin, S. Devon"
(1882), Briggs was Rogers's frequent companion : while at Bridge-
rule, the latter writes that " in brief visits in four successive years
Briggs helped me to botanize the Upper Tamar Valley and neigh-
bouring districts, as at Trusham he had helped me in the Teign
Valley. In fact, in both neighbourlioods he went further afield than
I was able to do ; and the papers which I published in this Journal,
in 1882 and 1886, on their floras w^ould probably never have been
written but for his help and encouragement." It is noticeable that,
although Rogers had begun to study Biihl some years before, he still
depended much on Briggs and Babington for naming species with
which he was not familiar.

In the summers of 1889 and 1890 Rogers and I paid visits to the
late E. S. IMarshall, who was then Curate of Witley, Surrey ;
Marshall conducted each of us in search chiefly for the brambles of
the neighbourhood, which resulted in " Notes on some S.W. Surrey
Rubi," published in the Journal for 1891. The following ^^ear
witnessed the appearance of a series of imjDortant articles, modestly
entitled "An Essay at a Key to British Rubi," which were afterwards
reissued. That Rogers appreciated the difficulty of his subject is
shown by his opening remark : — " This is no more than it professes
to be, an essav at a verv difficult task, and I shall be content if it

WILLIAM MOYLE ROGERS 1()8

prepares the way for soinetliin^ better." These worls may l)e taken
as an intunation that Kog-ers had in mind a more complete work on
the subject: this idea gradually took form, and resulted in the pu])li-
cation, in 1900, of the Handbook of British Buhi, which was
reviewed in the Journal for that year (p. 401). The reviewer pointed
out that it was thirty-one years since Prof. Babington brought out
his British Rubi, and that the number of species had increased in
the interval from 41 in that work to 100 in the Handbook : " Names
had been freely imported from Germany in the past, and in some
cases tacked on too hastily to English plants ; and it has required
years of patient investigation and toilsome correspondence with con-
tinental specialists to establish our present list on a sure foundation.

\\\ this labour Mr. Rogers has taken the principal part Great

as the work of defining the species and tracking out the synonymy
must have been — a work for which a wide knowledge of the recent
history of the genus was necessary,— still greater mental effort was
re(|uired for the grouping of the various allied forms, and constructing
the Keys and Conspectus, which introduce the fruticose section."

The late \i. P. Murray owed much to Kogers for numerous con-
tributions to his Somerset Flora, and in the preface expressed his
grateful thanks. Many members of both Botanical Exchange Clubs
will have reason to regret the passing away of one whose unrivalled
knowledge of Bubi has been for so many years placed at their
Svjrvice.

Among Rogers's collaborators in the Bubi may be mentioned the
Rev. Augustin Ley (1842-1911) of whom a memoir from his pen
appears in this Journal for 1911, p. 201 : "In Biibits,'' Rogers writes,
'■ for the last twenty years Ley has been my indefatigable and most
heljjful fellow- worker," and to him Rogers dedicated his Buhus Leiji.

Other species of Bubus were described by Rogers from time to
time in these pages, with a numerous array of varieties. The species
include B. lacustris, B. iricus, B. Lettii, B. cinerosus, B. Grif-
fithianiis, B. drisyphyllus ; B. Marshalli was named by Focke and
Rogers in combination.

The distribution of Bubi in the counties of Great Britain was,
of com*se, dealt with in the Handbook, and on this account was
entirely omitted from Mr. Arthur Bennett's " Supplement to Topo-
graphical Botany," ed. 2, published with the Journal for 1905. To
remedy this omission, Rogers compiled a complete list of the comital
distribution, on the same lines as this Supplement; this was jniblished
in the Journal for 1909, and forms a very serviceable record; this
he brought up to date in 1915. In 1916 (p. 37) was published a
a note — -his last contribution — asking that specimens should be sent
to Mr. Riddellsdell, whose summary of additions to the Handbook,
compiled with Rogers's help and approval, appeared in these pages in
April last.

Since he retired to Bournemouth, Rogers continually helped at the
daily or Sunday services of one or other of the neighbouring churches,
so far as his health allowed. A devout Churchman of the school of
Canon Liddon and Dean Church, he readily found clergy near at hand
who were congenial to him. While living at Pine Dene, Branksome

jf 2

16t THE JOTJKNAL OF BOTANr

Park, he would help the clergy at All Saints' or St. Aldhelm's ; after
moving to " Chetnole," he assisted at St. Ambrose's, which was con-
veniently near. He had lately been failing in health rather rapidly,
and passed away quietly on Ma}- 26th. There were largely attended
services at St. Ambrose's at 8 a.m. and 11 on the day of the funeral,
and the burial followed at the cemetery. Thus ended the long earthly
career of one who was known to all his friends as a ver}^ charming
and lovable man.

EdWABD FkANCIS LiNTOIf.

A NEW MARSH OKCHIS.
Bv T. AND T. A. Stephejsson.

It is doubtless a venturesome thing to name and describe a new
species of Marsh Orchis under present conditions ; but the step is
not hastily taken. The plants in question have been under con-
tinuous study and observation for the last five years, during which time
the whole group has been very carefully studied. The determination
of the new forms can be best established by a complete discussion of
the whole group. This we have worked out and hope to publish in
some form or other. To botanists who have decided that O. latifoJia
in Britain is a mere jumble of hybrids, this paper will be anathema ;
but we ask that the question should not yet be foreclosed. It may
also be said that a complete description of all the forms growing in
the chief station of form A would greatly elucidate its value ; but
space forbids.

Orchis purpurella, n. sp.

Form A. Plant short, robust, lO-lo cm. high on an average,
rarely 25 cm. Spike short, about 3-5 cm. long. Mature tubers
long and tapering. Stem more than half solid. Leaves keeled,
lanceolate, rather broad, tapering to a blunt point, with long sheaths,
the longest about 7-12 cm. long, the broadest about 1*75-3 cm.
wide, with small, often very small solid spots, regularly distributed
or often only at the tips of the Is., easily overlooked, never with
large spots, rings, or blotches. Lower bmcts purplish, scarcely
exceeding fls. Flowers bright red-purple, lip flat, scarcely or not at
all trilobed, of a blunt diamond-shape, slightly crenulate, somewhat
thick in texture, with rather heavy markings, mostly near the centre
line, edges generally incurved, at fii-st quite sharply so, at the very
edge, not at all reflexed, about 8 mm. wide and 6 mm. long. Sepals
broad, erect, spur very stout, shorter than the ovary.

Form B differs from form A in having fls. of a duller purjjle, the
lip more rounded, rather larger as a rule (10-6 mm. wide, 9-6 mm.
long), with a small, cuneiform centre-lobe.

Forma A. Planta brevis, robusta (12-15 cm., rare super 25 cm.).
Spica brevi (3-5 cm.). Tuberis maturis longe productis. Caule fere
solido. Foliis fere carinatis, lanceolatis, plus minusve latis, in apicem
obtusum contractis, vaginis longis (folia longissima c. 7-12 cm., latis-
sima c. l'75-3 cm.), maculis, parvis vel minimis, solidis, aut aBqualiter

A XKW ^fAT^SIT ORCUTS

165

distributis aut juxta apicem congregatis. Bracteis inferioribus vix
flores excedentibus, piirpMrascentibus. Floribus colore claro purpureo-
rubente, labello piano, integro vel obscure trilobato, foi-ma obtuse
rhomboidea, miniine creuulato, textura aliquanto crassa, maculis
plermnque perspicuis et juxta lineam inediam sitis, raarginibus
sjBpissime incurvatis, praesertim juxta marginem, nunquam reflexis,
long. c. 6 nun., lat. c. 0-8 mm., calcare eximie crasso, breviore quam
ovarium, sepalis latis, erectis.

Forma B (a forma A) dlffert colore minus claro florum, labello
minus integro, plus rotunda to, siiepe majore (10-6 mm. lat., 9-6 mm.
long.), media loba parva, cuneiforma.

It will be best to discuss Hrst form A, about which least difficulty
is likely to arise. It grows near Aberystwyth, in a very old hill-
pasture, along with several other species of Orchids, which include
O. prcefermissa (Druce), O. latifolia L., 0. ericetorum Linton, and
O. Fuchsii Driice. It is a vigorous and flourishing plant of which
many scores of individuals are growing with but slight range of
variation amongst themselves, and very distinct from all other plants
on the ground. The habit is dwarf, about 12-15 cm. being the usual
height of the plant.

Sketches of enlarged flowers of O. incarnata and 0. purpurella
to show main features.

A. 0. purpurella, Ambleside form.

B. O. pui-purella, Aberystwyth form.

C. 0. incarnata, a common rose-pink form.

Note the flatter and broader Hp of purpurella, with less regular pattern. The
rendering in black and white is necessarily very harsh and the pattern looks
too marked without its coloured background.

A rather large specimen measures 16 cm. above the ground, and
20 cm. including the tubers. Tubers 4 cm., narrow, tapering into
roots. Sheaths dark. Stem slightly hollow. Leaves seven m num-
ber, the two topmost narrow, bract-like, the highest just reaching
the base of the spike, the longest 75 cm., the widest 17 mm. They
are slio-htlv hooded and keeled, with numerous very small spots ot

1()G THE JOUHXAL OF BOTAXT

nearly equal size. Spike 4 cm., fairly cylindrical and dense-fld.
(20 riowers), lip 6 mm. long and 7 mm. wide. It is bright red-
purple, with richer red-purple marks in the centre, of an irregular
diamond-shape, with centre lobe scarcely distinguishable, side-lobes
faintly crenulate or with slight fissures. Throat wide, pale. Sepals
erect, with dark blotches inside. Spur straight, stout, slightly
tapering towards the end. Bracts narrow, lowest hardly exceeding
flower. There are four points to which special attention may be
called : (a) the form of the lip, (h) its colour, (c) the spots on the Is.,
and (d) the dwarf habit.

(a) For/n of the lip. The lip is more nearly entire than in any
other allied form, of a roughly diamond-shape, more or less broad in
proportion to the length. The sides are sometimes much more
strongly crenulate than in average specimens, and a slight centre-lobe is
found. This is more evident in dried specimens. The outline of the
lip may be continuous, but for a slight nick. At any rate, the
general appearance of the lip is quite distinct, as the figure will show.
Reichenbach in his classification distinguishes this tj^pe of lip as
" rhombeilabia," in which he includes O. salina Turcz. and O. cru-
eiita Miill. This point is important, because our plant is very near
0, cruenta.

The suggestion will no doubt be made that the pointed lip is due
to a cross with 0. Fachsil or O. ericeioruvi. The nearest O. incar-
nata are miles away, and all have blunt lips. O. Fuchsii is in
the field ; but we doubt its immediate influence on O. purpurella.
AVe have seen a good many undoubted hybrids of O. Fuchsii, and in
all of them the centre-lobe is long in proportion to the whole \v^, and
is marked off from the side-lobes by deep clefts. Col. Godfery, who
has seen the plants growing in situ, thinks that they may be a race
proceeding from a hybrid of O. incarnata and O. Fuchsii. This is
possible ; but in any case we should support the view that we have
herfe not merely a batch of primary Iwbrids, but a stable species. On
the other hand, the origin of the forms may be due to mutation alone,
or to both causes combined.

(b) The colour of the jiower is a fine, vivid red-purple, with heavy
crimson lines and blotches for the lip-pattern. It is more brilliant
than any forms we have met elsewhere, though generally of the type
of the lip of O. fvcetermissa v. pulchella Druce *, to which it might
be referred were it not for the spotted leaves. It does not appear to
us that this fine colour points to a hj^brid origin, but rather the other
way. The form could hardly be a hybrid with O. pulchella itself,

-for that form is not found in the vicinity. No doubt a strong colour
may appear from the crossing of two pale forms, under certain con-
ditions ; but we see no likelihood that such a contingency is to be
expected here. A great variety of hybrid forms (of pale with pale
orchids and of pale with dark ones) are known, and in all cases the
colour is diluted. We have not the least reason to suspect a brilliant
colour latent in any form of O. maculata. A mutation of O. in-

* The form Mr. Druce has called "Northern Incarnata," which (in lit. et
herb.) he now considers t) be O. prtpfpniiissa y. piilchdla. It has considerable
claims to slxcific rank.

A NEW MARSH ORCHIS 167

carnata or O. prcEtermissa is the most likely conjecture. It may be
said that a few plants of O. irrcetermissa are growing in the same
field with O. pur pur ell a ; but no.O. incarnata. The nearest station
for the latter, of which we know, is seven miles away at least.

(c) The leaves are normally spotted. If it were not for this fact,
the plant would be certainly set down as a dwarf form of O.pulchella.
As it is, on the ground of these spots the influence of O. maculata
may be suggested, and certainly will be by those who do not admit
any plants with spots to be other than O. maculata and its hybrids.
In most undoubted hj^brids, however, the marks tend to be somewhat
irregular patches, or, in the opinion of some, rings often very faint,
but here they are always very small spots, fairly well-defined and of
a uniform dark brown colour. Sometimes they are thickly scattered
over the whole leaf, but often are only found near the tip, and then
are easily overlooked. Sometimes they are absent. To us the facts
suggest not a cross, but a mutation in the direction of spots.

(d) The plants are normally dwarfs. It may be difficult to
decide in many cases when the dwarf character is merely due to
impoverishment and when it is constitutional. The var. dunensis of
O. incarnata is a case in point. We think in this case {O. purpu-
rella) that the dwarf habit is constitutional. The plants grow in a
field side by side with hundreds of tall orchids of other species.
Nineteen twentieths of them will be 35 cm. high or less. A very
fine hybrid of the species with O. latifolia (as we think) is found in
two forms, both tall and short, the two forms intermixed wdthin the
same square yard of ground, and these may be Mendelian segregates
with tall and dwarf characters. Here also is a case in which external
conditions might favour a dwarf race. The field is an old pasture,
and the plants are at their best about June 15. Two years running,
when going to the field a little later than that date, we have had the
sorrow of finding that a lot of young calves had been turned into the
field and had cut off the heads of a great many flowers, often spoiling
our observations.

Under such conditions, if Darwinian principles have any practical
weight at all, we are entitled to say that a dwarf strain would have
a better chance of establishing itself than a tall one. As a matter of
fact, the plants of O. purpurella were very little interfered with.

Our belief that we have here a good species is based on the con-
vergence of these characters, not specially on any one of them more
than another. The species differs from O. incarnata in having
spotted Is. and flat, pointed, slightly ^;^curved lip, of bright purj^le
with heavy markings, with less erect and narrow Is. It agrees with
it in having rather small fls,, with very wide throat and very stout
spur, and broad, erect sepals.

It differs from O. prattermissa in having spotted Is. and pointed,
incurved lip. The flower is very near indeed in colour and markings
to O. prcetermissa v, pulchella (Druce). Apart from the dwarf
habit and spots, the leaf-scheme is one that would suit ordinary
O. prcetermissa but not v, puJchella, which as a rule is much more
slender.

It differs from O. latifolia in the foi-m of lip, tlie bright colour

1G8 THE .TOUR^^AT. OF POTANT

and lieav}^ pattern, in its small size and the minute dots on the leaves.
It also has the spur proportionately stouter. It di:ffers completely
from a beautiful form of O. latifolia growing in the same field, with
which (as we think) it freely hybridizes.

The most potent objection to recording this plant as a neAv species
is that it might turn out to be O. cruenta 0. F. Muell. This plant
is described and figured in Flora Danica. There is agreement, at
least, in the description of the lip as " indiviso, subcordato, crenato " ;
but the plate (t. 876) shows copiously blotched Is. and a very short
spike of dull purple fls. The colour is probably wrong. At any
i-ate, as the late Mr. Hunnybun suggested in a letter, the term
" cruenta " was probably given originally to a red-purple plant. The
lips are much longer than wide, irregular, and with rather light
markings. Here, apart from the undivided lip, all the details di:ffier.
In Reich. Icones Fl. Germ. 395, O. cruenta has a Hp very hke that
in Fl. Dan. We have seen a drawing by Mr. Hunnybun of a Swiss
plant which is pi-obably O. cruenta, with heavily -spotted Is., lips
irregular and vai-ying much in form, with very narrow markings.
One is like the Fl. Dan. lip, but others are deeply trilobed, in any
case quite unlike those of our plant. The tlowers were almost of a
black-red. ileichenbach, as we noted above, emphasizes the chamcter
of the entire lip, but Klinge (Acta. Hort. Petrop. xvii. (1899)) puts
O. cruenta into class CVl. of his group Dactylorclus, along with
O. incarnata as tlie only other member of the group, and he describes
the lip as trilobate or subtrilobate ! We conclude, without having
ever seen a Continental plant, that it would be quite precarious to
identify the Aberystwyth plant as O. cruenta.

O. cruenta 0. F. Mueller is recorded for Britain in Journ. Bot.
1899, )). 37, by Mr. Herbert Goss. He found it plentiful in two or
three bogs on the fells between Borrowdale and AVatendlath, and
considered it stunted form of O. latifolia. Some specimens were
sent to Mr. R. A. Rolfe, who identified it as O. cruenta. Since then
other botanists have searched for it in vain in the same district ; but
Mr. Druce has gathered a plant in Durham which has been passed by
Mr. Rolfe as 0. cruenta.

At this point we may take up the question of the plant which we
have assigned to 0. purinirella as form B. In 1916 we received
specimens both from Ari-an and from Hawkshead, Ambleside, which
is not very far from Borrowdale, of which some Avere sent to Mr.
Druce and' to Kew. In both cases their identification with O. cruenta
was favoured : see Bot. Exch. Club Report, iv. 5, p. 503. The
following is taken from a letter from Kew dated Aug. 15, 1916:
" It can be definitely stated that these specimens agree with the
one previously recorded from Cumberland \i. e. Mr. Goss's specimen]
also with the Scandinavian specimens, including the important lip-
character, while none of them show the leaves heavily blotched with
brown as in the original figure in the Flora Danica.'' Also
Mr. Druce : " I think it must go to cruenta, although the shape of
the lip is not quite identical and it is less strongly maculate. It is
iilmost identical with the plant passed as cruenta by Rolfe, which I
.gathered in Durham.'

A XEW MARSH OHCHIS KjO

We are tlierefore of tlie opinion that these plants all belong to
one type. VVe have seen Mr. (toss's plant at Kew, and judye that,
as far as may be determined from the dried plant, it is the same as
tliose from Arran and Hawkshead. Now in regard to this plant all
the considerations which make us doubt that O. piirpurella foi-m A
is to be referred to O. omenta apply, with this added that the form
of the lip is, for the most part, obscurely but detinitely trilobed.

The first gathering which we had from Hawkshead was sent by
Miss V/ilson on June 17, 1916. It consisted of dwarf plants,
10-15 cm. high, with few, broadly-lanceolate leaves, in some cases
overtopping the spike, having the same very small spots as in the
case of the Aberystwyth plant, often only at the tips of the Is. A
niunber of plants sent from the same place on June 22, 1917, were
larger, 20-25 cm. high, but otherwise precisely the same: The flowers
a rich, dark purple, not the bright red-purple of the Aberystwyth
plant; lip slightly trilobed— this is more evident when the plant
is dry. The form varied from the rounded lip-type of O. prcetermissa
to the pointed type of form A. The leaf-pattern is of heavy crimson
marks. On July 8, 1916, we received from Arran a number of
plants, gathered by Mr. Allen, precisely similar to the Cumberland
])lants. Tliey were growing in company with O. maculata and the
maroon form of O. incarnata v. dunensis. In both localities hybrids
with O. maculata occurred.

With Mr. Goss, we should have called these forms a rather dwarf
variety of O. latifolia, had it not been that they were so evidently
to be considered along with the plants alread}' named O. crucnta.
At the same time the short habit and rather diamond-shaped lip, and
especially the peculiar type of leaf-spots, brought them into con-
nection with the Aberystwyth form. Finally, when we had considered
the difficulties in the way of ranking them as O. cruenta, we were
driven to grouping them together under a new specific name as
0. pmyvrella .

It may be added that form A is more distinct from all others of
the group than form B, and we should rest our case mainly on that,
if 'Awj serious objection were maintained against form B.

An average plant of form B, taken from the taller 1917 gathering,
is 26-5 cm. high, tubers included. Tubers narrow, tapering, divaricate.
Stem -sheaths lai-ge, dark at the tips, strongly veined. Leaves long-
lanceolate, blunt, lowermost small, second (broadest) 28 mm. broad,
third (longest) 1 dm. long, topmost bract-like, just short of the base
of the spike. Spike 3-5 cm., globose. Bracts broad below, strongly
veined, rather short. Flowers bright purple. Lip cuneate, about
8 mm. wide by 6 mm. long, crenulate below, centre-lobe blunt, small,
markings heavy, of dark crimson. Sepals erect, spur of medium
length, slightly tapering, modeiately stout.

HyhricU of O. pnrpurella. We have so determined some very
beautiful plants growing in fair numbers with form A. They
appear to be crossed with a dwarf form of O. latifolia, which is also-
growing in the vicinity. A few ])lants which appear to be crossed
with O. erief'toriiDi also occm'.

(Jf form I), both fi'om Arran and llawksliead. we have received

170 TUE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

plants intermediate between the typQ and O. ericetorum. Space
forbids a full description and discussion of these forms.

As to the origin of the forms, as we have indicated already, we
think they may have arisen from hybrid crossings of O. incarnata or
O. prcetermissa with some form of O. latifolia or O. maculata. At
the same time we much prefer the theory that we have here two
cases of mutation from 0. incarnata (or less probably O. prcetermissa).
The whole subject is too complicated for discussion here ; but we
hope to go into it more fully in connexion with the general question
of O. latifolia.

WALTER STOXEirlOUSE.

(1597-1650.)

Bi- R. T. GuATiiEE, F.L.S.

Walter Stonehouse has led a double life in history. One
Mr. Stonehouse is known to Botanists as a searcher after rare plants
in the northern counties and in Wales. The Eev. Walter Stonehouse
is familiar to the readers of the Register of the Fellows of Magdalen
College, Oxford, by Macray, who, while collecting many other facts
about him was not aware of his botanical researches. I have recently
been fortunate enough to find among manuscripts bequeathed to
Magdalen College by John Goodyer in 1664 the missing Unks and
his own anagram, which identify the Botanist with the Divine.
They establish the unity of the two and show him in a new light as a
considerable horticulturist for his time — one who would have gone far
had not the Parliamentary Commissioners put him in prison.

The first document that drew my attention to him was an
anonymous Catalogus Plantarum Horti mei Darfeldicd Qiiihus is
instructus est Anno Domini — a neatly written vellum-bound 12mo
volume of 44 leaves, known as Magdalen College MS. No. 239, which
is reprinted in the Gardeners' Chronicle for May 15, 1920, and
following numbers. Its description in Cox's catalogue of manuscripts
suggests that it referred to Goodyer's own garden, and its true attri-
bution has been still further camouflaged by a printed reference to it
by Dr. Druce, who (Suppl. to Bot. Exch. Club Report for 1916,
p. 25) has " Cat. Plant. Horti Dalfidise " — a spelling which indicates
that the writer had not examined the clearly written MS. when
drawing up his somewhat incomplete list of Goodyers books. Both
place and time agree with Walter Stonehouse's tenure of the rectory
of Darfield, to which he was instituted in 1631 ; but an absolutely
convincing proof is afforded by the words " Theologus servus natus "
written in the margin of f. 5 of the MS., the full significance of
which I accidentally discovered by reading the page after sign. A4
of John Tradescant's MascBum Tradescantiannm (1656) written by
our theological botanist who is now also a poet. It reads : —

WALTER STOREHOUSE 171

To J (Jni Tya (I esccntt the yonn-

ger, surviving,

Atuujr. :

John T r a d e s c a n t.

Cannot hide Arts.

Heire of tliy Fathers goods, and his good parts,

Which both preservest, and augment' st his store,
Tracing th' ingenuous steps he trod before :
Proceed as thou begin'st, and win those hearts,
With gentle curt'sie, which admir'd his Arts,

Whilst thou conceal' st thine own, and do'st deplore
Thy want, compar'd with his, thou shew'st them
Modesty clouds not worth ; but hate diverts.

And shames base envy, arts he cannot hide
That has them. Light through every chink is spy'd.
Nugas has ego, pessimus Poeta
Plantarum tamen, optimique amici
Nusquarn pessimus aestimator, egi.

Gualterus Stonehousus.

Theologus servtis natus.

By rearranging the letters of John Tradescant's name he composed
the anagram Cannot hide Arts, and by a similar process his own
name, Gualterus Stonehousus, became Theologus servus natus — w^ords
quoted by Macray, who, however, did not "grasp their meaning, as
occurring on the titlepage of a volume of Sermons in Magdalen
College Library.

By piecing together various scraps of information we find that
Walter Stonehouse, born in 1597, was a Londoner — a relative of
Sir William Stonehouse, Bart., of Kadley, since he referred to
Sir William's daughter, Mrs. Langton, wife of the President of Mag-
dalen College, as " cousin." He came up to Oxford as one of the
first Scholars of the newly founded Wadham College. There, at
the age of 16, he wrote a Turcarum Historia generalis m 213 pages.
He took his B.A. on 25th Feb. 161^, and came to Magdalen as a
Fellow in 1617, filling the office of Prelector in Logic in 1619-20.
He remained in residence for some years, preaching occasional sermons
at the University Church and in the College, including the funeral
sermon at President Langton's funeral in 1626. In 1629 he took his
degree as Bachelor of Divinity and resigned his fellowship, probably
on marriage, since his son Walter was born in the following year.
The University presented him to a rectory in the diocese of Canter-
bury, 7th March 168^, and it may have been then that he made the
acquaintance of Thomas Johnson, then engaged on the descrij^tion of
his second botanical tour in Kent (published 1632).

Stonehouse was presented to the rectory of Darfield by John
Savile of Methley, who hekl him in great esteem. He became a
member of the literary circle of Sir J. Jackson of Hickleton, in which
Lightfoot, Sir H. Wotton, and Bishop Morton were sometimes found.
Witli Laud he is rememl)ered as being one of the first Englishmen to
make a collection of coins and medals: these eventuallv formed the

172 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATfY

basis of that department of the very curious museum formed by
Thoresby in his house at Leeds (see Hunter, South Yorkshire).

In 1639 Thomas Johnson organised an expedition of the " Socii
Itinerantes " of the Pharmaceutical Society of London to the
mountains of North Wales : an account of the expedition is given in
his Merciirii Botanici i)ars altera (1641) reprinted in facsimile in
Opiiscala omnia hotanica Thomce Johnsoni edited by T. S. Ralph
(London, 161^7). The constitution of this travelling club is thus
stated by Johnson in the pi-eface to his Iter Plantar um Investiga-
tionis " susceptum a decern Sociis in Agrum Cantianum : Anno
Dom. 1629," and published in the same year : " Faucis abbinc elapsis
annis, consuetudo vero laudibilis inter rei herbariae studiosus crevit.
bis aut saipius quotannis triduum aut quadriduum ito Plantarum
investigationis ergo suscipere." Stonehouse joined the party at
Chester, having spent the previous night at Stockport, where he had
not been favourabl}^ impressed with the inn. Their route took them
by Conway, Penmaenmawr, Bangor, and Carnarvon to Griynn-lhivona,
where they were the guests of Thomas Glynn, to whom Johnson
dedicated his account of the expedition. After discoursing on the
perils of climbing Snowdon, Johnson gives a list of the plants found
by the party. At Beaumaris they enjoyed the hospitality of Richard
Buckley, visited his vivarium, and collected sea-weeds. They then
recrossed the straits to Lhan-lhechid, climbed Carnedh-lhewellyn in a
mist and in fear of nesting eagles, but saw little of botanical interest.
After a farewell visit to Glynn-lhivona, the party journeyed to
Harlech and Barmouth. Their homeward journey lay through
Merionethshire ; at Gruerndee Stonehouse left them and went home
through Shropshire to Barfield. Here he remained in quiet enjoyment
of his garden, to the Catalogue of which, drawn up in 1610, reference
has already been made ; some of the plants in Johnson's list are
included in the Catalogue, and were probably obtained on the Welsh
expedition.

About 1618 we learn from Walker's Sufferings of the Clergy that
Stonehouse was forcibly ejected from his living by the Parliamentary
Commissioners and imprisoned. On his return, probably in 1652, his
spirit as a horticulturist seems to have been broken, for he then wrote
in the Catalogue a pathetic note in Latin, to the effect that but a few
of his plants had survived — " Novamque despero coloniam,'" — I have
no liope of a new colony. After this he would appear to have lived in
London, to have made or renewed acquahitance with the younger
Tmdescant, and to have written the introductory verses to the
(Catalogue of Tradescant's Museum, published in 1656 — the year after
Stonehouse's death (probably in London) at the age of 58 — one verse
.of which we have already quoted.

Stoneliouse's connection with Magdalen may have determined his
friend Goodyer to leave his Botanical Library to that College, the
iCollege of Browne, and other early Botanists.

Stonehouse was personally acquainted with Parkinson, to whom
he communicated his discovery at Darfield of Viola palustris, first
recorded as British on his authority in Park. Theatr. 755 (1640).
As Rioted by Pulteney (Sketches, i. 172) he travelled a good deal

WAI/IEH STONKHOISE 173

about England and communicated notes and localities of 30 plants,
noted in his journeys or at home to How, who prhited them with due
acknowledgement in his I'hy.tolotjia (1050). The notes associated
with Stonehouse's name numhei- 30, and include localities in the
counties of Wilts, Berks, Oxford, Northampton, Nottingham, I)erl)v,
Chester, Lancaster, and York. Stonehouse's notes indicate both
botanical observation and literary knowledge : that on '' Cerasus syl.
fructu minimo cordiformi non dcscripta " (jPritnus Avium L.) may be
cited as an example : " The least wild Heai-t Cherry-tree, neere Stock-
port, and in other places of Cheshire. The Country people there call
it the Merry-tree. Whence 1 should thinke it the Merasns of the
Hungarians (mentioned by Clusius Pannon, lib. cap. 24) had not hee
said that hath Black Berries, whereas this hath them of a delayed
red ; which notwithstanding they may bee severall species."

I am indebted to Mr. Britten for this supplementary note, for the
scholarly care with which he has noted the circumstances of the first
excursions of the " socii itinerantes," and for other suggestions.

PLANT DERMATITIS.— II.

By E. Philip Smith
(Botanical Department, Oxford).

Cases of Lacquer Poisoning are not common in this country, but
are very frequent in Japan and China where the lacquer industry is
considerable. Lacquer is made from the sticky brown sap which
exudes from the Rhus veriiicifera plant when it is wounded. The
dermatitis is acquired either by direct contact with the lac, or even
by exposure to the fumes given off as it is evaporated. The poison,
whatever it is, is much less virulent when dry than while in the
process of manufacture, although cases have been recorded of sus-
ceptible persons in this country being affected while handling old
lacquer- work. The symptoms are fever, tension and cedema of the skin
of the face and limbs, nasal and conjunctival catarrh, and a papular
eruption on the cedematous skin of the legs and forearms. As in the
cases of other Rhus poisonings, the best treatment is with soap and
water. The Chinese, however, have a quaint method of prophylaxis :
" They rub the hands and face with rape-seed oil in which a ham has
been boiled, and wear a linen mask for the face and a leathern apron
for the body while at work. After work the exposed parts are rubbed
with a decoction of chestnuts, pine-bark, saltpetre, and amaranth "
(Castellani). This elaborate method does not seem to be very
effective, since the workers are attacked in spite of it, and in Japan
no such prophylaxis is attempted. It is in any case hardly likely to
commend itself to Europeans.

In addition to those plants already mentioned as causing diseases
of the skin, there are a number of industries where the handling of
plant-products is known to cause dermatitis. Thus persons engaged
in the confectionery trade sometimes suffer from Vanilla dermatitis.
This takes the form of a rash on the hands and arms, and is believed

174 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

te be caused, not by Vanilla itself , but by the use of Oil of Cashew
to improve the colour etc. of the pods. This Cashew oil is the
irritant.

Again, a considerable number of the rarer and more beautiful
woods, such as are used for fine furniture, pianos, etc., and in the
making of umbrella-handles and walking-sticks, or the particularly
hard woods used for shuttles, are well known to have an irritating
effect on the skin of the workers ; and where much turning is involved,
the fine dust created may affect the eyes and nose. Thus Satin-
wood (both the East and West Indian varieties), produces a rash
which closely resembles Primula poisoning. The arms and face are
affected, and it is generally accompanied by head-ache. The infiamma-
tion is apt to be acute and erysipeloid : the eyes may be completely
closed up, and the attack terminates by the desquamation of the
affected skin. It has been demonstrated that the poisonous sub-
stance is an alkaloid, which has been called chloroxt/lonine. The
following are some of the woods described as causing irritation : —
Satin-wood {Chloroxylon Swieteiiia, £ackhousia cifriodora,
Xanthoxyluni carihwum); Teak {Tectona (jrandis); various Ebonies
{Diospyros CJdoroxylori, D. Eberium, etc.); Rosewood {Dalberyia
latifolia) ; Olive- Wood {Elceodendron ausirale, E. orientale) ;
Box {Buxus sempervirens) ; Coco-wood (Liya vera) ; Partridge-
wood (Andira i iter mis).

These industrial cases are important because of the questions they
involve of compensation for industrial disease, and are often extremely
puzzling to a practitioner who is new to the work [cf. lieport of the
Departmental Commission on Compensation for Industrial Diseases,
1907, § 887. Also, Kobinson, Annual Report of II.R.C. Inspector
of Factories, l^Ol].

The essential botanical interest of the subject seems to centre in
the fact that the poisonous substances are apparently normal pro-
ducts of metabolism in the plants concerned, and that the toxic effect
produced may only be noticed by accident of some economic associa-
tion with the plants, by which a large number of persons are brought
into contact with them or their products. This casual relationhip
perhaps accounts for the seemingly irregular and sporadic occurrence
of poisonous members of a genus : the reason for this being that only
certain members are of economic value, and consequently handled in
large quantities. It would be entering too far into debatable ground
even to attempt to discuss the possible significance of these poisons in
the ordinary metabohsm of the plant producing them. The sub-
stances themselves are so varied, including organic acids {e.g. the
cell-sap of the leaves of Laportea gigas contains '224 % free acetic
acid), alkaloids, phenols, glucosides, terpenes, etc. Their functions
also are in many cases conjectural ; suggestions ranging from osmotic
substances or plastic materials to solvents, neutralizing agents, and
the protection of the plant from attack by animals or insects.

Questions as to the secondary biological utilization of such com-
pounds by the plant can only be answered by accurate observations
on the attack and repulsion of animals or insects by the ])lant in
question. To take a simple illustration, the ''stinging hairs" of the

PLA>T DERMATITIS 175

nettle do not protect it from the attacks of swanns of caterpillars :
many other so-called " means of defence " seem to be very doubtfully
intentional or effective.

From the point of view of human contact with plants, the irritant
materials may be divided into two classes : those substances which
are soluble in water (nettle type), and those which are of an oily
nature or are soluble in oily secretions (Hhus type). In both cases
soap and water, freely applied, is the most natural and effective
remedy, and one which is within the reach of all. In addition, it
seems likely that ani/ rough hairs or prickles may abrade a delicate
skin ; that almost any cell-sap may act as an irritant, and that the
combined effect of the two on a susceptible person may produce a
case of so-called ** poisoning." This would account for the inclusion
in the lists of poisonous plants of such apparently innocuous forms as
Doronicum, Helianthiis, Lycoioersicum, Mf/osot is, etc. At the same
time it caimot be denied that there are plants which produce results
much too serious to be trifled with, and it is advisable to know and
avoid them. In dealing with all such plants it cannot be too
strongly insisted upon that the most important factor is personal
cleanliness. This applies with all the more force to industrial cases
in which compensation iiciRy be sought.

The cases described above have been selected as examples of the
commoner and better-known types of Plant Dermatitis, especially those
in which there is some experimental evidence of the nature of the
actual irritant. A great deal of work remains to be done in that
field, in isolating the toxic principles, determining their chemical
composition, and examining their actual mode of action on the skin.
This-, however, rather leaves the domain of Botany and trenches upon
that of Medicine. The poisonous principles are not necessarilv
characteristic of all the members of a single genus, and they are
so dependent upon external conditions for their development, that
the whole subject is of practical rather than of academic interest,
since it is unlikely that any valuable clues to classification or evo-
lutionary ideas will be obtained from the study of a subject in which
individual idiosyncrasy plays such a large part as it does in plant
dermatitis.

The following plants have been known to cause Dermatitis: —
Anacardium occidentale (J. C. White, Boston Med. Journ. 1897) ;
Arctiitm Lappa:, Angelica (Brit. Journ. Dermatol, xi. p. 287);
Asparagus ; Balsam ; Catalpa hignonioides ; CJirysantliemum sp.
(Dawson, Brit. Journ. Dermatol. 1906, p. 439) ; Citrus Aurantium
\SiV. Bigaradia; Colchicum; Convallaria\ C ot on easier {Cooler, l^rit.
Journ. Dermatol, xiii. 1900, p. 183) ; Gucurlita ; Cypripedium Cal-
ceolus ; Daphne Mezereum ; Delphinium; Doronicum (Brit. Med.
Journ. 1898, vol. i. p. 124-1) ; Eucalyptus hemiphloia (J. Maiden,
Lancet, 1904, vol. i. p. 1204) ; Euphorbia ; Ficus ; Helianthus ;
Heracleum ; Humea elegans (N. Walker, Introd. to Dermatology) ;
Humulus Lupulus ; Laportea gigas ; Narcissus spp. ; Nerium
Oleander \ Pastinaca sativa ; Polygonum punctatum (Lloyd, Brit.
Med. Journ. 1914, vol. ii. p. 837) ; Primula obcouica, P. mollis,
P. si/iensis; Psoralca esculenta ; Bhus Cotinus, B. Toxicodendron.

17G TirK .luUKNAL or botany

R. veniicifera, It. ccaeiiata ; Rata yraveolejis ; Scilla ; Si/mplo-

carpus foetidas \ Syringa valgaris \ Thapala; Urtica\ Vanilla

(Oppenheim, Boston Med. Jourii. 1893, vol. ii. p. 1272; Hilev,
It. F., Lancet, 19U9, vol. i. p. 1483).

GeNEHAL LlTEKATLRE.

Adelung, E. (1913), "■ An Experimental Study of Poison Oak," Arch. Inter.

Med. i. p. 148.
AuLD (1907), " Satin-wood Der.natitis," Lancet, p. 1703.
JBarton, E. a. (1899), " Primula obconica," Lancet, voL i. p. 1717.
Bean, W. J. (1908), ''Rhus Toxicodendron,'' Kew Bulletin, p. 455.
Oastellani, "Tropical Medicine and Hygiene,"' p. 118.
Dobbin, L. (1919), " Formic Acid in Nettle," Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. p. 120.
FcERSTER, O. H. (1910), "■Primula Dermatitis," Journ. Amer. Assoc, vol. Iv.

p. 642.
GiLLETT & Stott (1896), " Poison of the Primula." Lancet, vol. i. p. 1040.
Haberlandt, " Physiological Plant Anatomy," p. 131.
HoRNSET (1908), " Eing-us," Brit. Journ. Dermat, vol. xvii. p. 447.
Nestler, A. (1900), "Irritant Effect on Skin of Primida obconica and P.

sinensis, Berichte der Botan. Gesellsch. vol. xviii. p. 189.
Nestler, A. (1908), "Primula mollis," Ber. Botan. Gesellsch. vol. xxvi.

p. 468.
NoTT (1910), " i?./iHS Tojico(ife/*(?/-o/i Dermatitis," Brit. Med, Journ. vol. ii.

p. 545.
Oldacres (1889), " Toxic Symptoms produced by Primida obconica," Brit.

Med. Journ. vol. ii. p. 719.
Petrie, J. M. (1906), " Laportea gigas," Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,

vol. xxxi. p. 530;
Pfapf, Fr. (1897), " Active Principle oi Rhus Toxicodendron and R. venenata,"

Journ. Exper. Med. vol. ii. p. 181.
RosT (1914), '' PHmxda Dermatitis," Medizinische Klinik, pp. 101, 155, 198.
Sabouraud (1919), " Primula," Entretiens Dermatolog-ique, p. 383.
, Sequeira (1919), " Diseases of the Skin," ed. 3, p. 91.
Smith, B., " Poisonous Plants of all Countries."

Varigny, H. de (1911), " Primula Poisoning," Rev. Hort. Beige, p. 95.
Walsh, D. (1910), " Lily Dermatitis," Brit. Med. Journ. vol. ii. p. 854.
Weydahl (1908), " Influence of Different Conditions of Life on Toxic

Formation of Hairs in Primula obconica," Gartenflora, vol. Iv. p. 449.
White, J. Prosser, " Occupational Affections of the Skin."

A NEW SPECIES OF COUPOUI.

By James Ladbbook
(Department of Botany, British Mviseum).

Tn this Journal for April (p. 105) Dr. Wernham gives an account
of the genus Couponi, which had been placed by Miers in Apocijuacece
but is now assigned to Ruhiacece. To the three species described
(/. c.) I now add a fourth, which I found in the Hei'barium among
the imnamed specimens of Taherncemontana ; it was, like C. aquatica
and C. Ma7'tiniana, collected by Martin in Guiana. The species may
be characterized as follows :

Coupoui micrantha mihi, sp. nov. Folia basi acuta, petioli flores
non excedentes velut ramuli inflorescentiie graciles, glabri : cahcis
limbus marline truncatus.

A XEW srEciKs or coui'oui 177

Branclih'tsi straiglit, slender, later stout and rugose, glal^roiis.
Leaves usually 4-wliorled, small for the genus, glabrous on both
sides, obovate-lanceolate, rounded at apex, not acuniinate, gently-
narrowed toward the base, entire, about 20 cm. long, 0-8 oni. broad
above the middle, petiole 2 cm. long, primary lateral veins (3-8 pairs.
Flowers 10-12 in a terminal sessile umbel. Floral pedicels \h~2 cm.
long, nearly 2 nun. thick, very hairy. Calyx cup- shaped, 4 mm. long
and 5 mm. in diameter at the mouth, hairy, (lorolla-twha cylindrical,
15 mm. long, the cross-section 5 mm. in diameter about middle ;
lobes 6 spreading oblong-lanceolate, contorted, about 15 mm. long
and 4 mm. broad. ^ti/Ie 1-3 mm. long, hairy at the base, stamens (J,
anthers 10 mm. long.

SHOIIT NOTES.

Orchis Stmta in Kent. It is interesting to record that the very
rare Orchis Slniia has again been found wild in East Kent, a spike
having- been received at Kew from Mrs. S. Hall, of Tunbrid^-e Wells.
It was found growing in very rough, coarse grass, in a chalky locality
near Canterbury, with Orchis Morio and Aceras aufhropopliora^
examples of which were also sent. It was in full bloom on May loth.
There are several old county records, among them Dartford, in West
Kent, where it was found by William Peete [see Journ. Bot. 19 IG,
189] : a specimen collected by him was figured in Enylish Botany,
t. 1873, under the erroneous name of O. militaris, and another
specimen from the same source is preserved in Mr. Borrer's Her-
barium at Kew. Messrs. Hanbury & Marshall, Fl. Kent. p. 331,
record the species as " very rare, perhaps extinct " — it is satisfactoiy
to be able to remove the latter supposition. A painting of Mrs. Hall's
plant has been made, and is at Kew. In order to prevent any mis-
understanding as to the identity of the plant it may be added that
O. Si/nia is easily distinguished from O. militaris by the narrow,
very distinctly curved lobes of the lip, which are of darker purple
cohmr. In O. militaris the lip is flatter, and the front pair of lobes
distinctly dilated upwards.— K. A. Kolfe.

Oechis HTiiciNA L. We learn from the Westminster Gazette
that "a Central News correspondent reports that a fine specimen of
the lizard orchid (Orchis hurcina) {sic) has been found in Ashford
(Kent) district. This extremely rare orchid was regarded foi- a long
time as extinct in Great Britain, and a great stir was created by the
discovery of a si:)ecimen in Kent a few years ago. Since then not
more than one specimen has been found in a season, and some years
have passed without any being found."

Intrusion oe the Bee-Orchis. During some three years of
the War, my chief lawn was let alone and allowed to run wild.
In 1918 and 1919 I noticed the root-leaves appearing of sevei-al
plants of some Orchid. Early this year my son. Captain E. C.
Linton, K.A.M.C, was home after a period of some years' service in
India, and as the job of transplanting was irksome to me, he took the
trouble of collecting about thirty of the plants from the one lawn
and replanting them in another lawn at one side, where 1 could allow

JOLHNAJ. (M- BOTANV. Voh. 08. [.IlLV. 1920.] O

178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

them to develop, interested to see what they would turn out to be.
Very slowl}^ most of them produced a spike, and the spike has unfolded,
but till the lirst flowers opened it was not clear what the Orchid was.
At last Ophrys apifera Huds. stands revealed ! About a dozen
plants have reached the flowering stage ; they vary in height from
eight to ten inches, with the exception of one plant, which happens to
have had two moves, and that has reached a full foot ! We have
long had the Bee-Orchis in the neighbourhood, but the nearest
locality is about three-quarters of a mile distant. — E. F. Linton.

Lathe^ea Clandestina L. This plant, which was recorded in
this Journal for 1908 (p. 123) as having been found near Cambridge
in an apparently wild localit}^ to which it was subsequently shown to
have been introduced from the Botanic Garden, has this year been
discovered in Sussex in considerable quantity, under circumstances
which conveyed the impression that it formed part of the native flora.
The result of inquiries establishes the fact that here too the plant,
which evidently lends itself readily to naturalisation, has been intro-
duced. In view of a recent correspondence in the Times, in the
course of which such action was suggested, and still more in connec-
tion with the recent action of the authorities of the Cambridge
G-arden on which we have already animadverted (p. 30), it becomes
more than ever necessary that full inquiry into the circumstances
should be made before an}^ plant, especially if of striking appearance,
is recorded as British.

SisTBiNCHiUM ANGUSTiFOT.iUM Miller. On May 24 I saw >S'/.sy-
rinchium angustifolium in flower, gathered by Mr. H. Newey in
a field of vetches and lucerne to the east of Eynsford, Kent. Wc
did not find a second example. — W. Watson.

liEYIEWS.

TJie Flora of Chepstow. By W. A. Shoolured, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
8vo. cl. Pp. x, 140 ; map. Price 10s. (jd. net. London : Taylor
& Francis.

This compact, well-printed little Floi-a will be extremely useful to
resident botanists of Chepstow and to the many naturalists who visit
the beautiful Wye Valley for the sake of its scenery and the number
of interesting plants found there. The area covered by the Flora
includes salt-marshes, wooded valleys, hmestone hills, and peat-bog,
and this no doubt accounts for the very large number of species
enumerated — 1013 (including Ferns etc.) — tor the district; 179
species of Mosses are also recorded. By far the larger number belong
to AVatson's British and English types.

Among the more critical local species mentioned are : Aconifum,
Hiitchinsia, Pyrus cordata, Pyrola secuuda, Salvia prate7isis,
Folygonat'um officinale, Galanthus ("native"), Liliiim Martaqon
(" undoubtedly native "), and Cai^ex digitata. The district seems
particularly rich in Violets, 11 species (including ep)ipsila, rupestris,
and lacfea) and 32 varieties, forms, and hybrids being enumerated.
Saponaria officinalis "has all the appearance of being a native on

THE FLORA OF CHErSTOW 179

the banks of the Wye." Sfellaria apetala and neglecta are given
— we consider rightly — full rank as species.

Ruhi records occupy eight pages, Hoses but two. The group
Sorbns is well represented — S. latifolia, S. Aria, and var. tomentosa
G. & Gr., >S'. rupicola Hedl. (Syme's plant, deservedly raised to specific
rank), and S. Moiigeoti Soy- Will, subsp. amjlica Hedl. The hybrid
/S*. Aria X torminalis also occurs.

Amongst the Potamogetons, one is surprised to note that P. lucens,
P. picsillus, and P. densus are wanting. Carex Leersii F. Schultz
is superseded by O. muricata var. virens Koch, although as long ago
as 1898 Kiikenthal wrote " G. virens Koch est inextricabilis." The
critical hybrid Glyceria cleclinata xpUcata is reported.

It is not pleasant to read that " many of our rare plants, especially
Orchids and Ferns, are rapidly disappearing through the thoughtless-
ness and greed of collectors," and that on this account *' it has been
deemed advisable not to state the exact spots where they can be
found." We fear that some gatherers for the Exchange Clubs have
been to blame for this in the past, and we trust that any ground for
complaint will be avoided in the future.

We note with some surprise that Mr. Shoolbred dismisses " with
little doubt" the claims to nativity on the rocks below Chepstow
Castle of Brassica oleracea, which he considers became established
there "from seed" thrown down with rubbish from the Castle garden.
His knowledge of the locality entitles his opinion to respect, but the
plant in situ convoys to the visitor the impression of a native.
Mr. Shoolbred quotes the record m the New Botanists' Guide (JS^l),
but the plant was observed by Banks in 1767 " growing everywhere
among the rocks and in great plenty upon the walls " of the Castle
(see his Journal published in Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. ix. 17). A
specimen collected by Banks on his second visit (with Lightfoot) to
Chepstow in 1773 (see Journ. Bot. 1905, 298) is in the National
Herbarium. It is curious that Mr. Shoolbred should have omitted
any allusion to Lightfoot's early references, as his name is mentioned
by Mr. R-iddelsdell in connection with them on the page cited. It is
interesting to note that, besides the Brassica, Banks found Coclilearia
anglica and Lepidium ruderale as long ago as 1767 at Chepstow,
where the latter now is only a casual. Alopecurus bulbosus, Hordeum
sylvaticum, Triticum caninum, BuUa peregrina, Sedum rupestre,
Ophrys apifera, O. muscifera, Cephala7ithera ensifolia, Euphorlia
strict a, and Mentha rotundifoUa were all found at Chepstow by
Banks and Solander in 1773 '(see Journ. Bot. I.e.) and a Bromus
entered as '' tectorum'' which Mr. Riddelsdell identified (I.e.) as
" B. madritensis L. and a N.C.B." — a plant not included in
Mr. Shoolbred's Flora.

There is a useful and interesting introduction, in which are sum-
marised the most striking features of the Hora, the geological
formations, and the sources of information (which, as has been shown
above, have not been exhausted), with acknowledgements of help
from various botanists, including the late W. Moyle Eogers and
E. S. Marshall, to the latter of whom, with his wife, the volume is
dedicated. Among the books quoted is the somewhat slight Flora of

ISO THE .TOUUXAL OF I30T.VXY

Moumouili^liirp, "by Mr. S. Hninilton, pnl)lished at NeAvport (Mon.)
in 1909, Avhich is" not, we think, generally known. It might have
been hoped that the autlior would have enriched his book by notes
which he must have accumulated during his many years of field work,
but this Avould have entailed a much larger book with its attendant
difficulties.

The Flora is well printed, but the numbers attached to the
species, if indeed they are required, should have been differentiated
from those of the districts by different type. The absence of an
index mio-ht have been partially atoned for had some indication been
given in the page-headings of the Orders immediately beneath them ;
but this is not supplied.

The Geography of Plants. By M. E. Hahdt, D.Sc. Oxford,
Clarendon Press. Pp. i-xii, 1-327; tigs. 115. 7s. Qd. net.

This attractive-looking volume is the "more advanced book"
promised in the author's Introduction to Plant Geography, and is,
as the preface states, "in some sort an expansion of Part III. " of
that work. The brief account of the continents there given has
formed the basis of the book before us, and has been enlarged into a
full discussion of the conditions in which plants flourish, and their
distribution in the great geographical divisions of the earth.

The work comprises seven chapters; the first six deal each with a
continent, in this order — Asia, North America, South America, Aus-
tralia, Africa, Europe — Britain coming last for treatment. A final
chapter of half a dozen pages is devoted to a "Conclusion"; and
the book finishes with two excellent indexes, one geographical, the
other a " Piant In lex."

The print and paper are excellent — a welcome change from so
manv b )oks that have been produced under war-conditions. The
abunlant figures, many of them fuU-p.-ige, comjn-ise reproductions
from photographs, which, considei'ing their size (the book is but
crown octavo), are remarkable for their clearness, and sketch-maps of
the various continents illustrating rainfall, mean temperature, physical
features, and vegetational distribution.

The subject is treated fundamentally from a geograi)hical point
of view, as the arrangement of the chapters indicates; the book, in
fact, is one of a series — " The Oxford Geographies." Stress is laid
throughout upon the analogies of vegetation In the different divisions
of the globe ; the author is to be congratulated upon his lucid
exposition of these analogies — for exam}:)le the Mediterranean types,
the equatorial forests of the tropical belt, and so on — and the
illustrations are particularly w^ll-chosen to aid his exposition.

In the endeavour to trace the " true homology of the plant-forms
and communities" (to use the author's own words) he has not been
so successful. The general problem involves the four considerations
of (T) previous history; (2) process of adjustment; (3) time during
which this process has been in operation ; and (4) the gradual
evolution of physical conditions. It woidd seem that the space at
Dr. Hardy's dis]X)sal has proved altogether insufficient for the task

THE GEOOEAPHV OF PLVXTS 181

that lie has unrlertalcen ; and the result is that the hook is clifficnll to
read, in view of its consecinently cramped style. We cannot refrain
from expressing i-egret that he has not confined himself to the purely
descriptive side of the suhject, referring to his earlier volume for
general considerations of soil, climate, etc. Nevertheless the book
will form a valual)le addition to the library of any student familiar
with the general ]>rinoiples of plant geography, though it can scarcely
be recommended to a beginner.

H. F. Werxiiam.

Elenienfari/ Xofra on flip Morpholor/}/ ofFunqi. Bv A. H. Chuecit.
Botan'icil Memoirs, No. 7, 1920.' Pp. 29. Price 2s. Oxford
University Pi-ess.

One of the outstanding features of recent botanical literature is
the sudden outburst of publication on the part of the author of
this memoir. Previously, one had associated him mainly with the
backwaters of Phyllotaxy — now it is with the theor}^ of subaerial
transmigration and its slogan " The beginnings of Botany are in the
sea."

The lecture notes under review are arranged as follows : — (1) Algae
(Introduction); (2) Fungi (Introduction), Heterotrophy; (3) Soma-,
tic and reproductive organization ; (4) Bacteria ; (5) Phycomycetes ;
(6, 7) Ascomycetes ; (8, 9) Basidiomycetes ; (10, 11) Uredineae and
Ustilagineie ; (12) Lichens; (13) Koot-tubercles and M3'corhiza.
Each lecture occupies two full pages. The matter is put forward in
note form, but nevertheless makes stimulating reading. The usual
"types" are given, but with far more information than is customary
in text-books. A few statements are a little out of date — and
*' fungology " and " yFcidiomycetes " are objectionable.

The author's contention is that the fungi consist of large and
isolated groups with no direct relation to one another or to any
modern algal forms : they are saprophytic and transmigrant deriva-
tives of marine algte. It is always a good thing in elementary
lectures to give students a clear lead. There is no ambiguity in
Mr. Church's case, and a reasonable hypothesis is interwoven with the
facts concerning the more commonly studied fungi. Morchella is
regarded by the author as a typical " primitive " Ascomycete. It
may be the " mere speculation " m,entioned in the text, but it does
seem that genera such as Eremascus more nearl}^ approach ancestral
forms : minuteness has nothing whatever to do with the matter fi'oni
this point of view. There are whole series of fungi with diiferentiated
sexual organs, more or less globose asci, and ilbdelined peridia ; these
aj^pear to make distinct ascending series from forms like JEremascus^
where there is furthermore an absence of ascogenous hyphse. The
author's remarks on Lichens are also open to argument, but the
striking fact in this short, well-printed, and cheap pamphlet is that
there is so much that stimulates discussion.

J. Ramsbottom,

1S2 THE JOURXAL OF liOTANY

Roses: their History, Development and Cultivation. By the
Rev. Joseph H. Pemberton, Vice-President of the National
Kose Society. Longmans, Green & Co. Price 15s.

Most books that have been written on roses of late 3^ears have
dealt with them in a more or less popular vein, ignoring anything in
the shape of botany or science. This of course is natural, as those
who wish to grow roses for the decoration of the garden or the green-
house, or for display on the exhibition table, are helped very little by
the study of botanical details. In the work before us, however, the
author has been bold enough to deal with the botany of the Rose
as a preliminary to cultivation and propagation, and its treatment for
exhibition purposes. This lias evident^ been no drawback to the
popularity of the work, which has now reached a second edition, and
may therefore be said to justify Mr. Pemberton's methods. Tlie
system of classiiication adopted has been that of Crepin, who divided
Rosa into sixteen different sections, according to the peculiarities of
the wood, prickles, leaves, flowers, and fruits. Thus we have a great
range between the Rose having one simple leaf as in R. herheridifolia
and others which have 3, 5, 7, 9 and more leaflets. In the matter
of prickles also, there is a vast diiference between the almost
''spineless" Banksian Rose and the ''Hedgehog" or Ramanas Rose
of Japan {R. riigosa), not only in regard to numbers, but also
strength, length, and ferocity. From the various groups, the author
shows the reputed parentage of the various types of the modern
garden roses, and this is a matter that nearly interests the real lover
of roses. Once he has fallen a victim to the " Queen of Flowers "
he not only wants to grow it as well as he can, but he also desires to
know how such wonderful shades of colour and delicacy of scent have
been evolved. Mr. Pemberton's book will enlighten him on all these
points, and by the time he has made a careful study of its 334 pages,
he will feel that the knowledge was worth acquiring. Although we
have em})hasized the botanical side^of the work, it is only fair to add
that quite two-thirds of the volume is devoted to the cultivation and
propagation, pruning, training, and exhibiting of the Rose.

J, Weathers.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

In a note in the Royal Army 3fedical Corps Jov7'nal for April
Oapt. M. E. MacGregor writes on " The possible Use of Azolla
Jidicidoides as a Deterrent to Anoplieline breeding." In a series of
investigations carried out by the staff of the Entomological Labora-
tory at Sandwich on the association of Anoplieles larvse and various
water plants, it was found that Azolla Jill culoides placed in a breed-
ing tank rajDidly spread, and no ova were deposited in the tank.
Apparently the female anopheline mosquito must have an open water
surface on which to lay her eggs, though this does not appear to be
so with other mosquitos such as Stegomyia fascAata. It would
certainlv be a very easy way of reducing the numbers of A)wpheles,
and cousequ >ntly the incidence of malaria, if this method of covering

book->otp:s, news, etc. 1S3

the surface of the water in breeding places were of general appliea-
tion ; but it is dithcult to imagine how the necessaiy conditions would
obtain in some of the Macedonian death-traps. It is probal)le tliat
in the attack on the mosquito — an attack which will have to be made
from many sides — botany will play a considerable ])art. In addition
to such points as the above there is the question of larval food, which
is mainly algal; algie can be removed by using very weak copper
sulphate solution. Furthermore, larvfe frequently suffer from fungus
attack, one or more Saprolegniaceae being concerned ; such fungi are
easily cultivated, e. g. on ant eggs. — J. K.

We note with surprise that The Garden, in its issue for May 1,
publishes an advertisement headed " Pyrola," offering to supply "one
square foot of sod, containing numbers of this beautiful and interest-
ing native, post paid, on receipt of 4s." The address leaves no doubt
that the reference is to the rare and beautiful sandhill form of
Pyrola rotundifolia, which is already scarce in its localities and
which is thus in danger of being exterminated. A somewhat feeble
protest is made in the same journal for May 22, but it seems to us
little short of scandalous that a paper so widely circulated and so
deservedly popular should allow such an advertisement to appear in
its columns.

The Annals of Botany (April) contains contributions on the
Vascular System and on the Anatomy of the Cone of Equisetum, by
Miss Kate Barratt and Lady Isabel Browne respectively ; on the
* Brown-Rot' Diseases of Fruit-trees, with special reference to Monilia
cinerea, by H. Wormald ; on Puccinia malvacearum and the Myco-
plasm Theory, by M. A. Bailey ; and on Plant Succession and Plant
Distribution in South Africa, by Dr. J. W. Bews : Dr. Nellie Carter
continues her Studies on the Chloroplasts of Desmids. The papers
are fully illustrated.

A ]^ovELTY in nomenclature is presented by the name Allwoodii,
which Messrs. Allwood Brothers, of Wivelsfield, have applied to a
" new race of garden plants " : " half Pink and half Carnation, they
possess distinctive qualities which must appeal to all lovers of Howers,
and with their delightful perfume and compact Pink-like habit of
growth; they will undoubtedly find a place in every garden." The
name apparently takes generic rank in horticultural circles : we read
of Allwoodii Jean, Allwoodii Harold, etc.

Mr. C. E. Salmon's Ne-w Flora of Surrey is announced for
publication to subscribers at thirty shillings net, post free, the excep-
tionally high price for a local flora being rendered necessary bv the
cost of printing and material. More than half a century has passed
since the publication of Brewer's Flora, which in the new work will
be brought up to date ; it will be illustrated by photographs and
will contain two maps. The book wdll be published by the author,
Pilgrims' Wa^^, lleigate.

The Kew Bulletin (No. 4) contains an elaborate discussion by
Dr. Stapf of the claims of Setaria and Chcetochloa, the latter of
Avhich has been proposed by Dr. Scribner for retention : the decision
is in favour of the former. New Indian plants of various orders are
described bv Mr. Dunn, and new Orchids by Mr. liolfc ; there is

184: THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

also a biographical sketcli of the late William James Tutcher (1867-
1920), and a note on the occmTence of Carex riparia var. gracilis
in Britain.

In the Lancasliire and Chealiire Naturalist for Januaiy and
February, Mr. A. A. Dallman continues the notes and observations on
Ranunculus Ficaria which formed the subject of previous communi-
cations in 1915-17. The present paper includes observations during
1917-19, and deals chiefly with floral variation ; tlxej were mostly
made in Cheshire (West Kirby and Woodchurch) by the author and
in Sussex (Hailsham) by Miss E. Bray ; a summary of the data
obtained in the same localities for 1915-17 is added for purposes of
comparison with the more recent tables. The paper shows a vast
amount of careful observation and is an example of what ma}' be done
in investigating the life-history of our common British plants.

The Journal of Ecoloffy for March contains the first portion of
a paper by Miss L. S. Gribbs on the Fhytogeograph}^ and Flora of the
mountain summit plateaux of Tasmania ; a paper on *' Marine Ecology
and the Coefficient of Association," by Mr. Ellis E. Michael, of
California ; and a " Draft Scheme for the representation of British
Vegetation in black and white," by Dr. E. J. Salisbury.

Dr. Gt. a. Boulenger, who is retiring from the British Museum
(Natural History), has accepted a post in the Brussels Museum,
where he will be in charge of the Crepin Herbarium. As our pages
have alread}^ shown. Dr. Boulenger is devoting himself to the stutly
of Roses, in the pursuit of which he proposes to visit the Vosges and
other regions.

The Neio Phytoloc/ist (March and April : published May 18)
contains " A Theor}' of Ueotro]jism," by JVIr. James Small, a continua-
tion of Dr. Gates's paper on " Mutations and Evolution," and a
discussion of *' The Significance of the Efficiency Index of Plant
Growth " by various writers.

The centenary of Sir Joseph Banks (d. June 19, 1920) was
celebrated at the Linnean Society on June 18, by a special meeting,
at which Banks's record as a traveller, a patron of science, and a
botanist was summarised by Dr. Jackson, Dr. Rendle, and Mr. Britten
respectively. At the Anniversary Meeting of the Society on May 27,
Dr. Day don Jackson, the General Secretary", who on that day com-
pleted his forty years in the service of the Society, announced that
the number of Fellows was reported to be 700, and that the MS. of
the new Library Catalogue was practically ready for printing.

In Rhodora for April Dr. M. L. Fernald differentiated the
American Ammophila from A, arenaria^ with which it has hitherto
. been identified, and describes it as a new species under the name
A. hreviligulata.

A LETTER of congratulation from the officers past and present of
the Department of Botany was addressed to Mr. Carruthers on the
occasion of his recent attainment of his ninetieth birthday.

The third volume (second in appearance) of The Camhridc/e
British Flora has just been published by the Cambridge University
Press, and the fourth volume of the Flora of Jamaica, containing
the orders Legumiiwsce to Callifrichacece has been issued by the
Trustees of the British Museum : both will be noticed at an earlv date.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

Ix view of the fact that the stock of tliese is m some cases
pi-acticaliy exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old sul)scribers of course
already possess the matter contained in tliem in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several 3^ears ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in
the list, are ah-ead}^ out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and
it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may b.
mentioned Mr. EiddelsdelFs Flora of Glamorganslilre, Mr. Dallman's
Notes on the Flora of Benhlglisliire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Sici^ple-
ment to ' Topographical Botamj: Of the Supplements to the Bio-
graphical Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before
this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements
are of course incorporated, but the present cost of i^aperand labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs,
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Sotcs on the Drawings of Sowerhfs 'English
Botany,'' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are 'the Index Ahec£darius — a list of the plants in the first
edition of Linnieus's Species Blantarum, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no index of species ; the
Ristory of Alton's ' Kortus Kewensis," which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species; Linnseus's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
Uiere are numerous co])ies.

{Over.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY ^

JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., E.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

The Journal of Bota:ny was established in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is
covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive
considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications
has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and
important books written by competent critics : in this as in every
other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained.
While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany
of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled
by those whose acquaintance Avith the National Herbarium has
enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and
importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the
Museum contains.

Communications for publication an^ books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 pp. 3s,

25 „ „ 4s.

50 „ „ 5s.

100 „ „ 7s.

4 pp. 4s. 6(i.

„ 5s. M.

„ &s. Od.

„ 8s. Od.

8 pp. 7s.

9s.
10s. 6d.

12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d.

„ lis. 6d. I „ 13s.

„ 12s. Gd. I „ 14s.
„ 14s. „ 15s. 6d.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4.
Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. each d81 12s. Od. esuchl

Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ I All

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ [net.

Eighth-page 76 70 „ 66 „ J

All applications for space to he made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

1 s.-)

ON ROSA BRITANNICA Deskglise.

By G. a. BouLENaER, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.

The Rose to which I desire to cbaw attention appears to have a
wide distribution in this country, but I have long been embarrassed as
to the name it should bear. It seems to have appeared as R. foment osa
Smith, fodtida Bastard, 1812 (non Herrman, 1762), Jundzilliana
Baker (non Besser), silvestris Woods (non Herrmann), scahriuscula
Smith ; and it would, I suppose, fall under R. fomentosa sub-group
ScahriusciilcB of Wolley-Dod's latest arrangement (Suppl. 1^20,
p. 18), but for the sepals being only exceptionally retlexed.

The name scahriuscula is certainly inapplicable, as the type figured
by Smith has the pedicel scarcely longer than the calyx-tube. Christ's
R. scahriuscula (in Rosen der ScJuveiz) appears to be based on a
variety of R. micraiitJia, and Keller's definition in Ascherson and
Graebner's Sy)iopsis der Kitteleurop. Flora is clearly derived from
Christ's description.

This Rose has been confounded by Woods with R. micranfha, a
specimen so named by him (from near Godstone, 1815) being pre-
served in the Kew Herbarium ; this explains Woods's statement
(Syn. Brit. Roses, p. 209) "once or twice I have observed the tur-
pentine odour which is generally to be perceived in the family of
R. tomentosay The Kew Herbarium also contains a specimen under
the name of R. caiiina, labelled as having been used in the pre-
paration of Miss Willmott's book.

The name here used was first introduced by Deseglise in 1877
( Catal. Rais. p. 30^) as a substitute for Baker's Jundzilliana, and I
propose to take it up as the only one about which there can be no
question. As it is necessary to be very cautious in the application of
names given by Deseglise, I wish to point out that two specimens
only (from Menai Bridge, Cheshire, F. M. Webb) are preserved in
his" herbarium with the label R. hrifannica ; the name was after-
wards withdrawn, as being in the author's opinion a mere synon-\aii of
Bastard's R. foetid a. An earlier name may some day be found, but
the application of Deseglise's R. hritannica to the following descrip-
tion is certainly correct in the strictest sense.

The best way out of the difficulties which confront the student of
our Roses appears to me to provide him with careful and detailed
descriptions of the critical forms, based not upon fragmentary
herbarium specimens, but upon living bushes both in flower and in
fruit. Such a description I have endeavoured to draw up from
several bushes growing in Surrey, at Oxted and Limpsfield, in hedges
and thickets on the Lower Greensand. The type specimens in the
Deseglise Herbarium are embraced by it.

Rosa britannica.

Strong, not densely foliated bush, 2 to 3 metres high ; barren
vear's slioots stiff, erect; flowering branches not curved but with
. superposed internodes often forming angles, somewhat zigzag ; the
JouRKAL or Boi4>^T.— Vol. 58. [Ai gi'ht, 1920.] p

186 THE JOUJINAL 0¥ JJOTANV

inflorescence not projecting beyond the terminal leaves of the
branches bearing it, solitary, geminate, or in clusters of 3 to 7.
Corolla sweet-scented, but calyx and pedicels emitting a strong odour
of turpentine, which is absent or only verj- feebly noticeable on the
leaves. I wish here to observe that the odour of the leaves and other
herbaceous parts in Roses is not always in relation with the glands, as
usually stated in books ; I have come across bushes of B. micraniha
the leaves of which, though very glandular, were devoid of odour,
even when rubbed; whilst, on the other hand, the leaves of a R. dume-
iorum (a single bush at Hadley Wood, Middlesex) had the sweet
scent of russet-apple characteristic of the Sweet-brier, and Lloyd
{Flore de V Quest de la France) attributes to the eglandular or feebly
glandular B. Carionii Desegl., an " odeur ruhiginense, quoique
faible."

Prickles straight or feebly curved, rarely falciform, varying much
in size and shape, strongly and gradually dilated towards the base,
1| to 4 times as long as broad at the base, wdiich is strongly com-
pressed ; small near the inflorescence, large on the thicker stems,
where they may be very crowded and accompanied by smaller, more
slender prickles, the state of things suggesting the '* heteracanth "
type ; few but very large on the old woody stems about 20 mm. in
diameter* these prickles pale brown or orange, on young shoots
sometimes red, or red at the base and greenish yellow at the end.

Leaves moderate or large (75 to 105 mm. long) on the flowering
branches, sometimes very large (up to 170 mm. long) on the barren
shoots. Folioles 5 or 7, rather widely set, sessile, ovate or lanceolate,
more or less rounded at the base, acutely pointed at the end. If to
2\ times as long as broad (26 to 40 mm. by 12 to 23, but up to 52
by 34), yellowish green to bright green above, paler but not greyish
or glaucous beneath, with distant very short hairs above, closely hairy
beneath ; more or less numerous sessile or subsessile small red glands
on the lower surface, owing to which it may appear shot with red
when viewed obliquely — these glands sometimes much reduced and
colourless, or even absent, on the large leaves of the barren shoots ;
teeth acutely pointed and compressed, each with 2 to 7 stipitated
glands ; 18 to 27 principal teeth on each side. Petioles tomentose,
with stipitate red glands and small, curved, j^ellowish prickles.
Stipules moderately broad, auricules pointing straight forwards, beset
with red glands above and on the sides.

Flowers up to 50 mm. in diameter, petals fully spread out, bright
pink when half -open and in the bud, turning to pinkish white ; disc
convex, 4 to 5 times the diameter of the central opening; stigmas
forming a rounded head ; stvles smooih or with a few hairs ; sepals
shorter than the petals, strongly glandular on the back, woolly on the
sides, w^ith 2 or 3 denticulate and glandular pinna?, spread out, not
reverted, immediately after the fall of the petals. Pedicels very long,
2^ to 4 times the length of the calj^x-tube, which is oblong (7 to
10 mm. by 5 to 7), the former with numerous red glands on long
^^hite soft prickles, the latter with similar glands more or less
abundant. Bracts mucli shorter than the pedicels.

ON liOSA BRITANNTCA 187

Fruit ovate, rarely splierieal, up to 17 mm. hi length, } to ^ tlie
leiii^-th of the pedieel, orange-red, smooth or with seattered ghinduhu'
priekles, usually crowned almost up to maturity hy the sepals, which
are usually erect or obliquely divergent but sometimes reverted ; disc
reddish brown, the styles sometimes slightly projecting.

Flowers in June, fruit ripe end of September or early in October.

ALABASTUA DIVE USA.— Part XXXIII *.

13 if Spencer Le M. Mooee, B.Sc, F.L.S.

1. Plantarum Mascarensium puoillus.

Homaliopsis Flacourtiacearum genus novum.
Calyx superus, tubo campanulato lobiscpie 5 iestivatione imbri-
catis. Petala 5, ad marginem disci inserta, restivatione late imbri-
cata. Stamina go, epigyna, in phalanges 5 petal is oppositas circiter
lo-andras ordinata. Discus ovarii tectum obtegens glandulis ininutis
obsitus. Ovarium omnino inferum, 1-loculare ; ovula od placentis
2 crassis approximatis loculi parte superiori affixis seriatim insidentia.
S/j/Ias indivisus, stigmate capitato terminatus. Capsula coriacea,
calyce inclusa limboque persistente coronata, 1-locularis, valvis 5 de-

hiscens. Semina . — Folia alterna vel subopposita, petiolata,

integra, punctis microscopicis translucentibus donata. Stipuh^ (nisi
fugace;e) 0. Flores parvi, in paniculas axillares breves digesti.

Homaliopsis Forbesii, sp. unica. Ramis sat validis foliosis
minute griseo-tomentellis deinde glabrescentibus ; foliis oblongo-
oblanceolatis obtusis nisi obtusissimis basi in petiolum gradatim
desinentibus tenuiter coriaceis supra tandem fere glabris sul)tus
minutissime griseo-tomentellis ; Jlorihus breviter pedicellatis in pani-
culas pedunculatas cpiam folia manifeste breviores griseo-tomentellas
ordinatis ; calycis tomentelli tubo anguste campanulato quam lobi
suborbiculares longiore ; jjcfalis calycis lobis pauUo longioribus svd)-
orbicularibus breviter late([ue unguiculatis ; sfamijiinn phalangibus
petalis paullulum brevioribus, sfj/Io erecto crassiusculo glandulis
minutis sessilibus insperso.
Madagascar ; J. Forbes.

Foliorum limbus 9-12 x 2-3*5 cm., in sicco griseo-viridis ; costa)
laterales pag. sup. prominuhe, utrinque us(pie 10, ascendentes, obscure
arcuataj ; petioli 1-2 cm. long. Panicuhe floreseentes 3-4x3 cm.;
harum pedunculus vix 2 cm, long. Pedicelli 4:1"5 mm. long. Calycis
tubus 3 mm. long,, ore 4 mm. lat. ; lobi 1*5 mm. long. Petala
2-5 mm. long., vix totidem lat. Staminum phalanges fere 2 mm.
long,; filamentorum pars connata 1'2 mm, long., '5 mm. lat., pars
libera "75 mm. long. ; antheraj ovoidea^ '4 mm. long. Sti/liis 2 mm,
long. Fructus 5 X SS mm.

At first it was thought this nught perhaps be proposed as another
subgenus of that comprehensive genus lloiiialium, but the following

* Types in the National Herbariian,

p2

188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

considerations forbid that view : firstly, the absence of a gland alter-
nating with each staminal phalanx ; secondly, the large number of
stamens to the phalanx ; thirdly, the wholly inferior ovary with its
flat roof lined by the multiglandular disk and in consequence the
epigynous petals and androecium ; lastly, the undivided style.

In placing this plant in FlacoiirtiacecB one cannot help feeling
the incongruity of including it in the same " natural " order or family
with Cochlospermum &c. Certainly the FlacourtiacecB as understood
in the *' Pflanzenfamilien " make up a most heterogeneous group, and
one far from an improvement on older classifications.

Vaughania, Legtiminosarum e tribu Qalegearum genus novum.
Calyx parvus latusque, subbilabiatus, labio antico 3-dentato postico
2-dentato. Vexillum inter angustiora, verisimiliter suberectum,
ungue brevissirao fultum, intus nudum ; alai breviter unguiculatae,
inter se necnon a carina liberse ; carina ampla, cymbiformis, sursum
incurva, apice obtusa. Stamen vexillare omnino liberum ; filamenta
filiformia ; antherse inter se similes. Ovariam breviter stipitatum,
septis destitutum, pluriovulatum ; stylus intlexus, complanatus, glaber.

Legumen . Verisimiliter frutex ramosus. Folia e foliolum

latum constantia petiolo late alato insidens. Stipulse parvula3.
Flores in racemos axillares maxime abbreviatos bracteis arete imbri-
catis ])rimo onustos verisimiliterque ex ramis jam foliis orbis oriundos
dispositi.

Vaughania dionaeaBfolia, sp. unica. Ramis sat validis glabris ;
foliolo suborbiculari apice rotundatissimo ipso mucronato integro
coriaceo puberulo petiolo quam foliolum longiori obovato-oblongo
apice. maxime rotundato ipso ope stipitis abbreviati foliolo conjuncto
inferne gradatim attenuate ima basi tereti puberulo ; infloresceiitKE
axi pubescente ; bracteis ovatis obtusis vel obtuse acutis dorso cari-
natis coriaceis vix omnino glabris ; calycis pubescentis dentibus
posticis quam antici latioribus ; corolla vexillo oblongo-ovato apice
rotundato margine crispulo donata alis quam carina jmuUo longiori-
bus ; ovario lineari incurvo glabro.

Madagascar; J. Vaiiglian Thompson.

Kami 3-5 mm. crass., cortice pallido cincti. Foliolum l*5-l*7x
1-6-2 cm. ; costa media jmg. sup. impressa, pag. inf. optime pro-
minens ; costse laterales utrinque 8-10, tenene ; petiolus 3-3 "3 cm.
long., apicem versus 1-1*5 cm, lat., uti foliolum in sicco supra
brunneo-subtus griseo-viridis ; hujus continuatio gracilis 1 mm. long.
Alabastra, floribus nondum adspectis, 5-Q X 2-5-3 mm. Inflorescentise
axis usque ad 1 cm. long. Pedicelli plerique 1-3 mm. long., pubes-
centes. Bractese 3 X 2*5 mm. Vexillum 10 X 0*5 mm. ; alie spathu-
lato-oblongse, margine crispulse, 10 mm. long. ; carina 8 mm. long.,
superne 4 mm. lat. Filamentorum pars libei-a 3-4 mm. long. ;
antherse oblong*, '45 mm. long. Ovarii stipes circa 1 mm. long. ;
ovarlu n 5 X "S-'TS mm. ; stylus 6-5 mm. long. Ovula circiter 12.

This is a curious plant of which no description seems to have been
hitherto published. The genus would a])pear to be a member of the
subtribe Tcplirosie(E and to come \\e?^Y 3Iilletfia,iY0Y(\ which it differs
in the peculiar foliage, the inflorescence, and the relativeh' narrow
vexillum among other characters. The foliage suggests Desmodium

PL\NTARUM MASCARENSIUM PUGTLLUR 189

§ Pteroloma or Broogmaiisia ; but the non-septate pod nullifies the
suggestion.

Noronhea comorensis, sp. nov. Planta ghibra, ramulis sat
tenuibus ad nodos tuniidis cortice pallido circunidatis paucifoliosis ;
foliis oblongo- vel ovato-lanceohitis eaudato-acuminatis apice obtusis
basin versus in petiolum brevem attenuatis tenuiter coriaceis nitidis ;
floribus in axillis paucis (saepe soluraniodo 2) pedicellis petiolos
excedentibus basi breviter bracteatis insidentibus ; calycis segmentis
tubo iL'quilongis deltoideis acutis niargine microspice cilioUitis ; corollas
alte partitte anibitu subcircuhiris lobis ovato-oblongis obtusis in sicco
nigris tenuiter crassiusculis ; antheris sessiHbus ovoideis ; ovario com-
presso in stylum a^quilongum desinente ; drupa ovoideo-oblonga sub
apice eompressa acuta.

Comoro Islands ; Rumhlot, 376.

Folia pleraque 6-7 X 2o-Z6 cm. ; horum Cauda terminalis circa
8-10 mm. long., basi 3 mm., apice lo mm. lat. ; costae kterales
tenues, utrinque 6-7, pag. utravis mediocriter visibiles ; petioh inferne
dilatati lignosique, circa 5 mm. long. Pedicelli 10 mm. long. Calycis
tubus 1 mm., lobi 1 mm. long. Corolla Qx^'^ mm.; lobi circa
2 mm. lat. Anthera? 2 mm. long. Ovarium 1-25 mm. long. Drupa
15 X 7 mm.

As the description shows (Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xiii. 550),
this is near N. Bolvinl Dub., which has somewhat larger only
slightly acuminate leaves of thicker consistence with scarcely visible
nerves, shorter pedicels, and anthers only half the size ; the ovary
also is much smaller, and this points to a difference in the fruit.
Beyond noting that the corolla is about as large, one can say nothing,
inasmuch as M. Dubard describes it as shortly lobed, a mistake easily
made seeing how the fleshy induplicate-valvate segments remain, at
least in the dry state, apparently united except for their tips.

Lasiosiphon hibbertioides, sp. nov. ; ramis rigidis cortice fusco-
cinereo obductis ramulos breves copiose foliaceos pubescentes emit-
tentibus; foliis sessilibus oblongis obtusis basin versus gradatim
angustatis firme membranaceis utrobique sed prsesertim pag. inf.
pubescentibus ; capitulis subsessilibus plurifloris pedunculo valido
pubescente apice villoso insidentibus; involncri phyllis paucis lanceo-
latis acutis quam folia brevioribus extus pubescentibus intus glabris ;
calycis tubo anguste cylindrico infra articulamentum ^ albo-villoso
supra dense sericeo lobis oblongis obtusis dorso sericeis ; squamia
5 petaloideis late obovatis calycis lobis circiter sequilongis ; antheris
inclusis anguste linearibus ; ovario anguste oblongo-ovoideo glabro ;
stylo filiformi basi genieulato glabro.

Madagascar; Vaughan Thomjjson Sf Forbes.

Hamuli cicatricibiis prominentibus foliorum delapsorum crebro
ornati. Folia l'5-2 cm. long., 3-4 mm. lat., in sicco Irunnea.
Pedunculi 3 mm. long. Involucri phylla circa 10 mm. long. Calycis
tubi pars infra articulamentum 5 mm. long, vel paullulum ultra, pars
reliqua superne leviter dilatata, 17 mm. long., inferne '6 mm. superne
1mm. lat. ; lobi 5x1-75 mm. Squamae 6x4 mm. Antherje sup.
faucibus insertfe, 1 mm. long.; inf. medium versus tubum affixse,
1*5 mm. long. Ovarium 2 mm. long., stylus 3 nun.

190 TFTE JOUllN^AL OV 7?OTA]S*Y

Evidently near L. madarjnscariensis Decne, which has, intfr alia,
differently shaped glabrous leaves, capitula on long peduncles, and
squamse half as long as the lobes of the calyx.

2. ACANTHACE^ PaPUAX^.

The AcanthacecB described below were sent for determination by
Mr. C. T. White, Botanist to the Queensland Government; most of
the specimens were collected by himself.

Hygrophila saUcifoIia Nees.

Yuie Island. Nos. 732. 771.

EucUia Forhesii S. Moore,

British New Guinea ; W. E. Armit.

Hemic/rapliis repfans T. And.

Boku'; Mrs. II. P. Sclilcuchrr.

Hemigraphis suborbicularis, sp. nov. Herba fere spithamea ;
caule erecto subsimplici piloso-pubescente mox glabrescente ; foliis
petiolatis parvis suborbicularibus raro late ovatis utrinque rotundatis
margine crenulatis in pagina utraque (sed inf. densius) strigoso-
puberulis ; spicis brevibus pedunculatis paucilloris ; hracteis foliaceis
cal^'ci circiter a?quilongis lanceolato-spathulatis piloso-pu-berulis ;
hracteolis 0 ; cali/cis segmentis inter sese aliquantulum inrequalibus
anguste lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis piloso-pnberulis ; corollce tubo
calycem excedente sursum gradatim ampliticatojobis inter se similibus ;
afylo vix omnino glabro ; capsula calyci Kquilonga apice puberula
0-sperma.

Bismarck Archipelago, Duke of York's Island ; W. Bradtke, 271.

Foliorum limbus tirme membranaceus, in sicco griseo-viridis, raro
3x2 cm., plerumque 1*5-2 X 1-1'5 cm.; hujus pili strigosi pag. sup.
basi bulbosi ; petioli summura 2 cm. long., plerumque vero 5-7 mm.,
piloso-pubescentes. Spicse circa 1 cm. long. Bractea? usque 1 cm.
long., sed juniores breviores. Calycis segmenta 8-9 mm., corolla
12 mm., antherai 1*3 mm., stylus 4 mm., capsula 10 mm. long.

The small usually suborbicular leaves serve to distinguish this
species, which is close to II. repians T. And.

HemigrapMs Whitei, sp. nov. Canle repente gracili sparsim
folioso griseo-pubescente cito puberulo ; foliis parvulis breviter petio-
latis ovatis obtusis basi subrotundatis margine subtiliter crenatis
membra naceis utrobique sparsim a])presse piloso-pubescentibus;^y7or?Z'?/s
in spicas densas late oblongas foliis muito longiores digestis ; hracteis
amplis arete imbricatis ovatis obtusis vel obtusiusculis dorso sparsim
pilosis margine copiose piloso-ciliatis ; calycis segmentis angustissime
lineari-lanceolatis acutis pilosis ; corollce tubo calyci circiter a?quilongo
supra medium gradatim ampliato ; capsula calycem lequante apice
puberula G-sperma.

Yule Island; C. T. WJiifr, 714.

Folia I"5-l"8 cm. long., 1 cm. lat., in sicco (uti bracteje) viridi-
grisea ; petioli circiter 2 mm. long. Spicic plerseque 3-4 cm. long.,
fere 1*5 cm. lat. Bractete intermediae 14 x 7 mm., perpauca3 infinije
ovato-lanceolatae, usque 18 mm. long. Calycis segmenta 6-7 mm.
Corolla 10 mm., anthera? 1 nmi. long. Stylus pilosiusculus, 8 mm.

ACANTHACE.I: PAPUAN.E 191

long. Capsula acuta, 7 miii. l*)ng. Seiuiua fusca, cliam. 1 mm.
pauUulum exeedentia.

The dense spikes with broad, closely imbricated bracts coupled
with the ver}^ small leaves are the distinctive marks of the species.

Hemigraphis ciliata, sp. nov. Caule interne repente necnon
ad nodos radicante superne ascendente paucifoliato puberulo ; foliis
brevipetiolatis lanceolatis interdum acuminatis apice basique obtusis
marg'ine undulatis vel luidulato-dentatis sujjra glabris subtus in nervis
pubescentibas ; spicis terminalibus abbreviatis breviter pedunculatis
pauciHoris ; hracteis foliaceis calyce longioribus lanceolatis obtusis
marginibus longe piloso-ciliatis alibi fere glabris ; bracteolis 0; calycis
ultra medium soluti' segmentis inter se subsimilibus anguste linearibus
(inferne paullo latioribus) piloso-ciliatis ; corollce tubo calyci circiter
ajquilongo basin versus angustato lobis ovatis obtusis tubo brevi-
oribus ; capsula calyci a?quilonga apice puberula 6-sperma seminibus
ovatis duobus (capsulie unicie scrutata?) imminutis verisimiliter
sterilibus.

Mekeo district ; White, 79iS.

Folia 3'5-Gx 1-2-3 cm., in sicco griseo-viridia ; petioli circa 5 mm.
long. Pedunculi 2 mm. long. ; spic?e 1-1*5 cm. long. Bracteae
longit. 1 cm. paullo excedentes. Calycis tubus 2 mm., segmenta
4 mm. long. Corolla3 tubus G-5 mm. long., basi 1 mm., cito usque
2 mm. dilatatus sub limbo 2 5 mm. lat. ; lobi circa 2 mm. long.
Capsula 7*5 mm. long. Semina majora fere 2 mm., minora modo
1 mm. long. •

The species is best recognized by the strongly pilose-ciliate
bracts.

Acanthus ilicifolius Linn.

Milne Bay ; Le Runte. The leaves of the specimen are all entire.

Acanthus voluhilis Wall.

Karavara Island, Bismarck Archipelago ; W. Bradtke, No. 349.

Pseuderanthemum confertum, sp. nov. Frutex semiorgyalis ;
ramis saltern superne bene foliatis ad nodos aliquanto tumidis pubes-
centibus dein glabris ; foliis breviter petiolatis ovatis vel ovato-
oblongis acuminatis apice obtusis basi in petiolum cuneatim coartatis
supra glabris vel fere glabris subtus in nervis puberulis ; Jlorihus in
paniculam spiciformem terminalem abbreviatam paucifloram pubes-
centem aggregatis ; hracfeolis parvulis subulatis calyce multo brevi-
oribus; calycis fere usque basin divisi segmentis linearibus sursum
ano"ustatis apice acutis pubescentibus ; corolla calyce 4-plo longiori
tubo ima basi necnon ipso sub limbo leviter dilatato extus pubescente
lobis tubum semisequantibus inter se subsequalibus anguste ovato-
oblono"is obtusissimis ; Jila mentis complanatis antheris breviter ex-
sertis ; capsula anguste ovoidea acuta parte seminifera stipiti circiter
aiquilonga.

Very common on Yule Island; G. T. White, No. 722.^

Folia 9-12 x 3-6 cm., in sicco supra griseo-subtus pallide viridia ;
petioli pubescentes, 4-5 mm. long. Inflorescentia (corollis exemptis)
1-1*5 cm. long. Bractese foliacese, dorso pubescentes, +7 mm. long.
Bracteoh^ 1-5-2 mm. long. Calycis tubus 1*5 mm., segmenta 3-5 mm.
lon^i". Corolla ex schedis cl. repertoris alba ; tubus 22 mm. long.,

192 TTTE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

1 mm. lat., ima basi ipsoque sub limbo paullulum latior ; lobi 10 mm.
long. Filamenta a3gre 2 mm. long., antherye totidem. Stylus 21mm.
long., inferne pilosus, superne glaber. Capsula in toto 15 mm. long.;
hujvis stipes 7 mm. Semina suborbicularia, minute foveolata, \sete
brunnea, 3x2 mm.

A plant of Mr. White's from the Mekeo district (No. 7fi6) is to
be referred to this. It has lanceolate leaves, mostl}^ 9-10 X 2-5-3"5
cm., but in all other points agrees well with the type except for the
seeds, which are pale in colour and somewhat larger.

So far as concerns the flowers and judging from the description,
this would seem to agree in most details with P. i^eJutinum Lindau ;
but the indumentum of this latter and its inflorescence are quite
different.

Pseuderanthemum Bradtkei, sp. nov. Frutex glaber circa
metralis ; foliis petiolatis ovato-vel obovato-oblongis sub apice
acuminatis apice ipso obtusis basi rotundatis cuneatisve; JJorihus
breviter pedicellatis in paniculam spiciforiuem foliis sub*quilongam
plurifloram digestis ; hracteis bracteolis(|ue parvulis subulatis ; calycis
alte partiti segmentis lanceolatis acuminatis; coroUce tubo sub limbo
pauUo ampliato lobis tubum longit. semiiequantibus ovato-oblongis
obtusissimis posticis quam antici pauUo minoribus ; flameniis com-
planatis antheris breviter exsertis ; stylo apice bifido ; capsula elongata
glabra parte seminifera stipiti aequilonga.

Bismarck Archipelago, Duke of York's Isknd ; W. Bradthe^ 88.

Caulis internodia (pauea superiora solum obvia) 2-2-5 cm. long.
Folia usque ad 215 x 10 cm., summa vero minora, e.g. 12x5 cm.;
costse laterales utrinque 9-10, pag. inf. magis a.'^j^ectabiles ; petioli
lati, 5-15 mm. long. Inflorescentia florens 10 cm., frugiferens circa
16 cm. long. Bractese circiter 2 mm. long., bracteohr vix totidem.
Pedicelli 1-3 mm. long. Calyx in toto 4 mm. long. ; hujus segmenta
3 mm. Corolhe tubus 20 mm. long., basi 2 mm., sub limbo 2*5 mm.,
parte intermedia 1*5 mm. lat.; limbi lobi postici 8 x 4 mm., antici
9x5 mm. Filamenta 3 mm. long. ; antherai utrinque obtussR, 2 mm.
long. Ovarium 1*75 mm., stylus 20 mm. long. Capsula 18-22 mm.
long. Semina brunnea, minute foveolato-rugosa, 4 mm. diam.

The artinity is apparently with P. pacijicum Lindau, which has
much longer internodes and is therefore most probably a plant of
taller habit, leaves with only 6 pairs of side nerves, much longer in-
florescence and corollas with oblong lobes half as long again as those
of the new species.

Pseaderanthemum Armitii, sp. nov. Bamis sat gracilibus ad
nodos tumidis sursum foliosis minute puberulis deinde glabris decolori-
busque ; foliis pro rata parvis petiolatis lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceo-
latis acuminatis apice obtusis basi angustatis supra glabris subtus in
nervis minutissime puberulis; JJoribus in cymulas axillares [)edun-
culatas paucifloi-as quam folia breviores dispositis ; hracteis hracieo-
lisqae linearibus uti inflorescentiarum axis calyxque minute pubescen-
tibus ; calycis alte partiti segmentis linearibus superne angustatis ;
corolla; tubo superne paullulum ampliato extus pubescente limbi lobis
oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis posticis quam antici minoribus : Jila-

ACANTHACE.i] PArUAX^E 193

mentis aliquanto complanatis antherarum loculis exsertis acutis ; stylo
aj^ice bifido ; capsida acuta minute pubescente.

Papua, Samarai; W. E. Armit.

Folia 5-7 x 1-5-2-5 cm. ; petioli 5-10 mm. long. Pedunculi
3-10 mm., pedicelli 2-3 mm. long. Bractete 2-3 mm. long., bracteohe
circa 1*5 mm. Calyx in toto 6 mm., bujus lobi 5 mm. long. Corolke
tuljus 24 mm, long., 1 mm. lat., sub limbo I'S mm. ; lobi postici
10 x5 mm., antici 12x6 mm. Filamenta necnon antberse 1*5 mm.
long. Ovarium 2*25 mm., stylus 24 mm. long. Semina minute
tuberculata, brunnea, fere 2 mm. diam.

Affinity witb P hicolor Radlk., but the smaller flowers on short
pedicels with narrower calyx-segments and corolla with a narrower
pubescent tube and smaller lobes.

Lepidcn/afhis hyalina Nees.

Mafulu; White, 507.

Justicia Chalmersii Lindau ex descript.

Kwato Island, Samarai district ; E, Cowley.

Justicia Chalmersii Lindau var . latifolia, var. nov. Folia
elliptica usque ad 4-5 x fere 2 cm., sjepius vero +15 X 8 mm., alia
minora ovata, obtusissima, circa 10x7-8 mm. — Justicia liygro-
philoidrs Bail, non F. Muell.

Sapphire Creek ; White, 154 : Boku ; Mrs. II. P. Schlencker.

The former of these is a very poor specimen, but should evidently
be named as above : it is in fruit, the 5 mm. long, capsule being
oblong, acute, and glabrous with 4 subquadrate seeds nearly 2 mm. in
length. The true J. hygrophiloiJes of Queensland is a plant of more
robust habit, with different leaves, flowers, and fruit.

Justicia {^ Rhaphidospora) platyphylla, sp. nov. Fruticosa ;
ramis paucistriatis glabris ad nodos tumidis super nodos constrictis ;
foliis amj^lis petiolatis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis apice
obtusis base in petiolum attenuatis tenuiter membranaceis utrobique
glabris; paniculis laxis foliis brevioribus ex axillis summis oriundis
paucifloris puberulis ; hracteis hracteoliscpie paiwulis filiformibus ;
calycis segmentis 5 inter se similibus linearibus acutis puberulis ;
corollce calycem plane excedentis tubo inferne amplificato labii antici
lobis late ovatis obtusissimis lobo intermedio quam laterales paullo
majovi; antherarum loc. inf. breviter ac tenuiter calcara to ; capsula
acuta minute pubescente 4-sperma.

Astrolabe Kange ; C. T. White, 270.'

Foliorum limbus summum 17x7 cm., superiora minora, e.g. circa
12 X 5 cm., summa 6 x 2*5 cm., in sicco viridia ; costse latere utrovis 7,
tenera, parum visibiles ; petioli graciles, usque 5 cm. long., foliorum
juveniliura multo breviores. Paniculse 3-6 cm. long., pedunculi
attenuati, l'5-3-5 cm. long. Bracteae bracteolseque 1-1*5 mm. long.
Calycis segmenta 4*5 mm. long. Corolla alba ; tubus 9 mm. long.,
inferne 2*5 mm. superne 2 mm. lat. ; labii antici lobus intermedins
2x2 mm. Antherarum loculi 1*5 mm. long. ; loc. inf. calcar "2 mm.
long. Capsula in toto 14 mm. long., pars serainifera 7 mm. long. ;
retinacula sursum angustata, 25 mm. long. Semina dilate brunnea,
minute scrobiculata. 2 mm. diam.

194 THE .TOUJ{N,\.L OF BOTANY

Diifers from J. f/lahra Keen, entirely in foliage and corolla. In
foliage it is very like the Philippine ])lant distributed as *' J'wsi'/cm
glahra Keen, var." (No. 15231, coll. M. Ramos) which can hardly be
conspecific with KcBnig's plant, but the flowers of this are quite
different from those of J. platy])liylla.

This might easily be taken for a Dianfhera, but the spur to the
lower cell of tlie anther although small and weak is unmistiikable.

White's No. ^\^ from Dilava, a specimen in fruit only, is evidently
to be associated with this ; indeed the capsule (and seeds) have been
described from it.

Hulemacantlius, Acanthacearum e tribu Justlcearum, gen. nov.

Calyx 5-partitus, segmentis pro ordine latis inter se ?equalibus.
Corolla sestivatione imbricata, majuscula, tubo sursum gradatim
dilatato ; limbus breviter 2-labiatus, labio antico 3-lobo lobo inter-
medio majore in a^stivatione extimo labio postico integro. Stamina
4, infra medium tubum inserta ; filamenta exserta ; antherce basi
nmticjB, staminum anticorum 2-loculares, staminum posticorum
1-loculares. Follinis grana iis GrajHophylli similia. Discus
cupularis. Stylus filiformis, apice obtusus. Ovula quove in loculo 2.
Frutex erectus, glaber. Folia opposita, magna. Flores in pani-
culam sat elongatam anguste thyrsoideam ample bracteatam digesti.

Huleniacauthus Whitei, sp. unica. Foliis petiolatis lanceo-
lato-ellipticis apicem versus acuminatis apice obtusiusculis deorsum
in continuationem late petioliformem extenuatis margine leviter
undulatis papyraceis pallide nitidis ; j^anicula foliis certe brevioribus
axi ad nodos tumido ; hracteis foliaceis ovatis obtusis verisimiliter
mox dehiscentibus ; pedicellis gracilibus calyce longioribus ; calycis
seo-mentis suborbicularibus margine ciliolatis ; corollce labio postico
ovato-oblongo obtusissimo antici lobis ovatis obtusis lateralibus quam
intermedium minoribus;^7«we«//s complanatis apicem versus tiliformi-
bus antheris oblongis obtusis ; ovario ovoideo glabro ; stylo exserto.

Deva Deva ; C. T. White, 530. The same plant was collected
by Mrs. H. F. Schlencker at Boku, and White's 388 from Sogere, a
very poor specimen — all but perished, in fact — evidently belongs here.

Folia 30-35 cm. long,, excluso petiolo 3 cm. long., juxta medium
7-10 cm. lat. ; costa? laterales utrinque circa 10, aperte arcuatae inter-
jectis pluribus aliis valoris minoris ; rete laxum, parum perspicuum.
Inflorescentia spec, imici nobis obvii 12 cm. long., 2 cm. lat. : hujiis
internodia inferne 3 mm., superne 6-7 mm. crass. Bractese jimiores
±l"5xl cm., summse circa 30x7 mm. Pedicelli arrecti, circa
1 cm. long. Calyx 3*5 mm. long. ; lobi 3 X 2-5 mm. Corolla rubro-
aurantiaca, in toto circa 3 cm. long. ; tubus 23 mm. long., paullo
supra basin 3 mm., ipso sub limbo 7 mm. lat. ; labium posticum 5 mm.
long., postici lobi laterales 5-5 mm. long. Filamenta ex corolla
usque 12 mm. exserta ; antherse 3 mm. long. Discus vix 1 mm. alt.
Ovarium 2 mm., stylus fere 4. cm. long. Capsula baud visa.

A remarkable plant having obvious affinities with Grajytophyllum :
the broad calyx-segments, recalling those of the American genera
Fravaisia and Trichanthera, and the presence of the hinder pair of
(unilocular) stamens are the chief peculiarities.

ArA?fTiT.\CE.i- papi'an.t: 195

Grnj)tophyUi(m Gillhjani S. Moore {Justicia Ginif/ani Bail.).

Astrolabe Ivcinge ; ^F////<?, 23G, 353 : Mekeo district, No. 791.

This is easily distinguishable from G. inctum Griff, by the narrow
lobes of the corolla.

CaJycacanthus 3Iaf/m(siani(s K. Sclmm.

BisiatLil)a, near Kona Falls; White, 360.

The corollas are not yet expanded, the largest being only a little
over 2 cm. in length ; l)iit they agree with others at a similar stage
of Forbes's No. 887, which nndoubtedly belongs to this species.

JDicliptera Burmanni T. And.

Yule Island; Wlufe, 72'S.

This is believed to be new for Papua.

(To be continued.)

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.
By H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.K.8.

(Continued from p. 149.)

^ Entada Schefferi, n. sp.

Enfada scandens, Benth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. iv. 332
(1845) was based on Mimosa scandens L., Sp. PI. ed. 2, 1501, which
includes at least five species of the genus, all distinct — E. Fiirscetha
DC. and E. monosfachya DC. from India and Ceylon, E. Rumpliii
Scheffer from Amboina and the Philij^pines, and two or more species
from Polynesia and South America. Bentham added some African
species ; De Candolle separated some of these, and Scheffer described
two — one the very distinct E. Rumpliii, the other he described
(Obs. Phyt. iii. 90, t. xvi, xviii A) as E. Eurscdtlia : this is not the
Indian E. Purscefha of De Candolle, but the species Avbich occurs in
the Malay Peninsula and Java. Prain's Entada scandens (in Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. Ixvi. pt. 2, p. 242) includes E. Rurscetha from the
Andamans, and some specimens of E. spiralis Ilidl. as well as the
E. EurscBtlia Scheffer. This latter species I propose to separate
under the name of E. Scliejferi.

E. Schefferi liidl. n. sp. E. EurscEtha Scheffer, Obs. Phyt. iii.
90, t. xvi, xviii A, not of De Candolle. Frutex scandens ad Is m.
longus, caule ad basin 1-50 cm. crasso, ramis gracilibus jDcndulis
glabris. Eolia 1-50 cm. longa, petiolo '5 mm. longo, cirrho termi-
nali; pinna) 4 oppositas 1-1-25 cm. longae, foliolis paucis subcoriaceis
atro viridibus obovatis vel oblongis obtusis vel apice rotundatis sa?pe
obliquis '25-31 mm. longis 12 mm. latis, breviter petiolulatis. Spicaj
singuhe extra-axillares 1*25-2 cm. longse, basi 25-50 mm. nuda%
rachide puberula. Elores 2 mm. longi dense congesti. Bractece
minuta3 acuminate persistentes. CaJyx cupulatus dentibus minutis.
Corolla tlava lobis oblongis obtusis, tubo calj^ci a.>quali. Stamina 10,
duplo longiora. Legumen 62 dm. longum, 1 dm. latum, margini-
bus sutura3 crassis latis dorso rotundatis obscure ad articulationes
indentatis, segmentis 13, oblongis rotundatis 1*6 dm. longis, 6 mm.
crassis.. Semen elliptieum rotundatum 37 mm. longum, 31 mm.
latum, 6 mm. crassum, atrobrunneum.

196 THE .TOUKNAL OF BOTANT

Hah. Ill ripis fiuminis Peninsulse Malaicae, Muar, Sungei Pauh,
Fox] Pahang, Pekan, Ridley; Perak, Temengoh river (i^2 J/ey) ; Harara
{ScortecJiini) ; Telok Anson, Kunsfler 1018 ; Tringanu, Bundi,
JRosfado ; Kelantan, Kota Bahru, Ridley ; Penang, Wallich 5298
i^JEntada monostachya) ; Ajer Hitam, Curtis ; Java, Jocjokarta,
Junghuhn.

In the Kew Museum there is a pod very closely resembling that
of this species from Pegu, collected by Capt. Mellersh, but I have no
other evidence of the occurrence of the plant in Burmah. The
small usually obovate round-tipped leaves, green on both sides,
and the very small flowers distinguish this species readily, and the
very stout round-backed rib running on each side of the pod, the
segments of which are transversely wrinkled is distinctive. The
only seed I have seen is smaller in most species and considerably
thicker. This is the only species in the Malay Peninsula, except the
very distinct E. spiralis, with larger leaflets, glaucous beneath, and
the singular green spiral pod breaking up into joints, each of which
dehisces, and exposes a larger thick light-brown seed with a thin
testa. Distinct as this latter species is, Wallich distributed some
leaves of E. spiralis with his Penang plant 5293, and Prain
(Materials for the Flora of the Malay Feninsula) quotes two
specimens of F. sjjiralis as F. scandens.

F. Scliefferi usually occurs draping the forest on the river-banks
far away from the river-mouth, but I found a large plant of it in a
village in Kelantan, which supplied the village chief with soap ; the
bark of the plant is used for this purpose, pieces being chopped off as
required. The native name of the plant is Akar Beluru, or in
Kelantan, Akar Blu.

THE USE AND ABUSE OF THE GENUS.

Under this title Dr. Wilmer Stone pviblishes in Science for
April 30 an -article containing what appears to us a much needed
protest against the practical inconvenience caused by the growing-
custom, more frequent in America than among ourselves, of multi-
plj'ing genera on comparatively slight grounds. Dr. Stone of course
recognizes the changes in nomenclature which the law of priority
renders necessary: his protest is confined to "cases where a generic
group is subdivided, the old name being restricted to one of the sub-
divisions and new names given to all the others." Such cases, he
points out, are " entirely dependent upon personal opinion, with no
hope of uniformity or finality. Generic groups are separated from
one another by all degrees of difference, and there is no standard by
which the amount of difference may be consistently measured. Con-
sequently no two systematists will be in agreement as to how many
groups may be recognized in any given family.

"Ever since the time of Linnaeus generic groups have been under-
going disintegration, until in some families the ultimate condition has
been reached of a generic group for every species. When this stage
has been attained we have lost all trace in the scientific names of any
relationship whatever between the species. The binomial name, in

THE USE AlfD ABUSE OF THE GENUS 197

otlier words, has become useless, and we might just as well have a
mononomial. The veiy object tor which the generic name was
proposed has been lost.

" To illustrate the point further, suppose that we subdivide an
old genus into three, and use three generic names where previously
we used but one, we emphasize, it is true, that there are differences
between these three groups, but by the very same act we obliterate
the fact, formerly indicated by the single generic name, that there
are resemblances which join these three groups together as compared
with other groups in the same family. One of these facts would
seem to be of quite as much importance as the other, and bv the
creation of the new genera we lose quite as much as we gain. We
should carefully guard against allowing our enthusiasm for the
discover}^ of differences to blind us to the fact that the real object of
systematic research is the discovery of true relationship.

"Now the whole trouble in this matter — and a vital flaw, to my
mind, in our system of nomenclature — is that we try to make a
double use of our system with the result that it is gradually breaking
down from the impossible burden. A generic name as we use it
to-day is made to serve two purposes. It is (1) a term b}'^ which we
indicate to others what we are talking or writing about, and (2) a
term by which the systematist indicates what he regards as a recog-
nizable phylogenetic group. It is suicidal for any system of nomen-
clature that names for ' things ' should be constantly changed to fit
our ever changing ideas of their relationships. Surely there should
be some way of indicating the progress of our studies in the relation-
ships of birds, for instance, without rendering unintelligible to all
save a few specialists, the very names by which we refer to those
birds

*'The main point would be to check the excessive generic sub-
division which is to-day rampant in certain quarters. If some such
reform be not inaugurated, technical nomenclature will soon be — if it
is not already — useless to anj^one but a narrow specialist. For
exami^le, the botanist has long known of the differences between the
so-called flowering dogwoods and those without involucral leaves ; but
what profit does he gain by changing the generic name of the former
to Conoxiflon \siG\ compared to the loss that he inflicts upon the
ornithologist, the entomologist, or the student of general scientific
interests, who know them under the name Cornus and who, unless
they be Greek scholars, have no conception of what sort of herb,
shrub or tree a Cynoxylon may be."

Dr. Stone's suggestion is . " Why not adopt an arbitrary set of
genera de convenience \_sic\ so far as nomenclature is concerned and
use subgeneric terms when we desire to call attention to more refined
phylogenetic groups. At the present time we constantly make use
of ' group ' names in discussing the relationships of different sets of
species in a large genus without in any way interfering with the
nomenclature, and the practice could just as well be extended."

We do not quite understand what is intended by "an arbitrary
set of genera."

198 TllK JOURNAL OI^ liOTANi'

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL N0TE8.
LXXIX. Lehmann's PuaiLLi.

Mr. Arthur Bennett has called my attention to the passage in
Mr. Williams's Prodromus (i. 3J^6) in which the latter cites for the
first publication of Utricularia neglecta Lehm. : " Schul-progi*amm
unci Vorlesungsverzeichniss des Hamburg Gymnasiums fiir 1828,
p. 38 — this old pamphlet consists chiefly of a list of children attending
a local school, with an outline of the course of lessons for the term, a
singular medium for the publication of new plants." Mr. Bennett
adds : *' Tliis certainly would be so, but the real publication is contained
in Johann Georg Christian Lehmann's first Fucjlllus Flantarum, Ham-
burg, 1828, and how it came in the other place it is now impossible to
ascertain."

From a nomenclatorial point of view the matter is of no im-
portance, for the date as will have been seen is identical in each case,
so that the question of the validity of publication in a '* Scliul-
programm" does not arise, and 17. negJectn is now by common
consent referred to the earlier XT. major. But a few points in con-
nection with the PugilU seem of suflicient interest to place on
record.

The first PugiJlns, containing 29 species, appeared in Nova Acta
Acad. Caes. Leopold- Carol, xiv. part 2, pp. 799-82G (1829), Avith an
additional footnote on the first i)age which explains its origin : " Ed
Lidice ScJtoIarum, in Hamhurgemium Gginnasio Academico a
jntscha 1828 usque ad 2)ascham 1829 hahendarum, Ramburgi 1828,
pugillum hunc plantarum, in Acta nostra ti-anslatum, figuris quarun-
dam stirpium rariorum exornavimus." From this it will be seen that
the plates which appear in the reprinted Fugillus did not^accdmpany
the original descriptions. In Nov. Acta, xvi. pp. 314-320 ( 1832),
appeared a *' continuatio " of the Fugillus containing descriptions
of eight species of Cactus, with plates ; this bears on its title the
same date — "Acad. trad, vere a 1828" — as the first part, of which
it was perhaps originally intended to form a portion. When the
Fugillus was reissued by Lehmann as the first in his volume
NoiHiPum et minus cognifarum Stirpium Fugillus i.-x. (Hamburg,
1828-57), these Cacti were interpolated between nos. iv and v ; the
date 1828 which appears for this is therefore misleading as far as
these eight species are concerned, for, as has been shown, these did
not appear until 1832. Apart from these, the text of the reissue,
which was reset and independently paged, is identical with that of the
Nova Acta, save for an added note C' O^^s. ii") on Fotentilla Sie-
mensiana (p. 33j ; the plates, with the exception of the Cacti, are
included, the numbers having been cut off to bring them within the
size of the reprint.

In an interesting introduction to the reprint, Lehmann, who had
hrfld the post of Professor of Natural History in the Gymnasium (of
which he subsequently became Rector) gives an account of the origin
of the work. In 1821 he became Director of the Hamburg Garden,
of the work of which he had printed an account — Bericht uher den

lehmann's pugtllt 199

hotanischen Garten hieselhst : Hamburg 1823. He had already
published in the annual seed-lists of the Garden, beginning Avith
1821, brief diagnoses of new plants grown therein, and these, which
are reprinted textually in the Fuc/illus, are there amplified by full
descriptions. The lists I have seen, although duly published with
title-page and date, bear no author's name, nor are the diagnoses
signed. The only plant published for the first time in the PugiUiis
is the TItricuJaria which suggested this note — a fact to which Leh-
mann calls attention in his introduction.

1 have been unable to see the original Scltulprogramm cited by
Mr. Williams ; this he thought he had seen in the Library of the
Linnean Society, but it cannot be found there, nor is it at the
National Herbarium nor at Kew. Mr. Williams tells me that he
once purchased a co})y with a miscellaneous bundle of tracts ; this he
subsequently disposed of at a price exceeding that which he paid for
the collection.

The second Pugillns appears to have been published independently
of the Index Scliolarum ; it has a title-page, dated " Hamburg!, 1830,"
and the species described are first published therein ; they include
some of Douglas's Californian plants, wliich had been communicated
to him by W. J. Hooker. The four following (3-6) bear no date on
the title-page, but are stated to be reprinted respectively from the
Indices for' 1831, 1832, 1833, and 1834; the fourth and fifth have
prefaces dated December 1831 and January 1833. The seventh and
eighth are also referred to the Index, and have title-pages dated 1838
and 1844. The ninth and tenth were issued independently (1851,
1857) : to the latter is added an index to the ten Pugilli.

The third PugiJhis has no preface ; in that to the fourth, which
is entirely (".evpte'd to Hepaticce, Lehmann thanks W. J. Hooker, who
had sent' him Wallich's specimens, and acknowledges plants from
*' alii Botanices cultores per Angliam, Francogalliam, Daniam, Ger-
maniam obvii " as well as from " vir amicissimus J. B. G. Linden-
berg," who is again mentioned in the " prsemonenda " to Fngillus 5 ;
this is also entirely, as are the ninth and 6-8 in great part, occupied
bv Hepaticce.

The first portion of Pugillus 6 — which has no preface — " De
Plantis Cycadeis pra^sertim African Australis " — was also issued
separately in the same year (1834) with a titlepage and a dedication
to C. F. Ecklon — " peregrinatori experientissimo amico aestumatis-
sinio d. d. Auctor." The copy in the Department of Botany was
presented to James Yates (1789-1871) whose specimens and drawings
of Cycads are also in the Department ; the latter will afford material
for a future note. The five plates in Yates's copy are replaced by
Milde's drawings from which they were made ; bound with it is
no. 11 of the AUgemeines Garienzdtung for 1834, which contains a
German rendering by Lehmann of his paper in Pugillus 6.

PugiUus 7 contains, besides the Ilepaticce already mentioned, a
history of the Hamburg Botanic Garden " ex ipsis Actis collectfie "
from May, 1818 — the date of Lehmann's appointment as Professor
of Natural History. In the 8th, the second part is oceu])ied by a
description of some of Preiss's New Holland plants, of which a com-

200 a'HE JOURNAL OF UOTAXY

plete enumeration was publi.shed by Lehniann — Planter PreissinncE —
in 1844.

The 9tli Piigillus, which has no preface, is entirely occupied
with Potentilla — a genus to which Lehmann paid particular atten-
tion— including a complete enumeration of the species, with syno-
nyms : on the title of this and the next, as well as on that of Plantm
Preissiance the author's name appears as " Christian Lehmann." The
10th, also without preface, contains only Hepatics, with an index to
all the parts.

There is no need to discuss Lehmann's other botanical work,
which is sufficiently well known, but it may be well to call attention
to the account of his herbarium given in Gard. Chron. 1860 (p. 362)
by Edward Otto (who succeeded him as Curator of the Hamburg-
Garden ), which is likely to be overlooked. The herbarium was sub-
sequently broken up and dis))osed of in parts, the larger portion being
at Stockholm (see Alph. de Candolle, Phytograjyhie, p. 427).

James Britten.

LXXX. Dates or Publication.

A MODERN and distinctly reprehensible practice on the part of
certiiin publishers, that of eliminating the date of publication from
the titlepages of individual volumes, should be severely condemned,
especially in scientific literature. The matter is perhaps of slight
importance in the case of ordinary ephemeral literature, but all sys-
tematists will agree that the date of publication is of prime importance.
A case in question is presented by the late F. Manson Bailey's Com-
prehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants, regarding which I
recently had occasion to determine the date of publication. I received
a complimentary copy from the autlior in May 1913, witli Mr. Bailey's
card dated March 25, 1913. No date appears on the titlepage. The
prefatory notes were dated November 22, 1909, and this would
naturally be the date accepted by an individual who made only
a casual examination of the work. On page 835, following the short
introductory^ paragraph under Addenda and Corrigenda, the date
December 1912, appears, which is probably the date on which the
manuscript for this particular part of the work was submitted to the
printer. Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, Brisbane, Queens-
bind, informs me, under date of March 30, 1920, that the Govern-
ment Printer could give him no definite information as to the exact
date of publication of the work. He states that a single volume,
lacking a few of the coloured plates, was in Mr. Bailey's hands at the
end of 1912, but that delivery of it for distribution did not take
place until March. 1913. Most of the local letters of acknowledge-
ment are dated March 1913. It would seem then that March 1913
should be accejited as the date of issue of the work in question.

Elmer D. Merrill,

Bureau of Science, Manila.

SHORT NOTES 201

SHOUT NOTES.

Impatiens olandulifeka Uovle (J. Roylcl Walp. : sec Journ.
Bot. 11)00, 87) FORMA ALiiA. Although 1 am not able to tind any
delinite botanical characters by which this handsome plant is differen-
tiated from the type, I think it deserves a name and a note. It does
not seem to be generally known — Sir David Prain tells me they d(t
not have it at Kew, and the only garden in which I have seen it
save those to which I have introduced it is that of Miss Jekyll at
Munstead, where in 1911 it was growing in masses at the back of a
lono- mixed border, for which it formed an admirable background and
whence my seeds were derived. The plant is always of very erect
and robust habit and sometimes attains a height of six feet; the
tlowers are pure white, and during the six years 1 have grown it have
never shown the slightest tendency to revert to type — this is also
Miss JekylFs experience ; the stems, the branching of which is very
symmetrical, are light green and the foliage is usually lighter in hue
than that of the type. Miss Jekyll does not know whence she
obtained the plant, but thinks it was from Norwich. It is a most
prolific seeder, and hence may readily become a nuisance ; but for
rough open spaces where it will not interfere with anything else, it
would be exceedingly effective. Later in the season I shall be glad
to send seeds to anyone who cares to send a stamped envelope for
the purpose : I have already introduced it to gardens in England and
Ireland to the satisfaction of those who have grown it, save for
the drawbacks presented by its great fertility. The form seems to
me at least as worthy of a name as that figured and described by
Sir Joseph Hooker (Bot. Mag. t. 7017) as /. Boy lei var. pallidi-
jlora. — James Britten.

CEnantiie crocata L. In Bentham & Hooker's Handbook it
is stated that the juice of this plant becomes yellow when exposed to
the air. Beyond a yellowish tinge on a broken piece of stem, I have
not succeeded in seeing the yellow juice. I sineared a piece of paper
with the juice, and it left no stain. You will, perhaps, excuse my
troubling you with such a simple point, but the statement seems mis-
leading, especially to beginners.— W. A. Nicholson.

[Withering {Arrangement, ed. 7, ii. 382) speaks of the root as
" abounding with an orange-coloured, fetid, very poisonous juice, such
as exudes less plentifully from all parts of the herb when wounded."
An editorial note quotes Miller as saying that " the juice is at first
like milk and turns afterwards to a saffron colour " : Miller also
says (Diet. ed. 8) that "the stalks, being broken, emit a yellowish
fcetid juice." The editorial note quoted mentions on the authority of
Prof, (afterwards Sir W. J.) Hooker "a remarkable variety, if
not a new species, occasionally observed in the neighbourhood of
Plymouth, yielding merely a watery liuid instead of a fetid yellow
juice." — Ed. Journ. Bot.]

Orchis hircina in Sussex. A specimen of Orchis liircina was

found near Lewes, Sussex, in June last by Miss May French, a

school-girl who was collecting a bunch of wild flowers for a village

flower-show. The spike was in bud when picked, and she thought it

Journal of Botany.— Vol. 58. [August, 1920.] q

202 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

was a Butterfly Orchis, but when the flowers opened her mother
guessed it was the Lizard Orchis from the shape of the flowers. The
specimen was exhibited at the Wild Flower Exhibition at Lewes, and
has been presented to the National Herbarium. The spike bore
sixteen flowers ! — E. J. Bedford.

[Dr. A. H. Church informs us that a specimen of 0. liircina, col-
lected near Oxford, was recently left in the Laboratory there. — Ed.
JouRN. Box.]

REVIEWS.

The Origin and Develo'pment of the CompositcB. By James Small,
D.Sc, Ph.C, F.L.S. New Phytologist. Reprint, No. 11. 8vo,
boards, pp. 334, Wesley & Son. Price 15s. net.

An eminent scientist with a penchant for spiritualism some years
ago humourously complained that his sceptical friends were wont to
arraign him as being, like the man in the comic poem who lodged at
a baker's, " two single gentlemen rolled into one " : while his feet
remained on the " solid ground of nature " he was Orthocrookes, but
he became Pseudocrookes the moment he deviated into the super-
natural. The perusal of this collection of reprints from the Neto
FhjtoJogist has recalled the story to mind. Two persons are to be
seen in Dr. Small — one an eager student of the known, industriously
marshalling authorities and ft-aming suggestions in such a way as to
give valuable information concerning the Compositce ; the other a
sort of Diogenes with a difference, who lights his candle and proceeds
to search for what is " primitive." This quality of primitiveness is to
Dr. Small as King Charles's head was to Mr. Dick, and the reader
iinqualifixl to pronounce an opinion on so complex a subject finds him-
self, Uke Kosa Dartle, asking " why ? " when confronted with these
confidently o:ffered assumptions.

We are to consider, it appears, the truncate-penicillate style as
t3^pical, all others being modifications of it. Stamens having anthers
with cells truncate and unappendaged at the base constitute
*' obviously the primitive and characteristic stamen for the family."
Irritability of the pollen -presentation mechanism — a subject discussed
in a very interesting manner — leads Dr. Small to conclude that, of
the three main types A, B and C of movement, C is the most
primitive because it involves onlj^ one step — the contraction of but
one of the five filaments ; while A and B, involving more than one,
are therefore less primitive. Further we are to regard as primitive
the yellow tubular corolla ; as primitive, too, the pappus with scabrous
setiB, such pappus being trichoraal in nature ; also the uniseriate
involucre and the smooth or foveolate receptacle. Our eyes being
thus opened, behold as " the first genus of the Comiiositce to come
into existence " which has " directly or indirectly given rise to all the
other genera of the family," the genus SenecioX

The Age and Area hypothesis is claimed as confirming this con-
clusion ; but one would like to ask Dr. Small, in view of the scanti-

ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPOSIT.i; 203

ness, really Jiiuouiiting to virtual non-existence, of the geological
record, whether he has ever realised the errors a zoologist, in the
absence of fossilised remains, would most likely fall into who should
endeavour to apply that hypothesis to, say, the Mammalia ? And if
palpable mistakes would almost certainly be made in dealing Avith the
animal world, what assurance have we of safe ground for speculation
when plants are in question? In accordance with the hypothesis,
Dr. Small considers Senecio to be clearly marked out as priniitive on
account of its wide distribution in space. Gnaphalium is the only
genus, he says, which can claim anything like equality with Senecio
on this ground ; but here he overlooks Aster, for he cannot be un-
aware that the Southern Felicia and Olearia are merely geographical
offsets which have actually been included in Aster by botanists of
repute. The question then is where did this primitive genus arise ?
The centre of origin is indicated " by the coincidence of the region of
concentration of local species wdth" the region of the overlapping of
the areas of the widespread species," and this shows the centre of
origin of Seuecio (from a Lobelioid ancestor) to be the Bolivian
region. Similar conclusions drawn from present-day distribution are
put forward with respect to all the Composite tribes. These are pure
assumptions, which may be true in some cases and hopelessly
erroneous in others ; as applied to Senecio they do not seem very
happy. All _ that can safely be said is, that at some time after the
Andine uplift began, Senecio was represented in that part of the
world : the contingent earth-movements resulted in the formation of
hundreds of isolated valleys, thus bringing about conditions most
favourable to specific difi'erentiation. This would account for the
large number of Andine species, but it tells us nothing concerning
the first appearance, there or elsewhere, of the genus.

The author's treatment of the pappus, although ingenious, is by
no means satisfactory. To say that the seta? are composed of hairs
variously united and to infer from this that all forms of pappus are
similarly composed, is surely to ask more than can be granted. And
when we find the main point evaded round which controversy has
raged — namely the homologies of the pappus — the only conclusion to
be drawn from the claim that the application by him " of a little
microscopy combined with an obvious application of elementary
i3hysiological facts removes the clouds of controversy " from this vexed
question is that he is the victim of delusion.

Of course we have the inevitable phylogenetic tree; but why
Senecio should appear comfortably installed in the Upper Cretaceous
period when no remains attributable with any certainty to the genus
have been found in strata below the Pliocene, is known to Dr. Small
alone. But this is sobriety itself when compared with the last
chapter headed " The Story of the Compositce in Time and Space."
A short extract from this will give an idea of its tenour. '* Just as
its" \_Clmquir a guars'] "cousin, or rather niece, QliaptaUa raced along
the mountain ranges on regaining an efiicient pappus in a suitable
environment, so did Chuquiragiia. Like Chaptalia also, this new
genus was transformed on crossing the Alaska-Siberian bridge by an
increase in the corolla material, which was rendered ix)ssible by the

204 THE JOrBKAL OF BOTANY

mesophyiic conditions of the upland plains of China, Ainslicea is
the name now given to the transformed Chuquiragiia. This Ainslicea
type reached South Africa at a much later date (lower Pliocene) by
means of a greater development of the pappus which made migration
easier. During the journey it underw^ent a few other slight changes
to become Dicoma.'" Concerning all this one can only say that the
" phytologist " must indeed be "new" -who would accept these
fantastic statements at their face value.

It is not pleasant to write like this, and the less so as the work is
that of a compatriot. Had Dr. Small restricted his ambition to the
domain of strict observation, Avith here and there a cautious generali-
sation from ascertained facts, he might have rendered 3^eoman's
service to students of the Comfosiiw, even as it is his book is well
worth study in parts, as has already been remarked. But in his main
thesis he must be held to have failed, and that not from want either
of insight or of ingenuity, but because the problem he has ventured
to attack is, at least in the present state of oui* knowledge, frankly
insoluble. S. M.

The British Charophyta. By James Groves, F.L.S. and Geoege
Russell Btllock-Websteb, M.A., F.L.S. Vol. i. Nitelleie:
with Introduction, [20] plates, and text-figures. 8vo, cloth,
pp. xiv., 141. Dulau & Co. Price £1 5s. net.

This first instalment of a work that was to have been issued
complete to members of the Bay Society in 1917 — a date which
somewhat unfortunately appears on the back of the cover — will be
welcomed by all students of the group of plants to which it refers,
to whose history it is an important contribution. There is no need
to point out — least of all to readers of this Journal, wherein so much
of their work has appeared — the qualifications of the brothers.
Groves for monograjjhing the plants at which they had worked for so
many years. Their first important paper was the " Review of British
Characeae" published in the Journal for 1880; but the thorough
Acquaintance there displayed of the plants described and the exhaustive
knowledge of the literature relating to them could only have been
achieved by many j^ears of careful and persistent work. In his
notice of his brother Henry (Journ, Bot. 1913, 73-79), whose death
occurred in 1912 and to whom the volume is fittingly dedicated,
Mr. James Groves attributes to him " the greater part of the work and
all of the drawings " ; but those who know how closely the brothers
were en rairport, not only in matters botanical, will hardly doubt
that, so far as the literary portion was concerned, the honours were
equal. From 1880 onwards, additions to the British list were
recorded and figured in this Journal ; four of the plates (including
Henry Groves's beautiful drawing of Nitella hyalina), are repro-
duced in the volume before us : the other three, with twelve now
published for the first time, are from the pencil of Miss Marj^ Groves,
and are in every way admirable. Canon Bullock-Webster, joint-
author of the volume, has been associated with the bi others for more

THE TJTJTTTSn CnAEOl'TTYTA 205

tliaii twonty years, and has made important contributions to our
knovvledi^-e of the group : so that the monograph could not have been
in abler lumds.

After an introduction in which are discussed the position of the
group, its antiquity and geographical distribution — we note with
pleasure that in the second volume Mr. Groves will give some account
of the fossil remains of Cliarophyta found in this country, to which,
in conjunction with the late Clement lieid, he has devoted much
attention — conditions of growth, and economic uses, we have an
important chapter, extending over more than fifty pages, containing
a very full account of "Structure and Development," with twenty-
five illustrations in the text from various sources. A ''conspectus of
distinctive characteristics of oospores and membranes " is followed by
a glossar}' and a table of Latin adjectival terms. Then comes the
systematic account, the inti'oductory portion of which is reprinted
from the " lieyiew " already mentioned up to the date of its publi-
cation, and supplemented by a summary of what has been done since.
In nomenclature the rule of strict priority has been observed ; on this
subject the authors have some sensible remarks. The keys to the
genera and species relate to the whole work: we observe that Char a
aspcra var. desmacantha, published and figured by the brothers in
Journ. Bot. 1898 (p. 410, t. 391), is raised to specific rank as
C. desmacantha — a publication which will date from the present
volume, although the full description will not appear until later.

The genera described are Nitella, with 10 species, and Tolyi^ella,
with 4 : in the former genus N. capifata Agardh is superseded by
iV^. capillaris comb, nov., as the plant is the Chara capillaris of
Krocker, its first describer. The descrij^tions, in English throughout,
are very full; the distribution in the British Islands is carefully
worked out ; there is an extensive synonymy, and a list of exsiccata.
It will thus be seen that the treatment is exhaustive — the only
addition we can suggest is a few words on the preparation of speci-
mens, in which, as those who are aeciuainted with their fasciculi know,
the Messrs. Groves were experts.

The book is well if somewhat extravagantly printed; to the
excellence of the plates we have already referred. It cannot be
doubted that the aspiration of the authors— that the issue of these
volumes may result in a large number of British botanists being
attracted to the study of the Charoph^^ta — will be fid filled ; and we
trust that the second volume will be published witli the least possible
delay, in order that the group may be studied in its entirety.

An Infroduciion to the Study of Cytology. By L. Doncastej?,
280 pp., xxiv plates and 31 text-fi'gures. 8vo. Cambridge
University Press, 1920. Price 216-.

It has been the unavoidable misfortune of Botany that inter-
pretations of Cytological phenomena in plants have had alwavs to
follow haltingly behind the advance of studies on the more highly
organized nuclear mechanism of animals. Botanists have still to-

206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

endeavour to unravel from the teclmicalities of zoologists, obsessed
with the remarkable constancy of their scheme of sexual reproduction,
a reasonable outlook on the variety of phenomena of cytological life-
history presented in plants, freed from conce^Dtions of " maturation "
and " germ-cells."

A very full and clear statement of the general facts of mitosis
and meiosis in animal types is followed by theoretical discussion of
modern cytological problems, the botanical side being practically
restricted to slight notices of chromosome-behaviour in mutant-
hybrids of CEnothera, tetraploid Primulas, double Stocks, and rogue
Peas. Though the bias of the work is distinctly zoological and
Weismannic, there is much that is absolutely indispensable to the
botanical student. No biologist can afford to neglect questions of
linkage, sex-determination, the role of chromosomes in Mendelian
segregation, or views of their more intimate structure, particularly as
suggested by the story of the Drosopliila %. A brief and clear
statement of the general facts from the zoological side is a botanical
necessity, and the present volume presents the case as neatly as may
be, and not at too great a length. A. H. C.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

In the Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany, xlv. no. 301)
issued July 8, Mr, N. E. Brown has a long and important paper on
" New and Old Species of Mesemhryonthemiim, with critical notes."
He prefaces it by an account of the history of the genus, starting
with the works of Haworth (1794-1821), whose descriptions are
elucidated by the large collection of drawings in the Kew Herbarium
by George Bond and Thomas Duncannon, many of them made from
the types of Aiton's Hortus Kewensh. He calls attention to the
need for a thorough revision of the nomenclature of all the species,
and gives the emphasis of italics to the remark that "this work can
only be effectually accomplished by an investigation of the informa-
tion stored up in the Kew Herbarium and at the British Museum."
Mr. Brown is of opinion that some of the plants in the " Sphseroid "
group should be separated generically, but for the present retains
them as sections of Mesemhryanfhemum, with a diagnostic Key. A
large number of new species are described, many of which are
figured on the six plates (printed in a curious but not unpleasing
violet tint) by which the paper is illustrated. The importance of the
British Museum collections forms the text for Mr. Britten's paper
on ** Some early Cape Botanists and Collectors," which is briefly
summarized in this Journal for 1918, p. 63. It is accompanied by
a portrait of Francis Masson. — whose important collections, still
imperfectly examined, are in the National Herbarium — reproduced
fi'om an oil-painting bought from a general dealer at Hounslow by
Mr. Carruthers, and by him presented to the Linnean Society. A
review of the genus CJilorochytrium, by B. Muriel Bristol, M.Sc,
with three plates, and a description of a new^ Lohosteiuon (Z. magni-

3300K-NOTES, NEWS, ETC, 207

sepahon) by Mr. N. E. Brown, from a unique specimen in the
Linnean Herbarium, make up a number of unusual interest.

Science Progress for July contains a long paper by Dr. F. H.
Perry Coste and his daughter on ** Cornish Phenology," in which
observations made systematically at Polperro during 1912-1919 are
summarized and tabulated. They are selected from the diaries kept
by Miss Perry Coste in connection with the '* Wild Flower Society "
**the members of which, divided into some twenty branches, keep
diaries of the dates of Howering of all the wild flowers they can find,

and compete for first place in the branch two marks are given

for the earliest record . . . and the system has resulted in the accumu-
lation of records which have indubitable phenological value and should
certainly be utilised " : this has been done in the paper referred to
with great care, and the results are of considerable interest. It may
be noted that, from an early period, Cornwall has been associated
with phenological observations. In the Tenth Annual Report of
the Royal Cornwall Rolijtechnic Society (1842: pp. 33-40) is a
'* Calendar of Natural History " extracted from diaries kept at
Polperro by Jonathan Couch (1789-1870), the dates, which include
those relating to birds, etc., and are not very numerous, begin with
1808. In the Sixteenth Report of the same Society (pp. 25-28) his
son, Thomas Quiller Couch (1826-1884), published a '* Botanical
Register for 1848 kept at Polperro " in which are given the dates of
first and last flowering and of foliation and defoliation. His observa-
tions were based on the lines laid down by Quetelet, of which he
gives a full summary in the important Calendars kept at Bodmin
from 1864 to 1875 published in the Journal of the Boyal Institute
of Cornwall for 1864-1878 (vols. i.-v.). Perhaps the most extensive
series of phenological observations was that made by T. A. Preston
(18^33-1905) when master at Marlborough, where he had the co-
operation of members of the School Natural History Society ; these
will be found in this Journal for 1865 (p. 203) and 1868 (p. 180)
and, for a series of years, in the Reports of the Marlborough N. H. S.,
and in the Quarterly Journal of the Meteorological Society. When
Preston left Marlborough, he became rector of Tlmrcaston, where — ■
somewhat on the lines of J. S. Henslow (1796-1861) at Hitcham — he
interested tlie children of his school in "first appearances," offering a
reward of a farthing for a satisfactory^ report. An indication of the
first and latest date and mean time of flowering is a noteworthy
feature of his Flora of Wiltshire. It is to be regretted that Dr. Coste's
paper should be disfigured by numerous misprints, of which Potentilla
tonmentilla, Eupatorium cannabiense, Heracleum spondyllium are
examples : the rule by which generic names used for species are spelt
with a capital is ignored throughout.

The Neiv Pliytologist for May and June (published July 10)
contains a continuation of Dr. R. R. Gates's observations on " Muta-
tions and Evolution," the botanical portion of M'hich is mamly occu-
pied with (Enotliera, and a paper by Dr. J. C. Th. Uphof, illustrated
by numerous figures, on the " Physiological Anatomy of Xerophytic
Selaginellas."

Professor Matsumura's useful Icones Rlantarum Koisihaven-
ses — figures with descriptions of new and rare plants in the University

208 THE JOITKNAL OF UOTANY

of Tokio — is now in its fourth volume. The number for May con-
tains excellent figures and descrijjtions (in Latin and Japanese) of
Leontopodiiim leiolepis, Pertya macrophyUa, and Aconitum hon-
dense, by T. Nakai.

The History of Tony, Shropsliire (ed. 2 : 1894) by George
Griffith contains a long account of the tree shown as the " Boscobel
Oak," with quotations from various writers concerning it. The
author records his conviction that this is " one and the same tree
which sheltered the royal and jovial, if unworthy, King " and this
conviction ** prompts [him] to commit to paper some notices and notes
to quell the storms of detraction which gather round this and similar
marks of antiquity." Of White Ladies Abbey, near Tong, he says:
*' Here grew the yellow saffron or autumn crocus, which an old
herbalist informs me, grew at Tung {sic) and all Komish places ;
there still grow the Myrrhis Odorata, a relic of the Nuns' herb-
garden, and other rare plants." What plant can have been intended
by *' yellow saffron " ?

The Daily News, whose botany we have more than once had
occasion to criticize, published on July 19 this interesting note " on
Garden-flower Names " : — " A friend in Kent was very much struck
by the glories of a border of pentstemons in a cottage garden, and she
stopped to chat with the old man in charge of it. A few da3^s later
he presented her with a big bunch of blooms. ' I thought,' he said,
* as you'd like a few of my French demons.' * Gay ladies,' for gail-
lardias, is another version — a quite good one — of a garden-flower
name. Those who know the fiery orange of the eschscholtzia, or
Californian poppy, will think the common ' a scorcher ' an equally
appropriate name. Fortunately in the countiy we still stick to the
old names for snap-dragons, larkspurs, monks-hood, and so forth.
You have to go to the .London street markets to get the Latinised
forms, which are usually rendered in some such versions as these :
Antiryneum, Aunty-Kinum ; Dolphyneum, Dorfinnyum ; Alkonituni
(aconitum) ; Gipsy-Ophelia (for gypsophila) ; Nemerney (anemone).
Antirrhinum and pyrethrum are the two plants which are most often
called out of their names."

From the same source comes the following, which are perhaps too
frivolous for our serious Journal : " The park had once been a private
estate, and the old gardener has spent the greater part of his life teach-
ing the ground to say [grow ?] flowers. * Could you tell me to what
family this plant belongs ? ' inquired a teacher conducting her class
through the park. ' I happen to know it don't belong to no family,'
returned the old man indignantly, ' it belongs to this here park.'

" The story of the gardener and the plant reminds a correspondent
of the other gardener at Kew. He listened to a teacher discoursing
to his class under a tree in the Gardens. He called the tree an
elm, and pointing out that the elm had been introduced into Britain
by the Romans, asked rhetorically : ' If this elm could only speak
what history it could tell us ! I wonder what it would say.' And
the gardener, disgusted : ' It would say,' ' I'm not a helm ; I'm a
hoak ! ' "

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
pi-actically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear
in the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies
remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among
the latter may be mentioned Mr. Dallman's Notes on the J^'lora
of DenUghshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to ' Topo-
graphical Botany.'' Of the Supplements to the Biographical
Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to
issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Oarry's Notes on the Drawings of Soioerhy's 'English
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are the Index Abecedarius — a list of the plants m the first
edition of Linnjeus's Species Blantarum, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no index of sj)ecies ; the
History of Aiton\ ' Hortus Kewensis,' which contains* much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linnajus's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
tliere are numerous copies.

[Over.

a

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

Price Six Shillings (cloth).
Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's * English Botany ' (pp. 276)^
By F. A. Gaeet.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.
The British Roses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp. 141). By Major A..

H. WOLLET-DOD.

The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. PuGSLET^.
B.A.

Price Half -a -crown.

N.

The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A.

Price Tioo Shillings.

A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denbighshii-e and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallman, F.L.S. {2s. each.)

Price Eighteen-pence.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. Qd. each).

British Euphrasiae. By Cedeic Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Sj^ecies
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hieen, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Aiton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Beitten, F.L.S.

Linnseus's ' Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H.
Wollet-Dod.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders iviili remittance should he addressed to : —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 693

SEPTEMBEE, 1920

Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTAiNY

BEIIISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BB.ITTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONT

PAGE

The Genus Epipactis in Britain. By
T. Stephenson, D.D,, and T. A.
Stephenson, M.Sc. (Plate 555.) 209

The Lichen Symbiosis.
Church

By A. H.

213

Alabastra Diversa. — Part XXXIII.
By Spencer Le M. Moore,
B.Sc., F.L.S 219

Short Notes : — Scilla campanulata

Ait. — Motiotropa Hypopitys 227

ENTS

PAGE
EeVIEWS : —

On the Interpretation of Pheno-
mena of Phyllotaxis. By A. H.
Church, M.A. 228

A Gtiide to the Identification of
our more useful Timbers, being
a Manual for the Use of Students
of Forestry. By Herbert Stone,
Lecturer in Forestry (Wood) 230

Book-Notes, News, etc 230

Supplement. — The Marine Algae of
Guernsey. By Lilian Lyle,
F.L.S.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGAEET STEEET, CAVENDISH SQUAEE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and Eightpence

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A A-ery extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo-
graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for,
and those not in stock sought for, without charge.

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET. KIN6SWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2.

Telephone : Gerrard 1412.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN,

EDITED BT

JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OP BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

The Journal of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is
covered by no other periodical It affords a ready and prompt
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence , has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safefy be said that nothing of primary
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.
Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 pp. 3s.

25 „ „ 4s.

50 „ „ OS.

100 „ „ 7s.

4

pp.

4s.

U.

55

5s.

Od.

6s.

Od.

55

8s.

Od.

pp. 7s. 1 12 pp. 9s. 16 pp. 10s. 6d.

„ 8s. I „ lis. 6d. I „ 13s.

„ 9s. I „ 12s. 6d. I „ 14s.

„ 10s. 6d. „ 14s. „ 15s. 6d.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. each ^1 12s. Od. each'

Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 ,

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 ,

Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ 6 6,

All applicationa for space to he made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

Joupn. Bot.

Plate 555.

,^^'-'-^'N

'■vrtv^

^>-, -^^"\

''\ f^>.

IS

10

/

Y

(2

13

/0\

^^V^ '\, -f^ "? "VC!^ .-<^.:^^^^

14

15

k."

w^

%^9

%

20

■^^^^' 17

18

•\.^^-.

23

f^-^

^

24

25

I P r

26 ^" 1 P'p

- ^

Nos. 1-23 and 25, Lips of EPIPACTIS, enlarged.

Nos. 24 and 26, Reproductive Organs of E. LATIFOLIA and E. VIRIDIFLORA
var. LEPTOCHILA, respectively.

a, anther-cap ; s, stigma ; j^, pollinia ; r, rostellum ; rr, rudimentary rostellum.

209

THE GENUS EPIPACTIS IN BRITAIN.

Br T. Stephenson, D.J)., and T. A. Stephenson, M.Sc.

(Plate 555.)

We have made the critical species of the genera Orchis and JEpi-
27actis our study for several 3"ears, and had prepared a paper on the
subject with numerous illustrations, which we find would be too
costly to produce as a whole ; but we hope to print two of the plates
and the more important part of the text in a series of short con-
tributions to this Journal. The Plate accompanying the present note
will illustrate some of our points with reference to Ejnpacfis, the
next communication will deal similarl}^ with Orchis. We are publish-
ing the Plates first, with a summary of our ideas corresponding to
each, so that reference can be made to the figures in later papers
amplifying the text of the summaries.

Our present concern is with Epipactis. We have had unusually
good opportunities of observing numerous specimens of the commonest
forms, and also, to a lesser extent, the rare ones. The main part of
our material for the JE. lafifoUa group is from Aberystwyth, but we
have obtained living specimens from various distant localities for
confirmation. We would add a warning that nothing can he done
with the genus Epipactis from pressed plants, and but little with
Orchis — fresh material is essential. By wa}^ of compensation, it is
ver}^ easy to preserve the flowers in spirit — the colour, of course, is lost,
but the form is perfectly retained and without shrinkage.

Our conclusion is quite definitely that the genus Epipaciis is
represented in Britain by five good species only : — E. palusiris
Crantz, E. atropurpurea Baf., E. viridijiora lichb., E. purpurata
Sm., E. latifolia AUm.

E. pahistris is so distinct that it requires no comment, E. cdro-
purpurea ( = E. ovalis Bab., = -£J. ruhiginosa Crantz, — i\ atroruheiis
Sell.) is, in our experience (we have seen forms from Great Orme,
Ireland, and Grassington), quite easily recognised and not to be con-
fused with E. latifolia at all. Its small flowers with a broad epichile,
which has usually 3 very rugged elevations, often confluent, its rough
ovary, and its small neat leaves, the bottom one usually purple
beneath, are points which distinguish it from E. latifolia, apart frqm
its typically small size and often rich dull purple flowers. Even if
the flowers are green, however, other points distinguish it.

E. purpurata ( = E. violacea Bor,, = jE'. sessili^ora Peterm.) is
equally distinct. Whether or not the stems grow in tufts, the leaves
are generally much smaller and more delicate in texture than in
E. latifolia, and are tinted with a fine violet which turns their green
to grey, except in an odd plant here and there Avhich has green but
delicate leaves. The bracts may be very long and narrow. The
flower seems to have a constant colour-scheme — the ovar^^ dark green
or purple-tinged, the petals pale whitish green, the sepals more
definitely green, especially outside, the lip whitish green with usually
pale lilac elevations on the epichile. The lip usually has a more or

JOUENAL OF BOTANT. — VoL. 5S. [SePTE^IEEB, 1920.] R

210 THE JOURNAL OF liOTANY

less developed small central " boss " as well as larger lateral elevations,
which vary from nearly smooth to much wrinkled.

E. viridi^ora still seems to be mixed up with E. latifolia^ but
there is no need for this, because, although it varies very much in
other ways, the reproductive organs always afford a good distinction.
They are arranged for self-fertilisation ; the friable pollen falls on the
receding stigma, and there is little or no rostellum. In E. latifolia,
atropurimrea, and imrpnraia tlie pollen is less friable, the rostellum
is well developed, and the stigma is pushed so far forward that the
pollen cannot fall on to it. As far as the rest of the plant is con-
cerned, it sometimes resembles slender greenish specimens of E. lati-
folia quite closely, but usually is more delicate if growing in woods,
more slender and wiry and yellower if growing in sand-dunes. It
flowers at the very least a fortnight earlier. The leaves are often
small, the flowers small to medium, the colour green or whitish green,
with not much brown tinge. Lip a triangle with a long point in
woodland forms, the point curled under in dune-forms ; usually not
much development of roughened elevations on the epichile. Ovary
smoother than in the other species, may be almost glabrous.

E. latifolia in our scheme is a name which includes E. onedia Fr.
and E. atroviridis Linton as synonyms. We hope to amplify our
results on this species in a later paper, but may give the conclusion
here as follows : —

i. E. media. — Col. Godfery in this Journal (1919, 80) has already
shown that E. media Fries is a nomeii nudum, and that E. media
Bab. is E. viridijlora, so that the name " media " is completely wiped
out. We have independently concluded that no distinction is possible
between E. latifolia proper and E. ''media'' as it has been under-
stood before Col. Godfery's papers. The supposed differences between
these two were, that in E. latifolia the leaves are broad and there is
a sudden transition from the fairly large top leaf to the small lowest
bract, and that the lip has two smooth bosses or elevations on the
epichile ; whereas in E. " media " the leaves are narrower and the
transition to bracts is gradual, the epichile having two *' plicate-
ruu'ose" bosses. We have rarely found plants with quite smooth
bosses on the epichile, and these usually have the " media " type of
leaf ! There is every sort of gradation from smooth to veiy rough
and pitted elevations, and one linds every sort of elevation combined
with every possible sort of leaf-scheme ; for there are all grades of
leaves too, from broad to narrow, and one gets narrow leaves with
abrupt transition to bracts, and broad leaves with gradual transition,
as well as the reverse, and all sorts of other variations as well. In
other words, one finds ''media'' flowers with " latifolia" lea^YCS and
vice versa, and the majority of plants are not exactly one or the other,
every grade of variation being present which affects these characters.

ii. E. atroviridis Linton. — The chief supposed diagnostic cha-
racter of this is that there are three roughish bosses on the epichile.
We find that the original description of E. atroviridis would fit a
specimen of E. latifolia here and there, but that it is as common to
find 3 bosses as 2, and that the two conditions grade into each other —
the middle one may be lai-ge, small, minute and distinct, or confluent

THE GENUS EPirvCTIS IN BRITAIN 211

with the others. Also, there iiitiy be 8 l)osses on the lip combined
with anj/ 2}ossibIe type of leaf-scheme, broad or narrow, bracts large
or small, narrowing from the leaves graduall}^ or suddenly. We think,
therefore, that JE. airoviricHs cannot be a valid species, but that it is
a term only applicable to some specimens of E. latifolia.

iii. We come, therefore, to the conclusion that lip-bosses and
details of leaf-scheme are so very unstable that they cannot possibly
be considered good specific characters, and should be dropped ; that
the common British species is E. latifolia, and that '■^ media'''' and
*^ afroviridis'' should be merged in it and allowed to lapse. The
species is obviously very variable in minor details, but could not be
mistaken for any of the others, in our experience. It may or may
not be possible to distinguish varieties within it. The Hower may be
almost any colour, from deep purple (and this may grow in deep
shade !) to greenish of various kinds, and nearly white.

iv. The suggestion will, of com'se, be made that E. latifolia, E.
media, and E. atroviridis are really distinct but hybridize freely.
We do not think this to be the case. We have had a good deal of
practice in the detection of hybrids, and in the genus Orchis have
found that it is possible with fair certainty to distinguish clearly
definite species among the palmate forms, and to identify hybrids
between them : there are stable characters for distinction. In Epi-
pactis, however, the variation in the E. latifolia group is quite
a different sort of thing, and to distinguish species and hybrids is not
possible. When a hybrid in this genus does come forward it can be
clear at once — we have a fine specimen from Orassington of E. atro-
jyurpureay E. latifolia, about which there is no doubt.

We may now consider the accompanying Plate in more detail,
which will illustrate some of the above points. We cannot unfortu-
natel^' afford to print our figures of leaf-schemes to complete the
demonstration, but will refer to those in more detail later.

Explanation of Plate 5.j.j.

All the figures except nos. 24 and 26 are enlarged views of the
epichiles of various plants.

Figs. 1 to S. E. viridiflora. Note the absence of any very
considerable ruggedness in these lips. Fig. 1 is the dune-form from
Southport, wdth the tip of the lip curled under so that it gives the lip
a broad appearance, and the bosses more wrinkled than in the wood-
land forms. Figs. 2 {vectensis) and 3 {leptochila) show the long-
pointed triangular form with the bosses moderately inconspicuous
and not much wrinkled.

Figs. 4 and 7. E. imrpurata. These are from Surrey specimens.
There is nothing ver}^ particular to notice here beyond the fact that
there is a small central boss and that the lateral bosses are more
Avrinkled in one than the other. Fig. 7 is from a young Mp not quite
full}^ unfolded, which accounts for its narrow form.

Fig. 6. E. atro-purpnrea. From N. Wales. This shows the
rounded form of lip and the very markedly roughened bosses, the
central one large and conspicuous, though not very sharpl}^ separated
from the others, with which it is sometimes confiuent.

r2

212 THE JOrRNAL OF BOTANY

Fig. 5. E. atro-pnTpurea x JE. latifolia. We give the lip of this
hybrid for its general interest — the inflvience of E. afropnrpiirea may
be seen in the bosses, but, of course, the determination of the hybrid
was largely connected with the rest of the plant. Note the distinctly
incurved edges of this lip.

Figs. 8 to 23, and fig 25. E latifolia.

Here it should be noted that there is not much to be gained by
considering the relative length and breadth of the lip. It varies very
much, and there are so many degrees of curling under of the tip that
this affects the appearance when the lip is seen from the front — many
of the figures look broad because the point happens to be tucked back
so as to be invisible.

Fig. 8. (Canterbur}^) Lip with 3 quite distinct bosses, not
smooth. Leaves of this plant were of medium breadth, passing
gradually into bracts.

Fig. 9. (Owl Wood, Surrey.) Lip with two clearly marked off
side-bosses, which are very finely wrinkled with a minute but definite
centre-boss between them. Leaves of the broad type with abnipt
transition to bracts.

Fig. 10. (Cardigan.) A lip Avith 3 bosses, the central one large
and prominent, all three of them with a few simple wrinkles. Leaves
of the '* media " type.

Fig. 11. (Cardigan.) A slenderer lip than 10, with the tip not
curled under. Bosses forming a rather vague generalised elevation
and fairly smooth. Leaves fairly narrow.

Fig. 12. (Cardigan.) This shows the extreme wrinkled type, and
the three bosses more or less confluent.

Fig. 13. (Cardigan.) This is a lip with well-separated, smoothish
side-bosses, with a shallow central elevation, not a concentrated boss.
Leaves moderately broad below, grading off into bracts.

Fig. 14. (Cardigan.) Bosses slightlv marked and fairly smooth,
slight central ridge. Leaves of almost the narrowest type, transition
to bracts not very gradual.

Fig. 15. (Cardigan.) Smooth bosses and a wide central groove.
Leaves narrow.

Fig. 16. (Cardigan.) The bosses here are concentrated into
a knot in the middle, and there is a long shallow median tongue.
Leaves all broad.

Fig. 17. (Cardigan.) Minute distinct centre-boss and fairly
rugged lateral bosses.

Fig. 18. This is a lip from a plant sent us by Eev. E. F. Linton
as probably E. atroviridis. The central boss is not so much a boss
as a ridge, the side-bosses are fairly wrinkled in a slight way. The
leaves were of medium width, the graduation to bracts not very
gradual. Leaves curiously acuminate from a broad base.

Fig. 19. (Cardigan.) "^Slightly wrinkled side-bosses and central
ridge. Leaves broad with very abrupt transition from large upper
leaf to small lowest bract.

Fig. 20. (Cardigan.) Central ridge and slightly wrinkled side-
bosses. Leaves so "broad below as to be orbicular, but gradually
tailing off by many gradations into narrow bract-leaves above.

THE GENUS EPIPACTIS IN BRITAIN 213

Fig. 21. (Cardigan.) Here the b(3sses are very elevated and clear-
cut, and the narrow central boss is clearly marked out from the others.

Fig. 22. (Cardigan.) Smooth side-bosses and a shallow tri-
angular central elevation with a small boss upon it.

Fig. 23. (Owl Wood, Surrey.) No centre boss. Side-bosses fairly
rugged. Leaves broad.

Fig. 25. (Cardigan.) Fairly wrinkled side-bosses and slight
central elevation. Leaves very broad.

JPigs. 24 and 26. Reproductive organs.

Fig. 2-1 shows the organs of E. lafifolia, and Fig. 26 those of
E. viridijlora v. leptochila. The difference between the slender
organs of viridiflora with receding stigma, friable pollen-masses, and
rostellum so small as to be barely visible ; and the stouter organs of
latifolia with stigma pushed well forward, more coherent pollen-
masses, and large rostellum, is well brought out.

It will be clear from a study of the lips of E. latifolia shown
above how very much and in what elusive ways these lips vary as far
as most of their details are concerned. The grades of variation,
indeed, are so difficult to separate that hardly any two people will
quite agree as to the exact words which should be used to describe any
given lip. We hope that the figures will illustrate our case where
verbal description is at fault.

Errata in paper on Orchis purpiirella in July issue : —
p. 167, line 23 : for " 35 cm." read " 15 cm."
p. 169, line 18 : for *' leaf -pattern " read " lip-pattern."

THE LICHEN SYMBIOSIS.
By a. H. Church.

" Lichens are symhiotic organisms^ they consist of higher Fungi,
chiefly Ascomycetes, more rarely . Basidiomycetes, and unicellular
or filamentous algcSy living in intimate connection, and together

forming a compoimd thallus or * Consortium'' and have been

so evolved as consortia that it is more convenient to treat them as a
separate class .... From the symbiosis entered into by a Lichen
Fungus ivith an alga, a dual organism results ivith a distinctive
thallus, of which the form (influenced by the mode of nutrition
of the independently assimilating alga) differs greatly from that of
the non-symbiotic Eumycetes " i.

These sentences admirably illustrate the manner in which it is
usual to teach the Lichen at the present day, emphasizing (1) the
marvel of the symbiosis, (2) the 'dual' organization, and, above all,
(3) the novelty of the growth-forms thus produced — so distinct
from other vegetation — that (4) the plants require to be taken in
a special chapter ^ or section ^ away from Fungi proper ; as also they

1 Strasburger, Textbook of Botany, Engi. Trans, p. 417 (1912).

' Schenk in Strasburger, loc. cit.

3 Fiinfstuck in Engler and Prantl (1898-1907).

214- THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXY

may be investigated and catalogued by special monographers ^ as
a wholly new and unique development in subaerial vegetation ^. One
is thus encouraged to regard a Lichen as a pleasing triumph of social-
istic biology, the expression ' dual organism ' being meaningless,
unless it also implies a divided control, and that the Lichen, so to
speak, has not a soul to call its own. On the other hand, it is often
difficult to convince the wholly unbiassed student that there is any-
thing in the phenomena beyond the pure holoparasitism of a special
set of Fungus phyla, admittedly polyphyletic as are other phenomena
of jmrasitism, and that the ' symbiosis ' is wholly imaginary or
woefully exaggerated. The general facts of the story may be there-
fore examined in further detail ; since whatever be the present state
of the relation of the component organisms, there can be no question
that such a biological phenomenon must have had a remarkable
origin ; and all the greater interest will centre in the discussion of the
conditions which may have induced such a state of affairs.

The word s3anbiosis, borrowed from zoological usage is admittedly
a perfectly meaningless expression, in that any strict definition as to
what is intended, from the\'dgimi^i co??i mensalism is pure JioIo]yarasifis)fi,
has to be read into it arbitrarily ; and in such case, as often happens,
it may be employed as a dangerous half-truth to obscure the really
interesting facts of the more fundamental nature of the association ^.
In the widest sense of ' mutual benefit ' to both parties concerned,
however small the advantage may be to one of them, there can be no
objection to its use ; but this is a proposition very different from
* the evolution of a dual organism.' It is the 'consortium' which
requires fuller justification : what exactly may be intended in the
connotation of such a term, and how it is biologically expressed
in novel form, as something quite distinct in the realm of modern
vegetation. The general facts are sufficiently clear and accepted.
The ' gonidia ' of a Lichen are admittedly simple algal protoplasts, of
typically discrete organization, averaging 10-12 fj. diam., in all more
successful Lichens, and they belong to groups of lowest grade Alga? ;
whether more 'primitive' (Cyanophycea?), or decadent and aflagel-
late (as Protococcoidea?) ; less frequently Ulotrichales of fresh-water
rather than marine habitat {Trfnffj)o}iIm=ChroolfjJus) ^ ; in which
somatic organization is reduced to the limit of simplicity ^, and
reproductive organization is wholly wanting or omitted. Cases in-
volving more distinctly filamentous algal growth, as in coenocytic
Cladojiliora and Vauclieria, are unconvincing, since the symbiosis
does not attain either a reproductive stage or a tissue-system in the
soma; and such cases grade into the condition of simple parasitic
attachment noted in the association of Fungus hyphse with the

^ A. L. Smith, Monograph of the British Lichens (191S). Crombie, Monograph
of British Lichens (1894). Krempelhuber, Lichenologie {Geschichte und Lit-
teratur) (1867).

2 Reinke, Jalirbiicher Wiss. Bot. Prings. pp. 39-70 (1895).

•^ Lumiere, Le Mythe de Symhiotes (1919). Bernard, Ann. Sci. Nat. 9 Ser. ix.
1, L'Evolution dans la Symbiose (1904).

■* A. L. Smith, op. cit. p. x. West, Algx, i. p. 141 (1916).

■^ West, 7oc. oi7. Aeton, Ann. Eot. xxiii. p. 579(1909): '' Botrydina vulgaris,
a • primitive Lichen.' "

THE LICHEN SYMBIOSIS 215

protonemata of Mosses ^, the prothalHa of Pteridophyta, not to men-
tion the connection with larger algJB as tlie endoparasites of Fucoids ~.
Such phenomena at once introduce the difficulty of determining what
is really a sini])le Fungus-attack, and what is to be regarded as attaining
the dignity of a Consortium. The Fungi, again, follow the general
formula of known Ascomycete or Basidiomj^cete groups ; there is
nothing very exceptional about them in their more characteristic
reproductive processes ^ ; the hymenium is always normal ; as, for
example, in details of ascus-production, or protection, as also in
spore-discharge or septation, with few anomalies ; they show nothing
that is new beyond what may be ex:pected in quite ordinary liolo-
saprophytic Fungi *. But, once * synthesized,' to use the commonly
accepted expression, they apparently acquire a wholly new somatic
organization, giving them a morphology and habit all their own ;
and it is this latter relation that is to be expressed by the term
' consortium ' and 'dual organization.' The botanists who first
demonstrated the algal nature of the ' gonidia,' being more concerned
with the story of the reproductive processes, or the actual establish-
ment of the synthesis, were less impressed by this remarkable conse
quence (De Bary, ISGo ; Schwendener, 1868 ; Stahl, 1877 ; Bonnier,
1889) ; and later writers (Reinke, 1895 ; Goebel, Organography,
Eng. Trans. 1900) first drew attention to it. The expression ' dual
organism,' of course, may be used quite as well for a Co7'flyce2)s
growing from a living caterpillar, or even for a tree-trunk with
abundant Polypori emerging from it, or, again, smothered in Mistletoe ;
but such combinations are clearly not intended to be included in the
conception of a * consortium ' — that is to say, the expression ' dual
organism ' is meaningless unless it is intended to cover a dual control ;
though it may be difficult to determine exactly where such dual
control may be localized, when two organisms are not in direct proto-
plasmic continuity, beyond each going its own way irrespective of
the other, so far as possible. Definite examples of dual organism are
presented in grafted trees, with fusion of conductive tissues ; but
this would not be regarded as a successful natural type of organism.
The most perfect expression is that of Plant-chimseras, with plasmic
fusion and growing point in common, with ready separation of the
two constituents (cf. Cytisus Adami and Solnnum tuhingense ;
Winkler, 1908 ; Berichte, p. 595). But even in these most inti-

^ Cf. Bonnier, Ann. Sci. Nat'. Ser. 7, ix. p. 29 (1889), for the g-ermination of the
spores of Physcia on Vaucheria, with failure to produce symbiotic union, as ' no
false tissues.'

2 Cotton, Brit. Myc. Soc. Trans, iii. p. 92 (1909), for 9 species of Pyrenomycetes
parasitic in marine Algae : Mycos'phierella of Pelvetia and Ascophyllum.

^ The process of fertilization (sperniatogamy) involving a ' trichogyne ' is left
for further discussion.

"* Much the same applies to the so-called Basidiomycete Lichens (cf. Cora, in
which there is very little special ' soma ' that can be called a consortium). Old
Polypori, growing on trees in this country, commonly become bright green on
the ui^per surface with encrusted Pleurococcus, and section shows that green algal
pockets may be 'intrusive' to a depth of 100 ju or more, as a ' gonidial ' zone,
without being regarded as forming a lichen consortium. It is evident that the
phenomenon may exist in all grades of ' intrusion ' and ' parasitism.'

.216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

:mate dualities, the whole point is that there is no new factor intro-
,duce(l, either morphological or ph^^siological, beyond a perfect blend
>of pre-existing somatic factors, which may separate ont without
Ibeing affected in the least in the 'reverted' branches. It should be
iinte resting to examine the organization of the consortia, and reduce
them to simpler factors. A dual organization, if implying a dual
control, is, in fact, a biological futility, as a house divided against
itself, amd hence doomed to rapid extinction. Lichens grow and
thrive, within their own limitations, and liave done so for indefinite
hundreds of millions of years, the time-factor in all such phenomena
appearing incredible. The chances are against dual control, (piite
apart from the fact that the obvious tendency of all biological evolu-
tion, both im zoology and botany^ has been to establish all successful
organism AvLth united control, as expressed ultimately in a central
nervous system and the life of the individual. On the other hand,
mutual advamtage maj^ be more clearly expressed as mutual dependence ;
. and in this sense the fungus is interpreted as being dependent on
the alga only for diffusible carbohydrate ; while the alga is often
: supposed to take salts and water from the substratum via the
ihyph?e of the fungus'^ — apparently on the assumption that being
■wholly enclosed within the mycelium it could not get them otber-
wise. That the alga acquires a certain amount of shelter from
. extreme insolation, or from sudden desiccation, may be admitted ; but
;it is quite unjustifiable to suppose that in the general case it is
^ possible to get anything from a living fungus (!), the primary attack
of which is undoubtedl}' quite as much the indication of a search for
vw^ater and combined nitrogen, as for the carbohydrate it absorbs
parasitically, either by haustorial penetration of the algal cells, ob-
served in a few cases 2, or else by stronger osmotic activity 3. Khiz-
-oids of benthic algai, or rhizines of lichens, are feeble absorptive and
conductive organs at the best for their own thallus. The alga lives,
;as in the free state, entirely on what it can get from atmosi)heric
iprecipitations and their swamping effect on the substratum ; but it
gains from the disintegation of adjacent dead fungus-hyphse and
their residual contents, thus establishing a certain amount of cyclic
rotation in the seaaty supply of nitrogen and phosphoros com-
pounds.

It is interesting to compare the accounts of accepted text-books
on the subject. An obsession for looking at everything in Botany
through Continental spectacles has admittedly characterized the
writers of the last few decades in this country, but the same mental
attitude may not apjDeal to a younger generation. Thus Sachs 4, from
the standpoint of a physiologist, describes the Lichen as * compounded '
of an alga and a fungus ; and yet clearly states that the algae are
* imprisoned ' by the latter, heading the page ' commensalism.'' On
the other hand, though he sees the problem of the * form ' of the
complex — as the symbionts assume forms " otherwise proper only to

1 Strasburger, op. cH,

2 Bornet, Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. 54 (1873).

^ Paulson in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xliv. 503 (1920).
•* Sachs, Physiology, Engl. Trans, p. 393 (1887).

THE LTCITEN SYMBIOSIS 217

typical chloropliyll-coiitaiiiing plants," — he does not (llscuss it further;
the conclusion that the "restrictive significance of the chlorophyll
for the whole contiguration of the vegetable world at once makes
itself prominent again," being really in the best style of his despised
Nature- Philosophers. On the other hand. West i, as a modern
algologist, sees clearly the deterioration of the algal constituent,
where this has anything that might be called a somatic factor, and
the de«-radation so far as this component is concerned. Hence he
discards the idea of ' symbiotic commensalism ' in favour of an
obvious condition of ' lielotism ' on the part of the alga ; the fungus
being clearly dominant, and the control so far unified, as in the cases
of the Green Hydra and the fresh- water Spongilla with intrusive
Chlorella, which cannot be said to present much indication of the
* restrictive significance ' of chlorophyll. Yet this does not touch
the real point at issue ; since, while the latter animals retain their
respective complex natural morphology entirely unaffected, the
Lichen -symbiosis gives what is apparently a wholly new growth-form,
' previously wanting to either constituent.' Thus Schenck (in Stras-
buro-er's text-book) even goes so far as to state that the numerous-
lichenic acids are products of metabolism peculiar to the group, and
tliat their production is due to the "mutual chemical influence" of
the alga and the fungus — a wholly gratuitous conception when it is
remembered that chrysophanic acid (parietin), one of the best
known, is widely distributed, and occurs in relatively enormous
quantities in the rhizome etc. oiEheum.

The attitude of Sachs is further emphasized by Goebel -, who
implies that the conception of a primary lichen -thallus is necessarily
' dorsiventral,'' since unavoidably following the organization of a
* leaf -mechanism.' He further expresses the remarkable deduction
that all radial organization of a lichen-thallus must be hence wholly
secondary in origin and have been evolved from dorsi ventral struc-
ture in one of three different ways ; though the application of these'
principles to the case of the fruticose Usnea is wholly unconvincing.
The beautiful thallus of Cladonia verticillata (loc. cit. p. 72) is put
forward, from its distant resemblance (on paper) to a coticated Char a ^
as illustrating how from the most different standpoints a similar-
morphological expression may be attained — an ingeniously perverted
view of homoplasy. One thus gets a general idea that in a dorsi-
ventral Lichen a photos^mthetic lamina acquires these properties in'
the same w^ay as does the dorsiventral lamina of the leaf of a higher
land-])lant (Sachs) — the obvious conclusion of a botanist of land-
flora alone, — but this onh'' begs the question ; the point still remains
as to how the land-plant itself ever came to attain such a space-form
and organization. Even the building of an elongated centric axis
of o-rowing hyph?e is clearly an extremely elaborate process, for which
one has to enquire (1) the conditions of the environment to which
it is the response, (2) the factors involved in working it out,
and (3) the mechanism by w-hich such factors may be inherited.
The merest w^eft of hyphal mycelium is in itself a construction of

1 West, Algse, i. p. 37 (1916).

2 Goebel, Organography, Engl. Trans, i.. p. 71 (1900).

218 THE JOUR]SrAL OF BOTANY

iiulefinite complexity (as also antiquity) ; once it is grasped that the
ordinary filamentous mycelium of a heterotrophic Fung-us can be
onl}^ attained via a period of autotrophic filamentous and probably
massive marine phj^tobenthon, itself in turn the highly elaborated
adaptation of a plankton life-history. The idea begins to emerge that
the ^physiological resemblance in functional organization between a
liehen-thallus and a leaf-lamina represents a phenomenon of conver-
gence in widely divergent series of the plant-kingdom, which only
meet in their common ancestry in the sea ; and the point arises as to
what factors they ma}'^ have had in common at that epoch. Sachs as
the typical land-botanist takes the land-plant for granted, as if one
could not possibly make an autotrophic organism of the land in any
other way.

On the other hand, after eliminating all that can be said with
regard to (1) the Holo parasitism of the Fungus; (2) the Helotism
of the alga in the protective and secluded recesses of the fungus-
mycelium ; (3) the direct analog}^ of such a 'dual' organism to the
})henomena of ' intrusion ' presented by the case of the Grreen Hydra,
the Uadiolarian with its Zooxanthellai, or the green fresh- water
sponge ( Spoil f/ ilia), as also the story of the decadence of the green
marine worm, Coniwlufa, there yet remains a residual factor, which
is the one covered b}'^ the term ' consortium,' as the undoubted fact
that the mycelium of the Fungus concerned, beginning ontogeneti-
cally as a structureless weft, does produce a soma with distinctive
form-factors, readily identified b}^ collectors, hi terms of thalloid
shoots of differentiated appearance, symmetry, texture, and ramifica-
cation, wliicli constitute the ' Li chen- Plant,'' as a distinct type of
vegetation demanding analysis and explanation. It is in such definite
form-factors that the special interest of the group now centres. In
other words, the discussion of the Lichen resolves itself into : (1) the
story of the dominant Fungus; (2) the story of the Alga in a
condition of 'beneficent slavery' ; (3) the story of something which
is possibl}^ neither, but apparently new, and commonly accepted as a
' consequence of the symbiosis.'

One looks in vain among the writings of Lichenologists for any
adequate appreciation, analysis, or even in most cases intelligible
description of the form-factors of a Lichen; and yet it should be
sufficiently clear that if these have arisen de novo, since the subaerial
s^anbiosis began, they must have a most significant bearing on the
manner in which physiologically specialized somata may be put
together. Each individual factor requires to be isolated, scheduled,
and accounted for at its exact biological vahie, as solving some parti-
cular and insistent problem of the two symbionts, which should be
within recall. All Lichens are admittedly vegetation of the land, and
adapted to one general set of subaerial conditions, involving moisture,
free oxygen, and light-supply, with some source of food-salts. No
more delightful study could be offered a Lichenologist than the
building-up of the history of the progressive attainment of a wholly
new somatic organization, step by step, from the earliest syntheses.
The details of some such syntheses, with very beautiful figm-es, are given
by Bonnier (1889) for Fhi/sda, but they stop just as they begin to

THE LICHEN STMBTOSIS 219

become interesting. Beyond older bare generalizations as iofniticose,
cr/istaceous, gelatinous, etc., forms, the homiomeroits and hetero-
merous types of Wallroth (1825), and the radial as opposed to dorsi-
ventral of Goebel (1900), one gets little from a text-book of Lichens
beyond a mass of particularly elegant but vague terminology (Crom-
bie, 1894, p. 1).

(To be continiied.)

ALABASTHA DIVEKSA.— Part XXXIII*.
By Spexcer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

(Continued from p. 195.)

3. Miscelljlxea Africaxa.

Erythroxylace^.

Nectaropetalum congolense, sp. nov. Arbor 2o-meti-alis superne
breviter ramosus ; ramulis subteretibus cinereo-corticatis foliosis
glabris juvenilibus ramentis arete approximatis onustis ; foliis brevi-
petiolatis ovato-oblongis obtusis breviterve acuminatis basi obtusis
integris pergamaceis glabris costis lateralibus utrinqiie 8-12 paullo
ultra medium dichotomis baud bene aspectabilibus ; stipulis cymbi-
formibus obtusis vel acutis cito evanidis ; florihus in cymas pro
intlorescentia perpaucas breves pauciHoras ex axillis ramentorum ortas
ordinatis ; pedicellis Horibus subiequilongis ; calycis segmentis triangu-
laribus obtuse acutis ; petalis cal^^ce paullo longioribus breviter unguicu-
latis oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis juxta basin nectario brevi integro
onustis; Jilamentis ima basi connatis superne angustatis ; ovario
anguste oblongo-ovoideo 2-loculari ; atylo perbrevi stigmate majus-
culo peltato-bilobulato terminato ; ovuUs quove in LjcuIo solitariis
uno solummodo maturante.

Mayumbe, river Lufo ; Gossiveiler, 7939. To this belongs 7773
from the Curanda river between the N'Zanga and the Lufo; also
8184 from Belize.

Folia usque 10x4-5 cm., ssepius ±7x3 cm., pag. sup. nitidula,
in sicco.fusco-olivacea, subtus pallidiora neenon opaca ; petioli 5 mm.
long, "^nflorescentise circa 10 x 7 mm. Pedicelli mox nutantes,
2-3 mm. long. Calyx totus 2 mm., lobi soli 1 mm. long. Petala
alba, 3-5 mm. long., unguis solus '75 mm. Filamenta ima basi leviter
dilatata, 2*5-3 mm. long., anthers? suborbiculares, fere 1 mm. diam.
Ovarium 175 mm. long. ; stylus modo 2 mm. long. ; stigma
•8 X 1-2 mm. Fruetus verisimiliter drupaceus hucusque valde crudus,
oblongus, 5 mm. lung.

With its nearly sessile quasi-peltate stigma this might perhaps be
regarded as the type of an undescribed genus, particularly as the
fruit of Xectaropetalum is unknown ; but the stigma is plainly
dimerous, and as for the shortness of the style, the flowers may be
heterostylous, which is frequently the case with the Ery thro xy Ions,
* Types in i\\i National Herbarium.

220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

although a long-stj^led flower was not seen among the many exammed.
Stapf (Hook. Ic. Plant, sub tab. 2840) suggests the removal of
Nectaropetalum from Llnacece, which Engler thought its true
position, to Erythroxylacece, a suggestion borne out bj the presence
of the ramenta so characteristic of Erythroxi/lon on the young
branches of iV". congolense. Up till the present time the genus has
comprised four species, two each from East and South Africa, so
that its occurrence in West Africa marks a notable enlargement in
the distribution.

Umbellulanthus, genus novum. Sepala 5, libera, integra. Pe-
tnla 5, hypogyna, sestivatione imbricata, sepalis plane longiora,
unguiculata, patentia, basi inappendiculata. Stamina 10, filamentis
inter sese jequialtis ima basi connatis ; antherae ovatae, inappendi-
culatae, loculis longitrorsum dehiscentibus. Ovarium 3-loculare, ovulis
pro loculi I, pendulis. >SV///i 3, a basi distincti; stigmata simplicia. —
Fratex scandens, fere glaber. Folia opposita, petiolata, integra,
glandulis translucentibus prajdita. Stipidce verisimiliter bin*,
minimse, fugaceae. Flores parvi, in paniculas pedunculatas axillares
vel terminales bracteatas ex umbellis ^^aucitloris basi squamulis jiar-
vulis stipatis compositas digesti. Fructus ignotus.

Umbellulanthus floribundus, sp. unica. Planta ramulis sub-
teretibus sat crebro foliosis leviter scabriusculis ; foliis ovato-oblongis
breviter acuminatis apice acutis basi obtusis membranaceis utrobique
fere glabris ; jyaniculis foliis ssepe subaequilongis ; pedanculis uti
pedicelli gracillimis scabriusculis ; pedicellis tlores longe excedentibus ;
sepalis ovatis obtusis petalis 5-plo brevioribus ; petalis oblongo-
spathulatis obtusis margine crispulis ; ovario subgloboso glabro ;
stylis ovario certe longioribus compressis glabris.

Mayumbe, Buco Zau ; Gosstveiler, 7227.

Folia usque 11'5 x 4*5 cm., ssepius ihSxS'S cm., summa in
bracteas transeuntia, pag. inf. pallidiora ; petioli 5-10 mm. long.,
canaliculati. Paniculse laterales circa 6 cm., terminalis fere 10 cm.
long.; harum bractese f oliacese, 1-1*5 cm. long. Pedunculus 5-40 mm.
long. ; pedunculi partiales ±: 5 mm. long. Pedicelli filiformes, + 7 mm.
long. Sepala 1 mm., petala 5 mm. long., hi dilute viridia. Filamenta
2 mm., antherae 1*5 mm. long. Ovarium 1 mm. long., st3di 3 mm.

This curious plant diverges from Frytliroxylon in having no
appendage to the petals, but the aestivation and the stamens ^int to
its inclusion in this group rather than in Linacece proper. The
opposite leaves indicate affinity with Aneidophus, which has sessile
axillary inflorescences, with each pedicel bearing 4 scales at the base
of its flower ; in addition each cell of the ovary has 2 ovules.

The stipules were made out only with great difficulty ; there seem
to be two of them on each side between the pairs of leaves, very
small (not more than 1 mm. long) and apparently rery fugacious.

In one flower dissected there were but two styles, one very thick
and evidently formed of two coalesced, and in this case the ovary
appeared to be bilocular; but this was evidently an abnormality.

MISCELLANEA AFKICANA 221

ICAClNACE.f:.

Monocephalium, genus novum. Flores feminei Isolum cogniti.
Sepala 4, libera, yestivatione valvata. Fetala 0. Androecii vestigiaO.
Ovarium omnino liberum, appresse villosum, 1-loculare, in stylum
crassum exiens. Stigmata plura, crassiuscula. Ovula 2 ab aj^ice
loculi pendula, arete approximata. Fructus 1-spermus, velutinus,
endocarpio spinis validis longiusculis endospermum pungentibus
onusto. — Plantte verisimiliter scandentes. Kamuli crebro foliosi.
Folia alterna, brevipetiolata. Flores parvuli, in glomerulos sphseroi-
deos axillares plerumque solitarios densifloros dispositi.

Monocephalium Batesii, sp. nov. Ramis subteretibus, fei-ru-
gineo-velutinis demum glabrescentibus ; foliis ovato-oblongis breviter
acuminatis apice mucronatis basi obtusis niargine denticulato-undu-
latis pergamaceis supra costis pilis appressis onustis exceptis glabris
subtus scabriuscule puberulis ; Jlorum glomerulis quam petioli paullo
brevioribus pUirifloris ; hracteis a catyce superatis subulatis velutinis ;
sepalis inter se saepe insequalibus ereetis oblongis vel anguste oblongo-
obovatis obtusiusculis extus velutinis ; ovario calyce paullo breviore
late ovoideo ; stigmatihus cireiter 12 teretibus ; fructihits pro glome-
rulo paucis subsphasroideis apice brevissime umbonatis ferrugineo-
velutinis.

Cameroons, Bitye, mixed growth on abandoned ground; Bates,
1277.

Folia sub lente punctis pellucidis minutissimis prsedita, 10-13 x
4-5 — 5-5 cm., in sicco viridi-griseola, subtus pallidiora ibique promi-
nenter reticulata ; petioli validi, superne anguste canaliculati, velutini,
6-10 mm. long. Florum glomeruli 6 mm. diam. ; horum pedunculus
validus, velutinus, vix 2 mm. long. Bractese circa 1 mm. long.
Sepala usque 3 mm. long. Ovarium cum stylo 2 mm. long, (incluso
indumento), 1-5 mm. diam. Stylus ovario continuus pariterque
villosus, '5 mm. long. Fructus 12 X 10 mm.

Monocephalium Zenkeri, sp. nov. A prsecedenti abhorret pra^-
sertim ob folia minora ; glomerulos paullo minores, saepe pro axilla
2 vel etiam plura, pedunculis usque 3 mm. long, insidentes ; jiores
minores, necnon ovarium minus in stylum breviorem desinens ;
stigmataque brevissima.

Cameroons, Bipinde ; Zenher, 4904.

Folia 6-10 X 2-4 cm. Glomeruli 5 mm. diam. Sepala usque
2 mm. long. Ovarium cum stylo 175 mm., stylus solus '2o mm.
long. Fructus baud suppetunt.

The floral structure of this genus is that of Pyrenacantlia, but in
its glomerate flowers it resembles Polycej^haliitm, the female flowers
of wliich, however, have a corolla.

Stachyanthns nigeriensis, sp. nov. Planta scandens ?, ramis
validis subteretibus striatis lenticelliferisque sparsim foliosis ; foliis
pro rata longe petiolatis ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis apice obtusis
basi rotundatis tenuiter coriaceis pag. utravis leviter nitidis tenuiter
coriaceis glabris costis lateralibus utrinque 5 apertissime arcuatis pag.
inf. eminentibus reticulo sublaxo utrobique optime visibili ; sjricis
foliis multo longioribus ex ramis defoliatis (anne ex trunco ?) ortis

Til THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

erectis puberulis ; hracteis minimis subulatis piiberulis ; calyce cam-
]>anulato 6-denticulato fere glabro ; corolla hexamera cjlindrica
(liiitule gamopetala sparsissime puberula ; staminihus 6 antheris
sagittatis obtusis quam lilamenta long'ioribus ; rudimento $ bene
evoluto antheris segre sequilongo.

South Nigeria, Oban ; Talbot, sine no.

Ramus albo-corticatus, 4 mm. cliam. Folia 10-13 X 6-6*7 cm.,
margine pauUo revoluta ; petioli 3 cm. long, Spica 28-5 cm. long. ;
hujus axis interne 2 mm., superne l-*5 mm. crass. ; pars florifera
verisimiliter 10 cm. long., exemplarii unici nobis obvii ob flores
delapsos modo 3 cm. Bracteae '65 mm. long. Calyx 1 mm. alt.,
2-.3 mm. diam. Corolla saltem in siccofusca, 5 mm. long. Filamenta
1*3 mm., antherse fere 3 mm. long. Kudimentum $ oblongo-ovoideum,
sursum attenuatum, apice obtusum, 2'75 mm. long.

Distinguished easily from *S'. Zenkeri Engl, by the leaves, the
long spikes; ampler nearly glabrous calyx, stamens with shorter
filaments and longer anthers and larger rudimentary gynoecium.
The hexamerous flowers were at first thought to be another point of
difference ; but examination of Zenker 1093, on which the genus
Avas founded, proves Engler to have been wrong in describing the
flowers as pentamerous, for both species have a 6-denticulate calyx,
6 petals and 6 stamens.

Stachyanthus obovatus, sp. nov. Planta scandens, ramis sub-
teretibus foliosis pilis hispidis prseditis tandem glabris ; foliis brevi-
petiolatis obovatis rarius obovato-oblongis cuspidato-acuminatis apice
obtusis basi breviter cordatis membranaceis supra glabris nitidulisque
subtus pilis hispidis appressis secus nervos obsitis ; spicis solitariis
vel fasciculatis ex trunco oriundis foliis brevioribus scabriuscule
puberulis ; hracteis parvulis subulatis ; floribus S cah^ce pro rata
ample campanulato 6-denticulato uti petala scabriusculo petalis ob-
longis acutiusculis filamentis quam antherae paullo longioribus rudi-
mento $ sursum inflexo fere glabro ; floribus $ calyce quam is maris
paullo majori in<Tqualiter 6-denticulato petalis 6 (duobus tandem
primo ssepe alte connatis) disco 0 ovario oblongo (cito ovoideo)
breviter villoso 1-loculari stigmate magno sessili integro coronato
ovulis 2 ab apice loculi pendulis fructu verisimiliter monospermo
exocarpio coriaceo endocarpio pustulis magnis obtusis obtecto.

Mayumbe, in shady woods at Buco Zau ; Gossweiler^ 6825 ( c^ ),
6626 ( $ ).

Folia pleraque 12-16 cm. long., 5-5-8-5 cm. lat., in sicco Isete
viridia ; costae et reticulum ut in S. Zenkeri Engl. ; petioli 5-10 mm.
long., hispidi. Spicse usque 11 cm. long., sajpissime ±7 cm. Bracteae
1-5-2 mm. long. Calyx 6 2 mm., $ 2'o mm. diam. Petala 4 mm.
lono-. Filamenta 2*25 mm., antherae oblongae, obtusae, 2 mm. long.
Ovarium florendi temp. 3 mm. long. ; stigma circa 1 mm. diam.
Fructus (anne maturus ?) compressus, pubescens, 2 X 1'5 em.

Gossweiler's 6521, also from Buco Zau, is evidently the same
thing with still larger leaves (up to 20 X 10 cm.

Differs from S. Zenkeri Engl., which it closely resembles exter-
nally, in the broader leaves wider at the base, the more conspicuous
calvx, the longer filaments and the bent nearly glabrous rudiment of

MTSCET.LAMvV AF1{TCA>\V 228

the ovary. Diffeivnce in the $ llower, if any, cannot be stated until
the 2 phint of aS*. Zcnkeri comes to lig-ht.

Pyrenacantha sylvestris, sp. nov. Planta scantlens, caule
-vohibili prima juventute ferrugineo- vel brunneo-vehitino deinde
glabrescente ; foliis petiolatis oblongo-obovatis obovatisve nonnun-
quam levissime subpanduriforniibus acutis nisi acuminatis basi obtusis
primo margine denticulatis dein sumnmm undulatis nisi denticulis
perpaucis obscurissimis pneditis pergamaceis supra cito glabris paUi-
deque nitidis subtus strigilloso - pubescentibus costis lateralibus
utrinque 4-5 vix arcuatis prope marginem dichotomis una cum
reticulo laxo pag. inf. optima eminentibus ; inf o res cent iis d* et $
fasciculatis (his rarius solitariis) sat elongatis laxifloris pubescentibus
illis gracillimis ; floribus S pedicellatis ; periantliii phyllis cblongis
obtusis ; anfheris parvulis subsessilibus ; florihus $ pedicellatis ;
perianthii phyllis c? simillbus nisi majoribus ; ovario anguste ovoideo
brunneo-velutino in stylum perbrevem desinente ; stigmafihus pluribus
brevisshnis; ovulis 2 altero subobsoleto ; hacca ovoidea brunneo-
velutina stylo jDersistente coronata.

Maymiibe, abundant in shady woods at Buco Zau ; Gossiveiler,
6811.

Folia 17-5 x 8 cm. attingentia, pleraque vero ±12 x 6 cm., non-
nunquam adusque 7x4 cm. redacta, supra in sicco olivacea subtus
pallidiora ; petioli validi, 1-5-3-5 cm. long., ssepe torti, velutini.
InflorescentijB S 4-7 cm. long. ; bracteae '5 mm., pedicelli 1-1-5 mm.,
perianthii phylla 2 mm., antherae '3 mm. long. Inflorescentise $
8-4 tandem usque 6 cm. long.; bractea 2 nun., ovarium 4 mm.,
stylus -5 mm. long. Bacca 12 X 8-10 mm. ; endocar^jium album,
extus scrobiculatum, intus valide spinosum.

A very distant species. The material under the above number
consists of 6 and fruiting specimens : under 6901 from the same
locality are sent $ in flower, which have been used in the description.

Rhapktostyles FERRUciiNEA Engl. var. PARYiFOLTA, var. nov.
A typo distat ob folia minora (4-5-6 X 1-8-2-5 cm.) petalaque
longiora (9 mm. long.) extus ferruginea. Maiumbe, Belize; Goss-
iveiler, 6990.

Olacace^.

Strombosia retevenia, sp. nov. Arbor ? glabra, ramvlis teretibus
crebro foliosis ; foliis obovato-oblongis breviter acuminatis apice ob-
tusis basi in petiolum cuneatim coartatis pei-gamaceis pag. utravis
pallide nitidis costis lateralibus utrinque ssepissime 5 parum arcuatis
costulis optime visibilibus inter se 1-5-8 mm. d {stantibus s.^pe dicho-
tomis et adjuvantibus aliis tenuioribus reticulum perspicuum referen-
iih\xi^',fasci culls axillaribus vel ex-axillaribus paucitloris squamelliferis;
y/or/5ws subsessilibus ; alahastris ovoideis ; calycis dentibus brevibus
rotundatis; petalis anguste ovato-oblongis acutis; jllamentis juxta
basin petalis insertis complanatis crassiusculis anthcris ob connectivum
expansum late ovatis ; ovario ovoideo disco crasso valde prominente
abscondito ; stylo incrassato pimctis 5 stigmatosis prasdito ; ovulis 5.

S. Nigeria, Oban ; Talhot, 1465.

Folia 15-20 X 5-5-8-5 cm., in sicco griseo-viridia ; petioli ±1-5 cm.
long., superne incrassati. Pedicelli crassi, 1 mm. long. Calyx 75 mm.,

224< THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

petala 2-5 ram. long. Antherse 1x1 mm. Discus 1 mm. alt. Stylus
ex disco '75 mm. eminens. "

Differs from S. grandifolia Hook. f. entirely in the flowers, as
well as in the nervation of the leaves.

Strombosia majuscula, sp. no v. Arbor glabra, ramulis teretibus
leviter anfractuosis cortice brunneo circumdatis foliosis ; foliis magnis
brevipetiolatis anguste ovato-oblongis basi obtusis pergamaceis leviter
nitidis costis lateralibus utrinque 7-8 subtus oj^time eminentibus
costulis utrobique bene visibilibus inter se 3-6 mm. distantibus ;
fasciculis axillaribus vel ex-axillaribus paucifloris squamellis minimis
stipatis ; Jlorihus subsessilibus ; alabastris obovoideo-cylindricis ob-
tusissimis; calycis ore breviter 5-denticulato ; petalis anguste oblongo-
ovatis obtusis crassiusculis ; anfJieris sessilibus basin versus petalis
insertis ; disco parum prominulo ; ovario disco |-immerso in stylum
oblongo-conoideum crassum apice punctis 5 stigmatosis donatum
desinente ; ovnlis 5.

Portuguese Congo, Hombe region, banks of river Lufo; Gossweiler,
7720.

Arbor 15 m. alt. Folia 25-30 X 7-9 cm. ; in sicco griseo-viridia ;
petioli validi, sub limbo tumidi necnon fusci, 2-2-3 cm. long. Pedi-
celli crassi, segre 1 nnn. long. Alabastra 5 mm. long. Calyx vivus
viridis, 1-5 mm. long. Petala aurea, 5 mm. long. Antherae ovato-
oblonga^, apice obtusissimse vel bifidse, connectivo lato instructte, fere
3 mm. long. Ovarium 1 mm. stylus 3*5 mm. long. Fructus ob-
ovoideus, juxta medium reliquiis calycis fere evanidis notatus,
19 X 17 mm.

To be inserted in the genus next S. ScTieffleri Engl, from which
it can be at once told by the larger leaves with wider intervals
between the nervules and the larger subsessile flowers.

Strombosia toroensis, sp. nov. Arbor glabra; ramis dependen-
tibus; ramulis subteretibus bene foliosis; foliis petiolatis ovatis
apice — basi obtusis pergamaceis supra pallide nitidis costis later-
alibus utrinque 5-6 costulis inter se 2-3 mm. distantibus difficile
aspectabilibus ; fasciculis axillaribus vel ex-axillaribus plurifloris
squamelliferis ; Jlorihus pro rata majusculis pedicellatis ; alahasfris
late cylindricis ; calyce minuto obtuse dentato; petalis oblongis obtusis
intus superne necnon marginibus albo-villosulis ; sfaminihus petalis
apicem versus insertis antheris oblongis obtusis ; disco inconspicuo ;
ovario ovoideo longitrorsum sulcato in stylum sequilongum desinente ;
ovulis 3.

Toro, Mpanga forest ; Bagsliaice, 1098.

Folia pleraque 10-15 X 6-9'5 cm., in sicco viridi-grisea ; petioli
crassiusculi, ±2 cm. long., 2 mm. lat. Pedicelli 3-3'5 mm. long.
Calyx "35 mm. long. Petala 5'5 x 1*5 mm. Antherae 1*2 mm. long.
Ovarium 2 mm., stylus 2 mm. long.

The relatively large flowers enable one at a glance to tell this from
S. Scheffleri Engl.

To this is referred a Portuguese Congo plant (Gosstceiler, 7377)
with larger leaves (up to 20 X 13 cm.) and somewhat smaller flowers
on pedicels which may reach 4 mm. in length. The petals are rather
shorter (5 mm.) and narrower than those of the type and are also less
hairy. A Gazaland plant {Swynnerton, sine no.) also belongs here.

MISCELLANEA AFBTCANA 225

Stroinbosia Gossweileri, sp. iiov. Arbor gla1)i'a, 25 in. alt. ;
ramiiiis uliiiuis o-racilibus ancepitibus bene foliosis ; foliis oblongo-
elli[)ticis superne caudato-aouniinatis a])ice oljtnsis basi in petiolum
brevem cuneatim angusfeitis pag. utravis pallide nitidis papyraceis
costis lateralibus utruique 4-5 superioribus valde inferioribus paullo
arcuatis costulis parum aspectabililnis ; /^sc/c?<//^' axillaribus vel ex-
axillaribiis panciHoris basi siinamelHferis ; florihus parvulis breviter
vabdeipie pedicellatis; alahastris -Ai^^^w^i^ ovoideis ; cali/cis lobis trian-
gularibus crassiusculis ; petalis ovato-oblongis obtusis ; filumentis
ijuxta medium petalis affixis antheris snbquadratis ; disco valde promi
iiente ovarimn obtegente; stylo quam petala plane breviore; omdis 3
fructu ovoideo 1-spermo exocarpio in sicco cinereo pustulatoque.

Mayumbe, common in shady humid woods at Belize ; Gossweiler,

7007.

Folia pleraque 12-17x4-5-5 cm., ni sicco griseo-vn-idia, costa
media costieque laterales pag. inf. prominentes ; petioli ±1 em. long.,
superne incrassati. Calyx '4 mm., petala 2 mm., anthera^ -25 mm.
long. Ovarium "8 mm.,%tylus '4 nun. long. Fructus 16 X 12 mm. ;
semen 12 X 8 mm., in sicco rugulosum.

Easily distinguished from S. Zenlerl Engl, by the two-edged
brauchlets of the larger caudate-acuminate leaves. Though without
mature flowers, No. 7648 from the same i)lace is evidently conspecitic.

Following Engler in his clavis of Htromhosia ( Bot. Jalirb. xliii.
165), an arrangement sufficiently good to answer temporarily, the
genus as now knowai may be exhibited as follows : —

Leaves more or less shining.

Nervules connecting the side-nerves prominent.

Nervules forming a network aS^. retevenia, sp. n.

Nervules running straight or almost so.

Nervules close together ^S*. yrandifolia Hook, f .

Nervules subdistant.

Leaves 15-20 em.long. FloNvers

3 mm., pedicels 3 mm. long... S. ^clieffleri Engl.
Leaves 25-30 cm. long. Flow^ers

5 mm., pedicels 1 mm. long... aS'. majuscula, sp. n.
Leaves 10-15 (20) cm. long.
Flowers 5-5'5 mm., pedicels

3-3-5 mm. long >S'. toroeusis, sp. n.

Nervules connecting the side-nerves obscure.

Leaves strongly coriaceous 'S'. 3Iannii Engl.

Leaves papery.

Branchlets terete. Leaves shortly acu-
minate S. ZenJi-eril^w^l.

Branchlets two-edged. Leaves cau-
date-acuminate S. Gossweileri, sp. n.

Leaves opaque.

Leaves Hat, mucronate, closely pustular

beneath S. pustulata 0\iy.

Leaves flat, obtuse, sHghtly pustular beneath. S. glaucescens Engl.

Leaves complicate, nSt pustular S. minor Engl.

Journal of Botany.— Vol. 58. [Septembeb, 1920.] s

226 THE JOURNAL OF HOTANY

Strombosiopsis "buxifolia, sp. no v. Arbor 10-15 m. alt., ramiiUs
ultimis sat gracilibus crebro foliosis fusco-veliitinis clein glabres-
centibiis ; foliis pro rata parvis subsessilibus ovato-oblongis apice
emarginatis basi obliquis cuneatimque angustatis pergamaceis glabris
costa media supra impressa subtus eininente costis lateralibus difficile
visis ; Jiorihus subsessilibus axillaribus vel extra-axillaribiis aliis ex
i-anuilis ortis solitariis vel perpaucis aliis ex ramis jam defoliatis
pkiribus fasciculatis fasciculis basi squamelliferis ; alahastris oblongo-
ovoideis obtusis ; calycis dentibus brevibus rotuiidatis ; petalis ob-
longis obtiisis glabris; staminihus linearibus breviter apiculatis ;
hacca subglobosa apiculata pedicello brevissimo valido insidente
matura dilute ilava.

Maj^umbe, common at Belize; Gossweiler, 6972. No. 7138, also
from Belize, is conspecitic ; it lias only a few ver}^ small buds.

Folia zb^xl'o cm., in sicco griseo-viridia, utrobique microscopice
pustulata ; petioli summum 2 mm. long. Cal3^x totus 1'25 mm.
long. ; dentes 5 mm. long. Bacca usque 17 X 1-1 mm., saltem in
sicco leviter rugulosa. Semen 11 X 7 mm.

Besides fruit, tbe specimens bear onl}^ very young buds, so that
useful floral measurements cannot be given : this is little to be
regretted since tlie very small box-like leaves, entirely unlike those of
species hitherto known, serve easily for recognising the plant.

Coula utilis, sp. nov. Arbor 25 m. alt., ramiilis sat gracilibus
cito glabrescentibus innovationibus ferrugineis;/b///5 anguste oblongo-
ovatis vel obovato-oblongis petiolis superne incrassatis insidentibus
acuminatis apice obtusis basi obtusis leviterve rotundatis papyraceis
pailide nitidis glabris costis pag. inf. prominentibus utrinque 8-11
costulis numerosis inter costas fere rectis parum aspectabilibus ; flo-
rihns in paniculas racemosas extra-axillares breves fere glabras digestis ;
calt/ce parvulo ore undulato ; petal is triangularibus obtuse acutis
leviter crassiusculis ; stamiuibi(s civca. 20 hlamentis in;equilongis ;
ovario in longitudinem rugoso inferne incomplete 4-loculari 4-ovulato ;
stylo subnullo ; drupa endocarpio lignoso extus verrucosa 1-sperma.

Common in the Ma^^umbe country ; Gossweiler, 6835.

Folia interdum 20 X 7*5 cm. attingentia, ssepius ±14 x 5 cm., in
sicco viridi-griseola ; petioli circa 2 cm. long. PanicuUe 1-1*5 cm.
long. Pedicelli 1-5-2 mm. long. Alabastra (flores profecto evoluti
baud visi) 2 mm. long. Calyx "75 mm., petala 1-75 mm. long.
Discus lobulatus. Ovarium 1*25 x 1*25 mm. Drupa (sarcocarpio
exempto) 2*5-3 x 3-3-5 cm. Semina circa 1-5 cm. diam.

Established by Baillon nearly sixty years ago, this genus has
hitherto remained monotypic. The somewhat differently shaped papery
(not coriaceous) leaves, the quickly gl.ibrescent branches, the nearly
glabrous inflorescences, and the apparently smaller flowers with sub-
sessile stigma are the chief points about this plant.

Gossweiler notes that the nuts, called "N'Cumano,'" are greatly
appreciated both by Europeans and natives.

. . (To. be continued,.)

SHORT NOTES 227

SHORT NOTES.

ScTLL.v CA^tPANULATA Ait. The postcrs issued on the Under-
ground Railway have long attracted attention for their artistic
qualities, and those representing wild ilowei-s have been universally
admired, not only on this ground, but on account o£ their scientific
accuracy. It was therefore with some surprise that I noted in a
recent picture of "Richmond Park" an admirably drawn group of
unmistakeable Scilla campanulata depicted as growing wild at the
foot of the trees, and I called the attention of the railway authorities
to the matter. They communicated with the artist, Mr. Tafani
whose agent replies that the plant "actually grew in Richmond Park ;
after making the sketch he [Mr. Tafani] plucked the flower and took
it home to his studio and made a detailed study " : the drawino- for
the poster was thus evidently not made in si fit. Mr. A. Oliver, the
agent in cpiestion, wdiose letter shows that he is not quite cm fait as
to the botanical aspect of the matter, writes : " You are of course
aware that there are many varieties of the Bluebell ; and I beg to
say that I have myself discovered this particular species fi-equentl}^ in
the West of England, and on occasions in damp spots in woods in
Middlesex." In answer to further inquiry Mr. Oliver wrote: "Con-
cerning the instance which I quoted of my having seen the Scilla
campanulata growing wild, I have a clear recollection of noticing
the plant growing in a very moist and moss}^ spot in a wood, whilst
waiting to shoot wood pigeons. I mention my errand on that occasion,
as although it may not be significant I have noted that in each
instance of my seeing this plant it was among trees in wliich wood-
pigeons were building, with one exception whei-e it was among willow-
trees which were full of starlings' nests. The instance mentior.el
above occurred off the road between Perranjwrth and Truro in the
county of Coi'nwall. The willow-trees' locality w^as a little village
called Northolt, in Middlesex ; and this is the one case in which the
plant was growing not very far from cultivated ground and flower-
gardens. I should not have been aware of the variety of this flower
had it not been jDointed out to me, when I was displaj'ing it to a
friend, as a fine specimen of a bluebell, believing it to be Scilla
autumnalis, as I have barely a nodding acquaintance with botany.
I also saw a specimen in some woods not far from Watford in Herts,
and in this case the woods were actually infested with wood-pigeons.
I believe I can trust my memory sufficiently to say that in each case
the flower has been in an isolated group of two or three." A West of
England record will be found in Journ. Bot. 1912, 216 — near Stoke
St. Mary, Somerset, where, in company with the late E. S. Marshall,
I found the plant in fair quantity over a small area in a hill copse,
associated with Melissa ojficinalis and a dark-red garden iovm of
Columbine.— James Bimtten.

MoNOTROPA Hypopitys. Ou July 31st I was pointing out to
Mr. C. E. Salmon, who was staying here, a big colony of Tlelhhoms
atroviridis growing beneath some old beeches between the Wyndcliffe
and Tintern, when, to my surprise, I found two small specimens of
3Tonotropa Ilypopitys, which I had never seen on several 2:)revious
visits to the spot. It is, I believe, a new record for v.c. 35, not
being recorded in Watson's Top. Bot. or in the Supplement. A few

228 THE JOURNA^l. OF BOTANY

days previously Miss Marshall sliovved it to ine growing in fair
quantity and very fine under beeches at Offa's Dyke, on the other
side of the Wye in v.c. 34. It is not a new record for that vice-
county, but I had not until then seen it growing anywhere in tliis
district. — W. A. Shoolbred.

KEVIEWS.

On file Interpretation of Phenomena of Pliyllotaxis. By A. H.
CiiUBCir, M.A. Oxford, 1920, 58 pp. with 18 figs. 8vo. Bo-
tanical Memoirs, No. 0.

Tins erudite and comprehensive treatise on an abstruse and
complicated subject, which Mr. Cliurch has largely made his special
pursuit or hobby, deserves the close attention both of the mathe-
matically-inclined biologist and of the botanical mathematician. It
is not common to find a scientific man full}' competent on each aspect
of the study.

In one place, p. 6, the author states : " The great difficulty of
pliyllotaxis discussions appears to be to steer clear of mathematics
and take facts as given by actual plant-forms; since facts of observa-
tion may be correct if the interpretation prove wrong." In another
])lace, p. 32, " an angle of approximately 137g° has been termed the
Fibonacci angle, in contradistinction to the * Ideal Angle ' of the
Schimper-Braun notation ; the latter a purely mathematical abstrac-
tion, while the former is an established fact of observation taken
directly from plant-constructions. The value of this angle is so
])eculiar, that no reasonable person can further refuse to believe that
it actually represents an approximation in the plant-organization to
the theoretical Ideal Angle (137' 30' 28-936") which would afford
maxinmm illumination to the leafy system if vertically displayed ;
and that this is no mere coincidence, but a phenomenon of such wide
occurrence that it must undoubtedly afford some clue to the i-emark-
able problems of short-construction. But such phenomena, as ex-
jiressed in the constanc}^ of the angle, even if no more accurate than
the angle accepted (of about 137|°), require a mechanism for their
production ; and it is naturall}^ in this mechanism that the whole of
the physiological interest of the subject is centred."

As the mere mention of Tangential, Equiangular, or Logarithmic
Spirals, which are the curves utilized in the prelimiinary constructions,
is enough to discourage the non -mathematical botanist, the author,
in employing the same idea, prefers to sum it up as the JEq^ai potential
Theory of Phi/llotaxis. The characteristic property of the Log-
arithmic spiral is that the angle between the radius vector and the
curve is constantly the same, and on this account it is often termed
the Equiangular Spii-al. Other properties are that the evolute of the
curve is also a Logarithmic Spiral similar to the original one ; and
that the Involute of the curve is an equal and also similar cui-ve.
These properties of the Logarithmic Spiral appeared so remarkable to

INTERPEETATTOTf OF PHENOMET^A QF PHTLLOTAXTS. 229

tlio eminent Swiss matlieinatician, James Bernoulli, that he usually
tienominated it f^pira mirahilis ; and in a paper published in the
Leipsic Acts in 1G92 he concluded his article on this curve Avith a
quaint ])aragrapli, adding the ejngraph, eadcm numero mvfaia resu)-(/o.
He directed that an Equiangular Spiral should be engraved on his
tomb, as an image of Immortality.

As to the general principles of plndlotaxis, Mr. Church asserts
that modern botany has but little to do merely Avith the effects which
appeal to the eye on an adult plant-shoot. It seeks to determine
how these phenomena originated, what is the mechanism of their
production, what factors lie behind the mechanism, and how it was
originally called into operation ; that is to say, for what original
function, or by what response to conditions of external environment.
A short historical account of earlier writings on the matter is given ;
and illustrations expressing some of the more important features of
construction are produced in the figures.

Numerous examples of })hyllotaxis are instanced, including plants
belonging to the following thirty-four natural orders of phanerogams :
Coniferai {Finns Pinea L., fig. vi. ; Araucaria excelsa K. Br., figs, x.,
xi), Cj'peraceie, C3^cadace3e, Palmse, Pandanacese, Araceae, Liliacea3,
Fagacea3, Casuarinacese, Nymplijeaceae, Banunculaceaj, Calycanthaceae,
Berberidaceie, Papaveraceae, Crassulacese {Semjjervivum calcaration
Hort., fig. xii.), Bosacea3, Geraniace*, Euphorbiaceae (Uif2)J/o)'hia
Wff If enii Ho-ppe, fig. vii.), Sapindaceae, Onagracea?, Myrtaceae, Passi-
fioraceie, Cactaceae, Ficoideae, Haloragaceae, Araliaceae, Oleaccie,
GentianaceaB, Apocynaceae, Polemoniacea3 {Colcea scandens Cav.,
fig. xiv.), Libiatae, Dipsaceae {DijysacKS fidlonum L., fig. viii.), Cam-
pan ulaceii3, and Composita3.

Pig. i. exhibits the geometrical construction for uniform centric
growth-expansion, showing method of obtaining orthogonally inter-
secting pairs of log-spirals for any required ratio, symmetrical or
asynmietrical, to be used as curve-rules for drawing any required
construction as a standard of reference. Fig. xviii. exhibits retarda-
tion-effects in the distichous (1-j-l) system.

A separate chapter deals with Phyllotaxis-phenomena in ciyptogams
and Thallophyta : Pteridophyta, Bryophyta, and Alga?, incfuding the
fossil, Lepidostrohus (sp.), fig. xv. Another chapter is devoted to
zoological and geological examples, such as, in Foraminifera, Quinque-
Joculina vulgaris, Q. semimdum (fig. xiii.), etc.

The following note (p. 5Q) is interesting : *' Analogies are not
wanting in other departments of biology ; for example, a man's nose,
with distinctly heritable minor details, is derived from the pointed
end of the body of a benthic fish ; the latter expresses the pointed
end of a flagellate, overhanging the primary oral aperture (cytostome),
in turn the consequence of a phase of elementary polarity beyond the
original surface-tension sphere of aqueous plasma, and so far tracing
back to phenomena associated with surface-tension. Yet few would
saggest that the nose is modelled in the human embryo, at the present
time, solel}^ as a result of surface-tension. As the organism becomes
more complex, so the mechanism producing it may be elaborated
beyond recognition, or new mechanism may replace the old; such

230 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

mechanism being not only individual but racial ; /. e. representing
inherited response to conditions possibly no longer effective."

As would be expected in a work published by the Oxford University
Press, the format is excellent ; the only misprint detected is at the
bottom of p. 32, where the genus Baphia appears as Maliia.

W. P. H.

A Guide to the Id enfiji cation of ovr more useful Timbers, heii/q
a Jlanual for the Use of Students of Forestry. By HEiiEKiir
Stoxe, Lecturer in Forestry (Wood). Cambridge University
Press, 1920, pp. 32, with 3 Plates, wrapper. Price 7s. (jd. net.

Mr. Stone's purpose is professedly educational, and we fully
agree with his opinion that '• there is nothing better than a study of
the structure of wood'' as "a training in observation." For his own
students, the descri})tions he gives of some forty common woods, and
the *• frankly empirical" keys for their discrimination, will un-
doubtedly be of the greatest value. The publication of this booklet,
however, even at the exorbitant price of 7*. 6d. net — which seems to
imply that the parents of university students may be expected to
pay anvthing asked for prescribed text-books — implies an appeal to
a larger public, and the only suggestion we wdsh to make for some-
thing more in a second issue is on behalf of such students who have
not the advantage of Mr. Stone's teacliing at Cambridge. We feel
inclined to grumble at his list of " our more useful timbers," which
does not include Greenheart, Mora, Jarrah, Kauri Pine, or even
Canadian Maple and African Mahoganies, when such woods as Box,
Evergreen Oak, Bed Gum (Liquidambar), Pear, and Laburnum,
whicli cannot accurately be termed timbers, are included.

Only indirectly does Mr. Stone admit the extreme difficulty of
specific discrimination, when, for instance, under " Spruce " he says
nothing as to the great likeness between the woods of other species of
JPicea and that of P. exceJsa. To read his " Introductory Note,"
one might imagine that all the structures he describes in the body of
the book could be seen with a lens, which is far from being the case.
It would be very helpful if in the next edition some description could
be given of the preparation of specimens for examination and of such
a special form of comi^und microscope as that which the author
gave in his Timbers of Commerce. The necessity for a detailed
examination of the rays in conifers, which is recognized by the auth.or
in his description of Finns syJvestris, makes the scale of magnifica-
tion, about 50 diameters, in the plates obviously inadequate. As
might be expected from such a mnster of his subject, Mr. Stone's
descriptions are admirably full and of indisputable accuracy.

G. S. BOULGER.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Mr. L. el. Bailey sends us the first number of Gentes Her-
larium — " Occasional' Papers on the Kinds of Plants " — published
at Ithaca, New York. This issue is devoted to a collection of plants
made by Mr. Bailey in several parts of central China in 1917, in the
elaboration of which he has had the help of various botanists.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 231

The arrangement is that of Engler and Prantl ; the species under each
order are [)laced alphabetically, not according to relationship. Nume-
rous new species, varieties, and forms are figured and described : the
species are Carex chikungana, C. kulingana, Sa I ix Baihf/i Schneider,
S. chikungcnsis Schneider, Ficus Bailey i Hutchinson, F ilea Henry -
ana Wright, Ruhiis kulinganus, Lespedeza distincta, L. Stotfscd,
Maackia honanensis, Vicia kioshanica, L. kulinrjana, Li/simachia
argentata, L. cliikungensis, Sahria Iwnania, StacJu/s arrecta, Atrac-
tglis separata. In place of the abbreviation " n'. comb." two new
terius are proposed : — " n. tr. (trans, nov.) : new transfer, for the
cases in wdiich n. comb, is customarily used : n. st. (st. nov.) : new
status {status novus) to denote the transfer of a plant to another
status or standing, as from a variety to a species and the like."

The Journal of Ecology for June contains the conclusion of Miss
L. S. Gribbs's '• Notes on the Plants, (xeography, and Fauna of the
mountain summit plateaux of Tasmania " and a paper bv Mr. Tansley
on " Tlie Classification of Vegetation and the Concept of Develoj)-
ment."

In view of the interest in British Marsh Orchids, it may be noted
that at the meeting of the Linnean Society on May 6 Mr. Edward
J. Bedford exhibited a beautiful series of water-colour drawings,
which he further illustrated by lantern-slides from jDhotographs of the
plants in situ and of enlarged views of the lip. Mr. T. A. Dvmes
sliowed a series of fruit capsules and remarked on the characters
afforded b}- the fruit and seeds of these variable plants.

The contents of the Annals of the Bogal Botanic Gardens,
Beradeniya, are entirely from the pen of the editor, Mr. T. Fetch',
who writes on Saccolabium longifolium and ;S^. Wiglitianum, and on
the JLypocreacecE of Ceylon (with descriptions of many new^ species)
and summarises " Recent Revisions of Ceylon Botany."

The Journal of tie Boyal Horticultural Society (xlv. pts. 2, 3 ;
July) contains an interesting account, with illustrations, of " Oak's at
Aldenham," by the Hon. Yicary Gibbs, which is introduced by a
violent attack ujDon botanical terminology and nomenclature. The
author seems to assume that by his use"^ of the former '* a botanist
desires to prevent a zealous, if imperfectly educated, gardener or
amatem- from understanding his descriptions?' As to nomenclature,
" it is not merely the changing of names which gives cause for com-
plaint, but also the frightful grammatical blunders and false concords "
by which it is disfigured : " I suppose it would be unreasonable to
expect from the names an elementary knowledge of Greek and Latin
before making use of those languages, but one would think they
niight submit their name coinage to some school teacher or schoolboy
for correction before putting it into circulation." Mr. G. C. Gough
has a paper on "Wart Disease of Potatos " {sic) {Synchytrium
e?idobioticum), but the part as a whole is somewhat lacking in botanical
interest. With the Journal is issued a circular inviting subscriptions
for the Society's " Nev,r Pritzel," Avhich, we are gladT to learn, *' is
now w^ell on its way," but for which, in view of the terribly increased
cost of living, money is urgently required.

The Keiu Bulletin (Xo. 5) contains an interesting " Revision
of Isopyru/n and its nearer Allies" by Messrs. J. R. Drummond and

232 THE JOUJINAL OF BOTANY

J. Hutchinson. Beginning with a full and careful account, both
literary and botanical, of the genus as hitherto understood, the
authors 2)roceed to a discussion of the species : the former is now
divided into seven — Z,eptopyrum lieichb., Eiiemiori Kaf., Semiaqui-
legia Mak., Souliea Franch, — to which are added Asteropyrum
and Paraquilegiay here first described ; twelve species (one, /.
Dalzielii, being new) are retained under Isopi/rum. The paper,
which is accompanied by excellent figures, is in every way a model of
what such things should be.

In No. 6 of the Bidletiii Mr. W. B. Turrill continues his contri-
butions to the flora of Macedonia ; the present instalment is based
chiefly on a collection made by Mr. L. V. Turner in 1917-18 and in-
cludes nearly 120 species and varieties recorded for the first time in this
series ; they were collected chiefly in the neighbourhood of the Kendina
Gulf — a new variety {rigida) of Veronica Chamcedrys is described.
Mr. Turrill has a note on *' Amphichromy in Heather," based upon a
plant of Calluiia vulgaris from Alness, N.B., showing j)urj)le and white
inflorescences on the same stock, with a reference to Lindman's paper
in Bot. Notiser. 1907, in which a similar plant is described and a
terminology for flower-colouration, here translated, is proposed. He
also records the occurrence near Rudgewiek, Sussex, of a striking form
of Cardamine pratensis which has one-flowered peduncles about
9 centimetres high, quite destitute of cauline leaves or bracts. This
was described by Sternberg and Hoppe in 1815 as C. pratensis var.
uniflora, and was collected by H. C. Watson in Braemar in 1844, but,
growing as it did among quantities of the ordinary form, " may be
looked upon as an unstable mutation or sport." In the same number
Mr. Dunn describes and figures a new genus of Urticacece-ProcridecB
which he names Smith iella : "the genus is resj^ectfully dedicated to
Miss Matilda Smith, and the specific name \_myriantha\ not inappro-
priately refers to its innumerable flowers as well as to the very large
number of beautiful drawings and paintings of flowers with which
Miss Smith has for so many years decorated the Botanical Magazine^
the Icones Flantarum, and the Kew Bulletin.''''

The Annals of Botany for July contains a continuation of
" Studies on the Chloroplasts of Desmids " by Dr. Nellie Carter : a
paper by Dr. H. S. Holden, " On the Anatom}^ of some Typical
Seedlings of Impatiens Boylei Walp." [ = J. glandulifera Boyle] ;
Dr. Bottomley writes on " The Growth of Lemna Plants in Mineral
Solutions and in their Natural Medium," and on '' The Effects of
Organic Matter on the Growth of various Water Plants in Culture
Solution " ; Mr. F. T. Maclean discusses " The Carbon Dioxide
Absorption of Coco-nut Leaves " ; Dr. J. F. Dastur writes on " The
Mode of Infection by Smut in Sugar-cane " and on " Clioanephora
cucurhitarum Thaxter on Chillies " ; Dr. F. J. Lewis and G. M. Tuttle
have a paper on "Osmotic Properties of some Plant Cells at Low
Temperature " ; and Mr. V. H. Blackman has a note on " Radio-
activity and Normal Physiological Function."

We note with great regret the death, in his 87th year, of Mr.
John Gilbert Baker, which occurred at his residence at Kew on the
16th of last month. We hope to publish in an early number a full
tribute to his memory.

'JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

In" view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
practically exhausted, the attention of oiu- readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
alread}^ possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appeal"
in the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies
remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among
the latter may be mentioned Mr, Dallman's Notes on the Flora
of Denhighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to * Topo-
graphical Botany.' Of the Supplements to the Biographical
Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to
issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. G-arry's Notes on the Drawings of Soiverbg''s ' Unglish
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpubhshed notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more geneiul apoeal.
Such are the Index Ahecedarius — ^a list of the plants m the first
edition of Linnaeus's Species Plantarum, showing at a gl.mce what
are included in that Avork, which has no index of species ; the
History of Aitons ' Hortus Kewensis,' which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linnaeus's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora -^has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
tl>ere are numerous copies.

l^Over.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS,

Price Six Sliillings (cloth).
Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's ' English Botany ' (pp. 276).
By F. A. Garry.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.
The British Koses, excluding Eu-Canina? (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLEY-BOD.

The Genus Fumaria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley,
B.A.

Price Half -a -crown.
The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A.

Price Two Shillings.
A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Do]).
Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallman, F.L.S. (25. each.)

Price Eighteen-pence.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. Qd. each).

British Euphrasife. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnaeus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Aiton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S,

Linnaeus's ' Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H.
Wolley-Bod.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivith remittance should he addressed to : —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. E.G. 4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.)
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 694

OCTOBER, 1920

Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BT

JAMES BB-ITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

f

CONTENTS

John Gilbert Baker (1834-1920). By

the Editor 233

Diagnoses of Fungi from " Spotted "

Apples. By Arthur S. Horne. 238

The British Marsh Orchids in relation
to Mendelian Principles. By
Rev. T. Stephenson, D.D., and
T. A. Stephenson, M.Sc 243

Bibliogb-aphical Notes : —

LXXXI. Tradescant's First Garden
Catalogue, 1634

PAGE

Mycological Notes. V. — By W.

B. Grove, M.A 249

Short Notes : — Herbarium Pests —
Moehringia trinervia Clairv. —
Helleborine latifolia Druce — Hut-
chinsia petrsea and its Seeds 251

Review : —

The Trees, Shrubs, and Plants of
Virgil. By John Sargeaunt... 253

Supplement, — The Flagellates and
" Algse of the District around Bir-
mingham. By W, B. Grove,
M.A,, B, Muriel Bristol, D,Sc,,
and Nellie Carter, D.Sc.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO,, Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and JSighfpence

THE BAHAMA FLORA

BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON

DIKECTOR-iN-CHIEF OF THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

AND

CHARLES FREDERICK MILLSPAUGH

CURATOR OF BOTANY IN THE FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
/

An octavo volume of 695 pagres
Published by tlie authors

Copies may he ohtained from

Mr. G. K. ACKERMAN

Lorillard Mansion, Bronx Park, New York City

Price $6.25, which includes postage

THE

JOURNAL or BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

The Jotjenal or Botany was established in 1863 bj Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
as&isted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.
Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

12 copies 2 pp. 3s,

4 pp. 4*\ 6d.

25 „ ., 4s.

„ 5s. Od.

.50 ., „ 5s.

„ 6s. Od.

100 „ „ 7s.

„ 8s. Od.

8 pp.

12 pp. ^s. 16 pp. 10s. 6d.

„ lis. 6d. I „ 13s.

„ 12s. Qd. \ „ Us.
„ 14s. ,, 15s. Qd.

, 10s. 6d.
Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra,

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4.

238

JOHN GILBERT I3AKE11.
(1834-1920.)

By the Editor.

By tlie death of John Gilbert Baker at his house at Kew on the
16th of last month, one of the few remaining Hnks which connect
the past and present readers of this Journal has been broken. Fronr
the Hrst number (published in 1863) until the last volume but one
(1918) his name has been of frequent recurrence of these pages; the
British botanists with whom he was intimately and constantly asso-
ciated here and elsewhere — Babington, Newbould, Syme, Trimen,
Townsend, to mention only a few of the more prominent — had
long pre-deceased him ; the number of those who knew him in the
days of his activity grows fewer year by year, and to the younger
generations he, like those just mentioned, is little more than a name.
Yet for those who survive, and for others who may be interested in
the history of British botany, some record seems demanded, and this
may perhaps best be supplied by one who, for a long course of years,
has been familiar with the man and his work.

John Gilbert Baker was born at Guisbro' in the Cleveland dis-
trict of Yorkshire on Jan. 13, 1834 ; in the August of that year the
family removed to Thirsk, where he was later established in business.
He was educated at the Friends' Schools at Ackworth and York ;
while at the former (in 1846) he began collecting j^lants, and in the
following year became curator of the herbarium, at the well-known
school at Bootham, whose Nature Study Society — the first of its
kind, established in 1836 — has implanted in so many of its alumni
tastes which have been developed in later years. His first published
note Avas a brief record of Carex Persoo)iii in the Phyfologist for
1850 (iii. 738), to which periodical he became a frequent contributor.

In 1854, being then of the age of twenty, Baker published his
first independent work — A Supjjlement to JBaines's Flora of York-
shire : the introductory matter includes an outline of the relations of
the physical geography of the county to its vegetation — a subject
treated at considerable length in his important volume on North
Yorkshire (1863), of which a second edition (completed in 1906)
was published in the Transactions of the Yorkshire Natitralists''
Union. Botanical geography and plant distribution were among
B iker's favourite subjects, and furnished the theme for several of his
papers ; in 1875 he published a very useful little volume entitled
Elementary Lessons in Botanical Geocfraphy^ which had previously
appeared in serial form in The Gardeners^ Chronicle. In that
journal also appeared his paper on the botany and physical geography
of the Holy Land, but this, although not published until 1917, had
been written many years before.

In 1859 a Botanical Exchange Club — the origin of the body still

bearing that name — was established in connection with the Thii-sk

Natural History Society ; for this Baker wrote the Keports and acted

as distributor. In the following year he married Hannah Unthank, of

Journal of Botany. — Vol. b'^. [Octojjer, 1920.] t

234 TIIK .lUL'KNAL OF ]JOTANV

Newcastle, ^vll() nnlil lier death in 1902 was actively interested in
her husbancVs botanical work and prepared the diagrams for his
lectures. Their son, as the pages of this and other journals show,
has inherited his father's devotion to botany.

In 1863 the Journal of Bofnnij was established by Berthold
Seemann (1825-71) in succession to the long list of Kew Journals,
the last of wdiich appeared in 1854 ; its sub-title " British and
Foreign " indicated that it would give due prominence to British
botany. The first number contained a paper by Baker " On some of
the British Pansies. Agrestal and Montane." In the succeeding
volume Seemann dedicated to him the genus Bal^eria, separated from^
JPlerauiIra, to Avhich it is now general W restored : Bdkeria of
Andre (BromeliacesR) and Bakerella Van Tieghem (Loranthaceae)
remain to commemorate him. Baker's contributions to the Journal
were very numerous, sometimes extending over many numbers,
dealing principally with the petaloid monocotyledons ; his monograph
of SeJaginella occu})ied a considerable portion of the volumes for
1883-85. In 1870, with a view to obtaining more support from
British botanists, Baker and Trimen were appointed assistant-editors.
The former took no active part in the work, although his name
remained on the title-page until 1875 ; his active cooperation, how-
ever, continued until 1895, when the strained relations then existing
betw^een the British Museum and Kew caused a cessation of his
contributions, although his interest in the Journal continued. For a
list of these, reference must be made to the Royal Society's Cata-
logiie ofScientiJic Papers, wherein Baker's contributions to periodicals
occupy many pages.

In May 1864 occurred a catastrophe which, distressing as it was
in its immediate effects, Avas attended by happj' results for botany —
Baker's house and business premises were completely destroyed by
fire, and his herbarium (with that of John Storey) and libi-ary,
including unpublished MSS., perished in the flames. A subscription
was at once set on foot by the leading British botanists, which was
generously responded to : " the subscription." said Baker in a letter
to those who had contributed, " is far more than sufficient to replace
all my botanical belongings which money can restore." In January
1866 Baker was appointed first assistant in the Kew Herbarium — a
post which he retained until 1890, when he succeeded Daniel Oliver
as Keeper, in which capacitv he remained until his retirement in
1899.'

The forty-three years spent at the Kew Herbarium formed a
period of ceaseless botanical activity : a complete catalogue of Baker's
output v.-ould fill many more pages than are at our disposal. His
first work at Kew was the completion of Sir William Hooker's
Synopsis Filicum, of w^hich he prepared a second edition in 1874; a
supplementary list to date is published in vol. v. of the Annals of
Botany (1890-91) ; he monographed the Ferns of Brazil for M;ir-
tius's Flora Brasiliensis and in 1887 published a Ilamlbook of
Fern Allies. "When I first came to Kew," he says in his preface
to the Jlandhook of the IriclecG (1892), *' I found the groups of
plants that enter largely into horticulture that most wanted working

JOHN CJILHEKT UAKER 23o

at were the Vaseul;ir Crvptogams and Petaloid Monocotyledons";
to the latter he devoted tliree Handbooks — AmaryUiilece (1S8S),
BroineliacccB (1889), and the Iridece ah-ead\^ nientunied : the
LiUaceurwdYi^ treated in vols, xi.-xviii. of the Journal of the Linnean
Societj/. He contributed largely to the series of colonial floras pre-
pared at Kew : the sixth volume of the Flora Capeiisis — Hwtno-
(loracece to LiUacece (l8J){)-7) — is entirely from Baker's pen ; the same
orders were also imdertaken by him for the Flora of Tropical Africa,
to which he had already contributed the Fapilionacca', Labiat(S,
Verhenacece and other orders, beginning in 1868 : he monogra])hed
the Brazilian Composifce (2 vols. : 1878-84) for Martius's Flora,
and the Legumi)ios(B for the Flora of British India. Of the
extensive collections of the Rev. K. Baron and others in Madagascar,
Baker described in the Journal of the Linnean Society/ (1877-11)05)
more than a thousand new species. The seventeenth volume of
Hookers Icones Flanta rum, devoted entirely to fei-nsand comprising
a thousand species, is from Baker's pen ; he also undertook The
Flora of J\laurifii(s and the Seychelles (1877) — perha])s the least
satisfactory of his works. He also prepared for Mr. Wilson
Saunders the text for four of the five volumes of his Refugiuni
Botanicum (1868-78).

Meanwhile, as his contributions to this and other journals show,
Baker always maintained his interest in Bi-itish botany. In 1864 he
])ublished in The Naturalist, then edited by C. P. Hobkirk, a
" Review of British Roses,'' and in the same 3^ear published and dis-
tributed a set of specimens under the title ILerharium Bosarum
Britanfiicarum \ this paper he am])litied later in the 'Monograph'
])ublished in the Linnean Society's Journal (xi. 1869). The genus
Bosa, one of the first which he studied, always retained its attraction
for him ; a classification of it appeared in this Jouinal for 1885 and
in revised form in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 70-79 (1905), His
chief undertaking, after his retirement from the Kew Herbarium,
was in connection with Miss Willmott's magnificent work on Hoses
f 1910-14), to which he contributed the introduction and technical
descri]>tions.

In 1865 Baker published in this Journal a monograph of British
mints, and notes on the plants collected in England and Wales
during his holidays appeared from time to time: his interest, indeed,
continued to the end, as is shown by the list of Burnham Beeches
])lants printed in 1917. In 1868 appeared the New Flora of Norlh-
u mherland and Durham, in which he collaborated with G. R. Tate.
His Flora of the English Lake District (1885) was the result of
many visits, and included the "widely-scattered records of [his]
forerunners in the botanical exploration of the district " : it is
])refaced by a bibliography in which particulars are given of some of
the authors. Biograpliy always had an attraction for Baker, as
many contributions to these pages show — the sketch of his friend
H. C. Watson (Journ. Bot. 1881, 265) may be cited as an example :
"The Fathers of Yorkshire Botany" (Bot. Trans. Yorksh. Nat.
Union, i. 185-201 and " Biographical Notes on the Early Botanists
of Northumberland and Durham" (Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumber-

T 2

236 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATfY

land &c. xiv. 69.-88) contain much information of interest to bio-
graphers. To the third edition of Hooker's Shidenfs Flora (1870)
he contributed the "account of Ruhus, Eosa, and Hieracium,'''' and
liis general assistance is acknowledged in tlie preface to that work.

Besides these more important works, Baker was a constant con-
tributor to botanical periodicals — among them the Bulletins of the
Boissier Herbarium, the Boyal Botanical Society of Belgium, and
of the lloyal Gardens, Kew, the J^afiwalist, the Gardeners'' Chronicle
(includmg popular monographs of Crocus, Agave, Yucca, Narcissus,
Aqudegia, &c.), and the Botanical Magazine, in the preparation of
whicli, apart from his own contributions, he Avas of the greatest
help to Sir Joseph Hooker. His last published pa])er — ■" on the
Botany" and Physical Geography of the Holy Land " — ajDpeared
in the Gardeners' Chronicle for December, 1917.

This enormous output could only have been achieved by steady
and sti'enuous work, and Baker's industry was unflagging, not only
during his official hours at the Herbarium, but at home ; when he
was living at Bichmond, before he took up his residence at the
Herbarium, his tall figure, with a bundle of dried plants under his
arm, was a familiar object as he passed across the Gardens. He Avas
a very rapid worker ; and this, Avhile enabling him to bring together
in addition to his own observations a vast amount of material, thus
greatly facilitaiing the work of those who succeeded him, was not
without its drawbacks : the criticism of a friendly reviewer of the
Handboolc of the IridecB (Journ. Bot, 1893, 155) sums these up by
saying that "Mr. Baker is a rapid worker and gets over a great deal
of ground, but he lacks a certain fineness of touch, so that a want of
finish is occasionally evident." In the same way his offhand deter-
minations— " in a large sense," to quote one of his fre(|uent expres-
sions— were sometimes open to challenge, as he himself was always
ready to admit.

Although by no means devoid of other interests — he had a keen
literary sense and a great love of poetry, of which he could repeat
vast quantities — botany was the chief concern of his life, and he was
always ready to place his knowledge at the disposal of all who con-
sulted him, whether personalh' at the Herbarium or by letter. This
was especially the case in connection with the Botanical Exchange
Club, to whose Beports he was a constant contributor ; but it extended
to the humblest inquirer. During my two years at Kew, it was
amusing to notice the different attitude assumed by Oliver and Baker
to the casual visitor — the former discouraging, almost to rudeness,
the latter friendly and sympathetic, sometimes to Oliver's hardly
disguised disapjiroval. On my first day in the Herbarium (August
1889), when I had been somewhat over-awed by an interview \\'\\\\
Hooker and a little terrified by Oliver's abru])t manner. Baker at once
put me at my ease and took me home with him to one of thos§
" high teas " which his intimates will always remember with pleasure,
and introduced me to his family, including his son, whose name is
now almost as familiar to botanists as his father's, but who then, at
the age of five, was sitting on the floor with his sister, absorbed in
problems of elementaiy arithmetic. I recall, too, a pleasant Sunday

JOHN GILBERT BAKKR 287

afternoon when he took me to see Hewett Wat.son, from whom I liad
already received much encouragenieut, at Thames Ditton, when I was
delighted at my cordial i-eception— thanks to my introducer — -by one
whose writings were characterized hy considerable asperity. A refer-
ence to these " quiet Sunday afternoons," wlien Baker was a frequent
visitor, will be found in his memoir of Watson (Journ. Bot. 1881,
204).

The kindness which Baker showed to all with whom he came in
contact was, 1 think, his most striking characteristic — no kinder man
can ever have liv^ed ; the following tribute from The Garden for
November 9, 1901, aptly expresses the general feeling common to all
who knew him : —

" The wide extent of Mr, Baker's public work is written in the
history of botanical science, but this slight memoir w^ould be in-
complete did it not put on record the pleasant memory of that
unfailing kindness and tender beautj^ of character that so greatly
endeared him to his colleagues and subordinates, as w^ell as to his
large circle of personal friends. Students and workers in the Royal
Gardens felt that in Mr. Baker they liad a genial friend as w^ell as
an instructor, while many a botanically-ignorant amateur, whether
acquainted with him or not, became aware that the learned botanist
would with infinite patience and kindness give time and irouLle to
enlighten him."

The feeling of his colleagues, past and present, found expression
on the occasion of Baker's eightieth birthday, when an address of
congratulation was presented to him, signed by those who had been
associated with him during his long connection with the Herbarium.
The Morning Post on the following day published an interesting-
autobiographical account which will be found in this Journal for
1913, p. 42 — Baker's correction of the astounding statement which
attributed to Mr. Amaury Talbot the collection in Nigeria of 10,000
genera and 200,000 species, will be found on p. 77. Among the
many expressions of sympathy addressed to his son which I have
been privileged to see, one seems to me so accurate and so admirably
expressed that I venture to reproduce it : " He was of the best of
men. In his serene disposition he was at peace with God and man.
His life was one of cheerful devotion to useful and conscientious work,
and in it he leaves behind him a worth}^ monument. To those who
knew him his memory will always be fragrant."

This notice would be incomplete without some reference to the
posts wdiich Baker held and to the distinctions which were conferred
upon him. In 1869 he \vas Lecturer on Botany to the London
Hospital and for thirty years (1874-1904) to the Kew Gardens :
" his lectures " says The Journal of the Kew Guild (1897) "have
always been popular, his emphatic lucid style being easy to follow,
whilst his kindly encouragement, pleasantness, and vein of humour
tend to give the tyro a relish for botan}^ which might otherwise be
missing " : from 1882 to 1896 he was Lecturer on Botan}^ to the
Society of Apothecaries at their garden in Chelsea. In 1897 he
received the Victoria medal of the Royal Horticultural Society, of
whose Scientific Committee he was an original and the oldest surviving

■23S THK JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

member, and in 1890 the gold medal of the Linnean Society. He
became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, on whose council he fre-
quently served, in 1866 and of the llojal Society in 1878 ; in 1902
he was elected a Menib'^- of the Royal Irish Academy, and in 1919
the University of Leeds conferred on him the degree of Doctor of
■ Science. He was also an honorary member of various other bodies,
including the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society of Man-
chester, the Edinburgh Botanical Society, the Tyneside Naturalists'
Field Club, the Horticultural Societies of Boston and Massachusetts,
the Belgian Societe de Botanique, and the Imperial Academy Naturjie
Curiosorum.

Although Baker's physical activity was restricted with advancing
years, his intellectual interests remained unimpaired to the last, and
his death, when it came, was the natural sequence of old age. He
was buried on August 19th near his former colleague, Daniel Oliver,
in the Friends' Burial-ground at Isleworth, when the staffs of Kevv
and the Natural History Museum, with Mr, F. N. Williams, the
present writer, and personal fiiends attended to do honour to his
memory.

Three porti-aits of Baker have been published in this Journal : the
first (1S98, 243) from a painting by Mr. Josei)h W. Forster in the
lloyal Academy Exhibition of that year, representing him at work
upon ferns in a pose which all who knew Baker will recognise as
characteristic ; he is shown similarly occupied in the portrait with
attached autograph reproduced (1907, 67) from the Naturalist of
the same year ; the frontispiece to our volume for 1901 — a very
pleasant presentment — is taken from The Garden for Nov. 9, 1900 ;
another portrait, excelLnit as a likeness but less pleasing in expression,
appeared in the same journal, Jan. 1, 1898, as frontispiece to the
pree.vling vjluuie.

DIAGNOSES OF FUNGI FROM "SPOTTED" APPLES.
Br Aethur S. Horxe.

(From the Department of Plant Phys'ology and Pathology, Imj)erial
College of Science and Technology.)

During an investigation into the spotting of apples, which com-
menced at Wisley in 191'J, several fungi were isolated* from the
diseased tissue underlying the surface spots occurring on apples of
many different varieties cultivated in Britain. These fungi do not
usually form fertile reproductive bodies in situ; they sporulate,
however, when grown in potato mush agar. Besides LeptospJmria
vngahunda Sacc, Coryneum foUicolum Fuck., Fusariuin mali
Allerch., Alternaria grossulariece Jacz., and other readily identified
species, the fuMgi obtained included a number of forms which could
not be determined. The latter are now regarded as new species,
and technical descriptions are given below for the first time.

* The writer is greatly indebted to his wife for carrying- on this work, thereby
saving the cultures, during his absence from Wisley on War Service.

DTAUNOSES OF Fir\(}T FROM *' SPOTTED " APPLES 239

ASCOMVCETES.

Pleospora pomorum nov. sp.

Hyi)lils vjirie raniosis, subrepentibus, septatis, fuligineis ; peritheciis
sparsis v. subaggregatis in maculas bmiiiieas in I'ruetu suhininK.'rsis,
erunipentibus, pyriformibus, rectis v. ciirvatis, atris, aspe'Hs, circa 1 nnn.
long., ostiolo circa 94 /^ d. ; ascis cylindraceis, rectis, brevistii>itatis,
octosporis, lGU-220/i long , circa 2'S fx lat. ; sporidiis ovato-oblongis,
subclavatis, medio constrictis, inordinate distichis, murit'ormi-septatis,
7-septatis, longitudinaliter 1-2 rarins 8 seriato-septatis, initio aureis
deni fuscis, 81-40/i long., 10-3-15-5 ^ lat. (aureis), 28-8i-o/x long.,
13-14 /x lat. (fuscis). Conidiis stenipliyliformibus in ramulis acro-
genis stipitatis circa 150 ^t long., 2-3-3 -o /x lat., ex apice raniuloruni
intlato colorato, si)luero-quadrilateralibus v. irregularibus, tuberculatis,
septis pleruni(|ue 3 transv. et 1 longit. divisis, 23-38-5 yu long., 13-5-
23 ju lat. fuligineis.

Varieties from whicli Fleospora joomoruni has been obtained : —
Allington Pij)pin, Ben's Ked, Bismarck, Bramley Seedling, Byford
Wonder, Calville Boisbunel, Cardinal, Charles lioss, Cox's Orange
Pippin, Domino, Duke of Devonshire, King of Tomkins Co., Lod-
dington, llival, lloyal Jubilee, Tower of Glamis, Wealthy, Winter
Quarrenden.

N.B. — Only infertile perithecia have been found in apple '' spots."

Hypkomycetes.

PkOMATALES (SpHiEEOPSIDACE.^:).

The non-stromatoid h3^alosporous amerosporous Phomatales hitherto
described by systematists comprise genera with simple pycnidia.
The pycnidium of such a fungus — for example, that of a Plioma or
Phyllosticta — consists of a spha^roidal body from which the s^Dores issue
by \\2iy of a circular orifice, or in some species the body is terminated
antically by a conoidal elevation, which, for example, in Plioma
JiiKjam (P. oleracecd Sacc.) is 80 yu-140 /* long, and measures
2OO;u-350/x in diameter at the base. The pycnidia of the species
isolated from a])ple, however, although unilocular as in Plioma, differ
from the strictly phomoid type in developing one or more tubular
neck-like outgrowths, which are often bent or curved and even
branched.

Accordingly a genus has been established possessing these unusual
characteristics, and the name Polyopeits * has been given to it. The
genus comprises a series of forms ranging from species with pycnidia
occurring singly, and more rarely aggregated (P. purpiirciis and
P. pomi), to others in which the pycnidia develop as a rule in closel}^
associated groups presenting a stromatoid appearance as well as singl}'-
(P. aureus and P. recurvatus).

Polyopeus nov. gen.

Pycnidia immersa v. subimmersa, solitaria, aggregata v. congesta,
unilocularia, hyalina v. sub-carbonacea, subglobosa v. irregularia,
unirostrata vel multirostrata, membranacea ; rostra tubuliformia ;
sporula? continuse plerumque ellipsoidea?, liyaHnae vel rarius colorata?.

* I owe the suggestion of the name to Profes.sor J. B. Farmer.

24-0 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Polyopeus purpureus nov. sp.

Hyphis roseis, purpureis v. byalinis ; pycnidiis siibglobosis, atvis,
atrofuligineis v. hyalinis sed nigrirostratis, irrumpentibus, 1-10-860 /i
long., 100-220 fji lat, ; 1-6 rostratis ; rostris 48-120 /x long., ad
basum et ad apicem 28-60 /u lat., versus medium rarius 112 fx lat.;
sporis hyalinis, ellipsoideis, 5-8' 5 fx long., 2-3'5/x lat., in cirros varios
roseos v. hj^alinos exsilientibus.

Var. verus : hyphis roseis.

Var. incoloratus : h^'phis non roseis : pycnidiis atris.

Var. lafirostratus : hyphis non roseis ; pycnidiis atris ; rostris
latis.

Yry. ni^rirostrafus : hyphis non roseis; pycnidiis hyalinis sed
nigrirostratis ; rostris latis.

Varieties from wliicli Poli/opeus j^inyureus has been obtained: —
Bismarck, Byford Wonder, Cardinal, Charles Ross, Christie Manson,
Cox's Orange Pippin, Early River Grenadier, Hanwell Souring, Hoary
Morning, Lane's Prince Albert, Loddington, Newton Wonder, Pott's
Seedling, Royal Jubilee, September Beaut}", Stirling Castle, Winter
Hawthornden, Winter Quarrenden, Wolf River. Fertile pycnidia
were found in Early River and Stirling Castle.

N.B. — The nigrirostrate character is evident when growth takes
place in Crabill's medium (C. H. Crabill in Amer. Jour. Bot. ii.
1915).

Polyopeus pomi nov. sp.

Hyphis albis v. fuscescentibus ; pycnidiis subglobosis v. irregu-
laribus, fuligineis v. hyalinis sed nigrirostratis, versus ad 2 mm. long.,
1-multirostratis ; rostris rectis v. curvatis, simplicihus v. furcatis,
versus 240 /x long., ad basum 50 /x lat., ad apicem 40-60^ lat.,
versus medium 80 /x lat.; sporis hyalinis, ellipsoideis, 5-9 /x long.,
2-3 /Lt lat., in cirros hyalinos exsilientibus.

Var. verus : pycnidiis atris intus hyalinis.

Var. torpidus : pycnidiis hyalinis sed nigrirostratis intus roseis.

Isolated from Cox's Orange Pippin in 1915.

Polyopeus recurvatus nov. sp.

Hyphis albis v. olivascentibus ; pycnidiis aggregatis v. congestis,
sfepe solitariis, globosis v. subglobosis, hyalinis v. atris, 132-240 /!<
long., 92-140 /x lat. (unirostratis), 220-260^ long., 120-140 /i lat.
(multirostratis) ; rostris paucis, rectis, curvatis vel reflexis, 40-120 ;<
long., ad basum 40-80 /x lat., ad apicem 32-72 jli lat.; sporis h^-alinis,
ellipsoideis, 4-5 /x long., 1-2 /x lat., in cirros hyalinos exsilientibus.

Var. verus : rostris recurvatis.

Var. curvatus : rostris curvatis.

Isolated in 1918 from the variety Hoary Morning. Subsequently
obtained from Lane's Prince Albert.

Polyopeus aureus nov. sp.

Hyphis ochrescentibus ; pycnidiis aggregatis v. congestis rarius
solitariis, globosis v. subglobosis, atris, 1-5 rostratis v. ostiolatis, 103-
200 /x long., circa 75 jit lat. (unirostratis v. uniostiolatis), 940 f. long.,
470 yu lat. (multirostratis v. multiostiolatis) ; rostris v. ostiolo

DTAGNOSES OF FUT^OI FROM " SPOTTED '' APPLES 241

circa 37 /n cl. ; s])ori.s aiireis, fuscesceiitibus, ol)lon<>-atis v. ovoideis,
5-&S fx long'.j 2"4-8/< lat. in cirros aureos v. fulii^ineis exsilientil)us.

Isolated in October 191'5 from Cox's Orange Pippin. Jleisolated
from the same variety in January 1918, and later from Margil
(Jan. 81st), American Mother (Jan. 31st), and Alfriston (Feb. 2.3th).

Synopsis of the Species and Varieties of Polyopeus.
This synopsis has been devised from observations on growth and
pycnidial development in Crabill's medium, with wheat starch
substituted for maize starch. A spore inoculant was used and tlie
cultures were incubated at 20^ C. : —

Pycnidia usually occurring singly.
Pycnidia paucirostrate (usually 1-6).

Vermilion colour absent, mj'celiuni rose to

purple or not coloured P. pHrjyureus.

Pycnidia angustirostrate.

Aerial mycelium coloured ; pycnidia
usually nigrirostrate, numerical
increase rapid ; spore masses pink. Var. verus.
Aerial mycelium scanty and not
coloured ; pycnidia dark, numeri-
cal increase rapid; spore masses

almost hyaline Var. in colorafus.

Pycnidia latirostrate.

Aerial mycelium scanty and not
coloured ; pycnidia dark, numeri-
cal increase rapid; spore masses

almost hyaline Var. lafiroslratus.

Aerial mycelium white ; pycnidia
usually nigrirostrate, numerical
increase rapid ; spore masses

pale ])ink Var. nigrirosiratus.

Pycnidia multirostrate.

A^'ermilion colour develops late, mj^celiura

not coloured purple P. pomi.

Aerial mecelium scanty; pycnidia dark,
numerical increase rapid ; spore masses

almost hyaline Yd.Y. verus.

Aerial m3^celium present ; pycnidia usually
nigrirostrate, numerical increase slow ;

spore masses rose Var. torj^idus.

Pycnidia usually in stromatoid aggregations.
Spores relatively small, " necks " bent or

recurved P. recurvatus,

'* Necks " recurved Var. veriis.

" Necks " bent Var. curvafns.

Spores coloured P. aureus.

Fuckelia Ijotryoidea nov. sp.
Stromatibus rarius solitariis v. botryose csespitoso-aggregatis v.
pulvinato-congestis, glabris, hyalmis, roseis v. nigrescentibus, solidis,

242 TMi<: .louiiN.vh of uoTvivr

iiitus in locellos paucos v. numerosissimos j3artitis, multirostratis v. *
multiostiolatis ; sporis hyalinis, ellipsoideis, biguttulatis 6-7-2 ^ long.,
2-2-8 ^ lat.

Isolated in October 191o from Cox's Orange Pippin and later
from the Margil (Nov. 15, 1917) and Frogmore Prolific (Dec. 2J,
1917) varieties.

The phiBOsporous Sphseropsidacea^ include two species. One of these,
an undoubted Coniofhi/rium, which exhibits cultural dimorphism*,
is identified as a variety of Coniothyriun cydoni(B. Tlie other, which
differs from a typical Goniotlujrium in possessing lobed p^^cnidia, is
named Coiiiothyrium convolutum.

Coniothyrium cydoniae Brun. var. mali, no v. var.

Hvphis in zonas brunneas dispositis v. albis ; p^'cnidiis sparsis,
circa 200 ^ d. ; sporis globosis v. oblongo-globosis, olivaceis, 5-G /x
long., 4-5 ju lat.

Isolated from Cox's Orange Pippin Jan. 31st, 1918.

Coniothyrium convolutum nov. sp.

Hvphis fuligescentil)us ; pycnidiis solitariis, atris, subglobosis. ad
basim frequenter lobatis v. irregularibus, subimmersis, ostiolatis,
181-6-169-2 \i long., 75-2-112-8 \x lat. ; sporis ovoideis, aureis, fuli-
gescentibus, 4^ long., 1-8-2 /i lat., in cirros aureos v. brunneos
exsilientibus.

Isolated from the variety Afriston on October 30th, 1917.

Mel Axcojs iales.
Alternaria pomicola nov. sp.
Hyphis albis, nigrescentibus, septatis ; conidiis in conidiophoris
erectis ramulosis circa 96 ^ long., 2-4-3-2 /Lt lat. (ramis racemose
dispositis), et interdum in conceptaculis immersis olivaceo-fuligineis
circa g mm. long, dispositis, fuscis olivaceisve, sublageniformibus,
40-60 /A long., 10-14 /J lat., ad septa vix constrictis, 8-9 trans vers.,
1 Ion git. pneditis.

Isolated from Cox's Orange Pippin (Hailsham, 1915).

Mycelia sterilia.
Sclerotium stellatum nov. sp.
Hyphis albis; tuberculis superficlalibus v. immersis, solitariis v.
aggregatis, atris intus hyalinis, subspha^roideis ovoideis v. irregularibus,
rectis vcl cnrvatis, 16-72 ^ d., 90-180 ^ long., 40-80 y. lat.

Isolated from Cox's Orange Pippin (Hailsham, October 25th,
1915). Named from the appearance resembling a many-rayed dark
star which it presents when grown in potato agar plate cultures.

The author is indebted to the botanical authorities of the British
Museum of Natural History for help in preparing the technical
descriptions.

* See C. H. CrabiU in Amer. Jour. Bot. ii. (1915) p. 449.

buttish mapsk okchtds 243

THE BRITISH MAKSH ORCHIDS IN RELATION TO
MENDELIAN PRINCIPLES *.

Bi' Rey. T. Stephenson, D.D., and T. A. Stephenson, M.Sc.

The brief discussion here presented is by way of introduction to
a forthcoming paper on the groups of Orcliis latifolia L. The
present tendency is to deny that the species occurs in Britain at all,
whilst at the same time conceding that probably it does occur on the
Continent. Our own impression is that a very similar set of forms
exists in both cases, only much more complex in the greater area.
Pending critical experiments, it will do no harm to explore some of
the possible conditions of the problem. As a good deal of work is
being done at the present time in this group, we may at once refer
to some of the most recent papers. In the Reports of the Winchester
College Natural History Society for 1910-PJ17, and in j^receding
issues, there are some excellent records and discussions, together with
several photographs of interesting types : the forms dealt with all
grow near Winchester, and many exceedingly' interesting hybrids are
described. Independently of Dr. Druce, a type of unspotted Marsh
Orchis was separated as a second form of O. incarnata, which now
has the rank of a species as O. prcetermissa (Druce). The Botanical
Exchange Club Reports for some years past have devoted much
attention to the group : the 1917 Report contains a review of the
Marsh Orchids, by Dr. Druce, who also summarizes the Winchester
Reports. In these Reports are full discussions of the species founded
b\^Dr. Druce — namely O. lyt'cetermissa, O. ¥uchsii'\,'d\\i\ O. O'XrI/t/i,
as well as some new varieties. In the Orchid JRevieiv for July 1918
(xxvi. IGli) Mr. Rolfe has written upon the whole group, and in
Sept.-Dec. 1919 a list of natural hybrids is given. In this Journal
for 1919 (187-142), Col. Godfery\vrites on "The Problem of the
British Marsh Orchids " ; his knowledge of Continental species makes
his observations of much value. Research in this group owes very
much to Dr. Druce, who has probably examined Marsh Orchids in si/ if
in almost every county of the British Isles : the present writers cannot
claim such wide experience, and are glad to acknowledge a great debt
to his published work and to assistance })rivately given.

Col. Godfery presents two general hypotheses of the relations of
the Marsh Orchids : (1) that there are only two main species, namely
O. incarnata and O. prceterniissa, the rest being hybrids of these
species with forms of O. maculaia ; (2) that there are three main
species, namely the two just mentioned and ring-spotted O. laiij'olia.
In this case, Reckoning O. Fucliaii as distinct from O. (riceiorum,
nine hybrid varieties are possible, not i-eckoning O. Fuchsiix O. eri-
cetorum (=0. trausiens Druce). We decidedly prefer the second
alternative, only we by no means think that O. latifolia necessarily

* Owing- to an unavoidable delay in the printing of the Plate illustrating the
species of Orchis, the present paper appears out of its due order.

t N.B.— We are using the names O. Fuchsii Druce and 0. ericetorxim Linton
for t'.ie sake oi' clearness, to distinguish the two British groups of Spotted Orchids :
by O. maculatii L. we indicate the aggregate species.

244 THE .TOURNVL OF EOT AN S"

Tias ringed spots. It certainly often lias them, especiall}'' in luxuriant
spjcimens, but is just as often without them ; we have found })lants
of more than one type which differed in no particular of importance
except that some had solid spots and others rings. We should agree,
as against Dr. Druco, that the presence of rings is no sure test of the
presence of a cross ; in many cases the rings plainly indicate a fulness
and even excess of pigment, not its dilution — for instance, ringed
spots are sometimes found in pure 0. ericetonim. We have seen
plants of this species on Tregaron Bog with very strongly marked
rings on the leaves ; on the other hand, it is quite common to see
very faint rings or blotches or spots, and here probably a cross is
involv^ed.

In cases of undoubted natural hybrids there is much variation in
the matter of sjjots, though we have not as much evidence on the
point as we should like. Hybrids of O. ericetonim v,'\i\\ Gymnadenia
eoiiopsea have been seen by us («) with unspotted leaves, {h) with
slight and few spots, (c) with numerous small spots, and {d) with
blotches but not rings. Hybrids between O. macnlata and species
with unspotted leav^es may therefore have unspotted leaves ; but in
this case one would have to be sure that' the parent maculaia itself
was without spots. Until a point like this has been much more full}'"
investigated, we cannot say whether spots are necessarily a dominant
c*h;iracter ; full notes about the occurrence of spots in plants of
O. Ilephuriiii and O. Scampstonensis would be of considerable in-
terest in this connection. Mr. St. Quintin reports in a letter that the
hybrids of O. foliosa with 0. Fuchsii at Scampston Hall have in
some cases spots, in others blotches ; sometimes well-marked rings
and sometimes very faint rings.

Col. Godfery asks several questions, the answers to which would,
when collated from many districts, be of great significance. It would
help much to know of localities in which O. lafifoUa grows, as it
certainly does on the Continent, apart fi'om other forms, or apart
from one of the groups from which h3^bridization is claimed always
to occur. The fact is that O. maculata, in some form, is so ubiquitous
that it is difficult to find any place where orchids grow from which it
is absent.

The general principle on which we are wo)-king in regard to
the leaf-character is that O. incarnata and O. irrcetermissa (and
O. O'KeJIyi) never have spotted leaves, and that O. jnrrpurella^
O. latifolia, O. Fuchsii^ and O. cricetorum normally have spotted
leaves, though in each case some individuals are without them.
Mr. A. D. Webster, who has studied carefully the variation of
(9. maculata, says {British Orchids, pp. 64, 65) : " In several districts
I have noted that the proportion of these (unspotted plants) to that
of the typical plant is as three to seven." He can find no cause for
the variation either in soil, altitude or situation.

In regard to the genetic relations of the forms, we are in the
region of almost pure speculation. We have a few cases of undoubted
natural hybrids, but otherwise no experimental work to record. In
order to get light on the vexed question of O. latifolia, we need

BRITISH JrARSII ORCHIDS 24:0

experimental crosses o£ various kinds, and the raising of the progeny
of those crosses, if fertile, through at k^ast three generations. The
ditiicidty here is hoih the uncertainty of germination at tlie outset
and tlie slow growth to the flowering stage. This has been set down
as seven years ; but that period would probably be much shorter
under favourable conditions. In any case it would seem that the
experimental work could best be carried on at some plant-breeding
institution, where continuous work through many years might be
assured. It would not be enough, by a cross, to get some plant very
near to O. latifulia. It would be necessary to find out whether
this form were fertile ; if it were, there is no reason why it might
not establish itself in numbers and perpetuate itself as a separate
species.

In the absence of guiding experiments, we are bound to discuss
the origin and connections of these ty])es with some ideas in our
minds as to the manner in which one form has arisen out of another.
Pi-esumably we all believe either in evolution (in the strict sense) or
in epigenesis, and for the purposes of this study the}^ mean the same
thing. We are bound to have some theory of the origin of t^^pes so
fully segregated as say 0. ustitlata and O. morio, and such types as
the Marsh and Spotted Orchids, in a state of " polvmorphic mixture."
For this we are obliged to fall back upon Mendelian study and to
seek what assistance we can get from the laws of mutation and
segregation so far as they have been elucidated. Perhaps not much
help is here to be expected ; but we may at least be able to deter-
mine what is possible, if not what is probable or necessar}^.

In these matters the opinions of botanists seem to be very much
in chaos. One will deny that mutation is a vera causa of new
species, and another that crossing may so result ; and between the
two we are left with no theory at all. One will say that mutations
only affect single characters and species are built up on numerous
characters ; or that if you get hybridization at all freely, the result
is a jumble of polymorphic forms, out of which no species can be
distinguished, and in the midst of wdiich nothing is stable. This
would seem to lead us straight back to the old position that if two
forms crossed they must be reckoned to belong to the same species.
Here we might do well to quote a sentence or two from Bateson's
Presidential Address to the British Association at Melbourne in
1014 : — "Who could have foreseen that the Apple and the Pear — so
like each other that their botanical differences are evasive—could not
be crossed together, though s]:>ecies of Anfirrhimim so totally unlike
as majus and molle can be hybridized without a sign of impaired
fertility ? " — and then, " The only definable unit in classification is
the homozj^gous form which breeds true " (p. 13). We know as yet
\tery little, if anything, about the conditions of compatibility wdiere
crossing occurs : in the meantime it seems to us most important to
keep in mind the possibility that in cases of polymo^-phic mixture we
may have true-breeding races which also freely cross with other
species. The problem is to distinguish the pure from the hetero-
zj'gous forms, Avhere all are growing in close association.

243 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

In our view, both niutation and ci-ossing are true causes of new-
species. On the latter point one or two quotations may sei've to
indicate the trend of expert opinion. Mr. Kolfe {Orchid Review,
xxiii. p. 229), in an article on "The Mechanism of Heredity," says :
"A complete blending- of character " — i. e. in the case of a perfectly
successful ci-ossing — " would result in a batch of uniform secondary
hybrids, and Mendel himself a])preciated the fact when he pointed
out that hybrids in which the diverse elements were permanently
accommodated together reproduced themselves true from seed, and had
all the attriUutes of sj)ecies." Here it may be noted that, if a cross
affecting several characters is fulh' fertile, not only are there types in
which perfect and stable blending may occur (in the second hybrid
generation), but types in which it must and will occur. From that
point, granted continued fertility and equally favourable environment,
those types can never be swamped and lost.

Mr. Bateson evidently regards mutation as the chief cause of new
species, crossing coming in as a further contributory cause. In his
Pi-esidential Address alread\' quoted he sums up the case for variation
as fundamentally due to an "accidental" change, i.e. niutation, of
germinal tissue, and then says, " Distinct types once arisen, no doubt
a profusion of the forms called sjiecies have been derived from them
by simple crossing and subsequent recombination. New species may
be now in course of creation by this means, but the limits of the
process are obviously narrow."

This seems to us the true relation of the two processes. The^rs^
deviation from the norm arises, from causes as yet hardly even
guessed, in some individual, as in the case of the Shirley poppy or
the Victoria plum. If now self-fertilization is possible, the strain
may survive or be artifici'illy preserved ; but if it is cross-fertilized,
it is only in the second hyl)rid generation that it may reappear in its
pure form, and continue as a species. Such a history may underlie
our acquisition of a "thrashable wheat," of which Mr. Bateson says,
" the original may have occurred once only in a single germ-cell."

As to whether a similar or even identical mutation might arise in
several individuals simultaneously, in the same or in different places,
we are not aware of any dehnite evidence to guide us. It is the sort
of thing one might expect, seeing that no form can vary just any-
how. It has already, by being what it is, been cut off from a vast
number of modes of change. The group of organisms to which
it belongs has acquired a certain constitution, which may determine
that variations must be in some dehnite general directions. The
same consideration will make it reasonable to suggest, without at all
denj'Ing the initial " general " variability of all organisms, that
mutations in any given species are likely to follow in a serial order
which may appear pre-determlned, but is mainly self-determined.
From an oi'Iginal parent stock several such series might arise, follow-
ing a roughly parallel course.

Upon the contention that mutations affect only single characters,
and that therefore a " mutation " can never become a " species," it
should be observed that since the change is first of all in the germinal

RRinsH MARSH UIU'IIIDS 24/

constitution, it is inevitable that it sliould affect more tlian one
external character. This fact has been disguised, as Prof. Punnett
has privately suggested, by the fact that, in the beginning of the
genetic studies, some one conspicuous character was isolated for the
purposes of report and discussion. A more exact study would show
many allied external changes. But even if only a very few external
characters are different, and the form breeds true, we get what, if
classiHcation has any real value, is a distinct species.

Where forms freely cross, as in the case of the Marsh and Spotted
Orchids, it may be argued that alongside the pure parents there will
arise a confused multitude of hybrids, with so many cross-variations
that no attempt to classify them is possible, and no true species will
emerge. We do not believe that the facts, as we interpret them,
support this view. In any large assembly of these plants we may
note, first, the occurrence of individuals, either solitary or in very
sparse numbers, which are certainly hybrids, but show no sign of
originating new strains, and, secondly, of hybrids in fairly large
numbers and usually of fairly uniform type, which may or may not
be fertile, and, in fact, established species. It may be said with some
confidence of most of these groups that they have been known and
observed in many localities ever since botany as a science has been in
existence, and probably they have changed but little either in type or
in comparative numbers. It also seems generally observed that
where there are hybrids present in good numbers, nevertheless one or
both parents are present in far greater numbers. That is, the
population is fairly stable, and the freest crossing never seems to
result in the swamping of the parent forms. That hybridization
does not necessarily involve a chaotic confusion of characters is made
quite plain in a paper by Hardy in Science, July, 1808, to which
Prof. Punnett has kindly called our attention, where it is shoAvn that,
iu a mixed population, ''there is not the slightest foundation for the
idea that a dominant character should show a tendency to spread ov( v
a whole population, or that a recessive should tend to die out."
A stable condition of balance is soon reached, and once reached is not
seriously disturbed, apart from special external conditions. See also
Mimicry in Buiterflies, by E. C. Punnett, 1915, pp. 154-156. Our
readino- of the evidence would be that we have a large number of
assemblages of Marsh Orchids in which some may be non-fertile
hybrids, resembling each other because their parents resemble each
other. Others may be groups of plants which are pure strains derived
from second generation hybrids. Others, again, may be groups Avhich
have originated in a mutation. In this last case, unless on the rare
condition of more than one identical mutation at the same time and
place, and a crossing of these, the new strain would emerge from the
second hybrid generation of a cross between the mutation and the
original or normal form. Thus we may have several pure strains
gro\ving together in various habitats and freely hybridizing. This
will result in a great confusion of individuals, capable nevertheless of
being reduced to some sort of order by careful study and comparison
of assemblages of plants growing in many different localities.

248 THE JOUltls'AL OF EOTA>'Y

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
LXXXI. Tkauescakt's First Garden Catalogue, 1634.

In his article on A Sevenfeentli-centuri/ Botanist Friendship
( Journ. Bot. 1918, p. 197) Mr. Boulger has published some interesting
details relating partly to the trees found growing in the Lambeth
Garden when it came into the possession of Ehas Ashmole in 1662 on
the death of John Tradescant the younger ; partly to plants received
in the years 1629 to 1633 " from forrin partes." These latter lists
and notes are attributed to John Tradescant the elder.

Mr. Boulger follows the usual practice of naturalists who refer
to the Tradescants, in quoting the 3Insaeum Tradescantianum printed
in London by John Grismond and sold by Nathaniel Brooke at the
Angel in Cornhill in 1656, nineteen years after the death of the
elder Tradescant. I have therefore come to the conclusion that the
copy of the elder Tradescant's own catalogue which I have usually
consulted is a very rare if not unique psssession. It was bequeathed
by John Goodyer^ to Magdalen College and is duly mentioned in the
printed Catalogue of the Library (1862). I know of no other copy.
The title is :

" plantar YM

IN HORTO

lOHANNEM TjIADE-

SCANTI nascentium
Catalo^rus

NOMINA SOLTMMODO

Soils vuhjata exlii-
bens. Anno 1634 "

At the head of the first page (sig. A 2), the title is repeated
with the author s Christian name in a more correct case : — Iohannts.
Then follows a list of some 750 species and varieties of plants
distino-uished by theii' Latin names in alphabetical order. A Cata-
loo-ue of Fruits fills the last five pages. Altogether the lists are much
shorter than those in the 1656 edition of tlie Catalogue, and a com-
parison of the two would show what plants might have been introduced
in the intervening period.

The 1634 lists include the Narcissus Boseus maximus flo. pleno
Tradescanti and the Blialangium Vircjiniamnn Tradescanti and
apparently all the other plants mentioned by Mr. Boulger. The
spelling is usually good, showing that if Mr. Boulger's quotations are
a fair indication of Tradescant's illiteracy, some better scholar must
have had a hand in the construction of the Catalogue and in the
reading- of the i)roofs. I hope to reprint the comj^lete list shortly.

" R. T. GUNTHER.

MYCOLOUU'AL iNOTES 249

MYCOLOGIGAL NOTES. V.
By W. B. Grove, M.A.

(Continued from Journ, Bot. 1919, 210.)
KUSSULA GLAEOFLAYA Gl'OVe.

This species was first described in the Midland Naturalist, 1888,
p. 265, from specimens found near the bo^^ at the top of Windlej
Tool, Sutton Farlc, in that year. A figure was sent to Cooke and
appeared in his Illusf rat ions of British Func/i as plate 1196 ; Cooli:e
added a sketch from a fungus found at Queen's Cottage, Kew,
which does not seem to represent the same species. I have since
found exactly the true form, keeping its characters unchanged, in
three other places : (1) the boggy ground by Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park; (2) the similar ground at Coleshill Bog, both in Warwickshire ;
and (3) a bog at Burnham Beeches, last year, i.e. four times in
thirty-one years. The fact now becomes evident that this fungus
grew, in each insfemce, in a i^lace of precisely similar character — namely,
on grassy ground among scattered trees on the edge of a Sphagnum
bog. It is evidently very uncommon, and does not seem to be a
variety of any other described species. It has a pileus approaching
that of B.Jingibilis Britz., pi. 10-18, but of a distinct chrome-yellow,
while the stem is like that of B. ochroleuca Pers., pi. 1049, but the
edge of the pileus never turns up as in that species. Massee, in his
Fungus Flora, iii. 65, mistakenly added to the description the
word " Acrid ? " A revised description is appended : —

Bussula claroflava mihi. Pileus 5-10 cm. across, firm, convex,
then depressed, margin even or faintly striate, turned down even when
old, deep chrome-yellow, paler on the margin, stained here and there
(where abraded) with a rufous tinge ; flesh yellow beneath the cuticle.
Stipe 5-6 X 2\ cm., white, spongy within, somewhat granular, occa-
sionally stained with pale chrome-yellow patches when young, rugose
exactly as in B. ochroleuca and ultimately becoming covered with
dark-cinereous streaks as in that species. Gills rather thick, straight,
not forked, but often joined in pairs near the stem, obtuse and broad
in front, narrowed behind, adnexed, altogether tinged with pale
yellow, then becoming pale subochraceous ; cystidia elliptic-lanceo
late, not much projecting. Spores globose, echinulate, 8-9 ^ diam.

On grassy ground among trees on the margin of Sphagnum bogs.
Flesh of pileus firm, but cheesy; smell faint, but not unpleasant;
taste becoming unpleasant, but not acrid, with age ; colour of pileus
rich, pure, and bright.

Boletus sangijii^eus With.

In his Botanical Arrangement of British Flants, ed. 2, iii. 414,
Withering described what he called the crimson Boletus (B. san-
guineus) from Edgbaston Park. No one else seems to have met
with a fungus exactly agreeing with his description, but this summer
I had the pleasure of finding ni my own garden, which is less than a
mile distant from Edgbaston Park, what is evidently the same plant.
The description is as follows : —

Boletus sanguineus With. Pileus 6-7 1 cm. across, convex or
Journal of Botany.— Vol. 58. [Octoeek, 1920.] u

250 THE JOUllNAL OF IJOTANT

flattish, when old concave, i. e. turned up all round the magin, blood-
red, dull, opaque, then dark reddish-brown, nearly uniform all over,
but slightly paler or with subpallid spots in the centre, not cracked,
not distinctly tomentose, but grumose with little shallow irregular
pits when old, slightly viscid; flesh whitish, turning slowly blue
when cut, beginning near the pores. Pores yellow, \-\ cm. long,
shorter near the stem, but slightly decurrent, large and somewhat
compound when old, turning dark blue or greenish where touched.
Stipe 3^-5 X l^-li cm., glabrous (not fibrillosely striate), even,
yellow like the gills, clouded here and there with dilute crimson,
somewhat thicker below^ ; flesh yellow, tinged with red within. Spores
fusoid, pale olivaceous, 12-13 X 4-4^ /u.

Among grass in my garden, July, 1920. A coloured sketch will
be deposited in the collection of figures at Kew.

This is a satisfactory identification of a rare and dubious Midland
fungus ; there is more pleasure in such a recognition of what was
intended by one of the old pioneers than in finding a new species.
Withering seems to have found it first in the button state, but
he also describes the more advanced state which was absolutely
identical with ni}^ specimens, so far as words go. But, so long ago as
1886, I found amongst grass in Packington Park (ten miles away) a
fungus which seemed to combine the characters of B. sanguineus
witli those of B. siihtomentosus. The pileus differed from that just
described in being slightly cracked, feeling like kid-leather when dry,
the stem was ribbed and tapered downwards, and the flesh of the
pileus reddish below the cuticle. Also there have occurred at Barnt
Green and Berkswell specimens referred to B. versicolor Post, (the
name Avas confirmed at Kew) which had the pileus of a beautiful
pinkish-purple (no trace of olive), uniform all over and faintly granu-
lated, not cracked, pores and stem much as in B. chrysenteron.

The similarity of all these specimens proves that they should be
classed under one head, say, B. chrysenteron. The only reasonable
solution of the difticulty lies in a system of super-species and sub-
species, the latter being euchrysenteron^ sanguineus, siihtomentosns,
and versicolor. The continental influence, which has set us against
the adoption of this commonsense device for representing the facts,
is now^ happily declining in our midst.

MoNiLiA CANDiCAis's Sacc. Syll. iv. 32 ; Fung. Ital. pi. 57.

Fertile hyphse forming short aggregated tufts, yellowish, tlien
whitish, erect or diverging, at length irregularlj^ branched above,
colourless under the microscope, distantly septate, about 7 n wide.
Conidia in short chains (up to five or six in each chain), springing
from small denticles on the hyphaj near the sunnnit of the ujiper
cells, lemon-shaped, h3^aline or faintly coloured, 15-18 x 9-10 /{.

On soft carious wood, Cofton Park, near Barnt Green, July,
1920.

This fungus exactly agrees with Saccardo's description and figure,
but it is more interesting because it seems likely that it is the same
as the minute fungus which Purton records in his famous Ilidland
Flora (1821, vol. iii. p. 320) under the name Monilia ccesintosa
Kelh. He also figures it in his plate 34, which he tells us is " a very

MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 251

accurate drawing taken from the fresh plant by m}^ niece Miss Cooper,
of Hanipstead." There lias been considerable doubt about the identity
of this fungus, which is described and figured as having ternate
spikes of spores, Saccardo (following Purton) considers it, in Syll. iv.
'^o, to be the species called M. racemosa by Persoon (Syn. p. (592) and
Mucor ccespitosus by Bolton (pi. 132, f. 2), and he attributes to it
*' ex icone " globose spores.

Purton considers it also to be the " Aspergillus terrestris, cespi-
tosus, ac ramosus, albus " of Micheli {\A. 91. f. 4), and at the same
time his " Aspergillus albus, tenuissimus, graminis dactyloidis facie,
seminibus rotundis " (pi. 91, f. 3). Bolton's figure is undoubtedly
the same fungus as Micheli's fig. 4. Purton's figure, which is almost
identical with that of Micheli (fig. 4), is very similar to that of
Bolton and evidentl}'- contains suggestions of both.

All these latter show constant ternate spikes of spores. The
Cofton Park Fungus had many ternate, but also many with one or
several spikes, also some with unbranched stems as in Micheli's fig. 3.
With the low powers which these authors had to use the spores do
look round, although with modern microscopes they are seen to be
lemon-shaped. I would suggest that, as the fungus which the}^ met
with was no doubt common (it is referred to by many authors
of those times, as by 0. P. MuUer in Flor. Fridr. p. 228), they have
misled us by representing the ternate spikes as universally^ jjresent,
instead of being only occasional. The reason why they are often
ternate is that there is usuallj^ a denticle on the summit of a branch
with often two denticles at a slightl}^ lower level. The figures of
Bolton and Purton show that the draughtsmen were under the
influence of Micheli's fig. 4.

Note. — In '' Mycological Notes. — IV." in this Journal for 1919
there were two omissions. On p. 207, last line, a JPhi/Ilosticta is
mentioned without a name ; this should be P. hellunensis Mart. In
the description of the many-septate spores of SjyhcBruUna intermixta,
f. valde-evolula (p. 210), it was not mentioned that these were in no
sense beginning active germination. The bi-anches were still attached
to the bush, and they and the perithecia were quite dry. Brefeld has
figured exactly similar sj^ores in the same species as occm-ring in his
cultures when active germination was beginning.
(To be continued.)

SHORT NOTES.
Herbarium Pests. The method of poisoning herbarium speci-
mens by means of pei'chloride of mercury in spirit is often objected
to, and comparatively few amateur botanists resort to it. For clean-
ing sheets that have become affected with pests, as well as for treating
specimens before they are put away, I am in the habit of using a
saturated solution of naphthalin in petrol. This is applied rapidly by
means of a large camel-hair '* mop " brush, the petrol quickly evapo-
rating and leaving the naphthalin as a crystalline deposit in the
interstices of the plants. A large number of sheets can be dealt
with in a short time by this method. The petrol leaves no stain, and
has no injurious effect. Of course, the process must be carried out in

252 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

dayliglit and the highly inflammable nature of petrol vapour borne
in mind. When the petrol has evaporated, which takes only a few
minutes, the sheets can be quite safely replaced in the herbarium.
The solution is also used for worm-eaten wood, being injected into the
worm-holes by means of a syringe with a fine nozzle. Where the
smellof naphthalin is objected to probably camphor could be usfed in
the same manner. — H. Downes.

MoEHRTXGiA TRiNERVTA Clairv^ In Pryor's Flora of Hertford-
shire (p. 499) Dr. Jackson identifies ** ALsine montana minima Acini
effigie rotundifolia " of Kay's Synopsis (ed. 1, 240) with this plant
on the faith of "a specimen labelled by Plukenet in the Sloane
Herbarium, vol. 91, fol. 17." The identification, which had been
indicated by Newbould in the Departmental copy of the Almagesfum
(p. 20) is doubtless correct; but the label attached to the specimen
does not bear the Rayan name — the inscription runs: "Alsine minor
foliis rotundis C. B. pin. Alsines minoris alia species Thalii ocimi
facie Nobis." In the Ahnagestiim Plukenet adopts the Eayan name,
quoting Bauhin's as a doubtful synonym. Whether the specimen in
Herb. Sloane actually came from the Hei-tfordshire locality is I
think doubtful : it is not localized, and the " Herbarium Yivum "
in which it appears is a general collection. — James Bkittex.

Helleborine latifolia Druce. A very splendid specimen of
this plant has been brought to me, which shows that under favourable
conditions it can grow to dimensions much in excess of those stated
in text-books. This Helleborine towered straight from the ground to
an height of 3 ft. 11 in., and bore perfect leaves, and no less than
o8 flowers, all of which were expanded at the same time on a spike
17 inches long. It grew at the edge of a small opening in a
Somerset wood close to Bristol, Avhere' the plant of oixlinary size has
become much more jDlentiful in recent years. — Ida M. Poper.

HuTCHi>siA PETR.EA AXD ITS Seeds. On April 10th, 1920, I
gathered on a limestone scree near Bristol a large plant of Hufchinsia
pefrcea measuring 7 X (j| inches. It has 55 heads, with from 35 to
50 seed-capsules per head — average, say, 40. This gives about 2200
pods, and if each pod produced its full complement of four seeds no
less than 8S00 seeds would be formed ; but after examination of
many specimens gathered in 1888 and in ]-ecent years, three would
seem the average number of seeds that come to maturit3\ Often
there are onl}' two seeds in a pod, and sometimes one. During the
past few years H. petrcra has been very prolific in the restricted
l)laces where it grows near Clifton ; and it is also increasing on the
Somerset side of the Avon. Known there very sparingly many yeai-s
ago, it appeared again somewhat recently, and has now become well
established close to the river. This year on the Gloucestershire side
seedlings half an inch high opened their minute flowers as early as
Feb. 12th. Occasionally in mild weather the winter vegetative state
of strong seedlings is remarkable ; but I believe it can hardh^ be con-
sidered biennial. A dried specimen of average size (two to three
inches) weighs only about 8 grains, or about the weight of 12 unused
postage-stamps. The small seeds retain their uniform yellow colour
for at least three-quarters of a centmy, and when once dry they

SHORT NOTES 253

do not percoptibl y shrink in size. I was told tliat one or two
])otanists barely succeeded in finding Hutchinsia at Clifton three or
four seasons ago, when directed to one of its stations at a time when
many thousands of the minute plants were visible ; but these require
careful searching for in the right liabitat. The little wiry plants
have a distinct- protective colouring, and are usvially most abundant
and finest on the edges of certain limestone screes, partly protected by
low thicket. It needs far less moisture or humus than the milk-
white, more leafy H. olpina, a lover of loose shingle in the Al})s ;
and the bare or even moss-covered rock is not the best place to look
ior petrcea. Hudson recorded the plant from Uphill, Somerset, and
Collins from Cheddar. Repeated search by modern botanists in those
and various other likely spots has not yet disclosed this small Crucifer
from any Somerset locality beyond the Avon bank ; and yet the
species is intermittently spread from Yorkshire to Bristol and Pem-
broke. It is remarkably distributed on the continent, and recorded
from N. Africa to western Asia. — H. Stuaiit Thompson.

REVIEW.

The Trees, SJirnhs, and Plants of Vlrqil. By John Satjoeaunt.
Oxford: B. H. Blackvvell, 8vo. cl. pp. vii, 149.

In speaking of this modest but pleasant and pleasantlj^ turned-
out little book, we feel an uncomfortable sense of likeness to a to])sy-
turvy Balaam. It is no pleasant task to pick holes in the work of a
scholar who lov^es his plants, loves Virgil and the fair land of Italv,
which he seems to know in all its length — he speaks familiarly of the
liills of Bologna, of Taranto, of Sicily, and even of the Ionian coast
between Cotrone and Capo Nau, trodden by few foreign and even
fewer Italian feet, other than those who earn their daily bread on
those desolate shores.

The subject is approached in the right spirit by pointing out that
Virgil had a native power of observation, combined with a young-
man's passion for the beautiful language of the Greek pastoral
poets — tendencies not always in accord ; the literary influence pre-
vails, for " Virgil seems at times " [we should say, oftener than not]
" to think less of the objects with which he deals than of his desire
to reproduce in the graver, not to say heavier, language of Rome the
beauties of the Sicilian poets." But this point of view is not always
maintained in the attempt to identify nearly all the poet's plant-
names with definite species, for the most part natives of Italy.

Although Virgil owned a small estate near Mantua, where he was
born, we nmst not, except in certain cases, look for his plants in
northern Ital^^ The Georgics were — at least in part — written at
Naples, where he is said by Macrobius to have learned Greek as a
young man ; he had accompanied Horace on the famous journey
to Brindisi before the Georgics were begun, and he saw with his own
eyes the more brilliant flora of Greece. Nevertheless, his flora, like
his agriculture, when not a mere echo of Theocritus or other Greek
poets, is certainly that of Central Itiily. It is impossible to say how

254 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

much of the farinhig of the Georgics is described from Virgil's own
knowledge, and how much is taken from those shrewd old writers
J)e re riisfica, Cato and Varro. Cato's home was at Tusculum, on
the eastern spurs of the Alban hills, whilst Varro had an estate near
the same place and another at Cumae : hence they describe farming
as practised in central — not in northern or southern — Italy, a limita-
tion contirmed by the internal evidence of their writings. Columella's
fuller treatise, on which commentators chiefly rely to inierpret the
Georgics, is later than Virgil's own works.

But we cannot confine the plants of Virgil, as distinct from his
agriculture, to the native flora of Italy alone. We must search for
tiiem among those known to his model, the Sicilian Theocritus, and
above all among those commonly grown in Roman gardens of the
time. And here, if lioman taste were similar to that of the modern
Italians, we shall expect to find that scent — sweet, aromatic, or
pungent — was the chief attraction. The high esteem in which scent
was held may explain the use of the name Viola for the sweet-scented
stock as well as for the sweet violet, which to us seems so strange a
confusion of unlikes.

We fear that Mr. Sargeaunt's book falls between two stools ; it is
not thorough enough for the botanist, Avho wants bibliographies and
references and evidence of the determinations laid down ; whilst for
the non-botanical reader, to whom plant-names convey no connotation,
the accounts of the species are not clear and striking enough to
convey distinct ideas — indeed, to make Virgil's flora thoroughly in-
telligible to such readers nothing short of figures of some kind would
surtice.

Exclusive reliance on Arcangeli's handbook for the distribution
of Italian species and for their modern names has resulted in not a few
errors as to the former, and to one or two absurdities in the latter,
as when Pino di Scozia (Scotch fir) is given as the Italian name of
Finns silvestris. The reader must be warned that the Tuscan
popular names given by Arcangeli and for the most part taken from
Targioni-Tozzetti's Dizionario Botanico are not only not current,
but would be unintelligible in the greater part of Italy. A graver
fault is the lack of distinction between determinations that are practi-
cally certain and others that are only probable, or sometimes very
doubtful. For instance, Baccar is unhesitatingly^ identified with
Cifclamen europcsum : this is the opinion of Bertoloni, who saj^s that
in the hills of Brescia that species is known as haccare. On the other
hand, heccare and heccaro are used of other plants — e. g., Specularia
Speculum, Venus' Looking-glass — in other districts. The word is
obviously the Greek j^utcKapis, of which Dioscorides says that it is
OafMw^tjs, fvwltjs k-at GTe(pnpu)TiK)'i. Pliny's chapter on J^«cc«r shows
tliat he did not know what the name really meant. Perhaps the
ancients like the moderns used it of sundry quite unrelated plants,
and it is a matter of pure speculation what Virgil intended, if
indeed he intended anything more than to introduce in his verse
a sound like that of a musical Greek word.

Cytisus is usually, as in this book, taken to mean Medicago
arhorea. This, however, is a rare shrub in Italy, thought by Fiori
(in Fl. Anal, d' Italia) only to exist there as a naturalized alien.

THE TREES, SIIKUBS, AND PLAXT8 OF VIRGIL 2o5

which may account for Mr. Sargeaunt's not liavuig been ahle to find
any common Italian name for it. Even beyond the Adriatic it is not
abundant. In Lemaire's edition of Pliny, vol. v. (1829), there is an
excfii'SKs of ten ])ages by Desfontaines on the question, deciding,
though inconclusively, for 3Iedica(jo ; but probably the safest opinion
is that of Bertoloni — '* de quo Cytiso loquatur (Virgilius) dictu
difficile, nee concordant interpretes. Sive vero pertineat ad Cytisos
nostros, sive ad Coronillas, Medicagines aut Lotos clare patet agi de
planta in pascuis obvia " — which Medicago arhorea is not.

Hyacinthus, whether in this Latin form or as the Greek vai<ivdos,
has always been a puzzle. The original meaning seems to have been
one or more kinds of Scilla ; then the worship of Dionysus trans-
ferred the name to the plant of Theocritus, the petals of which boi'e
the marks AI AI. We cannot abandon the old identification of this
with the Larkspur, Delphiniitm Ajacis (accepted by Sir W. Thisselton
l)3^er in his contribution on " Flora " to the Cambridge Campanion
to Greek Studies) in favour of Mr. Sargeaunt's not very happy
suggestion of Gladiolus segetum. Yirgil's use of Hyacinthus seems
to be merely literary, not botanical.

Whilst in many cases there is no doubt about the genus to which
Virgil's plants belong, we must protest against our author's habit of
selecting a particular species without special evidence in its favour,
when others of the same genus are equali}^ wide-s2)read in Italy.
Take for instance Caltlia, Carduus, and Carex. Why must Caltlia
be the garden marigold from Africa only, when the fields in south
Italy are golden with wild marigolds, which in Sicily are of several
species? Carduus must be taken to mean anv connnon thistle such
as an Italian peasant would call cardone, whether a true Carduus or
not. The farmer's worst enemy is not, as in England, Circium
arvense — C. lanceolatum, Galactites tomenfosa, Scolymus hisjjaniciiSy
Cynara horrida and several spiny Centaureas are among the most
troublesome — nor should Carex be restricted to Carex acuta.

The oak is very inadequately dealt with. The statement that
modern botanists refuse specific rank to the two forms of English oak
represents an opinion that is quite out of date. The remark about
Pliny's Bohur on p. 109 is extremely misleading. Pliny's oaks are
six in number ; " glandem ferunt robur, quercus, esculus, cerrus, ilex,
suber," to which he adds cegiloj^s later on. He does not identify
cerrus, the Turkey oak, with rohur, as Mr. Sargeaunt says. One of
the finest Italian oaks bears the name of Qyercus Virgil iana : it has
edible acorns, and is known to woodmen as quercia castagnara.

Olea, too, is not very satisfactory. The olive flowers in June —
in Calabria and Sicily as early as the end of April, not in August ;
but the olive is too large a subject to enter on here. LTnder Taxus
Ave might have been reminded how Ciesar tells us that Cativolcus,
king of the Eburones, poisoned himself with yew, *' cujus magna
in Gallia Germaniaque copia est." It will be noticed that when
speaking of Aconituui the author forgets that A. Lycoctonum, or its
variety neapolitanum, is plentiful in the higher parts of the Apennines,
especially towards the south. Perhaps it is just because this species
as well as Aniliora and the blue kinds are confined to the mountains
that Virgil could speak as if there were no aconite in Italy. Then it

25G THE JOUKNAL OF IJOTANY

is hardly fair to give risciolo as the Italian equivalent of Cerasus :
the cherry is universally known as ciliegio in Tuscany and as ceraso
in the south ; visciolo would not be generally understood, and is only
to be used in a special sense. Though it is true that in many parts
of the countr}^ Ferula is absent or rare, yet it thickly covers many
miles of the Apulian plain. The account of IlcUehorus, though
correct, is so obscurely worded that the non-botanist might suppose
that Linnaeus had given this name to the genus Veratrum ! As for
Myrica, Tamarix africana is just as plentiful as fjallica on the
southern and Sicilian coasts. Thy mum, as w^e are told, probably
included both Thymus vulgaris and Thymus capitatus to the exclu-
sion of ^erpyllum. The thyme of Tarentum praised by Horace as
equal to that of Hymettus is identical with the Attic in scent and
flavour, wliich depend on the profusion of Thymus capitaius and
Saiureia cuneifolia on the rocky hills, but nowhere is T. vulgaris
of the western coast plentiful enough to be the predominant honey-
flower. In the case of Crocus Maw's monograph would have been a
better guide than Arcangeli.

There remain a few real "howlers" that we cannot pass over.
The Italian name for the silver fir, Abies pectinata, is ahete bianco
not abete rosso, which is the spruce and does not extend to the
Apennines. Acanthus mollis is not "a scrofularious plant," but
gives its name to the order Acanfhacece. Under Cupressus the
language implies that Theophrastus was wrong in believing the
cypress' to be native in Crete. Theophrastus was right: in the
mountains of Sphakia in southern Crete it forms a forest between
2000' and 4500 , which is easily seen in clear weather on the voyage
from Tai-anto to Port Said as a dark patch on the mountains. Under
Laurus we are told that "the true laurel is the bay- — Laura nobilis —
from which we get camphor and cinnamon " : those products would
be less expensive if the statement were true. It is a cruel trap for
the general reader who may not know that the genera Camphora and
Cinnamomum (in wliich Camphora is now included) l)elong to the
order Lauracece. Of Medica we read "its name of i^ujCik)] refers to a
supposed Persian (sc. Median) origin, but I do not find that it occurs
in Asia either wild or cultivated." Did it not occur to the author to
consult Boissier's Flora OrierJalis, where he would find Lucerne
quoted from Bithynia, Galatia, Lycia, the Taurus, Lebanon, Armenia,
the eastern Caucasus, northern and southern Persia, Afghan istau,
and Beluchistan? Finns halepensis (misspelt) is said on p. I02 to
be the dominant pine on Mount Ida : if Ida of the Troad is meant,
the dominant pine there is the Corsican {Laricio) not the Aleppo
{halepensis), which is an inhabitant of the coasts and lower hills
of the eastern Mediterranean, but does not climb up to the mountanis.
In spite of such blunders the many gossipy digressions and quaint
observations make this little book attractive, but it cannot become
the much-needed standard key to an understanding of VirgiFs Flora.
Probably a definitive judgement on many of VirgiFs plants will
always be impossible ; an accurate and accessible study of Pliny's
botany would be the first step. If Mr. Sargeaunt would under-
take such a work and then rewrite his Virgilian handbook, he would
do a service to modern plant nomenclature as well as to classical
stud v. ^' C. L.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

IiST view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, Avhich do not appear
in the list, are already out of print,; of others very few copies
remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among
the latter may be mentioned Mr. Dallman's Notes on the Jblora
of Denbighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to ' Topo-
graphical Botany.'' Of the Supplements to the Biographical
Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to
issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of com'se incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Soiverby's 'English
Botany,'' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal.
Such are tbe Index Ahecedarius — a list of the plants m the first
edition of Linnieus's Species Blantaruni, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, which has no iiidex of species ; the
History of Aiton''s ' Hortus Keicensis,' which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linnaeus's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these
there are numerous copies. •

lOver.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS,

Price SLv Shillings (cloth).

Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's ' Enghsh Botany ' (pp. 276).
Bj F. A. Garet.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Three Sliillings .
The British Eoses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLET-DOD.

The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley,
B.A.

Price Half-a-croivn.
The British Willows. By the Bev. E. F. Linton, M.A.

Price Two Shillings.

A List of British Koses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.)

Price Eighteen-peiice.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish,
Botanists (Is. Qd. each).

I^ritish Euphrasite. By Cedric Bucilnall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linn?eus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Htern, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By JamEs- Britten, F.L.S.

Llnna?us's ' Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Poses. By Lt.'Col. A. H.
Wolley-Dod.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders ivith remittance should he addressed to:—
TAYLOR & EEANCIS, RED LION, COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4.

Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d. )
are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 695

NOVEMBER, 1920

Vol. LVIII

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOIiBKJN"

EDITED Br

JAMES BHITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITIViH MUSEUM.

CONTENTS

paitK page

The British Palmate Orchids. By Review : —

Eev. T. Stephenson, D.D., ™ „ ^ . , ■ ■ -r^

and T. A. Stephenson. M.Sc. ^^"^'^ ?' Jamaica containing De-

( Plate 5.56 ) ' ' 257 criptions of the Flowering Plant.<

■ ' ""^ known from the Island. 63^

The Lichen Symbiosis. By A. H. William Fawcett, B.Sc, &c..

Church 262 and Alfred Barton Eendle,

Alabastra Diversa.— Part XXXIII. D.Sc, &c 275

By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc,

■ ■ ■ The Nature Study of Plants in

Plantago Cynops L. in Kent. By Theory and Practice for the

■ Henry N. EiDLEY, M.A.,F.R.S. 271 Hobby-Botanist. By Thomas

The Sequence of Fungi and Myceto-
zoa. By W.T. Elliott, D.D.S.,

F.L.S., and Jessie S. Elliott, Book-Notes, News, etc 278

D.Sc 273

Short Notes :--8cilla ccunjxtniihitu Supplement. — The Flagellates and

Ait.^ — Afiim italicum Mill, in Alga3 of the District around Bir-

Sussex. — Rojmncxdus Lingvo mingham. By W. B. G-rove,

Echiiim 2^1(1 i^taginevm L. — The M.A., B.Muriel Bristol, D.Sc,

Genua C (dob V II inn 274 ! and Nellie Carter, D.Sc.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & CO., Ltd.,
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1

Price One Shilling and Eighi pence

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have" the largest stock in the, country of Books
in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo-
graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for,
and those not in stock sought for, without charge. '

Libraries or small parcels purchased.

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KIN6SWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2.

Telephone : Gerrard 1'112.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED EY

JAMES B E I T T E N, K.O.S.G., F.L.S.

LATE SENIOR ASSl.STA.NT, «EPABT.MENT OF BOTANY, BKITISII MUSEUM.

The Journal of Botany was established in 1863 bv Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer
Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been iii the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occup\^ the vast held of general Botany, the
Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is
covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prom})t
medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly
and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially
concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are
welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to
British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary
importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page de2 Os. Od. £1 16s. (M. each ^ei 12s. OfZ. eacl

Half-page 12 6 10 0 „ 17 6

Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 „

Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ ' (^ 6 „

All applications for space to be made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road,. Croydon.

Commimications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

pp. 7s. 1 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d.
., 8s. I „ lis. M. I ., 13s.

'., 9s. „ 12s. 6d. I „ 14s.

,, 10s. 6fZ. I „ 14s. I „ 15s. Qd.

Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

12 copies 2 pp. 3s.

4 pp. 4s. M.

25 „ „ 4s.

,, OS. Od.

50 „ „ 5s.

., 6s. Od.

100 „ „ 7s.

„ 8s. Od,

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

Journ. Bot.

Pla-be 556.

4

^7 I

^

'^.^

♦V

<''.%

13

21

%

i^

V

.4^^

10

4

^

■■«(?

15

m, '

■n?

t

17

A>^

N' 18

22

-;?^

23 kM 24

Flowers of Marsh and Spot-Led Orchids, enlarged.

257

THE BlUTISH PALMATE ORCHIDS.

Br Hey. T. Stephensox, D.D., a^s'd T. A. Steimienson, M.Sc.

(Platk 5o(j.)

The 2)resent contribution is offered as a suinniarj of the result
of several years' work on the Marsh and S[)otted Orchids, and to
explain the accompanying Plate. We hope to amplify it in the case
of some of the forms in later issues.

The decision resulting from our work is that, although the forms
in question run into each other very much, they are not a hopeless
tangle, and it is quite possible to recognize certain definite Jioichiiarks
or species among the mass of forms, and to detect many intermediate
J///hri</s. This does not controvert the fact that a series of inter-
mediates between some of the species is found, but a little careful
study reveals very definite types.

According to our idea the British Palmate Orchids comprise the
six following species: — 0. uicantafa L., O. i^urpurella Stephenson,
O. ericetoriim Linton, O. pratermissa Druce, O. latlfolia L.,
O. Fnchsii Druce *.

O. iNCAiiNATA can always be clearly recognized from its .sword-
like, never-spotted leaves and its unusualh" small flowers with veiy^
stout spur, stiffly erect sepals, and lip as a rule longer than wide,
reliexed, not deeply lobed, and with a pattern almost always composed
of definite lines inside a single more or less continuous enclosing
boundary-line. The exact form of lip and leaf is variable, but the
whole plant is immistakeable. The flower may be white, ))ale yellow,
})ink and yellow, mahogany-red, deep crimson, rose-pink, light or
dark pur])le. The habit is dwarf or tall, the leaves are bi'oad or
narrow.

O. pj^.etehmissa has been a good deal criticized, but it is. in our
opinion, a perfectly good species, and cannot be confused with
O. TXCAKNATA. The flowcr is always purple or crimson-pur[)le of
some shade, lilac, or white. The lip is typically broader, flatter, and
larger than in O. incartiafa, and in the type-forms has a less definite
and strong pattern, often of small dots, and a somewhat less stout spur.
There is, however, a form common in the. north more particularly. In
which the flower-colour is red crimson-purple, the lip-pattern heavier,
and the lip may be somewhat diamond-shaped — this is a very distinct
form, and there seems to be a somewhat similar variety distinguish-
able in O. incarnafa, the v. pulchella of Druce (see J. B. 1920,
p. 16G). The leaves are never spotted in O. prcetermissa, and are
less sword-like than in O. incarnata. This species is evidently con-
sidered by some botanists to be typical O. lafifolia, but to that we
will refer later.

* We use the names ericetorum and Ftichsii rather than ericetonnn and
maculata simply to avoid confusion, because different botanists will take the
word "mac nlafct" to mean quite different things. We prefer to use the name
macnlata as a general terra of reference to both, an ag-grogate species-name.
We will refer to this later in more detail.

JouitXAL OF BoTAXi'.— Vol. 58. [Novemi3E1{, 1920.] x

258 THE JOURTTAL OF BOTANY

0. PURPURELLA IS fully described in this Journal for July last
(p. 164). The plant is more or less dwarf, and, save in exceptional
cases, which are few, the leaves are spotted either all over or only at
the tip (sometimes the tips of only the upper leaves) with little dots—
never rings or blotches. The flowers are deep crimson -purple with
very stout spur and more or less diamond-shaped flat hp with a
pattern which is fairly heavy, but less regular than that of O. incar-
nata. There are several Considerations which convince us that this
is a genuine species and not a hybrid : —

{a) In the first place it appears to be extremely constant in each
locality in which it occurs. In the spot best known to -us it grows
vigorously and seemingly in increasing numbers, and with less indi-
vidual variation than in the case of any other species in the group.
Always the plants are short, the leaves with their very small dots,
the lips diamond-shaped, and the flowers of rich deep crimson-purple.

(h) None of these points suggest a hybrid origin. In a hybrid
between one form with and one without spotted leaves there is
a good deal of variation in every case known to us — some plants have
rino-s on the leaves, some blotches, some large and some small spots.
The lip also is a combination, in a hybrid, of those of the parents.
The clean-cut diamond of O. purpurella is not derived from any
possible combination. Its deep brilliant colour, again, points in the
same direction, for if it were a hybrid one would expect dilution of
colour, whereas in reality it has the richest tint of the whole Marsh
Orchis series. A further consideration is this, that wherever O. pur-
purella grows it hybridizes with other forms, and these hybrids are
more distinct and easy to identify than those of other species. The
rich colour of the O. purpurella parent is transferred to the h^^brid a
little diluted — in the hybrid O. purpurella X ericeforum, for instance,
the colour is at best a magnificent brick-red-purple which could come
from nothing but 0. purpurella, and needs to be seen i?i situ, to
be realized at all. T\\Qform of the lip in these hybrids is inter-
mediate between that of O. purpurella and the other parent, be it
O. latifolia, O. ericetorum, or O. Fuchsii.

(c) The above-mentioned considerations preclude any identifica-
tion with O. laiifolia. Our reasons for resisting identification with
O. cruenta were given in the paper on this species in the July issue
this year. An additional point is mentioned by Col. Godfery in
correspondence — viz., that O. cruenta is described in some Conti-
nental Floras as very heavily spotted, having spots on hoth sides
of the leaves.

O. LATIFOLIA will be the subject of a short paper later on, where
we shall give our reasons for thinking that it really is a species and
not a mass of hybrids. It has many forms, some of them approach-
ino- other species to some extent, but usually has spotted or blotched
leaves, the spots being often ring-shaped. The flow^ers vary from
Avhite or pale lilac to dark purple, the lip is broad and flat with
slio-htly incurved edges, fairly neatly trilobed, and nearly always with
a heavv line pattern. Spur always stouter than in ericetorum, but
variable — mav be very stout. Sepals erect, but often less rigid than
in 0. incarnata and 0. purpurella.

THE BRITISH PALMATE OIICIIIDS 259

O. ERICETORUM is veiy variable, but cannot be confused with any
Marsh Orchis unless it be a pale specimen of O. latifolia. Leaves
usually narrow and keeled, but may be broad, spotted or blotched,
or unspotted, only with rings as a rare exception. Stem solid *.
Flowers nearly always with spreading or drooping sepals, slenderer
spur than in any other form, and broad lip which is sharply 3-lobed,
but with the central lobe very much smaller in area than the lateral
lobes and often shorter than they are. The flower may be white,
lilac of various shades, pink, or light purple, and there are darker
markings on the lip as a rule, which may form almost any conceivable
pattern of either dots or lines.

O. FucHsii has the leaves typicall}^ blotched or unmarked and
often flat, the lower leaves usually broad, and the lowest of all with a
blunt rapidly-narrowing end, a contrast to the more gradual tapering
typical of O. ericetorum. Flowers with fairly slender spur, sepals
spreading to fairly erect, lip sharply cut into three suhequal lobes
by deep clefts. At its best the Up has the middle lobe about equal
in area to the side-lobes. The flower-colour is white or lilac or light
purple with darker markings, which, although they frequently make
a rather regular little pattern of lines in the middle of the lip, may
extend over its whole surface as thej^ so often do in O. ericetorum.
A very distinct race of O. FucJisii with pure wdiite flowers and un-
spotted leaves occurs in Ireland and Scotland, which Druce has
named O. O'Kellyi.

With the above preface we may proceed to the description of our
Plate, which will supplement the former paper on O. purpurella and
illustrate any later ones on Marsh Orchids. It is not easy to
describe these critical forms in words, and we hope the Plate will
clear up our meaning. Leaf-schemes we had preimred, but cannot,
unfortunately, print them.

Expla:n^atiox of Plate.

The figures on this Plate are not all drawn to quite the same
scale, so should not be compared with each other from that point of
view. They are done, however, with great care as regards proportions^
form, and markings of each flower. Allowance should be made for
some loss of depth and brilliance in some of the colours due to
reproduction.

Figs. 1-4 and 24. 0. incarxata. These show the narrow, more
or less reflexed lip, small in proportion to the rest of the flower, and
not deeply, though distinctly, trilobed ; and also the characteristic
pattern of lines inside a more or less continuous enclosing line in the
typical foi-ms, on the lip. Note the erect sepals and the very wide
throat where lip and petals join. The colour-range is gi-eater here
than in any other species. Fig. 1 is from a Kidwelly specimen, with

* We may mention here that we find that the solidity or hollowness of the
stem is not constant in all species. In 0. incarnata the stem is always decidedly
hollow, in 0. ericetorum and 0. Fuchsii it is always solid, but in O. preetermissa
and O. latifolia it varies from truly hollow to quite solid through degrees where
it is three-quarters or more solid with a tiny central cavity.

x2

2G0 THE jouhj^al of but an i'

both dull pink and yellow in tlie flower. Fig. 2 is from a Cardigan-
shire form with purple colour. The purple in some forms is darker
than this. Fig. 8 is the pale yellow form common at Kidwelly.
Fig. 4 is another Kidwelly form, with Howers of a rich deep maroon
or mahogany-red. This form is sometimes tall, sometimes dwarf,
and when dwarf comes under the var. duneiisis of Druce. It is
possibly a crossing of this form with the pale yellow one which pro-
duces the colour shown in fig. 1. Fig. 24 (Shrewsbury) is the typical
rose-pink form found in various parts of England.

i^igs. 5-8. 0. PKJiiTEinrissA. Figs. 5 (Aberystwyth) and G
(Kidwelly) show the typical form of this species, with the lip both
actually and ]iroportionately broader than in O. i)tcarnafa, milch
flatter, and with a less distinct pattern, composed of dots and slight
lines. The throat is not so wide as that of O. incarnafa. Sepals
more or less erect. Colour-range confined to the ])urple to white
series, with variations in the du'ection of magenta, red, and pink, but
never the curious reds and yellows of man}^ forms of O. incarnafa. —
Fig. 7 is from a plant of a form of O. pra-terinii^sa from Towyn.
It shows the neat fiower and lip, the ricli colour, and a heavier pattern
than is usual in O. prcefenuissa, but which is not like that of
O. incaniata. It should be observed that this form \QYy decidedly
comes under O. prcetermissa from its broad flat-lip (and also its
leaves), but there is also a somewhat similar O. hicarnata var.
pulchella, with which it should not be confused. — Fig. 8 is a pale
form from Kidwelly, of which we found several examples. The lip
is not so broad as in the other forms, the patterns being very typical
of O. prcetermissa.

Fiys. 9 and 10. O. puepukella. Fig. 9 is the Aberystwyth
form, fig. 10 that from Hawkshead. Both show the erect sepals and
fairly wide throat, and the purple colour. The lip-])attern is fairly
heavy but irregular, and (juite differs from that of either typical
O. incarnafa or O. lafifolia. The lip itself is more definitely
trilobed and less purely diamond-shaped in the Hawkshead form. It
should be noted that fig. 9 shows an extreme exani})le of the diamond,
many of the flowers of the Aberystwyth form being more like fig. 10,
though of richer colour; the Hawkshead form, too, may be more like
fig. 9 sometimes, or in other cases verging more towards 0. prcefer-
missa. The rich colour of the Aberystwyth form is altogether too
deep and brilliant to be rendered in pamt, and the figure must be
supplemented by the imagination, being as near the reality as
we could make it.

Figs. 18-16. O. LATIFOLIA. Under this species there are at least
six groups of forms to he roughly distinguished, altlunigh they run
into each other. The Plate sliows examples of :^our of these. All
have a broad flat lip rather incurved at the edges, more or less erect
sepals, and a wider throat than that of O. ericeforum. The typical
forms have a heavy line-pattern also, be their colour light or dark. —
Fig. 13 is from a slender heath-form at Aberystwyth. ^'Y\\(i flower of
this is very like the flowei-s of many pale forms of the species, with a
dark purple line-pattern on a ])ale ground. Fig. 14 is from a dark
fonn growing on Spha;jnHni at Eorth. The heavy line-pattern is

TTiK man Sir valmaik orchids 2GI

clear in s]:»ite of the ])ur))le ground, and tliis faet holds good for most
of the dark-flowered forms. Fig. lo is from a Kidwelly plant.
This shows a pale form with a slighter pattern, which is represented
in many places l)ysets of similar plants, and has almost the aj^pearance
of a hybrid. Our experience leads iis to helieve, however, that it
is pure O. JatifoUa. Fig. IG (Isle of Wight) is a curious and
uncommon form witli large, stiff, waxy Howers with most peculiar
heart-shaped lips. The pattern is regular, though not heav^^ This
is the most easily distinguished form we know, but it is not tj^pical
of the species as a whole.

Fi(/s. 17-19. 0. ERiCETORU.vr. These figures show the lax sepals
and narrow throat, the large Hat lip with the lateral lobes much
larger in area than the central lobe, but cleanly marked oft' from it.
The coloui-s are usually ])ale, and the pattern nvdv vaiy to any
conceivable extreme, though the plant can never be confused with any
other species on that account, and the pattei'n is perhaps most often
composed of small dots or lines, which often cover the whole lij).
Figs. 17 and 18 are typical foiins from Aberystwyth, Kg. 19 being a
curious and ratlier distinct form from Tregaron, which typically has
pinkish-purple flowers and very narrow leaves, often unspotted, and a
slightly narrower li]) than usual.

J^/ffs. 21 and 22. O. Fuchstt. Both figures are from Aberyst-
wyth plants, and show the very deeply cleft lip with a middle l(d)e
larger in area than that of any of the other species. The pattei-n is
frequently of the rather regular soi-t shown, but may vary a good deal,
and is sometimes more like those of E. ericetonim. Colours usually
pale.

Eifjs. 11, 12, 20, and 23. Kyurids.— Fig. 11 is O. 2)urptireUa
(Aberystwyth form) X O. latifolia (heath form shown in fig. 18).
This shows an almost perfect combination of the ])arent flowers, both
size, shape, and colour of lip and width of throat being intermediate
between those of the parents. The heavy line-pattern is derived fi-om
O. latifolia. The leaves are heavily blotched. — Fig. 12 is O. inirpii-
rella (Aberystwyth form) X 0. ericetorum. The influence of O. erice-
torum is well seen in the broad crenulate lip and narrower throat,
that of O. imrpurdla is the pur])le colour and stiffer sepals. The
leaves were spotted. — Fig, 20 is ]irobably O. incarnata x O. latifolia
(Shrewsbury specimen). The rellexed lip and wide throat suggest
O. incarnata, the large flower and spotted leaves of the plant, O. lati-
folia or 0. ericetorum. We prefer the former because of the lack of
crenulation of the li]), the inairnata reflexion not being much over-
come. The pattern is not very typical of either parent. — Fig. 23 is
O. incanufta X O. latifolia from Kidwelly. The form of the lip is
due to both parents, the small size of the flower, the rosy-pink colour,
and stiff blunt sepals being due to 0. incarnata. Leaves spotted.

N.B. The hybrids in figs. 11 and 12 are found in considerable
numbers at Aberystwyth, especially no. 11. Those in figs. 20 and 23
are isolated examples.

We should like to mention a few isolated points that do not flt in
ver^' well above. The Plate, of course, only includes a selection of
forms, and does not in any way claim to show even all the main forms

2G2 THE JOURNAL OF ]30TANT

ill aii}^ given species ; it simply has as many as could be inserted.
With regard to the hybrids, if anyone else has seen hybrids ^vitll the
same parentage as those illustrated, but with quite a different
appearance, this does not disprove the correctness of our identitication.
We find the hybrids vary very much, more thv.u the parent species,
and different proportions of the parents are found in different cases.
Also the particular form of its species to which each parent belongs
affects the hybrid.

We have examined the character sometimes used in classifying
these orchids — /. e. whether the tips of the leaves are flat or hooded —
and have found that no reliance can be placed on it, as it varies within
the same species. Moreover, leaves may be flat arid delicate or
keeled and thicker in texture in the same species, according to habitat.
If an O. ericetorum with thick but narrow and keeled leaves be
transplanted into a thoroughly shady wood, the leaves become flat and
delicate though remaining narrow\ Similarly, specimens of O. Fuclisii
in shade in a wood have the flat delicate leaves, those in a field in the
sun have the leaves slightly thicker and more inclined to be keeled,
though not as coai'se in texture as those of O. ericetorum and not
affected as to shape.

It is ho[)ed that where our diagnosis of forms may not be accepted,
the Plate will prove useful for purposes of comparison and reference.

THE LICHEN SYMBIOSIS.
By a. H. Chubcit.

(Concluded from p. 219.)

Taking the primarj^ somatic organization of the constituent
Fungus as being hypothetically a mere formless weft of septate
mycelium, and that of the algal constituent as being in the general
run of cases merely discrete cocci ('gonidia') of a Protococcoid alga,
with no more somatic organization than that of the Palmelloid 2:)hase
(itself the negation of a 'soma'), the fact that the product of the
synthesis may present form- factors of very definite character, should
imply that certain factors ma}^ be ascribed to the symbiosis. Again,
some general rule should be applicable to all, however much minor
details in size, texture, or chemical nature of the units, might make
for variations on the scheme. That is to say. if there is one ' sym-
biosis-factor,' it should be reflected in one type of soma. To what
extent such a generalization will hold, may be discussed fi-om the
the consideration of a few of the commonest and most familiar of
British Lichens. Owing to the favourable moist atmosphere of the
British Isles, such types are well represented, and little is gained
from appealing to any more conspicuous and divergent constructions
of exotic genera.

I. For example, taking a fine form as Feltigera canina (includ-
ing algal protoplasts as Nosfoc) growing as beautifuUy-lobed and
branch 'd j^'^tches, a foot or more in diameter, the somatic organ-

THE LTCIIEX SYMT^IOSTS 2G3

ization may be expressed in terms of: (1) dorsiventrality; of (2) uni-
facial type ; (3) lobing or proliferation ; (4) ramiHcation, appearing
more or less dichotomous ; (5) continued growth at the end; (G) a
certain amount of intercalary extension, responsible for the broad area
so readily attained ; (7) marginal apothecia, otherwise of normal
Discomycete categorj^ The general organization is that of a mere
blanket-tyj^e of hyplial weft, formed of felted septate hyphse, 10-12 jx
diam. Beyond the normal production of ascospores in apothecia on
marginal lobes or ramuli, three or four undoubted form-factors may
be isolated, without straining, as calling for comment or explanation
as to the causes which may have produced them as part of an
elaborate phj^siological mechanism.

II. From such a type Physcia parietina, the common yellow
crustaceous lichen of slate-roofs, M^th included Cystococcus, differs
only in adding dorsiventral bifacial construction, as the peripheral
pseudoparenchymatous weft is differentiated on the lower surface
of the thallus as 'well, inhibiting the extensive rhizine-system of
Peltigera, and suggesting a further xerophytic adaptation and control
in terms of a far more substantial pseudoparenchymatous screen.
Otherwise there is no special ramification beyond a mere peripheral
lobing of the thallus-margins. That is to say, taking such types of
dorsiventral and crustaceous lichen only, there seems much to be said
for the new somata being much alike, since with different Fungi and
different Alga3, the form-factors present much in common.

III. But in the case of Usnea harhata one finds a thallus of
quite a different type, presenting factors of (1) centric, or radial
organization; (2) copious ramification; (3) any lateral may extend
as a leader, without rule, or ]*emain a short filamentous process ;
(4) the ramuli show apical growth and differentiation ; (5) inter-
calary extension is restricted ; (6) the internal differentiation of an
axial strand of hypha?, mainly parallel in direction, of skeletal value,
may be distinguished from (7) the loose weft of the cortex, with
again a dense and continuous peripheral tract of pseudo-parenchyma ;
(8) broad apothecia with normal details terminating special ramuli
as in Peltifjera ; the whole organization a well-marked branching
' fruticose ' type, attached by a definite hapteron of hyphal fila-
ments, as a bushy type of growth which may attain a length of a foot
or more in associated species, presenting so close a copy of an auto-
trophic plant-form that one forgets to remejuber that it is merely a
product of a dual ' synthesis.'

IV. Cladonia sylvatica, again, as a minor variant on the bushy
growth of the Beindeer Moss (C rangiferina, erect and as much as
1^ ft. high), presents a similar miniature 'arboreal' habit, as a
fruticose ground-form, with main trunk and laterals; but (1) the
main axis is hollow, and has no skeletal strand, also it may be per-
forated locally, as at the axils ; the primary laterals are somewhat
irregularly spaced, though more definitely in acropetal series ; ultimate
ramuli acquire a more or less dichotomous habit, which may be veiy
pronounced in minute end-ramifications on which the apothecia are
borne. Lateral systems, again, may take on a distinct unilateral or
drooping habit: the larger types are bushy masses 1-1 i ft. high.

2G4 THE JOUENAL OF I30TA>Y

Even in the case of the so-called podetia and scyphns-ciips of other
species (C pyxidata) no advance is made by regarding these as })art
of a special fructification ; since one does not get away from the fact
that any axis, in which even ascogenous hypha? may ramify, is still a
part of the gametophyte mycelium ; and, as in the case of a long-
stalked Pezizd-Q.n'^, the radial or centric organization of a massive
axis is the point that requires explanation.

Without going into other complex somatic forms of Lichen, such
as the Immched perforated framework of Cladonia refipora or the
beautiful series of whorls of the radially-organized C. verficiUaia^ it
begins to emerge that the liclien-soma is extremely variable ; the
symbiotic factors are b}'^ no means conformable ; no factor of sym-
biosis, for example, can explain why an JJsnea should be radial and
PeJfi(/era dorsiventral, why Cladonia is tubular and Vsnea solid ;
yet if these are evolutions de novo, there must be some sub-aerial
cause for this divergence since the initiation of the first synthesis,
however much these somatic factors may be now inherited. It is for
the lichenologist to trace the meaning of every factor. Scientific
botany consists in the anah'sis of the plant-organism, step by ste]i,
referring each factor to its physiological origin and function in the
economy of the organism. Wholly gratuitous hypotheses of mere
adaptation to light-supply, for example, in the dorsiventral Pelti(j('ra
will not explain the centric habit of Cladonia, growing similarly on
the ground among grass, and both dry up equally on desiccation to
recover flexibility on wetting. The analogy of ' stem' and ' leaf ' of
higher land-tlora, as if lichens were physiologically ' imitating ' the
morphology of higher autotrophic vegetation, is of course the solu-
tion of the problem commonly and ingenuously ]mt forward (Sachs,
loc. cit.) ; but the significance of the evolution of even the factors of
'stem' and 'leaf in the land-plant is not completely ex])lained,
except as facts of observation, crystallized in academic mor})hology,
until it is no longer clear which comes first ^ — and such factors are
often expected to come ' by nature.' But things in biology do not
'come bv nature ' ; it is ihe object of the science to find out what
exactly is meant by 'nature,' as also by 'coming.' That the appearance
of such factors presents little difficulty to the imagination of those
who liave followed the progression, similarly wholly de novo, of the
land-])lant from an antithetic, interpolated sporophyte — as a s])indle-
shaped embryo, throwing out enations to be sterilized in terms of
leaves and sporophylls ~ — may be freely admitted; and such minor
points as the distinction between a dorsiventral crustaceous thiillus
and a radially symmetrical multibranched axis, may appear merely
trivial. Hut all these factors have to be accounted for. The study
of lichen-mor])hology does not account for them, but again accepts
them as facts of observation, lleally they shovild be the most criti-
cally explored features of the Avhole subject — if, as asserted, they
arise de novo in a dual symbiout, in direct response to the same
environment of light-supply, water-supply, gas-supph% and food-salt
sujjply. Why, for example, should the JParmelia and JJsnea con-

J Bower, Ovujin of Land Flora, p. 251 (1908), 'Stem and Leaf.'
- Op. cit. p. 142.

THE LTCITEX SY^rilTOSTS 20-'

sortia ])()th grow on the bark of trees, or tliose of PcHigrra aiul
Clcahiiia botli among g]-as.s, and vet be so widely divergent in their
new factors? The only factor tliat appears to be connnon to all
is the differentiation of a close weft of ])seud()-parenchynia as a screen
over the tract of dissociated photosynthetic algic ; and even this is not
always done in the same way [cf. Ephche and the tine thalloid sluxjts
of JioceUa fu ci forming wholly wanting also in many genera (^Crocipiia)
or more clearly simulating an acpieons epidermis].

One begins to donbt the symbiont partnership as having anything
to do with the matter, though one may be })ut ott' with the idea that
the range of variability in such a ' nascent,' and hence ' labile '
organism (Keinke, 1.S95, p. 69) initiating new departures, may be
excessive; just as Sachs {loc. c/'f.) put it all down to the chlorophyll.
Perhaps the somatic organization is not so very new after all : even
among Ascomycetes of holosai)r()phytic habit very striking growth-
forms may still be retained ; the case of Xylaria polymorph a with
bilateral, erected, stromata, branched more or less irregularly or
dichotomously at the distal end, and bearing indefinite ' cystocarpic '
perithecia in its cortex, presents suspiciously comparable form-factors.
And one's doubts are confirmed when a little consideration shows
tliai not one of these factors is anything new after all. Thev are,
in fact, only a repetition of the commonest of commonplace factors of
the somatic organization of algte, as seen in modern seaweeds, in
M'hich centric cable-stranded axes, hollow, or with skeletal axial
strand— or, again, dorsiventral shoot-systems attached by rhizoidal
processes, indefinite in ramification, or proliferating subdichotomonsly,
with differentiation of a dense ' cortical ' layer, more or less ])rotective
against intrusion — are the prevailing methods of somatic elaboration.
Again, these and no other, in similar filamentous wefted growth-
forms (' cable-strand types of aggregation '), are the working mechanism
of Green (Siphonea^), Ked (Floridea?), and Brown (Phii^osporeie)
algal phyla of the sea. For example, the building of massive radially
symmetrical axes, with preferential apical growth, and capacity for
throwing out laterals of similar organization, repeating the construc-
tion, is a mechanism involving numerous controlling form-factors,
each of which can be only established in marine organism as response
to changes in a certain environment by rigorous natural selection. So
far as known, such factors of organization can be only evolved in the
conditions of marine phytobenthon, consequent on the attachment
of encysted plankton-flagellates to a substratum within the range of
light-penetration. It is to the sea that one must look foi'^ the
analogue of any specialized lichen-thallus ; and a glance over the
pages of any set of illustrations of lichen-types at once discloses their
essential morphological identity with forms of autotrophic marine
organism, more jxirticularly in the manner of Floridean types of
somata, as the small, clustered, or encrusting growths of reef-pool
foi-mations. That is to say, since a seaweed can only arise in the sea,
as the response of autotrophic life to special benthic conditions in
sea-water, the presumj^tion is that any plant presenting similar
somatic characteristics must have arisen in the sea also.

The resemblance of such plants, both in general size and shoot-

2GG TKE JOURXAL OF BOTANY

construction, to depauperated sea- weeds is so striking that it cannot
be blinked in the case of the finer types of the Lichen-series. Though
minute and microscopic forms may show fewer characteristics, there
are also many equally reduced relics of Florideae and Phajophycese in
the sea which retain little special somatic organization. It is to the
fmest and most complex types that one must look for the culminating
expressions of response to the environment which has produced them.
Decadence and extreme impoverishment prevail in tide-pool vegeta-
tion, and every grade of rudimentary organization that is not neces-
sarily * primitive ' may be found in the sea ; while the very mode of
life of a lichen implies the added precariousness of existence, as
inclining the organism to all ultimate phases of somatic degradation.
Admirable illustrations are given by Reinke (Prings. Jahrb. xxvi.,
xxviii.) — there is no need to multiply types : a dozen will suffice, cf.: —
Cladoniafurcata (xxvi. p. 505), C. o'etipora (p. 506), C. verticillata
(p. 509), Lecanora escidenta, L. fruticulosa (xxviii. p. 372), Rama-
Una Eckloni (p. 378), B. farinosa (p. 379), Parmelia reticulata
(p. 383), P. liottentotta (p. 384), P. arizouica (p. 385), Getraria
(jlauca (p. 389), Evernla furfuracea (p. 392), JJsnea Taylor i
(p. 396), Sticta latifrons (p'. 441).

lleinke (1895), as an algologist, naturally recognized the many
striking points of similarity in external mor])liology to quite ordinary
types of Floridese, even including calcified forms asLithothamnions.
His conclusions, however, that such growths will illustrate the parallel
progression of plant-somata in response to the same physiological
])roblems, affords an admirable example of utilizing conceptions of
homoplasy to beg the question. There is, in fact, little identity
of biological factors or physiological mechanism in the case of a
lichen growing on a rock exposed to air and a submerged alga of the
sea. According to Reinke (1895, p. 100) the principles to which the
Lecidean type of thallus affords the response are suggested as : —

(1) The form and structure of the consortium in relation to
CO^-metabolism.

The protection of the gonidia (from desiccation — certainly not
from starvation or death by exhaustion).

(3) The formation of reserve-storing tissue.

On the other hand, the sea-weed soma has little reference to these
factors, since (1) the CO^-metabolism of the sea is on an entirely
different footing as regards both amount and quality of the light and
gas-supply; (2) the xerophytic factor is wholly wanting, and there is
no question of protection from desiccation in the sea ; (3) stores
of reserves may be illusory, just as algse may accumulate large
amounts of polysaccharide and carbohydrates of sorts merely as the
expression of starvation for lack of nitrogen.

The sea-Aveed soma represents the response of autotrophic life to
such factors as (1) surface-exposure to the external medium and light
of as many photosynthetic units as possible ; (2) mechanical efficiency
in avoiding the drag of a moving medium. Laminate expansions
and systems of ramification represent the means of supplying the
former ; texture, cohesion, and strength of axes the latter. Marine
algse are also filamentous, gelatinous, massive, or calcareous; such
ty])es of soma being the response to special conditions of marine

TITE LTCITEN SYMlJrOSlS 2G7

environment. There is no means of conceiving the origin of even
a filament of mycelium, except as originating in aqueous environment,
and the sea is the original watery solution holding the food-supplies.
Even a filamentous soma must have a long marine ancestry behind it.
If Lichens present the form-factors, filamentous growth, not to
mention reproductive phases and a life-cycle, still characteristic of
sea-weeds, the presumption is that they inherit this somatic equip-
ment directly from marine algie ; and such features of equipment are
retained (though more or less open to deterioration) since they have
proved useful, in the long run, or at iiny rate not injurious, under new
subayrial conditions. The adult lichen-thallus is now a heterotrophic
fungus-soma to which intrusive algai have been added, and is not to be
judged by early stages of 'synthetic ' development, merely because it
can no longer exist without its algal helots ; any more, apparently,
than can many orchids without their attendant mycorhiza— and
the 'consortium' is a pi-turesque myth.

Lichens thus present an interesting case of an algal race, deterio-
rating along the lines of a heterotrophic existence, yet arrested, as it
were, on the somatic down-grade, by the adoption of intrusive algal
units of lower degree to suhserve photosynthesis (much in the manner
of the marine worm Convolnfa). Thus arrested, they have been
.enabled to retain more definite expression of more deeply inherent
factors of sea-weed habit and construction than any other race of
Fungi ; though closely paralleled b}^ such types as Xylaria (Asco-
mycete) and Clavaria (Basldiomycete), which have followed the full
fungus-progression as holosaprophytic on decaying plant-residues.

There can be little doubt that such a view will enlarge one's con-
ception, not only of the remarkable history of these often despised
fungus-races, as compared on one hand with the surviving Florideje of
the sea, and on the other with the great range of Ascomycetous
phyla ; but also it must throw light on the general problems of the
changes of biological environment, which may have been effective
in such a striking response, as included within what has been termed
the period of the subaerial transmigration.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXXIII*.
Br SpENCEii Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

(Continued from p. 226.)

3. Miscellanea Afrtcaxa (conf.).

Asclepiadacej3.

Batesanthus intriisus, sp. nov. Planta glabra, caule volubili
distanter folioso uti inflorescentia saltern in sicco fusco-purpureo ;
foliis amplis petiolatis ovato-cordatis breviter acuminatis a23ice acutis
utrobique palllde nitidis pap3a*aceis ; paniculis axillaribus pedun-
culatis foliis circlter sequllongls laxe plurifloris ; 'pedicellis minute
bracteatis quam flores longioribus ; calycis segmentis parvulls del-

* Types in the National Herbarium.

2GS THE JOURNAL OF JJOTANY

toideis margine microscopice ciliolatls ; coroll(S basi intrustE lobis
ovatis obtusisslmis quam tubus abbreviatus multo longioribus ; corona
obscure annulari addito lobulo parvulo subulato pateute e basi tila-
mentoruin oriundo ; coitherls apice counatis oblongis quain filamenta
long-ioribus ; sliflo ab antlieris facile superato.

Yaunde, Bitye, on ground out of cultivation ; Hates, 1392.

Folia (lamina) 18-15 X 6-8 cm., in sicco supra fusca subtus
griseo-viridia, glandulis translucentibus microscopicis copiosissime
induta ; petioli validi, ±2 cm. long. Stipube retlexie, circiter -1 mm.
long. Paniculjc patentes, 10-15 X 5-7 cm. Pedunculi +5 cm. long. ;
Imjus rami subdistantes, patentes, ±2'5 cm. long. ; ])edicelli 5-7 mm.
long. J5racte5e fugacea?, ovata?, circa 1 mm. long. Calycis segmenta
circa 1 mm. long. Corolla extus viridis, intus fusco-purpurea, pansa
niodo 15 mm. diam. ; hujus lobi Q-^ x 5 mm. long. Corona? lobuli
•5 mm. long. Filamenta crassiuscula, '5 nnn. long. ; antberie 1 mm.
long, v^el piuUuhim ultra. PoUinia bipartita, ambitu rbombica, acuta,
in toto *7 mm. long. Ovarium ovoidemn, *8xl"25 mm. Stylus alte
bipartitus, lobis oblongis, truncatis, -5 mm. long.

Foliage an.l indorescence of B. parpio'eus N". E. Pr., from wbieli,
irrespective of the different Horal structure, it can be told on sight by
the much smaller Howers. Mr. N. E. Brown, who was kind enough
to examine a flower forme, directed my attention to the intrusion of-
the base of the corolla, a character very unusual in Astclepiadacece, so
much so tliat he can recall only one similar case among African
species.

It should be noted that, wlien dried, the flowers appear to be
mostlv unopened buds ; tliis is due, as i\lr. Bates notes, to the short
time the corollas remain expanded.

Auisopus Batesii, sp. nov. Planta volubilis ; ramalis gracilibus
crebro foliosis glabris ; folils petiolatis oblongo-ovatis breviter acumi-
natis l)asi rotunda to-cordulatis utrobique glabris necnon leviter nitidis ;
uniheJlis axillaribus subsessilibus pauciHoris ; peiliceUis liliformibus
flores excedentibus ; calycis segmentis ovato-oblongis obtusis margine
ciliolatis ; corolhe vix medium usque divisie tubo campanulato lobis
ovatis obtusis intus subtiliter velutinis; coronte \)\\\\\\)s ext. prominen-
tibus lingua^'ormibus breviter villosis phyllis int. superne liberis
rotundatis integris gynostegio brevioribus ; stylo exserto apice robusto
leviterque bilido.

Yaunde, Bitye ; Bttcs, 1300.

F(dia usque 10x5 cm.; pleraque vero 4-7x2 -3-5 cm., in sicco
Uete viridia ; cost.e laterales ut reticulum pag. inf. mediocriter visi-
bil.es ; peti(di tenues, 6-20 mm. long. UmbelUe zt6-flora3. Pedun-
Q\\Y\ validi, minute bracteati, circa 2 mm. long. Pedicelli 4-10 mm.
long. Flores atropur])urei, in sicco 8 mm. diam. CoroUae tubus
4 mm., lobi 3-5 mm. long. Coronae phylla ext. 15 mm., ])hylla int.
1 mm. long. Gynostegium 1'5 mm. long. Antherarum appendices
erectae, ova tie, 1'5 mm. long. Pollinia oblongo-pyriformia, '2 mm.
long., glandulae aliquanto breviori aftixa. Styli pars exserta circa
1-25 mm long.

This chiefly differs from A. Manni N. E. Br. in the .more
prominent outer coronal leaves of the flowers, the shorter, broad,
entire leaves of the inner corona, and the exserted stvle.

MISCELLANEA AFETCANA 2G0

Aristoloch TACE J].

Aristolocliia ceropegioides, sp. nov. l^laiita volubilis, glabra ;
caule alicjuanto coiiipresso distanter folioso ])aucicostato ; foliis ])eti(>-
latis ovatis vel ovato-oblongis aciiiuiiiatis a])ice ipso obtusis basi saijx?
obli(|iii« truiicato-rotundatisque trinervibiis nieiiibranaceis ; JJorihys
pro rata parvis pedicellatis in raeeinos breves ])aucitl()ros liracteatos
minute puberulos ordinatis ; hracfeis linearibiis oppositifloris ; ^;ef//-
cellis ovario subye{|uilongis ; perianfliii in sicco nigri utriculo ambitu
subcireulari quam tubus iufuiidibularis plane breviore lobis 8 inter
sese subsimililnis in feme triangularibus superne in caudani ab'quanto
tortam satbreveni excurrentibus ; columna c/cnitali breviter stipitata
G-loba ; anlherarum loculis oblongis obtujiissimis ; s/if/niaflhtn-; an-
tlieras bene superantibus inter se similibus oblongis mirginibus
stigniatosis contluentibus ; onirio cjdindrieo minute puberulo.
Yaunde, Bitj'e; Bcdes^ 123-5.

Folia (lindjvis) 8-10x4-5 cm., in sicco grisea, subtus pallidiora ;
costre costubeque necnon reticulum laxum pag. inf. bene aspectabiles ;
petioli 15-20 mm. long., basi torti. Kacemi (axis) 1"5 cm. long.
Pedicelli 5 nun., ovarium 7 mm. long. Periantbii utriculus 9 mm.
long., interne 4 su])ei'ne 6 nnn. hit. ; tubus 18 nun. long., basi 2 mm.,
medio 3 nnn., ore 7 nnn. lat. ; lobi 15-17 mm. long., basi -1 mm. lat.,
cito usque 1 mm. contracti. Columnse genitalis stipes 1 mm. long. ;
antberarum loculi totidem ; stigmata ultra antberas fere 2 mm.
enunentes, supei'ue libera.

Known among liexandrous African s])ecies by tbe 3-lobed limb.
Wben dried tbe tlowers look somewbat like tbose of a Ceropcijia witli
free corolla lobes.

Aristolochia Ju-ju, sp. nov. Planta volubilis, aiule valido cortice
cinereo prominenter rugoso lenticellifenxjue obducto jam efoliato

llorum raeemos perbreves emittente ; folUa ; pedicelUs sat elon-

gatis minute puberulis ; j^erianihio majusculo utriculo oblicjue intlato
ovoideo intus minute pubescente quam tubus elongatus subcylindricus
incurvus intus pilis crassiusculis bac atque iliac prjeditus multo
breviore lobis 3 abbreviatis inter se a?qualibus triangulai-ibus apice
breviter acuminatis interjectis lobulis 3 multo minoribus ; coJumna
genitall breviter stipitata 10-loba ; antherarum loculis anguste ob-
longis obtusis ; stigiindihiis ex antberis eminentibus oblongis apice
liberis marginibus stigniatosis contluentibus ; ovario cjlindrico pedi-
cello subagquilongo.

Soutb Nigeria, Degema Division ; Talhoi, 3766.
Caulis 10-11 mm. crass. Kacemi (axis) vix 1 cm. long. 13ractefe
lineari-oblongae, circa 7-8 mm. long. Pedicellus cum ovario 4-5 cm.
long., ille solus 1*5-2 cm. Periantbii utriculus 3 X 2-2'5 cm. ; tubus
usque 7 cm. long., interne fere 1"5 cm., ore 2'5 cm. lat. ; lobi 2 cm.
long., ima basi totidem lat. ; lobuli circa 5 mm. long. Columnse
genitalis stipes 1 mm., antbene 3 mm. long. Stigmata ultra antberas
2 mm. protrusa.

So far as concerns its flowers, tbis sbould be placed close to
A. Mamiii Hook. f. and A. friacfina Hook. f. ; from tbe latter of
tbese tbe periantb lobes serve at once to distinguisb it. Tbe perianth
of A. Man nil has a smaller utriculus and verv short lobes without

270 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the intervening lobules ; moreover, although Hooker descrlLed the
tube as 2| inches long., i.e., about as long as that of U. Ju-ju, a
measurement copied into the Flora of Tropical Africa, inspection of
the type material at Kew shows this to be nearly double the true
length.

As its name implies, this is one of the " Ju-ju " plants. Before
leaving England for what unhappily proved her last visit to Africa,
Mrs. Talbot promised to secure leaves if possible of this fine species,
a promise frustrated by her death. The flowers seem so different
from anything hitherto described that no apolog}"- is necessary for
describing the species without leaves. The material consists of a
piece of stem with a single inflorescence and a pencil drawing made
from the living plant.

EUPHORBIACE^.

Drypetes peltophora, sp. nov. Bamulis bene foliosis primo micro-
scopice puberulis mox glabris corticeque cinereo obductis;/b//«s breviter
petiolatis oblongo-lanceolatis apicem versus saepius coartatis obtusis
raro acutis basi obtusis necnon aliquantulum obliquis margine un-
dulatis vel undulato-denticulatis papyraceis utrobique glabris vel pag.
inf. summum levissime puberulis ; Jlorihus subsessilibus in fasciculos
breves pei'paucifloros squamis minutis sericeis stipatos ex axillis ramu-
lorum hornotinorum baud defoliatorum oriundis digestis ; sepalis <S
4 orbicularibus extus et intus minute fulvo-sericeis margine cih'olatis ;
staminlhiis 8 filamentis complanatis glabris quamantherie late ovoideae
utrinque obtusissimse plane longioribus ; disco latissimo piano margine
10-12-lobato fere omnino glabro ; florihtis 5 deficientibus.

Yaunde, Bitye ; Bates, 1295.

Folia usque 10x4 cm., ssepe vero minora, e. g. 7-9x2*5-3-5 cm. ;
costse laterales utrinque 6-7, ut reticulum pag. inf. bene aspectabiles ;
petioli 5 mm. long. Stipulse baud vis«. Pedicelli 1*5 mm. long,
minute sericei. Flores explanati circa 9 mm. diam. Sepala 4x4 mm.
Filamenta 2 mm., antherie 1 mm. long. Discus medio levissime
elevatus, a?gre 3-5 mm. diam.

To be inserted in the genus next D. DinMacfei Hutchins., from
which it is distinguished by the smaller, not quite entire leaves, and
the larger <$ flowers with longer filaments and a much broader flat
disk.

Drypetes Taylorii, sp. nov. Verisimiliter frutex, glaber; ramulis
subteretibus insigniter costatis cinereo-corticatis foliosis ; foliis lanceo-
lato-oblongis vel oblongo-obovatis basi obtusis margine leviter undulatis
tenuiter coriaceis pallide nitidis costis lateralibus utrinque circiter
10 pluribus aliis ord. inf. interjectis omnibus una cum rete pag.

utraque optime eminentibus ; stipulis ; fasciculis multi- vel

plurifloris ex ramis jam foliis orbis vel fere orbis oriundis ; foribus
(S solummodo cognitis breviter pedicellatis ; sepalis (5 subbiseriatis
interioribus ssepe paullulum minoribus ovatis vel oblongis obtusis ;
staminihus circa 12 circum vel inter disci lobulos insertis filamentis
quam antherae plane longioribus ; disco sat elevato latere rugoso
superne piano medio rudimentum 5 j^arvulum lineare vel brevissime
umbonatum gerente.

East Africa, Mtoni ; Rev. W. E. Taylor.

MISCELLANEA AFIUCANA 271

Folia 15-20x5-7 cm., in sicco brunnescentia ; petioli 2-3*5 cm.
long., basi necnon sub limbo incrassati. Pedicelli circa 3 mm. long.
Sepala 2-3 mm., filamenta 2-3 mm., antberse ovatse 1 mm. long.
Discus diametro 1 mm. paullo excedens.

The six sepals are somewhat aberrant from the -genus, also the
stamens placed sometimes between rugse of the disk, a character,
although shared by some species of the genus, pointing to Lingeh-
lieimia, but the habit of that is different. The plant does not seem
closel)^ allied with an)^ known species.

Drypetes GossweiJeri, sp. nov. Arbor erecta trunco sat gracili
pra3dita ; ramis robustis alicpianto tortuosis cortice cinereo rimoso
lenticellifero circumdatis ; ramidis fusco-corticatis foliosis glabris ;
foliis petiolatis ovato-oblongis obtusis brevissimeve cuspidato-atten-
uatis basi late rotundatis papyraceis margine undulatis glabris supra
nitidulis subtus opacis costis lateralibus utrinque 6-8 aperte arcuatis
ut reticulum utrobique bene eminentibus ; fascicidis pauci- vel pluri-
floris plerumque ramulis defoliatis insidentibus ; ^je<^/?C(9///s validis
quam flores longioribus minute fulvo-velutinis ; sepalis florum cS
pro rata magnorum 5 oblongo-ovatis apice rotundatis pag. utraque
prsesertim vero dorso fulvo-velutinis ; staminihns fere 40 inter disci
iobulos S3epe insertis filaraentis quam antherse oblongse obtusse paul-
lulum longioribus ; rudimento 5 subnuUo.

Portuguese Congo, Ma3aTmbe, rare in forests at Buco Zau ;
Gossweiler, 6S67.

Truncus sec. cl. inventorem 30 m. alt. Folia pleraque 14-18 X
6-8 cm. (nonnunquam modo 10 X 5 cm.) petiolo 1-1*5 cm. long,
exempto, supra in sicco brunnescentia. Stipulae baud visse. Pedicelli
usque 3*5 cm. long., sed sjepe breviores, sub flore incrassati. Flores
odorem pungentem ingratum sinrantes. Sepala alba (dorso dilute
viridia), 13 X 11 mm. Filamenta 5 mm., antherse 4 mm. long. Discus
7 mm. diam. Flores 5 ignoti.

Allied to D. Staudtii Hutchins,, but somewhat different in the
shape of the undulate (not serrate) leaves and with larger flowers on
longer pedicels, velvety (not glabrous) sepals, and nearly 40 (instead
of about 15) stamens.

PLANTAGO CYNOPS L. IN KENT.

By Heney N. Eidley, M.A., F.R.S.

Plantago Gynops L. is a low shrubb}^ plant forming a good-sized
tuft or cushion. The stems are woody and for about 6 inches bare of
leaves. The leaves are narrow and semiterete, linear acute, and
grooved above, of a grey-green, and like most of the plant hairy.
From the axils spring hairy peduncles little longer than the leaves,
bearing at the top globose heads of flowers. To each head is a pair
of ovate rounded green cuspidate bracts tinted with purple ; the
sepals are short and enclose the corolla tube, which is rather long for
a Plantain ; the wide spreading lobes are lanceolate and acute, trans-
lucent and whitish. The whitish filaments are very long and hairy,
and the anthers pale ^^ellow ; the slender and long persistent style,
at first pale, becomes brown ; the capsule is conic with oblong lanceo-

272 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY

late smooth seeds. The plant is a native of the Mediterranean
region, occurring in dry barren chalky spots in Southern France, Lot,
Toulon, Villefranche, Gap. and Ain ; also in Spain, Italy, Switzer-
land, Austria, Crete, and Greece. It was therefore ratlier surprising
to see it growing and apparently certainly wild on chalk downs
between Cobhani and Meophani in Kent.

The plant was first found by Mr. Charles Baker, who resides in
this district, in May last, who gave a specimen to Miss L. Florence
liidlev, who sent it to me. I visited the locality on Sept. 8th with
Mr. liaker and Miss liidley and found the plant in flower.

The locality is a very dry barren bank of chalk with \evy little
soil, covered, however, with dwarf forms of Origanum vuJgare, both
])ink and white, only a few inches tall — Carlina, Erigcron acre,
Fastinaca, and other chalk-hill plants, with scattered wild rose-
bushes and stunted hawthorns ; no grass was seen except a few poor
patches of Brachgpodlum i)iniiafii)n. The ground appears never to
have been cultivated or even ploughed; at the base of the valley
below attempts have been made to cultivate, but without much
success. Though there is a quantity of Mustard on the further
hill, I could not see a single plant of anything which could have
been introduced where the Fl ant a go was growing.

There is one clump of the j)lant in an oval form about two feet
across, the centre of which has died out and the edges are pushing out
all round : the strong woody stems show that the clump is an old one ;
its general a])pearance is that of a cluster of seedling pines. For
twelve yards from both sides of the clump smaller plants are scattered
along, evidently seedlings, many with well-developed Avoody stems.
There are no houses near the spot, the nearest being a farm-house, a
considerable distance off, and separated from the hill-side by a narrow
Avood, so that it is extremely improbable that the plant could have
been a garden introduction. Indeed, no one is in the least likely to
cultivate so inconspicuous a shrublet ; nor can I find that the plant
has ever been in cultivation in England. It is clearly not introduced
as a cornfield weed, as it is shrubby and does not grow in made
ground ; nor is there any rubbish from elsewhere thrown there or in
the neighbourhood.

This region of Kent, however, is peculiar in having several very
local plants which are hardly wild elsewhere in England, such as
Salvia jjratensis, AWicea hirsvta, and Orchis liircina, all of which
grow within a few miles of this spot. It may be worth recording
that owing to cultivation during the war Althcea hirsufa very nearly
disappeared from its long-known locality here ; but in a wood some
miles away, which was much cut away during the war. Miss liidley
found a large quantity had sprung up ; I knew the wood when I was
a boy, frequently exploring it, but I cannot remember ever to have
seen* the Althcea there, though it was a plant I knew well.

The remarkable thing about the occurrence here of Plantago
Cgnops is that it appears to be quite absent from Northern France ;
nor has it, so far as I know, been seen on any other of our chalk
downs, but most of these are more or less grassed over. It is seldom
tliat one finds a down so very barren and unprovided with soil as this,
\\hich appears to be the kind of locality in which F. Cynops grows.

THE SEQLEXCE Or FrNGI AND MYCETOZOA 273

THE SEQUENCE OF FUNGI AND MYCETOZOA.
Br W. T. Elliott, D.D.S., F.L.S., and Jessie S. Elliott, D.Sc.

Ax oak branch about 15 ft. in length and about l] ft. in diameter
that was blown down in a gale at Tanworth-in-Arden in the autumn
of 1912 has been carefully kept under observation with the object of
noting the sequence of fungi or m3X'etozoa wliicli might grow upon
it. It was in the first instance quite sound with the leaves attached
and showed no trace of decay. In the autumn of 1913, after lyiug
on the ground in a conifer plantation for twelve months, it was
profusely covered with a dense growth of the black gelathious cups
of Biilffarla polymorpha which issued through the cracks in the
bark. In the following autumn (1914) a further dense growth of
this same fungus appeared, and at the same time on the sawn end
of the branch were seen traces of the purj)le fruiting bodies of Coryiie
sarcoides. During the next autumn (191.j) Bulgaria polijinorplia
again made its appearance, but less in quantity ; and at the same
time coming up through the same cracks in the bark was observed
everywhere the fruiting structures of Coryiie sarcoides. Again, in
the autumn of 1916 Coryne sarcoides appeared in abundance and
with it at the same time a still further diminished quantit}^ of
Bulgaria polymor^yha. The latter has never been seen there again.
During the winter (1916-17) a small patch of Stereu/Ji Itirsuluni
aj^peared.

In the autumn of 1917 only a trace of Coryne sarcoides made its
a})pearance, and since then has never been seen there : also, a small
growth of Stereum hirsnfum as well as a small patch of Pauus
sfypficus came up, and the latter remained in evidence until the
following March. In 1918, during the autumn, a cluster of the
sporophores of Hyplioloma fascicalaris appeared on one of the ends
of the log as well as the small patch of Stereum hirsntum.

In the autumn of 1919 after seven ^^ears of obseiwation the
first Mycetozoon appeared, an area of about four square feet l)eing
covered with a dense growth of PJiysarum nutaas Pers., which
appeared through those cracks in the bark which in previous years
had been occupied by Bulgaria polymorpha and Coryne sarcoides :
at the same time a large patch of Physariini nutans also developed
on the sawn end of the log ; the wood even then was so hard and
dense that much difficulty arose in cutting any away. Subsequently,
on the side opposite that on which the Mycetozoon developed
Bhlebia merismoides appeared, covering an area of about three
square feet : also, cluster.sof Ilypholoina fascicalaris and Ilyplwloina
suhlaterifia developed at opposite ends of the log.

In June 1920 one sporophore of Pluteus cerrinus appeared, and
during June, July, and August the Mycetozoon Physaruni nutans
sent up a continuous crop of its minute grey sporangia covering the
same area it occupied in the autumn of 1919, and in addition the
space which was then occupied by Phlehia Merismoides. In July
(1920) a second species of Mycetozoon — Stemoiiitisfasca (Roth) —
nmde its appearance ; its white plasm. )dium emerged in two places
Joubxal or BoTAXY. — Vol. 5S. 'Xoveau^ek, 1920.^ y

271 THE JOURNAL OF T30TAXY

about six inches apart through the hark on the central surface of the
log ; one of these developed sporangia, and the other formed a
schlerotium which remained in situ for about ten days, and then
disappeared apparently into the wood ; we have observed that i^las-
modia vv^ill at times disap|>ear in this manner.

The log at the present time (August 1920) is still hard, although
showing some signs of decay, j^et it has been lying in the same
place in this conifer plantation for eight years. The entire dis-
appearance of the two fungi, Bulc/aria lyolifmorplia and Cori/ne sar-
coides, first referred to and the abundant growth of the Mycetozoon
Physarum nutans in precisely the same place lead us to the conclu-
sion that their mycelia were absorbed and destroyed during the
plasmodial stage of the Mycetozoon, for it is well known that these
oro-ani.^ms can thrive on mycelium : probably the plasmodium thrived
on the mycelium for about three years before it proceeded to the
stase of fructification.

SHOUT NOTES.

SciLLA CAArPANULATA Ait. (p. 22). I have known the area
between Truro and Pei-ranporth intimately for ^^ears and remember
clearly a strong garden Scilla which grew like a weed in a garden
near Perranzabuloe Cimrch, and strayed from the garden into hedge-
banks outside ; it may be the same species. Another plant which
strays out of bounds and bids fair to become a permanent element in
our flora is Oofoneasfer Slmonsii Hort. A bush planted in Perranza-
buloe churchyard some forty years ago has given rise to thriving
bushes (bird-sown, no doubt) in several spots within half a mile.
These were recorded by Mr.W. Tresidder some years ago, and recently
I noticed thriving young plants in the neighbourhood of planted
bushes at Silverwell in the next parish. — F. Rilstone.

Arum riALicuM Mill, in Sussex. At the latter end of May
this year I had an opportunity of examining a fresh specimen of this
species from West Sussex, a fine clump having been found near
Arundel by Mrs. and Miss D. Powell. As far as I am aware, the
only other station in the county is in the Broadwater neighbourhood
(Arnold, Fl. Suss. 75, 1887). The flowering stem examined was
about 18 inches tall with a spathe of 13 inches ; the yellow spadix,
measuring about 5 cm., v/as noticeably longer than its naked peduncle ;
the barren filaments were warty at the base ; and the cluster of
fertile ovaries were much longer in proportion to the ring of stamens
than in A. macvlatiim. The leaves, which were not particularly
white-veined, had the diverging and projecting lobes characteristic
of Miller's species. The above features are those specially remarked
upon by Boreau, Coste and Rouy, the first author noting that the
leaves are only rarely veined with white in the area of his Avork
(Fl. Cent. Fr. ed. 3, ii. 736, 1857). Townsend (Fl. Hants, 327,
1883) described the Isle of Wight plant as a new variety, iieglectuni,
having leaves more frequently sjjotted, their apex more rounded, and
the basal lobes less triangula'r and less spreading. The Arundel
specimen did not agree with this description. — C. E. Salmojs.

SnOET TsOTES 275

Haxunculus Lingua. In Camb. Brit. Fl.iii. 127 (1920) we
read in reference to this species — " We have not noticed an}^ glabrous
form {li. lingua \2i\\ glahratus ^^^\\yo\\\, Sched. Crit. 288 (1822))
in this counby, Avhere the plants conform to B. linf/ua var. hirsutus
WaUroth loc.city Upon examining the examples in my herbarium I
was interested to see this point borne out in all the specimens save
one. This important exception, which agreed with Wallroth's dia-
gnosis of his glabrafus — " Caule, calycibus foliisque utrinque glaber-
rimis," — was' gathered by my friend A. J. Croslield in 1919 in
South Buckinghamshire ; the locality lies in District IV of the
botanical map accompanying Dr. Druca's account of the botany of
the county in the Victoria History, 1905.— C. E. Salmon.

EoHLUM PLANTAaiXEUM L. A single plant in full flower was
found by me in a meadow near a farm at Boxgrove, about 3^ miles
N.E. of" Chichester, on August 20th last. It has, I believe, never
before been recorded for Sussex. Mr. A. J. Wilmott has confirmed
the identity of the plant.— F. Druce.

The Genus Calobryum. Professor Douglas Campbell m his
])aper " Studies in some East Indian Hepaticese : Calobrgiim Blumei,
N. ab E." (Ann. Bot. cxxxiii. 1 (1920)) gives three species in this
genus as known at present. He has, no doubt inadvertently, over-
looked the fact that a fourth species is known from New Zealand,
viz. G. GihhsicB Steph., first recorded by me in this Journal for 1911
(xlix. 265), and subsequently described "by Stephani (Sp. Hep. vi. 76
(1917). Other new species recorded in my paper, and since described,
are: Aneiira Gihhimia Steph. {op, cit, p. 28) and A. pajmlolimhata
Steph. (p. 36).— S. S. Gibbs.

KEVIEWS.

Flora of Jamaica, containing Bescriptions of the Flowering Plants
known from the Island. By William Fawcett, B.Sc, &c.,
and Alfred Barton Kendle, D.Sc. &c- Vol. iv. Leguminosae
to Callitrichaceie. Svo, cloth, pp. xv, 369 ; 114 text illustrations.
Trustees of British Museum, Longmans, &c. 1920. Price £1 5«.

This volume, the third in order of publication, was among the
many books delayed by the War. In character it resembles Jts
predecessors, which were noticed in this Journal for ]911 (p. 172)
aud 1915 (p. 116), hence there is no need to repeat what has been
said as to details of arrangement. We may sum these up by saying
that, by its numerous illustrations, its careful investigation of the
earlier authors, and above all by its thorougli examination of_ the
material from old collectors pre'served in the National Herbarium,
the Flora, whether regarded from the standpoints of science or of
general utility, is in advance of any ])revious work of its kind.

The arrangement being that of Engler and Prantl, the statement
that the volume includes " Leguminosae to Callitriehacese " will not
convey much indication of its contents to those who follow other
classifications. It comprises Euphorbiacea?, Kutacea3, Geraniacea?,
Polvo-alaceie, and numerou.s other groups, and is moreover somewhat

'c CD

27G THE .TOURXAL OF BOTANY

misleading, for all that appears about Callitrichacea) is a sliort para-
graph introductory to the Order on the last page, which, as the paging
of the volumes is not continuous throughout the work, might, we
think, have been deferred to the next instalment, to which it belongs.
The species now first described in English are not large, and have
alreadv been printed in Latin in this Journal in compliance with the
rule which demands that diagnoses of new plants should be published
in that language. There are several new combinations, some resulting
from the long-dekyed recognition of Philip Miller's work in the
eio-hth edition of his Gardener's Dictionary, but these have never
been wantonly made : Seshania Seshan comes dangerously near the
duplication which has been generall}^ condemned.

The substitution of FitlieceUohiinii for Pithecolohiuui (p. 14G),
Avhich at first suggests a misprint, should, we think, have been ex-
plained. Mr. Fawcetfc kindly gives us the following note :

"■ J: itliecellohium was founded in Hortus 3Ionacrnsis (1829)
188, by Martins, who gives as its equivalent * Affenohrring.' He
assio-ns'the name to certain species of I?ir/a mentioned, namely cyclo-
carpum {Inq. W.), inundaium, and Vnguis-cati. Willdenow founded
his Inga ci/clocarpa on Mimosa cydocarpa (Jacq. Fragm. Bot. 30,
t. 34, f. 1) ; the figure shows the pod as a complete ring. In Flora,
Beiblatter, ii. 114 (1837), Martins spells the word PifltecoUobiuin,
and savs of it : ' genus Ingas auctorum amplectens a me in Horto Reg.
Monac. constitutum [1829, ]). 188] Brasiliensibus dicitur Brincos de
SaJioi/, Aftenohrring germanice, unde nomen graecum petitum ....
Hue pertinent inter alias multas : Inya exceha Kunth, JJngiiis-cati
W., higemina W., cyclocarpa W., coclileata W., contorta Grab.'
' Brincos ' is Portuguese for ' eari-ings,' but ' Sahoy ' is certainly
not the usual word for 'monkey,' and is more probably the name of
a place. Possibly the women of Sahoy wore the cyclocarpa pods
round their ears."

The substitution of Loureyro for the usual spelling of the name is
in accordance with his autograph MS. in the library of the Depart-
ment of Botany ; Necker's commemorative name Lourea was due to
the misspelling of the younger Linnieus, who based his Hedysartnn
i^espertiJionis — the type of the genus — on a plant sent from Cochin-
China by " lo de Lourei."

On p. XV is an important " Note on Dr. Patrick Browne's JS^afural
History of Jamaica'" which is in danger of being overlooked; it
should,' we think, have been referred to in the preface. It is as
follows : —

"Dr. Patrick Browne published his Natural History of Jamaica
in 1756, three years after the appearance of Linnseus's S^^ecies
Plant arum. Browne did not adopt the binomial system of Linnaeus,
but quoted as synonyms of his own diagnostic names the diagnoses
of the Species PI an tar um. In his own copy of the History, now in
the library of the Linnean Society, Linnaeus added the binomial as a
marginal note.

" Linnseus acquired Browne's herbarium in 1758, and has under-
lined in his copy of the History the first letter of those species of
which there was a s])eeimen in Browne's herbarium. In some in-

FT.On.A. (^r..TAMATCl Zl t

stances these specimens were the foundation of species publislied by
Linnteus in the Si/s/enta, edit. 10, 1759, for instance, Cassia viminca;
otlier represented species which ijrowne had failed to identify were
tliose in tlie Species Flantarum, for instance, V,. hijlora. Sometimes
a specimen in Browne's herl)arium has not beei> identified by Linnauis
witli any diag'nosis of Browne, but has been published in the Hifstemay
for instance, C. pilusay

We hope that, in the interests of West Indians and of botanists
g-enerally, tliis important addition to our colonial floras will proceed
with all ])ossible speed.

The Xaiiwe Sludi/ of Plants in Theory and Practice for the ILohhij-
Botanist. By Thomas Alfred Dtmes, F.L.S. With an
Introduction by Prof. F. E. Weiss, F.R.S. 8vo, pp. xviii, 173:
54 illustrations. Price Gs. net. S.P.C.K.

It might be thought that there w^as not room for another intro-
duction to botany based on British plants, and it must be owned that
one or two recent pretentious works of the kind might have been
dispensed with ; but Mr. T. A. Dymes's little book on The Nature
Sfiidif of Plants (S.P.C.K., Qs. net) deserves a welcome and will, we
think, receive one, not only from '* the hobby-botanist," for whom it
is specially intended, but from the teacher, who will find in it much
that is useful and suggestive.

The volume is divided into two parts: in the first ("Theory")
we have a description, in their various bearings, of " the seven factors
of life, animal and vegetable" — five (Respiration, Nutrition, Growth,
Protection, and Rest) "'which are concerned with the preservation of
the individual," and two (Reproduction and " the care of the chil-
dren ") " which are concerned with the preservation of the race." The
second part ("Practice") is devoted to a life-history of the Herb
Robert (^Geranium Rohertianuni) : "it is easy," says Mr. Dvmes,
" to watch our friend from its babyhood to its grave," but we doubt
whether anyone has undertaken the task before, and it could
hardly have been fulfilled with greater completeness. For example,
Mr. Dymes had been " struck by the fact that the Herb Robert in
[his] borders, which are a well-stocked menagerie of small and
voracious wild beasts," seemed hardly ever to be attacked by any
of these ; and this set him thinking about its means of protection,
which he finds in the hairs and in the strong smell. A series of
experiments with slugs, woodlice, and caterpillars, who were confined
to a diet of the leaves, showed that in many cases these were not eaten
at all, or the eaters came to a premature end — notably in the case of
a large brown slug {Limax maximus), ''who began eating during the
second night, but by the next evening he had turned a fearful colour
and was dead." " Mr. Dymes began to think that the Herb Robert
had to all intents and purposes solved the problem of complete
protection," but the grub of a weevil (Coeliodes) "habitually feeds
upon it."

We regret that want of space prevents us from noticing the volume
at greater length, but a word must be said in praise of the numerous
original illustrations, and of the clear simple literary style in which it

278 TITE JOURNAL OF EOTAXT

is written. The book, too, is of value as an example of what ma}^ be
done with regard to our common British plants ; there is a gratifying
absence of theorizing, and an allusion — ^rare in present-day literature —
to the reverence due to '' the Scheme of Creation and its Creator."

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Os p. 62 we protested against what we ventured to call the per-
verted form of industry which finds its outlet in the creation of
"new combinations" in nomenclature based solely upon literature;
and we cited in support of our protest examples from the publications
of Mr. Oliver Atkins Farwell. In his J^Tofes on ike Michigan Flora,
ii., just to hand, Mr. Farwell pursues his unfortunate practice, which,
as we before remarked, can only result in the addition of new and
still-born names to our already over-burdened nomenclature. On
p. 301 he writes : '* Phceocephalum Ehrh. {Triodon Pers. and BhyncJio-
spora Yahl) appears to be the oldest name for the genus" — a
statement which is followed by the creation by seven " n. comb."
It will be observed that he gives no reference to Ehrhai*t ; the name
(which, of course, finds no place in the Kew Index) appears in the
Index to Ehrhart's PhijiophyJacium published in his Beitrdge, iv.
146, where and on the label attached to the specimen it stands as
" Ph^ocephalum : Schoenus fuscus Linn." As is well known,
Ehrhart was accustomed to attach one-word names to the plants dis-
tributed in his exsiccata, but there is no reason for supposing that he
had any intention of claiming for them generic rank, nor could any
one familiar with the Beitrdge ever entertain the notion : thus
in the decas of which BlicBocepliaUim is the first, appear :
" 6. Polyglochln. Carex dioica Linn.

7. Ps;. llophora. Carex pulicaris Linn.

8. Leucogloehin. Carex Leucogloehin L."

Can it be supposed for a moment that Ehrhart intended to establish
a genus on each of these species ?

Cano?^ Johx Vaughax has done well to bring together in a
volume which takes its title fi'om the first of them — The Music of
Wild Flowers (Elkin Mathews, 8s. Qd. n.) — the essays, "contributed
to various journals and magazines, which illustrate the interest and
delight to be found in the pursuit of botany." The aspects dealt
with are very various — most are associated with some locality with
Avhich the author has special acquaintance — Winchester, his present
residence ; the Suifolk shore ; St. Aldhelm's Head, Suiiolk ; the New
Forest and other parts of Hampshire : others deal with special groups —
daffodils, fritillaries, climbing plants, the flora of our railways ; or
with the plants of various seasons — the woods in May, winter foliage,
and early spring. The present writer is reminded by the Canon's
graceful acknowledgement that the pleasant essay on Fuchs's Herbal
was due to his fortunate suggestion. The essays are attractively
written and well-informed : occasionally we think the information
might be more definite — e. g. the author of the " old list of Hamp-
shire plants mad<? in the eighteenth century " and the })lace of its

BOOK-XOTES, >'EWS, ETC. 279

publication might have been inentioned : it is of interest to know
that the white-flowered form of Oplirys apifcra found by Dean
Gamier — tl>e author referred to (see Journ. Bot. 1873, 256) — was
seen b}^ Canon Vaughan in the same locality a hundred years later.
The publisher must, one assumes, have some reason for issuing with
uncut edges a book printed on soft paper, but it is difficult to con-
jecture wliat tin's can be.

The Kew Bulletin (no. 7) contains an account of "A Trip to the
Knysna," undertaken in connection with the work for the Botanical
Survey of the Union of South Africa which was begun in 1918 by
Mr. S. Schonland ; a description of two new species of Ovulariopsis
from the West Indies by Miss E. M. Wakefield ; notes on Jeffer-
sonia and Plagirhegma (the latter united with the former by
Bentham and Hooker) by Mi-. Hutchinson, and on Amoora spccta-
bilis and A. Walliclui by H. H. Haines; a revision of the cultivated
species of FheUodcmlron, by Mr. Sprague ; and a continuation of the
" Decades Kewenses," mostly by Mr. J. S. Gamble.

The latest issue of Notes from the Iloif((l Botanic Garden^
Edinhurc/li (nos. 57, 58), contains descriptions of forty new species
of Rhodode]idron, mainly from the apparently inexhaustible collections
of this genus which were made in Yunnan and elsewhere by Mr. G.
Forrest, whose name is associated with Prof. Balfour's in most of the
descriptions. We note that the date on the wrapper is "March
1920"; that of the Stationery Office on the first page is "9/20":
in view of the diiticulties connected with dates which at one time and
for a long period characterized the Kew Bulletin it seems desirable to.
call attention to a possible source of confusion.

The Neiv Fhytologist (July and Oct., published Aug. 24) has
a long paper on " Hybridism and Classification in the (Jenus Bosa'''
by Mr. J. K. Matthews, which should interest British botanists : the
author " would at present strongly support any systematist who
returned to the Linnean conception of the species [i2. canina'],
denoting its various combinations by some purely symbolical method,"
and thinks that " it" a single aggregate species were submitted to
systematic crossing and fully worked out along the lines of Mendelian
research, we should obtain results Avhich Avould form a real eonti-ibu-
tion to our knowledge of this most difficult genus." Dr. Gates con-
tinues his observations on " Mutation and Evolution " and Mr. J. H.
Priestley writes on " 'J'he Mechanism of Root Pressure."

The first memoir of the Botanical Survey of South Africa
(Pretoria, 2s. Qd.) is devoted to a Phanerogamic Flora of the divi-
sions of Uitenhage and Port Elizabeth, by Dr. S. Schonland. It
contains notes on the systematic elements of the Flora and on plant-
formations and plant-associations, followed by a list of the plants known
to occur in the districts, with localities and occasional notes : a table
of the genera with an indication of the number of s^^ecies in each
brings the useful memoir to a close.

We have received the 85th and 36th Annual Reports (1918-19,
1919-20), issued together, of the Watson Botanical Exchange Club,
which contain as usual much interesting matter, wherefrom we hope
later to print extracts. An excellent portrait of the late E. S. Marshall
faces the title.

280 THE Jorm'AL of botaxt

TO OUll SUBSCEIBERS.

It seems riglit that our subscribers should be made acquainted
Avith tlie difficulties which at present attend the production of the
Journal and seriously threaten its continuance. The cost of printing
steadily increases and shows no prospect of diminution, and, in spite
of help rendered by friends in various ways, the annual accounts
show a serious deficit.

The issue for last year resulted in a loss of £32 18s. SJ. ; this,
liowever, was practically defrayed by a small balance remaining from
tlie sum raised by the late E. S. Marshall in 1917, and by generous
donations from Dr. Britton of New York and Mr. C. E. Sahnon.

Eor the present jea,r this position is far more serious. The
account delivered at the end of June, hy which time practically all
subscriptions for the year had been paid, showed a balance in hand of
16s. 9il. with which to carry on the remaining six months. Allowing
for receipts from sales of numbers, reprints, etc., it is estimated that
at the end of the year there will be deficit of over a hundred pounds,
and this although the cost of the two supplements and of plates
has been defrayed by the authors, and help towards the production
of other papers has been received. Sums amounting at present to
£25 have been received or promised by those who have been made
acquainted with the position of affairs, but it will be seen that much
more will be needed in order to protect the Editor from serious loss.

This being so, the outlook in 1921 is even more highly unsatis-
factory, and it is doubtful whether it will not be necessary to
terminate the existence of the Journal with the December number.
The possil)ility of this has resulted in numerous expressions of hope
that what is regarded b}" many in the light of a catastrophe may be
averted : we need not say how deeply we ourselves should regret such
a contingency, and have indeed already received promises of help to
carry on, and suggestions whereby the Journal may be placed on
a more secure footing. Among these the raising of the subscription
to 22s. Q(I. post free and the price of numbers to two shillings is the
most practical ; but it may be doubted whether this Avould be
sufficient to put the Journal on a substantial footing. And nothing-
can be more unsatisfactory than that it should depend for sui)port
upon the result of continual special appeals, just as nothing can
be more unpleasant than to be compelled to make them. Meanwhile
we shall be glad to hear from any subscribers how the above pro-
])osal is regarded by them, and grateful for help towards this year's
deficit ; this will be duly acknowledged in our December issue,
when the course determined on for the future will be announced.

The Editoij.

"JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS.

Ix view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases
pi-acticallj exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the
list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course
alread}^ possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the
Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent
subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear
in the list, are already out of print ; of others ver\' few copies
remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint tliem : among
the latter may be mentioned Mr. Dallman's Notes on the Flora
of Deiihighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to ' Topo-
cjraphical Botany.'' Of the Supplements to the Biographical
Index no complete sets remain. It had:' been hoped before this to
issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are
of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and laboilr has
rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these
having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs.
Adlard. Mr. Oarrj^'s Notes on tlie Drawings of Sowerhy^s 'English
Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and
numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should
be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany :
only sixteen copies remain.

It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating
to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general apjjeal.
Such are the Index Ahecedarius — a list of the plants m the first
edition of Linnaius's Species Plant arum, showing at a glance what
are included in that work, Avhich has no index of species ; the
History of Alton's ' Hortus Keivensis," which contains much in-
formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the
Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on
the more interesting species ; Linnseus's Flora Anglica — the first
English Flora— has a beaiing upon nomenclature : of all these
there are numerous copies.

lOrer.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS

Price Si\v ^hiUings (cloth).

Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's 'English Botan}^ ' (pp. 276).
^j F. A. Gaery.

Price Five Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. AVollet-Dod (pp. 153).

Price Tlu^ee Slnllings.
The British Eoses, excluding Eu-CaninLe (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLEY-DOD.

The Genus Fu nutria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley,
B.A.

Price llalf-a-crown.
The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A.

Price Tivo Shillings.

A List of British Roses (pp. G7). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denl^ighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.*)

Price Fighieen-ijence.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biogi-aphical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. %d. each).

British Euphrasije. By CEDitic Bucknall, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Htekk, M.A., F.R.S.

History of Alton's ' Hortus Kcwensis.' By Jainies Britten, F.L.S.

LinniEus's ' Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H..

WOLLEY-DOD.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders icith remittance shoilld he addressed to: —
TAYLOR & FEANCIS, EED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4.

The Subscription for 1921 will be 22s. 6^. post-free ; single numbers 2s.
net, by post 2s. Id. Subscriptions and orders should be sent to
Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4.

No. 696

DECEMBER, 1920

Vol. LVIII

T H E

JOURNAL OF BOTAiNY

BRITISH AND FOREKjX

EDITED DT

JAMES B KITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S.

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTIMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM.

CONTE NTS

Notes on British Hawkweeds. By H. TJir^Tm^-Tirc

W. PuGSLEY, B.A., F.L.S 281 ^^^'^'' ' ="

Tlie Problem of the British Marsh ^he Botany of Iceland 295

Orchids. By Colonel M. J. God-

FERY, F.L.S 286 Water Plants, a Study of Aquatic

Bibliographical Notes :— Ang-iospernas. By Agnes Arber,

LXXXII. The Dates of Eheede's D.Sc, P.L.S 296

■ Hortus Malabaricus.' 291

LXXIX A. Lehmann's Pugillus.— I. 292 Book-Notes, News, etc 298

Short Notes :— The Name Ahine —

PlantagoCynopsL.mKent~Eii- Supplement.— The Flagellates and

phorUa platijphiillos L.—Pni- Algaa of the District around Bir-

nellalaciniata inKent — Satureja mmgham. By W. B. Grove,

montana L. in H&ntH—Atripie.c M. A., B.Muriel Bristol, D.Sc,

calotheca — Poa omeiensis 294 and Nellie Carter, D.Sc.

TITLEPAGE, CONTENTS, AND INDEX FOR VOLUME.

^ LONDON

TAYLOR AND /rANOIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

DULAU & GO., LTD.,f ^
34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. \

Price One Shilling and Eighfpence

Cambridge Universi^^l^

THE CAMBRIDGE BR'^" ^^^^^

Bv C. E ^In^s! "n c -n. T r, ssisted by specialists in cer-

Volume III, Port ''^''^* *° Fumariaceae

Imperial 4to. With 191 .' "*■ ^" ^"^ ^ol^"^^ (P^^t^^ "^^^I'^pei's^^^
with text) r ^^^' paper boards, £7 7s net ; quarter

niorocco £11^^"^^"'^^' "^ "^^^'^ P^^'*^ (plate and text separately
bound) canva^"'^^' P^P^^* boards, £6 los net; quarter morocco,
£'12 net.

•' The /-''^^"^^"^ University Press, Professor Moss and his collaborators

%

J congratulated on a work which will not only be the standard

are

F]o->"^^^' ^^^^ considerable period, but will be indispensable to all
^^ -rested in geographical and ecological botany and in such problems as
.ue inheritance of the characters of British plants."— T/^e Spectator

•■ Will be welcomed by all students of botany and collectors desiring an
authoritative and up-to-date account of the British flowering plants ....
The ' Cambridge Flora ' may already be regarded as a gi-eat standard work
on systematic botany, worthy of the University from which it issues."

The Manchester Guardian

WATER PLANTS

A Studv of Aquatic Angiosperms. B}^ Agnes Aeber, D.Sc, F.L.S.,
Fellow of Xewnham College, Cambridge. Koyal 8vo. With a
frontisj^iece and 171 text-ligures. 31s 6d net.

" This work reflects no little credit on English botanical study as well

as on Dr Arber One of the most valuable features of the book is

the beautifully-drawn illustrations Dr Arber's book is a land-mark

in the territory of the study of aquatic plants, and will remain a standard
Avork on which future research will very largely be based."' — The Bool-man

" A most valuable contribution to the evolutionary history of aquatic

agiosperms The solid work of research, and the clarity and charm

of her expositions, supplemented as they are by a valuable bibliography
and by numerous illustration *, of which over fifty are from her own
original drawings, will be widely and thankfully recognised."

TJte Scotsman

PRACTICAL PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY

By MuEiEL Wheldale Oxslow, formerly Fellow of Xewnham
College, Cambridge, and Research Student at the John Innes
Horticultural Institution. Royal 8vo. los net.

" "We are not guilty of much exaggeration in saying that we ' read
it from cover to cover,' experienced ' breathless interest," and 'could not
put it down.' .... By taking for granted a certain knowledge of organic
chemistry, Mrs Onslow has been able to keep her book a reasonable
length, and to devise a thoroughly informative and realist series of
experimental illustrations to each section." — The Atheaseum

FETTER LANE, LONDON, E.G. 4 ; C. F. CLAY, MANAGER

281

NOTES ON JUUTLSH HAWKWEEDS.
Br H. W. PucjsLEY, 13.A., E.L.S.

The followiiii^- notes have been compiled during an attempt to
work out the havvkweeds (about 250 gatherings falhng under some 70
species) that 1 have collected in various parts of Great Uritain durin*'-
the last 25 years. The genus, affecting principally, as it does, the rocks
of hilly and mountainous districts and embracing many conspicuous
and handsome forms, readily claims the attention of "^ the botanist
with a taste for climbing, and its complexity is sufficient to satisfy
the systematist's most voiucious ap]>etite for new s])ecies and varieties.

The first account of the ijritish Hieracia, the monograph of
James Backhouse, Jun., published in 1850, gives satisfactory descrip-
tions of 83 species, correlating them, as far as possible, with known
continental forms. Backhouse's interest, however, was largely cen-
tred in the Alpina section, and his explorations were mainly confined
to Teesdale and the Braeniar and Clova Districts of Scotland. In
more recent years Mr. Hanbury, the brothers Linton, and the late
E. S. Marshall collected in many other Highland localities while
Augustin Ley did similar work in Wales, Avith the result that many
new forms were discovered and described. Mr. Hanburv made
notable additions to the Oreadea, and both he and the Lintons
greatly extended the lists of Suhvulgafa and Ccdsia. Finally, Augustin
Ley elaborated the Eu-vulgafa, introducing a number of new forms
identified Avith Scandinavian plants.

A complete account of the genus appeared in 1902 in Mr. F. N.
Williams's Prodromus, in which some important characters, hitherto
overlooked, were brought to notice ; and in 1905 W. R. Linton's
British Hieracia was published, with descriptions of 124 species and
131 varieties. Tliis last-named book is by far the most useful to the
student, but a larger work, with a full and accurate clavis aceountinf>-
for every species, is still a desideratum ; and in this connection the
comparatively early deaths of W. B. Linton and Augustin hay are
nmch to be regretted.

Sub-genus Pilosella, Sect. Colli:^ia.

HiEKACiUM PEATENSE Tausch. — I collected this plant in 1916 at
Aviemore — apparently a new vice-county record for Easterness. It
was growing with other hawkweeds on broken ground near the rail-
wa}^, where its status is uncertain. Nageli and Peter, in their
Hieracien MiUel-Europas {Piloselloideii), and Gremli, in his Swiss
flora, adopt for this species the earlier name H. collinum Gochnat,
Tent. Cichor. p. 17 (1808).

Sub-genus Aechieeacium, Sect. Amplexicaulia.

H. PULMOi^AEioiDES Villars, Fl. Delph. iii. 138 (1789).

Exsicc. F. Schultz, Herb. Norm. 707 ; Billot (continue) 3640.

On July 31st, 1907, I collected this species on an old wall near
Kenmore, in Perthshire. In this situation it had presumably been
introduced, but its occurrence seems worthy of mention, as it dooeg
JouE^'AL OF Botany. — Vol. 58. [December, 1920.] z

282 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

not seem to have been previovisly recorded as a naturalised plant in
Britain, and it miglit perhaps be overlooked through confusion with
the somewhat similar II. amplexicaule L.

The salient features of H. inilmonarioides may be stated thus : —
Plant phyllopodous, with oblong or oblanceolate radical leaves,
5-20 cm. long, with ascending, cusped teeth (especially towards the
base), and decurrent on the long, shaggy petioles ; outer leaves obtuse,
mucronate, inner acute or shortly acuminate, all clothed on both
surfaces with soft, pilose hairs, interspersed, especially above, with
fine glandular hairs. Stem 20-40 cm. high, corymbosely branched,
sub- 12 headed, pilose below, but becoming thickly glandular above
with fine, dark, glandular hairs ; cauline leaves 3-5, the lower lanceolate,
broad-based or subamplexicaul, and toothed below, the upper ovate,
acuminate, entire, sessile, becoming bract-like, all clothed like the
radical leaves. Acladium and branches densely clothed with stellate
hairs and long, fine, dark, glandular hairs. Involucre also densely
clothed with similar glandular hairs. Ligules pilose-tipped. Styles
livid.

H. pulmonarioides differs from II. amplexicaule in its clear
green, non-viscid foliage, with a large proportion of the hairs not
glanduliferous ; in its narrower, less amplexicaul cauline leaves, and in
the characteristic long, dark, glandular hairs of the inflorescence. Its
heads are usually larger than those of H. amplexicaule., than which
it is a more conspicuous and beautiful plant.

I have seen H. pulmonarioides growing in company with H. am-
plexicaule and H. lanatum Yill. on the dry rocks below the oratories
at Saas-Fee, in the Swiss Valais.

Sect. Cekinthoidea.
H. ANGLIC UM Fr. — Although six varieties of this species are
described in W. II. Linton's Brifisli Ilieracia, it is probable that
other equally se2)arable forms of this polj^morphic plant still remain
to be distinguished. The Perthshire hills produce dwarf fovms quite
unlike the handsome, large-headed Teesdale plant, with a single
cauline leaf, that apparently represents Fries's type. Some of these
Scotch specimens are monocephalous and recall the sub-section
Alpina genuina, while others bear 2 or more heads, with 2-3
recluced cauline leaves. Another Pei-thshire form simulates H. ccesio-
murorum Lindeb. in its long-petioled, sharply- toothed leaves, while in
parts of Westerness the prevailing form has 'mostly truncate-based
foliage. The leaf-clothing of this species is also most variable, inde-
pendently of the conditions of environment, for while the foliage is
commonly pilose, in some forms it is almost glabrous and in others
markedly flocculose.

Sect. OllKADEA.

H. PROXiMUM F. J. Hanb. — A stylose-flowered form wdiich I
collected near Keswick in 1903 seems essentially identical with this
plant, as represented in Messrs. Linton's set, differing only by its
glaucous foliage. Mr. Linton concurs in the name. This is a new
locality for II. proximum, Avhich I think has hitherto been recorded
only for N. Scotland and N. and E. Ireland. The prevalence of

NOTES OX UKITT-SII lUEIJACTA 2S3

stylose- flowered liawkweeJs in the Lake Disiriet is jiecnliar, for
this condition of II. anrjlicum y'ay. jaculij'olium and of //. duriccpa
var. cravoniense also grows in the neighbourhood of Keswick. Jt
may be noted that in habit and foliage H. proximum somewhat
resembles H. iriciim.

Sect. VuLGATA, Sub-sect. Silyatica.
H. STLYATicuM Gouan. — The varieties placed under this species
in British llieracia show great diversity of form, and it is dilHcuit,
judging by the average standard of Ilieraciuin species, to regard
such a form as the small-headed variety micracladium Dahist. as
conspecific with W. M. Linton's varieties tricolor and suhci/aneum.
Daldstedt's variety appears to have some affinity with his II. varii-
Golor.

Sect. VuLGATA, Sub-sect. Sub-vulgata.

H. EUDiGiiXOSUM F. J. Hanb. — There occurs in Wharfedale,
growing at intervals along the stream from Bolton Woods at least as
far as Grassington, a well-marked form of this species that has been
referred to the si)ecific type, but which, as Mr. Linton suggests,
approaches the Derbyshire variety j;ecc<?«se W. K. Lint. Its radical
leaves are few and coarsely hairy on both sides, with rather sniail
teeth ; and the lowest of the 2-4 cauline leaves are narrowed below to
short broadly- winged petioles. The stem is pilose throughout, and is
clothed above, like the peduncles, as in var. peccense. The sub-
acuminate phjdlaries, however, differ from those of that variety
in that the simple dusky hairs predominate, the glandular ones
being but few. The plant is probably similar to that mentioned in
British llieracia (p. 43) as growing at Lh'n Dulyn.

Of Backhouse's H. vulgatuni var. ruhesceiis, on which H. ruhi-
(jinosum was founded by Mr. Hanbury, there is only one poor
specimen from Backhouse in Herb. Mus. Brit., but two good Giggles-
wick examples exist at Kew. This form, which I failed to find last
year at Giggles wick and Gordale, differs considerably'' from the
Wharfedale plant and var. peccense, for it shows a more developed
radical rosette and fewer cauline leaves, and the stem and leaves are
less pilose. Its phyllarles, also, appear broad and obtuse, although
described as " subacuminate " by Backhouse and in Babhigton's
3Ianual,,ei\. 9.

This typical H. ruhiginosum bears a resemblance to H.sagittatum
var. maculigerum W. li. Lint., which Ley separated as a new species,
H. Lintoni (Journ. Bot. xlvii. p. 16 (1909)), but it is distinguishable
by its larger heads, with broader and less glandular phyllaries.

Like H. liolophgUum W. B, Lint., H. ruhiginosum (es])ecially
var. peccense and kindred forms) recalls the sub-section Eii-Vulgafa
by its cauligerous rather than scapigerous habit.

H. HOLOPiiYLLUM W. 11. Lint. — It seems possil)le that this
species is identical with Backhouse's H. vulgaium var. cinereum
(Mon. p. 61), but no specimens from Backhouse to confirm this can
be traced in Herb, Mus. Brit, or at Kew. The descrijjtion, except
perhaps for the glaucous foliage, points to H. holophylhi)n, and
it is not easy to see what other form growing on the Great Orme's
Head can have been intended.

284 THE J0UR5fAL OF BOTANY

In 1902 I collected at Clieddar an example of the hawkweed
gathered there three years later b}^ Augustin Ley and referred to
H. ruhiglnosum. This identification appeared to me doubtful, and
as the British Museum possesses two specimens only of the plant, I
have obtained further material for examination through the kindness
of Mr. J. W. White, and am confirmed in the opinion that the name
H. ruhiginosum cannot stand for this plant. Mr. Linton also doubts
the correctness of the identification.

The Cheddar form differs from H. ruhiginosum (1) by its stem
being normally slender, reddish, slightly pilose below and fiocculose
above, instead of robust, purple-tinted, pilose throughout and with
black-based and glandular hairs above; (2) by its radical leaves
being oval, more or less rounded at both ends (the outer ones occa-
sionally refuse), apiculatc, subentire or distantly denticulate, coria-
ceous, subglabrous above and sparingly pilose and reddish beneath,
while those of H. 7nihiginosum are more ovate, acute, irregularly
toothed, and pilose on both surfaces ; (3) by its peduncle^ being
densely fiocculose, with a very few scattered simple and fine, glandular
hairs, instead of less fiocculose, with numerous dark, glandular and
simple black-based hairs ; and (4) by its smaller heads, with the
phyllaries narrow and linear, but obtuse, grey-green and abundantly
fioccose, instead of broad, linear-lanceolate, obtuse or subacuminate,
and dark olive-green, only slightly fioccose.

These features bring the Cheddar plant towards H. liolopliyJlum^
and indeed in habit and foliage it is identical with specimens of the
latter collected on the Grreat Orme. Moreover, some of the Cheddar
specimens examined are shade-forms, producing thinner leaves, hairy
on both surfaces, precisely like shade-forms of H. JwlopliyUum from
Wharfedale. In panicle, however, the Cheddar plant seems distinct,
having rather more numerous heads on longer peduncles, each of
which bears one or more narrow, linear, ciliate bracts. The involucres,
too, are less broad and truncate, Avith distinctly narrower though
obtuse phyllaries showing more abundant pilose and glandular hairs.
It is therefore proposed to associate this hawkweed of the Cheddar
cliffs with H. Iiolophyllum of the limestone districts of Derbyshire,
Yorks, and Carnarvon.

H. HOLOPHTLLUM W. R. Linton, in Journ. Bot. xxviii. 376
(1890) ; Brit. Hier. 49 (1905) ; Babington Manual, ed. ix. 250
(1904).

/T. AT^ausTiSQUAMUM var. nov.
Exsicc. E. S. Marshall, 3090.

Typo H. liolophiiUi similis, sed folia exteriora nonnunquam apice
retusa et ramificatio magis paniculata, sub-10-cephala, pedunculis
paulo longioribus fioccosis pilis tenellls interdum glanduliferis raris-
simis et bracteis angustis linearibus ciliatis obtectis pr?edita. Peri-
clinium baud latum, vix truncatum ; squaniLeangustielineares obtuste,
exteriores laxae, omnes dense griseo-fioccosae, apice parce senescentes,
pilis numerosis longis fuscis basi nigricantibus et brevioribus glanduli-
feris vestitae. Styli lutei vel fuscescentes.

H. SAGiTTATUM Lindeb, var. philais'theax Dahlst. — Ui^pcr Tees-
dale, Durham, 1903.

NOTES OX EniTTSir [lIErACTA 285

Sect. VULGATA, Sub-sect. CiFSTA.

H. c^'ESTT^M Vr. — A plant collected near Winch Bridge and High
Force, Teesdale, in 1<S1JG and 1903, ajjpears to nie to resemble
M. lasiophi/Uum \-m\ planifolium F. J. Hanb., but Mr. Linton does
not assent to this name, although recognizing that the heads look
like those of H. lasioplujUum. Its position must be held doubtful
for the present, but it may be pointed out that it substantially coin-
cides with Backhouse's description (Mon. j). 5G) of II. cccsiiim. It
is believed to be a widely-spread form in Teesdale.

An entirely different plant, with coarsely dentate leaves, similar
to well-authenticated Swedish examples of H. ccesium Fr., was also
found on the Durham side of Upper Teesdale in 1903,

H. FATHJEXSE F. J. Hanb. — Specimens agreeing with this High
land hawkweed w^ere found in 1919 in Hesleden Glen, West Yorks.
Mr. Linton assents to the naming.

Sect. VuLfiATA, Sub-sect. Eu-Vulgata.

H. PixxATiFiDUjr Lonnr. — A very slender form, seemingly refer-
able here, with few- flowered panicle and long acladium, occurred
sparingly by the Lawers Burn, Loch Tay, in 1907.

H. scAXicuM Dahlst. — The i^lant sent to the Watson Exchange
Club by Mr. Waddell in 1902 from Saintfield, Co. Down, as K. scia-
philum, and determined as H. diaplianoides, is identical with
H. scanicum, which at that date had not been introduced to the
British Flora. It is stated by Ley'(Journ. Bot. xlv. Ill (1907)) to
be widely distributed in Wales and the west of England, so that its
occurrence in Ireland is not remarkable.

The sub-umbellate panicle seems to be a marked character of this
plant.

Sect. FoLiosA.

H. BOREALE Fr. — A number of puzzling forms of this species
were growing in company near Bethesda, Carnarvonshire, in 1902.
All of them have blackish phyllaries, but while in some the heads
are of moderate size, wath livid styles, in others the heads are very
large and showy, with bright yellow styles. In some the foliage
approaches that of Scotch H. corymbosum, except for the hair-
clothing, and in others the leaves are all narrow and subsimilar as in
H. rigens Jord. The panicle in nearly every specimen is racemose-
corymbose, with rather short, suberect branches.

The foi-m of H. horeaJe occurring round London appears to
be usually the variety Hervieri Arvet-Touvet, which may \)q known
not onl}- by its pilose peduncles and grey-green, pilose heads, but
by its frequently more laxly-branched panicle.

286 THE JOURNAL OF J30TAXY

THE PUXJBLEM OF THE BRITISH MARSH ORCHIDS.

By Colonel M. J. Godfeet, F.L.S.

(See Joura. Bot. 1919, 137.)

L.v^T May, near Vence, Alpes Maritimes, France. I found OrcJf/s
lotifolia growing in quantitj ; as no other marsh orchid was present,
and O. maculata was entirely absent, it was absokitely pure, and free
from the complications brought about b}^ hybridization.

I expectjJ to find a fair proportion of plants with unspotted
leaves, and also a wide variation in the markings of the lip. Both
these anticipations proved erroneous. I searched repeatedly' and care-
fully for specimens with unspotted leaves, but though I examined
hundreds of plants, I only found two without spots. The markings
on the lip were remarkably uniform, resembling those of our ring-
spotted marsh orchid and maculata, but the}'' did not var}' to the
same extent as in the latter species.

Below are given brief characteristics of a number of specimens : —

1. Average specimen. Height ± 35 cm., spike 6| cm., leaves
oblong -lanceolate, +14x3 cm., densely marked with dark trans-
verse oval spots ; flowers red-lilac, mid-lobe of lip siuall, triangular,
markings dark rv.'d-purple ; spur conico-cylindrical, coloured, laterally
compressed.

2. Spike longer and laxer, mid-lobe slightly longer, sepals faintly
spotted, leaf-spots very faint.

3. Leaves faintly but plentifully spotted with small circular spots.

4. Abundantly spotted with small ringed spots ; flowers pale,
rather large, lip whitish, with dark purple markings all over it, mid-
lobe very short, tooth like.

5. Leaves with very many small faint spots, the larger ones
ringed ; spike slender, lax ; mid-lobe long (±4 mm.) narrow.

G. Leaves densely spotted with small dark spots, lanceolate, rather
acute ; flowers pale lilac, with red-purple markings.

7. Similar, but leaf-spots large, dark, transversely oval, a few
ringed.

8. Leaves very faintly s[)ott:ed ; flowers pale lilac, sepals faintly
spotted; sides of lip considerably reflexed; lower bracts e(]ual to
flowers ; spur rather slender.

9. Densely spotted, spots dark; bracts not exceeding flowers;
flowers darker lilac.

10. Leaf-spots few, distant, faint ; flxowers large, dark red-violet ; lip
transversely oval, very bright coloured, area within markings whitish.

11. Abundantly spotted with very small spots ; sjiike dense ;
bracts slightly exceeding flowers ; flowers smaller, dark but very
bright red- violet ; lip not so broad, markings hardly darker than lip ;
spur dark coloured.

12. Leaf-spots faint, slightly ringed ; bracts exceeding flowers ;
flowers pale lilac, markings faint ; enclosed area whitish.

13. Laaves short, broad, ovate-lanceolate, spots many, oblong,
dark, not ringed ; spike dense, conical ; flowers large, pale lilac, lip
flatter, mid-lobe short, broadly triangular.

THE mOlJLEM OF THE 13ETTTSn MAIISIF OI^CTTTBS 287

14. Leaves heavily sjoottcd witli ringed spots ; llowers large, dark
rod- violet.

15. Very robust, 14 cm. tall, spike 13 cm., very leafy, leaves
erect, slightly spreading; pi-obably the vai\ foliosa of Continental
authors, but only due, 1 think, to exceptionally favourable conditions ;
it has nothing to do with the Madeiran O. foliosa. Leaves 2U-28 cm.
long, 8| to 51 cm. broad, firm, fiat at tip, with sparse minute spots
on apical half only. Bracts (5| cm. x 9 mm.) much exceeding
(lowers, spike comose. Flowers red-pur])le, throat wide whitish,
sepals unspotted, lip broader than long (18x11 mm.), spur conical.
This plant grew on the side of an irrigation canal where water trickled
down.

The following bore a considerable resemblance to O. iircdtermissa
Druce : —

16. Flowers pale lilac, lip flat, entirely covered with markings and
dots ; leaves with small sparse spots on apical half only.

17. Flowers delicate mauve, lip flat, covered with rows of tiny
dots radiating in a fan, very like those of pr(Btermissa ; leaves un-
spotted, except for a few tin}^ spots at the tip of one leaf.

18. -Flov.^ers large, pale mauve ; spur nearly white, short, conical,
almost saccate, but in upper flov/ers more cylindrical and half as long
as ovarj^ Leaves unspotted.

19. Flowers darker, red-lilac, leaves unspotted.

To sum up: — The leaves varied from elliptical-oblong (28 x 5^ cm.),
to broadly ovate-lanceolate (lOxS'S cm.), with the majority of inter-
mediate dimensions (12-15 cm. long by 2^ to 8 cm. broad), oblong-
lanceolate to lanceolate. The spots varied (1) in amount, from dense
to very sj^arse, soinetim.es covering the whole leaf, sometimes entirely'"
confined to the apical half, sometimes restricted to a very few isolated
spots near the tip; (2) in shape and size, e.(j. large elliptical trans-
verse spots, usually solid, not infrequently ringed, small circular
spots, and minute almost imperceptible spots ; (8) in depth of colour,
sometimes dark and conspicuous, often faint, occasionally almost
reaching vanishing point; but the leaves were practically alwa^^s
spotted. The flowers varied in colour from mauve or pale lilac to
dark purple-red, with many intermediate shades. Two or three
plants at Thorenc had pink flowers. Sometimes the central area
of the lip within the markings is much paler, or even nearly white.
The pattern of the markings varied very little except in depth of
colour, in fact it was rem^arkabty uniform, consisting of two parallel
longitudinal loops, one on each side of the lip, formed of continuous
lines, often with a smaller more or le^s imperfect loop within the
larger ones, and not infrequently supplemented by small or irregular
spots outside the area enclosed by the loops. The lip is at first nearly
flat, later the sides slope gradually downwards, and sometimes become
decidedly reflexed, but occasionally fully opened spikes can be found
in which even in the lowest flowers the sides only slope quite gently
downwards. The mid-lobe is small, triangular and often tooth-like,
hardly longer than the side-lol)es ; in one spike it was tongue-shaped
and i mm. lon^, but this was due to the incision between it and the
side-lobes being deeper. The sepals are usually, but by no means

288 THE JOURTTAL OF ROTANV

always, unspotted. The spur varies from conical to conico-cylindrical,
+ 10 mm. long, compressed laterally, pale violet outside, white inside,
densely covered within by rather long white papillae. In one or two
plants the spur was dorsaUy compressed, and in one it was very short
and almost saccate, but in the upper flowers it was longer and nearly
normal.

In the valley of Thorenc, 3G00 ft. above sea-level, in June,
O. latlfolia L. was very abundant in the damper meadows, witli
no other marsh orchid present, though morio, coriopJiora,a.r\(\ Gi/m/ia-
ilenia conopea were ])lentiful, the first-named already out of flower.
O. maculata was abundant, but was mostly confined to the pine
woods. The hybrid lafifolia X maculata occurred, but was not very
frequent. O. Jatifolia was in the main unaffected by hj^bridization,
and was very uniform. Mdlle. A. Camus (Riviera Scientifique,
1918) recorded the varieties ampla A. & G. and pinguis A. & G. as
occurring, but I found the descriptions of Ascherson & Graebner
insufficient to enable me to distinguish them satisfactorily from the
type. Single plants were observed here and there amongst the type
in which tlie spike was so long as to occupy most of the stem above the
leaves, but this appeared to be only an individual variation. . I found
one specimen of lafifolia with apparently white flowers, but on
placing it beside a pure white maculata it was seen to be very faintly
tinged with extremely pale mauve. The leaves were light j^ellow-
green, but were nevertheless faintly spotted, showing how inherent
and persistent is the tendenc}'' to spotted leaves, even . in an almost
albino specimen. On June 18th I found an extraordinary plant.
The two lowest flowers had ver}^ long slender ovaries ; from the
11 bracts next above these arose, instead of an ovary and flower, a
bracteated spikelet 6-7 cm. long, bearing 4 or 5 small flowers with
very short ovaries; some had no spur, some a very short one, in some
it was of normal length in proportion to the size of the flowers ; two
flowers had no column.

The net result of my observations was that I became convinced
that the O. lafifolia of these southern regions is identical with the
spotted-leaved marsh orchid of Great Bi'itain : I do not think they
could be satisfactorily distinguislied even as varieties. It is certainly
not the case here that lafifolia is a hybrid between an unspotted
marsh orchid and O. maculata, for no marsh orchid with unspotted
leaves exists in the neighbourhood, and at Vence maciilafa also was
entirely absent. Barla's figures (Icon. Orch. pi. 48) represent
O. lafifolia, not X O. Braunii. The latter is a cross between spotted-
leaved lafifolia and spotted-leaved maculata^ and not between an
unspotted marsh orchid and O. macnlafa. I saw no sj^ccimens
resembling Barla's varieties of O. lafifolia on plate 49, with leaves
spotted on both sides.

Mdlle. A. Camus, joint author with her father and M. Bergon of
the Mon. des Orch. de TEurope, wrote to me on Oct. 19th, 1919 : —
" In the environs of Paris, where this species is rather Avidely dis-
tributed, often without admixture, I have always seen 0. lafifolia
with spotted leaves, more or less clearly marked, according to the
individual, and perhaps according to the amount of light."

THE PR01>.LI':Nr OF TUK HI{TTrSTI MARSK ORCirTDS 280

The (lilliculties in connection with tlie l>ritisli marsh orchids liave
mainly arisen from the following causes : —

(I) The suggestion that O. prwtennisisa Druce is the true
O. laiifoUn L., a proposition for which no dehnite proof is forth-
coming, and which is in o})position to Continental experience and
()[)inion.

(2j The supposition that the spotted-leaved British marsh orchid
is a hybrid between prcctermisHa and maculata, whereas it appears to
l)e simply O. latifolia L.

(3) The confusion which has arisen througli the erroneous identi-
fication of the hybrids prcefermissa X maculata and incariiataXmacu-
lafa as O. latifolia L. In view of the facts that i^rcdtermissa and
incarnata are both closely allied to latifolia, and that the leaf-
8))otting and also the li})-markings of maculata are very similar
to those of latifolia, it will be seen that hybrids of either ^^r«^-
termissa or incarnata, into which the above two characteristics
of maculata have been introduced by the part parentage of the
latter species, are bound to bear a superficial resemblance to lati-
folia. J^ut to assume that O. latifolia L. is therefore prceter-
missa X maculata is to base a wide generalisation on observations
limited to a restricted and insular flora, and is a conclusion absolutely
at variance with the fact that latifolia is a very widely distributed
European species which grows in immense numbers where both the
su[)posed parents are non-existent.

it is not only in England that the marsh orchids present diffi-
culties. Dr. Keller wrote on March 15th, 1920 : "The more one studies
the group latifolia-Traiinsteineri, the more perplexed one becomes.
1 believe, howev^er, whilst reserving final judgment, that true latifolia
always has spotted leaves, and that the forms with narrow leaves
witliout spots are to be classed under the extremely polymor])hic
species anc/ustifolia or Tratinsteineri. 1 possess forms from Lychen
((jiermany), the water-colour drawing of which is almost identical
with yours representing 'prcdtermissa, but these forms from Lychen
were sent to me as Traunsteineri.'" As 1 do not know the latter
s[)ecies, I cannot express any opinion on Dr. Keller's suggestion, but
it appears always to have narrow leaves, which is not at all the case
with jyrcetermissa. I found two or three j^lants of the latter with
quite narrow leaves at Punfield, near Swanage, though the broader-
leaved type was more numerous. Dr. Keller, Aarau, Switzerland, is
anxious to receive specimens of prcetermissa, dispatched immediately
aft(r gathering, ioY comparison with Continental forms. Nos. 16-19
above would, I think, if found in England, have been classed with
2)r(Etermissa rather than with latifolia, though not typical enough
to be definitel}'' assigned to it. They were exceptional specimens —
no more were found like tliem — and were undoubtedly only individual
variations of latifolia in the direction of prcetermissa. This expres-
sion, however, though convenient, is misleading. Probably species A
does not vary in the direction of species B, but only in the direction
of their common ancestor, C. There is always the possibility that
some diameter of C, which has always been transmitted to B, but
has long been elimii^'ated from, or become latent in A, may exception-
ally re-appear in the latter, either through partial reversion, or by

290 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

accidental persistence in some particular strain of A, therel>y appa-
rently presenting a puzzling variation in the direction of B.

In June 1919 I saw five specimens of supposed lalifolia from a
reputed Irish station sent to Mr. St. Quintin by Mr. Carruthers,
secretary of the Botanical Section of the Belfast Naturalists' Field
Club for nearly thirty 3'ears. They were certainly not latifolia, nor
were they pure onaculata, though two of them nearl^^ approached the
latter, but were, in my opinion, incarnata X maculata. Later
Mr. Carruthers wTote : " I examined some reputed stations (for lati-
folici) near Belfast, and find that O. maculata is always mixed up
with O. incarnata and flowering at the same time, so you are quite
correct in saying our plant is a hybrid, it can be nothing else."

Mr. S. A. Bennett, a keen botanist of the same club, also wrote
to Mr. St. Quintin, sending (A) two plants identified as j^rcdter-
missa by Dr. Druce, and (B) what he thinks is prwtermissa X
maculata. He stated that he had never found satisfactory lati-
folia in Co. Down or Co. Antrim, and that he regards all plants he
has found with spotted leaves and streaked labels as incarnatax
maculata. In the station where B grew, however, there was no
incarnata, but plenty of prcetermissa. Later he wrote : — " B is, I
feel sure, prcetermissa xmaculata, the latter grows in great quantity
amongst these spotted-leaved plants. The latter are in considerable
numbers. . . . None of our plants so far as I know have ring-shaped
spots. With regard to Col. Godfery's question 4 (J. B. 1919, 141)
we can answer 'yes.' In the station from which A and B were sent
we get prcBtermissa and maculata but no ring-spotted plant. Ques-
tion 5. The answer is again ' yes.' Hybrids are present in quantity
and they are not ring-spotted." This confirms my contention that
ring-spotted plants are not produced by the crossing of unspotted
marsh orchids with maculata. I attach little importance to the
presence or absence of leaf-spots; nevertheless, since I have never
seen ringed spots except in latifolia and its hybrids, they are some-
times useful as indicating the parentage of latifolia.

With the identification of our spotted-leaved marsh orchid as
O. latifolia L., the problem of the British marsh orchids becomes
considerably simplified, for there is no great diflficulty in distinguishing
incarnata from prcBtermissa. If we keep these three types clearly
in mind, the only serious difficulty is the determination of hybrids.
If these always held an exact mean between the parents, it would be
comparatively easy, but they so often resemble one parent so much
more strongly than the other, that clear indications of the second
parent are hard to find. They exhibit all degrees of transition between
the two parents, so that it is no matter of surprise that, before their
role was fully understood, all our marsh orchids were regarded as
forming one very variable species.

There is still the outstanding question as to whether there is in
Britain a form of latifolia with unspotted leaves, distinct from
prcetermissa. I believed that I found such forms at Winchester and
at Broadstone, but the rarity of unspotted latifolia in France makes
me feel that this matter requires verification.

THE DATES OF ETTEEDE's ' IIOKTUS MALAliAEICUS ' 291

BIBLIOGKAPHTCAL NOTES.
LXXXIl. The Dates of IIiieede's ' Hortus Malabaricus.'

Errors in dates, like misspelled^names, once committed to print,
are ditiiciilt to get rid of. As a number of modern library catalogues
have stumbled over the dates of Ilheede's Hortus Indicus Mala-
baricus, it is apparent that some earlier records which explain the
discrepancies are in danger of being overlooked.

Among a dozen catalogues examined, at least three uncritically
accept the misprinted date 1(373 for Pars iv. — nor can we assume that
in all cases where inclusive dates are stated correctly, the intervening
volumes have all been carefully scrutinized. While many cataloguers
place their chief reliance on Pritzel's Thesaurus, one would suppose
that their curiosity would be roused, at least, by finding the date for
this volume given as 1683 in the second edition of Pritzel (1872-77),
though the tirst (1851) gives it as " (errore) 1673 (1683)," an
explanation unhappily omitted in the revision of the bibliography.
S-guier (Bibl. Bot., mO) and Miltitz (Bibl. Bot., 1829) merely give
the correct date without comment. Dryander however (Cat. Bibl,
Banks, iii. 179, 1797) gives it as " 1673 (1683)," while Haller (Bibl.
Bot. i. 589 (1771), says: " Tonius iv. De arboribus fructiferis mala-
baricis . . . 1683 ("male 1673)." As definite proof that Pars iv. was
actually published in 1683, one may cite the review of this volume
in Acta Eruditorum anno mdclxxxiv. {i. e. for 1683), p. 159, Avhich
quotes the title quite fully, though it gives the date 1683 without
coinment. Every copy of the Hortus Malabaricus ought to have
this correction noted on the title of Pars iv. to avoid future confusion.
• Beside the date of Pars iv., the work offers another stumbling
block to the cataloguer in the title-page for the first volume. Althouo-h
published in 1678, many copies do not have the original title, but the
one dated 1686, which was reprinted verbatim from that of pars vi.,
but with the sole change of the volume number; hence we frequently
find 1686-1703 carelessly given as inclusive dates for the entire
work. Dryander (/. c.) explains the dates of pars i. as follows: —
" Duae adsunt editiones Tomi Imi, quarum utraque in titulo impresso
habet annum 1678, sed in titulo sculpto, altera 1678, altera 1686."
I have not been able to confirm this distinction between the printed
and engraved titles; in copies I have seen both are alike, and
judging from information in various catalogues, copies with both
dates in the first volume cannot be common. Such a possibilitv,
however, is suggested by the copy in the John Crerar Library of
Chicago, with an engraved title dated 1682 in the first volume,
though its main title-page has the original date 1678, while Pars iii.
(1682) also has an engraved title of the same date, but not identical
with that in pars i. Again, the Gray Herbarium of Harvard
University has two sets of the first six volumes, with imprints vary-
ing considerably, though the dates are the same for the respective
volumes, and in one of them Pars i. (1678) even has a totally different
printer's device, a basket of flowers in place of the usual landsca23e
enclosed by the motto : " Non aestas est laeta Diu, componite nidos."
These examples indicate that almost any combination of dates mio-lit
have been possible in early volumes.

292 THE .TOUEXAL OF BOTAXT

Furthermore, the substitution of the 1GS6 title for that of 1G78
(beside the absurdity of repeating the contents : " De varii generis
Arboribus et Fruticibus Sihquosis " in place of "De Arboribus ") is
a slight upon the first editor, whose name appears only on the original
title-page of Pars i. : " Notis adauxit, & commentariis illustravit
Arnoldus Syen " — though he is eulogized by his successor Jan Com-
melin, in the preface to the second volume. Arnoldus Syen (16-10-
1678) was professor of medicine and botany at Leyden, but appears
to have left little else in the way of botanical work save one short
paper " De Herba Fumana " in Acta Hofniensia, iii. 103-105
(1675). His premature death occurred in the very year of the issue
of the first volume of the Horfus Mahtbaricus, which might well be
his chief memorial. Just how much credit is due to each of the
editors and collaborators cannot be ascertained, but besides information
given in the various prefaces of the work itself, there are considerable
accounts of it in Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, xiii. 100-109
(Mar. 10, 1682,3); Acta Eruditoruin, 1618, 159-161 (Apr. 1681);
and by Bertuch in Fortsetz. AUg. Teut. Gart. Mag. iii. 23-26 (1818),
written as an introduction to Dennstedt's Schllissel ziim Horfus
MaJaharicus.

Bertuch indeed raises the question of earlier dates for certain
volumes, citing the preface, dated December 1696, of Caspar Com-
melin's Flora Ilalaharica : " Prodierunt ante aliquot annos duodecim
vasti istius operis Horti Malaharici titulo insigniti tomi." Commelin,
moreover, definitely refers to every plate in all twelve volumes of the
Kortus Malaharicus, although according to its imprint Pars :sii,
was not published until 1703. While it has been impossible to find
any notice of issue, or locate any copy of earlier date, one may infer
that inasmuch as Pars xi. was issued in 1692, the material for the
remaining volume was all ready and even in print for some time
previous "to the issue of the title-page. Again, Haller (Bibl. Bot. i.
588, 1771) gives 1676 as date of the first volume, which -is not
followed by other bibliographers except Sprengel (Hist. Kei Herb. ii.
83, 1808) ; nevertheless the prefaces to this A^olmne, which are all
dated April 20, 1675, offer a reasonable presumption that printing
must have begun long before 1678. With such evidences of diversity
as have been presented, it seems not unlikely that copies or notices of
publication may be in existence which would support these intima-
tions of earlier elates, and it Avould be most helpful if anyone having
such information would make it public.

MAE.TOEIE F. WaEXEE,

Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

LXXIX A. Lehmanx's PuGiLLrs I.

Ii^ my notes on Lehmann's Pugilli (p. 108) much of what was
said reo-arding the first of these requires correction. The statement,
based on inadequate information, that no copy of the original issue
existed at Kew proves to be inaccurate ; and a consultation of this
necessitates a revision of the third paragraph of my paper. The
title-page of the Kew copy, which was presented to Bentham by
Lehmann and bears an autograph inscription, runs :

LEIIMANN's PUGILLUS 293

'* Index s(;liolarum in Haniburgensium gynmasio academieo in
pasclia 1828 usque ad pascliam 1829 habendaruni, editus ab Joan.
Georg. Ohristiano Lebnianno (etc.). Continetur his plagulis pugillu.s
novaruni quarundam plantai-uni in botanico Haniburgensium horto

occuiTentium Hami)urgi, 1828."

The most important of the corrections necessitated by this dis-
covery relates to the eight species of (Jacti, which, in the absence of
the original issue, I had concluded were lirst published in Nov. Acta,
xvi. (1882) and interpolated by Lehmann in his reissue of Fitgillus i.
For this inference and what is based upon it there is no foundation ;
the Cacti appear in the original just where they did in the reissue,
and my misleading statement would not have been made had I been
aware at the time of writing of the review published in the Literatur-
Bericht issued with Linncea, vol. iii., to which Miss Alice C. Atwood,
Bibliographical x\ssistant of the U.S. Department of Agriculture at
Washington, has called my attention. The erroneous inference that
the reissue was reset from the Nov. Acta was based on the fact that
the copy of the volume of PugilU in the Department of Botany — I
have seen no other — which is apparently in the original binding,
contains the plates from Nov. Acta, which of course were not in the
original issue.

The note as to the plates {ojo. cit. xiv. 799) was, from considera-
tions of space, somewhat abridged in my paper: in full, after
" ex Indice " etc., it runs : " pugillum hunc plantarum, in Acta nostra
translatum, figuris quarundam stirpium rariorum exornavhnus, Cac-
torum, in eodem programmate illustratonun, historian! et efRgies
in proximum volumen Actorum reservantes." This, properly inter-
preted, makes it clear that the Cacti were in the original issue, from
v/hlch they were separated only for the purposes of the Acta.

The four plates themselves present a certain puzzle which, although
of no particular impoi'tance, may be briefly indicated. Although the
Index Scholarum is dated 1828, the plates in Nov. Acta bear date
1827 — the first " June," the fourth " July " ; the first, second, and
fourth are signed with a monogram "CM."; the third is by a
different (and much superior) hand ; the name of the lithographer
and printer are given, but the place of production is not stated. The
four plates of the Cacti (Nov. Act. xvi. 1832) were printed in
Breslau : the first was drawn by Lehmann, the remainder are by
H. V. Meyer.

I had already noted the Kcav copy of the original issue when I
received the interesting commvmication from Miss Alice Atwood to
which reference has already been made, wherein the errors corrected
above were pointed out. With her letter she sends an account of the
two sets of the PugilU in Washington, " neither of them complete
and both lacking the original Puc/illus : the set in the Library of
Congress consists of reissues, except for no. ii., while that in the
Library of the Department of Agriculture is made up of originals —
that is, of the PugilU as they appeared in the programs of the
Gymnasium." From this it seems that it would be of interest to
know whether the original Pugillus exists elsewhere than at Kew.

James Bkitten.

294 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT

SHORT NOTES.

The Name Alsi^e. In the Keiv Bulletin (No. 19) Mr. T. A.
Sprague discusses at length the history of this name, which has heen
applied to three genera — Mlnuartia, Sfellaria, and Spergularia.
After a careful examination of the literature, Mr. Sprague concludes
that the type of Alsine is A. media L. ; this " thus becomes synony-
mous witli Blellaria L. [which] should be adopted under the Inter-
national Rules. Under the American Code, however, the former
name {_Alsine'\ is adopted in accordance with the principle of ' priority
of place,' in spite of six strong arguments in favour of Stellar ia.
This suggests that ' priority of place ' as regards genera should be
abandoned as leading to undesirable results." (It may be noted
parenthetically that examples supporting Mr. Sprague's contention
will be found in this Journal for 1890, pp. 29G-8, at a period when
•the nomenclature of Spcijjularia was under discussion.) ''Alsine
Linn, emend. Ga^rtn. (1791) should be replaced by Mimmrtia Linn.
(1753)." This was first pointed out by Mr. Hiern in a paper, to
which Mr. Sprague refers, in this Journal for 1899, 820 ; his conclu-
sions have been controverted by Dr. Moss {op. cit. VdlA, 196 and
more recently in Camb. Brit. Flora, iii. 32), but Mr. Sprague main-
tains Hiern's conclusions. " Alsine Linn, emend. Reichb. (1832)
should be replaced by Spercjiilaria T. & C. Prcsl (a nomen conser-
vandum under the International Rules : the name Alsine thus dis-
appears alt( gether."

Plantago Cynops L. in Kent (p. 271). It is evident that this
species has maintained itself for a period of more than twenty years
on the hills near Luddosdown. In 1002 I found it in a fallow field
on the higher slopes of a hill between Cobham and Luddesdown, and
then noted one old plant of apparently several years' growth, and, in
the vicinity, several younger plants of various ages. Dui-ing the year
mentioned", flowers were very sparingly produced, my two examples,
gatliered on the 31st Aug., 1902, showing but two flower-heads between
them. The locality remained uncultivated for years, but in 1905
had been brought under the plough, and the plant ^ had disappeared.
It is pleasing to know that it still exists in the neighbourhood. As
to its status, there seems little probability of it being a native, and,
judging from the locality in which it occurred in 1902, it most
probably has been introduced with foreign seed. — C. E. Beitton.

EuPKOREiA PLATTPHYLLOS L. When John Ray was travelling
through England he stayed at Bristol on two occasions, and among
other discoveries found this plant, which he published in his Oatit-
loguiis Flantarum Angliae, 1070, as— " Tithymalus phity})hyllos
Fuchsii, J. B. . . . Nos in Comitatu Somersetensi non longe ab
oppido Kinesham copiosum invenimus." This proved to be a first
record for Britain (see White, Flora of Bristol, p. 521) . Keynsham is
only G miles east of Bristol, and yet the Spurge had not been detected
near that town until this autumn, when I found three or four good
plants on neglected ground amongst modern buildings. ^ It Iips been
met with at rare intervals to the north of Bristol, and it is a satis-
faction to know that after more than two hundred and fifty years it
still exists in the old locality.— Iba M. Ropee.

SHORT NOTES 295

PituXELLA LACINIATA IN Kent. Mr. W. U. Slicrrin has kindly
given me a specimen of the above, which he collected near Heme JUy
in 1909. This appears to be an addition to v.c. 15. P. laciniata is
now on record for the following nine comities : — Somerset N. ! (v.c. G),
Hants S. (v.c. 11), Sussex E. ! (v.c. 14), Kent E. ! (v.c. 15), Sm-rej !
(v.c. 17), Herts (v.c. 20), Berks ! (v.c. 22), Cambridge ! (v.c. 29), and
Gloucester E. (v.c. 33). -C. E. Salmon.

Satl'eeja MONTANA L. IN Hants (p. 25). The occurrence of
this plant at Beaulieu Abbey must have been surely well-known to
botanists of a preceding generation. I have a sheet of specimens,
duly named, collected by the late A. Grugeon at Beaulieu Abbey in
Aug. 1873.— C. E. Beitton.

Ateiplex calotheca Fries " A. hastafa L. Wg." teste Lindman,
Svensk Fanerogamtlora, p. 228 (1918). Mr. Lillie gathered this
growing with A. arenaria Woods on the east coast of Caithness in
Sept. 1918. These are the first certain specimens 1 have seen from
Scotland. — Aetuue Bennett.

PoA omeiensis (p. 25). In creating this name, Dr. Tiendle had
overlooked his previous correction (Journ. Bot. 1908, 173) where he
had substituted P. szechuensis for his P. gracillima. P. omeiensis
is thus an abortive name.

EEVIEWS.

Iceland Botany.

The Botany of Iceland. Vol. i. j^t. iS. The Lichen Flora and
Lichen Vegetation of Iceland. By Olaf Gall0e. Vol. ii. pt. 1.
Freshwater Bialoms. By Eenst Oesteup. C(jpenhagen, 1919-
1920.

Gall0e has divided his study of Iceland lichens into five sections : —
(1) A list of Iceland, lichens ; (2) a discussion of the means of pro-
pagation ; (3) the biology of lichens; (4) Ecology; and (5) the
vertical distribution. It is the ecology of plants in an island subject
to wind-storms and to extreme cold that offers most points of interest.
The list of lichens gives us the subject-matter : it contains 285
species, among which the lichens of warmer regions and those that
grow on trees are poorly re])resented : crustaceous rock-lichens and soil-
lichens predominate. The author has added to each a statement of
its presence or absence in Great Britain on the one hand and Green-
land on the other. The large majority are to be found in our
islands, though Dr. Gallic has credited us with species the record or
which is unknown to our floras ; and, at the same tiuie, he has failed
to note some of our quite common species. He is also somewhat
inconsistent in his citation of authorities, giving sometimes only
the earliest, as in " Coniocyhe furfuracea L.," at others carefully
relegating that authority to the usual bracketted position as
'' Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd."

In the discussion on Ecologv the " A:ssociations " are divided into

296 THE JOURiN^AL OF BOTAIfT

(1) Bark-lichen, (2) Earth-lichen, and (8) Eock-lichen. Under
these headings, which represent the substrata, lie describes the
occurrence of the lichens, the influence of the varj^ing tj-pes of tree,
soil, or stone, and the effect even in Iceland of variations of climates.
Dr. Galliz^e considers that severe cold affects the grovvth of lichens
adversely. This has not been altogether the expeiience of lichenolo-
gists in other regions. Tlie boulders in Antarctic areas were found
to be completely clothed with lichen vegetation ; a great point in
their favourable development was the absence of competition with
other plants, an advantage which we are told is shared by the rock-
lichens of Iceland.

In a previous part of the Botany of Iceland, Hesselbo gave much
attention to the influence of hot springs on the moss vegetation in
their neighbourhood (see Journ. I3ot. 1918, p. 278). Some account of
the lichens (if there be any) growing in these areas would have been
of extreme interest, and it is to be regretted that the opportunity to
discuss such an important ecological question has been missed.

As regards vertical distribution, the author concludes from his
observations that lichens are least abundant where the cold is most
severe : that both as regards the number of species and mass-
occurrence, lichens are " very far from covering all the soil on moun
tain heights which is bare of all other competitors." He found that
the same conditions prevailed in rock-lichens, there being fewer on
the very high mountains than on the lesser altitudes. The paper
abounds in original observation, and shows how much of interest is
still to be learned about lichens and their habitats.

The special thanks of British students are due to the author for
giving us his study in English. The reference (p. iii) to " Crombie,
British Lichens, 1894-1911 " requires correction. A. L. S.

Ernst Oestrup's posthumous paper on the Freshwater Diatoms
from Iceland is based upon 572 samples of diatom-material, gathered
by some sixteen collectors mostly in the east, south, and south-
western parts of Iceland. The work is divided into two parts : (1) a
systematic list with references to literature and giving descriptions of
57 new species and 13 new varieties wliich are all figured in the
5 plates; and (2) an alphabetical list with tables showing the distri-
bution of all the 468 species and varieties in Iceland itself, and their
wider distribution in the Arctic region and in the five continents
of the world. The number of forms previoush^ recorded for the
island was 131 ; so its diatom-flora is now three-and-a-half times as
large. In an appendix is a list of the forms collected in hot springs ;
these include 178 species and varieties, representing 31 genera, and
for the most part they were found in the living state — that is, con-
taining endochrome. A. Gr.

Water Plants^ a Study of Aquatic Auf/iosj^erms. By Agnes
Arbee, D.Sc, F.L.S. 436 pp. and 172 figures. Cambridge
University Press, 1920. 31s. Gd. net.

It is always interesting to see how Modei'n Botan}^ of the Schools
will approach the subject of the indigenous flora, and explain what

WATER PLANTS 297

there is to do when one knows the names of all the plants available.
Since ex})ansive accounts and an exhaustive nomenclature of critical
sub-species have little interest for students brought up to contemplate
the mutants of QSnofliera, and the facile assumption of hybrids
which rest on no experimental evidence does not excite those who are
taught that such forms will Mendelize out. Floras devoting space
to such conventions are obsolete before they are issued, and a working
account of the biology and ecology of the living plant is a desideratum
far bevond even the authentic herbarium-specimens of an Exchange
Club. '

Starting from tlu; standpoint that the special plants of fresh-water
streams and ponds are particularly available in the Cambridge district,
Mrs. Arber has attempted a review of essentially aquatic types of
lowering plant which may serve as a model for the examination and
illustration of other biological groujjs of the British iiora. As the
author points out, no indigenous Angiosperm vegetation is so markedly
aberrant from what passes as normal habit, as the regressiA^e flower-
ing plants of ponds and even of the sea ; while in these daj's of rapid
enclosure of woods and common land, and the march of cultivation
implied by improved agriculture, such aquatic stations alone tend to
retain their original inhabitants comparatively unaffected, as well as
ready of access to the casual botanist.

The text includes a very full description of the organization and
habit of such plants as Sagittaria, JSfijniplicea, Ili/drocharis, Potamo-
getons, Utricularias, and Water-Ranunculi, with chapters on their
special anatoni}', their flowers and fruits, physiological processes and
ecology, taking the last term in its widest significance. In order to
give a wdder outlook, more striking exotic examples are touched on,
as Podostemacete and tlie marine Halopltiht and Posidoiiia. More
speculative sections inti-oduce references to the 'Law of Age and
Area,' and the ' Law of Loss ' ; thougli, as in the case of the ' Law of
the Survivor of the Fittest,' it is doubtful wdiether one gains more than
a definition of the terms employed. It is refreshing in such a volume
to find s^^stematy kept well in the background ; for example, Limn-
anthenunn is bracketed with Nymplicea. The text may run thin in
places, as in the account of the floral mechanisms of the Nymphseacea?,
and in details of fruit and seed-formation, and there is an excusable
bias for recording ancient history ; but the volume covers a wide
range of introductory work, and as such will be welcomed by the
student of the British Flora as a standard compendium of information
on aquatics.

The method of interpretation reflects the attitude in which
students of the last generation have been taught to consider the
mechanism of derivation and adaptation, however much one may
wonder sometimes if the prol^lem is stated the right way ; since the
' Law of Loss ' is but a corollary of the basis on which it has been
possible to build the science of comparative morpholog}^. A deep
respect for authority, again, which is less required when one has the
living plant to deal with, finds expression in the extension of the
usual list of references to 65 pages, thus swollen ly the addition of
brief notes on the content and scope of the memoirs — a somewhat
Journal of Botany. — A^ol. 58. [December. 19-!0.] 2 a

298 tup: journal of botany

terrifyinsf prospect to a beginner, to whom a few grains of personal
observation are worth a ton of Hterature.

Mrs. Arber is to be congratulated on a pioneer work which will
prove indispensable to the botanical student, as it ma}^ be also stimu-
lating to a wide range of nature-students, following in the footsteps
of Brunfels, whose sixteenth-century study of JSfuphar has been
utilized as a frontispiece. It is written in simple and graceful style,
and is nicely printed ; a special feature is found in the large number
of figures, carried out in line-work, with often decorative treatment.
Possibly one will get used in time to the price of recent publications
of the Cambridge Press.

A. H. C.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

John Reader Jackson, who died at his residence at Lympstone,
Devon, on Oct. 28, at the age of 83, was for forty- three years Curator
of the Kew Museums. Born at Chelsea on May 2(5, 1837, he went
at an early age with his family to Canterbury. Here he became
keenly interested in architecture, and in 1851 came to London with
a view to taking up this as a profession. He Avas greath' befriended
by Professor Thomas Bell, who introduced him to various folk of
importance, among whom was Sir William Hooker, who in 1858
appointed him to the Museums in succession to Alexander Smith, who
had retired through ill-health ; in this post he remained until his
retirement in 1001. Jackson's arrival at Kew synchronized with
that of Oliver, who was at that time employed in the Herbarium of
which he afterwards became Keeper, and who showed him much
kindness, coaching him in botany, with which Jackson was compara-
tively unacquainted. One of the most amiable of men. Jackson's
readiness to help all who asked his assistance has been suitably recog-
nized in all the notices of him that have appeared, as well as in
numerous books whose authors he had supplied with information.
My own acquaintance with him began as soon as I arrived at Kew in
1869, and at once became intimate ; we had many interests in
common, and we continued to exchange letters almost up to his death.
Devoted to his work, of which the Kew Museums remain a monument,
he found time to contribute many papers and notes to numerous
periodicals, including this Journal : in 1877 he published a new
edition of Barton & Castle's Flora Medica, and in 1890 a volume
on Oomniercial Bottniy. He also prepared the first edition of the
Official Guide to the Kew Museums and assisted Oliver in the later
issues. In 1868 he was elected an Associate of the Linnean Society.
A portrait, with an appreciative notice, will be found in the Jounial
affile Kew Giuhl for 1902.— J. B.

William Harris, who died in Kansas City on the 11th of last
October, was born at Enniskillen, Ireland, on loth November, 1860.
In 1879 he went as gardener to Kew, and in 1881 recommended
by the Director to take charge of King's House Garden, Jamaica,
under Mr. (now Sir) Daniel Morris, at that time Director of Public
Gardens and Plantations. In 1887, when I succeeded Sir D. Morris,
Harris was in charo-e of Castleton Botanic Garden ; he served as

-BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC." 299

Superintendent in each of the five Gardens in the island, and was
always thorough in his work, and a most loyal and helpful assistant.
In iocs, on my retirement, Harris was made Superintendent of
Public Gardens under the De})artment of Agriculture ; in 1917 he
was made Government Botanist, and in 1920 Assistant Director.
He distinguished himself as a collector of specimens for the local
Herbarium, and I gave him every opportunity to devote himself ^ to
this work. He spent his holidays in collecting tours, thus becoming
acquainted with the flora in every part of the island. His journeys
were sometimes arduous, and often lasted for several days in the
bush ; frequently the only shelter he could get at night w^as a negro's
hut. In the last letter l' received from him, dated Gth August, 1920,
he told me that he had had a break-down in health, and was compelled
to go on three months' sick leave. Later I heard that a trouble in the
throat of which he had complained was cancer, and he had gone to
the United States to consult a specialist : he went to his eldest son's
home in Kansas City, Avhere he died in hospital. By his death
botanical exploration 'in Jamaica has suffered a severe loss, and I lose
a personal friend who has always been very helpful, and particularly
of late years in my work on the Flora of Jamaica. Harris is com-
memorated in the genera llarrisia (CactaccEe)^ and _ Harrisella
(Orchidacea3), and in the specific names of many of his discoveries. —
W. Fawcett.

In a handsome vohnue issued by Messrs. longmans. Professor
Geddes has published an account of The Life and Work of Sir
Ja(/a(Iis a Bose, with portraits and illustrations (16s. net). Notices
of Bose's earlier \\oy\^— Plant Besponse as a means of Physiological
Investigation and Besponse in the Livincj and A^o;«-in' my— appeared
in this Journal for 1903 (p. 28) and 1906 (p. 245) ; his later books
on the irritability of plants and on their life -movements are sum-
marized by Professor Geddes, who also gives an account of Bose's
other observations. To many the most interesting portion of the
volume will be the narrative' of the struggles for recognition that
ended triumphantly in May last in Bose's election as a Fellow^ of the
Royal Society, which, tw^enty years before, had rejected the paper
containing his first results in plant response. The endeavour to
deprive Bose of the credit of his researches, as presented by him, after
the Eoyal Society's rejection, to the Linnean Society is not pleasant
reading ; Professor Geddes, who expresses the indignation generally
felt at'^the period, must have been sorely tempted to give the name,
which however many will be able to supply, of the physiologist who
claimed to have anticipated Bose. The account of Bose's early
struggles and later travels is written from personal knowledge ni
the graphic style of w^hich his biographer is a master, and the book,
apart from its^cientific value, is very interesting reading.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 4, Mr. H. N.
Dixon communicated a paper on " The Mosses of the Wollaston
Expedition to Dutch New Guinea." These mosses were not described
with the higher plants, but have since be^n worked out and have
proved of great interest. Although consisting of only some 60 gather-
ings, the collection contained types of at least two new genera.

300 THE JOUllISIAL OF BOTANi:

Hymenodontopsis and CaUistoinium, and more than a dozen new
species including two new species of Dawsonia, a genus which is
more highly repi-esented in New Guinea than in any other part of
its rather limited distribution. A further collection by tlie lie v. J.
B. Clark, of the London Missionary Society, in the neighbourhood of
Boku, British New Guinea, is also included, and contains ten new
species, including a very beautiful Fterobryella, and other interest-
ing things. A small species, pi-obably of Ehizogonium, named pro-
visionally B. orhiculare, may possibly represent the ancestral form
of the Khizogoniacea?.

O^ p. 183 we called attention to an advertisement which offered
to supply ''one square foot of sod. containing numbers of the beautiful
and interesting " sandhill form of Pyrola rotund if olio, and entered
a protest against this wholesale extermination. An equally repre-
hensible announcement is made by Mr. Clarence Elliott of the Six
Hills Nursery, Stevenage, who in his catalogue offers to supply
Primula scofica, and says : " A very rare ntitive, occurring only in
the extreme north of Scotland. I made a special expedition to collect
it last summer, and hold a fine stock." The matter is made Avorse by
the fact that Mr. Clarence Elliott has certain claims to l)e regarded as
a botanist.

J^^ofes from the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens, ^o. 59 ("May,''
but dated by printer "10/20") is mainly the v»'ork of Mr. William ■
Wright Smith, Avho contributes diagnoses of numerous new species of
various orders, mostly from China, in the Edinburgh Herbarium, and
a paper on Asiatic Sfi/racacece : Mr. Spencer i\Ioore describes a new
ErJangea {E. venustula) grown in the Gardens from seed sent from
East Africa.

The Kfiv Bulletin (no. 9) contains, besides Mr. Sprague"s ]^aper
referred to on p. 294, " Notes on Uganda Fungi," and a i)aper en
" Diseases of the Oil Palm in West Africa," by Miss E. M. Wake-
iield ; and " Contributions to the Flora of Siam," by W. B. Craib.

The Annals of Botany (October) contains "Studies in Seed
Germination " {Cyclamen : see Journ. Bot. 1918, 222) by A. W. Hill;
"Adventitious Leaves of Cyclamen,'' hj It. A. Boodle ; "The Bole
of the Seed-coat," by F. Kidd and C. West; "Leaf-structure of
Liliacese," by Agnes Arber ; '' Clathosorf/s, a new genus of Plasmo-
diophoracea?," by C. Fernandsen and O. Winge ; "Plant Invasions
of New Zealand," by J. C. Willis ; " Anatomy of Selar/inella,'' by
J. C. T. Uphof ; " Spirogyra colligata, sp. n. '' by W. J. Hodgetts';
"Anatomy of .Rhododendron ponticum and Ilex Aquifolium,'" by
M. F. Rivett ; " Besleria lutea a new example of Water-calyx," by M.
Drummond.

The response to the appeal to subscribers in our last issue has
been so far satisfactory, and has been accompanied by so many kind
expressions as to the usefulness of the Journal, that, although the
deficit (which proves larger than was estimated) has not been met,
we propose to continue publication during 1921 at the necessarily
increased subscription of 22s. 6d. We shall be grateful to any of our
readers who ma}^ be able to obtain additional subscribers or may
be willing to become so. A list of those who have contributed
towards the deficit will be printed in our January issue.

THE BAHAMA FLORA

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON

DIREOTOR-IN-CHIEF OF THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

AND

CHARLES FREDERICK MILLSPAUGH

CURATOR OF BOTANY IN THE FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

An octavo volume of 695 pages
Published by the authors

Copies maij he obtained froiii

Mr. G. K. ACKERMAN

Lorillard Mansion, Bronx Park, New York City

Price ^Q.2o, which includes i)ostage
Demy 8vo. Price 5s. net.

THE MARINE ALGvE OF GUERNSEY.

Bi LILIAN LYLE, F.L.S.

[E/eprinted from the ' Journal of Botany,' June-September 1920,]

LONDON:
TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany.

One Six Twelve.

Insertion. Insertions. Insertions.

Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. each £1 12s. OJ. each"

Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 ,

Quarter-page 12 6 11 S „ 10 0

Eighth-page 76 70 „ 6 Q ,

All applications for space to be made to

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to

The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford.

AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints
of their papers at the prices quoted below

pp. 7s. 1 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. lOs. 6d.
„ 8s. I „ lis. M. I „ 13s.

„ 9s. „ 12s. Qd. I „ 14s.

„ lOs. 6(Z. I „ 14s. I „ 15s. 6d.
Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra.

12 copies 2 pp. 3s,

4 pp. 4s. 6(Z.

25 „ „ 4s.

„ 5s. OcZ.

50 „ „ 5s.

„ 6s. Od.

00 „ „ 7s.

., 8s. Od.

TAYLOR & FKANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS

Price Six Skill in (/s (cloth).
Notes on the DraAvings for Sowerby's ' EngUsh Botany' (pp. 276).

By F. A. GrAEET.

Price Fire Shillings.
Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. WoLLEy-DoD (pp. 153).

Price Three Shillings.
The British Koses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp. 141). By Major A.

H. WOLLEY-DOD.

The Genus Fumnria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley»
B.A.

Price Half-a-croicn.
The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lixtox, M.A.

Price Tico Shillings.

A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod.

Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A.
Dallmax, F.L.vS. (2^. each.)

Price Fighteen-i^ence.

Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish
Botanists (Is. Qd. each).

British Euphrasite. By Cedeic Bucris'all, Mus.Bac.

Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnaeus's Species
Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hieen, M.A., F.R.S.

Histor}^ of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Beittex, F.L.S.

Linnseus's * Flora Anglica.'

A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H.
WoLLEY-DoD.

Prices in all cases net, post free.

Orders with remittance should he addressed to: —
TAYLOE & FEANCIS, EED LION COURT, FLEET STEEET, E.G. 4.

A REVISED AUKAXliEMEXT OF BRITISH ROSES.
By Lt.-Col. a. H. Wolley-Dod.

TiTE dilHeulties surrounding tlie naming of our species and varie-
ties ot" Hoses increase rather than diniinisli as I see a greater number
of specimens, though I am convinced that a sutiicientl_y prolonged
study of them will show that they can usually be segregated into
varieties of which the individuals sufficiently closely resemble one
another to be satisfactory, which at present is not the case. But if
this be done, either the Subgroups or even the larger Groups will
have to be abolished. There is little doubt in my mind that varieties,
for example, with slightly hairy leaflets, or wath glandular-hispid
peduncles may in many cases be linked to those which do not present
these characters, and therefore now appear in different Groups. In
other words, I believe we should be guided at least as much by
general habit and appearance as by technical characters, but this will
be difficult with dried specimens.

Most of the very detailed descriptions of Deseglise, Ripart, and
others, ev,en those of Woods, can hardly be other than tliose of an
individual bush or specimen, which cannot be completely matched by
any other. Some descriptions, on the other hand, are so short and
vague that, in the absence of authors' types, it is impossible to say
what they mean, and authors' types are often so small and scrappy as
to be useless.

The more I see of Deseglise's herbarium, the more unnecessarj'- con-
fusion and mixture I see in it, and I fear I have been misled by many
of his names. Yet I think few rhodologists will dispute that we
have a large number of distinguishable forms, which can be more or
less well segregated. The difficulty is that of deciding which features
are of importance, the relative values of wdiich also depend on the
Group into which they fall.

In the subjoined paper the characters, which only touch on the
main features, are drawn up partly from descrij^tions and parth" from
specimens named on good authority, though, as said before, I may
have been misled by some of Deseglise's names. The}^ are for the
jjresent, I fear, onh^ provisional, until further study confirms or alters
them. It seems more than likely that some of the Subgroups will have
to be expanded, and others curtailed, but a satisfactory solution is
almost beyond the powers of an individual.

I should be very glad to see any collection of Roses and to name
them in accordance with these views, and still more glad to receive
criticisms on the arrangement, or the names given to specimens. It
is only with the help of such criticism and the advice of those who
have studied the genus that progress can be hoped for, as there are
many parts of the kingdom I am unable to visit in order to study
the growing plants and their habits.

Finally, it is hoped that this expression of the difficulties, rather
than suggestions for their removal, will not cause botanists to avoid
the genus. Knowledge can only be obtained by stud}^ and experience,
and if collectors would send me good specimens, not the ends of
flowering shoots, which are almost useless, and study their local forms,
JouRKAL or BuTAM, ApiiiL, 1920. [Supplement I.] b

2 A EEYISED ARRAXGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES

being careful to distinguisli individuals from those which prevail,
a more satisfactory account miglit be drawn up.

In making this revision, I have altered the names of many indi-
vidvials in mv herbarium, and doubtless would now do so to others on
which I have based mj vice-countv records, but I have only marked
with a sign of doubt those which are more than usually' doubtfully
correct.

As the grouping ma}^ not be quite clear when set forth with all
the sj^ecies, varieties, &c., covered hy the various subdivisions, I
summarize them here for read}' reference : —

I. SECTION synstyl:^.

Group of K. a^ryexsis.
II. SECTION STYLOS.E.

OrOUP of 11. STYLOS.l.

III. SECTION PIMPINELLIFOLI^.

Group of 11. spuN'osissiitA.
IV. SECTION PIMPINELLIFOLI^ HYBRIDJi].

1. Group P1MPIXELLIFOLI.EX ViLLOs^. ,

2. Group Pimpinellifoli.e x Eu-Cani:n^ jh.

3. Group Pimpixellifoli-E x Rubighstos^.
V. SECTION CANINE.

A. Subsection Eu-Caxixm;.

1. Primary Group of K. canina.

i. Secoxdary Group of II. lutetiaxa.

A. Subgroup Lutetian a?.

B. Subgroup Transitoriae.

C. Subgroup Dumales.

T>. Subgroup Andegavenses.
ii. Secoxbary Group of R. bloxd^axa.
iii. Secoxdary Group of P. dumetorum.

A. Subgrou]) Dumetorum.

B. Subgroup Deseglisei.

C. Subgroup Aciculatre.

2. Primary Group of R. glauca.

Secoxbary Group of K. Peuteri.

A. Subgroup Peuteri.

B. Subgroup Subcaninse.

C. Subgroup Coriifolia?.
J). Subgroup Subcoi'iifolise.

3. Primary Group of R. tomeutella.

B. Subsection Villosj^.

1. Group of R. pomifera.

2. Group of R. omissa.

3. Group of R. tomextosa.

A. Subgroup Tomentosse.

B. Subgroup Scabriusculye.

C. SUBSECTIOX RuBIGINOSiE.

1. Group of R. rubigixosa.

2. Group of R. micraxtha.

3. Group of R. elliptica.

4. Group of R. agrestis.

A llEVISED AllRANGEMEN-T OF BRITISH ROSES 3

I. SECTION SYNSTYLiE.
Group of U. arvensis.

Habit weak and trailing, prickles stout, leaflets pale green, often
glaucous, peduncles long, glandular, sepals entire, styles in a very
long quite solid column, with stigmas in an elongate head. The
clusters of flowers overtop the uppermost leaves,

R. ARVE^srsis Huds. Simply or nearly simply serrate leaflets,
glabrous or very slightly hairy on midribs and petioles, and globose
or broadlv ovoid fruit. "^ V.c. 18, l-l-, 16, 17, 29, 32, 39, 40, 41, 55, 58,
60, cSO, 81.

f. major Coste. Stouter, more erect, many flowers in a cluster.
V.c. 2, 3; 13 or 14, 17, 32, 62.

[f. repens (Scop.) is a weak form ; I have not hitherto distin-
guished it, but it is doubtless common.]

f. scahra Baker. Griandular petioles, often spreading to midribs.
V.c. 3, 13, 17, 34, 41, 55, 58.

Yar. ovata (Lej.). Ovoid or elongate fruit, leaflets variable. I
include forms of major, repens, and scahra, if the fruits are of this
form. V.c. 2, 3, 13 or 14, 17, 19, m, 37, 62, 63 ?.

Var. biserrata Crep. Leaflets fully biserrate. V.c. 57.

Var. Imvipes Gremli. Peduncles all or mostly smooth. V.c. 17,
18?, 19,41?, 57, 62 or 65?.

f. pillfolia Borb. Leaflets pubescent all over the lower surface.
V.c. 17.

R. arvensis xst/sf>/Ia (B. dihracfeafa Bast, non auct. britt.).
Intermediate between the two parents, with verv large white flowers.
V.c. 5, 19?.

a,, arvensis y. (jallica {R. galUcoides Desegl.). Stem and some-
times the fruit with glandular acicles or sessile glands. V.c. 36,
37, 38, 57.

II. SECTION STYLOSiE.

Group of R. sttlosa.

Erect. Stout hooked prickles, styles in a glabrous column (but
often loose), usually salient from a conical disc, with stigmas in a
narrow conical or cylindrical head, long glandular peduncles not over-
topping the uppermost leaves, rather large, dark, shining green leaflets,
well spaced on the petioles, and pinnate sepals.

R. STYLO SA Desv. Rather broad leaflets, hairy on both sides, or
at least rather denseh^ so beneath, and white flowers. V.c. 8, 9, 11.

f. corijmhosa Desv. (vai*. opaca Baker). Like type, but with
smooth peduncles. V.c. 3 ?, 9, 13, 14.

Var. stijlosa Baker. Large narrow leaflets, glabrous above, and
thinly hairv beneath, sometimes on midribs onlv. Flowers rose.
V.c. 1, 2, 3", 4, 6, 9, 11, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 24, 29, 31, 32, 34,
35, 36, 37, 41.

f, leucocliroa (Desv. non auct. britt.). Flowers white, otherwise
as in var. si/sfi/la. V.c. 3, 15, 17, 34.

Var. pfijchopliijUa (Boulenger). Smaller, with smaller finer-

4 A EEVTSET) ARHAXGEME^T OF BRTTIRH ROSES

toothed leaflets, white flowers which project above the uppermost
leaves. Y.c. 9.

Yar. lanceolafn Lindl. (sub B. systj/la). Fruit globose, leaflets
variable. V.c. 6, 17, 34, 8G, Ireland.

Yar. evanida Chr. Much smaller, peduncles only slightly glan-
dular, often smooth, leaflets iri'egulai-lv serrate, subglabrous, rarely
thinly hairy on midribs, fruit globose. Y.c. 3, 17.

Yar. virgiiiea (Rip.). Leaflets uniserrate, glabrous or nearly,
peduncles smooth, flowers white, fruit globose. Y.c. 3, 13, 34.

YiXY. priri'/ila (Sauz. & MailL). Near the last, but leaflets bi-
serrate, more hairv, smooth peduncles, pink flowers and ovoid fruit.
Y.c. 17.

Yar. GcfD'oufei (Pug. & Rip.). Leaflets sub-biserrate, sub-
glabrous, peduncles almost smooth, flowers pink, fruit roundish ovoid.
V.c. 31, 34.

Yar. pseuclo-rusticana Crep. Large and strong, leaflets sub-
glabrous beneath, deeply and coarsely serrate. Y.c. 3, 5, 8, 9, 34.

III. SECTION PIMPINELLIFOLI.E.
Group of K. sptj^osissima.

Dense very mixed armature, 7-11 small suborbicular coarsely uni-
serrate leaflets, globose fruit, simple sepals, and broad woolly head of
stigmas.

R. SPINOSISSIMA L. Uniserrate, white flowers, setose peduncles
and black fruit. Y.c. 9, lo, 17, 38, 41, 80, Perth, 96.

f. jjimpinellifolia (L.) differs only in smooth peduncles. Y.c. 3,
0, 9, 10, 13, 16, ]7, 22, 25, 28, 49, ij^, m, 96, Chann. Islds., Antrim.

f. roiiea Koch (sub It. jyimpinellifolia') is a pink flowered form.
Y.c. 16, 45, 49. Perth ?.

Yar. mifissima (Gmel.). Almost unarmed, leaflets larger and
' more spaced, peduncles smooth. Y.c. 42, 49, Kerry.

Yar. H/parfii (Desegl.). Leaflets more or less biserrate, petioles
and midribs glandular. Y.c. 17.

R. RUBELLA Sm. Stem 'clothing of line acicles onlv, fruit red.
Y.c. 6(y, 84 or 90.

lY. SECTION PIMPINELLIFOLLE HYBRID.E.

It is extremely difficult to segregate these hj'brids into their
correct parentage. The very state of hybridity obscures the Group
characters, still more the specific or varietal ones, so that it is quite
probable that some of the form names, and more so tliat some of the
specimens have been referred to the wrong Group.

1. Group PiMPixELLiroLiiE x Yillosj?,.

R. INTOLUTA Sm. stem armature mixed, leaflets hairy and bi-
serrate, peduncles glandular-hispid, and styles \dllous. 1 use the
name as an aggregate only, to cover all the following forms.

f. Smith ii Baker. Leaflets little biserrate or even simply so,
glabrous above, thinlv hairy beneath, sepals usuall}' entire. Y.c. 15,
57, 64, 65, 90, 100. ^

A REVISED AHlfANGEMEXT OF ETJTTTSII ROSES 5

£. Sahiiil (Woods) = 7^. Doniana Woods. Prickles straight,
leaflets fully biserrate, pubescent both sides, more or less densely so
beneath, and often with subfoliar glands. R. Doniana is said to
have more hairy leaflets, entire sepals and white flowers. V.c. 18, 14,
16, 88, oS, 02, '04, 65, 69, 79, 82, 88, 88, 90, 9-1, 96, 106, 108, Antrim^
E. Mayo.

f. gracilis (Woods). A large plant, witli main prickles falcate,
leaflets like Sahini,'A\\(\ peduncles often cernuous. V.c. 21, 62, 70.

f. Rohertsoni Baker. Main prickles curved, leaflets not fully
biserrate, rounded and subobtuse like those of R. spi)iosissima, sepals
pinnate, fruit subglobose, usually smooth. V.c. 17, 62, 66 or 67,
J)erry.

^ f. ffracilescpna Baker. A stout form, with large, fully biserrate,
thinly pubescent, eglandular leaflets, petioles almost 'eglandular,
flowers many in a cluster, and fruit smooth, ellipsoid. V.c. Antrim.

li. sPiNosrssfMA X MOLLIS and R. spixosissima x omihsa. Several
forms from Scotland, which do not fall readily into any of the
above-named forms, have been referred direct to their aggregate
parentage.

2. Group PiMPmELLiroLi^ x Eu-Cani^.e.

Prickles mostly hooked, acicles usually few, leaflets uniserrate
in most forms, some rarer ones with them biserrate, glabrous or only
thinly hairy, peduncles usually smooth, sepals usually reflexed, fruit
smooth, with hispid rarely villous styles.

R. HiBERXTCA Tempi. Prickles uniform, stout-based, leaflets
uniserrate, thinly hairy on midribs and primary nerves, or the latter
glabrous, peduncles smooth, fruit subglobose or broadly ovoid, sepals
erect, pinnate, styles vdlous. V.c. 58, 65, 70, 82, 94, Derry, Down. ^

f. (jlabra Baker=var. Grovesii Baker. A form with glabrous
leaflets. V.c. 17, 58, 63 or (j^, 70, 94, 107, Antrim.

f. Wilsoni {^oY\\) — v^\\ cordifolia Baker. A small bush, with
more mixed armature, main prickles almost or quite straight, leaflets
large, uniserrate, oblong, emarginate at base, thinly hairy, peduncles
glandular-hispid, fruit large, urceolate or subglobose, usually smooth,
sepals entire, rarely pinnate, erect, lurely refl'exed, styles very thinly
hispid. V.c. 44, 68, Derry.

f. Iwvirjata Baker=var. Wehbii Baker. Leaflets fully biserrate,
more hairy than usual, peduncles smooth, fruit subglobose, sepals
subentire. V.c. 58, 64, {^5, 83, Derry.

_ f . Margerisoni W.-Dod. Small, very like R. spinosissima, leaflets
uniserrate, shghtly hairy at least on .midribs, peduncles smooth,
flowers pink, styles villous. V.c. 64, ^5.

_ f. occidentalis Baker. Very near the last, but with densely
aciculate and glandular-hispid i^eduncles and pinnate sepals. V.c.
Ireland.

3. Group Pimpinellifoli^ X Eubiginos^.

Known by their abundant and prominent fragrant subfoliar
glands.

R. spinosissimaxruhiginosa f. canfiana W.-Dod. {R. hifuri-
yensis auct. britt., non Boi-.). Very mixed armature, the larger prickles

b A REVISED AERAXGEMEXT OF BRITISH ROSES

stout but rarely liooked, leaflets suborbicular, fully glandular-biserrate,
hairy on mid-ribs and primary nerves, more or less densely covered
with subfoliar glands, peduncles and fruit glandular-aciculate. V.c.
15, 80, 82, 89.

f. Nicliolsonii Crep. (sub i2. involuia). I know this by its
description only. Branches densely setigerous, leaflets medium,
broadly oval or suborbicular, hairy on midribs and primary nerves,
fully glandular-biserrate, peduncles and fruit glandular-setose. V.c.
91, 97.

f. Moorei Baker (sub i?. invohrta). Main prickles stout and
curved, leaflets rather small, elliptical, acute. V.c. 96, Derry.

V. SECTION CANINtE.
A. Subsection Eu-Canin.e.

This Subsection is so large, and contains such diverse species and
varieties, that no author has succeeded in giving a comprehensive set
of characters which will derine it. Its members are perhaps best
defined negatively by the absence of the distinctive features of the
other Sections and Subsections.

1. Primary Group of E. caniiia.

Prickles uniform, leaflets uni- or biserrate, glabrous or hairy,
styles very variable, sometimes resembling those of the Sfylosce in
being salient and coalesced, but the stigmas are not in a narrow
conical or cylindrical head, sepals reflexed and deciduous, rarely spread-
ing and hai'dly ever suberect and subpersistent, always deciduous
before the fruit ri2)ens.

i. Secondary Gtroup of R. lutetiana.

Leaflets glabrous, without subfoliar glands except sometimes on
the midribs, petioles sometimes pubescent but not the midribs.

A. Subgroup Lutetianae.

Leaflets simply serrate, not always quite uniformly, but none of
the leaflets clearl}' biserrate.

K. LUTETIANA Lem. Whole plant usually eglandular, except
rarely a few on petioles and edges of bracts and stipules, leaflets
usually large, typically narrow oval with a rounded base, fruit ovoid
often large, styles hispid, but varying from thinly so to villous. V.c.
3, 5, 8, 18, 17, 20, 22, 23, 24, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37,'' 38, 40, 45, 55, 62,
65, 69, 70, Antrim.

f. viridis Rouy {B. hifetiana typica). Leaflets green.

f. nitens Desv. Leaflets shining. Probably common. V.c. 36.

f. glaucescens Desv. Leaflets glaucous, petioles sometimes a little
pubescent. Probably common. V.c. 58.

t'. fallens (Desegl.). Petioles quite pubescent. Prickles straighter.
V.c. 3, 17, 23, 36, 55, 57, 58, 69.

Var. sph(JBrica (Gren.). Like the type but fruit subglobose or
broadly ovoid, sepals sometimes spreading. Rarely the styles are
glabrous. V.c. 1 or 2, 3, 14, 17, 22, 23, 32, 36, 50, 57, 58, 64, 80,
88, Down, Antrim.

A REYISED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES 7

Var. separahilis (Deseg-].). Typically unarmed, leaflets o£ medium
size, shining, coriaceous, fruit obovoid or ellipsoid, styles hispid. V.c.
3, 17, 28, 82, 86, 89, 12, 08, 62, 65, 88.

Yar. ueinophlla (Desegl. & Ozan.). Leaflets large or medium,
flowers rose, fruit ovoid, styles in an elongate fascijle, glabrous or
nearly. V.c. 3, 7, 14, 17, 28, 24, 88, 57.

i.fiexihilis (Desegl.). Prickles stouter and more hooked, leaflets
more narrowed at the base, flowers white, fruit more elongate, styles
quite glabrous. V.c. 8, 18 ?, 14?, 17, 29, 86, 40, 62, 80.

Yar. senticosa (Ach.). Leaflets small or rather small, petioles often
pubescent, fruit small, broadly ovoid, styles hispid, often only thinly
so. Closely associated with its subvarieties and with var. ciirticola
in the next Subgroup. Y.c. 8, 16, 17, 21, 22, 28, ^32, 88, 84, 85, 36,
40, 58, 59, 62.

f. oxypliylla (Kip.). Like var. seniicosa, but leaflets small,
rarely rather large, narrow, acute at each end. Fruit rather bi-oadly
ovoid, styles hispid. Y.c. 17, 58.

f. mucronulafa (Desegl.). liike var. senticosa but styles quite
glabrous, fruit ovoid. Y.c. 17, 23 ?, 83, 84, 65 ?.

f. Amansii (Desegl. & Kip.j. Like var. senticosa but fruit quite
globose. Its styles are hisjjid. Y.c. 15, 16, 17, 86, 58, ^"6 or 64?.

B. Subgroup Transitori^.

Intermediate between the last and next Subgroups. Leaflets
mostly simply serrate, but some of them, especially the lower ones of
the flowering shoots, distinctly biserrate, the primary teeth bearing
2-3 denticles which are often gland-tipped.

R. LUTETIANA var. transitoria K. Kell.=^i?. insignis Desegl. &
Rip. As in type Ivtetiana, except for the incipient biserration.
The petioles are often glandular. Y.c. 3. 4, 17, 22, 23, 24, 81, 82,
34, 86, 55, 57, 58, 59, 60, 64, 69, 70, 80, Antrim.

Yar. rliyncliocarpa (Rip.). Fruit elongate-ovoid or obovoid,
much constricted below the disc so as to be almost beaked. Leaflets
normally large, but variable, styles glabrous or subglabrous. Y.c.
17, 42.

Yar. (jJohnlaris (Franch.). Fruit subglobose or broadly ovoid,
sepals often rising. Y.c. 8, 5, 17, 22, 28, 82, 34, 36, 87, 55, 58, 60,
87, Antrim.

Yar. syntrichosfyla (Rip.). Leaflets small or medium, styles
densely villous, usually salient. Y.c. 2, 3, 5 ?, 17, 34, 86 ?.

Yar. curticola (Pug.). Near var. senticosa, with small leaflets,
small ovoid or subglobose fruit, and glabrous styles on a conical disc.
Y.c. 5, 14, 17, 34.

f . ramosissima Rau. This appears to differ from the last chiefly in
its numerous short unarmed flowering branches. Its leaflets are
larger and more narrowed at base, more uniformly serrate, styles more
hibpid and disc flatter. Y.c. 17, 22, 23, 24, 82, 64.

C. Subgroup Dumales.
These have all or most of their leaflets biserrate, not always
strongly so, nor with the denticles always gland- tipped ; they are

» A REVISED AIMIAXUEMENT nF BIUTISII EOSER

without subfoliar glands. Their peduncles are smooth. The stipules,
bracts and sepal edges, sometimes also their backs, show a greater
tendency to develop glands than those of the two preceding Subgroups.
Very compound gland-tipped biserration sometimes occurs, but tliis
is a feature of the Scahratce, which have, normall}^ at least, subfoliar
glands.

The Subgroup may have been too much subdivided, but its
varieties are still very comjjrehensive and ill-detined.

R. LUTETiAXA var, dumalis (Bechst.). The counterpart of i?. 7«r-
tetiana but with more or less biserrate leaHets, the fruit is usually
ovoid or ellipsoid and the stvles hispid, rarely denselv so or subglabrous.
V.c. 3, 5, 14, 17, 22, 23, 32, 33, 34, 36, 55, 57, 58, 02, 69, 78, 96,
Deny, Antrim.

f. ruheUlJlora (liip.). I see nothing in this but a bright red
flowered form of the variety, llijmrt credits it with fewer and
straighter prickles, subsessile lateral leaflets and broad sti^^ules.
V.c. 3, 17, 33 or 34 ?, 57, 58, iS^ ?.

Var. spliceroidea (Kip.). This differs from vars. glohularis and
S][)li(Brica only in its biserrate leaflets. The sepals, as in those
varieties, show a tendencj'^ to spread. V.c. 3, 8, 17, 34 ?, 36, 58, 67,
Antrim, Down.

Var. hiserrata (Mer.). Leaflets of medium size, more strongly
biserrate than in var. dumalis, fruit subgiobose, and styles woolly.
It is usually a more glandular plant, and has a tendency to spreading
or even suberect sepals. V.c. 3?, 36, 40, 41, 42, 64, 69, 70, Perth,
Down.

Var. eriosfyla (Kip.). Ver^'' near the last, but a smaller bush
with smaller fruit, sepals quite reflexed, and more exserted styles.
V.c. 3 ?, 5, 31, 32 ?, 33 ?, 49 or 52, 70, 93, Down.

Var. viridicata (Pug.) is a comprehensive and ill-defined variety.
It has rather small or medium-sized leaflets, not luuch biserrate,
therefore not easily separable from varieties of the last Subgroup.
Its styles are rather long and densely hispid, the fruit small, sub-
globose or broadly ovoid. V.c. 3, 14, 17, 21, 32, 34, 36, 37, 42, 5b,
57, 58, 59 ?, 69, 70, Antrim, Down.

Var. leiostyla (Rip.)=i?. Ghahoissm Gren. ? Like var. dumalis
but with smaller leaflets and glabrous styles, often in a column.
V.c. 3, 11 ?, 14, 17, 32, 49 or 52, 58, 62.

f. glaherrima (Dum.) differs from the last mainl}^ in its sub-
globose or broadly ovoid fruit. Large leaflets, few prickles and white
flowers are also assigned to it. V.c. 17, 40, 58.

Var. Cariofi (Chab.). Leaflets small or rather small but broad,
like those of B. tomentella, normally very prickly, but not always so,
flowers white, fruit ovoid or urceolate, and stvles glabrous. V.c. 3,
17, 36, 58, 67 ?.

Var. stenoca7ya (Desegl.). Near var. Carioti, but leaflets and
fruit much narrower, flowers rose and st3des glabrous or subglabrous.
It is said to be less prickly. V.c. 3, 17, 23, 31, 32, 36, 55, 57, 58.

Var. adscifa (Desegl.). Leaflets small, fruit ovoid or ellipsoid,
styles hispid, protruded from a conical disc, flowers white and many
hooked prickles ai'e its main features. V.c. 13, 17, 36, 40, 58, ijo, 70.

A REVISED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES 9

Var. recofjnita Kouy is remarkable for its leallets and fruit being
elongate and narrowed at each end. Its styles are usually hispid, but
sometimes glabrous. It might be regarded as an extreme form of
var. steiiocarjja, but with more hispid styles. Y.c. 3, 17, 23?, 42,
58 ?, Down.

Var. Schlimperti Hofm. (sub B. canina). Leallets rather large
and rather narrow, usually narrowed at each end, fruit ovoid, styles
glabrous or nearly so, and remarkable for its very rising or even
suberect sepals, though they are deciduous. V.c. 42, 43, 58.

Var. sylvularuni (Kip.). Prickles usually straightish, rarely
hooked, leaflets quite small, fully biserrate, fruit subglobose, styles
thinly hispid, rarely woolly. Keserables var. smficosa. V.c. 17,58.

f. pariaiensis Kouy is a form with very small fully biserrate leaf-
lets, usually narrowed at each end, fruit ovoid, and styles glabrous
or subglabrous. V.c. 16, 24, 26, 58.

D. Subgroup Andegavenses.

These are the varieties which have at least some of the peduncles
glandular-hispid. The leaflets have all degrees of serration, but are
without subfoliar glands.

B. lutetlana var. andegaverisis (Bast.). Prickles often small
and straightish, leaflets large, uniserrate, rarely slightly biserrate,
variable in shape, typically elliptical and narrowed at each end, and
well spaced on the petioles, fruit usually ovoid but variable, some-
times more or less glandular-hispid, styles hispid. V.c. 3, 13, 15, 17,

32, 34, 30, 38, 40, 57, 58.

f. agraria (Kip.). The only important difference is that the
stvles are glabrous or subglabrous. V.c. 3, 11, 13 or 14, 15, 1(5, 17,
22, 24, 57, 58, 68, 70.

f. surculosa (Woods). I think this is only a luxuriant state of
the type, with stout hooked prickles and a tendency to form large
clusters of flowers, of which the peduncles are often only slightly
hispid. Fruit very variable, but described as ellipsoid, styles very
thinly hispid. V.c. 13, 21, 22, 36 P.

Var. Rousselii (Rip.). Leaflets suborbicular, uniserrate, fruit
broadly ovoid, st^des subglabrous. V.c. 17 ?, 34 ?, 61S, 58.

Var. litigiosa (Crep.). Very short flowering branches, small
uniserrate leaflets, small narrow ellipsoid fruit, and glabrous styles
are the leading features. I do not feel satisfied that my specimens
correspond, as they have broadly ovoid fruit, but they are nearest to
this. V.c. 17?, 32?.

Var. verticillacantlia (Mer.) = ^. inconspiciia Desegl. Leaflets
biserrate, peduncles not much glandular-hispid and ovoid fruit not
at all so, with hispid or subglabrous styles. The supposed prickle
arrangement in a whorl is not peculiar to, nor indeed common in, this
variety. V.c. 7 or 8, 22, 23, 32, 34, 38, 40, 58, 62, Qo, 70, 99,
Down ?, Antrim.

f. Lemaitrei (Rip.). Leaflets smaller, fruit ovoid, and styles
glabrous or subglabrous. Not easily separable from var. verticill-
acanfha^ or the less biserrate forms from f. agraria. V.c. 2, 10, 17,

33, 34, 58, 70.

JouENAL OF Botany, May, 1920. [SurriEMENT I.] c

10 A EETISED AREAXGEMENT OF EBITISH EOSES

Var. Schottiana Ser. (sub JR. caniiia) differs from var. verticill-
acantha mainly in being ahnost unarmed, its leaflets also are more
strongly biserrate, fruit ovoid and stjdes villous. V.c. 58.

Var. aspernata (Desegl.). Typicall}^ tliis should have its peduncles
and fruit strongly armed with stout acieular setse, many of them
eglandular, but many forms with them only glandular-hispid have
been placed here for want of a better name. Leaflets of medium
size, biserrate, fruit normally ovoid, but in the aberrant forms globose,
and styles hispid or subglabrous. V.c. 3, 17 ?, 23, 34 ?, 36, 58 ?.

Var. latehrosa (Desegl.). Stems with acicles in clusters here and
there, leaflets rather small, biserrate, fruit ovoid and styles hispid.
It may be a hybrid, though similar acicles appear in varieties of
other Groups, the hybrid origin of which has not been suggested.
V.c. 1 or 2, 3, 23, 35.

ii. Secondary Gteoup of E. bloxd.eana.

Leaflets glabrous, fully glandular-biserrate, often narrow, with
subfoliar glands at least on primary nerves, rarely on mid-ribs only,
peduncles smooth or glandular-hispid, fruit and styles variable. It is
perhaps Avrong to admit specimens without subfoliar glands, but
these organs are often so elusive, and frequently appear only on a few
leaves, that I have included forms without them on account of their
very compound glandular biserration, and their strong resemblance to
forms which have them. The Group includes Crepin's Scahraf(B.

R. BLONDJEANA Kip. Leaflets large, sometimes broad, peduncles
glandular-hispid, fruit subgiobose and styles hispid. Karely the
fruit is ovoid, and forms exist wdth glabrous or with woolly stvles.
V.c. 34, 36, 38, 43, 57, 58, 62 or (Srj, 70, 89 ?, 105.

Var. vinacea (Baker). Leaflets typically narrow and well spaced
on their petioles, peduncles smooth, fruit ovoid or ellipsoid, and
styles hispid. Forms without subfoliar glands are frequent, and the
position of the variety is doubtful, Baker having flrst credited it with
subfoliar glands and afterwards making it a form of var. hiserrata.
V.c. 43, 58, 62.

Var. Beafricis (Burn. & Grem.). Leaflets small, often quite
narrowed at each end. Normally very glandular, but British forms
have fcAv and inconspicuous subfoliar glands. Fruit ovoid or ellip-
soid, styles subglabrous. V.c. 36, 40, 58.

iii. Secondaet Group of R. dumetoeum.

This includes all varieties of the Primary Group {R. canina)^
having hairy leaflets, even 'though the hairs are confined to the
mid-ribs, but not those with pubescence on the petioles only. In some
forms the sepals are spreading, and in one variety they are suberect,
but their long peduncles and hispid, not woolly, styles will distinguish
them from the CoriifolicB.

A. Subgroup Dumetorum.

Peduncles smooth, leaflets simply or biserrate.

R. DUMETOEUM Thuill. Leaflets hairy on both sides, fruit sub-
globose, stvles usually densely hisjnd. V.c. 2 "r', 3, 8 ?, 13, 24, 32,
34 ?, 36, 65, 70.

A EEVISED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES 11

f. urhica (Lem.). Very near E. dumetorumy but leaflets less
haiiy, usually glabrous above and thinly pubescent all over beneath,
fruit ovoid, and styles hispid. Usually larger stronger bushes than
in the type. V.c. 2, 3, 8, 17, 21, 23, 32, 34, 36,' 37, 39, 43, 58,
62, 70.

f. triclioneiira (Kip.) differs only in the pubescence being confined
to the mid-ribs and primary nerves. V.c. 6, 13, 14, 17, 22, 27, 32,
34, 36, 40, 43, 50, 58, 70?, 78, 95, Derry.

f. semiglahra (Kip.) is still more glabrous, being pubescent on
mid-ribs only. Its styles are more hispid, often villous. V.c. 3, 5, 6,
14, 17, 22 ?, 23, 32, 40, 57, 59, 62, ^^, 70, L. Neagh.

i. j aetata (Desegl.). Leaflets larger, irregularly serrate, thinly
hairv beneath, usually on mid-ribs and primary nerves only. V.c. 17,
24, 31, 32, 55, 58, 70, 92 ?.

Var. hemitricha (Rip.) is thinly hairy and normally biserrate, but
many subsimply and even simply serrate forms have been placed here
by Deseglise — wrongly, I think. Its petioles are more often glandular
than in the type. V.c. 3, 6 ?, 17, 21 ?, 23, 32, 34, 36 ?, 40, 57, 58,
59, Q5, 70, 77 ?, 79.

Var. Gahrielis (F. Ger.). Leaflets smaller, often quite small
and narrowed at each end, hair}'' on mid-ribs and primary nerves only,
fruit ovoid or ellipsoid. V.c. 3, 14, 17, 31, 32, 34", 36, 40, 58,
59, 69, 88.

Var. lolatijpliijUa Chr. Leaflets large, very broadly oval or sub-
orbicular, hairy on midribs and primary nerves; fruit large, ovoid,
styles villous. V.c. 3, 13, 17, 19.

Var. splicBrocarpa (Pug.). Near the type, but with broader less
hairy leaflets, quite globose fruit, and thinly hispid styles. V.c. 3, 4,
17, 23, 24, 34, 41 ?, 58, 62, L. Neagh.

Var. spinetorum (Desegl. & Ozan.). Often unarmed, leaflets
large, sub-biserrate, typically obtuse, fruit globose, styles densely
hispid. V.c. 5.

Var. ramealis (Pug.). Peculiar in its elongate-ovoid or obovoid
fruit, leaflets thinly hairy beneath. V.c. 17, 24, 31, 34, 58.

Var. erecta W.-Dod ined. Remarkable for its very long peduncles
in clusters and suberect sejmls. Its leaflets are irregularly serrate and
thinly hairy, fruit ovoid, and styles hispid, sometimes densely so, but
not villous.' V.c. 17, 21 ?, 40, 43, 58, 70, 88 ?.

B. Subgroup Deseglisei.

These are the pubescent-leaved varieties without subfoliar glands,
simply or subsimply serrate, and glandular-hispid peduncles, some-
times also the fruit. Some forms approach the StyloscB and the
CoriifolicE, from which their (Iroup characters should distinguish
them.

B. dumetorum var. Deseglhei (Bor.). Leaflets normally small,
but variable in size, broad for their length, hairy on both sides,
rarely glabrous above, styles hispid, and fruit small, ovoid or roundish.
V.c. 13 or 14, 23, 31 ?, 32, 36, 58, i^o, 67, 68.

Var. incerta (Desegl.) has narrower leaflets, glabrous above and
hairy on mid-ribs only beneath, usually somewhat irregularly serrate

12 A REVISED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES

but not biserrate, and our forms are practically simply so, fruit
larger, and styles usually hispid but varying to glabrous. Glabrous-
styled forms have been labelled B. leucochroa by British authors,
but their styles, prickles, and general habit serve to distinguish
them. V.c. 3, 10 ?, 23, 32, 34, 36, 40, 55 ?, m, 57, 58, 62, 67, 70.

f. imitata (Desegl.). Leaflets very thinly pubescent, fruit elon-
gate-ellipsoid, and thinly hispid styles. V.c. 36 ?.

C. Subgroup Aciculatse.

Like the last Subgroup, but with biserrate leaflets.

B. dumetorum var. aciculata Rouy (sub B. canina). By Rouy's
key this should have long very prickly flowering bmnches, slender
straightish prickles, small biserrate leaflets, hairy on primary nerves
peduncles and base of fruit glandular-hispid and fruit ovoid. My
specimen is peculiar for the presence of small acicles and gland-
tipped setai towards the ends of its flowering branches. V.c. 17 ?.

Var. mercica W.-Dod ined. Leaflets rather large, dark bluish
green, more or less pubescent on both sides, peduncles usually rather
strongly glandular-hispid, and sometimes also the broadly ovoid fruit,
styles hispid. Forms with smaller leaflets, narrower fruit and
villous styles occur. It has been miscalled B. ccesia in Britain.
V.c. 57.

2. Primary Group of R. glauca.

The important characters are short peduncles, broad bracts and
stipules, or at least auricles, and a broad hemispherical, rarely spherical,
head of very villous stigmas, which hardly ever project above the
narrow disc.

Secondary Group of R. Reuteri.

This covers the glabrous-leaved varieties. The leaves are often
o-laucous, uniserrate or biserrate, and with or without subfoliar
glands. The 3'oung shoots, stipules, and bracts are often reddish.

A. Subgroup Reuteri.

In these the sepals rise above the disc, or are even suberect after
flowering, and persist till the fruit ripens.

R. Reuteri God. = i?. glauca Vill. and B. Crepiniana Desegl.
Prickles rather small, leaflets simply serrate, without subfoliar glands,
petioles usuallv eglandular and unarmed, peduncles eglandular, and
fruit large and ovoid. V.c. 16?, 34, 38, 40, 41, 57, 58, 59, 62, 65,
67, 78, 88, 91, Antrim?.

f. intricata (Gren.)=var. transiens Gren. The only important
difference is the glandular-hispid peduncles. V.c. 40, 57, 58, 98.

Var. siihcristata Baker =i^. complicaia Gren. Leaflets more or
less biserrate, very variable in size, petioles glandular, peduncles
smooth, and fruit as in the type. Sometimes the sepals are very
long persistent, so that the fruit resembles that of B. mollis Sm.,
and I have seen specimens so named. V.c. 17, 34?, 36, 38, 41, 43,
58, 65, 67 or 68, 69, 78, 79 ?, 88, 106, Down.

f. myriodonta Chr. is a strongly biserrate form, with more glan-
dular petioles. V.c. 58, 106, Down.

A REVISED ARRANGEMENT OP RRITTSH ROSES 13

Yar. fug ax (Gren.). Leaflets l)Lserrate, not subfoliar- glandular
peduncles glandidar-liispid, fruit normally subglobose, but more often
ovoid or ellipsoid in our forms. V.c. 36?, 58, ^^^ 81, 88, 98,
Down ?.

Var. steplianocarpa (Desegl. k Hip.). Leaflets biserrate, with
subfoliar glands on the primary nerves, peduncles smooth, fruit
broadly ovoid or subglobose. V.c. 57, 70, 88, Down.

Var. cenensis R. Kell. As in the last, but peduncles glandular-
hispid. The leaflets vary much in size and shape in our forms.
V.c. 40, 57 ?, 70, 88.

B. Subgroup Subcaninse.

I define this Subgroup as having the characters of the Group of
jB. jReuferi, but with the sepals not rising above the disc, and often
quite rettexed and deciduous, but this is neither Crepin's nor Keller's
definition. The former credits it with hairy nerves, which would
include it in the Siobcoriifolia Subgroup, while Keller describes it as
a series of varieties much nearer the R. canina Group than that of
M. JReuteri. The absence of the most conspicuous feature of the
Group makes its varieties diflicult to recognise.

a. Reuteri var. siihglauca W.-Dod. Like R. Reuteri, i. e., leaf-
lets simply serrate, peduncles smooth, fruit ovoid, but sepals reflexed.
V.c. 13 ?, 23 ?, 40, 69, 78 ?, 79 ?, 88.

Var. montivaga (Desegl.). Leaflets irregularly serrate, fruit
subglobose. Though described as a Canina form, both description
and specimens clearly indicate a variety of R. Reuteri. V.c. 36,
57, 60.

Var. denficulafa R. Kell. This includes all the forms with bi-
serrate leaflets, the other characters being variable. It therefore
probably requires subdivision. V.c. 34, 58, 70, 88.

C. Subgroup Coriifolise.

The counterpart of the Subgroup Reuteri, with more or less hairy
leaflets, at least on the mid-ribs. Its prickles are rarely stout,
usually rather small but hooked, though sometimes long, rather
slender, and curved.

R. Reuteri var. coriifolia (Fr.). Leaflets variable in size,
simply serrate, hairy on both sides, or at least on the lower surface,
Avithout subfoliar glands, fruit subglobose. V.c. 39, 57 ?, 58, 62,
65, 69 ?, 70, 80, 88, Down.

f. subhiserrata Borb. (sub R. coriifolia') has its leaflets irregu-
larly serrate or slightly biserrate. V.c. 3 ?, 38, 39, 57, 58, 92.

Var. implexa (Gren.). Leaflets often irregularly serrate, thinly
hairy, often on mid-ribs only, without subfoliar glands, though Grenier
has named examples with them on the primar}^ nerves, sepals often
less erect, connecting it with var. sithcollina. V.c. 57, 58, 65, 88.

Var. Baker i (Desegl.). Somewhat ill-defined both by Baker and
Deseglise. Leaflets fully biserrate, rather densely hairy, often with
a few subfoliar glands, typically narrowed at the base, but not
always so, peduncles smooth or a little glandular-hispid, fruit ovoid,
ellipsoid, or urceolate, smooth. V.c. 43, 62, 67, 69 ?, 70 ?, 8S.

14 A REVISED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES

Yar. Watson i (Baker). Leaflets rather large, biserrate, variable
in hairiness, but typically thinly so, without subfoliar glands,
peduncles smooth, rarely with a few glandular setae, fruit sub-
globose, ovoid, or urceolate, smooth. V.c. 40, 57, 58, 59, 65 ?, 69 ?,
70, 74, 78, 88.

Var. celerata (Baker). Leaflets small, broad and fully biserrate,
like those of JR. tomentella, glandular on primary nerv^es, peduncles
smooth, fruit subglobose. Y.c. 39.

D. Subgroup Subcoriifolise.

These have all the characters of the CoriifolicB^ but with sepals
reflexed, or at most not rising above the disc. The absence of sub-
erect sepals makes its varieties difficult to separate from some of
those of the Dumetorum Group.

^. Heuteri var. suhcolli)ia Chr. (sub H,. coriifolia). Leaflets
simply serrate, rather large, narrowed at the base, hairy on primary
nerves or on whole lower surface, without subfoliar glands, fruit
large, described as roundish or a little ovoid, but more often ellipsoid
in our examples. V.c. 17 ?, 70 ?, 88, 95, 98 ?.

Yar. ccesia (Sm.). Leaflets grey-green, small, elliptical, narrowed
below, without subfoliar glands, slightly doubly serrate, peduncles
slightly glandular-hispid, fruit ellipsoid, smooth. Y.c. Perth, 99.

Yar. incana Borr. (sub J?, ccesia). Prickles strongly hooked,
leaflets very glaucous, fully biserrate, narrow, hairy both sides, with
subfoliar glands, peduncles hairy, not glandular-hispid, sepals spread-
ing or loosely reflexed, fruit large oblong. Y.c. 95.

f. suhcoriifolia (Barclay). Yery near var. incana, but prickles
less stout and less hooked, leaflets broader, less hairy, subfoliar glands
very inconspicuous, sepals fully reflexed and fruit obovoid. Y.c. 80 ?,

88, 90, 106, Antrim ?.

Yar. pruinosa (Baker). Leaflets rather small but broad, glaucous,
strongly biserrate, rounded or subcordate at base, peduncles smooth,
fruit subglobose or ovoid, often small. Y.c. 67, 70, 96.

Yar. Lucandiana (Desegl. & Gill.). Leaflets large, oval, fully
biserrate, rounded at base, moderately hairy, without subfoliar glands,
peduncles smooth or glandular-hispid, fruit ovoid or subglobose.
Y.c. 3, 63, 70.

Yar. Lintoni Scheutz (sub R. coriifolia). Near var. BaTceri,
but with spreading reflexed sepals, leaflets elliptical, with more
numerous subfoliar glands, subglobose fruit and smooth peduncles.
The subfoliar glands in a specimen from the locus classicus are very
difficult to see, as is often the case in very hairy leaflets. Y.c. 88,

89, 91 ?, 92.

Yar. obovafa Baker (sub E. tomentosa). Prickles hooked, leaf-
lets small, fully biserrate, obovate, obtuse, with subfoliar glands,
peduncles smooth, fruit ovoid ?. Y.c. QQ, 106 ?.

3. Primary Group of R. tomentella.

Prickles normally stout and hooked, with broad bases, but more
slender ones are admissible. Leaflets in most varieties small and

A KEVI8ED ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH ROSES 15

broad, biserrate or simply so, always more or less pubescent and
usually with subfoliar glands on the primary nerves, but often
eglandular, sepals rather short, broad, and much pinnate.

li. TOMENTELLA Lem. Prickles variable, leaflets small, broad,
rounded at base, hairy both sides, with subfoliar glands on the
primar}'^ nerves, which are often difficult to see, fruit rather small,
subglobose, styles hispid or tliinlv so. A small bush. V.c. 3, 16, 17,
21, 22, 23, 24, 32, 30, 40, .55, 57, 58, 62.

f. decipiens Dum. Like the type, but with glandular-hispid
peduncles, leaflets often eglandular. V.c. 14, 16, 17, 23, 26, 33 ?,
34, 57, 58.

Var. Carionii (Desegl. & Gill.). Larger. Leaflets as in type,
but not so broad, and longer, without subfoliar glands, flowers white,
styles hispid or subglabrous. , V.c. 3. 17, 19 ?, 23, 24, 32, 33, 34, 37,
^Q, 57, 58, 62 or 65.

Var. Borreri (Woods). Large and stout, with long internodes,
prickles few, very stout and hooked, leaflets oval, thinly hairy, with
or without subfoliar glands, peduncles often in large clusters, smooth
or thinly glandular-hispid, fruit ovoid or ellipsoid, rarely subglobose.
V.c. 3?, 13 or 14, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 31 ?, 32, 36, 40, 57, 58.

Var. sclerophylla (Scheutz). Prickles hooked but not stout,
leaflets lanceolate, narrowed at each end, fully biserrate, subglabrous
beneath, usually with subfoliar glands, peduncles smooth or glandular-
hispid. V.c. 16 ?, 32, 36, 5S, 62, 64.

Var. NicJiolsoni Chr. Prickles rather stout but straightish,
leaflets large, oval, subsimply serrate, slightly hairy but eglandular on
primary nerves, fruit small, subglobose, peduncles occasionally slightly
glandular-hispid, styles rather densely hispid. It is very near the
Deseglisei Subgroup. V.c. 17 ?, 58 ?, 65.

Var. Hothschildii (Druce). Peculiar for the presence of acicles
on the stems, not always present on all specimens. Leaflets oval,
irregularly serrate, rarely glandular-biserrate, often only slightly
hairy or subglabrous on the mid-ribs, subfoliar glands very variable,
peduncles more or less glandular-hispid, sometimes smooth, fruit sub-
globose, styles subglabrous. V.c. 17, 31, 32.

Var. ohtusifolia (Desv.). Like the type, but quite simply
serrate, without subfoliar glands, and with white flowers. V.c. 2, 3,
4 ?, 11 or 12, 13, 14, 17, 34, 36, 40, 58.

f. concinna (Baker). As in var. ohtusifolia, but with glandular-
hispid peduncles. V.c. 3, 17.

B. Subsection ViLLOsiE.

Prickles usually more slender and straighter than in the Eit-
canincB, leaflets more constantly tomentose on both sides, and fully
biserrate, often, not always, glandular on the whole lower surface, the
glands often scented, but often inconspicuous and in some varieties
absent. Peduncles usually glandular-hispid, sepals more or less
erect and persistent, and styles usually woolly. Most of the excep-
tions belong to the Group of B. tomentosa.

16 A EEVISED ARHANGEMENT OF BEITISII EOSES

1. GrROUF OF R. POMIFEEA.

Of low growth, with straight stems and branches, prickles
normally rather long, straight, and slender, sejDals long and little
pinnate, usually fleshy at the base and not disarticulating, but
crowning the fruit till it falls. The leaflets are normall}" larger and
more rounded at the apex, with more compound toothing than in the
other two Groups, the auricles also are broader and falcately incurved
towards the petioles, and the armature of the peduncles and fruit
more aciculate.

R. POMIFEEA Herrm. Leaflets very large, parallel-sided, said to
be thinner than in R. mollis, with or without subfoliar glands, petals
ciliate (?), and fruit violet when ripe (?). A doubtful native.
V.c. 15, 31., 77 ?, 80, 91, 98, 106.

E,. MOLLIS Sm. Leaflets smaller and more oval, some subfoliar
glands always present, but very variable in quantity and often hidden
in the hairs, peduncles more or less densely glandular-hispid, but less
disposed to be aciculate than in B. pomtfera. V.c. 43, 57, 60, 62,
Go, m, 69, 70, 72, 73, 78, 80, 81, 85, 87, 90, Antrim.

f. ccBVulea Woods (sub M. villosa). Peduncles and fruit smooth or
almost so. Woods says it is a smaller bush with more subfoliar glands.
V.c. 52, 57, 66, 69, 74, 79, 81, 85, 88, 89, 96 or 97, 108, Antrim.

Var. Grenierii (Desegl.). All the characters of B. mollis, but
without subfoliar glands. A parallel form to f. ccBrulea occurs.
V.c. 36, 41, 42, 60, 62, 64, 69, 70, 75, 79, 80, 83, 92, 95.

Var. 2^^^ii^^o-rubiffiiiosa (Lej.). Prickles usually few and very
long, leaflets smaller, narrower, darker green and more glabrous, and
more conspicuously glandular, sepals usually more pinnate. V.c. 17
(as an escape), 57 ?, 62, 6Q, 69, 78, 79, 88 ?, 89, 92 ?, Down.

B. mollis X coriifolia. Leading features of B. mollis f. ccerulea,
but with stouter, longer-based prickles, more pinnate sepals, and with
appearance of the Glauca Group. V.c. 70.

2. Geoup of R. omissa.

Habit and technical characters just intermediate between the last
and next Groups, making its varieties often diflicult to assign to the
correct one. The book characters, as compared with the last one,
are stems and branches less straight, prickles more often unequal and
curved, with larger bases, leaflets smaller and more acute, auricles
more acuminate and not converging, sepals shorter and more pinnate,
erect or often only spreading, not fleshy at base, persistent till the
fruit is ripe, but not till it falls. In some varieties the styles are
hispid, not woolly.

R. omissa Desegl. Prickles usually curved, sometimes straight,
leaflets smaller, narrower, and more acute than those of B. mollis^
with subfoliar glands, peduncles often only half as long as fruit,
rarely as long, fruit subglobose, ovoid, or pyriform, smooth or slightly,
rarely densely glandular-hispid, sepals shorter and usually less erect
than in B. mollis, V.c. 33, 34, 36, 40, 41, 42, 54, 55, 57, 58, Q5,
73, 88, 96, 106.

f. resinosoicles (Crep.). Prickles fewer, stout and curved, leaflets
with conspicuous subfoliar glands, fruit almost always glandular-

A REVISED ARRA^^CiEMEXT OF ERITTSTI ROSES 17

hispid. V.c. 17, 30 ?, 48, 58 ?, 62, 05, 07, 70, 78, 79 ?, 80, 88, 81)
92, Antrim, Down, Mnjo ?. '

Var. Sherardi (Davies). Prickles stout, falcate, leaflets densely
tonientose, broadly elliptical, often subsiniply serrate, and usually
without subfoliar glands, peduncles rather long, often in clusters,
glandular-hispid, fruit smooth, subglobose or ovoid, sepals pinnate'
suberect or spreading. V.c. 8, 8, 18, 14, 15. 10, 17 F, 24, 27 81 82'
84, 38, 40, 42, 48, 57, 58, 70, 73, Down, Antrim. ' ' '

f. submollis (Ley). Very near var. Sherardi, but prickles
normally straight; leaflets fully biserrate, eglandular, peduncles
longer, and fruit ovoid. Some author's specimens have quite falcate
prickles. V.c. 14, 28 ?, 85, 80, 89, 40, 41, 48, 09, 70, 73, 78, 80, 91,
98, Antrim, Armagh ?, Down.

f. e mi liens (Harrison). Near submollis, but leaflets dark green,
with subfoliar glands, peduncles and fruit smooth, I have seen
no specimens. V.c. 00.

f. uncinata Lees (sub R. tomentosa). Prickles stout and hooked,
leaflets of medium size, rather close-set, oval or broadly so, with some
subfoliar glands on the primary nerves, fruit rather small, subglobose
or broadly urceolate, smooth or nearly so, styles hispid, sepals dark-
coloured, phnmte, spreading-erect. v!c. 80 ?,' 40, 42, 49.

t psnido-moUis E. G. Baker (sub R. tomentosa). Very near
f. uncinata, but prickles less stout and less hooked. Vc 20 '^'^
36, 42, 48, 80. • • ' -'

Var. cinerascens (Dum.). Prickles straight or curved, petioles
eglandular, leaflets uniserrate, without subfoliar glands, fruit globose,
more rarely ovoid, styles hispid, not woolly. V.c. 89, 57, 70, 88.

Var. Woodsiana H. & J. Grroves (sub R. tomentosa). 'Prickles
small, considerably falcate, leaflets narrow, dark green, thinly hairy,
with some subfoliar glands, fruit narrowly ovoid, glandular-hispid or
smooth, sepals long, dark, very glandular-hispid, with long pinnae,
styles hispid or thinly so. V.c. 17, 32, 05 ?.

R. SUBERECT A Ley. Prickles long, stout, straightish, often un-
equal, leaflets rather large, narrowly oval, dark green, but densely
pubescent, usually with many subfoliar glands, sometimes few,
very rarely absent, petioles densely clothed with pricklets, aciclesi
and glands, peduncles and fruit strongly glandular-aciculate, sepals
broad, dark, densely covered with dark red glands, with long narro\\-
pinn?e, fruit described as globose, but more often ovoid or broadly so
V.c. 49 ?, 50?, 59 ?, 02, 07, 09, 70, 78, 79, 92, 100, 108, Deny. ^

f. (jlahrata Ley is a glabrous-leaved form, with fewer subfoliar
glands. V.c. 97, 105, 100 ?.

R. suherecta X mollis has intermediate characters, some specimens
running very near R. mollis f. ccerulea. V.c. 105 ?, 100?. 108.

R. sulerecta X coriifolia is simply serrate with some of the
characters of both parents. V.c. 100.

3. Group of R. tomentosa.

Habit of the Eu-canince, shoots not as a rule glaucous, prickles

often but not always stouter and more hooked than in the last two

Groups, leaflets paler, less bluish green, more often acuminate,

Journal of Botany, Mat, 1920. [Supplement I.] d '

18 A REVISED ARRAKGEME?v'T OF BllITTSH EOSES

peduncles longer, sepals usuall}^ reflexed, rarely somewhat spreading,
deciduous before or as soon as fruit ripens, styles rarely more than
hispid. In the Subgroup ScahriusculcB the leaflets are more glabrous,
and the styles often quite so.

A. Svibgroup Tomentosse.

Leaflets usually densely and softly tomentose, styles quite hispid.

K. TOMENTOSA Sm. Prickles very variable, leaflets biserrate,
eglandular, or with line inconsj^icuous subfoliar glands, fruit ovoid or
subglobo.^e, sepals normally reflexed, but often spreading, rarely
suberect, styles varying from denselv to thinly hispid. V.c. 16, 17,
20?, 23, 27, 33, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 55, 57, 62, 67, 69, 74, 80, 81, 88,
Antrim. Down.

Var. Guspidafoidus (Crep.). Prickles straight, leaflets more
glandular, fruit subglobose, styles decidedlv hispid. V.c. 19 ?, 31,
39, 49, 55, 64, 65, 69, 70, 73, 78, 88, 106, Antrim ?.

f. ps<mdo-cufij>idata (Crep.). Very near the last, but prickles
somewhat curved, leaflets still more glandular, or at least more con-
spicuously so, fruit ovoid, and styles thinlv hispid. V.c. 2, 3, 15, 17,
22, 23, 34, 40, 62, 65, 69, Antrim P.

Var. diimosa (Pug.). Leaflets uniserrate, normally large, oval-
elliptical, without subfoliar glands, long peduncles and ovoid fruit
both glandular-hispid, styles woolly. V.c. 19 P, 31, 49, 55, 70?, 73.

B. fomenfosa xglauca. Intermediate between the two Groups.
I have two forms, which are not identical. V.c. 70, 81.

B. Subgroup Scabriusculae.

Leaflets much less tomentose (except in var. confiisa), often sub-
glabrous, sepals usually quite reflexed, and styles thinly hispid or
glabrous,

B. tomentosa var. scahrluscula Baker. Prickles stout, but
straightish, rarely falcate, leaflets large, elliptical, normally well
spaced, but variable, thinly hairy and often rough to the touch
beneath, with some subfoliar glands, peduncles long, fruit ovoid or
ellipsoid, usually smooth, sepals reflexed, styles hispid. V.c. 3, 5, 6,
11, 16, 23, 24, 34, 36, 43, 48, 49, 58, 67, 70, 78, Deny.

Var. confusa (Pug.). Very near var. scahriuscula, but leaflets
more densely tomentose and eglandular, sepals more spreading and
subpersistent, fruit often hispid, and styles subglabrous. V.c. 16,
33 ?, 34, 36, 40, 50.

\i\Y.foetida (Bast.). Prickles of var. scahriuscula, leaflets oval,
rounded or subcordate at the base, rather more pubescent and
decidedly more glandular beneath, the glands, according to Bastard,
smelling of turpentine, fruit ovoid, usually glandular-hispid, on long
peduncles, sej^als reflexed, and styles tvpically quite glabrous. V.c. 2,
3, 4, 11, 14, 16, 17, 24, 32, 34 ?, 39, 40, 53, 58, 62, Cork.

Var. sylvestris Woods. This has falcate or hooked prickles,
leafl.ets narrow and more glabrous, usually with man}^ subfoliar glands,
stvles thinly hispid, rarely glabrous, V.c. 3, 4 ?, 16 ?, 23, 24, 36,
38 ?. 44, 79.

Var. britannica W.-Dod=i?. Jundzilliana Baker non Bess.
Prickles numerous, long, stout, declining or falcate, rarely hooked,

A EEVISED AEEANGEMENT OF BEITISH EOSES ID

petioles strongly armed, leaflets large, densely tomentose, with many
but often inconspicuous subfoliar glands, peduncles long, in a cluster,
strongly ghuulular-liispid as well as the ellipsoid fruit, sepals dark,
\ery glandular-hispid, loosely reflexed, styles glabrous, V.c. 32, oS.

C. Subsection EuBiGiNOSiE.

Subfoliar glands very numerous, conspicuous, often sticky, and
strongly scented. The other characters vary considerably.

1. GeOUP of R. EUBiails^OSA.

Low erect bushes, usually with unequal prickles, some of them
often reduced to acicles in clusters on the stems, and especially below
the inflorescence, leaflets small or rather small, roundish or oval, obtuse,
rounded at the base, peduncles rather short, glandular-hispid (except
in var. Jenensis), sepals spreading or suberect, subpersistent, stigmas
in a short hispid or villous head.

R. EUBIGINOSA L. = i2. ajjrico^nim Vdip. Main prickles uniform,
stout, and hooked, with acicles as in the Group, leaflets medium or
small, pubescent at least on mid-ribs and primary nerves, fruit globose,
less frequentlv ovoid, sepals spreading or suberect, but falling before
the fruit ripens. V.c. 5 or 6, 11, 15, 17, 23, 24, 27, 32 ?, 87, 49, 69,
70 ?, 74, 78, 79, 80, 88, 89, 95, 96, Down.

f. Gremlli Chr. is a name given by Crepin to a white-flowered
form, of which there several on the Continent. V.c. 89 ?.

f. Corstopliincd (Druce). So far as I know this, it is only a
luxuriant form. V.c. 90.

Var. comosa (liip.) has sepals erect and persistent till the fruit
ripens, fruit usually ovoid. V.c. 3, 8, 9, 16, 17, 26, 27 or 28, 72, 7S,
79, 80, 98, Down.

f. comosella (Desegl. & Oz.). Near the last, but with straight
prickles. Leaflets sometimes as small as in var. rotundifolia, and
fruit sometimes with long eglandular acicles. V.c. 17, Down.

Var. echinocaiya Gren. Prickles very numerous, the main
ones hooked but not always stout, mixed with many smaller straight
ones, peduncles and fruit with long eglandular acicles as well as
glandular setse, fruit large, broadly ovoid, sepals erect but not per-
sistent, styles hispid. V.c. 15, 17, 27 or 28, Perth.

Var. rotundifolia Rau. A small bush with unequal straight, or
only slightly curved, often long, prickles, and very small suborbicular
leaflets, fruit rather small, subglobose or ovoid, smooth. V.c. 3. 9,
16, 17, 22, 40 ?, 62, 67 or 68.

Var. Jeneiisis M. Schulze. Like the type, but fruit and peduncles
quite smooth. V.c. 15.

2. Geoup of R. miceantha.

Taller and less erect, like the Eu-canina. Prickles unifoi-m,
rarely with acicles under the inflorescence, leaflets larger, more acute,
and often less glandular, fruit more urceolate, sepals reflex( d, and
styles glabrous, usually exserted.

R. MiCEANTHA Sm.=-B. permixta Desegh Characters of the
Group, leaflets variable in size, more or less pubescent beneath, rarely
glabrous, usually reddish when young, fruit glandular or smooth.

20 A EE VISED AREAIN^GEMENT OF ERITISH EOSES

V.c. 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26?, 32, 33,
34, 38, 55, 70?, 80.

Var. operta (Pug.). Prickles few, sometimes none, leaflets large,
fruit ovoid, smooth. Y.c. 3, 6, 23, 24, 32, 34.

Var. septicola (DesegL). Prickles many, stout, hooked, leaflets
large, fruit small, subglobose, somewhat glandular-hispid. V.c. 15.

Var. trichocarpa Kouy. Like the type, but with acicles below
the inflorescence, leaflets oval-elliptical, and fruit roundish-ovoid,
hispid. V.c. 11 or 12, 15, 16, 17, 33, 58.

Var. sylvicola (Desegl. & Kip.). Prickles long and straight,
with acicles below the inflorescence. V.c. 3 ?, 27 ?, 31, Q5.

Var. hysfrix (Baker). Leaflets small, much narrowed at the base
like those of R. agresfis, fruit described as elongate, but more often
ovoid urceolate, small and somewhat glandular-hispid. V.c. 16 ?,
17?, 24, 32.

Var. Lemanii (Bor.). Near var. liyatrix, but not synonymous, as
Boreau supposed, since its leaflets are quite rounded at the base, and
sometimes suborbicular. V.c. 6, 16, 17.

Var. Briggsii Baker. Leaflets normally very large, but forms
occur with them normal, fruit and peduncles smooth. V.c. 3.

3. Geoup or R. elliptica.

Low erect habit of the R. ruhiginosa Group, leaflets small, sub-
obtuse, much narrowed at the base, peduncles rather short, smooth,
sepals spreading or suberect, styles short, hispid, or villous.

B. elliptica var. Billietii (Pug.), Prickles stout, hooked, leaf-
lets rather small, obovate, peduncles hairy, fruit ovoid or urceolate,
styles villous or hispid. V.c. 6, 38.

Var. crypfopoda (Baker). Prickles hooked but small, leaflets
glabrous above, thinly hairy beneath, rounded or only slightly narrowed
at base, subfoliar glands inconspicuous, petioles almost eglandular.
])eduncles very short, fruit subglobose, styles in a woolly head.
Deseglise places it in this Group, but it seems much nearer the
(Joriifolice. V.c. 63 or 64.

4. Geoup or R. ageestis.

Habit of the JEu-canincs, though often dwarf in exposed situa-
tions. Leaflets narrowed at the base, peduncles rather long, smooth,
sepals reflexed and deciduous, styles glabrous.

R. AGEESTIS Savi=_K. sepium Thuill. Prickles stout, hooked,
leaflets small, often very small, narrow, and attenuate at each end, fruit
ovoid, styles rarely slightly hispid. V.c. 6, 11, 17 ?, 23, Westmeath.

f. suhcuneata Rouy. Leaflets larger, often but not always broader
and more obtuse, fruit ovoid or ellipsoid. V.c. 6, 14, 15, 17, 22 ?,
23, 24, 34, 49, Westmeath, Lough, Dearg.

Var. Belnensis (Ozan.). Leaflets larger, broader, and more obtuse
than in the type, fruit globose or subglobose. V.c. 6, 14 ?, 15, 17.

i. puhescens Rouy. Leaflets very large, 2 in. by 1\ in., very
pubescent, fruit ovoid. V.c. 14.

Erratum.— P. 3, line 7 from bottom, for stylosa Baker read sijstyla Baker.

THE MARINE ALG^ OF GUERNSEY.

Br Lilian Lyle, F.L.S.

I. Introduction.

The little island of Guernsey is well known for its rich harvests
of seaweed, which at stated times of the year are gathered for fuel,
manure, etc. Such fertility among the coarser kinds extends to
those of more delicate structure, for, though naturally not so profuse,
there is a wide range of species of considerable interest to the marine
botanist.

Having spent several months of the years 1911, 1912, and 1914
in collecting round these coasts, my efforts were rewarded by the
discovery of various species, new either to Guernsey, to the Channel
Islands, or to Britain. It is therefore hoped that a revised list of all
the known species of Guernsey Marine Algie will prove of interest to
students. The gatherings were made between March and November
of the respective years, along the shore, among the rocks at low tide,
or from a boat by means of a dredge — some specimens were found
floating.

The results of an attempt to study the growth and distribution of
the seaweeds of Guernsey from an ecological point of view are also
given. They are very inadequate and far from complete. In 1914,
I had intended making measurements and careful observations
throughout the year, but after four months' work my plans had to be
changed, owing to the outbreak of the War.

My thanks are due to Dr. Rendle, at whose suggestion this
account was undertaken, and to Miss Lorrain Smith and Mr. Gei)p,
all of the Department of Botany, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), for
their valuable advice and suggestions ; to Mr. E. M. Holmes, for help
in naming Algai ; to Mr. Paulson, for naming lichens ; to Mr. and
Mrs. Lemesurier, of Guernsey, for their interest and assistance in the
matter of dredging ; and to Captain Cameron, N.Z.S.C.,for informa-
tion regarding winds and tides affecting the Channel Islands. I was
also indebted to the late Mr. Best, of Guernsey, for hints on the
economics of Algse.

Previous Lists.

The rich and varied marine vegetation of the Channel Islands has
attracted the attention of many botanists. Of these the late Mr.
Marquand is well known ; his Flora of Guernsey (1901) includes
236 species of seaweeds found mostly by himself, together with lists
of such earlier collectors as Greville and Le Lievre. In 1908 he pub-
lished still further additions to the Marine Algse of Guernsey, making
a total of 257 species for the island. A new edition of Holmes and
Batters's Marine Brifish AlgcB appeared in 1902, in which Mr. Mar-
quand's lists up to date were included. Dr. Van Heurck collected in
the Channel Islands, more especially in Jersey, which he worked
most thoroughly. His Prodrome de la Flore des Algues Marines
des lies Anglo-Normands (1908) contains Mr. Marquand's list for
Guernsey, as also does Chalon's Liste des Ahjues Marines (1905).

In view of these exhaustive gatherings, it seemed almost hopeless
JouENAL OF Botany, June, 1920. [Supplement II.] h

2 THE MARINE ALGJ3 OF UUEHNSEY

that further search Avould yield any additional species. When it is
remembered, however, that " some species are very uncertain in their
appearance, occurring in abundance, perhaps, during one season and
then disaj^pearing for years," and when it is also borne in mind that
currents and other agents frequently bring new species or their
spores from long distances to establish themselves and even spread
along our coasts — as, for example, Colpomenia sinuosa, Bonnemaisonia
asjmragoides^. liamifera, etc., — one need never despair of making new
discoveries. This was, indeed, my fortune, for I was able to find
46 species, 22 varieties, and 4 forms new to the Channel Islands ;
46 species, 6 varieties, new to Guernsey ; 3 species and 2 forms new
to Britain ; 1 species and 1 form new to science.

The total number of alg^e for Guernsey, including those already
listed by other workers is now SoO species, 78 varieties and forms.

Mr. Marquand throws some doubt on the existence of certain
algae mentioned in the lists of Miss Le Lievre and Dr. Greville, or
on their correct determination, as, after years of diligent search, he
failed to find them. These are : —

Gystoselra harhata^ Fiicus ceranoides, Sporochmis pedunculah^s,
Cutleria multifida, Sphacelaria Serfularia, Ecfocarjms Mertensii.,
Daysa venusta, Nitophyllum Gmelini, Kallymenia Duhyi, Ceramiuni
■flabelligerumy Callithamnion arhuscula, Callifhamnion roseum^ and
Cladopkora repens : also Desmarestia viridis, Dicfyosiphon fcenicu-
laceus, and Bytlphloea pinasfroides of Greville's list.

Gystoselra harhata is excluded from the British Flora by Batters
as a waif. Fucus ceranoides is usually found in the estuaries of
rivers. The absence of an}* large body of fresh ^vater in Guernsey
would tend to preclude the idea of its existence on these shores,
Gutleria nmltifida, Desmarestia viridis, SporocJuius pediniculatus,
Tllopteris Mertensii are all mentioned in Batters's Marine Algce as
growing in Guernse}^, but they have not been found recently. Calli-
thamnion arhuscula is an inhabitant of northern regions, and is
replaced by G. spo7igiosuni in the south: with the exception of
localities where northern and southern floristic elements mingle — as,
for instance, on the west coast of Ireland, — the two species never grow
too-ether. It is therefore hardly likely that G. arhuscula was col-
lected in Guernsey, although G. spongiosum grows abundantly.
Nitopliyllum Gmelini and Gladophora repens are indicated by Mar-
quand in his lists for Alderney, but they have not been found in
Guernsey.

As regards the other missing species, Mr. Marquand suggests
that they may have disappeared for a time to reapj^ear later on. The
fact that I was able to find five of them — Scliizymenia Diihyi^
Geramiumjiahelligerum, and Polysiphonia elongata in 1911 ; Halo-
pitliys pinastroides in 1911, 1912, 1914; Dictyosiplwn foenicu-
laceus in 1912; and S2)liacelaria Sertularia in 1914 — is in favour of
his view. In no two years does it seem possible to find all the same

I was able to find three of Mr. Marquand's four additions to the
British Flora, viz : — Strehlonema Zanardinii, Liehmannia Leveillei,
auiX LitJiothamnion expansiim: but, though I searched diligently in

THE MARINE AL(i.E OF GUERNSEY

the locality given and elsewhere, I was unable to find the fourth — •
I*olysiphonia ojjaca.

II. Systematic List.

The following list includes all the species hitherto recorded, as well
as those of my own gathering. To facilitate quoting localities, the
island is divided into six districts, each locality being numbered as
shown in the table below. The figures and initials in the square
brackets refer to Mr. Marquand's lists : —

East.

1. Paradis Hommet.

2. Bordeaux.

3. Vale Coast.

4. Spur Point.

5. Pike's Corner.

6. Belgrave Bay.

7. North Beach.

8. Castle Cornet.

9. Bathing-place.

10. Fermain Bay.

11. Bec-du-Nez.

12. St. Martin's Point.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

South.

Jerbourg Point.
Petit Port.
Moulin Huet.
Saint's Bay.
Petit Bot.
Les Tielles.

North-West.

L'Eree Bay.

Vazon.

Albecq.

Cobo.

Grandes Rocques.

Port Soif.

Port Grat.

West.

1. Pezerie.

2. Les Portes.

3. La Varde.

4. Portelet.

5. liocquaine Bay.

6. L'Eree.

7. Lihou Causeway

8. Lihou Is.

North.

Grande Havre.
L'Ancresse.

South- West.
Pleinmont.

The classification and nomenclature coincide, so far as possible,
with Holmes and Batters' Catalogue of 1902. Here and there, as
indicated in the notes, the work of more recent algologists has
necessitated certain changes — e. y., the older generic name Chan-
transia has replaced AchroclicBtium. With regard to the calcareous
algse, I have followed Dr. Lemoine's classification as given in Mr. A.
D. Cotton's Clare Island Survey (Proc. P. Irish Acad. xxxi. part 15 :
1912).

The following abbreviations have been adopted throughout : —
E.=East. S. = South. S.W. = South- West. W. = West. N.W.=
North- West. N. = North. M.=Marquand. H. & B.=Holmes and
Batters. C.I. = Channel Islands (new to). G. = Guernsey (new to).
B. = Britain (new to). c. = common. f.c. = fairly common. a.=
abundant. La. = locally abundant. r.=rare. v.r.= very rare.

MYXOPHYCEiE.

CocCOGOIiE^.

C.I. Aphaxocapsa marina Hansg. N.W. 1. W. 4, 8. f.c.

C.I. Anacystis parasitica Kiitz. {Polycystis jyaUida H. & B. Rev.

List). On Calothrix sp. and Cladopliora sp. W. 8.
G. Dermocaepa Leibleinije Born. On CalotJirLv Crustacea, r.
G. D. PBASiJfA Born. On various algse. c.

h2

4 THE MAEINE ALGiE OP GIIEE:^SEY

G. Pleueocapsa ruLiGiNOSA Hauck. N.W. 7.

p. AMETHYSTEA Rosenv. [On Clad, rupestris. S. 2.] N.W. 7.
Htella c^spitosa Born. & Flah. Indicated by Batters.

HORMOGOTCE^.

G. Spieulina subsalsa oersted. {S. tenuissima Kiitz.). S.W.

On CoroMina officinalis:
C.I. S. SUBSALSA var. oceat^ica Gom. {S. oceanica Crn.). r.

Among Oscillatoria margaritifera. S.W.
C.I. Oscillatoria margaritifera Kiitz. (O. insignis Thw.). f.c.
KW. 7. S.W.
O. NiGROViRiDis Thw. S. 5. On wet rock.
O. CORALLINE Gom. (0. littoralis Carm.). c. [E. 2.] S.W.
on Oorallina officinalis.
c.i. 0. amphibia Ag. (0. infectoria Tassi). W. 5.
C.I. O. L^TEVIRENS Cm. S. 2.

0. LiMOSA Kiitz. c. Muddy rocks. S.W. W. 5.
C.I. Phormidium tenue Gom. Among 0. margaritifera. S.W.
C.I. P. corium Gom. S. 5. On wet rock.
G. Lyngbta ^stuaeii Liebm. Muddy sand.

L. MAJUSCTJLA Harv. [N.W. 4.] W. 1. c. In rock-pools on
other algse.
G. L. semiplena J. Ag. N. On rocks.

Symploca hydnoides Kiitz. {Galothrix semiplena Harv.).
[E. 10. N.W. 4, 5. On CoralHnes], and on clay mud.
W. 1, 5.
C.I. Microcoleus tenerrimus Gom. On stones mixed with Isactis
plana.
Calothrix coxferyicola Ag. [c] N.W. 4. On other algse.
C. scopulorum Ag. [W. 8. N.W. 4. E. 11.] W. 5. S.W.
C. pulvinata Ag. (6'. hydnoides Harv., C. pannosa Harv., and
G. ccespitula Harv.). [S. 2. N.W. 4. E. 12, 10.] On
muddy sand and on algae.
G. C. parasitica Thur. On Nemalion luhricum.
C.I. C. iERUGiNEA Thur. On other algse. W. 4, 7.

C. CRUSTACEA Thur. c. N.W. 4, 6, 7. W. 1, 2. S.W.

On rocks.
Isactis pla^^a Thur. {B. plana Harv.), [N.W. 2.] S.W.

Common On stones.
RiYULARiA BiASOLETTiA?s'A Mcncgh. (SchizosipJiou WarrenicB
Casp.). [E. 10. S. 2.] Common on stones and on Coral-
Una sp.
B. ATRA Roth. c. W. 2. S.W. On rocks, limpet-shells,

etc.
B. KiTiDA Ag. {B.plicata Carm.). [S. 2.] N.W. 6. W. 5.

S.W. On earth.
B. BULLATA Berk. {B. nitida Desmaz.). c. N. 2. On rocks,

Lichina pygmcea, etc.
Mastigocoleus testarum Lagerh. Indicated by Batters.
C.I. NosTOC EJfTOPHYTUM Born. & Flah. {N. tenuissimum Born.).
Among Calothrix Crustacea.

THE MARINE ALG^ OF GUERNSEY 5

C.T. N. LiNCKTA Born, & Flah. {Monormia intricata Berk.). Among
O. margaritifera.
Anab^na torulosa Lagerli. {SjihcBrozyga Garmichcelii Harv.).
[N.W. 4.] On Clado])liora, etc.

CHLOROSPERME.E.

Protococcin^.
C.I. CoDioLUM Petrocelidis Kuck. In Petrocelis cruenta,

CONFERYOIDE.!;.

C.I. GrATELLA POLYRHIZA Rosenv. {ScJiizogouium disciferum H. &

B.). Pulias pool.
G. Pringsheimia scutata Rke. On Cli(Etomorplia sp. Pulias

pool.
G. Enteromorpha clathrata J. Ag. [Pulias pool.] N.W. 3,
4, 7. E. 2. On Rlio. palmata, etc. — var. gracilis (Le JoL).
[M.] Indicated by Batters.

The Guernsey specimens of Enteromorplia have been named
on broad lines and in a general sense.

It is interesting to observe how the germinating spore-
lings of E. clathrata grow into flat expansions one cell in
thickness, over the surface of stones, before sending up erect
fdaraents. The latter begin as little pimple-like elevations
which appear here and there over the procumbent portions.
A circle of cells elongates and arches over at the top ; they
increase in size and divide, mitil a tube of indefinite length
is formed — its base, as is characteristic of this genus, being
additionally strengthened by the downward prolongations of
the cells composing the lower part of the tube. This ten-
dency to become procumbent in the initial stages, is common to
various algae; it has been referred to by Yendo (Proc. R.
Dublin Soc. ii. 105) and in my notes on "Developmental
Porms of Marine Algae " {JS'ew Phytologist, xvii. 231).
E. TORT A Reinb. (percursa Harv.). [Pulias pool.]
G. E. prolifera J. Ag. (=U. compressa var. prolifera Grrev.).
Pulias pool.
E. RAMULOSA Hook. var. rohusta Hauck. [E. 2.] Var. tenuis

Hauck. N.W. 7. W. 7.
E. COMPRESSA Grrev. c. On Fiicus serratus and on stones.
E. iNTESTiNALis Link. c.
E. LiNZA J. Ag. c.

Ulya lactuca var. latissima DC. {U. latissima J. Ag.)
v.c.
C.I. Ph^ophila dendrotdes Batt. {Ocldoclicete dendroides Crn.
and FhcBophila floridearum Hauck.) On Stilophora rhi-
zoides and Cer. echinotum.
G. BoLBOCOLEON PILIFERUM Pringsh. On Cer. echinotum.
G. Endoderma yiride Lagerh. In Foly. macrocarpa and Calli-
th amnion spp.

b THE MARITs^E ALCI^ OP GUERIS^SEY

Ch^t^tomorpha toetfosa Kiitz. {Conferva tortuosa DIllw. and
Chcstomoiyha vmpJexa H. & B.). [S. 2. E. 11.] N. 2.
W. 4, 7. On Chorda fhim.

C. LIXUM Kiitz. {Conferva sutoria Berk.). Pulias pool.

C. CRASSA Kiitz. {Conferva linum Harv. non alior.) [E. 11.]
N.W. 4.

C. AREA Kiitz. [Batt.]

Khizoclonium Kochianum Kiitz. (incl. R. inrpJexum Kiitz.).
Pulias pool.
G. R. RiPARiUM Harv. E. 7.

K. IMPLEXUM Batt. non Kiitz. {R. tortnosum Kiitz.). [S. 3, 5.]
N. 2. N.W. 4.
C.I. Cladophora prolifera Kiitz. E. 2. v.r.

C. PELLFCiDA Kiitz. [N.W. 2, 4. S. 2.] W. 1. E.G.

C. HuTCHiNSiiE Harv. S. 3. E. 7. — var. divaricata Harv.
E. 6. r. — var. distans Kiitz. {C. diffusa Harv.). E. 7.
N. 2.

C. rectangflarts Harv. E. 7. Thrown up. — (c.i.) var.
Jiorrida Kiitz. {Conferva Croiiani Chauv.). E. 7. v. 2.

According to Batters, C. recfangularis is very rare on the
south coast of England ; Mrs. Lane Clarke mentions having
found it in Guernsey among Zoster a beds. In 1911 and
1912, a few small pieces were thrown up, but in 1914 it
occurred in greater abundance ; in each case the specimens
were taken from the Zostera beds north of the White Kock.

C. RFPESTRIS Kiitz. 0.

G. C. HiRTA Kiitz. E. 3. One small specimen.

C. FTRICFLOSA Kutz. {G. IcBtevirens Harv. partim). E. 2, G.
W. 1. — var. diffusa Hauck. E. 6. On rocks at low tide.
C.I. C. GRACILIS Kiitz. E. 2.
o. C. SERicEA Kiitz. E. 7.
G. C. GLAFCESCENs Harv. E. 2.

C. FLEXFOSA Harv. [E. 10. W. 5.] E. 2, G. N. 2. N.W. 7.

C. ALBIDA Kiitz. [E. 11.] E. 2, 10. W. 5.— var. refracia

Thur. {Conferva refracta Wyatt, Alg. Danm. no. 228, Clad.

refracta Harv. partim; C. curvula Kiitz.). c. E. 2, G.

C. FRACTA Kiitz. [Pulias pool.] — var. flavescens Batt. {C.

jiavescens Harv. non Kiitz.). [Pulias pool.]
C. REPENS Kiitz. Indicated by Batters.
C.I. C. CORYNARTHRA Kiitz. (var. sjnnescens Batt.). E. 7. Thrown
up entangled among CI. rectangularis and Coral, ruhens.
C. ARCTA Kiitz. [E. 11. N.W. 4.] S. 3. — (c.i.) var. vaucherice-
formis Harv. S.W. 2.
G. C. LANOSA Kiitz. S.W.
G. GoiioxTiA POLYRiiizA Born. & Flah. In shells. N.W. 7.

SiPHONEiE Grev.

G. OsTREOBiFM Qfekettii Born. & Flah. In Litli. 'polymorplmm.
Bryopsis hypnoides Lamour. [Round the coast.] W. 5.
N. 1.

THE MA.ETXE ALG.E OP GUERXSEY 7

B. PLUMOSA Ag. [S. 3. E. 2, 4.] E. 2.— (c.i. ) £. nucla Holmes.
S. 3.

Bryopsis plumosa flourishes from spring to late autumn,
even lasting till December. Mr. Holmes's specimen of the
£. nuda was gathered in September. The rank of variety
which is given to it in H. & B. is doubtless an oversight.

The plant is an annual, and the form nuclei is very probably
only an old stage in which most of the pinnae have disappeared
previous to the dying away of the plant itself. Three small
pieces were gathered in Guernsey about August, which had
every appearance of being the remnants of mature plants.

Mrs. (xatty has observed that B. 'plumosa, when kept in
aquaria, degenerates into a denuded form which is probably
identical with Derhesia Lamourouxii Solier (_S. Balhisiaua
var. Lamourouxii J. Ag.), figured in Kutzing, vi. t. 74.
CODIUM ADHiRREXS Ag. [S. 4.] N. 2. r.

C. TOMENTOSUM Stackh. v.c.

C. Bursa Ag. [S. 2, 3. Dec. '05.]

FUCOIDE^.

Pk{E0SP0REJ5.

Desmarestia viridis Lam. H. & B. '02.

D. ACULEATA Lam. c. Thrown up from deep water, and on
bulbs of Sacchoriza. N.W. 2. N. 2.

D. LiGULATA Lam. c. Low tide, quantities thrown up. [N.W. 4.
S. 5.] S. 3.

DicTYOsiPHOX FffiXicuLACEUS Grev. H. & B. ]Sr. 1. Rock-
pools.

LiTOSiPiiox pusiLLUs Harv. c. [E. 2, 10, 6.] W. 4, 7. On
AsperocoGcus Jistulosus and Chorda fi.lum.
G. Phl(EOSPORA brachtata Born. {Ectocarpus hrachiafus Harv.,
StictyosipJwn Grijjfitlisianus H. & B.). r. On Bhodymeiiia
pal mat a. N. 1, 2.

PUXCTARIA PLAXTAGINEA GreV. [N.W. 4.]

p. LATiFOLiA Grev. [S. 5.]
C.I. Phycolapathum crispata Batt. One specimen thrown up."
N. 1.

Phyllitis Fascia Kiitz. {Laminaria Harv., P. ccBspitosa
Le Jol.). [N. 1, 2.]

ScYTosiPHON" LOMEXTARius J. Ag. (CJiorda lomeiitaria Lyngb.).
[r.] E. 6. On stones.
CI. CoLPOMEXiA six^uosA Dcrb. & Sol. Twice found thrown up.
E. 6. N.W. 4.

This plant is a native of the Indian Ocean. Good speci-
mens were found on rocks at low tide at St. Peter's Port
and Cobo. The distribution of the species and its appearance
and growth along the southern shores of England have been
fully dealt with by Cotton in Kew Bull. 1908, 11.

AsPEROCOCCUS FiSTULOSUS Hooker (^A. echinattis Grev.). c.
[E. 6.] W. 4. On stones.

b THE MARTXE ALG.E OF GUER^^SET

A. BTTLLOSUS Lam. (A. TifrneriUook.). [W. 4.] N. 2. E. 10.

On stones.
Streblonema fasciculatum Thur. r. In thallns of Casfag-

nea virescens. [E. 10.] N.W. 7. — (a.) var. si77iplex Batt.

In thallus of Stilophora rhizotdes and I^emalion luhricum.

E. 2, 3. W. 7.
S. Zanardinii {Tlct. Zanardinii Crn.). In thallus of Chy.

kaliformis. [E. 6, 10.] E. 9.
EcTOCARPUS Valiais^tei Born. In thallus of C^stoseira eri-

coides. Mrs. Humber. N.W. 4. 1900.
E. YELUTiNUS Kiitz. {Elachista velutina Phy. Br.). [N.W. 4.]

S. 6. On Himanthalia lorea.
c.T. E. GLOBIFER Kiitz. {JEct. insignls Crn.). On Castagnea

virescens. E. 8, 10.
E. MiTCiiELLiE Harv. {Ecf. virescens Thur.). [" In several

places between E. 10 and S. 1."] On Zostera.
a. E. Crouanii Thur. {Ect.fenestratus Berk.), r. N.W. 8. On

Polg. affinis.
E. CONFERA'OTDES Le Jol. c. W. 3. On other algse. — var.

arctus Kjellm. {^Ect. arcins Kiitz. ei Ect. j^sendosiUcuIosus

Crn.). c. and on Sacch. j^olyscJiides.
E. siLicuLOSus Kiitz. c. E. 2, 10, and on Lam. Cloustoni and

other a]g?e.
E. FAscicuLATUs Harv. [N.W. 4. E. 2, 10. S. 5.] W. 5.

On Lam. C/oustoni SLud Sacchoriza poly sch ides.
E. TOMENTOSUS Lyngb. E. 10.
G. E. HiNKSi^ Harv. On Sacch. polyschides. r. W. 1, 2.

E. GRANULOSUS Ag. [S. 2.] S. 3. On Bho.pahnata. — (c.i.) var.

refracta Batt. On Zostera. Dredged off Itl. 11. r.
E. SECUXDUS Kiitz. [N.W. 4.] W. 1. r.
Pylaiella littoralis Kjellm. a. and on Asco. nodosvm. —

(cm.) var. varia Kuck. (P. varia Kjellm.). r. On Asco.

nodosum and F. vesiculosus. E. 6.

The var. varia is an intruder from the north ; its habitats

are Invergordon, Isles of Cumbrae and Bute, Saltcoats, and

Cromart}" Fii-th. I found several well-grown specimens
^ parasitic on Fucas vesiculosus and Ascophylhim nodosum.

According to Batters, " this i-are Alga forms loose entangled

mats of a dark olive-brown colour, lying free on the bottom

or hanging on other algae. The fronds are decompoundly

branched, the branches s])reading at a wide angle ; the lower

branches are clad short and patent. The short branches,

consisting of 2-10 cells, are frequently terminated by a solitarj^

sporangium. The unilocular sporangia are terminal, frequently

sohtary, but chains of 2-10 are sometimes found side by side

with the solitary ones."
Myriotrichia FiLiFORMis Harv. c. S. 3, 5, 7. On Cas-
tagnea virescens and Asp)erococcus Ji stulos2is .
M. CLAYJEFORMis Harv. On Asperococcus Jistulosus and

Castagnea virescens. E. 2, 8.
Myrtactis pulyinata Kiitz. (FlacJtisfa attenuata Harv.). c.

On Cystoseira ericoides. [E. 2, 10. W. 7.] N. 1. W. 5.

THE MARINE AJjil,M OF GUERNSEY 9

M. STELLlTLATA Batt. (Elackista stellulata Griff.). On
Bictyota. [E. 10.] E. 11.

Elachtsta fucicola Fries. On small algie and Euci. N.W. 4.
N. 2.

E. FLACCIDA Aresch. On Cy. granulosa and Cy. ilhrosa.
[N.W. 5. S. 2.]

E. SCUTULATA Duby. [E. 10,2. N.W. 5.] S. 6. On Kim an-
thalia.

SpHACELARiA RADICALS Harv. [N.W. 2.]

S. OLiYACEA Pringsh. H. & B. '02.

S. ciRRHOSA Ag. — var.joe;i7za^« Hauck. c. On Corallina offici-
nalis, etc, — (g.) var. fusca H. & B. {S. fusca Ha^v^),
E. 2, 7, 11. a. On vertical rocks. — (c.i.) y2^i\ pateniissima
Grev. r. Entangled among Enteromorplia clathrata and
on shell of spider crab. W. 1, 4. N.W. 7.

I have followed Batters in placing the var. patentissima
tinder cirrJiosa. Sauvageau, however, questions this, and
points out that since neither propagulas nor spores have been
seen on the plant it might equally be allied to 8. 'plumula.
Specimens have also been found to possess transverse divisions
in the secondary articulations — a fact which would connect
those plants with 8. plumiyera. He therefore concludes that
the var. patentissima, usually attributed to cirrJiosa, is a form
which several species take when certain unknown conditions
have produced parallel modifications, such as that of sterility.
My own specimens have so much the appearance of S. plumula
that it is difficult to distinguish between them ; the resemblance
is much closer than to SpJiacelaria cirrJiosa.
C.I. S. PLUMULA Zan. {S. pseudo-plumosa Holm. Fac. no. 24),
Dredged, entangled among small algae and on F. serratus.
E. 8, 11. W. 4.

The characters which separate this from 8. plumiyera and
CJicetopteris are the absence of transverse septa in the secondarv
articulations of the branches, and the scarcity of rhizoidal
filaments ; those that occur lie close to the axis of the plant,,
but do not form a cortex. It is an inhabitant of the
temperate zone in Europe, extending fi-om the Mediterranean
as far north as the southern shores of England.

Cladostephus spoxgiosus Ag. c. E. 2. W. 4. On stones
in sand.

C. YERTiciLLATUS Ag. c. E. 2. S. 6. W. 4. On stones in'
s^.nd.

Halopteris filicina Kiitz. {8p>Ji.Jilicina Ag.). At low tide
all round the island, but scantily distributed. [S. 2, 3, 5,.
N.W. 2. N. 2.] E. 11. W. 1.— var. 8ertularia (Bonnem.)
{JI. jilicina Kiitz., B. patens Harv.). v.r. Entangled
among JEnt. clatJirata. W. 5. N.W. 7.

Stypocaulon scoparium Kiitz. {8pJiacelaria scoparia Ag,),
c. k\n(^n^ Zoster a. — (c.i.) Md,Y. scoparioides^. \^. {8ph^
scoparioides Ag.). r. Entangled among Ent, clatJirata.
N.W. 7.

10 THE MAEIXE ALG^ OF GTTERXSET

Mykioxema STRAXGULAys Grev. c. — vsLY. jJiinctfformell.&B.

{3£. 'punctiforme Harv. and J/, intermedium Fosl.). On

Ger. ruhrum, [E. 6. W. 4.]
M. EEPTAXS Fosl. (^Ascocylus reptans Ileinke ; Chilionema

reptans Sauv. ; Hecatonema reptans Sauv.). r. On Saccorh.

IJolyschides, Rhodochortoii sp.
G. Hecatonema onaculans Sauv. On Corallina officinalis. r.

N.W. 5.
C.I. H. speciosum Cotton, v.r. W. 5. On stipes of Saccorhiza

and on Desmarestia aciileata.

The specimen was kindly determined by Mr. Cotton as

identifical with the species collected by him at Clare Island.
Chilioxema Nathalie Sauv. {Myrionema Lechlancherii Harv.

pro parte), c.
AscocYLUS ORBICULARIS Magn. H. & B. "on ZosteraP
Ealfsia CLAY ATA Farlow. c. On limpets. [E. 2, 10. N.W. 2.]
E. yerrucosa Aresch. [S. 3, 5. "With pleurilocular sporangia."

N.W. 4, 5.] E. 11. S.W. Limj^et-shells and small

stones.
C.I. Spermatochxus paradoxus Kiitz. {Sfilopliora Lynghyei.^. Ag. ).

r. N. 1. Floating and on Cystoseira fibrosa.
Stilophora rhizoides J. Ag. [N.W. 4, 5.] E. 10, 2. On

Cystoseira cricoides.
Chordaria flagelliformis Ag. [N.W. 4. W. 7.] N. 1.

W. 4.
Mesogloia yermiculata Le Jol. c. [S. 5. N.W. 4. E. 10, 2.]

N. 1. On stones and other algae.
M. Leyeillei Menegh. {Liehmannia LeveiUeiJ. Ag.). [E. 2.]

N. 1. On stones.
CI, M. LAXOSA Cm. One specimen, W. 7.

Castagxea yirescexs Thur. (Jfesoqioia virescens Carm.). c.

[E. 3, 10. N.W. 4. W. 4.] S.W. E. 6. W. 5. N. 1.
C. ZosTERJE Tluu'. {31. virescens, var. zostericola Harv.).

N.W. 3. r.
c,i. C. coxTORTA Thur. W. 1. r,

Petrospoxgium Berkeleyi Nag. {Leatlisia BerkeJeyeiHnry.).

c. N. 2. S. 2.
Leathsia difformis Aresch. {Leatlisia ttiheriformis S. F. Gray).

a.
Sporochxus peduxculatus Ag. In H. & B. '02.
€horda FiLUisi Stackh. c. Among Zostera.
Lamixaria saccharixa Lamour. c. On rocks.
L. DIGIT AT A Lamour. c. On rocks. — (c.i.) var. linearis J. Ag.

Pool form, half-tide. E. 6.
c.i. L. Cloustoxi Edm. (i. liypohorea Fosl.). a.

This is a well-established inhabitant of the shores of the

Channel Islands on the north and west coasts. As indicated

by Cotton, the species " grows in about 15 fathoms of water,

the stout and rigid stems being specially suited to the strong

pull of the rollers in deep water."

The plants can be seen at extremely low spring tides, when

THE AfARTXE ALQ^E OF OUERXSEY 11

the rough erect stipes forms a conspicuous feature of the sub-
littoral.

A few stunted specimens were found in pools at low tide.

Sacchohiza polyschides Batt. (S. hulbosa De la Pyl.)-

Alaria esculenta Grey. H. & B.

Zanardinia collaris Crn. {Zonaria collaris Ag.). [N.W. 2.]
v.r.

CuTLERiA MuryriFiDA Grev, [Lelievre].

Aglaozonia keptans Cm. {Zonaria ])cti'vula Grev.). [N.W. 2.]
W. 4. On Lith. 2)oJymorp1ium.

FuciNE^.

C.I. Fucus SPIRALIS L. {F. Arescliougiil^\e\\m.). c. — y^y. plafi/-
carpiis Batt. (jF". 'platy carpus Thur.). c.

A definite zone of these algae grows round the whole of
Guernsey, interrupted only here and there by a sea-wall or by
the absence of rocks at a suitable level. It is incomprehensible
how ¥, spiralis can have been overlooked, as it occurs all
along the coast, broadening occasionally into var. platycarpus
according to the degree of shelter experienced.

F. YESicuLOSUS L. c. — (c.i.) var. evesiculosus Auct. a. S.W.
W. 1. On exposed rocks.

This is another plant which has escaped notice on the island.
It is a distinctive feature in the flora of exposed regions,,
where it takes the place of F. vesiculosus and Ascophyllum
oiodosuih of other localities. The plants are short and stout,.
about 4 inches in length, with thick leathery stems, firm and
devoid of air- vesicles, as the name indicates ; the colour is very
dark, almost black.

F. SERRATUS L. c. On low rocks.

Ascophyllum nodosum Le Jol. a. W. 1, 7. N.W, E. 6.

Pelvetia cakaliculata Dene. & Thur. {F. canaliculatus L.). a,

BiFURCARiA TUBERCULATA Stack, f. {Pyoiophycus tuber-
culatus Kiitz.).

HiMANTHALiA LOREA Lyngb. La.

Halidrys siliquosa Lyngb. La.

Cystoseira ericoides Ag. La. N.W. 4, S,W. On stones-,
and in pools.

C. granulata Ag. [N.W. 4. N. 2.] E. 2. On stones and im
pools.

C. FIBROSA Ag. N.W. 4. On stones and in pools.

C. DiscoRS Ag. {C.foeniculacea Grev.). [E, 2, 10. W. 7, 5. J
N.W. 4.

TlLOPTERIDE^E.

TiLOPTERis Mertensii Kutz. {Fct. Mertensii Harv.). H. & B.

"02.
AcHiNETOSPORA PUSiLLA Born. {Fct. puslllus Harv.). [S. 2.]

S. 5. — (c.i.) var. crinifa Batt. {Fct. crinitus Carm.). Ou

U. latissima. E. 6,

12 THE MARIXE ALG.E OF GUERNSEY

DiCTTOTE.E.

DiCTTOTA DICHOTOMA Lamour. c. W. 7. — var. implexa
J. Ag. (var. intricaia Ag.). [E. 2. S. 2, 3.] W. 1.

Padixa Payonia aaillon. [W. 4. N.W.3, 4.] N. 2. N.W. 2.

DiCTY'OPTERis MEMBRAis^ACEA Batt. {Haliserls 2^olypodioides
Ag.). [E.IO. Kl.] S.W.andE.ll. Dredged and in deep
rock-pools.

FLORIDE^,

PORPHYRE^,

€.1, GoNiOTRiCHUM ELEQANS Le Jol. {Bcingia elegans Cliauv.) E.G.
v.r.

Erythrotrichia carnea J. Ag. {Bang la ceramicola Cliauv.).
E. 11. on Ce7\ ciliatuDu] On Rho. Hotliii.
e. E. REFLEXA Thur. {Bangia rejiexa Crn.). W. 1. v.r.

E. Welwitschti Batt. v.r. H. &. B.

Bangia euscopurpurea Lyngb. Batters, w
G. PoRPHYRA leucosticta Tliur, N. 2. E, 6. N. W. 3.

P. LINEARIS Grev. (P. vulgaris Harv.). E. 6.

P. UMBiLiCALis Kiitz. — var. laciniata J. Ag. c. — var, unibili-
€alis J. Ag. c.

The markedly scanty distribution of this species along the
exposed and moderately exposed coasts of Guernsey during the
summer and autumn months may be accounted for by the
fact that Porphyra is said to be a winter and spring plant in
the South of England. On the other hand, luxuriant growths
in very sheltered conditions persisted through the summer
and still flourished in November. There were also quite
appreciable quantities in even moderately sheltered districts.

P. umhilicalis hangs down from the rocks and boulders,
giving place to P. laciniata where there is shelter, on low
rocks often half buried in the sand. Intermediate stages
between the two forms show the relationship distinctly.
Along the thallus little holes or slits apj^ear, wliich by their
extension lengthwise, cause the S23litting up into the laciniate
form. These transitions would seem to indicate that var.
laciniata is developed from P. umhilicalis, iwssibly as a result
of mechanical agencies, such as sand-friction and wave-action.

EUFLORIDEiE.

Chantransia Schm. {Achrochcetium Nag.),

These generic names were used by Bornet to designate the
-sexual and asexual conditions. As further research has shown
the presence of sexual organs in an increasing number of
species, Rosenvinge has united them all under Chantransia.
<o. Chantr.ansia virgatula Thur. E. 2. — var. luxurians Nag.
[E. 12.]. E. 6. On a limpet-shell. — (g.) var. secundata
Eosenv. E. 7. On other alga3.
CM, C. CORYMBIFERA Thur. (Achrockcetium corymhiferum Batt.).
E. 11. N.W. 3. On Cer. ruhrum and other algae.

THE MAEINE ALGiB OF GUERNSEY

13

C. DAViESTiThur. [S. 4, 5. E. 10, 11. W.7.] S.4, 6. W.l.

N. 2. E. 11. On other algae.
C. Lorrain-SmithiaB Lyle, sp. n. On stipes of Saccorhiza

'polyschides. W. 2. (Fig. 1.)

Fig 1. — Chantransia Lorrain-Smithias.

a. Tuft of plants, natural size. c. The same. X about 200.

b. Base of plants, showing rhizoidal d. Terminal branchlets. X 25.

filaments. X 80. e. The same. X about 200.

/. Monosporangia. X about 200.

Frondibus ereetis, e strato pseudo-parenchymatico, decum-
benti ascendentibus, copiosis^ roseo-carnis vel pallide viri-

14 THE MAEINE ALGJE OF GUERNSEY

scentibus, 4-9 mm. long. Filiis sparse et vage ramosis, e
articulis 45-60 /x long., 15-20 /x, lat. compositis ; ramis obtusis
fastigiatis versus ad apices eormn ramos breves secundarios
gerentibus ; ramis secundariis 2-3 ramulos adaxiales pleurumque
monosporangif eros 2-3 cell, longos emittentibus ; mono-
sporangies adaxialiter obvenientibus, ovatis, pedicellatis aut
sessilibus, 30-35 /x x 15-20 fx.

A luxuriant growth of this species was found on the stipes
of Sacchoriza polyschides in October and November of 1912
and 1914, in an exposed region. The plant is assigned to the
genus Chantrcinsia on account of the monosporous repro-
duction and the basal disc of fusing rhizoidal filaments ; it
closely approaches Daviesii, but differs in the lax disposition
of the sporangiferous branchlets which are situated towards
the summits of the main branches, whereas in C. Daviesii
the sporangiferous branches are longer, more numerous and
crowded in or near the axils of the secondare" branchlets on
any part of the filament. The species is much more robust
than G. Daviesii and possesses quite remarkably thick cell-
walls. The absence of the terminal hairs is unimportant;
Rosevinge points out that they are not of constant occurrence ;
some species never bear them and some only in their early
stages.
G. Nemaliox elminthoides Batt. N. 2. N.W. 2. E. 3. On
exposed rocks.

This is found at L'Ancresse on bare rocks dashed over by
the waves at low tide. Yendo refers to this genus as one
flourishing best where aeration of the water is perfect, /. e.
when surrounded by white foam.

Helminthocladia purpurea J. Ag. {Nemalion jpurpureum
Chauv.). [S. 3, 5], and floating.

Helminthora dtvaricata J. Ag. {Dudresnaya divaricata
Harv.). [S. 4, 5. E. 4.] N.W. 2, 3. N. 1. On other
algse.

SciNAiA FURCELLATA Bivoua. (^Giiinauia fuvceUata Mont.).
[N. 2. S. 2.].— (c.i.) f. suhcostata J. Ag. Dredged off
E. 11.

Choreocolax polysiphoni^ Reinsch. Mrs. Humber, 1902, on
Poly, fast if/iata; also N.W. 3, 4.
C.I. C. TUMiDUS Reinsch. On Cer. riihrum. r. E. 6. N.W. 4.

NACCARiAWiGGHiiEndl. [W.4.] N.W. 2,4. N. 1. Floating.

Pterocladia capillacea Born ( Gelidum corneum vars. e capil-
laceum, ciinifonne, et y pinnatum Grev.). [E. 4.] S. 5.
W. 3, 4. E.'2, 6. On rocks.
G. Gelidum crinale J. Ag. (^G. corneum var. crinale Auct.).

E. 6.
G. G. PUSiLLUM Le Jol. ((t. corneum var. clavatum Grev.), et var.

ccespitosum J. Ag.). W. 1. On rocks.
C.I. G. ACULEATUM Batt. {G. corneum var. acideatum Grev.).
W. 1, 4. E. 5, 7. On rocks. — (c.i.) var. ahnorme Batt.
(G. corneum var. ahnorme Grev.). E. 7.

THE MARINE ALtLE OF (JUEHNSEY

15

G PULCHELLUM Kiitz. — var. genuinum Batt. ( G. corneum var.
'pulcliellum Grev.). E. 8. W. 3. N.W. 4. f.c. In shady
pools._var. setaccum^'^it. (G. coimerim var. setaceum Kiitz.).
[E. 10.] E. 2.— (c.i.) var. clavifer Batt, {G. corneum ^^.v.
clavif er Gre\.). S.W.
C.I. G. ATTENUATUM Tliur. ((jr. comeitm var. attenuatum Hook.).
N.W. 4, 7. W. 1, 4, 5. S. 4.
G. CORNEUM Lamour. W. 1, 3. 5.

G LATiFOLiUM Bom. ( G. corneum var. latifoUum Grev. ; var.
'plumula Kiitz.). [E. 2.] N. 2. W. 1. On rocks.— var.
Hystricc n. f. condensata Holmes. S.W. (Fig. 2.)

rig. 2. — Gelidum latifolium var. Hystrix f. nov. condensata Holmes
I nat. size. a. Fruiting ramuli.

Ramuli simplices vel dichotoine aut pinnatem divisi ad
apices obtusi.

The form differs from the variety in the obtuse character of
tlie short branchlets ; a few fruiting ramuli are scattered over
the surface. One specimen was found hanging from an over-
arching rock among huge boulders, and thus locally sheltered
in an otherwise exposed position. It is curved in the upper
part and measures 7i centimetres. The ultimate branchlets
measure a little over 1 mm. in length.
G. TORULOSUM Kiitz. W. 3. (Fig. 3.)

This is new to Britain ; it was described by Kiitzing as
a new species (Tab. Phyc. Bd. p. 18, pi. 57. f. 1) as follows :—

Plant 2-3 inches in 'height. Fronds lax, very narrow, flat,
irregularly tripinnate, or breaking up above ; pinnacles opposite,
patent, with constricted articulations. Cystocarps are borne

16

THE MARINE ALa^ OF GUERNSEY

on the terminal swollen branches. Native of Brazil; Cha-
misso.

De Toni has relegated this to a list of those species needing
further investigation. The single specimen collected m Guern-
sey agrees fully with the above description.

-¥/

^^^^#45/

.

J

^^

Lv/ sic

p^.

vj

^^

^,j-::^;_

Fig. 3. — Gelidum torulostim Kiitz. Nat. size.

Chondrus crispus Stach. Everywhere. Rocks, stones, and
among Zostera. — (c.i.) var. (squalis (Turn, pro parte). W. 5.
— YSiY.Jlliformis Turn. W. 4. — var. patens Turn. — var. Sarni-
ensis Turn. — var. lacerus Turn., H. & B.

GiGARTiXA ACicuLARis Lamour. S. 5. On rocks and bottom
of rock-pools.

G. PisTiLLATA Stackh. [S. 5, 3, 2.] W. 3. N.W. 2. Shallow
rock-pools.

G. STELLATA Batt. ( (r. mamillosa J. Ag.). S.W. E. o.

Phyllophora epiphylla Batt. (PA. ruhens (L.) Grev.
[N.W.4.] E. 6. W. 5, 7.

P. PALMETTOiDES J. Ag. [S. 5.] On Lam. Cloustoni.

P. MEMBRANiFOLiA J. Ag. [S. 2.] W. 4. On rocks.

Gymxogongrus Griffithsi^ Martins. [S. o.] W. 5. S.W.
On small stones in sand.

G. NORYEGicus J. Ag. [E. 10, 11. S. 3, 5.] W. 2. E. 5.
On rocks.
C.I. G. PATENS J. Ag. r. N.W. 4. S.W. E. 6.

Hitherto the only British localit}^ for this was Padstow, in
Cornwall ; specimens gathered in 1911 and 1912 at different
stations show that it has now estabhshed itself on the shores
of Guernsey. It grows at the base of low rocks under over-
hanging algae.

THK MA RINK ALU.K OK (.^LKKNHKT 17

AhnI'ELTIA PLiCATA Fries, f. E.2, 8.5, On stones in sand.
C.I. AcT]NOC()(JCUS AwaREOATUS Sclini. r. On Gym)io<jonqrus
GriffiUhi^ice. S. o. E. 8.
A. PELT.KFOHMTS Schiu. r. On G, norcef/icHS and G. ixitens.
S. 5.
G. CoLACOLEPis 1NCRU8TANS Schui. On Phi/llopho)'a f^piphylla.
W. 2, 4. E. 1.
Callophvllis lactxiata Kiitz. f. E. 10, 6. W. 5, 1, 8.
N. 2. On rocks.
c.r. C. FLABELLATA Cm. E. 2, 11. Dredged.

G. Callocolax neolectus Schin. On C. lachilata. S. 3. E. 6.
W. 1.
Callymenta renipormis J. Ag. r. [S. 5, 3. N. 2.] W. 4.
S.W.— var. Ferrarii J. Ag. ~H. c^ B.

G. C. MICROPHYLLA J. Ag. r. E. 2.

C.I. C. Larteri.t: Holmes, r. E. 6. Floating.

Cystoclonium purpureum Batt. c. W. 8. On stones*.
Cateneli^a repexs Batt. {Ccdeuella Opuntia Grev.). c. E. 2.

[E. 11. W. 7.] On sandy rocks.
Ehodophyllfs rifida Kiitz. f.c. E. 2, 7, 6. W. 1. On

stalks of Lam. CIouHfoni.
K. appendiculata J. Ag. [E. 2, 10, 11. N.W. 4.] N. 2.

W. 2, 4 S. 6.
Sph,erococcus coronopifolius Grev. [Fragments washed up

at vS. 5. E. 11.]
Gracilaria confervoides Grev. f.c. E. 2, 6, 10. S. 5.

W. 3.
Calliblepharis ctltata Kiitz. [E. 2, 10. N. 2.]
C LKSCEOLATABsiiji. (CallihlejyJiar/s jubafa Kiitz.). c. E. 2, 6.

W. 4, 5. N.W. 7. S. 5.
Rhodymenia Palmetta Grev. [S. 5. E. 10. N. 2.] W. 5.

S. 3. E. 1, 11.
R. PALMATA Grev. f. typlca. c. — var. mar gin If era Harv.

W. 5. — var. sarniensis^ Grev. [E. 2] E. 3. S.W. — var.

simplex Harv. c. — var. soholifera J. Ag. [E. 10, 11.]

E. 5. On Lam. Cloustoni.
G. OoRDYLECLADiA ERECTA J. Ag. v.r. W. 5. In sandy pool.
LoMENTARTA ARTICULATA Lyngb. {Chylocladia arficulata

Grev.). c. On Lnm. Cloustoni and on rocks.
L. CLAVELLOSA GalU. {Chrysymenia clavellosa Harv.). [N.W. 4.

E.2. W. 5.] E. 6. N.2.
Champia parvula Harv. {Chylocladia parvula Hook.). [S. 5.

E. 2, 10. W. 4.] N. 2. W. 4.
Chylocladia kaliformts Hook. f.c. E. 2, 6. W. I.—

(c.i.) \'AY. patens Harv. E. 10. W. 1. — var. squarrosa Harv.

E.2.
C. OYATA Batt. (Ch. ovalis Hook.), f.c. E.G. On stones.
C. reflexa Lenorm. [N.W. 4.] In a rock-pool.
Plocamifm coocixkum Lyngb. W. 1. E. 2. N. 2.
NiroPHYLLUM PUXCTATUM Grev. [N.W. 4.] S. 3. E. 2, 6.

On Corli/fiH tomentosam. — var, ot'eUatuui J. Ag. [S. 3, o,

N.W. 4." W. 1. N. 2.

JOVRNAI, or Boi ANY. .1 I l,V. J 02O. SlPPhEMKN'l 11.^ r

18 THE MARIN K .VLG.1: OF GUERNSEr

N. u>-ciNATUM J. Ag. [E. 2.] E. 11, dredged. N. 1. in
deep pools.

N. EAMOSUM Batt. (3\ laceratum Grev.). f. N. 2. E. 6.
Rocks. — (c.i.) f. ciUlfera Kiitz. N.W. 4. W. 1. — (c.i.)
f. lohata Kiitz. E. 2, 5. — f. reptans (Crn.). Lyle in New
Phvt. xvii. p. 231, n. comb. On JLaminaria stipes, and L.itli.
poh/7norphum. — var. uncinatum Grev. (non jY". uncinatum
J. Ag.). N.W. 8. On CuraUina officinalis. — var. Smithii
Kiitz. AV. 8.

N. HiLLiJt; Grev. [E. 10.] N. 2. E. 2, 6. In shady pools,
under ledges of rocks.
C.I. N. LiTERATUM J. Ag. In shadv pools. W. 1.

(i. GOXIMOPHYLLIM BUFFHAMI Batt. W. 5.

Phtcodrys RUBENS Kutz. {Delesseria sinifosa Lamour.).
[S. 3, 5. N. 2. N.W. 2.] W. 1. On Lrttn. Cloustoni.

Delesseria saxguixea Lamour. E. 6. N.AV. 4.

D. ALATA Lamour. f. E. 6. W. 7. On stipes of Lam. Cloas-
toni and on rocks.

D. EUSCiFOLiA Lamour. e. S. 3. W. 6. On rocks.

D. HYPOGLOssuM Lamour. Not common. N.W. 4. On rocks. —
(a.) var. august if olia Kiitz. E. 10. N.W. 3. On rocks.

Bonnemaisoxia asparagoides Ag. Small specimens washed
up. [S. 5.] N. 2. E. 11. Dredged.

There is a notice bv H. Kylin, see Journ. Microscop.
Soc. 1915, p. G04, of the occurrence of bladder-cells (Blasen-
zellen) in the thallus of Bonnemaisonia asjjaragoides and
other Florideai. These cells are filled with a homogeneous,
colourless, strongly refractive substance, from which iodine is
liberated on the death of the plant by the bursting of the
bladders. "The iodine stains blue any starch solution, and
leaves a blue mark on paper." The function of these cells is
considered by the author as protective against small animals
which eat algre.

Rhodomela subfusca Ag. [E. 2, 10. N.W. 5.] W. 1, 4.
Sandy stones and pools. — (c.i.) var. graciliot' J. Ag. E. 6.

Lafrencia obtusa Lamour. — f. qenuina Hauck. [N.W. 4.
W. 5. E. 2, 10.] W. 4. N.'W. 7.— (c.i.) var. cnicifera
Hauck. W. 4, o. — (c.i.) xav. pf/rajnidata J. Ag. N. 1.

L. c.ESPiTOSA Lamour. c. On stones, in shallow sandy pools.

L. PiNNATiFiDA Lamour. e. On rocks. — (c.i.) var. tenuissima
Turner., One specimen on rock. S.W.

This was found in November among locally sheltering rocks
in an exposed position. Dawson Turner's specimen of this
variety is a very small plant, scarcely more tlian 1 inch in
length and Avith mostly alternate branching. The Guernsey
specimen is about 1| in. in heiglit and differs in bearing
mostly opposite branches.
Halopitiiys incurvus Batt. {Riftiphloea pinastroides Ag.).
Dredged '11. W. 1, 4. a. In half-tide rock-pools and on
rocks at low tide.

J- UK MARIN K ALfci.£ Ol' GlEItNSIJY 19

Choxukia ti<;.\ LJssiMA Ag. (Ltdirriicia /r/i/f/s.simff. llarv.j.

[E. 6. J N.VV. 4. In Scuul.
C. DAsvFiiVLi.A Ag-. {^Laurencid diist/phi/lhi Grev.). [E. 10, 3.
S. 5. N.W. -k] E. 2, (3. Oil stones in sand.
c.i. C. c.i;kulescens J. Ag. v.r. S. 1. In a rock-pool at low tide.
A large and luxuriant patch of this rare alga grew in an
extremely sheltered position in Guernsey. Jts only other
British habitats are Hastings and Felixstowe.
PoLYSiPiioNiA MAC'iiocAKPA Harv. (P. piiU'hiuta Pliy. Br. k
P. serfitlarioi(l(',<i Holm. & Batt. Rev. J.istj. [S. 2." E. 4.]
S.W. S. 4. W. 1, 5. On Lith. incrttstaus and in chinks
of rock.

Summer specimens are typical, those gathei-ed in autumn
are more robust, characterized by thickened filaments, darker
in coloiu', much broken, densely tufted, and interwoven.
Particles of sand, shells, etc., held in the interstices of the
filaments afford a shelter for sporelings.
P. FiBRATA Harv. f. AV. 1. S. 5. N.W. 3.
P. URCEOLATA Grev. — var. fypica J. Ag. [S. 5.] E. 2, 5, 7,
N.W. 4 W. 4. N. 1. f.— (u.) var. patens J. Ag. S.W.
W. 1. S. 3. On Lam. Cloifstoul -dud on rock». — \2iY. fonnosa
J. Ag. {P. fonnosa Suhr.). W. 1.
G. P. ELOJSGATA Grev. W. 4, 6. E. 2. On stones in sand and
ropes of lobster-pots. — var. denudata Grev. W. 2.

This seems to have reappeared recently. It figures in
the old lists for Guernsey, but Mr. Marquand was unable to
find it. Abundant specimens occurred in shallow sandy pools
at Ilocquaine Bay and Lihou in 1911: in the autumn of the
same year the ropes of some lobster-pots at Pezerie were pro-
fusely covered with f. nuda. Only a few old plants were to
be seen in 1914 ; they were beginning to put forth new shoots.
P. viOLACEA Grev. c. On rocks and other algse.
P. FIBRILLOSA Grcv. r. N. 2.
P. FASTKiiAi A Grev. c.

In addition to its usual habitat on AseopJiyUiiin nodosum
this was found on Facus vesicnlosus var. evesicidosus in
exposed locahties.
G. P. CERAMi-EFORMTS Cm. V.r. E. 6. One small specimen,
P. siMULANS Harv. [E. 4, 10. S. 3.] E. 2, 7, 8. N.W. 2, 3, 4.

N. 2. Fringing deep pools.
P. OPACA Zan. — f . slmplicior. [S. 2. In sand at half-tide level.]
P. NIGRA Batt. (P. afro-rubesceus Grev.). [S. 2. N.W. 2.]

S.W. E. 6. N. 1, 2.
P. OBSCURA J. Ag. [N.W. 2.] W. 4, 5. r. In sand.
P. NiGRESCENS Grev. c. [N.W. 4. S. 2. E. 10.] E. 2, 6, 8.
W. I, 3, 4, 5. N. 1. S.W. In sand.— var. affinis J. Ag.
(P. affinis Moore). E. 2.
P. Brout.et Grev. [S. 5. N.W. 4. E. 10.] S. 2, H. W. 1, 2, 4,

.5,7,8. E. 2, 6. N. ],2.
P. suBULiFERA Harv. [E. 6. S. o.]

c2

20

THE MAEINE AL0J2 OF GUEKNSEY

P. FEUTICULOSA Spreng. {^Bijtipldcea fruticulosa Harv.). c.
E. 2. W. 1. S.W. Among Zostera. — (b.) f. Wulfeni Kiitz.
W. 4. S. 6.
C.I. Pteeosiphois'IA complanata Sclim. {Eytiphloea complanata
Harv.). S.W. One small specimen.
P. THTJTOIDES Schm. {Bytipliloea thuyoides Harv.). [S. 2, 3.
E. 10. N.W. 2.] N.W. 1. E. 6, 9, 10. W. 5. N. 2. On
jB if 11 re aria tuhercu la ta .

BiioXGJs^iAHTELLA BYSSOiDEs Borv. {JPohjsiplionia hyssoides
Grev.). f. W. 1. S. 3. E. 2. 'K 1. On rocks and i?Aot/.
hijida.
B. Ctenosibhonia hypnoides Falkenbg. (Polys, hyp. Welw.).
Engl. & Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzenf. 1897, p. 466. ' (Fig. 4.)

THE MARINE ALG^ OF GUERXSEY 21

Thallus prostrate and eree})ini^, adHxed to the substratum
by its under surface, rounded and gradually tapering. Apex
incurved, ecorticate. Branching alternately on either side,
and then afterwards irregulai-ly. 12-18 pericentral siphons.
Stichidia formed in the terminal segments of the branches,
slightly incurved, enclosing a double longitudinal series of
tetrasporangia. Cystocarps and antheridia hitherto unknown.
Cfe)iosipho)iia dift'ers from Folysiphouia by the arrange-
ment of the teti-asporangia, which form two longitudinal series
within the stichidium ; on account of this, the genus approaches
in a certain measure to Ralopitliys, but differs from it in the
number of pericentral siphons. Colour, a dull purple, turning
black when dry.

C liypnoides was found In chinks of rock at half-tide in an
exposed locality and is a new arrival on the coasts of Britain.
Dense mossy tufts of dull purple filaments, about | inch high,
were closeh^ matted and entangled ; they measured 1-2 inches
across and held sand, small shells, and stones in their meshes,
serving as a shelter for spores of other algae. The specimens
were gathered in autumn, and did not show any reproductive
bodies. The plant is a native of S^jain, Portugal, and
Morocco.

Dasya coeymbifera Crn. {Dasya venuata Harv.). Miss
Le Lievre's list.

D. ARBUscuLA Ag. [E. 10, 11. N. W. 4.] E. 2, 6, 8. S. 2, 5.
N. 2. N.W.3.— (c.i.) var. ccsspitosa J. Ag. S. 2.

Heterosiphonia plumosa Batt. {Dasya cocci nea Ag.). c.
S. 3. On rocks and stones.

Sphondylothamniox multifidum Nag. a. S. 3. E. 6, 8, 9.
Hanging from rocks.

Spermothamxion Turneri Aresch. {CalUthamnion Turneri
Ag.). f.c. Vertical rocks. [W. 5. N.W. 5. E. 2, 10.] S.W.
W. 2, 4. S. 2, 5. E. 6. N. W. 4.— (c.i.) var. monoica Schm.
{Call. Turneri var. variahile J. Ag. ; var. repens Auct. ;
S. roseolum Pringsh.). S. 1, 2, 4. N.W. 1. W. 1, 5. N. 2.
c. On Fucks serrafus and Furcell. fastigiata. — (c.i.) var.
svhverticlUatam Cotton. E. 11. v.r.

This was added to the British Flora by Mr. A. D. Cotton.
Some small specimens were dredged at Bee du Nez in 1911
and 1912.
c.T. S. trregulare Ardiss. v.r. E. 10. W. 3.

Ptilothamniox pluma Thur. {Qall. pliima Ag.). [S. 5.]
N.W. 5. W. 1. On Lam. Clousfoni.

Gkiffithsta corallinoides Batt. {Griffitlisia corallina Ag.).
f. N. 2. E. 2. On rocks.

Gr. FLOSCULOSA Batt. {G. setacea Ag.). c. E. 2. W. 1.

Halurus equisetifolius Kiitz. ( G. eg^uiseti folia Ag.). [N.W.
4. E. 2.] W. 2, 4, 7. On rocks.

Bornetia secundiflora Thur. {G. secundiflora J. Ag.).
[N.W. 4. 8. 3. E. 10, 11. W. 4.] E. f. N.W. 3. On
vertical rocks. (Fig. 5. )

22

THE MATiTNT-: ALft.T: OF OFERysET

A enrions growth was o-atliered from a low-tide pool at
Albecq. The median parts of the filaments are beset with a
pi-olific number of downward growths. These descending
processes emerge from any part of the lilanient cell, two may
even be given oif from the same cell ; they are jointed, with
blunt tips, somewhat paler in colour and about | to 5 narrower
than the main branches ; they are straight at first, but become
wavy and ii-regular in their direction as length increases.
The noi-mal branching is pseudo-dichotomous. It is diificult
to decide the significance of these appearances, which have not
been observed before and mav l)e mei-elv the outcome of

Fig. 5.- Bornefia aeciindiTlora Thiir.

special conditions. The presence of colour and the form of
the extremities preclude the idea of rhi/.oids. The descending
growths have rather the appearance of runners or off-shoots,
which, after extending to a suitable, distance, may possibly
develop rhizoids and give off new plants. Sexual reproductive
organs have not been observed in this country ; it is possible
they occur during the \vinter months and have escaped
discovery. The development of ininners may, however, be a
method of propagation either supplementary to, or even
superseding, the sexual method. The fact that the plant
spreads in ever-increasing tufts over the surface of the rock
is in favour of this idea.
Mo^'OSFORA PEDiC'ELLATA Sol. {('.all ithamiiioii pediceUatum
Ag.). f. K. 9. \V. 1, -"i. On rocks.

TlfE MARINE MAi :K OF (UKHNSEV 23

Pleonosportitm BoRREKiNiig-. (Call. Borreri Harv.). FE 10,

11. S. 2, 5.] E. 5, 6.
Khodochorton Rothti Nag. c. S. 8.
R. FLOHiiHTLFM Nag. [S. 2. N. 2.] S. 2. W. 1, 4, o. In

sand and on sandy rocks.
G. Callithamnion tenuissimum Kiitz. r. E. 6. N. 1. S. 4.
C. BYSsoiDES Arn. [S. 8. N.W. 4.] E. 2. W. 1. On sides

of rocks and other algie.
0. POLISPERMUM Ag. r. S. 4. On ChondvKs crispvs.
C. ROSEUM Harv. Miss Lelievre.
C DuDRESNAYT Cm. (O. fiffine et C. jjurpiirascens Harv.). r.

E. 2.
C. HooKERi Ag. (incl. C. lanosuni et C splnosum Harv.).

[E. 6, 2. N.W. 5. N. 1.] E. 2, 5, 10. N. 2. W. 1.

5. 5. f.c. On other algae.

c.T. C. BR0DI.T5I Harv. S. 4. E. 1. W. 8. r.
a. 0. ERUTicuLOSUM J. Ag. S.W. E. 2. 6, 10. r. On Poly,
fluij/oides.
C. TETRAGO^^UM Ag. a. genuinum Hauck. f.c. On Rho.
palmata and ^accorluza polyscliides. — var. hracliiatum J. Ag.
{Gall, hrachiafum Harv.). W. 5, 6. On stipes of Lam.
Cloustoni.
C. TETRicuM Ag. c. S. 3. W. 1, 5. E. 6, 8. Hanging from
rocks.

C. CORYMBOSUM Ljllgl). f.C. W, 1. E. 10.

C. GRANULATUM Ag. {Call, sponqiosum Harv.). [E. 10. S. 2,
3, 5.] E. 6, 7, 8. N. 2. S. 4. AV. 8. On rocks and Cli.
crispus.
a. Seirospora Griffithsiana Harv. On Fiicus sp. Two very
small specimens.

COMPSOTHAMXION THUYOTDES Sclim. [E. 10.] N.W. 3. E. 6.

C.I. C. GEACiLLiMUM Schm. v.r. E. 6.

Plumaeia elegans Schm. {Ptilota sericea Harv.). e. E. 5,

6, 8.

Antithamnion Plumula Tlmr. N.W. 2. E. 11. Rock-pools.
G. A. CRispuM Thur. In Le Jolis' Liste, p. 112 {A. Plumula var.

crispiim J. Ag., Batters Cat. p. 89). N.W. 4. N. 2. Rock-
pools.

I have followed Mr. Cotton in giving specific mnk to this

plant, thus differing fi-om Batters, who classified it as a

variety of A. Plumula.
Crouania attenuata J. Ag. f. S.W. N. 2. W. 1. On

Corallince, etc.
Ceramium tenuissimum J. Ag. {C. nodosum Harv.). [W. 5.

N.W. 4.] W. 5. E. 2. — (g.) var. araclinoideum Ag. r.

W. 1.
C. STRiCTUM Harv. [N.W. 5.] S. 3. E. 6. N. 1. In

crannies of rock. — (c.i.) var. zostericola Le Jol, W. 1. r.
G. C. FASTiGTATUM Harv, W. 5. S.W.

0. DiAPHANUM Roth. [N.W. 4, 5. E. 2.] S, 3, 2. W. 2,

N.W. 4,

24

inii. :\rAiuxE alg.k of guernsey

C. Deslongchampsti Chauv. [E. 2.]

C.I.

C.I.

C. CIBCTNATUM J. Ag. (C dcCU

E. 2, 3, 7.

C. BOTRiOCARPUM Griff.
RU BR I'M Ag. f.
FLABELLIGERUM J. Ag
ECHTNOTUM J. Ag. C.
CILIATUM Ducluz. f.

rrena Harv.). S.W. W. 5, 8.

[E. 2, 10. S. 4. N.W. 4.1 N. 2.

C. AOANTHONOTUM Carill.

E. 6.

S. 4. One small specimen.
On Codivm tomentosum and rocks.
In muddy sand and on other algai.

[N.W. 2.]

MiCROCLADIA GLANDULOSA GrcV. [S. 3. E. ll.j

Gloiostphonia capillaris Carm. [N.W. 4.] N.
N.W. 4. W. 8.

GRATELOrpIA FILTCTIVA Ag.

H. k B. [S. 8.] S. 4, 5.

G. DTCHOTOMA J. Ag. V.r.

Only

1914 'a

modei-ately exposed, high boulders producing some slight

shelter. Bushy tufts flourished in a series of narrow pools

through Avhich runnels of water streamed after the ebbing tide.
DiiMONTiA INCRASSATA Lam. {Dumonfia Jiliformis Grev. ).

[S. 8. E. lO.J E. 2, 6, 10. N.W. 4.— (g.) var. criapata.

E. G.
Bfdresxaya VERTiciLLATA Le Jol. ^V. 4.] N. 1. N.W. 2. r.
DiLSEA EDur.is Stackh. {Ir'nhm edidis Harv.). TS. 3. E. 2,

10.1 E. (>.

[E. 2. S. 5.] — var. intermedia
S.W. Shallow sandv pools.
S.W. W. 2.

a single small specimen was collected in 1912 ; but in
prolific growth occurred in one locality which was

Fig. 6. — Nemasfonui dichotoma J. Ag. a. Nat. size.
h. Transverse section of thalhis. x about 100.

SCHIZYMEXIA DiTBYT J. Ag. E. 6.

Halarachis^ion LiGULAirM Kutz.
small specimens.

EtTRCELLAlMA FASTIGIATA Lamour.
B. XeMASTOMA DICHOTU.MI M ,1. Ag. S.

on )-ock. ( Fig. (). j

N. 2.

[N. 2.]

One

W. 1, 2. Very

specimen growmj

THE MAin>'K ALd.*: OF (HERXSEY 20

This species, found growing in a rock-pool in a moderately
ex])osed situation in September, is new to Britain. It is a
native of the Mediterranean, vvbence it has travelled to the
shores of Guernsey. The following- description is taken from
l)e loni, p. l(J()2 :"-

Frond Heshy-gelatinous ; stem round to compressed, loosely
dicliotomous, suh-fasligiate ; segments })atent, narrow linear,
or cmieate, with obtuse ends mostly elongated.

Habitat: Ligurian Sea at Nice, the 'Jyrrhean Sea, coasts of
S.ir.linia. Ionian Isles. Sicily, and Adriatic Sea.

Frond -4-10 cm. long, more or less regularly dichotomous,
fastigiate ; segments above the axils rounded, distinctly patent
or sub-divaricate, below the axils linear, somewhat wedge-
shaped, 2-5 mm. In-oad. Tlie lower portion of the frond is
generally narrower, the middle ])arts wider, the extremities
again narrower. The terminal branches often 6-10 mm. long,
linear attenuate but obtuse, sometimes short cuneate obtuse,
sometimes sub-cornutely branched. Structure and fructifi-
cation of the genus. Inner threads very dense, peripheral
ones immei-sed in a small quantity of mucilage. Substance
gelatinous-tleshy, thick and firm when dry, only slightly
cartilaginous. Dried specimens adhere firmly to the paper.
When fresh of a purple, almost wine colour.

PoLViDEs KOTUXDUS Grcv. [E. 1. S. 5.] W. 5. Shallow^
sandy pools and rocks.

Petrucelis cRiENTA J. Ag. [E. 10.] N. 1. E. 2. S.W.

Cruorielj.a Dubyt Schm. {Peyssonnelia Duhyi Crn.). [E. 2,
10. S. 5. 1 N. 2. E. 11.

Htldenbrandtia prototypus Nardo. c. Rocks and stones.

ScHMiTZiELLA ENDOPHL(EA Born. & Flah. On Clad, pellucida.
[S. 2. N.W. 2.] N. 2. r.

CuoREONEMA TiiURKTii Schm. N.W. 4. r.

Melobesia earinosa Lam. [On Chy. kali form is. E. 6] ; and
on Zostera and Clad, rupestris. c.

M. Lejolisii Kosen. [On Zoster a. N.W. 2. S. 2.]

LiTHOPHYLLUM (DeRMATOLTTHON) PUSTITLATITM Fosl. {3felc-

hesia pustulata Lam. and M. verrucata Lam.). [N.W. 2, 4.
E. 10. S. 2.] W. 5. N.W. 5. — var. CorallirKS Fosl. (Melo-
besia CorallincB Crn.). [S. 5.] — var. Laminaria; Fo.L -
{M. Lamiiiariw Crn.). [E. 2, 10.]

L. iNCRUSTANs Phil. c. On rocks.

L. EXPA>8UM Heydr. [E. 2, 10. N. 2. N.W. 2.] N.AV. 1
On rocks.

L. LiCHEXOiDES Phil. f. Lining rock-pools and on other alg3.\

LiTHOTHAMXTOX POLY.MORPHUM Arcsch. {PhymatoUlhuu poi'j-
morphum Fosl). c. On rocks.

L. Lexormandi Fosl. c. On rocks, stones, and limpet-shells.

Eptlithon membraxaceum Heydr. (Lith. memhranaceur
Fosl. and L. rorficiforme Fosl.V [E. 10. S. 5. N.W. 4
N. 2.] S. o. E. i^ t). W. 6. On other algie.

CuKAl.IJNA Ol'FK'INAI.lS L. C,

26 THE MAIilXE ALG^ OF GUEBNSEY

Cr. C. ET.OXGATA Johiist. {C. meiliierrcinea Aresch.). W. 1. E. 6.

C. SQTJAMATA ElHs. C. E. 9.
CM. C. AIBUATA Zaii. S.W. v.r.

C. EFBENS Ellis and Solan. {Jania ruhnis Lam. ). f.c— var,

cornicidata Haiick. (J. corniculata Lam.). [N.W. 4. S. o.

W. 4.] S.W. r.

TIL Some Ecological Factors.

The methods of plant ecology have of recent years been applied
to marine botany, and many new facts have been ascertained con-
cerning the growth and distribution of Alga?. These subjects need
still further investigation, though Harvey, Rattray, Murray, Darby-
shire, etc., have furnished valuable contributions towards the know-
ledge of the subject.

One of the most recent workers in marine ecology is Mr. A. D.
Cotton. His Report on the excessive growth of Ulva latissima in
Belfast Lough (1911) and that on the Marine Algse of Clare Island
(1912) are standard works. The former deals very fully with the
various conditions determining the presence etc. of Alga?, and clearly
demonstrates the connection between a mud-formation and an Ulva-
association. In the latter, Mr. Cotton has established the subject of
marine ecology of Britain on a definite basis by subdividing the
Alga? of a given district^that of Clare Island and the neighbouring
shores — with regard to their habitat, degree of exposure, shelter, etc.,
into certain '• formations " or types of vegetation and their con-
comitant " associations." For though foreign algologists, such as
Kjelmann, Borgesen, Jonsson, and various others have dealt very
fully with the subject of marine ecology, Mr. Cotton's are the first
organised and comprehensive works of the kind produced in England.
They therefore serve as a useful guide in subsequent studies of
marine algal distribution in Britain.

(1) JPhysical Position of the Island.

The tidal stream flows up the English Channel in the direction
E. by N., and falls "W. by S.W. Guernsey is so situated that it
stands right out in the southern portion of the stream and interrupts
the normal flow of the body of water. Striking against the Channel
Islands, the stream divides'^and flows on either side of them and also
eddies round the Gulf of St. Malo. Spores, fragments, or plants of
algoid nature carried as flotsam would stand a good chance of being
intercepted by the obstructing rocks and islands, so that the prolific
marine vegetation of the Channel Islands, including the presence of
fspecies not found on the British coasts, is largely owing to its geo-
graphical position.

(2) Tides.

Mean spring tides rise about 26 ft., with a corresponding fall. An
enormous expanse of most varied character is exposed by the ebbing
tide, thus a:ffording a wide area for collecting ; but the rapid rise
and fall renders the ground somewhat dangerous — the collector,
unless familiar with the shore, is apt to be cut off.

TIIK MAIMNK AI.O.i; OF (J I' KHNSK V 27

('V) Currciiiii.

A note in Xaiiirc for Sept. I, lOUi, on tlie Oeeanoo-rajjliy of the
Mediterranean (juoted from a Report of the ]J)a)Hsli Kx|)editioii
oh" H)()S~1() to the Mediterranean and adjacent seas, — deserihes a
"current of warm and higlily saline water which Hows eastwards . . . .
and tlien northwards ah)ng the dee}) depi-essions of the sea-bottom,
till it ai)})roach(^s tlie shores of Britain. It normally Hows to tlie
west of Ireland .... hut if unusually strong, it may enter the
shallower sea-))asins. It has been suggested that it is owing to the
presence of this highly saline Mediterranean water that the high
salinities of the English Channel and the Irish Sea are due." The
presence of this current would account for the appearance of many
southern species, whose spores have been brought thither in its How.
Pddina Pavi/uia, for example, is an inhabitant of the Mediterranean,
but is well-established as a member of the British Flora ; Litholham-
II ion expcoiHUin, Cordlliiia mediterranea, Nemastoma diclioiomnmy
(Udpomohin sinuosa are among the more i-ecent arrivals on our shores,
and may have travelled hither by this means: The familiar Gulf
Stream is also a carrier of spores and detached portions of seaweed,
which are able to germinate and grow in the congenial warmth of
the current which has brought them.

(4) Nature of the Suh^itratinii.

Apart from Plankton and other floating alga?, it is obvious that
seaweeds require an anchorage or point of attachment; mud and
sand are of too shifting a nature, and few species Avill be found!
growing on them. The abundant and varied marine flora of Guernsey
indicates the peculiarly suitable and varied substratum which is.
afforded by the structure of the Island coasts. The following quota-
tions, which will explain briefly the conformation of the island, are
taken from Anstead's Chanvel Islands and from De la Mare's;
paper " On the Con-elation and Relative Age of the Rocks of the
Channel Islands," Trans. Guernsey Soc. Nat. Hist. Sci. ii. l(S90-94: —

" The northern part of Guernsey consists of diorite sometimes;
approaching hornblende rock with syenitic and granitic veins."
" These rocks are of a dark bluish-grey colour, remarkably fine grain,,
excessively hard, heavy and t(mgh " (Anstead). "The southern part

consists chiefly of gneiss, but diorite occurs in various parts

The diorite appears to be associated with the gneiss in the^

form of inclusions rather than of intrusions There is a

considerable patch of fine-grained granite east of L'Ancresse." At
Cobo the granite resembles some Jersey granite described thus —
'* generally of a pink colour due to the orthoclase felsjjar, which i&

abundant and contains both mica and hornblende The mica

traps are composed chiefly of mica and felspar" (De la Mare). The
relative ages of these rocks De la Mare summarizes as follows : —
" Some of the Guernsey granites, a large proportion of the dark
blue diorite or diabase dykes, and perhaps some of the pink felsites

are Areluean f pre-Cambrian). The Cobo granite, the re^

mainder of the diabase dykes, the quartz felsites and rhyolites

are comprised within the limits of the Cambrian system The

niii-a trap-dykes belong to the Carl ton it'erous period AVitli the

28 THE MAEINE AJAiJE OV GUERNSEY

exception of some superficial pleistocene deposits no newer rocks are
found." Anstead notes that " the rocks are remarkably broken and
fissured by mineral veins, the enclosing rock and its veins being
of different degrees of hardness, and the equal action of the sea on
rocks of unequal hardness has produced those long lines of projecting
rocky islets, the many narrow inlets, and the intersecting floors
of rock between high and low water mark An extreme com-
plication of the vein system is beyond doubt the original cause of this
peculiarity." A more ideal habitat for the growth of seaweeds than
this coast with its wealth of boulders, nooks and crannies, overhanging
rocks and basins, deep or shallow, it would be diificult to imagine.

Further information on the geology of the island is to be found in
contributions by Collinette and Derrick in their presidential addresses,
and byDunlop"On the vSuperficial Deposits of Guernsey" (Trans.
Guerns. Soc. Nat. Sci. iii. 1895-99). Accounts are given of the
successive periods of submergence and elevation of the island during
the Quaternary period : these changes of level were accompanied by
processes of denudation and subsequent deposition of disintegrated
matter; the lattei", consisting of yellow clay or brick-earth, sand and
rubble, etc., occurs in the interstices of the cliffs and on the lower
levels of the island.

These superficial deposits are thus classified by Derrick in his
article on Guernsey cla3's (o^^. cit. ii. 212) :

'*(!) Raised and ancient beaches; (2) Peat and the submerged
forests; (3) The sand deposits of the north-western coast ; (4) The
land-slips from the cliffs on the south and east coasts; (5) The clays
and loams ; (6) The varied soil of the island."

The clays are of two kinds :

" Kaolin clay is not a superficial deposit in Guernsey It

IS a direct produce of the disintegration of certain veins in granitic
and gneissic rock, and is formed from the felspar which those rocks
contain. On our beaches bands of clay, or broad veins filled with
clay are rather numerous, the daily action of the tide hastening the
process of decay, as at Longshore and St. Sampson's." This clay is
used commercially under the name ' Butt clay.' " Clays forming
true superficial deposits are widely distributed and nowhere covered
by the rock or intersected by the veins, which rise toward the clay
and turn off horizontally beneath it."

(5) Coiiji.fjurafiori of the Coast.

The Island of Guernsey is a right-angled triangle : the east coast
forms one side, that of the south a second, while the third or hypo-
thenuse consists of the west, north-west, and north coasts, merging
imperceptibly into each other. The features of each side differ
markedly.

The east coast is moderately sheltered and the climate mild. The
Islands of Herm, Jethou, and Sark, and the coast of Normandy in
the distance protect it fi'om rough weather to a great extent. The
largest opening on this side is Belgrave Bay. A roadway and wall
skirt the upper part of the shore. Northwards are St. Sampson's
Harbour and granite quarries ; beyond is the deej) and slveltered
creek, Bordeaux. In the other direction are Fermuin JJav and two

THE MARINE ALG.E UF GUKKNSEy 29

or three inlets. Sand and peb])ly beaches — with great upstanding
boulders covered, or forming islets, at high tide,— reefs, platforms,
and low-lying rocks, hollowed out into pools or chinks, comprise the
main characteristics of the eastern side.

The south of the Island has two wide bays, within which are
creeks running into the cliffs ; this region is well sheltered and the
temperature is warmer. Furtlier along, the coast is difficult of access
and moderately exposed, for the rocks rise sheer out of the water to a
considerable height, but here and there are some narrow openings
where the climb down to the boulder-heach, with rocky floors and
pools, is steep and difficult. I was only able to examine one of these,
Les Thielles. Pleinmont, the extreme south-west corner, is the most
exposed part of the Island ; the shores are rocky, very jagged and
rough, and boulders of all sizes lie scattered about. The gigantic
walls of rock screen off and afford some local shelter. Clefts between
descending terraces give passage to runnels and streams, after the
tide has receded. There are deep channels, pools, and lanes between
the rocks.

The north-west coast is moderately exposed. Along it are five
deep bays, sandy down the centre, but intersected with reefs, and
rocky at the extremities. Large patches of Zostera occur low down
on the beach. The northern arm of liocquaine Bay is connected
at low tide with the Island of Lihou by a causeway ; on either side
there is a vast area of sand and pebbles interspersed with rocks, pools,
and Zostera beds. This is all covered at high tide and swept by a
channel with a strong current. Here and there the rocks half
encircle a terraced creek and give exceptional shelter. The wdiole
coast from Pleinmont Point to Grandes Hocques is thickly fringed by
countless islets, barriers, and reefs of rock, whose jagged and sharply-
jutting crags break the huge waves which come rolling up the
Channel into an enormous tract of surf and foam. The shores
beyond and north of Grandes Eocques are much flatter and mode-
rately exposed. There are several small ba^'s with boulder-beaches.
The rocks are less high and rough, the whole district lies at a much
lower level than the south, the slope of land being from the south to
the north downwards. Grande Havre and L'Ancresse are deep and
land-locked bays ; the former is a large quiet expanse with sandy
beach and scattered masses of rocks. L'Ancresse is so hemmed
round hy rocks as to form a locally sheltered district with sharply-
descending shores.

The coasts of Guernsey therefore possess aspects which range from
extremely sheltered to quite exposed with the intermediates of mode-
rately exposed or locally sheltered. The shores consist of sand, mud,
and Zostera beds, with boulders and rocks of varying height and
roughness.

(()) Salinity.

Owing partly to the smallness of the Island, there are only a few
unimportant streams and an absence of any large body of fresh water
discharging its contents into the sea. The general luxuriance of the
marine vegetation is therefore unchecked by great variations in
the degree of salinity, which, in the English Channel, is unusually

30 THE MARINE ALR.E Or (UERNSET

high. Results of experiinents made by Dickson between Bolt Head
and Beny Head at depths varying from 80 to 17 fathoms show that
1 kilcgram of sea-water contains 19-41 to 19-31 grammes of chlorine:
"the w^ater of the English Channel as far east as a line joining the
Isle of Wight and Cherbourg is constant in composition at different
seasons of the year/' One may therefore safely conclude that these
figures indicate fairly correctly the degree of salinity for the waters
bathing the Channel Islands. It is not, how'cyer, so much the amount
of salinity wdiich aft'ects the growth of seaweeds as changes in its
deg)"ee which is harmful to them.

On the other hand, almost every creek has its little stream of fresh
water running down it; certain species, such as GraicloKpia jiUcina,
are to be found in localities where the water is clear and flowing
quickly. Zosfera beds also tloui'ish in the neighbourhood (;f fresh
water among mud and sand ; upon their leaves and stalks are found
many epiphytic Algie. Ulvas, Enteromorphas, and even Porphyras
are unaft'ected by the presence of streams, and the tw^o former abound
in brackish pools where rain-water is conserved.

At Pulias, on the north-west coast, there is a large brackish pool ;
formerly CJadopliora jlavescens and CI. fracia were to be found
there. In 1911 and 1912, I found Calotlirix Crustacea, Lynghya
semi plena, Clicetomorplia Union, PFingsheimia scutafa, Entero-
mo)pha prolifera, 'AU(\. GayelJa polyrhiza, but in 1914 only Chceto-
morpha linum, E. infesfinalis, and E. compressa, so that the nature
of the pool seems to have changed.

Val du Braye is a neck of land between L'Ancresse and St. Samp
son's which has been reclaimed from the sea ; it contains a brackish
pool where marine alga' have been said to exist. I was unable to
obtain access to it.

Many of the fields lying along the shores of the west and north
coasts are Hooded in winter b}^ the sea, and one w^ould expect to find
some salt-marsh forms of Algse, but I never succeeded in doing so.

All available ground which is not built on or under cultivation is
utilized for grazing purposes, and the soil becomes highly charged
with manure, etc. This has perha})s gradually effected the extinction
of marine algie in the above pools and fields ; it is certainly the case
with the Pulias Pool. Marquand alludes to this as a possible explana-
tion of the paucity of fresh- water algie.

Along the upper limits of the shore, such as the bases of cliffs etc.,
the following fresh-water algie are often found mingling with the
habitants of brackish conditions : —

CiiLOROPHYCE.i;. Pleurococciis vulgaris Meneg. ; GJoeocystis
rupestris Rab. [on moist rocks at the foot of the cliffs, Petit
Port] ; Porphyridium crueritum Nag, on earthy cliffs at Pleinmont ;
Vaucheria sessilis Vauch. [Moulin Huet Valley].

Phycochromophvce.e. Chroococcus turyidus Nag. [M.] :
Glop.ocapsa granosa Kiitz. ; Microcystis sp. ; Merispomedia glauca
Kiitz. [M.] ; Nostoc commune Vauch. [M.] ; Oscillaria tener-
rima Kiitz. [at base of the cliffs] ; O. limosa Libert [roadside ditch
near St. Sampson's bridge] ; Rivularia yranulifera Carm. [at base
of the cliffs, Petit Port]. '

THE MAUIXE ALGJ, OF (iUERNSEV 31

(7) Temperature.

*' The mean winter temperature of the atmosphere is 6 degrees
higher than tliat of Greenwich, the summer temperatvu-e being rather
cooler. The mean temperature is 2| degrees higher than that of
Greenwich " (Black). As the temperature of the Island has a range
of 8 degrees, this comparative equa))ility has a distinctly favourable
effect on the growth of Alg;e, especially those exposed for several-
hours by the falling tide. The average annual sunshine is 42 per
cent., and the average sunshine per day is 5 hours ; the average rain-
fall in the island is about 29 07 inches (CoUinette).

According to Rattray, temperature has a distinct influence in
hastening the production and emission of spores and prolonging the
reproductive capability of Algie. The maintenance of an even and
mild climate must therefore assist in promoting the marine fertility
of this island. Harvey noticed *' how those small and delicate kinds
which grow within tide-marks are found in greater luxui-iance or in
more abundant fruit in a warm than in a cold season." He also
remarked "how Pf^f//;irt P«yo/i/rt attains in warm summers on the
south coast of England a size as large as it does in sub-tropical lati-
tudes, while in a cold season it is dwarfed and stunted." The summer
of 1912 was exceptionally cold and wet, and the specimens were then
plentiful, but small in size.

With regard to the temperature of the sea, Dickson has observed
that *'the upper layers of w^ater from 3 to 5 fathoms are apparently
subject to temporary local weather conditions which may or may not
produce a distribution similar to that formed underneath." At a
depth varying from 17 to 80 fathoms, this writer has reported the
temperature to be 50-S to 54 C.

IV. Arrangement.

(a) Terminology.

Owing to differences of opinion as to the exact definitions of the
various tei-ms employed in marine ecology, I have restricted myself
to the use of such geographical expressions as '^ Beg ion " and "Zf>;<e"
oY'-BeUr

'' Beg ion,"" as used by Kjellman, is a term universally accepted to
denote a portion of the shore with relation to the tide. He divided
off the algal vegetation into three regions : — " 1. The Littoral region
stretches between the high-tide and the low-tide mark, and includes
man}" Green algse, Brown algae, and some Red algse. 2. The Suh-^
littoral ranges from below low-tide mark down to a depth of
20 fathoms (40 metres). Here algse of all three colours are repre-
sented, but Green algfe cease, and Red algse become more numerous
with increased depth. 3. The E-littoral region is below the pre-
ceding and descends as deep as light; it is poorer in species and indi-
viduals— the latter are smaller and distorted. There is also a charac-
teristic underlying vegetation of epiphytes requiring less light."

''Zone'' or ''Belt'' indicates the lateral continuity of a genus
or species along the shore. There is often over-lapping and inter-
mingling of alga^ in the respective zones ; those (^f one zone may form
undonzroAvths of others.

32 THE MAHrXE ALG.E OF GUERNSEY

(b) Types in relation to Habitat and Climate.

The coast of Guernsey being mainly of a rocky nature, the marine
vegetation is for the most part sa.vicoloics, and the plants are either
characterized by strong basal disks and attachments — e.g. Fucusspp.,
Laminaria spp., etc. — or form incrustations, such as Ralfsia, Litho-
thamnion, etc.

Here and there Avhere disintegration of the rocks is complete,
resulting in patches of sand along bays etc., the Flora is of a
psamniophilous nature. It includes various Cyanophycew whose
gelatinous sheaths hold particles of sand together ; '' their threads
permeate the sand to a depth of three millimetres" (Warming),
Catenella repens, Rhodochorton Jioridulum., Poli/siphonia niyrescens^
P. obscura, etc., are also sand-dwellers ; they hold the sand by means
of filamentous rhizoids, thus forming tufts or pads which extend into
compact masses. When disintegration is partial, exhibiting the
intermediate stages of low rocks and pebbles, the character of the
vegetation is transitional, pertaining partly to sand and partly to
rock-floras, though possessing also distinctive characteristics. The
plants are usually short, bushy, and much divided. The vegetation
of shallow pools and channels also belongs to this category, which
includes Gladostephus, Mesogloia, Chondrus crispi/s, etc. (Cotton).

Extreme conditions of disintegration have produced muddy
patches often thickly beset with Zostera, This marine phanerogam
by its horizontal roots acts as a capturer of the mud (Warming) ;
upon its stems an abundant epiphytic growth occurs, including
Ceraniium spp., Castagnea Zosterce, etc ; these, together with such
plants as Laminaria saccharina, Chorda filum. Sti/pocaulon, Ecto-
carpns granulosus, constitute the vegetation of Zostera beds. The
series merge constantly into each other, following the varied nature
of the coast-line.

Certain modifications in a Flora produced by differences in aspect,
as described by Cotton, are clearl}^ seen in Guernsey, where four dis-
tinct types of vegetation coincide in each case with certain climatic
conditions. The dominant species are as follows : —

Type I. The exposed, on the S.W. coast :

Fucus vesical osus var. evesiculosiis, Licit ina pygmcea^
Laminaria digitata, Corallina, LitJiothamnion.

Type II. The semi-exposed, on the W. and N.W. coasts :

Ascophyllum nodosum, Bhodymenia palmata, La-
minaria Gloustoni.

Type III. The sheltered, on the S. and S. E. coasts :

Porjyhyra, Enieromorpha intestinalis, Fucus vesicu-
losus, RJiody menia pal niata, LAiminaria saccharina.

Type IV. The moderately sheltered, on the N. and E. coasts :

Transitional llora with much intermingling of
zones. — Fucus scrt-atus, Rhudy)uenia palmata, ILi-
manthalia, Bifurcaria tuberculata, Laminaria digi-
tata.

THE MARINE Al.G.T, OP (iUERNSEV 33

I, The Exposed Type,

This type is well represented at Pleininont, where the sliore is
rugged with a moderate slope, and the general appearance is desolate
and bare. According to Rattray this bareness oi: rocks in an exposed
j/iosition is " owing to the force of waves from deep water, wheie})y
rhizoids or thalli are removed from the substratum, and the matura-
tion of fruit is prevented. In sucli places there are fewer })lants and
of stunted growth." In view of this it is interesting to note in the
chinks and fissures the occasional presence of certain matted species —
e. g. Poli/siiihoJiia macrocarpa, Gle)iosipJionia liijpnoidcs — which hold
sand, shells, etc., iu their interstices and serve as a nidus for spores
of other species, patches of Lichina pijtjmcda on the rocks and
boulders also form whole nurseries for sporelings of Fuciis, etc. Lami-
naria digitata occurs profusely, whilst beyond the limit of low
tide, the erect snaky stipes of L, Gloustoni are seen standing up out
of the water. There is very little Pel vet la or F. sjjiralis.

It w^as not possible to observe the extent of these growths owing
to the difficulty of obtaining a boat. The inky patches of lichens,
the dark tufts of Fuciis vcsiculosus var. evesicidosus along the mid-
littoral, and the dull pads of CyanopliiicecB along the upper littoral,
produce a sombre effect. Deep clefts and masses of rock afford con-
siderable shelter, which brings about minor modifications of the
general type.

II. The Semi-exposed Type.

The west ahd north-west coast of Guernsey, with its five bays, is
distinctly exposed to the north-westerly winds and the force of
Channel waves ; the bays ai-e cut by reefs running at right angles to
the shore, and they are further sheltered by a fringe of islets and sharp
rocks which form a barrier shutting them in from the open sea ; these
sheltering rocks profoundly modify the stormy nature of such a coast
and give rise to conditions of semi-exposure.

Though not dominant, Pelvetia appears here and there in the
upper areas in scattered tufts, increasing occasionally into large
patches. Fncus spiralis also is well marked, but gives place lower
down "to Ascophyllum nodosum. The latter, according to Cotton,
grows only in conditions of considerable shelter, but the opposite was
found to be the case in Guernsey, where it prefers the semi-exposed
and modemtely sheltered habitats. It evidently thrives in the surf
set up by the rock^^ conditions, and an enormous tract of this alga
forms the great feature of the Semi-Exposed coast. F. serrahis is
infrequent, and is replaced in many instances by F. vesiculosns.
Himanthalia is also scarce. Stretches of sand in this area form
habitats for Polysiphonia nigrescens, Ahnfeltin plicata^ Clados-
tephus verticiU edits, Oracilaria confei'voides, and Chondria tenuis-
sima. Zostera beds with intervening groups of rock occur at low-
water mark. Another dominant note is Bhodymenia palmata :
heavy growths hang from rocks and boulders along the lower littoral,
and take the place of Ascophyllum nodosum where there is less surf ;
for instance, along Portelet, llocquaine Bay, etc. The LaminaricB

JOUKNAL OF BOTANV, AuiiUST, 1920. [SUPPLEMENT II. 1 d

34 THE MARINE ALGiE OF UUEllNSEY

are represented mostly b}' L. digitata and SaccorJiiza polt/schides at
low tide, but further from the shore towards the open sea they are
replaced by L. CI oust out (see p. 42).

III. The Sheltered Type.

In deep creeks and inlets in the south, Bordeaux in the east, and
L'Ancresse in the north, this type of vegetation, as would be expected,
is extremely luxuriant and diversified, and comprises man}'- rare species.

The ChlorophycecB are much in evidence, as are also profuse
growths of Porphyra, Rhodymenia palmata, Ghondrus crispus,
Oigartina stellata, Oracilaria confervoides, etc. Of the Fuci, — •
F. spiralis var. platycarpics, F. vesiculosus, and F. serratus
are the most noticeable species ; Ascophylliim nodosum is only
represented b}^ a few plants here and there. Along the sides of bays,
low rocks, when half buried in the sand, as at Petit Port, are often
covered with tufts or cushions of Bhodochorton -Jloridulum, etc.
Patches of soft encrusting alg.ie such ;as Codium adharenSy Petros-
pongium BerJceleyi, IIilde)ihrandtia onihra, and Ealfsia sp. are
found scattered over boulders and stones ; the rare Gigartina
2)istiUata, Crouania attenuata, NitophyJIum IliUice, Cladophora
pellucida, and Helminthocladia i)iirpurascens, may be gathered at
low tide, or from shady rock-pools. Dudresnaya verticiUata,
Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, etc., frequently drift from deep water
into the quiet bays, together with long fronds of Desmarestia
ligidata, 2). aculeata, and Ilalidrys siliquosa. Enormous plants
of Viva latissima are also characteristic of these localities. Lami-
naria saccharina is the typical plant of that genus in sheltered
districts, as Mr. Cotton observed at Clare Bay.

IV. The Moderately Sheltered Type.

The features of this type are very varied and constitute a mingling
of saxicolous, psammophilous, and transitional floras, together with
the vegetation of Zostera beds. Pelvetia is extremel}^ local— here
absent, there scant}^ then forming an enormous expanse of many
square yards, as at Port Grat, etc. Porphyra is mostly a" spring
growth and occurs just about high-water mark. P. leucosticta
appears about the same time, but at half-tide level. Enteromorphas
and Cladojjhoras are abundant, and so are the species of the " Fucus
belt," F. platycarpus and F. serratus being those most in evidence.
AscophyUum nodosum is present, though only in imtches here and
there, but not so scanty as in the previous iy])e. There is much
intermingling of the brown algae. A widespread growth of Chondrus
crispus occurs among the shallow rocks and pools, and masses of
Phodymenia palmata hang from platforms and rocky ledges. The
encrusting algae — Peyssonnelia sp. and Palfsia spp. — are very
prominent from half tide down to low water on small stones, they
alternate with sand-dwellers such as Phodochorton^ Chondria dasy-
phylla, Cladostephus spongiosus where there are patches of sand ;
while here and there Zostera beds with their various ejiiphytes occur.

THE M.VIUXE \\A\Jb OF (lUKHXyEY

35

Laurencia piiDiatiJida exists as an undergrowth from hall^ down to
low-tide level.

Along tlie sub-littoral, there is a mixed assenildy of brown weeds :
iMJ'ncaria tuhcrculuta forms large patelies, or mingles with Lami-
naria saccJiarina. Ilimnufhalia lorea occurs only in colonies here
and there along the coast ; its best development seems to be in
moderately and even locally sheltered positions on rocks at about the
limit of low tide. A group of rocks north of tlie White Kock bears
an extensive crop of these plants ; at Pleinmont, which is an exposed
locality, it grows only in deep pools. The growth is so restricted tliat
a zone of the genus can hardly be said to exist. Few plants were
seen along the W. and N.W. coasts, and then only whei-e locally
sheltered,

(c) ZONATIOX,

The segregation of si>ecies into zones, and their arrangement at
different levels along the shore with regard to the tide, is the result
of various iniluences ; among these may be mentioned the amount of
insolation and desiccation that the resi>ective species require or are
able to withstand, and the periodic tidal exposures, rates of growth,
etc. These have been indicated by Eattray and by Misses S. M.
Baker and M. H. Bohling, who made extensive experiments and
jiublished valuable papers dealing with the causes of the zoning
of Ftici.

Notwithstanding the mixed character of the Guernsey Marine
Flora, the zones or belts are distinctly traceable. They vary con-
siderably in width, become discontinuous and patclij^, or even dis-
ai)pear for some distance where climate or substratum are unfavourable
to their growth. The following notes deal with some of the most
conspicuous zones and indicate in a small measure the interesting
work awaiting a careful worker.

Beginning with the Upper Littoral and descending to low water,
the various zones may be observed in the following sequence : —

Upper
Littoral
Region.

Mid-
Littoral
Region.

Sub-
Littoral
Region.

r Pelvetia.

] Rividaria & Calothrix.

I Enteromorpha.

l^Forphyra.

( F. spiralis.

I F. vesiculosus.

Fitcus.

J Ascoj^hyllurn
1 nodosum.

{^F. serratus.
Encrusting alga3.
Calcareous alga3.
Rhodymenia.
Laurencia.
Chondrus.
Encriisting algje.
Calcareous algte.
Laminaria.

Lichens.
Verrucaria maura,
f Lichina confinis.
V. mucosa.

fAscophyllum

1 nodosum,
or-^ „ •
i' F. vesicii,-

[^ losns.

Lichi

)ta pi/ipnxa.

d 2

36 the maei>'e alg^ of gueeysey

Upper Littokal.
Verni^caria Zone.

Verrucaria maiira grows over the dr}^ jagged rocks, giving them
a mottled appearance and forming a well-marked band a short
distance above the Helvetia zone. This extends romid the island
independent of aspect, but is interrupted here and there by the
encroachment of sea-wall or dykes, or the absence of suitable rocks.
V. mucosa occurs in infrequent patches, often dry and ex}X>sed to
sunshine for a considerable period of time ; it extends from the limit
of V. maura down to about half tide, where it forms dark green,
almost black greasy stains among Ascophyllum nodosum. Both of
these Yen'ucarias have been fully dealt with by Knowles and Cotton.

Pelvefia, which occupies the upper reaches of the littoral, is most
sensitive to exposure, and its line is very varied in width. It is
scantily developed in the exposed districts, growing onl}^ on rocks
covered at high tide, and disappears altogether w^ith extreme exposure.
Where the projection of a reef screens a portion of the shore, the
Pelvetia band immediately widens, to the extent of several yards,
according to the sloj^e of the shore. In summer the orange-coloured
receptacles lend a distinct note to the surroundings. Along the north
arm of Kocquaine Bay, Lihou Causewa}^ and L'Eree Bay, where the
conditions are semi-exposed, there are great patches about 15 feet in
depth. Again, with moderate shelter, and where the shore is very
flat, the zone w^idens out enormousl}^, as at Port Grat, and Grrand
Havre, a land-locked bay ; but at no point is there much Pelvetia
above high-water mark. In several localities of moderate shelter
there is only a scanty growth on account of the steepness of the rocks ;
where a wall and roadway skirt the shore, the Pelvetia band
disappears for long distances.

Mivularia and Calotlirix Zone.

About high-water mark, but just below the V. maura belt, a line
of Rivularia and of Calotlirix occurs to a depth of 2 or 3 feet
in dots and patches, and corresponds to the Pivularia and Calotlirix
association described by other workers. It consists of Calotlirix
Crustacea, C. scopulorum, C. confervicola, C. hydnoides, Lijngliya
(Sstuarii, L. majuscula, Schizosiplton JVarrenice, Isactis plaiia.

The zone is more apparent in exposed and semi-exposed regions ; it
decreases with moderate slielter, and with the exception of a wide
scattering of Pivularia hullata almost vanishes from sheltered
positions.

Pluteromorplia Zone.

The Enteromorpha Zone is very broad and consists for the most
part of -E". intestinalis. It extends from the Piviilaria and Calo-
tlirix line down through the other belts to low- water mark, often as an
■undergrowth. In exposed regions the development is poor, forming
only a scanty growth on low rocks, or in pools. With shelter it
becomes more noticeable and is mixed with Cladopliora rupestris,
Chcetomorplia spp., etc. Great luxuriance is attained with increased
shelter.

THE MARINE ALCKE OY (JUEttNSEY 37

Forphyra Zone.
Thin, even patchy at places, and abnormall}' wide in others, the
zone is more or less continuous round the island, sometimes the line is
so narrow as to consist of single plants. The poorest development
seems to be in exposed localities, where the plants are umbdical m
form, short and tuft;ed, and occur mostly as a scattered undergrowth
among F. spiralis and Enteromorpha spp. With semi-exposure the
zone mcreases in width and takes a lower range. The growth is
generally very unequal, and frequently mingled with F. vestculosus.
On one side of Lihou Causeway it measured 2 feet; at Cobo,
Albecq, and along the north arm of Rocquaine Bay there are large
patches 13 feet across. Increased shelter produces larger plants of more
continuous growth, as at L' Ancresse Bajs where there is a broad band
of the species several feet wide along the mid-littoral. A remarkable
case is seen at Petit Bot in extreme shelter : the principal feature is
a prolific growth of Forphyra down one side of the Bay which
mingles at first with F. spiralis and Enteromorpla spp., and
descends through the zone of F. vesiculosus to low-water mark.
The plants here are of considerable size, laciniate in form on low
rocks, but umbilicate on boulders.

Mid- LITTORAL.

The Fiicus Zone.

Fucus spiralis is very sensitive to climate. In exposed localities
it is found only in chinks of the rocks, more especially choosing those
which run parallel to the shore, the band therefore is patchy and dis-
continuous. With semi-exposure F. spiralis begins among the
Felvetia and then forms a well-marked belt about 5 or G feet wide.
Where the beach is pebbly and the rocks are low, F. spiralis grows
over them, but if the shore is very rough and composed of sharp,
high-standing rocks, with deep clefts, this species is absent. With a
little local shelter, F. spiralis develops into the var. platycarpus,
particularly on the sheltered sides of boulders ; the fronds are often
as much as six inches in length. r n •

There is besides an abundant undergrowth ot the tollowmg
species '.—Geramium ruhruWy Spermothamnion Tumeric Cladophora
rupestris, Bhodochorton Bothii, Catenella repens, Fnteromorpha
intestinalis, Ectocarpus littoralis, Rildenhramltiaprototypus, si^ore-
lino-s of Fiociis spp., Ascophyllum nodosum, and Cladostephus spp.

""f. vesiculosus occure about half tide on low rocks and stones :
it appears either above or below Ascophyllum nodosum, according to
the nature of the rocks (see p. 38). It may ascend up into the
F. spiralis band, or descend and mingle with F. serratus. In mode-
rately exposed districts, as at Cobo, F. vesiculosus sometimes takes
the place of F. serratus and extends down to the limit of low tide ;
the line is then rather wide, ill-defined, and sparse. The greatest
development is in sheltered situations. The epiphytes of this species
are — Folysiphoniafastigiata and Fylaiella littoralis. The tollow-
ino- plants frequently occur as undergrowths:— i?Ao(/;/w^«7« palmata,
Cfadosteplius spp., Chondrus crispus, and Lithothamnton Lenormandi.

38 THE :m:atitn"i: alg.e or gueexset

In contlitions of extreme exposure, F. veslculosus disappears
altogether; it is superseded by the var. evesiculostis, a characteristic
plant on exposed shores, which forms the continuation of the band of
JF. vesiculosus along such districts at about half tide. The fronds
are short, stout, about 4 inches long, very dark, with strong basal
disks and branches of equal length, as if cut with a knife. The plants
often protrude from patches of Licliina pygmcea^ or from holes and
chinks of the rock, wherever a little shelter is to be found for the
sporelings to start growth. Poh/siphonia fasticjiata is a frequent
epiphyte.

Ascoplii/llum nodosum extends in varying profusion from Pezerie
Point to Grandes Rocques, where the climate is semi-exposed. A vast
expanse round Lihou and the adjacent islets measures many square
yards. As indicated by Cotton this plant largely depends upon
suitabilit}^ of substratum, for it can only grow on rocks of a height
that enables the fronds to hang down ; where rocks are flat or give
place to sand, it disappears.

The relative positions of Ascopliyllum ?7odosum and Fucits
vesiculosus on the shore are interchangeable along the Guernsey
shores ; sometimes the one, sometimes the other, takes the higher
range and succeeds F. sjnralis. The determining factors, as already
pointed out, are very possibly the size and height of the rocks at the
respective levels ; the two alg;e frequently intermingle.

The hummocks and rocks round Lihou seem specially favourable
for the growth of Ascopliyllum. Its luxuriance there is also pro-
bably due in great measure to the prevalence of surf; where the
extreme roughness of the coast creating this condition ceases, as
beyond Grandes Rocques, it no longer figures as a conspicuous feature
of the shore. Further along the band becomes much broken.
Patches of varying size can be seen in moderately sheltered localities
in the north at L'Ancresse Bay, and in the east at St, Peter's Port ;
but in extreme shelter only a few plants are to be found scattered
here and there among F. vesiculosus, e.g. Petit Bot.

F. serratus occurs along the lower portion of the littoral and is
always found covering low^ llat rocks ; hence where these do not exist,
a break in the continuity of the band results. The growth is ver^^
restricted and does not form a well-marked zone : it is favoured by
shelter, but exposure is inimical. Often, where there is partial
exposure, F. vesiculosus takes its place and extends in that case down
to lovv-w^ater mark ; except as a pool-plant F. serratus is absent
wdiere conditions of extreme exposure prevail. Bpermotliamnion
Turneri and Elacliistea fucicola are frequent epiphytes.

The follow^ing species form undergrowths of both F. serrains and
Ascopliyllum nodosum: — Cladopliora rupesfris, Hildenhrandtia sp.,
Lithotliamnion Lenormandi, Gelidium crinale, Enferomorplia coni-
pressciy etc.

Li china Zone.

Licliina conjinis grows over rocks here and there, and was specially
noted at Rocquaine Bay below the Hotel Imperial. Miss Knowles

TUE ilAllINE ALGJJ OP GUERNSEY 39

describes this species as " semi-marine, and iisuallj occurring along
the inner fringe of high tide mark between the orange lichens
and Verrucaria maura, and slightly overlapping these belts .... but
it is occasionally coextensive with that of V. maiira.'''' It is found
in the latter position along the shores of Guernsey in semi-exposed
conditions.

L. pygmaa is conspicuous along the exposed districts of the
Guernsej^ coasts. It grows in patches over the upper parts of rocks,
more especially on stretches of boulder beaches where there are no
algJB except in pools ; this is contrary to the observations of Cotton,
who points out the bad effect of extreme exposure on this species.
According to Miss Knowles " L. i^yguKsa prefers rough surfaces and
steep rocks which face the breeze and around which the sea breaks.
Its range extends from the lowest limits of V. maura as far as low
neap tide, and the growth is best developed in the uj^per part of its
range among the Pelvetias and immediately below them." In the
district round Pleinmont the maximum development was at about
half-tide level. The growth of this lichen dwindles as shelter in-
creases, though it can still be traced all along the coast. Wherever
it occurs it affords a convenient site for the germination of sporelings
of F. spiralis, F. vesiculosus, and several other species.

Zoriatioii of Boulders.

It was interesting to observe how constantly tufts of Ascoj^hi/Ilioji
nodosum hung down from the lower parts of boulders in semi-exposed
localities. Above them grew a few scattered plants of F. spiralis
among the patches of Lichina pi/gmcea ; further up appeared more
Lichina, but the tops were bare. On the side of the rocks facing
the sea there was less growth than on the landward side.

Bhodijmenia Zone.

There is little or no Bhodi/menia palmata in the south of the
island ; on the other coasts it frequently forms wdde and extensive
zones from below half-tide level down to the sub-littoral. Its luxuri-
ance is for the most part unaffected by differences in climate, though
changes of form accord wnth certain changes in climatic conditions.
In the exposed district round Pleinmont, the plants of the littoral
region are sparse, and nestle in chinks of the rock or hang from
beneath over-arching boulders. They measure about 4 inches in
length ; the colour is dark red, and the stalks are stout and leathery
with strong attachment disks. The prevalent form is w^edge-shaped,
with numerous stalked ovate proliferations along the edges. The
plants of the sub-littoral are deeper in colour, thicker in texture, and
considerably longer, increasing even to 2 feet in length. The form in
this area varies from wedge to strap-shaped, with similar growths or
proliferations superposed in stages upon each other, and apparently of
greater significance than the leaflets of the var. marginifera. The
undergrowtlis are Chglocladia oralis, Laureiicia pinnafijida, and
Ilildenhrandtia sp.

40 THE SIAEINE ALO.E OF aUEBNSEY

All along the west coast, where there is less exposure, the rocks at
low tide are thickly covered with H. palmata var, marginrfera. The
plants are about 6 inches or so in length, reddish yellow in colour,
much thinner in texture, and thickly fringed along their edged with
long narrow processes. Occasional plants of J^. serratus mingle here
and there among the growth. With the moderately sheltered condi-
tions of the east coast there is again a widely spread shaggy develop-
ment over rocks of the same level, chiefly of f. tj/pica, with fronds
4-0 inches in length. Here and there are specimens of vars. sarniensis
and marqinifera. Among the undergrowths are Griffithsia setacea,
G. corallina, Oallithamnion tetricum, and PtiJota sericea.

With increased shelter, as at Bordeaux and Petit Bot, etc., the
same conspicuous and heavy growths are prevalent over the rocks at
half-tide level, low^er down the plants grow to enormous size, and are
bright in colour and thin in texture. The epiphytes are Phloeospora
Lrac/u'afa, Polysiphonia Brodicei, Ectocorpus granulosus.

Laureucia Zone,

L. pinnatijida occupies a similar f)Osition along the shore to that
of Rhodymenia, but appears mostly as an undergrowth. Scanty,
greenish procumbent patches creep over old Lithotliamuion Lenor-
niandi and L. incrustans aiahoni half tide, where the perennial plants
of Laurencia were seen sending up new shoots: their colour deepens
towards the Sub-littoral and the growth increases in luxuriance. The
best development was observed in moderate shelter^

CI 1 071 dr us Zone.

C. crispus is fairl}^ ubicpiitous from the Mid-littoral down into
the Sub-littoral regions. It is scanty in extreme exposure, but fairly
abundant along the semi-exposed west coast, where masses of the
deep water form are constantly thrown up : with greater shelter tlse
zone is enci'oached on by other sjjeeies — viz. Gigartina stellatay
Gracilarin confervoides, Ogstocloninm pwrpureicm, Laurencia dasy-
pJiylla, etc. Of these, Gigartina sfellata is the most abundant ; it
grows in patches here and there along the coast or inhabits rock-jjools
and flourishes best with moderate conditions of climate.

Zone of Soft Encrusting Algce.

In sheltered districts Ilildenhrandtia sp. grows over rocks and
stones under the belt of Eucus spiralis, and descends occasionally to
the lower littoral ; at about half tide Eetrospongium Bei^keleyi and
Codium adhcprens form scattered patches over bare rocks down to low-
tide level, as at L'^Ancresse Bay and Saint's Bay. Malfsia spp. and
Feyssonnelia sp. are characteristic of greater exposure and have a
wide range over the shore from above half tide down into the Sub-
littoral, chiefly on small stones and limpet-shells under the shelter of
the larger algse. Eetrocelis crnenta occurs very sparsely, irrespective
of climatic conditions, at about the level of low-water mark.

THE MAIITNE ALG-li; OF GUERNSEY 41

Zour of Calcareons Alf/ce.
This Zone can be definitely traced round the island excepting
where patches of sand or Zostera beds intervene. It is the widest ot
all the zones, spreading over the whole of the Littoral and Sub-littoral
re<>-ions and extending beyond all other algcX3 to a considerable depth.
Its maximum development is round Pleinmont m extreme exposure.

Comllina officinalis is at first short and tufted, mcreasmg gradu-
ally in length as low-water mark is approached : it is replaced at low-
tide level by G. squamata. O. corniculata and G. mediterranea
appear with greater protection from storms. ^ £ xi.

Lithothamnion Lenormandi is always the uppermost ot the
calcareous encrusting species, appearing a little above the Mid-httoral.
It prefers shady positions in chinks and crannies where some moisture
is retained, and descends below half tide, mingling with and giving
r)\^Qii io L. incrusf cms.

The delicate and beautiful LithopliijUum lichenoides forms a
constant feature on the upper edges of rock-pools from half down to
low-tide levels along the west, east, and north coasts. L. incrustans
lines basins and pools up to the water's edge, then ceases abruptly,
beino- unable to withstand desiccation. It occupies the lower Mid-
littoral from about half tide to nearly low-water mark, and then
mingles with LitJiotli amnion polymoijyhum. Where rocks have a
smooth surface these Lithothamnion s, by lining the pools and basins,
create a rouo-hness which afEords a foothold for other alga?. L. iwly-
morphum belongs exclusively to the Sub-littoral regions and beyond.
It has a rounded knobby thallus.

SUB-LITTOEAL REGION.

The various species of brown algse connecting the Sub-litioral
with the Littoral region, form a more or less continuous band along
the shore, consisting cliiefly of Bifurcaria tuherculata and Gysto-
seira spp. Where conditions of moderate shelter prevail, Iliman thalia
lorea mingles with the Bifurcaria or forms patches over the rocks
and boulders at the same 'level; but with extreme exposure it dis-
appears from the open and occurs only in locally sheltered ]>ools. The
condition of things therefore differs from that described by Cotton
« for Clare Island where he alludes to the plant as charactenstic of
moderately exposed shores. On the other hand, his statement that
this alga is of a surf -loving habit in the British Isles is fully corrobo-
rated in Guernsey.

Zone of Galcareous Alga.

The Zone of Calcareous Algfe is continued from the Littoral and
extends far down into the Sub-littoral region, mostly as an under-
growth of other species. Gorallina squamata and Lithothamnion
polymorphum are most in evidence; they flourish best in fully ex-
posed situations. With more moderate conditions, the followmg^
plants are often found creeping over the surface of L. polymorphum'.
Qelidium crinale, Nitophyllum ramosim f. repens, Zonaria parvula.

42 THE MARINE ALO.T: OF UUERNSET

Lamuiaria Zone.

Owing to the imi^ossibilitj of obtaining a boat except along the
east coat, the study of the Laminarias was limited to observations at
spring tides or of the weed thrown up on the shore. The enormous
quantities of the latter heaped up in banks along the west coast,
espscially in autumn, lead one to conclude that there must be an
extremely wide Zone of the genus in this district. Further round the
island the debris decreases considerably, so possibly the Zone is
narrower along the other shores. The influences of climate on a
genus, resulting as pointed out by Cotton in changes of species
according to changing conditions, are clearly illustrated by the
Laminarias of Guernse}'.

In the exposed type of flora, round Pleinmont, the Laminaria
Zone consists in its upper portion of L. digitafa and Saccorhiza
polijscliidesy whilst extremely low tides reveal the presence of
L. Cloiistoni. Those plants nearest the shore are short, further out
they increase to 3 or 4 ft. in length. The rough stipes of L, Cloiistoni
bear a plentiful crop of epiphytes, among which may be mentioned
Ectocarpus siliquosus^ Rhodymenia palmafa, Ptilothamnion pluma,
Delesseria sinuosa,D. alata, Fhyllophora jyalniettoides, Polysiplionla
iirceolata var. patens, Lomentaria articulata. A plentiful growth
of Callitliamnion tetragonum occurs on the blades of L. difjitata.

The epiphytes on the stipes of SaccJiorhiza polyscliides are Ecto-
carpus Kinchsice, E. arctus,E. Crouani, 3Iyrionema reptans, ?i thick
felt of Chantransia Lorrain-SmithicB.

Curiously enough some large and fine species of L. saccliarina
were seen in tliis district usually connected with shelter, they had
possibly grown in deep fissures.

In the Flora of Type II., the Semi-exposed, along the west coast,
there is first a small amount of X. saccliarina mixed with Chorda
Jilnm and JJlva latissima ; these are succeeded by L. diyitata mixed
with Sacchorhiza poJyschides, whilst still further out L. Cloiistoni
becomes the dominant species. As shelter increases L. saccliarina,
the characteristic plant for protected areas, gains ground and finally
displaces other species. It is almost the only Laminaria found in
secluded creeks and quiet bays.

L. Cloiistoni was not observed along the east and south coasts : it
may have been overlooked. As the open sea is the more suitable
habitat for this plant, viz. along the nortli and west coasts of
Gruernsey facing the English Channel, it is possible that the narrower
and more confined waters between the Channel Islands and the French
coast are less favourable to its growth.

{d) Pool Vegetation.

Shore pools above high-v>'ater mark are more or less brackish, as
they collect rain water and are rarely flushed by the sea. Most of
them are shallow and fully exposed to the sun's rays, and therefore
during summer become quite warm. They contain few algte ;
Enteromorplia intestinalis is the most frequent. In pools lower down,

THE .^^AT{T^'E alg.e of arETf^-.sEi' 43

witliin reach of the tide, Gladopliora spp. and Chafomorpha spp.
make their appearance.

Half-tide pools are sometimes shallow, with sand and pehbles.
They contain such species as Asperococcvs Jiatulosus, J^olifsiplionia
ni(/rescens, Cladoplwra rnpcsfris, and Rhodomda auhjusca. Where
the l)ottom is rocky, l^adina pavonia, ILcdopitlnjs incur vtts, Poli/si-
phojiin elonc/ata, etc. grow luxuriantly; whilst Gelidium pulcliellum,
Grijfitlisia spp., CaUophyUis luciniata, Ldurencia spp., Lithotham-
uioii Lenormnndi, etc. are to ])e foiuid where there is sufficient shade.

]5elow half tide the vegetation of rocky pools becomes varied and
abundant, including many sublittoral species. The edges of some
pools are lined with the beautiful and brittle LithophyUum lichenoides,
below which there is a heavy growth of Bifurcaria tuherculata or
Gystoseira spp. At the lower depth Nitophi/llum uucinatum or
GaUihUpharis Janceolata send up hooked shoots which climb among
the brown weeds. Other ])ools contain Bri/opsis pJumosa, Godium
tomcnfosum, Enferomorpha clathrafa, Gladopliora pellucida, G. dis-
fans, Biciijota dichotoma, Nitop)hi/llum punctatiim, N. ramosum,
N. Hillicp, Delesseria sanguinea, Gliylocladia ovata, etc.

Corallines and Lithothamnions line the bottoms of most of these
pools with their pink and mauve incrustations : GoralUua officinalis,
G. squamafa, LHhopliyllum iucrustans, Litlioiliamnionpolymorplms
are the most conspicuous species.

V. Composition of the Flora.

The mixed character of the Marine Flora which flourishes on the
shores of Guernsey is doubtless owing to the geographical position of
the island, which is so situated (see p. 26) that it lies well within
the range of the Atlantic Flora. Guernsey is sufficiently near the
shores of the English Channel and the west coast of France to
participate also more or less in the type of vegetation fringing these
littorals ; this is composed very largely of a southern type of Floi-a,
along with certain types of Atlantic and cosmoix)litan marine
vegetation.

NoETiiEEX Element.

There is in Guernsey a well-marked element which belongs to the
vegetation of the North Atlantic, a Flora which extends to the
Norwegian Polar Sea ; many of the species, however, do not penetrate
farther north than Scotland or the Faeroes. Owing to the influence
of the Gulf Stream, which flows along the coasts of Norway and
round Cape North, the temperature there is much higher than in
other parts of the Polar Seas, so that the district characterised by
Kjellman as the "Norwegian Polar Sea" is not purely Arctic; the
Flora there is very closely allied to that of the North"^ Atlantic, and
is of varied composition with luxuriant littoral and tidal-pool vegeta-
tion. Brown alga? are dominant, though green alga3 are abundant,
with a fair number of i-ed species. Southwards, this Flora ceases
gradually along the Scotch and English coasts, the coasts of Spain
forming the southernmost limit of many species.

4^

THE MARINE AIA^E OF aUERNSEY

PylaieJla Uttoralis var. varin has not been recorded further south
than Scotland ; it is a native of the Norwegian Polar Sea, and occurs
also in the Arctic Seas. The presence of this plant in Gruernsej is
unaccountable : it may have travelled southward in a current that
flows down the east coast of England, and, being caught in some of
the cross-currents of the Channel, have drifted finally to Guernsey ;
or it may have been brought by some other agency, such as ships or
even sea-gulls. Alaria is also a northern species belonging to the
Faeroes. The Atlantic coast of France forms the southern limit of
its distribution ; it has been found in Gruernsey and Alderne3^
According to Sauvageau, Chorda filum descends as far south as Gigon
in Spain, but specimens have been found in the Mediterranean ; the
same writer also mentions the Corogne as the southern limit of
AcinetosiJora pusilla. Fucus serrafus is said by Harvey to extend
as far as Spain : it does not occur in the Mediterranean ; while
Crouan has noted that Tilo2)teris Mertensii ceases to appear beyond
the Spanish coasts.

The following are some northern elements of the Atlantic Ocean
and the Norwegian Polar Sea which also exist in the Guernsey Flora :
those marked with an asterisk occur also in the Arctic Seas : —

Bolhocoleon inliferum.
Rhizocloniiim riparlum*
Claclop liora glau ces cens. *
C. arcta*

C. lanosa.
Desmarestia vlriclis.^

D. aculeaia*

DictyosipJion foenicidaceus.^
Lithosiphon Laminar ice.
Pun eta ria p la n tag in ea . *
Ectocarpas tomentosus.

E. Lehdii.

JPylaiella Uttoralis var. varia.

Myriotrichiajiliformis. *

ElacJiistea fucicola.^

Sphacelaria olivacea*

S. cirrhosa*

Myrionema reptans.

Cordaria Jlayelliform is*

Castagnea virescens,

C. divaricata .

Leathesia difformis.

Chorda Jllum.

Laminaria saccharina.

L. digitata.

L. Clotcstoni.

Alaria esculenta.

Fucus si^iralis.
F. vesiculosus.
F. serratus.
Ascophylhcm nodosum.
Pelveiia canaliculata.
Himanthalia lorea.
Forp hyra lacin ia ta . *
Chantransia virgatula and
var. secundata*

C. Daviesii*
Gigartina stellata.
Fhyllophora meinbran ifolia.
Rhodymenia palmata*
Phycodrys rubens.
Delesseria sanguinea*

D. alata.

D. angustissima.
Polgsiphonia fihrillosa.
P. nigra.

Callitdiamnion polyspermum.
C. Hoolceri.
Plumaria elegans.
Ceramium acanthonotum.
Polyides rotundus.
Petrocelis cruenta.
Epilithon memhraiiaceum.

There is moreover in the Atlantic Flora an endemic Arctic element,
which, according to Kjellman, originated in a glacial sea and passed

THE MAKINE ALG.E OF GUEIINSKV 45

from thence into the North Atlantic. The Arctic Algte occurring in
Guernsey are given below ; the}^ are also common to the English and
French coasts, and three of them, marked with an asterisk, are
cosmopolitan : —

Rlioclochorton Rothii. Chceiopteris plumosa.

Fucus vesiculosus* Ectocarpns confervoides.

F. ceranoides. I^ylaiella littoralis*

Chorda Jihim. Enteromorpha compressa.

Malfsia detiRta. Rhizocloniiim riparium.

Elacliisfea fucicola. Urospoj-a penicilliformis.

Scytosiplion lomentarius* LitJiotliamnion polymorplium.

Desmarestia viridis. Rhodymenia palmata.

D. aculeata. Ahnfeltia plicata.

Dicfyosiphoiifoeniculaceus. Ceramium ruhricm.

The origin of this Arctic element is graphically described by
Borgesen, from whom the following is taken : — " The European-
American algal Flora of the North Atlantic has originated from a
mixture of Atlantic and Arctic species. In tertiary times there was
a land-connection reaching from Europe by means of the Faeroes and
Iceland to America The Arctic Flora has gradually de-
veloped north of the land-connection ; it is an old Flora, which has
developed in the seas about the Pole, and has been very rich in
endemic species. But when the land-connection was broken up,
probably in the later tertiary period, a commingling of the species
from the two formerly separated territories began and continued into
the Glacial Period. During the latter, when the Polar Sea and the
northern part of the Atlantic Ocean were covered by great masses of
ice, the algal Flora was forced to go southwards, so that a Flora of
Arctic character probably occurred as far down as the coasts of South
England and North France. On its way south, however, this Arctic
Flora met and became intermingled with the species of the Atlantic
Flora, which had been able to resist the climatic changes. When the
ice again receded after the Glacial Period, this algal flora, now com-
posed of species from two different territories, again wandered towards
the north, yet a few Arctic forms which were able to adapt themselves
to a higher temperature remained on the coasts of England and
France, while others withdrew to the Polar Sea proj^er."

SOUTUERN ElEMEXT.

The southern element of the Guernsey Flora includes a very large
number of Mediterranean sj)ecies ; some are even natives of the
Indian Ocean, Brazil, West Indies, etc. There is a continual immi-
gration northward of these southern species ; man\^ have long
established habitats in the warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean,
whence they have travelled to the shores of Northern France,
Guernsey, South of England, and even Scotland. The Floridece
dominate the southern type of Flora, though the Phceophycece and

46 THE MARINE ALUiE OF UUERNSEY

Cliloropliycecd are fairly well represented. The following are some
of these more southerly forms : —

Oscillatoria Corallince. Cystoseira e?'icoldes.

O. ampliihia. G. granulafa.

Isactis plana. Taonia atomaria.

FhcBophila dendroides, Padina Pavo7iia.

Cladophora prolifera. Dlctyopteris memhranacca.
C. Hiitchinsiw and var. dlsfans. Gelldium attemiatum.

G. rectangularis, Giymnogonyr us patens.

G. repens. Gallymenia microphylla.

Godiiim Bursa. Halopithys incurvus.

Phycolapathum crlspatum. Folysiphonia opaca.

Ectocarpus Vaillantil. P. obscu^ra.

Myriactls pulvinata. Gtenosiplionia hypnoides.
Ilalopterls jilicina var. ser- Spermotliamnion irreyuUire.

tularia. Bornetia secundijlora.

Mesogloia Leveillei, Pleonosporlum Borreri.

M. lanosa. Gallitliamnion hyssoides.

Castacjnea contorta. Antifhamnion crispum.

Petrospongium Berkeley i. Grateloupia filicina.

Zanardinia collaris. , G. dichotoma.

Gutleria multijida. Nemastoma dichotoma.

Aglaozonia reptans. Litliophyllum expansum.

Besides these there is a considerable nmnber of S2)ecies having a
wide range in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic.

The following species, though occurring here and there on the
French and Spanish coasts, have not yet appeared farther north than
Guernsey : — Polysiplionia ohscura, native of Cadiz. Adriatic Sea ;
P. opaca, native of the Mediterranean ; Gtenosiplionia hypnoides,
native of Spain ; Nemastoma dichotoma, native of the Mediterranean ;
Lithothamnion expansum^ native of the Mediterranean. All these
are purely southern forms, and may possibly be considered as aliens,
buT; it is quite likely that their range will extend, and in the future,
when fully established, they may come to be regarded as part of the
British Flora.

The following is a comparison of the Guernsey Flora with neigh-
bouring coasts, etc. : —

There are 350 species and 78 varieties and forms of Marine
Algai hitherto found in Guernsey, of which 382 species and varieties
are common to the south of England and 333 to Ireland. There are
also 43 species and varieties which do not occur on the southern
shores of England ; 32 of them are found in Ireland and North
Britain, 10 being of a southern type, and one is a new species. The
close connection of the Guernsey Flora with Ireland and the south of
Eno'land is therefore evident. On the other hand, there is rather
more of the Atlantic element in Guernsey than in the south of
England, and in a certain number of cases tha southern element
differs slightly. Some species grow along the English coasts which
are wanting in Guernsey ; other species occur in Guernsey which have
not yet been found along the southern shores of England.

TltE MARINE ALlLE OF (JUEKNSEV 47

As regards the Continent, Guernsey has 356 species and varieties
in common with the north and west coasts of France, and 230 in
common witli North Spain ; so tliat here again there is a great afflnit}^
thougli in a lesser degree. The Flora of Guernsey corresponds more
to the J^ritish than to the continental type of marine vegetation.

The species listed for Jersey number 317, with 54 varieties and
forms ; of these, 204 species and varieties are common to Guei-nsey.
Guernsey has 161 species and varieties not yet recorded for Jersev,
as against 81 Jersey species and varieties not recorded for Guernsey.
Mr. Lester Garland attributes the differences in the terrestrial Floras
of the two islands to the variations of level owing to their complete
or partial submergence at different periods, leading to the destruction
of certain species. Inversely, it is possible that periods of elevation
of varjang degree to which the islands have also been subjected in
past ages, may have caused the disa])pearance of many Marine Algje.

The ecological factors that prevail in Guernsey are often different
in Jersey : thus Jersey lies farther to the south and is less open to the
influence of the Channel Stream bringing various new elements in its
wake ; the shores are more protected by the coasts of France, and
the climate is w^armer than that of Guernsey ; the configuration of
the coast is different, being characterized by wide sandy bays on the
south, Avest, and east, the shores having a vevy gradual incline, while on
the north tliere are high standing cliffs. These are only a few of the
])hysical conditions that would tend to control the character of the
Floras of Jersey and cause it to differ from that of Guernsey.

VI. Economics.

The inhabitants of Guernsey utilise the abundant harvests of
marine vegetation to a considerable and praiseworthy extent. At
stated seasons of the year the vraic (Fuci, etc.) is cut, and enoi-mous
masses of w^eed, thrown up especially on the west coast, are gathered
from the shores, to the extent, according to Black, of at least
30,000 tons annually. While these activities are in progress, as manv
as twent}^ or thirty carts can be seen on the beach, whence they bring
a varied assortment of species. Both drift and cut w^eed are spread
on the adjacent land to dry ; some is used for fuel, the rest burnt for
kelp or employed as manure.

Kelp. — There is much indiscriminate burning of w^eed for kelp by
the cottagers, who sell it for about Is. per bushel. It varies in
quality according to the species burnt. Sharp practice occurs among
the less honest of the burners, Avho only partially burn the weed and
even mix it with sand to increase the bulk.

The late Mr. Best of Guernsey established factories for preparing
potash and iodine, which found a ready sale on the island : he told me
that drying-frames had been erected on the island of Lihou in stacks
one above another w^ith intervals of about 18 inches between each ; the
weed was placed on the frames or racks and dried in the open. There
was also a drying machine heated by the burning weed, and kelp
was thus produced at the same time. The w^ork met with such
success that in 1916, IS tons of 90 7„ muriate of potash, and over
18 tons of chloride of sodium containing 15 7o of sulphate of j^otash

4S THE MARINE ALG.T5 OF GUER^s^SEY

were obtained from seaweed. Mr. Besfs success in extracting potash
with the methods at his disposal, justify one in raising the question
whether the vast quantities of weed that are allowed to rot on our
coasts might not be utilized to some profit. He was of the Oi^inion
that this might be done if the problem of labour could be solved.

Manure. — The farmers plough the weed into the ground and use it
in a general way. There is an old Guernsey saying : " No seaweed
no corn3'^ard." The advantages of using seaweed as manure are
detailed in a pamphlet published by the Board of Agriculture and
revised w]) to 1913. It contains much valuable information as to
chemical constituents, etc.

Fodder. — Although it is known that the sheep on L'Ancresse
common stray over the shores and browse with gusto on the Fuci,
nothing is done on the island by way of utilizing seaweed as fodder.
Fucus vesiculosus might well be used for this purpose in winter, while
Chondnis crispus is valuable in fattening calves and pigs. Inci-
dentally, it is interesting to note that successful experiments have
recently been made with Laminarias as forage for horses instead of
oats. The algse were prepared and given to the animals, who accepted,
digested, and assimilated the novel food.

Food for JI/^J^.— Considerable attention has been directed towards
the use of seaweeds as food for man, more especially during the late
War. According to Alsberg there is no proof that seaweeds have
more than a moderate food- value, though they have a considerable
vakie as antiscorbutics like cabbage and lettuce. Almost notiiing is
known about tlie proteids of seaweeds; but according to Cameron
they have not anything like the food value of cereals. The value of
seaweeds as a food is to a large extent due to the mucilage produced
by the membranes of the cellular tissue, which is rich in pectics and
hemicelluloses ; it dissolves readily in boiling water and forms a jelly
when cold. On account of this property the attention of experts is
being directed towards the utilization of seaweeds both in cookery and
in various commercial preparations.

Very little, however, is known about the chemical composition of
these membranes. Among the green seaweeds the cellulose is asso-
ciated with hemicellulose, a substance soluble in 8V^, sulphuric acid
iind containing a great abundance of xylane ; there is also an in-
soluble portion rich in dextrane. Another hydrocarbon which has
been detected in Fucus is called *' fucine " ; it is soluble in 17o sul-
phuric acid, and turns blue with iodine ; it is localized in the middle
lamella. Again, dextrose, and methylfurfurol occur in the brown
algiB. The red seaweeds, according to Perrot & Gatin, contain
galactans, mannans, lajvulosans, dextrans, and sometimes methyl-
pen tosans. Some of these complex carboh^^drates are a possible
source of energy, but how far is not known. Fat is a negligible
quantit}^

As regards the general constituents of seaweeds, the analyses
below indicate to some extent how far one is justified in considering
the value of seaweeds as food.

TTIE XL.VUIXE ALO.E OF (arEUNSEY 49

Analyses dv Tuerentim: (Cameron).
Gelidiuiii corncKiit.

Water 22-21)

Protein 6*85

Carbohydrates 60-32

Ash 3-81

Fibre 0-73

LiiinliKO'iK s['p.

Water 2282-24-44.

Protein 549- 5-82

Fat 1-52- -74

Soluble non-nitrogenous 1 47-83 _45-57

material J

Fibre 4-55- 6-44

Ash 18-G9-17-U0

Of other substances found in seaweed, bromine occurs nioro
abundantly in Fucus serrcdm ; La miliaria cligHata, L. saccitariua,
and F. vesiculosus are richest in iodine, Saccorhiza hiilhosa contammg
somewhat less. It is not yet known whether this element is con-
tained in the form of alkaline salts or in organic combinations.^

PeiTot and Gatin state that minute quantities of arsenic have
been found in marine alga? : it is possible that the tonic properties
with which food or medicine prepared from seaweed is credited are
owing in some measure to the presence of this substance.

The incrustations of calcareous alga? when produced in large
quantities have a manurial value. Along the west coast of Ireland
there are beaches composed of broken fragments of Lithothammons,
cartloads of which are conveyed inland for the sake of the carbonate
of lime as a soil-dressing (Cotton). In Guernsey it would be quite
possible to collect appreciable amounts of the calcareous alg« tor
agricultural purposes.

For suggestions of what might be done with our seaweeds, 4 have
had recourse to Cameron's Ileport on the Fertilizer Ilesources of the
U.S. of America, 1944, from which the following particulars have

been extracted : — , , p ^, • ^ i r

Formerly the Americans imported the whole ot their potash tor
ao-riculture and other pm-poses ; they are now working up the re-
sources of their own counti-y, mineral and marine. A yield ot
S$!4G,000,000 worth of potash has already been obtained from seaweed,
and' by organization of the industry and regulation of the harvests
and preparation of the weeds, it is proposed to build up a recognized
source of wealth and industry for that nation. 41ecent experiments
have discounted the methods of drying and burning, whereby many
valuable constituents of the seaweed are lost or destroyed ; and the

JOLTEX VL OF EOTA> Y, SEPTEMlJEli, 4920. [vSUPPLEMENT II. J 6

50 THE MABINE ALft.T: OF aUEElS^SET

burning of seaweed for the sole purpose of obtaining iodine has been
compared to the wastefuhiess of using mahogany for firewood, or
" burning down a cottage to boil a kettle." By the newer methods,
all the soluble salts and a maximum amount of iodine can be extracted
from seaweed. In addition, the production of certain residuals and
bj'-products, as a result of these methods, seems to possess such a
possible future value in textile and other industries as to warrant
a return to the utilization of seaweed for the production of iodine.
Thus, when seaweed is submitted to the process of jDartial burning
and distillation in closed retorts, a j^orous and valuable charcoal
results, from which all the soluble salts, including the iodides, can be
dissolved out with readiness, leaving such residuals as ammonia, tar,
and paraffin oil. This marine charcoal might serve as a fuel under
the retorts or pans used for the purposes of distillation. Its extreme
porosity makes it an effective deodorant and decolorizer and a valuable
filter, for it has been subjected to the thickest town-sewage for
several months without the least clogging, and its efficiency after
this treatment remained unimpaired. As a substitute for bone-black,
it is most highly recommended. The oily tar produced by the distil-
lation of seaweed mentioned above, yields, on redistillation, large
quantities of paraffin oil. As much as 617 galls, of oil can be
obtained from one ton of Fucus.

In another method, devised by Stanford, the seaweed was sub-
mitted to repeated direct lixiviations or macerations in dilute solutions
of carbonate of soda or other alkaline substances. After obtaining
the requisite salts and iodine, the residuals were algm, cellulose, and
dextrin.

Algin, when treated with sulphuric acid and other cliemical pro-
cesses, becomes a hard horn-like substance, having properties that
enables it to be used as a substitute for india-rubber and parchment.

Sodium alginate, a derivative of algin, is a gum possessing
14 times the viscositj^ of starch, and 37 times that of gum arable ; it
is distinguished from albumen in not coagulating by heat. It could
be put to varied uses such as a mordant in dyeing and in sizing cloth ;
in cookery it might be used in thickening soups, puddings, and
jellies. In pharmacy it would be useful as an excipient for pills, an
emulsifier of oils, and for softening water. Mixed as a binding with
charcoal, sodium alginate might serve as a coating for boilers and
metal work ; combined with shellac it forms a fine varnish, and owing
to its resemblance to gutta perclia it is said to be a good insulator.
Cellulose, if combined with other materials which furnish the
requisite amount of fibre, can be made into paper of an excellent
grade.

Knife-handles are made by cutting lengths of Laminaria CIous-
toni stipes and forcing blades into them. When dry the latter
remain firmly fixed, and owing to the irregular shrinkage of the
portions they assume a roughness similar to staghorn. Such handles
are used in Scotland and in various parts of S. America. Imitation
citron, orange and lemon-peel are made at Seattle from the bulbs and
hollow parts of the stipes of Xereocystis Luetkeana, one of the large

THE MARINE AL(LE OF GUERNSEY 51

Laminaricp. After the salts have been extracted the portions are
boiled in llavoured syrup. " Seatron " is the name given to these
preparations.

Aceordmg to a writer in Chambers's Journal for 1917 (p. 555),
seaweed is one of the many sources for obtaining acetone, a chemical
used in the manufacture of cordite. Large quantities are obtained
and used for that purpose in America.

Culture. — In view of the careful culture of seaweeds in Japan, as
narrated by Yendo, and their productiveness as a source of revenue,
it seems worth while to give the matter some attention. There is no
necessity to sow the spores : a suitable substratum alone is requisite.
In Scotland and Ireland where Fucus farms exist, stones are set down
on flat sandy or muddy fore-shores on which abundiint growths of
vegetation soon appear. The rocky shores of G-uernsey hardly require
such preparation. Should, however, the seaweed industries of the
Island increase, and necessitate further supplies of the weed, its growth
might be augmented by putting down boulders and stones of suitable
size, where there is a sandy bottom. The vast tracts in Grande
Havre, on either side of Lihou causeway, and along the Vale coast,
etc., could be treated in this way.

YII. Bibliography.

Adrian. " Sur Temploi de certaines Alg-ues marines pour ralimentation des
chevaux." Comptea Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, torn, clxvi. 1918, p. 54.

Anstead & Lathom. The Channel Islands. London. 1862.

Ardissone, F. Flor idee ItalichQ^ i., ii. Milan. 1869-78.

Baker, S. M. "On the Causes of the Zoning- of Brown Seaweeds." New
Phjtol. viii. 196 ; ix. 54, 1909-10.—" On the Brown Seaweeds of the Salt
Marsh." Journ. Linn. Soc. xl. 275-291, 1912 ; xliii. 325, 1916.

Batters, E. A. L. " Marine Alga^ of Berwick-on-Tweed." Trans. Berwick-
shire Naturalists' Club. Alnwick. 1889. — Handlist of the Algse of the
Clyde Sea Area. 1891. — " New or Critical British Algae." Grevillea, xxi.
97, 1892.—" Some New British Marine Algte." Ann. Bot. ix. 168, 307,
1895; Journ. Bot. xxxiv. 384, 1896.— " Catalogue of the British Marine
Alga3." Supplement to Journ. Bot. xl. 1902.

BoRGESEN, F. The Algae Vegetation of the Faewese Coasts. Copenhagen.
1905.

BoRGESEN, F., & Helgi J6nsson. " Distribution of the Marine Algfe of the
Arctic Sea and of the Northernmost Part of the Atlantic." Botany of the
\Faroe.s-, appendix iii. Copenhagen. 1905-8.

BoRNET et Thubet. Notes Algologiques, i., ii. Paris. 1876-80.

BuFFHAM, T. H. " The Plurilocular Zoosporangia of Asperococcus huUosiis
and Myriotrichia clavasformis." Journ. Bot. xxix. 321, 1891.

Cameron, F. G., and others. A Report on the Fertilizer Resources of the
United States. Washington. 1912. Senate Document No. 190.,

Chalon, F. Liste ctes Algues Marines. Antwerp. 1905.

Clarke, Mrs. Lane. Common Seaweeds. London. 1865.

Collinette, F. C. S. Presidential Address. Rept. and Trans, Guernsey
Soc. Nat. Sci. iii. pp. 25-32 and 80-84, 1895-99.— The Sunshine and Rain-
fall of Guernsey, 1917 ; op. cit. 62, 66.

CoLMEiRO, D. Enumeracion de las Cryptogamas de Espana y Portugal.
Madrid. 1867.

Cooke, M. C. British Fresh-Water Algae. London, ii. 1882-84.

Cotton, A. D. " Some British PhjEophyceae." Joiurn. Bot. xlv. 368, 1907. —
'' Colpomcnia siniiosa in Britain." Kew Bulletin, 1908. 73; 1911, 153. —

52 THE MARmE ALG^ OF GUERIS^SEY

" On the Growth of Ulva latissima." Eoyal Commission on Sewage Dis-
posal, 7th Report, Appendix IV. 121-142, 1911.—" Marine Alga3." Clare
Island Survey, Proc. R. Irish Acad. xxxi. No. 15, 191ii.
Crouan. Flore cle Finistere. Paris. 1867.
Darbyshire, O. V. " Chondrus." Liverpool Marine Biol. Comm. Memoir

No. 9. London. 1902.
Debray. " Florule des Algues Marines dvx Nurd de la France." Bull. Sci.

Dept. du Nord, xxvii. 1899.
De la Mare. " On the Correlation and Relative Age of the Rocks of the

Channel Islands." Rept. Guernsey Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. 8, 30-36, 1890-94.
Del Amo y Mora, D. Mariano. Flora Cryptogamica cle la Pemnsula

Iherica. Granada. 1870.
Derrick, C. Presidential Address. Rept. Guernsey Soc. Nat. Sci. iii. 154-

165, 1895-99.—" Guernsey Clays." Op. cit. ii. 212, 1890-94.
De Toni, J. B. Sylloge Ahjarum. Patavii. 1889-1905.
Dickson, H. N. " The Physical Conditions of the Waters of the English

Channel." Scottish Geogr. Mag., Jan. 1893.
DuNLOP. " On the Superficial Deposits of Guernsey." Rept. Gviernsey Soc.

Nat. Sci. iii. 216-227, 1895-99.
Falkenberg, p. " Die Rhodomelaceen." Zool. Stat, zu Neapel, Mono-
graphic No. 25. Berlin. 1891.
Farlow, W. G. Marine Algse of Neiv England. Washington. 1881.
Garland, L. V. Lester. Flora of tlie Island of Jersey . London. 1903.
Gatty, Mrs. Alfred. British Sea-weeds. London. 1872.
Gibson, R. J. Harvey. " Development of Spores of British Marine Species

of Chant ransia.'" Journ. Bot. xxx. 104, 1893.
GoMONT, M. " Monographic des Oscillarioes." Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. (7) xv.,

xvi. 1892.
Greville, R. K. Algas Britannicae. Edinburgh. 1830.
Harvey, W. H. Phycologia Britannica. 4 vols. London. 1846-51. —
Substance of a Course of Lectures at Smithsonian Institution, in Tenth
Annual Report, 87-130, 1856.
Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen, Rabenhorst's Kryptogamenflora, ii. 1885.
Henkel, I. " A Study of Tide-pools on the West Coast of VancouA^er

Island." Postelsia, 277, 1906.
Henriques, Dr. Contributiones ad Floram Cryptogamicam Lusitanicam.

Coimbra Universidade. 1880.
Holmes, E. M., & E. A. L. Batters. A revised List of the British Marine

AlgfB. Ann. Bot. v. 63, 1890.
Hus, H. T. a. "Notes on West Coast Porphyras." Bot. Lib. Univ. Calif.
No. 12, 1901. — "Species of Porplryra found on the Pacific Coast of N. A."
Calif. Acad. Sci. Bot. vii. No. 6, 1902.
Johnson, N. M. " Ecological Terminology applied to Marine Algae."

Scottish Bot. Rev. vi. 44, 1912.
JoNSON, H. The Botany of Iceland. Part i. The Marine Algal Vegetation.

London. 1912.
JouBiN, M. L. " Recherches sur la distribution oceanographique des vege-
taux marins dans la Region de Roscoff." Ann. Institut Oceanographique,
i. 8. Monaco. 1909-10.
K.TELLMAN, F. R. The AlgiB of the Arctic Sea. Stockholm. 1883.
Kno\^les, M. " Maritime and Marine Lichens of Howth." Proc. Dub. Soc.

xiv. No. 6, Aug. 1913.
KuTZiNG, F. T. Tahnlx Phycologics?. i-xix. Nordhausen. 1845-71.
Kylin, H. " Ueber die Blasenzellen einiger Florideen und ihre Beziehung

zur Abspaltung von Jod." Arkiv fiir Bot. xiv. Hefte 1, No. 5, 1915.
Lyle, L. " Developmental Forms of Marine AlgiB." New Phytologist, xvii.

231, 1919.
Marquand, E. D. Flo7'a of Guernsey. London. 1901.
Murray, G. Introduction to the Study of Seaioeeds. London. 1895.
Perrot, E. M., et Gatin, L. C. "Les algues marines utiles et en particulier
les Algues alimentaires d'Extreme Orient." Ann. de ITnstitut Oceano-
graphique, iii. 11, 1911-12.

TTTE MAETNE ALft.E OF (JUKKXSEY 53

Rattray, J. " Distribution of the Marine A\gx of the Firth of Forth."

Trans. Bot. Soc. E.Hnb. xvi. 420, 1886.
Reinke, J. Atlas deutscher Meere^dUjeii. Berlin. 1889-92.
RosENViNGE, L. KoLDERUP. " Les Alg-uGs Marines du Groenland." Ann.

Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 7, xix. p. 53, 1894. —"The Marine Alffii) of Denmark."

Kg-l. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift 7 ser., Afd. vii. 1. Kobeuliavn. 1909.
Saitvageau, C. " Sur quelqnes Myrioncmact'es." Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. (8) v.

161, 1897. — " Remarques sur les Sphacelariacoes." Journ. de Bot. xv.

107 et 116, 1901 ; xvii. 45-50, 1903.
Skinner, S. G. "Observations on the Tide-pool Vegetation of Port Ren-
frew." Minnesota Bot. Studies, (3) ii. 145, 1903.
Stanford, E. C. C. " Economic Aspects of Seaweeds." Journ. Soc. Arts,

xxxii. 717.
Van Heurck, H. Prodrome de la Flore des Algnes Marines des lies Anglo-

Normandes. Jersey. 1908.
Warming, E. (Ecology of Plants. Oxford. 1909.
West, G. S. British Freshwater Algse. Cambridge. 1904.^^1^^-6. Vol. i.

Cambridge. 1916.
Yendo, K. "On the Cultivation of Seaweeds, with special Accounts of their

Ecology." Economic Proc. R. Dublin Soc. ii. 105 -122, 1914.
Zanardim, G. Iconographia Phgrologia Adriatira, i.-iii. 1860-76.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I. Introduction

Pkevious Lists .
II. Systematic List
III. Some Ecological Factors

(1) Physical Position of the Is]

(2) Tides

(3) Currents .
(4() Nature of the Substratum

(5) Configuration of the Coast

(6) Salinitij .

(7) Temperature

IV. Arrangement .

(a) Terminology

(b) Types in relation to Habitat and Climate

I. The Exposed Type
.. II. The Semi-exposed Type

III. The Sheltered Type

IV. The Moderately Sheltered Typ

(c) Zonation .

(d) Pool Vegetation

Composition of the Flora

V,

VI

VII

lid

Economics .
Bibliography

Pag(
1

26
26
26

27
27
28
29
31

31
31
32

34
34
35

42

43

47
51

THE FLAGELLATES AND ALG^E OF THE DISTRICT
AllOUND lUUMlNGHAM.

(Compiled from records left by the late Professor G. S. West,
M.A., D.Sc.)

Br W. 13. GiiovE, M.A., B. Mujukl Bristol, D.Sc,
AiHD Nellie Cahteii, D.J-'c.

I^^TKODUCTJEY NoTE.

The following lists of Flagellates and Algie found in the district
around Birmingliam are compiled and arranged aluiost entirely from
the records made l)y Professor G. S. West during the last thirteen
years of his life (100G-1919). Besides the large amount of material'
which he collected himself, it was his custom to look carefully through
tlie numerous collections brought from vai'ious localities by the
undersigned, and by his students and others, making a list of all the
different species he saw. These lists w^ere kept by him with a view
to publication at a future date. His lamented death leaves them
very incomplete, and without the benefit of his final revision and the
notes which he would have added from his unrivalled knowledge ; yet
it is thought that it would be well to publish them, since the deter-
minations are particularly valuable as being those of one who was the
foremost British expert on the Freshwater Alga3.

The large number of records from Sutton Park is the result of the
special attention devoted by Professor West to that area, which
owing to its extensive moorland tracts and submontane character is
very different from most othei* parts of the district. Here, during
the years 190(J-1909, he collected material in every month of the
year, including monthly samples of the plankton of the pools. It
was his intention to use these records as the basis of an ecological
account of the Algae of that area, but no attempt seems to have been
made at beginning this work, except his account of the " Peridiniea;
of Sutton Park," which was published in the New PJtytoIogiat, 1909,
pp. 181-196.

In the records from the Park reference is frequently made to
three bogs ; of these Bog I is the large bo.f gy area above Longmoor
Pool, Bog II is the similar ground situated on the south-west side of
Little (Upper) Bracebridge Pool, and Bog III is that above the
upper end of Blackroot Pool.

All the species contained in the following lists, by whomsoever
collected, where the locality is not followed by the finder's name, were
seen and named or confirmed by Professor West ; those collected bv
any wdiose names are appended may be taken as having his approv:'.),
exce]:)t those which have been discovered since his death ; these latter
have been identified by Mr. W. J. Hodgetts, M.Sc, and have the
locality enclosed in square brackets and followed by his initials.

The localities have been arranged under three heads: — wk.=: War-
wickshire, ws. = Worcestershire, st. = Staffordshire. The actual
months in which the various species were collected are indicated, after
the name of the species, by the Arabic numerals 1-12.

Thanks for liberal assistance in defraying the costs of this publica-
JouENAL OF Botany, Octobee, 1920. [Suppleme:xt III.] h

2 FLAGELLATES AND ALGiE OF THE BIRMIT^GHAM DISTRICT

tion, as a memorial of the esteem in which Professor West was hehl,
are due to the University of Birmingham and to the Research Fund
of the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society.

W. B. Geoye.

B. Mlhikl Beistol.

Nellie Caetee.

Botanical Laboratory, Birmingham.

FLAGELLATA.

Mallo^eoxas Perty.
31. acaroides Perty. 10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
31. longiseta Lemm.
WK. In the plankton, Bracel)ridge Pool, Sutton Park.

SrxuEA Ehrenb.

S. Uvella Ehrenb. 1-7, 9-12.

WK. In Bogs I, II, anl III, and in jthe plankton, Bracebridge
Pool, Sutton Park ; B^^rkswell ; Yardley. ws. Pond near Hawkesley
Hall, King's Norton ; Wyre Forest.

Ueoglena Ehrenb.

U. Volvox Ehrenb. 7-10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool ; Olton Reservoir.

Cycloxexis Stokes.

C. annularis Stokes.

WK. Lapworth. This curious organism, whoso colony takes the
shape of a ring or bracelet, has been recorded before only once from
North America and once from Germany. The same species was,
however, probably found by T. Bolton in Sutton Park ; see Midland
Nat. 1886, ix. 175.

DixoBEYOX Ehrenb.

D. Bertularia Ehr. 7. ■
WK. Bog III, Sutton Park.

D. 'protiiherans Lemm. 7, 10.

WK. Bog III, Sutton Park.

D. sociale Ehr. var. eJongatiim (Imhof) Lemm. 5.

WK. In the plankton, Bmcebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

D. cyUndricum Imhof. 2-7, 12.

WK. In the plankton, and Bogs I and III, Sutton Park.

Ceyptomoxas Ehrenb.
C. ovata Ehr. 6 etc.
w^s. [King's Norton, W. J. H.']
a Nordsfedtii (Hansg.) Senn. 6.

{z^Chroomonas JSFordstedtli Hansg.)
ws. [Harborne, W. J. 1I.~\

FLAGELLATES AND ALG.E OF THE lURMINOTLVM DISTKICT 3

EuGLENA Ehrenb.

E. viridis Ehr. 3-5, 10.

Coiuiiion, and generally distributed.

E. intermedia ( Kleb.s) Sclimitz. A .

ST. [Bearwood, W. J. .H".]

E. sangiiinea Ehr. 5-7.

ws. King's Norton.

E. acus Ehr. 5, 6, 12.

WK. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, W, J. II,

E. oxi/uris Schmard. 6.

WK. Harborne and Sutton Park, W. J. H. ; Pond at Berkswell,

E. tripteris (Duj.) Klebs. 5.

ST. [Bearwood, W. J. H.]

E. spiroriyra Ehr. 4, 5, 8, 10.

WK. Sutton Park ; Henley-in- Arden ; Berkswell. ws. King's
Norton, W. J. H.

E. deses Ehr. 8-10.

WK. Common. Sutton Park ; Berkswell, etc. ws. Stapenhall
Farm, King's Norton. Movement very sluggish.

Lepocinclis Perty.

L. ovum (Ehr.) Lemm. 5.
ws. [King's Norton, W. J. -H".]

PiiACUS Dujardin.

P. anacoehis Stokes. 10, 11.

WK. Earls wood.

P. loiigicauda (Ehr.) Duj. 5-7, 9.

WK. Harborne ; Henley-in- Arden. ws. King's Norton ; Canal,
Lifford.

P. i)leuronectes (O. F. M.) Duj. 3-7, 9, 10.

WK, Sutton Park ; Berkswell. ws. King's Norton ; Canal, Lif-
ford; Warstock.

P. pyrum (Ehr.) Stein. 10, 11.

WK. Earlswood. ws. King's Norton.

P. i^armila Klebs. 4.

ws. [Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton, W. J. //.]

Teachelomonas Ehrenb.

T. volvocina Ehr. 1, 6, 7, 10, 11.

WK. Earlswood ; Bradnock's Marsh, etc. ws. King's Norton.
T. ohlonga Lemm. 6, 7,
ws. [King's Norton, W. J. H.^
T. inconstcms Carter. 1, 5, 7-9, 12.
WK. Sutton Park. See New Phytol. 1919, xviii. 118.
T. lii^pida (Perty) Stein. 5-7, 9-11.

WK. Sutton Park ; Earlswood ; Bradnock's Marsh, etc. ws. King's
Norton ; Warstock. ST. Pool House Farm.
T, rur/ulosa Stein. 4.
ST. [i3earwood, TV. J. IL]

12

4 FLAGELLATES AND ALG^ OF THE BIEMIXGTIAM DISTRICT

CoLACiUM Ehrenb.

O. arhuscula Stein.

Found attached to the free-swimmii.g Rotifers Anurcea and
NotJwlca.

EuTEEPTiA Party.
JE. viridis Perty. 6.
ST. [Bearwood, W. J. H.^

Vacuolaria Cienk.
V. virescens Cienk. 8.
, ws. [Hunnington, W. J. H.']

MYXOPHYCE^.

GrLCEOCH.TiTE Lagerh.
6r. TVittrochiana Lag. 10.
WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

Stnechococcus Nag.
S. ceruginosus Nag. 10.
WK. Sutton Park ; Studley.
8. major Schrot. 4.
WK. Sutton Park.

Aphanothece Nag.
A. saxicola Nag. 2, 6, 11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
A. microscopica Nag. 7, 11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton Park.
A. stagnina (Spreng.) A. Br. 6.
WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

A. prasiiia West ( = A. stagnina yaw j^rasina A. Br.). 4-6.
WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Shirley, st. Quarry House,
Hamstead.

Dactylococcopsis Hansg.
D. montana W. & G. S. West. 4.
WK. [Sutton Coldfield, TV. J. M.]

Chroococcus Nag.

C. turgidus (Kiitz.) Nag. 1, 3, 6, 8, 10, 11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Olton ; Wind-
mill Pool, Shirley, ws. Hartlebury Common ; Trimpley. ST. Great
Barr Park.

C. minutus (Kiitz.) Nag. 3, 5, 8-10.

WK. Sutton Park, Bogs I and II.

C. minor (Kiitz.) Nag. 6.

WK. Sutton Park, Bog III.

C. lielveticiis Nag. 7, 10-12.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

C. macrococciis (Kiitz.) Rabenh. 3.

ws. Hartlebiu'A^ Common.

FLAGELLATES XTsD ALa.E OF TfTE TiTTniTXCaiVM DTSTRTCT 5

C. ■palUdns Nag. 6.
WK. Sutton Park. Bog III.
C. limneticus Lemm. 1-12.

WK, Plankton of Brace bridge, Blackroot, Windley and Powell's
Pools, Sutton Park. ws. Stourport.

Microcystis Kiitz.

M. elahens (Menegh.) Kiitz. 5.

WK. Lap worth.

M. ichihi/ohlahe Kiitz. G, 7.

WK. Sutton Park.

M. marf/iuafa (Menegh.) Kiitz. 5, 6.

WK. Olton ; Lapworth.

31. cerufjinosa Kiitz. {z=.Ciathrocj/stis (Bruq'niosnl^Q\\i.\\). 3-12.

WK. Plankton of Sutton Park ; Yardley Wood ; Studley ; Arley.
ws. Stourport ; Kidderminster.

3£. incerta Lemm. 4-6, 10, 11,

WK. Plankton of Windley and other pools, Sutton Park.

M.imlmrea (Wood) De^Toni. 1, 4-6, 9-12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Olton ; Shirley.
ST. Great Barr Park.

M. holsatica Lemm. 1-7, 9-12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

M. ochracea (Brand) Forti. 8.

WS. Kidderminster and Stourport (see G-riffiths, in Linn. Soc.
Journ., Bot. 1916, xliii. 429). New to Britain. What is probably
the same species was found in the plankton, Sutton Park, but was
not definitely named. See also West, Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 79.

Clathrocystis roseo-persicina Cohn = Lamproci/stis r.-p. Schrot.,
which has often been described as an Alga, is now considered to be a
Schizomycete and called Colinia roseo-persicina Wint. It is not
uncommon in stagnant ponds.

AsTEEOCTSTis Gobi.
A. halophila (Hansg.) Forti. 11.

WK. Studley, on the older filaments of Cladopliora crisped a. See
West, Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 331. First record for Britain.

GOMPHOSPHiEEIA Kiitz.

G. aponina Kiitz. 7, 8, 10.

WK. Plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Kidder-
minster ; Stourport. ST. Himley Park.

G. lacusfris Chod. 2, 5-11.

WK. Plankton, Bracebridge, Blackroot and Powell's Pools, Sutton
Park ; Olton ; Studley ; Shirle3^ ws. Canal, Lifford ; Stapenhall
Farm, King's Norton. ST. Himley Park.

CCELOSPH^RIUM Nag.
C. minutissimum Lemm. 8.
WK. Plankton of Windley Pool, Sutton Park.

G FLAGELLATES AXD ALO.E OE THE ETEMryClIAM PTSTETCT

C. Kutzincjianum Nag. 6, 0, 10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

C. NiigeUanum Ung. 8.

ws. Stourport.

Mertsmopedia.

M. glauca (Ehr.) Xag. 5-10.

WK. Plankton, Bracebrklge Pool, and ditch, Sutton Park; Hamp-
ton-in-Arden ; Lapwortli ; Olton ; Studlev. ws. King's Norton,
Kidderminster ; Stourport.

M. eJef/ans, A. Br. 6, 10. 11.

WK. Plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's
Norton.

M. (Pnif/inea Breb. 5, 10.

WK. Plankton and Bog II, Sutton Park ; Lapworth.
Var. violacea Rabenh. 10.

WK. Studlev.

CHAMiESiPiiox A. Br. ct Grun.

C. in cms fans Grun. 10.

WK. Studlev, on Cladophora crispa/a. ws. Quinton, on Rhizo-
clonium.

C. confrri-icoJa A. Br. J:-G, 10.

WK. Colesliill ; Studlev. ws. AVarley ; Hagley, on Cluefomorpha ;
Barnt Green, st. Himley Park.

OsciLLATOKiA Yaiich.

O. limosa Ag. 2-11.

Yery common and generally distributed.

O. princeps \^\\q\\. S.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

O. tenuis Ag. 3-6, 10, 11.

WK. Plankton of Windley Pool and Bog II, Sutton Park ; Coles-
hill ; Berkswell. ws. King's Norton ; Cofton lieservoir. ST. Quarry
House, Hamstead.

O. irrigua Kiitz. 3, 5, 6, 10,*12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Olton Reservoir,
etc. ws. HaAvkeslev Hall Farm, King's Norton, st. Great Barr
Park.

0. simplicissima Gom. 6.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden.

O. am])liibia Ag. 5, 10, 12.

WK. Shirley; Studle3\ ws. Barnt Green; Trimplev. st. Great
Birr Park.

O. splendida GreY. 8,10,11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Shirley, ws. King's Norton
[O. leptotricha Kiitz.), in the pool near Hawkesley Hall.

O.formosa Bory. 2.

WK. Exact locality left doubtful.

O. decolorata G. S. West.

ws. AVvre Forest (saproidiytie).

FLAGELL.VrES AND ALO.E OF TIETO liTRMTNCJir A Nr DISTJITCT 7

PiTORMrDiUM Kiitz.
P. Unue (Menogli.) Gom. 2-G, 9-11.
Very common and jS^enLTJilly distributed.
P. Bohneri Selnnidlo.

WK. In soil, Edi^])aston and Harborno. st. West Bromwicli.
P. Retzii (Ag.j (lorn. 6.
M'S. Hagley.

P. inundaiwm Kiitz. 5.
"WK. Lapworth.
P. corhim {A^.) Gom. 5.
WK. Solihull.

P. autumnale (Ag.) Gom. 2-4, 9-12.
Very common, especially on damp ground.

Lyxgbya Ag.

L. Ifartensiana Menegh. 10.

WK. Studley. st. Great Barr Park. The closely similar species,
L. Kilfzingii Schmid., is recorded in soil from all three counties.
See Bristol', Annal. Bot., 1920.

L. ocliracea (Kiitz.) Thur. 1-12.

WK. Common ; Sutton Park, in great plenty. st. Great Barr
Park. This species has been usually considered to be a filamentous
Schizomycete, viz. a Lei^totlwix .

L. major Menegh. 5, 10.

WK. Studley, very fine specimens, st. Great Barr Park.

Symploca Kiitz.
8. muralis Kiitz. 8.
ws. [Wyre Forest, on damp earth, W. J. II.']

Plectoxema Thur.
P. Bfittersii Gom.
ST. In soil only, Baggeridge and Tettenhall.

AuTHROSPiEA Stizenb.
A. Jenneri Stiz. 6, 8, 10.

ws. Among species o£ Spirogyra, King's Norton ; Bewdley,
W.J.H.

Spieltlina Turp.
S. tenuissima Kiitz. 7.
ws. [In brackish water, Droitwich, W. J. //.]

NosTOC Vauch.
N. paludosum Kiitz. 1, G.
WK. Hampton-in-Arden, etc. ws. Trimpley.
iV. muscorum Ag.

WK. In soil, Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. In soil, California, near
Harborne. ST. In soil, Sedgley.
N. foliaceum Moug.
ws. In soil, Chadwick. First record for Great Britain. The

S FLAGELLATES AIS^D ALCLT OF THE BTEMTNaHAM DTSTRTCT

same, or an allied species, has occurred in soil at Grravell^^ Hill (wk.)
and at Baggeridge (st.). See Bristol, Ann. Bot., 1920.

i\r. microscopicum Carm. 5.

WK. Hampton- in -Arden,

iV. sph ceroid es Kiitz.

ST, Baggeridge. Recorded also from soil, Kettering : the first
records for Great Britain, _B. J/. 5.

AxAB.EXA Bory.

A. varifthiUs Kiitz.

ws. In soil, California, n-jar Harhorne.

A. laxa (Rabenh.) A. Br. 5.

ws. King's Norton.

A. incequalis (Kiitz.) Born. & Flah. 6-S.

WK. In soil, Harborne. ws. King's Norton, W.J. II.; C;ilif()rnia,
near Harborne. ST. In soil, Sedgley.

A. Flos-nquw (Lyng.) Breb. 8.

wiv. In plankton, Bracebridge, Windleyand Powell's Pools, Sutton
Park. ws. King's Norton.

A. Hassallii (Kiitz.) Wittr. 8.

WK. In plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

A. circinrdis (Kiitz.) Hansg. 8.

WK. In plankton, Windley and Powell's Pools, Sutton Park.

A sj^Ksrica Born. & Flah.

ws. In soil, California, near Harborne. ST. In soil, Sedglcy.
First records for Great Britain ; see Bristol, /. c. 1920, p. (>8.

A. oscilhtrioidfs Bory. 7.

ws. King's Norton.

Var. tfirrestris Bristol, f. minor.

WK. In soil, Edgbaston. See Bristol. New Phvtol. '1919, xviii.
102.

Aphaxizomenon Morr.

A. Flos-nqiKE (L.) Ralfs. 8, 10.

WK. In plankton, Windley and Powell's Pools, Sutton Park ;
Canal, Lapworth. ws. In the moat, Harvington Hall.

Cylikdeospermum Kiitz.

C. majus Kiitz.

ws. Halesowen, JV. J. H. ; in soil, California and Northfield.

O. stagncde (Kiitz.) Born. & Flah. 7-11.

WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park. ws. Pond near Hawkesley
Hall, King's Norton.

C liclieniforme (Bory) Kiitz.

WK. In soil, Edgbaston.

G. muscicola Kiitz.

WK. In soil, Harborne. ws. In soil, Chadwick. First records
for Great Britain, B. M. B.

G. catenaticm Ralfs. 9.

Ws. On damp ground, Wyre Forest.

G. march icum Lemm. f. iemie Bristol, /. c. 1920, p. G-1.

WK. In soil, Harb(^rne. First recoi'd.*

FLAGELLATES AND ALGiR OF THE BIl^MTNOIIAM DISTRICT \J

Nod UL ARIA Mert.

iV. spnmif/ena Mert. 1-12.
ws. Stapenliall Farm, King's Norton.
JV. Ilarvei/aua (Tliwaites) Tlmr.
ST. In soil, Baggeridge.

TOLYPOTIIRIX KiUz.
T. ten If is Kiitz. 1.
ws. Trimplev.

T. lanata (I)osv.) Wartm. 3, 4.
WK. Sutton Park. ws. Halesowen.

SCTTONEMA Ag.

S. javanicum (Kiltz.) Born.

ws. In soil, Harborne. These spores never completel}^ developed,
but it is probable that they were the spores of the above-named
species, which has been found in soil from Wiltshire. See Bristol,
/. c. 1920, p. 05. First record in Britain.

RiVULARIA Ag.
li. dura Both. 6-8.
ws. In ponds. Barnt Green, on stems of aquatic plants.

Glafcocystis Itzig.
G. Xosiocliinearum Itzig. 1, 2, 11.
ws. Stapenliall Farm pond, King's Norton ; Trimplev, abundant.

PERIDINIE^.

Hemidinium stein.
H. nasiitnm Stein. 5.

WK. [Botanic Gardens, Edgbaston, IV. J. JI.~\ ; Sutton Park,
T. Bolton.

Gtmnodinium stein.

G. ceruginosnm Stein. 4, 5.

WK. In ponds, Berkswell.

G. sp. (allied to G. tenuissimvm Lauterb.). 1.

WK. Pond at Stapenliall Farm, King's Norton, Jan. 1919, W. J. H.
These specimens were seen by Professor West, who said that they
were probably the same species as some he had found previously in a
pond near Birmingham (exact locality not mentioned) ; he gave it
the name G. Campylodiscus, l)ut seems to have left no description.
It is not certain that the two forms were identical.

[Length 42-50 /x, breadth about 38 u, thickness 5-7*5 ^<. The
cells are remarkably flattened on both sides, and frequently have a
slight spii-al twist. Chromatophores numerous, light brown ; no
stigma. Anterior extremity of cell somewhat apiculate. This fornix
if not identical witli G. trnifh^irnvm Lautei'b.. is at anv rate closely
alli( d to it.— F". ,/. K.^

10 FLAGELLATES A>^D ALG.E OF THE BTRMTNGnAM DISTRICT

Glenodinium Stein.

Gl. Pulviscuhis (Ehr.) Stein. 2, 3, 5, 8.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Earlswood. ws. King's
Norton ; Quinton.

GL cincfum (Miill.) Ehr. 1-12.

WK. Bogs II and III, Sutton Park.

Gl. nlir/inosum Schilling. 2-12.

WK. Bogs I, II (rare), and III, Sutton Park ; Berksvvell.
ws. Barnt Green.

Peeidinium Ehrenb.

P. minimum Scliill. 5, 6, 8-lU.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park, ne\v to Britain. Also recorded
from the neighbourhood of Tewkesbury.

P. hipes Stein, o.

WK. In ponds, Berkswell. ws. Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

P. acicrilifemm Lemra. 1, 2, 8, 12.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park.

JP.imniUum (Pen.) Leram. 7.

WK. Bog III, Sutton Park. A slightly doubtful record.

P. cincfum (Miill.) Ehr. 5, 6, 10.

WK. In ponds, Berkswell ; Olton Peservoir. ws. Halesowen.
(Also from Tewkesbury.)

Yar. Lemmn'manni G. S. West, New Phvtol. 1909. viii. 190.
4-11.

WK. In the plankton of Bracebi'idge, Blackroot, and Windlej
Pools, Sutton Park. ws. Pond at Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

P. cnujiicum G. S. West, New Phvtol. 1909, viii. 187'. 1-6, 8-12.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park. ws. Stanklin Pool, near
Kidderminster. ST. Great Barr Park ; Quarry House, Hamstead.
Also from near Tewkesbury.

Ceratifm Schrank.

C. liirundineUa (Miill.) Schrank. 4-11.

WK. In the plankton of Bracebridge, Blackroot, and Powell's
Pools, Sutton Park ; Olton Reservoir, ws. Stanklm_Pool and Spring
Grove, Kidderminster.

C. cornufum (Ehr.) Clap. & Laehm. 4, 5.

ws. In a field pond, Hley Lane, Halesowen, W. J. H.

BACILLAEIES.

Melosiea Ag.

M. varians Ag. 3-6, 8-11.

WK. Very frequent. ws. Very frec|iient. ST. Barr Beacon ;
Great Barr Park.

31. arenaria Moore. 6.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Hampton-in-Arden.

IL granulata (Ehr.) Palfs. 5, 6, 9-11.

WK. Lapworth ; Shiiley, P. Cole ; Earlswood. ws. Lifford, in
the Canal. ST. Great Barr Park.
Yar. spinosa Sehi'od. 10.

ST. Great Barr Park.

FLAGKLLATES AND ALG.T^ OF TITE in-RAfTNOnVM DTSTETCT 11

Cyclotella Kiltz.

C. opercnJafd Kiitz. 5, G.

WK. Lapwoi-th; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

O. Mnipf/liiniaiia Kiitz. 6, 10.

WK. Shirley, W. J. 11. ; Sutton Park ; Olton Peservoir.

C. Kutzimjiana Chauv. 5. (5, 10.

AVK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Lapworth ; Studlev ; Shirley. ST. Great
Barr Park.

Stepitanodtscus Ehrenb.
S. Ilanfzscluanvs Grun. 10.
ST. Great Barr Park.

Phizosolenia Eln-enb.

7?. morsa W. & G. S. West. 9.

ws. Lifford Canal, an unusual habitat.

Tabellakia Ehrenb.

T. fenestrata (Lyngb.) Kiitz. 1-5, 7, 10-12.

WK. Berkswell ; Knowle ; in a ditch and in the plankton of
Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Hawkeslev Hall, King's Norton.

T.floccidosa (Uotli.) Ktz. 1-7, 9-12.

WK. Earlswood ; Solihull ; Harborne ; in the plankton of Brace-
bridge Pool and in Bog III, Sutton Park. ws. Warley. ST. Bear-
wood.

Denticula Kiitz,

D. tennis Kiitz. 9, 10.

WK. Studley. ' ws. Wyre Forest.

Meeidion Ag.
M. circulare Ag. 2, 4-6.

WK. Coleshill ; Whitacre ; Henley-in-Arden ; Solihull ; Bog II,
Sutton Park. ws. Quinton.

Var. constricfwm Van H. 3-5.
WK. Earlswood. ws. Clent. st. Barr Beacon ; Pool House
Farm.

Dtatoma DC.

D. vulgar e Bory. 1, 4-7, 10, 11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; P. Blythe ; Berkswell ; Hampton ;
Earlswood ; Solihull ; Studley ; in a ditch, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre
Forest ; Warstock ; King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park.

Z). elongatum Ag. 2-6, 9, 10.

WK. Coleshill ; Whitacre ; Hampton -in -Arden ; Lapworth ; Earls-
wood ; Knowle; Studley; in a ditch and in plankton, Sutton Park.
ws. Wyre Forest ; Barnt Green. ST. Great Barr Park ; Himley
Park ; Quarry House, Hamstead. (It was also brought from the
neighbourhood of Tewkesbury.)

D. parasiticum W. Sm. 6, 7. 10.

WK. Harapton-in- Arden (on NitzscJiia sigmoidcn) ; Bog II,
Sutton Park (on Cijmatopleiira Solea).

12 FLAGELLATES AISE ALO E OF THE EIEMINGIIAM DISTRICT

Feagilaeia Lyngb.

F. virescens Ealfs. 5, 6, 8, 10.

WK. Berkswell ; Lap\Yorth. ws. Churchill; Haglev. ST. Great
Barr Park ; Manle^^ Hall, Weeford.

F. crotone7isis (A. M. Edw.) Kitton. 2, 3, 5, 6, 8-11.

w.e:. Lapworth ; Earlswood ; Oltoii ; in the plankton of Brace-
bridge Pool, Sutton Park.

F. capucina Desm. 1-8, 10-12.

Very frequent and generally distributed.

F. const mens (Ehr.) Grun., var. hinodis Grun. 7.

WK. Bog. II, Sutton Park.

F. mutahiJis (W. Sm.) Grun. 2-7, 9-11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Shirley ; in the plankton of Bracebridge
Pool and in ditches, Sutton Park.

ws. King's Norton, W. J. H.

Stnedea Ehrenb.

^'. pulchella Ktz. 1-12.

Very frequent and generally distributed.

aS'. Agios (Ktz.) Grun. 2-6, 8, 10-12.

Common and generally distributed.

Var. delicatissima Grun. ( = /S'. delicatissima W. Sm.). 4,
5, 9-11.

WK. Earlswood; in the plankton of Bracebridge and Windley
Pools, Sutton Park. ws. Barnt Green. Liftord Canal.

S. radians (Ktz.) Grun. 3, 4, 6, 8-11.

WK. Shirley ; Harborne ; Bog II, Sutton Park ; Olton. ws.
Wyre Forest ; Churchill ; Hawkesley Hall, King's -Norton ; ST. Great
Barr Park.

S. Vina (Nitzsch.) Ehr. 1-7, 9-12.

Very common and generally distributed.

S. actinastroides Lemm. 9, 10.

ws. In the Canal, Lifford. New to Britain.

S. capitata Ehr. 5, 10.

ST. Great Barr Park.

Asteeioxella Hassall.

A.formosa Hass. 1-12.

WK. Lapworth; Shirley; Olton Reservoir; in the plankton of
Bracebridge, Blackroot and Vfindley Pools, Sutton Park. w^s. Barnt
G reen ; Cofton Reservoir ; in the Canal at Liftord. ST. Great Barr

Park. '

Ceeatoxeis Ehrenb.

C. Arc Its Ktz. 3, 5, 6.

AVK. Whitacre ; Henley-in-Arden ; Earlswood ; Sutton Coldfield.

EuNOTiA Ehrenb.

F. Arcns Ehr. 1, 3, 5, 9.

WK. In Bog I, Sutton Park. w^s. Wyre Forest; Tnmpley.
ST. Great Barr Park.

FLAGELLATES AND ALa^lD OF TUE EIIIMINGHAM DISTRICT 13

E. major (W. Siu.) Kabenli. 8, G, 10.

WK. In Bog I, Sutton Park.

E. gracilis (Ebr.) Kab. 1-8, 5, 7, 9, 10.

WK. Wbitacre; in Bogs I, II, and 1 J I, Sutton Park. ws. Trinip-
ley ; Hartlebury Connnon. ST. Great Barr Park.

E.pectinaiis (Ktz.) Ualoenb. 2-5, 10, 12.

WK. Colesbill ; Henlev-in-Arden ; Cbebiisley Wood ; Earlswood ;
Yardley ; in Bogs I & II, Sutton Park. ws. Quinton ; Hawkesley
Hall, King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park; Bearwood.
Var. undulata Kalfs. 5, 12.

WK. In Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park. ws. In the Canal, Droit-
wich.

E. Soleirolei Kiitz. 4, 6.

WK. Berkswell. ws. Warley. st. Bearwood.

E. incisa Greg. ( = E. Veneris Kiitz.). 5, 11.

WK. Coleshill ; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

E. limaris (Ebr.) Grun. 1-7, 9, 10, 12.

Very common and generally distributed.
Var. bilunaris (Ebr.) Grun. 4.

ws. Quinton.

AcHNANTHES Bory.

A. hrevipes Ag. 12.

ws. In the Canal, Droitwicb.

The presence of this marine species is accounted for by the salt
springs in the neighbourhood.

A. coarcfata Breb. 3, -5, 6.

WK. Wbitacre ; Solihull ; Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Clent ;
Harvington Hall.

A. suhsessilis Kiitz. 7.

ws. In salt water, Droitwicb.

A. microcephala Kiitz. 4, 5, 9, 10.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Sutton Coldfield. ws. Wyre Forest ;
Quinton. ST. Great Barr Park.

Material brought from Tewkesbury was also found to contain
this species.

A. exilis Kiitz, 4-6, 10, 11.

WK. Coleshill ; Lap worth ; Studley ; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park. ws. Clent ; Halesowen, st. Himley Park ; Quarry House,
Hamstead.

A. linearis W. Sm. 4-6, 9, 10.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Lapworth ; Shirley ;
Olton ; Studley. ws. Wyre Forest ; Barnt Green.

A. lanceolata Breb. 3-5.

ws. Quinton ; King's Norton, st. Bearwood.

ACHNANTHIDIUM Kiitz.

A. flexelhon Breb. 4.
WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

Nayicula Bory.
JV. nohilis Ebr. 2, 4, 5, 7, 10-12.

WK. Berkswell ; Earlswood ; Bog II and Bi'acebridge Pool,
utton Park. ws. Clent ; King's Norton.

14 FLAGELLATES AND ALGiE OF THE BTRMTNGIIAM DISTRICT

Var. Bactylus (Elir.) Van H. 11.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

iV^. major Kiitz. 1-12.

WK. Berks well ; Shirley ; Earlswood ; Bogs I, II, III, in diteh and
in Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. WaiTev ; Alvecliurch ; Trimp-
\^j ; Quinton ; King's Norton. ST. Bearwood ; Great Barr Park.

N. viridis Kiitz. 1-12.

Common and generally distributed.

N. horecdis Ehr. 1, 3, 5-7, 9, 12.

WK. Berkswell ; Earlswood ; Sutton Park ; in three soils, Edg-
baston ; in soil, Gravelley Hill and Harborne. ws. In the Canal,
Droit wich ; Y/yre Forest ; in soil, California. ST. In soil, Baggeridge
Woods and Bearwood.

N, Balfouriana Grun.

Found onl}^ in cultures of soils from this district : —

WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. California ; Chadwick ; Warley.
ST. Baggeridge Woods ; Himley ; Gospel End.

N. divergens W. Sm. 2, 5, 7, 10.

AVK. Lapworth ; Studle}^ ; Bogs I and II, Sutton Park.

N. Brehissonii Kiitz. 1-7, 10-12.

Common and generally distributed.
Var. minuta Van H. (soil form).
WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. North field ; Chadwick ; Cali-
fornia. ST. Gospel End ; Sedgley ; Baggeridge Woods.

iV^. intermedia Lagcrst.

Found only in cultures of soils in this district : —

WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. California. ST. Tettenhall.

iV Tahellaria Ehr. 1-11.

WK. In Bogs I and II, Sutton Park.

N. gihha Kutz. 3-8, 10-12.

WK. Studley ; Bogs I, II, III, and in ditch, Sutton Park.

N. appendiculafa Kiitz. 1-12.

WK. Berkswell, Lapworth, Bogs I and III, Sutton Park,
ws. Quinton.

N. mesolepta Ehr. 2-11.

WK. Earlswood ; Studley ; Bogs I and III, Sutton Park,
ws. Wyre Forest ; Quinton ; King's Norton.

3r. oh long a Kiitz. 4, o, 9.

WK. Solihull, ws. Wyre Forest. ST. Great Barr Park.

N. peregrina Kiitz. 7, 12.

ws. In the Canal, Droitwich.

The occurrence of this s))ecies is evidently the result of the high
salinity of the water in this place.

N. gracilis Kiitz. 1, 3-8, 10, 12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Whitacre ; Berkswell ; Lapworth ; Stud-
ley ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Bog II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park,
ws. Wyre Forest ; Alvecliurch ; Warstock ; Harvington Hall ; Clent ;
Churchill ; Hagley ; Barnt Green. ST. Great Barr Park.

N. viridula Kiitz. 6, 7, 10.

AVK. Biver Blvthe. ws. Alvechurch ; Warstock. st. Himley
Park.

Var. sleavicensis (Grun.) Van H. 1.

Avs. Quinton.

FLAGELLATES AND ALfLE OF THE BIllMINa HAM DISTKICT 15

iV. avenacea Breb. 10.

ST. Great Barr Park.

N. radiosa Kiitz. 1-12.

Common and i^enerally distrilnited.

Var. acuta (W. Sm.) Van H. 4, 6, 7, 9, 10.

WK. Olton ; Bo<^ II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
ST. Great BaiT Park.

N. crijptoccpliala Kiitz. 4-6, 10, 11.

WK. tapworth ; Shirley; Olton Keservoir ; Solihull; Studley.
ws. Alvecluirch ; Barnt Green. ST. Oldhill ; Great Barr Park.

N. rJiynchocepliala Kiitz. 4-6, 10, 11.

WK. Kiver Biythe ; Lipworth ; Shirley ; Bog II, Sutton Park.
ws. Quinton ; Barnt Green ; Warley. ST. Bearwood ; Great Barr
Park ; Himley Park.

N. anglica Ralls, 4-6, 10.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh; Kenley-in-Arden ; Bjrkswell; Lapworth ;
Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; st. Great Barr Park ; Quarry
House, Hamstead.

N. Semen Ehr. 5.

WK. Lapworth.

iV". dicephala W. Sm. 5, 6.

WK. Henley-in-Arden. ws. Wyre Forest ; Alvechureh.

N. interruirta Kiitz. 4, 6, 10.

w c. Bogs I, II, and III, Sutton Park.

N, oval is Hilse. 3.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park,

N. elliptica Kiitz. 1-6, 8-12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Bog II, Sutton
Park. ws. Hartlebury Common ; Wyre Forest ; Clent ; Quinton.
Var. minima Van H.

WK. In soil, Harborne.

N. terricola Bristol, I. c. 1920, p. 67.

WK. In soil, Harborne.

N. livalina Donk, var. minima Bristol, I. c. 1920, p. 68.

ST. In soil at Sedgley and Tettenhall.

N. mutica Kiitz. 5.

ST. Great Barr Park, in pool. This species, though rarely found
in ponds, etc., occurred in the cultures of a good many soils, e.rj. : —
WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. Warley. ST. West Bromwich ;
Gos^)el End ; Sedgley ; Himley.
Var. quinquenodis Del.

ST. In soil, Sedgley ; in soil, Himley Park.

N. cuspidaia Kiitz. 3-11.

WK. Berkswell ; Lapworth ; Bog II, in a ditch and in the plank-
ton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Alvechureh ; Harvington
Hall ; Quinton : in the Canal, Lifiiord ; King's Norton ; Halesowen.
ST. Great Barr Park.

N. spliceropliora Kiitz. 4-6, 10.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Studley ; Bog II, Sutton Park. ws.
Alvechureh. ST. Great Barr Park.

N. exilis Grun. 2-7, 9-12.

Vcrv common and generally distributed.

16 FLAGELLATES AND ALG.E OE THE BIRMINGHAM DISTEICT

N. amphishcsna J3ory. 3, 5, 0, 10, 11.

WK. Lapworth ; Earlswood ; Bradiioek's Marsh ; Hani2)tt)ii-in-
Arden. ws. Alvechui-ch. st. Great Ban* Park.

N. limosa Kiitz. 1-6, 9-11.

WK. Bogs I and II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
\vs. Wyre Forest ; Alvechurch. st. Great Barr Park.
\?iY. gibherula (Kiitz.) Van H. 5.

WK. La])wortli.

N. Indis Ehr. {=N.firma W. Sm., non Kiitz.). 3-7, 10, 11.

wjv. Berkswell ; Bog II, in a ditch, and in tlie plankton of Brace-
hridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Olent ; Warley.
Var. am phigo minims (Ehr.) Van H. 12.

ws. In the Canal, Droitwich.

Var. ampliirliynclnis Ehr. 1, 2, 4-6, 10.

WK. Plampton-in-Arden ; Bogs I and III, Sutton Park,
ws. Quinton. ST. Manley Hall, Weeford.

Var. affinis (Ehr.^) Van H. 1, 4-8, 10, 11.

WK. Berkswell ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Shirk\Y ; Bogs I and II and
in plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Warstock ;
Quinton. st. Barr Beacon ; Manley Hall, Weeford.
Var. producta (W. Sm.) Van H. 1, 3, 6, 10.

WK. Studley ; Bog II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park,
ws. Halesowen.

N. Pupula, Kiitz. 4, 6.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden, W. J. II. ; Bradnoek's Marsh ; in soil,
Edgbaston. ws. Barnt Green. ST. In soils, Baggeridge Woods and
Hindey Park.

N. Atomus Nag.

This species has been found in no ponds, etc., but appeared in the
cultures of a number of different soils : — ■

WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. Warley. st. West Bromwich ;
Sedgley ; Baggeridge Woods.

N. contenta Grun. var. biceps Del.

Found only in cultures of soils : —

WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. Northfield. st. Gospel End ;
Sedgley ; Tettenhall.

a. confervacea Kiitz. 11.
WK. Shirley.

CoccoNEis Ehrenb.

(7. Pcdiculus Ehr. 3-6, 9, 10.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden; in the Lake, Lapworth; Yardley ;
Studley. ws. Harvington Hall ; Wyre Forest ; Alvechurch ; Hag-
ley ; Barnt Green, st. Great Barr Park ; Himley Park.

G. Placentula Ehr. 1, 3-6, 9, 10.

Common and generally distributed.

Statjeoneis Ehrenb.

St. Fhoenicenteron Ehr. 1, 2, 4-12.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Berkswell ; Knowle ; Yardley ; Bogs II
and III and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Quinton.
ST. Great Barr Park.

FLAGELLATES AXl) ALCiL OF THE J3I J!.M IX(i H A M DISTKICT 17

Sf. r/raci/is Elir. 3.
■WK. Bracebrid^-e Pool, Sutton Park.
St. acuta W. Sin. 1, 7, IL.
WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.
^7. anceps Kin*. 4-(), 8.

Avx. Berkswell ; Knowle ; Bog 11 and Braccbi'idge J\)ol, Sutton
Park. ws. Barnt Green ; King's Norton.

Vaxheueckia Breb.

V. rltomhoides Breb. var. saxonica Rab. 8, 5, G, 11.

WK. Bog 1 and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Bog on
Harlleburv Common.

V. vuU/aris (Thw.) Van H. 5, G.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park ; Harborne. ws. California ; Clent
(moi-e narrow and blunt than is usual).

Amphipleuha Kiitz.
A. peltuciila Kiitz. 4, 5, 7, 10.

WK. Studle}'; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Halesowen.
ST. Quarry House, Hamstead.

Pleueosigma W. Sm.

P. attenuatum W. Sm. 1, 5, G, 10-12.

WK. River Biythe ; Studley ; Laj^worth ; Shirley ; in the plankton
of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. w^s. Clent. st. Great Barr Park.

P. acuminatum (Kiitz.) Grun. ( = P. lacustre W.Sm.). 4-6, 9-11.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; Earlsvvood ; Studley ; in the plankton,
Sutton Park. ws. Alvechurch ; Hagley ; Barnt Green ; in the
Canal, Lifford. st. Great Barr Park.

P. Spenceri (Quek.) W. Sm. 1, 3, 5, 6, 8-11.

w^K. Henley-in-Arden ; Earlswood ; in the plankton of Brace-
bridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest ; Clent ; Halesowen.
ST. Barr Beacon ; Great Barr Park.

P. scalproides Rab. 4.

w^s. Barnt Green.

Ampiiipeora Kiitz.

A. paJudosa W. Sm. 6, 7.-

WK. Studle3\

Rhoicosphexia Grun.

R. curvata (Kiitz.) Grun. 4-G, 10, 11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh; Coleshill; Berkswell; Shirley; Earlswood;
Solihull; Studley. ws. Wyre Forest; Alvechurch; Hagley; Barnt
Green, st. Great Barr Park.

GoMPirONEMA Ag.

G. constrictum Ehr. 1-6, 9-12.

Common and generally distributed.

G. acuminatum Ehr. 4-8, 10, 11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Coleshill; Shirky ; Olton Reservoir ; in
Bog II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. w^s. Clent; Churchill;
Barnt Green ; King's Noi-ton. st. Great Barr Park.

JOUENAL OF BoTANi', NoVEMBEE, 1920. [SUPPLEMENT III.] 6*

18 TLA^GELLATES AND ALG^ OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT

G. Aiigiir Ehr. 5, 6, 10.

"WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; River Bljtlie ; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park.

G. i)arvulum Kiitz. 3-6, 9-11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Coleshill ; Earlswood ; Shirley ; Bog II
and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest; Barnt Green;
Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

G. gracile Ehr. 5.

WK. Berkswell.

G. dicliotomum W. Sm. 3, 4, 10.

"WK. Earlswood ; Studley. ws. Barnt Green.

G. intricatum Kiitz. 1, 4-6, 8, 10.

WK. Henle^^-in-Arden ; Chelmsley Wood ; Shirley ; Studley ;
Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Trimpley ; Barnt Green ; Hawkesley
Hall, King's Norton.

G. Vibrio Ehr. 2, 5, 6, 9, 10.

WK. Whitacre ; Studley ; Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre
Forest ; Fenny liough.

G. angustatum Kiitz. 4.

WK. Quinton.

G. olivaceum Kiitz. 3, 6.

WK. Berkswell. ws. King's Norton, TV. J. H. ; Barnt Green.

G. tenellum Kiitz. 5-7, 10.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Studley ; Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. West-
hills. ST. Great Barr Park.

CTMEEL];iA Ag.
(inch Cocconema^ Encyonema).

C. Uhrenhergii Kiitz. 2-4, 6-8, 12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; in the plankton of Bracebridge Pool,
Sutton Park. ws. Quinton ; Barnt Green.

a cusjndafa Kiitz. 4, 6-8, 10, 12.

WK. Berkswell ; Bog II and in ditch, Sutton Park.

a gastroides Kiitz. 1-4, 6, 7, 10-12.

WK. Coleshill ; Bog II, in ditch and in plankton of Bracebridge
Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest ; King's Norton.

C. JanceoJata Ehr. 1, 3-6, 9-12.

Common and generally distributed.

C. cymhiformis Ehr. 3, 5-7, 9, 10.'

WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; Berkswell ; Olton ; Studley ; Bog II
and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest ; Alvechurch.
This species was also collected at Tewkesbury.

C. parva W. Sm. 9, 10.

WK. Studley. ws. Wyre Forest.

C. far villa Kiitz.

WK. Studley.

0. Gistula Hemp. 1, 2, 4-6, 10, 11.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Lapworth ; Olton ;
Studley ; in the plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
ws. Barnt Green; King's Norton, st. Great Barr Park.

G. maculata Kiitz. 4-6.

WK. Lapworth, ays. Alvechurch ; Barnt Green. ST. Great Barr.

FLAGELLATES AND ALOiE OF TTTE EIllMINGITAM DISTIUCT 19

§ Encyonema.

Ci/utheUa pros f rata Hevk. 3, 5, G.

WK. River J31jtlie. ws. (^u'mton, JV. J. II. ST. Great Harr Park.

C. tur(/ida (jiYe<^.

WK. liiver Blythe. ws. Quinton, W. J. II. st. Great Barr Park.

C. ventricosa Ehr. 3, 6, 10.

"WK. In the pkinkton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

C. ccdspitosa Kiitz. 5, 10, 11.

WK. Braeebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ST. Great Barr Park.

C gracilis Kabenh. 5.

WK. Lap worth.

Mastogloia Thwaites.
11. Smith a Thw. (3.

WK. Bowton's Well, Sutton Park (proba])ly this speeies, but the
name is miswritten ^^ Mastogloia Thwaitesii'").

Amphoea Ehrenb.

A. ovalis (Breb.) Kiitz. 1, 3-10.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Henley-in-Arden ; Ilanij^ton-in-Arden ;
Lapworth ; Olton Reservoir (very small) ; Studley ; Bog II, and
plankton of Bracebridge and Blaekroot Pools, Sutton Park.
ws. Wyre Forest ; King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park ; Himley
Park ; Quarry House, Hamstead.

Var. JPedicidus (Kiitz.) Van H. 6.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden.

A. minutissima W. Sm. 5, 6.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Henley-in-Arden.
ST. Great Barr Park.

Epithemia Breb.

E. turgida (Ehr.) Kutz. 1, -4-7, 9-12.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Berkswell ; Lapworth ; Knowle ; Yardley ;
Studley; Bog II and in the plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park. ws. Wyre Forest ; Trimpley ; Barnt Green ; Hawkesley Hall,
King's Norton, ST. Great Barr Park.
Var. Westermanni Kiitz. 5.

WK. Henley-in-Arden.

E. Sorex Kiitz. 2, 4, 6, 10 ,11.

WK. Yardley. ws. Barnt Green ; Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.
ST. Great Barr Park.

E. gibba Kiitz. 1, 4, 7-11.

WK. Studley ; Bog II and plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park.

Var. ventricosa (Kiitz.) Van H. 6, 10.

WK. Berkswell ; Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

E. Argus Kiitz. 9.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

E. gibberiila Kiitz. 6.

WK. Bracebrido^e Pool, Sutton Park.

20 FLAGELLATES AND ALGiE OP THE BIEMINGHAM DISTEICT

RlIOPALODIA O. Miill.

B. gihhci (Kiitz.) O. M. 2, 9, 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest, st. Great Ban*
Park.

NiTZSCHiA Hassall.

N. Trijhlionella Hantzsch (or allied sp.). 5, 10.

WK. Studley. st. Great Barr Park.

N. constrict a (Greg.) Grun. 5, 7.

ws. Clent ; Droitwich.

N. duhia W. Sm. 5, 6, 10, 11.

WK. Earlswood. ws. Alvechurch. st. Barr Beacon.

N. vivax W. Sm. 9.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

N. sigmoidea W. Sm. 4-7, 9-12.

Common and generally distributed.

N. Sifpna W. Sm. 2-6, 10.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Henley-in-Arden ; Lapworth ; Studley ;
Earlswood; Bog III, Sutton Park. ws. Hartlebury Common;
Alvechurch ; Hagley. st. Great Barr Park ; Quarry House,
Hamstead.

Var. curviila (Ehr.) Grun. 4, 10, 11.

WK. Earlswood ; Bog III, Sutton Park. ws. Barnt Green.

N. ohtusa W. Sm. var. scalpeUiformis Grun. 4.

WK. Harborne. ws. King's Norton.

N. linearis (Ag.) W. Sm'. 1-12.

WK. Coleshill; River Blythe ; Henley-in-Arden; Hampton-in-
Arden ; Berkswell ; Lapworth ; Earlswood ; Solihull ; Studley ;
Bog II, ditch and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. avs. Wyre Forest ;
Alvechurch; Warstock ; Harvington Hall ; Cleht ; Hagley; Hales-
owen ; Quinton ; King's Norton. ST. Barr Beacon ; Great Barr
Park.

Var. tenuis Grun. 1, 4-6, 9-11.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; Lapworth ; Earlswood ; Solihull ;
Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. In the Canal, Lift'ord. st. Great Barr
Park.

N. Palea (Kiitz.) W. Sm. 1-12.

WK. Very common, ws. Very common, st. Barr Beacon ; Great
Barr Park ; Hnnley Park ; Quarry House, Hamstead ; in soil
cultures, Baggeridge Woods.

Var. ^debilis Van H. 9, 11.

WK. Shirley, ws. Wyre Forest.
\-c\Y.fonticola Grun.

WK. In soil cultures, Edgbaston.

JV. inconsjyicua Grun. (Found only in cultures of soils.)

WK. Edgbaston ; Harborne. ws. California. st. Sedgley.
First records for the British Islands.

N. acicularis W. Sm. 3-6, 8-11.
Common and generally distributed.

FLAGELLATES AND ALCI.E OF THE BllJAriNGUAM DTSTHTCT 21

Hantzschia (h-un.

H. Amphio.rijs (Elir.) Gnm. 2, 8, 5, 6.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; Studk'v. ws. Halesowen, st. Oldlnll ;
Bearwood.

Var. rivax (Haiitzsch) Van 11. 4.
ws. Barnt Green,

Bacillaima Gmel.

B. 2'>fi'i"ci(foxa Gmel.

ST. Disused arm of canal, Albion station, near West Bromwich,
T. Bolton ; small stream, near the same place, A. W. Wills.

Cymatoplelea Tiirp.

C. clliptica (Breb.) W. Sm. 2, 3, 5, 7, 9-12.

WK. Earlswood; Bogs I and II and in ditch, Sutton Park.
Var. hihernica (W. Sm.) Van H. 5.

WK. Solihull.

C. Solea (Breb.) W. Sm. 1, 4-7, 9-12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Henley-in-Arden ; Hampton-in-Arden ;
Shirley ; Earlswood ; Solihull ; Bog II and in the plankton of Brace-
bridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Wyre Forest : Alvechurch ; Clent ;
Barnt Green ; King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park.

Surteella Turp.

S. linearis W. Sm. 1, 4-12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Shiilev ; Bogs I, II, III and in the
plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. w^s. Hartlebury Common;
Clent ; Warley. ST. Bearwood ; Great Barr Park.

S. hiseriafa Breb. 1-3, 5-11.

WK. Shirley ; Bogs II and III and in the plankton of Bracebridge
Pool, Sutton Park. ws. In the Canal, Lifford.

S. robust a Ehr. ( = >S'. nohilis W. Sm. = *S'. splendida W. Sm.).
1, 3-5, 7, 8, 11.

WK. Shirley ; Bog II and in plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton
Park. ST. Great Barr Park.

Var. splendida (Ehr.) Van H. 1-8, 10-12.

AVK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Earlswood ; Bogs
II and III and in the plankton of Bracebridge and Windley Pools,
Sutton Park. w^s. King's Norton.

S. striatula Turpin. 7, 12.

w^s. In the Canal, Droitwich. Evidently owes its existence in
this locality to the brine sjirings in the neighbourhood.

S. ovalis Breb. 4-(), 10, 12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Coleshill ; Berkswell ; Solihull ; Studle3^
WS. Alvechurch ; in the Canal, Droitwich. st. Oldhill ; Pool House
Farm.

Var. minuta (Breb.) Van H. 4-6.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Earlswood ; Solihull.
Var. angusfa Kiitz. 6.

w^K. Berkswell. ws. Alvechurch.

22 FLACELLATES AND MdJF. OF THE BTEMTNGIIAM DISTRICT

Var. pinnata W. Sm. 3-6.
WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Studley ; Hampton-in-Arden. ws. Hales-
owen; Quinton ; Wyre Forest ; Alvechurch. st. Great Bar r Park.
Var. apiculata (W. Sm.) Mills & Phill. Diatom. Hull, pi. 21,
f. 24. 10.
"WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park,
>S'. consfricta W. Sm. 8.
WK. [Sutton Park, W. J. H.']
S. spiralis Kiitz. 1-12.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Clent. See West, Journ. Bot.
1912, p. 325, fig. 2.

Campylodiscus Ehrenb.

G. Uhernicus Ehr. 3, 6, 7, 10-12.

WK. Bradnock's Marsli ; Shirley ; in the plankton of Bracebridge
Pool, Sutton Park.

CHLOROPHYCE^.

ISOKONTiE.

PROTOCOCCALES.

P O L Y B L E P H A E I D a C E M.

Pyramtmonas Schmarda.

P. dclicntuhis Griffiths in New Phytol. 1909, p. 131, figs. 13-15.

ws. Stanklin Pool, near Kidderminster.

JPyramimonas sp. 4, 5.

ws. [Quinton, 1920. This species, which is not yet described,
differs from both P. delicatidus Griffiths and J?, tetrarhynclius
Schmarda, and is probablj" new, W. J. JT.]

SPHiERELLACEiE.

SpHiERELLA Sommerf.
8. lacustns (Girod.) Wittr. 6.
ST. [Bearwood, W. J. H.]

ClILOROGONIUM Ehr.

C. euclilortim Ehrenb. 1, 4, 5, 12.

WK. Botanic Gardens, Edgbaston ; Harborne ; Bradnock's Marsli ;
Earlswood, in frogs' spawn, ws. Quinton ; King's Norton, st. Bear-
wood, W. J. H.

V O L V O C A C E ^.

Carteria Diesing.
C. multifilis (Fres.) Dill. 3, 5, 10-12.

WK. In plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Canal, Lapworth;
Earlswood. ws. King's Norton ; Harvington Hall.
C. ohtusa Dill.
WK. Botanic Gardens, Egbaston.

Chlamydomonas Ehr.
C. Meinliardi Dang. 5, 6.
WK. Edgbaston: Bradnock's Marsh, ws. Kino-\s Norton, 7r. J". 7/.

FLAGELLATES AND ALOvE OF THE BTTIMTNCtHAM DISTRICT 23

Q. Pulvisculus (Miill.) Ehrenb. 5, 6.

WK. Berkswell ; Lapvvorth. ws. King's Norton.

C. Deharyana Gorosch. 2, 5, 6, 10.

WK. Pond at Sutton Coldfield. ws. King's Norton ; Hartlebury
Common. ST. Himley Park.

C. communis Snow.

ws. In soil, Chadwick. New to Britain ; see Bristol, in Annal.
Bot. 1920, p. 72, with text-figs.

C. intermedia Chod. 4-6.

WK. In small farm-pond, Harborne.

C. monadimi Stein ( = 0. Braunii Gorosh.). 2.

ws. Quinton, with anisogamous gametes and zygotes. The
remarkable gametes of this species have not previously been recorded
for this country, W. J. H.

C gig ant ea Dill.

WK. [Harborne, W, J. ^.]

C. variabilis Dang. 2, 4.

WK. In a small pond, Studley (forma anglica') ; see West, .lourn.
Bot. 1915, p. 76, fig. 2, a-e. ws. Quinton; World's End, Harborne.

a glohulosa Perty. 4, 5, 10, 11.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park ; in moat, Earlswood ; Coleshill.
See West, Journ. Bot. 1915, p. 74, Eg. 1, d-f.

C.palatina Schmid. (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 1903, xxi. 352). 3, 4.

WK. Harborne, in a small farm-pond. New to Britain.

C. i^hiristigma Bristol, in Annal. Bot. 1920, p. 72, with text-figs.

ST. In soil, Sedgley.

G. reticulata Gorosh.

WK. In ponds, Berkswell. New to Britain ; see West, Journ.
Bot. 1915, p. 74.

G, microscopica G. S. West in Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 1 (=G.
gracilis G. S. West, /. c. 1915, p. 77, fig. 2, f-i, non Snow, 1903).
4, 5.

WK. In a boggy spring, Sutton Park.

G. elegans G. S. West, /. c. 1915, p. 77, fig. 2, j-o. 5.

WK. In a rain -pool, Sutton Park.

a Grovei G. S. West, I. c. 1916, p. 6, fig. 4. 6, 7.

WK. In a water-butt, Studley Castle, in two successive years,
ws. In a drinking-trough for horses, Dunhampstead.

This minute Alga has been found also at Cambridge ; in all cases
it occurred in great quantity, and Avas unaccompanied by any filiform
Alga whatever.

POLTTOMA Ehr.

P. Vvella Ehr. 5.

ws. King's Norton, W. J. H. ST. Great Barr Park.

Phacotus Perty.
P. lenticularis Stein. 6.
WK. Berkswell.

Pteromonas Selig.

P. angulosa (Cart.) Dang. 10.

WK. In ponds, Berkswell; see West, Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 7,
fia'. 5.

24 TLAOELLATES A?fD ALG.l^. OF THE BlKMIXaHAM DISTRICT

P. Takedana G. S. West in Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 8, fig. 6
( = P. ancfulosa West, ihid. 1912, p. 330, non Dang.). 6.

WK. Earlswood Lakes. New to Britain ; found also in Surrey.

P. Cliodafi Lemm. 10.

ST. Gi-eat Ban- Park. New to Britain ; see West, /. c. 1912,
p. 331.

P. aculeata Lemm.

"ws. Spring Grove Pools, near Stournort. See Griffiths, in Linn.
Soc. Journ., Bot. 1916, p. 429, pi. 34, figs. 3-5.

P. ovalis Griffiths, ihid. p. 430, pi. 34, fig. 6.

ws. Spring Grove, Lower Pool, in very small numbers, associated
with P. aculeata.

GoNiUM Miill.

G. prctorale Miill. 5-7, 10, 11.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ; Lapworth.
ws. King's Norton ; Barnt Green. ST. Great Barr Park.

G. social e (Duj.) AVarm. 5, 10, 11.

WK. Lapworth. ws. King's Norton.

G. lacustre G. S. West. "3-5.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park ; Lapworth ; Earlswood ;
Berkswell. ws. Barnt Green, etc.

Paxdokixa Borv.

P. Morum (Miill.) Borv. 1-6, 10, 11.

WK. Common in many pools. ws. Quinton ; King's Ncjrton ;
Barnt Gi'een ; Trimj^ley, etc., etc. st. Great Barr Park.

EuDOEiXA Ehr.

H. elegans Ehrenb. 1-12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Sutton
Coldfield, Berkswell, etc., etc. ws. King's Norton ; Harvington
Hall ; Trimpley, etc.

In certain pools at Sutton Coldfield small ellipsoidal colonies were
found.

Pleodorina Shaw.
P. iJlinoisensls Kofoid. 3, 4.

WK. Harborne, in cart-ruts in a field; see Grove, in New Phvtol
1915, xiv. 169 and 1917, xvi. 180.

YOLTOX Ehr.

V. aureus Ehrenb. 1-6, 8, 9.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Harborne ; Yardley ; Olton
Reservoir, etc. Not uncommon in spring with antheridia and
oospores, ws. King's Norton, pond near Hawkesley Hall, with male
colonies ; Barnt Green ; Trimpley, etc.

This species can be found all the year round, even under thick ice,
bv those wlio know its haljits.

FLAGELLATES AND ALG.E OF THE lURMTXQirAM DISTRICT ZO

r. fjlohafor (L.) Ehrenb. 3-8.

WK. Yanllev, intermixed witli V. aureus, ws. King's Norton ;
Nortblield ; Westhills ; in moat, Harvington Hall.

Undoubtedly more common than tliese records im])ly, but most of
the specimens called by this name by collectors are V. aureits.

P A L M E L LACE vE.

Pal:\[Odactylon Niig.

p. simplex Nag. 3.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park (somewhat doubtful).

P/vari?nn Nag. 6.

WK. Sutton Park.

P. suhramosiim Nag. 5.

WK. Lap worth.

Spii.erocystts Chod.
S. Scliroteri Chod. 6-9, 11.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge, Blaekroot, and Windley Pools,
Sutton Park; Olton Beservoir ; Windmill Pool, Shirley.

Cocco^^rYXA Schmidle.

C. Solorinw Chod. forma, Bristol in Annal. Bot. 1920, p. 73.

WK. In soil, Edgbaston. First record for the British Isles.
ST. West Bromwich ; Gospel End ; Sedgley.

C. suhelUpsoidea Acton ( — ? C. NdgeJiana Chod.).

WK. Edgbaston, on damp sandstone rocks and walls, and in
greenhouses, ws. Quinton. See Acton, Annal. Bot. 1909, xxiii. 576.

Apiocystis Niig.

A. Brcniniana Nag. 5, 6, 9, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Olton Keservoir, etc.
ws. King's Norton.

SciTTzocnLA]\[YS A. Br.
S. gelafinosa A. Br. 5-8.
WK. Sutton Park ; Coleshill.

Tpjtraspora Link.

T. gelatinosa (Yauch.) Desv. 4.

WK. In a ditch, Sutton Park ; Yolvox Pool, Yardley. w^s. Quinton.

T. Iiihrica Ag. 3.

WK. Yardley.

Glceocystis Nag.

G. vesiculosa Nag. 5-7.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; ITenley-in-
Arden.

G. ffigas (Klitz.) Lagerh. 1, 4-8, 10, 11.

WK. Sutton Park, Bogs II and III; plankton, Longmoor Pool;
Olton Keservoir ; Chelmsley Wood ; Hampton-in-Arden ; Lapworth.
WK. King's Norton ; Kidderminster, etc.

2G FLAGELLATES AND ALOiE OF THE BTHMFXanAM DISTRICT

Palmodictton^ Kiitz.
p. viride Kiitz. 4.
WK. Berkswell; near Yarclley Wood, T.Bolton, ws. Quinton.

AsTEROcoccus Sclierff.

A. siqyerhus (Cienk.) Sclierif. {=^GIoeocijsfis infusionum W. &
G. S. West). 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.

WK. Berkswell ; Knowle. ws. King's Norton ; Westhills ; Hun-
nington.

DlCTTOSPn.^=:RIACE^.
DiCTYOSPHiERIUM Nag.

D. Wirenhergia7ium Nag. 4-6, 11.

WK. Olton. ws. Ponds near Hawkesley Hall and Stapenhall
Farm, King's Norton.

D. jmlchelhim Wood. 4-12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge and Blackroot Pools, Sutton
Park ; Berkswell. ws. Hawkesley Hall pond, King's Norton ; Wil-
den Pool, near Stourport.

Var. oviforme ( = D. oviforme Lagerli.). 4-6, 9.

WK. Bradnock'sMarsh; Berkswell; Lapworth; Shirley, ws. Canal,
Lifford; Warley.

Westella De Wild.

W. hotryoides De Wild. ( = Tetracocciis hofri/oides W. AVest). 11.

ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

P R O T O C O C C A C E iE.

Protococcus Ag.
p. viridis Ag. (=^FIeurococcus vulgaris Auet.).
Abundant everywhere on trees, walls, stones, soil, etc.
P. rufescens Kiitz. { = Pleurococcus riifescens Breb.). 10.
ws. In a rain-water tank, Bewdl^% making it blood-red.

Trochiscia Kiitz.

T. o.spera (Reinsch) Hansg. 4.

WK. In soils, Edgbaston, Harborne, Gmvelly Hill, and Sutton
Coldfield. In pools, Berkswell and Yardley. ws. In soils, Cali-
fornia, Warley, and Northfield ; in pond, Westhills. ST. In soils,
West Bromwich, Sedgley, Himley, Baggeridge, and Tettenhall.

T. hirta (Reinsch) Hansg.

WK. In soils, Edgbaston. ws. In soils, California.

T. reticularis (Reinsch) Hansg. 4.

WS. [Hunnington, W. J. if.]

Chlorella Beij.

C. vulgaris Beij.

Frequent : found also in sjanbiosis in Hydra viridis, Stentor,
Faramoecium, and Ophrydium. These symbiotic forms are often
called Zooclilorella.

C. mini at a (Kiitz.) Wille.

Found occasionally in greenhouses on ])lant-pots.

FLAGELLATES AND AlAiJE OF THE TJlKAriNOHAM DISTRICT 27

A U T O S P 0 K A C E J5.

OOCYSTTS Nag.
O. solHarin Wittr. 2, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11.

\VK. Braeebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Studley. ws. Hawkesle}^
Hall and Stapenhall Farm ponds. King's Norton, Kidderminster.
O. lac/fs/ris Cliod. 6, 9, 10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
O. parva W. & G. S. West. 8, 9.
ws. Canal, Lifford ; Kidderminster.
O. eWpfica W. West. 10.
ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

Nephbocytium Nag.

N. Agnnlliiannm Nag. 7, 8.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton.

Eremosph.^ra De Barj^
E. viridis De Tkry. 1-12.

WK. Jn Bogs I and III, and in Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools,
Sutton Park. ws. Hartiebur}^ Common.

MiCEACTixiUM Fres.

M. ^^usillum Fres. {^Richferiella hotryoides Lemm.). 6, 7, 9.
ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, W. J. R. Canal, Lifford. See
Journ. Bot. 1911, p. 84.

M. radiafuni (Chod.) Wille {= Golenlcinia radiafa Chod.). G.
ws. [Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton, W. J. II.]

Lageeheimia Chod.

X. genevensis Chod. 5, 8-10.

ws. King's Norton ; in the plankton, Blackroot Pool, Sutton
Park. ST. Great Barr Park. See West, Journ. Bot. 1911, p. S."),
fig. 2, A.

Yar. suhrjlohosa (Lemm.) Chod. 4, 10.

WK. Studlej; in a small pool ; in the plankton, Bracebridge Pool,
Sutton Park. See West, I. c. p. 85, fig. 2.

L. ivj^atlslaviensis Schrod. 5, 10.

WK. Studlev. First British record; see West, Journ. Bot. 1911,
p. 85, fig. 2, G. WS. King's Norton.

Chodatella Lemm.

C. qiiadriseta Lemm. 10.

WK. Studle}^

C. ciliaia Lag. {z^Lagerlwimia ciliata Chod.). 7, 8.

ws. [Canal, Lii^ord, W. J. S.]

Tetraedeon Kiitz.
T. mnficum (A. Br.) Hansg. 6.
WK. Botanic Gardens, Eds^-baston.

28 FLAGELLATES AND ALG.^ OF THE BIEMINGHAM DISTRICT

T. tetraqonum (Nag.) Haiisg, 6-10.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh; Berks well; Shirley; Studlev. ws. Canal,
Lifford ; King's Norton ; Kidderminster, st. Great Barr Park.

T. minimum (A. Br.) Hansg. 6-11.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge, Blackroot, and Powell's Pools,
Sutton Park; Berks well ; Shirley; Yardley ; Olton ; Studlej.
w^s. King's Norton ; Shanklin Pool,' Kidderminster.

T. Cauda turn (Cord.) Hansg. 6, 8, 10.

WK. Windley and other pools, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton ;
pools near Kidderminster. There is also a record from Tewkesbury.

T. regulare Kiitz. 5, 8, 10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool; Lapworth,etc. wx. King's
Norton ; Kidderminster.

T. enorme (Kalfs) Hansg. 8, 9.

ws. [King's Norton, W. J. H.^

T. limneticum Borge. 5-10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge, Blackroot, Powell's and Wind-
ley Pools, Sutton Park.

T. liorridum W. & G-. S. West.

WK. Nuneaton, abundant.

T. hastatum (Rabenh.) Hansg. 6.

WK. Earlswood.

Cerasterias Peinsch.

C. rapliidioides Reinsch. 7.

w^K. Berks well ; a remarkable species.

Ankistrodesmus Corda.
A.falcatns (Corda) Ralfs. 2-11.
Common and generally distributed.

Var. acicularis (A. Br.) Gr. S. W.
WK. Common. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park, Earlswood, etc.
ws. King's Norton ; Barnt Green ; Quinton, etc. See Journ. Bot.
1911, p. 86, fig. 3.

Yar. spiriUiformis (AV. & G. S. W.) G. S. W.
WK. Botanic Gardens, Edgbaston ; Bradnock's Marsh ; Lap-
w^orth ; Studley. ws. Canal, Lifford ; King's Norton ; Harvington
Hall. ST. Great Barr Park.

Var. mirahilis G. S. W. 5.
WK. Lap worth.

Yar. terrestris Bristol, in Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. 49, f. 2.
ws. In soil. Warley.

A. Pjitzeri (Schrcid.) G. S. West. 7, 8, 10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge and Blackroot Pools, Sutton
Park.

A. Spirot(Bnia G. S. West in Journ. Bot. 1911, p. 86, fig. 3. 10.
ws. Canal, I/ifford. [In the same canal a form assigned to
A. setigerus (Schrod.) West, in July, W. J. //.]

Selenastrum Reinsch.
S. acuminatum Lagerh. 2-5, 9.

WK. Olton. See West, Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 88. fig. 5. ws. Canal,
Lifford.

FLAGELLATES AND ALO.K OF THE 15TI? MTX(i HA M DISTinCT 29

S. gracile lleinscli. 2, 7, 10.

WK. Longnioor Pool, Sutton Park. \vs. Pond ut StapLMiliall
Farm, King's Norton.

AcTiNASTRUM Lagcrh.
A. Hantzschii Lagerh. 7, 9, 10.
ws. Canal, Lifford. st. Great Barr Park.

KiRCHNERiELLA Sclimidle.

K. oh'^d (West) Schmidle. 5-12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's
Norton.

K. suhsolitaria G. S. West. 10.

WK. Studley,

K. lunaris (Kirchn.) Mob.

WK. In plankton, Braeebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

ScENEDESMUS Meyen.

S. hijugafifs (Turp.) Kiitz. 4-11.
Frequent and generally distributed.

f. arcuafus (Lemm.) W. & G. S. West. 0, 8, 10.
WK. In the plankton, Braeebridge Pool.
S. denticulaius Lagerh. 5.
WK. Lapworth.

Var. linearis Hansg. 5-12.
WK. Braeebridge, Longnioor, and Windley Pools, Sutton Park,
w^s. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton ; Kiddenuinster, etc.
S. quach'icavda (Turp.) Breb. 3-12.
Frequent and generally distributed.

Yar. ahindans Kirchn. 5, 6, 8, 10.
WK. Very abundant in the plankton, Braeebridge and Windley
Pools, Sutton Park ; Botanic Gardens, Edgbaston ; Olton ; Yardley ;
Shirley ; Lapworth. ST. Great Barr Park.

Var. horrid us Kirchn. 8.
WK. Windley Pool, Sutton Park.

Var. opoUensis (Eichter) W. & G. S. West. 5, (T, 9.
WK. Bradnock's Marsh ; Lapworth. ws. Canal, Lifford.
S. ohliquvs (Turp.) Ktitz. 4-11.
Frequent in pools and ponds everywhere.

Var. dimorplius (Turp.) Ilabenh. 5-7, 10.
WK. Yardley ; Berk swell ; Shirle\" ; LapAvorth.
S. antennatios Breb. 9.
ws. Canal, Lifford.
S. RacihorsJcii Wolosz. 8.
ws. Wilden Pool, near Stourport.
S. acutiformis Sclirod. 5, 10.
ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

Var. hrasiliensis (BohHn) W. & G. S. West. 5, 6.
AVK. In the plankton, Sutton Park ; Olton Reservoir.
S. S2)icatus W. & G. S. West. 10.
ST. Great Barr Park.

30 FLAGELLATES AND ALG^ OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT

Dactylococcus Nag.

D. hicaudatus A. Br. 4.

ws. Warley.

Crucigenia Morren.

C. apiculata (Lemm.) SchmiclJ. 6, S.

WK. Windmill Pool, Slli^le3^ ws. Wiklen Pool, near Stourport.
A^ery rare.

C. reniformis Griffiths, Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1916, xliii. 431,
pi. 34, fig. 14. 8.

ws. Wilden Pool, near Stourport.

G. rectangularis (Nag.) Gay. 6-10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool ; Shirley. "WS. Pools near
Kidderminster.

Tetrastrum Chod.

T. staurof/eniiforme (Schrod.) Chod. 7.

WK. Berkswell. A remarkable speeies and ver^^ rare. ws. Upper
Pool, Spring Grove, near Kidderminster.

CCELASTRUM Nag.

C. spliwyncum Nag. 1-12.

WK. Frequent. In all the pools, Sutton Park ; Botanic Gardens,
Edgbaston ; Studle}^ etc. ws. Canal, Liftord ; King's Norton ;
Wilden Pool, Stourport. st. Great Barr Park ; Himley Park.

C. camhricum Arch. 12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool. ws. Island Pool, near
Stourport.

C. microporum Nag. 3, 5, 10.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park ; Earlswood. Also recorded
from near Tewkesbury.

O. reticidatum (Dang.) Senn. 7-10.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. st. Bear-
wood.

Sorastrum Kiitz.

S. spinidosum Nag. 7, 10.

ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

Ch^topeltidace^.
Ch^f/tosphjeridium Klebahn.
C. glolosum (Nordst.) Kleb. 2, 11.
ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

PLANOSPORACEja.

Chlorococcum Fries.
C. Jiumicola (Nag.) liabenh.

Found everywhere in soil. See Bristol, Joiu-n. Linn. Soc, Bot.
1919, xliv. 473, and Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. 75.

Chlorochytrium Cohn.
C. LemncB Cohn. 5.
WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Harborne, W. J. H. ws. Barnt Green.

FLAGELLATES A]S*D ALa.E OF THE EIEMINGILVM DISTRICT 31

These are tlie only records made, but the species is really rather
common wherever Lemna trisulca abovinds.

C paradoxum (Klebs) G. 8. West.

WK. In soil, Sutton Coldtleld. sT. In soil, Himley Park. See
Bristol, Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xlv. 3Ul, 1920.

G. FacciolcB (Borzi) Bristol. 10.

ST. Great Barr Park. See also Bristol, /. c. supra.

DiCEANOCHiETE Hieron.

D. reniformh Hieron var. Icevis Hodgetts in New Phytol. 191G,
XV. 108. 4.

WK. Harborne, in a small pond, epiphytic on Ranunculus aqua-
tills, etc.

[The small pond in which this alga has occurred regularly for the
last five years dries up completely in the summer months, the alga
perennating upon dead shrivelled leaves of Callitriche^ etc., in a
resting condition. In this state the gelatinous sheath of the cells is
well developed, being thicker than in ordinary individuals growing
under water ; doubtless it is this thick gelatinous sheath which
enables the alga to resist desiccation. These resting-cells possess
no seta, or at any rate only the short fragmentary remains of the
base of a seta. In other respects they are normal in appearance, and
have a bright green chloroplast which is packed with, minute starch.-
grains. — W. J. H.]

ClIARACIUM A. Br.

a Sicholdi A. Br. 2, 4, 10.

WK. Berkswell. ws. King's Norton ; Quinton.

C. longipes A. Br. 4, 10, 11.

ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton.

C. ornithoceyplialum A. Br. 5.

WK. Lapworth.

C. tenue Herm. 2, 5.

WK. Coleshill. ws. Moat at Harvington Hall.

C. Pringsheimii A. Br. 3.

ws. [King's Norton, W. J. H.]

Hydrodicttace^.
Pediastrum Meyen.

P. Boryanum (Turp.) Menegh. 1-12.

Very common and generally distributed.
Var. granulatum Kiitz. 5.

ST. No other record than Great Barr Park was made, but it
is really almost as common as the type.

P. \luplex Meyen. 1-12.

Common and generally distributed.
Var. clathratum A. Br. 4-12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge and Blackroot Pools, Sutton
Park ; Olton Heservoir.

32 FLAGELLATES AND ALGiE OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT

Var. reticulatum Lagerh. 5-12.

WK. In the plankton, Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Pond
at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

P. integrum Nag. 10.

This is recorded, among the notes, from near Tewkesbury.

P. Tetras (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. 5-11.

WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park; Shirley; Berkswell. ws. Canal,
Lifford ; King's Norton.

Hydkodictyon Koth.

IL. reticidatum (L.) Lagerh. 2.

WK. Blackroot Pool, etc., Sutton Park, in enormous numbej-s
(1883), A. W. Wills, ws. Moseley Pool (1881). Yery rare in the
district, st. Bourne Pool, near Aldridge (1882), T. Bolton.

SIPHONALES.

Y A U C H E R I A C E .E.
YAUCHEJaA DC.

Many species, no doubt, are common, but the records refer only to
those which were found in fruit.

V. sessilis (Yauch.) DC. 4-6, 9-12.

WK. Sutton Park; Solihull; Studle}^ ; Henley-in Arden. ws. Quin-
ton ; Barnt Green ; Alvechurch. ST. Bearwood ; Great Barr Park.

V. liamata (Yauch.) Lyngb. 10.

WK. Edgbaston ; Studley.

V. terrestris Lyngb. 5, 12.

WK. Harborne ; Edgbaston, etc. ws. Woodgate, etc.

V. geminata (Yauch.) DC. 3-5, 10.

ws." King's Norton ; Quinton ; Barnt Green.
Yar. race mesa (Yauch.) Walz.

WK. [Pond at Harborne, W. J. 2f.]
V. aversa Hass. 1, 6, 10, 12.

WK. Harborne. ws. [Quinton ; King's Norton, W. J. //.]
ST. [Bearwood. A frequent species in many ponds during winter
and early spring, and usually fruiting abundantly, W. J. H.]

SIPHONOCLADIALES.

Cladophoeacejd.

Cladophoea Kiitz.

C. glomerata (L.) Kiitz. 2-7, 11.

Yery common in running waters everywhere.

C.fracta Kiitz. 4, 8.

WK. Stonebridge ; Earlswood ; Sheldon ; Longmoor Pool ; Wood
End. w^s. Barnt Green, floating in a pond. ST. Quarry House Pool,
Hamstead.

C. crii^pata (Roth.) Kiitz. 6-10.

WK. Yardley Wood ; Lapworth ; Studley. ws. Alvechurch ;
Hagley ; Churchill. ST. Great Barr Park ; Himley Park ; Netherton.
(Also Aston Botterel in Salop.)

FLAGELLATES AXJ) ALCKK OF TI[E 13IIIMIXGI[A.U DISTHTCT 33

Cii^TOMoiUMiA Kiitz.
C. Liiinm (Miill.) Kiitz. 5.
wiv. Colesliill.

C. sutoria (Ijerk.) liabciih. G, 11.

WK. llowton's Well, Sutton Park ; near Yardloj Wood. \vs. Hag-
loy.

KinzocLONiuM Kiitz.
Ji. hiero(/h/phicum Kiitz. 2-11.
CV)iiiiii()ii and generally distributed.

Var. ripariiitn (llarv.) Stockni. 12.
Avs. Canal, Droitvvich. A remarkable form.

ULVALES.

U L Y A C E JE.

Enteromorpha Harvey.

E. intestinal is (L.) Link. 7-10.

WK. In canals, Earlswood, Tardebigge, Whitaere, etc. ws. Pool
on Hartlebury Common; Droitwich, etc. st. Himley Park ; Great
Jiarr Park, etc.

E. percursa (Ag.) J. Ag., non Harv.

ws. [In a ditch near the canal at Salvvarp, W. J. IL. The water
was bi-aekish.]

M0NO8TROMA Wittr.
M. bullosa (Koth) Wittr. 4.
WK. Solihull. Very rare.

SCHIZOGONIALES.
Prasiolace^.

Prasiola Ag.

P. crispa (Lightf.) Menegh.

Common everywhere, remarkably so in towns. It can be found
in plenty on the flat grave-stones of St. Philip's Churchyard and
elsewhere in the centre of Birmingham. The filamentous form
(f. niuraUs G. S. W.-=Schizof/oniicm murale Kiitz.) is more frequent
than the foliaceous form, into Avhich it at times develops. This
typical form (foliaceous) sometimes occurs abundantly at the foot of
old gate])osts in the country, where there is a plentiful nitrogenous
food- supply.

ULOTRICHALES.

Ulotricuace^.
Gemi:n^ella Turp.
Gr. interriqyta Turp. 7, 8.

w^s. Quinton ; Island Pool, near Kidderminster. A rare species.
G. {Monnospora) mutahilis (Breb.) Wille. 5.
WK. In a bog near Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. Pare.
Journal of Botany, December, 1920. [Supplement III.] d

S4i FLAGELLATES AND ALGE OF THE UIEMINGIIAM DISTETCT

Ulotheix Kiitz.

Z7. snhfilis Klitz. 5-7.

WK. Hiirborne, etc., but not so common as the variet}'. ws. West-
hills. ST. Old Hill ; Tettenhall.

Var. variabilis (Kiitz.) Kirchn. 2-10.

Very abundant, in and on soil, in tanks, ditches, and all sorts oi
wet places. In rapidlv-running water, Clent.

Yar. tenerrima (Kiitz.) Kirchn. 2-10.

WK. Bog II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's
Norton ; Barnt Grreen.

Z7. zonata (Webb & Mohr) Kiitz. 5.

ws. [Bromsgrove, in running water, TV. J. ^.]

T7. ceqiialis Kiitz. 5.

ST. Great Barr Park. The only record, but really rather common
on damp ground.

U. temiissima Kiitz.

WK. In soil, Edgbaston.

Z7. spiroides Or. S. West, Journ. Bot. 1915, p. 81, fig. 5. 10.

ST. Great Barr Park.

JI. suhconslricta G. S. West, /. c. p. 82, fig. 6. 2-4, 10.

ST. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton, for several years.

Stichococcus Nag.

S. hacillaris Nag. 1-5.

wiv. Frequent on damp soil and gravel paths, Edgbaston, etc.
WS. Quinton ; King's Norton, st. Baggeridge.

S.faccidus (Kiitz.) Gay. 2.

WK. Studley.

S.nitens (Klebs) Bristol ( = lIormidiuni nif ens Menegh. emend.
Klebs).

WK. In damp soil, Gravelly Hill. See Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. 77.

S. scopiiUniis Hazen. 12.

WK. Studle}' . Previously known only from Ncav York.

Ueonema Lagerh.

Z7. elongatum Hodgetts, New Phytol. 1918, xvii. 159. 2, 6.
ws. King's Norton. ST. Dudley Port.

Miceospoeacej^.

MiCEOSPOEA Thur.

31. floccosa ( Yauch. ) Thur. 3-12.

Yery common and generally distributed.

M. amopna (Kiitz.) Lagerh. 3, 5, 6, 10,

WK. Bog III and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Shirley,
ws. Wyre Forest.

M. pacliyderma (Wille) Lagerh. 6.

WK. Botanic Gardens, Edgbab'lon, W. J. II. ; Sutton Park,
ws. Kino-'s Norton.

FLAGELLATES AND ALG.E OK THE 15TR^rI^'() HAM DISTRICT 'J5

M. ahhreviafa (Ivabcnh.) Lagorli. 3, 5, 11.

WK. Bogs I and 111 and liracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Ilenley-
in-Arden.

M. stag no ram (Kiitz.) Lagerli. -1, 10, 11.

WK. Inditcli, Sutton Park; Berkswell; EarlswGod, etc. ws. King's
Norton ; Warley.

31. tiimidula Hazen. 6.

ST. PManley Hall, VVeeford (identified with doubt).

C Y L I N D R O C A P S A C E .L.

Ctlindhocapsa Reinsch.

G. geminella Wolle var. minor Hansg. 7, 10.

AVK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton.

C H .E T O P II O R A C E ^.

Ch^topiiora Schrank.

G. pisiform is (Roth) Ag. 4, 5.

WK. Berkswell ; Coleshill ; Whitacre. ws. Quinton, W. J. II.
ST. Great Barr Park.

G. elegaris (Roth) Ag. 5, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Clent, on shells o£
LimncBa.

G. tuberculosa (Roth) Ag. 5.

ws. Clent.

G. incrassata (Huds.) Hazen. (=6'. Gornu-Bamce Ag.=:C. oi-
divicdfolia Ag.). 9, 10.

WK. Bracebridge and Keeper's Pools, Sutton Park ; Hill Hook ;
Earlswood. ws. Wyre Forest.

Draparnaldia Bory.

D. plumosa (Vauch.) Ag. 3, 4.

WK. Earlswood, etc., with resting spores. ws. Quinton.
ST. Quarry House, Hamstead.

D. glomerata (Vauch.) Ag. 3, -1.

WK. Berkswell; Yardley. ws. Quinton.

Stigeoclonium Kiitz.
{^=Myxonema Fr.)
S. tenue Ag. 3, 4, 6, 9.
Common and generally distributed.
S. luhricum Kiitz. 7.
WK. Tanworth-in-Arden.

Protoderma Kiitz.

P. viride Kiitz. 5, 6.

WK. Not uncommon on all kinds of submerged parts of aquatic
])lants: e.g. Olton (on Modea) ; Solihull (on Vauchcria) ; Har-
borne (on Galliiriche), etc. ws. Equally common : e. g. King's
Norton (on Banunculus) ; Barnt Green (on Mi/rionln/Uam).

^ ' d2

36 FLAGELLATES AND ALO.E OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT

MlCROTHAMNION Nag.

M. Kutzingiamim Nag. 4, 6, 7, 10.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ; Earlswood.
ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton ; Barnt Green.

M. strict issimum llabenh. { = 2£. vexed or Cooke). 2, -J-?.

WK. Bracebridge and other pools, Sutton Park ; Harborne ; Coles-
lull, ws. Hartlebmy Common, W. J. H. st. Bearwood.

GoNGHOSiRA Kiitz.

O. terricoJa Bristol, Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. 77, pi. ii.
ST. Baggeridge, in soil. Also found in Wilts and Northants.
G. Schmidlei Kicliter. G.

ws. llandan Woods. See West in Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 320.
First record in the British Isles.

ExDODERMA Lagerh.

E. CladopliorcB Hornby, New Phytol. 1918, p. 41. 6.
WK. In Rowton's Well, Sutton Park. [Desciibed by its dis-
coverer as occurring 'on Cladopliora and Uliizocloniiun only, but it
has since been found, m the original locality, in the cell-wall of
ClicBtomorplia siitoria, IV. J. U.^

T R E N T E P O H L I A C E ^.

Trentepoulia Mart.
T. aurea (L.) Mart. {:=zGh7'oolepus aureus Ag.). 8, 9.
[•- ws. On rocks, Malvern Hills. ST. On trees, Baggeridge AVoods.

A P H A N O C II iE T A C E ^.

Aphanoch.'ete a. Br.
A. repens A. Br. 2, 5, 6, 10.

Frequent : epiphytic on various filamentous alga? and other
aquatic plants.

A. confervoides (Nag.) Rabenh. 5, 6, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Coleshill ; Berkswell ; Lap-
worth (on Spb'ogyra crass a).

A. pilosissima (Schmidl.) G. S. West. 1, 5.

WK. Bog II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

CoLEOCHiETACEiE.

CoLEOCHJETE Breb.

C. scutata Breb. 1, 4-G, 11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Yardlej^ on Totamogeton ;
Olton ; Berkswell ; Henley-in-Arden. ws. King's Norton, in fruit ;
Barnt Green ; Trimplej^

0. ir7^egularis Pringsh. 4.

WK. Yardley. ws. King's Norton.

Q. Kitellarum. Jost. 5-7.

WK. Berkswell, W. J. H. In pond at v^utton Coldfield, and in

FLAGELLATES AND ALQ.T: OF THE IITRMTXGTIAM DTSTllICT 37

Ih'acebridgo Pool, Sutton Park, both on Nitclla^Jlexilis. ws. King's
Norton, in fruit.

Previously recorded only from (llasgow.

AKONTzE.
CONJUGAT^E.

Z Y G N E M A C E iE.
MOUOEOTIA Ag.

J/. scaJnri^ Hass. 1-G, 9-12.

WK. liog II, Sutton Park; Bracebridge Pool; Solihull; Whit-
acre, etc. WvS. Barnt Green ; Clent ; Warstock ; Wyre Forest ;
King's Norton (in conjugation). ST. Bearwood (in conjugation).

This species is one of the first algai to appear in plenty when the
season opens.

J£ parvula Hass. 1, 5, G, 10.

WK. Bogs I and II and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park (in
fruit).

M. geimflexa (Dillw.) Ag. ( = J£ mirahilis Wittr.). 3, 4, 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park. ST. Himley Park.

M. viridis (Kiitz.) Wittr. 2-5.

^VK. Bog II, Sutton Park ; in ditch, Bracebridge Pool ; Har-
])orne. ws. AVarley ; Hartlebury Common. ST. Bearwood. In
conjugation in all these places.

M. gracilllma (Hass.) Wittr. 4, 5.

w^K. In a dittdi, Sutton Park (fruiting in April).

JSL caimcina (Bory) Ag. 5.

ws. Barnt Green.

ZruxEMA Ag.

Z. ericetoriim (Kiitz.) Hansg. 2, 3, 7, 9.

WK. Earlswood. ws. King's Norton ; Hartlebury Common ;
Wyre Forest, in conjugation ! See Hodgetts in New Phytol. 1918,
xvii. 238.

Z. stelliiium (Vaueh.) Ag. o, 6.

WK. [Upper Bracebridge Pool, abundant in conjugation, TV. J. II.'\

Several other species of Zygnema and Moicgeotia have been
found, Init not in conjugation.

Spieogtea Link.

*S'. longata Cram. & Br. 5, 10.

AVK. Bog II, Sutton Park ; Solihull, w^s. King's Norton (in
conjugation).

/S. porticalis (Vauch.) Cleve. -5.

ST. [Bearwood, W. J. H.^

S. Jilrgensii Kiitz. 5.

ws. Pool near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton (in conjugation).

S. cateniformis (Hass.) Kiitz. { = S. arcfa Kiitz. var. cateni-
for mis Kirchn.). 5.

ws. [King's Norton, in conjugation, W. J. II.]

38 FLAGELLATES AISTD ALCLE OF THE BTEMTIVOHAM DISTRICT

S. varians (Hass.) Kiitz. 5.

ws. Quinton ; Clent ; Barnt Green. ST. Bearwood. All in
conjugation.

S. communis (Hass.) Kiitz. 5.

WK. Coleshill (in conjugation). ws. Barnt Green. st. Bear-
wood (in conjugation).

S. Gondensata Kiitz. 5.

ws. King's Norton (in conjugation).

^. nitlda (Dilhv.) Link. I, 5, 7, 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park; Bracebridge ; Berks well. ws. Barnt
Green; near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton (in conjugation).

S. majuscuJa Kiitz. 5, II.

WK. Berkswell. ws. King's Norton.

S. maxima Wittr. 5.

ws. King's Norton (in conjugation).

8. crassa Kiitz. 4, 5.

WK. Lapworth (in conjugation), ws. Barnt Green.

.S'. mirahilis (Hass.) Petit. 5, 8.

w^K. Berkswell (in conjugation), ws. King's Norton (in con-
jugation).

^S*. gracilis (Hass.) Kiitz. 3.

v/K. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton (in conjugation).

>S'. tenuissima (Hass.) Kiitz. 3-5.

WK. Bracebridge ; Solihull ; Harborne. ws. Halesowen ; King's
Norton ; Quinton. Frequentlj^ conjugating.

*S*. /??;^rt/« (Vauch.) Kabenh. 5,11.

WK. Berkswell. ws. King's Norton, etc. (both in conjugation).

aS*. quadra fa Petit. 5.

WK. Solihull. •

S. Wehe74 Kiitz. 6.

ws. Halesowen (sterile, and therefore doubtful) ; Hawkeslej
Hall Farm, King's Norton (in conjugation).

S. Grevilleana (Hass.) Kiitz. G.

ws. King's Norton; Clent (both in conjugation).

S. Hassallii Jenn. 5.

ws. Clent ; Barnt Green.

>S'. calospora Cleve. 5.

ws. King's Norton (in conjugation).

S. iwllucida (Hass. ?) Kiitz. 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

8. coUiijata Hodgetts in Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. Oct.
1-6, 12.

ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton (in con-
jugation). The only known locality for this remarkable Conjugate,
whicli forms its zygospores according to three different methods—
scalariform, lateral, and terminal ; it also has remarkable H-shaped
pieces of membrane connecting together and, as it were, clamping
the cells at their junctions.

In Hawkesley Hall Farm pond, eleven species of ^pirogyra were
found simultaneously in 'conjugation in May 1919, viz. ^S*. calo-
spora, S. cateniformis, S, colligafa, S. condensafa, S. injlata, S.Jiir-

FLAGELLATES A?fD ALOE OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT 39

gensiif S. longafa, S. maxima^ S. mirabilis, S. nitida, and ;S'. Weheri — -
six of these and IS. Grevilleana were again found in conjugation in
May, 1920, W. J. II.

D E S M I U I A C E JE.

Saccodermese.
GoNATOZYooN De Baiy.

G. Monotceiiiiim De By, 10.

WK. Sutton Park.

G. Brebissouii De By. 2, 5-7, 10, 11.

WK. Longmore Pool, Sutton Park ; Botanic Gardens, Edgbaston.
ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton ; Halesowen.

G. Kinahatii (Arch.) Rabenh. 2-1, 9, 10.

WK. Sutton Park ; Earls wood. ws. Pond at Stapenhall Earm,
King's Norton ; Wyre Forest.

Spirot.enia Breb.
S. condensata Breb. 5, 7, 12.
WK. Longmoor Pool, etc.. Sutton Park ; Lapworth.
S. ohscura Malfs. 1, 7.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton Park.
S. eadospira (Kiitz.) Arch.
ws. [Wyre Forest, W. J. II.]

CYLiNDROcrsTis Menegh.

C. Brehissonii Menegh. 1-12.

WK. Longmoor Pool ; Edgbaston ; Harborne ; Earlswood.
ws. Quinton ; Warley ; Hartlebury Common, in conjugation.
ST. Bearwood, in conjugation.

Var. minor W. & G. S. West. -1.
WK. Earlswood.
• C. crassa De By. 7, 10.
WK. Sutton Park.

Netrium Nag.

^. Digitus (Elirenb.) Itzig. & Roth. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I, II, and 111, and Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.
ST. Bearwood, W. J. H.

N. Ndgelii (Breb.) W. &_G. S. West.
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. mils.
a. ohlongum (De By.) Liitkem. 3, 5.
WK. Bog III, Sutton Park.

Yar. cylindricum W. & G. S. West. 2, 3, G.
WK. Sutton Park. ws. Warley.
N. interruptum (Breb.) Liitkem.
w^K. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

MEsoT^:yiUM Nag.
• M. chlamydosporum De By. 3, -1.
WK. Harborne ; Earlswood.

40 FLAGELLATES AND ALG^ OF THE BTUMTNGIIAM DISTRICT

M. caldarionim (Lagerh.) Hansg. 6, 9.

ws. Wyre Forest, on damp ground. Se6 West, Journ. Bot. 1915,
p. 78, figs. 8, 4.

M. Endlicheriamim Nag. 3.

WK. Harborne, W. J. H. ws. Warlej'-.

RoYA W. & G. S. West.
B. camhrica W. & GT. S. West. 3, 4.

ws. Warley ; Qninton. ST. Bearwood, fine specimens, W. J. H.
B. anglicci CI. S. West. 3, 4.

ws. Quinton, in conjugation. See Hodgetts, Journ. Bot. 1920,
pp. 65-9.

Placodermese.

PEXiri\[ Breb.
P. Jenneri Ualfs.
WR. ^utton Park, A. W. Wills.
P. trnncatum Breb. 6.
wic. Sutton Park.
P. marqaritaceum (Ehr.) Brob.
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills 4' T. BoUon.
P. Cylindnis (Ehrenb.) Brel). 1-3, G, 10-12.
WK, Bog I, Sutton Park.
P. spirostriolafvm Barker. 2-4, G, 10, 11.
WK. Bogs I and II, Sutton Park.
P. 2ioli/morplinm Perty. 5.
WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.

Closteeium Nitzsch.

CI Lihellula (Focke) Liitkem. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and II, and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
Yar. intcrruptum W. & CI. S. West. G.

WK, Bog III, Sutton Park.

CI. Navicula (Breb.) Lutkem. 3, G, 7.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park, ws. King's Norton, W. J. H.

CI. Cyntliia De Not. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and II, Sutton Park.

67. didymofocum Cord. 10, 11.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.

CI. angustatum Kiitz. 6.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.

CI. cosfatum Cord. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and III, and Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park,
ws. King's Noi'ton ; Warley.

CI. regnlare Breb. 4, 5, 7.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park. ws. Pond at Hawkesley Hall, King's
Norton.

CI. striolatum Ebrenb. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and II, and Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools,
Sutton Park ; Knowle ; Berkswell. ws. King's Norton ; Warley ;
Trimpley. ST. Himley Park.

FLAaELLATES AKD ALOrJE OF THE BTEMTNGITAM DISTRICT 41

CI. intermedium Tialfs. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and 111, Sutton Park.
Var. hihcrnicum West.

WK. Sutton Park.

Gl. Ulna Focko. 5, G, 11.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park (very rare), ws. Quinton, W. J. TI.

Cl.juncidum Kalfs. 1-12.

WK. Bog I. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, W. J. II.

CI. Dianmmwiiuh. 1-12.

WK. Bracebridgo Pool, etc., Sutton Park ; Earlswood. ws. Pond
at Ilawkesley Hall, King's Norton ; Warloy ; Canal, Lifford ; Hun-
nington, in conjugation ; Quinton. ST. Bearwood.

CI. parvulum Nag. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I, II, and III, and Bracebridgo Pool, Sutton Park ;
Berkswell ; Earlswood, in conjugation, ws. Warlej. ST. Bearwood;
Himley Park.

CI. Jenneri Balfs. 1-3, G, 7.

WK. Bogs I and III, and I^racebridge and Longmoor Pools,
Sutton Park. ws. Quinton, W. J. H.

CI. Venus Kiitz. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I, II, III, and Bracebridgo and Longmoor Pools,
Sutton Park ; Bradnock's Marsh ; Berkswell ; Shirley ; Olton.
ws. Ponds at Stapenhall and Hawkesley Hall Farms, King's Norton ;
Quinton. st. Bearwood.

CI. Leihleinii Kiltz, 1-12.

WK. Frequent. Sutton Park ; Earlswood, etc., etc. ws. King's
Norton ; Halesowen ; Trimpley ; Harvington Hall ; Churchill j Wyre
Forest, etc. st. Himley Park.

CI. moniliferum (Bory) Eb.renb. 1-12.

WK. Common. Sutton Park ; Earlswood ; Olton, etc., etc.
ws. Frequent. King's Norton; Barnt Green; Hagley, etc. ST. Great
Barr Park.

Gl. Ehrenberyii Menegh. 3-G, 10.

WK. Bracebridgo Pool, Sutton Park ; Yardley, with zygotes ;
Bradnock's Marsh ; Lapworth ; Shirley, ws. King's Norton ; War-
ley ; Quinton; Wyre Forest. ST. Bearwood, in conjugation, W. J. II.

Gl. acerosuni (Sehrank) Ehrenb. 3-11.

WK. Frequent. Sutto» Park ; Berkswell ; Earlswood, etc., etc.
ws. King's Norton, in conjugation ; Canal, Lifford ; Hagley ; Quin-
ton (in conjugation, Ma}^ zygospores very abundant) ; Clent; Har-
vington Hall : Wyre Forest. ST. Great Barr Park.
Var. elongatiim Breb. 7.

WK. Bracebridgo Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, ?F. J". If.

Gl. lanceolatiun Kiitz. 4-G.

w^K. Henley-in-Arden ; Berkswell ; Solihull ; Sutton Park, etc.
ws. Near Harborne ; King's Norton, in conjugation, st. Bearwood,
in conjugation.

Ci. Lumila (Miill.) Nitzsch. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and II, and Bracebridgo Pool, Sutton Park ; Har-
borne. ws. King's Norton.

42 FLAaELLATES AIN'I) ALGJE OF THE BTRMTNOHAM DISTRICT

CI. perace^^osum Gay. 5, 6.

WK. Lapworth ; Windmill Pool, Sliiiiej'. ws. Halesowen, veiy
abundant; King's Norton.

Var, elegans G. S. West, 6.

WK. Bradnock's Marsh.

CI, litforale Gay. 4.

WK. Harborne, ff^. J. H.

CI. tumidum Johns. 3.

WK. Earlswood, in conjuo'ation, var. sj)h(sro>ipora West, Journ.
Bot. 1911, p. 84, fig. 1 ; Harborne, W. J. R.

CI. Cornu Ehrenb. 3, 5, 8, 9.

WK. Sutton Park. ws. Warley ; Halesowen; Spring Grove, near
Kidderminster. ST. Bearwood.

CI. ahrupium West. 3-7, 10-12.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park. ws. Warlev. ST. Bearwood.

CI. pusillum Hantzsch. 4.

WK. Earlswood, typical and very abundant.

Gl. prcBlongum Breb. 3, 5, 9-11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ; Studley.
ws. Canal, Lifford ; King's Norton.
Var. hrevius West. 3, 4, 6.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Berkswell, in conjugation.

Ct. gracile Breb. 5, 10.

WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park ; Berkswell.

CI. attenuatum Ehrenb. 10.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. JVills ; Berkswell.

CI. turgidum Ehrenb. 11, 12.

WK. Bog TI, Sutton Park.

Gl. Pritchardianum Arch. 3, 9.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton,
W. J. H.

Gl. pronum Breb. 5, 9.

WK. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton ; pond nt^ar Hawkesley
Hall ; Wyre Forest.

Gl. aciculare Tuffen West. 5.

ws. Halesowen, typical.

Gl. acutum Breb. 1-12.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, and Bogs I and III, Sutton Park ;
Berkswell ; Earlswood. ws. Warley ; King's Norton ; pond near
Hawkesley HaU. ST. Bearwood.

Gl. lineatum Ehrenb. 1-12.

WK. Bogs II and III, Sutton Park.

Gl. Kutzingii Breb. 4, 5, 8, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool and Bog I, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ;
Knowle. ws. Quinton ; King's Norton ; pool near Hawkeslej^
Hall.

Gl. rostratiim Ehrenb. 2-12.

WK. Bracebridge and Longraoor Pools, and Bogs I, II, and III,
Sutton Park ; Harborne ; Earlswood ; Solihull. ws. Hunnington
and Quinton, both in conjugation. ST. Bearwood, in conjugation ;
Great Barr Park ; ManleyHall, Weeford.

FLAGELLATES AND ALO.T: OF THE Bn{MINOITAM DISTEICT 43

Var. hrevispininn West. 8, 4<, 0.
WK. Sutton Park. ws. AVarloy. bt. Ijearwood, in conjugation,
W. J. II.

Gl. setacciim Ehr.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

PLEUIlOTiENIUAt Nag.

p. truncaium (IJreb.) Nag. 8-5, 7, 12.

WK. Longnioor Pool and l*og II, Sutton Park.

P. Ehrenhergii (Breb.) l)e ]iy. 2, 4-7, 11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Shirlo3^ ws. Stapenhall
and Hawkeslev Hall Farms, King's Norton.

P. Trahecula (Ehrenb.) Nag. 1-12.

WK. Bi-acebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Harborne ; Shirley ; Berks-
well ; Yarley ; Olton. ws. Stapenhall and Hawkesley Hall Farms,
King's Norton ; Trimple}^ etc. st. Great I)arr Park.
Yar. clavafum (Kiitz.) W. & G. S. West. 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

P. nodosum (]]ail) Lund. 7.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

Tetmemorus Pali's.

T. Brehissonii (Menegh.) Ralfs. 3, 10.

w^K. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, W. J. H. ; Hartlebury
Common.

T, yrrr««/(7<'w6' (Breb.) Ralfs. 1-12. .

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, and Bogs I and III,
Sutton Park. w^s. King's Norton, W. J. H. ; Hartlebury Common.

T. Iwvis (Kiitz.) Baifs. 2-11.

WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park, st. Bearwood, W. J. H.

EuASTEUM Ehrenb.
E. ohlongum (Grev.) Balfs. 3-12.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, and Bogs I and III,
Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, etc.
E. Bidelta (Turp.) Balfs. 1-12.

WK. Bogs I and II, Sutton Park. ws. Hartlebury Common.
E. affine Bait's. 10.
WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.
E. ansa turn. 1-12.
WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park.
E. rostratum Ralfs.
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.
E. lidentatum Nag. 1-12.

WK. Longmoor Pool, and Bogs I and III, Sutton Park ; Borkswell.
E. duhium Nag. 2, 7.

w^K. Bog III, and Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.
E. ele(jans (Breb.) Kiitz.
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.
E. hinale (Turp.) Ehrenb. 3, 11.
WK. Bog II, Sutton Park (forma), ws. Hartlebury Common.

44 FLAGELLATES AKD ALG.^ OF THE BIRMINaUAM DISTRICT

Var. Gutwinskii Schmidl. 1-11.
WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park.

Yar. sectum Turn. 10.
WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.
E. pectinatum Breb. 2-11.
WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park.
JE. verruGosum Ehren'o. 7, 11.
WK. Bracebridgc Pool, Sutton Park.

Vars. alatum Wolle and reAliictum Nordst. 7.
WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

MiCEASTEEIAS Ag.

M. truncafa (Cord.) Breb. 1-12.

WK. Brace bridge and Longmoor Pools, and Bogs I and III,
Sutton Park.

M. crenata Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

M. Jenneri Ralfs.

WK. Sutton Park, A. TV. WiUs.

31. apiculata (Ehrenb.) Menegh.
XiiY.Jlmbriaia (Ralfs) Nordst.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

M. papillifera Breb. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton I*ark.
Var. varvicensis Turn.

WK. Sutton Park, T. Boll on.

M. rotafa (Grev.) Ralfs. 1-12.

WK. Bracobridgo ami Lon^'moor Pools, and Bogs I and II, Sutton
Park.

31. denticulata Breb. 1-12.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, and Bogs I and III,
Sutton Park.

Yar. aiHjulosa (Hantzsch.) W. & G. S. West. 6.

WK. Bog I, Sutton Park.

M. Crux-melitensis (Ebrenb.) Hass. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

21. americana (Elir.) Ralfs.

WK. Sutton Park.

CosMABiUM Corda.
C. cirrtum (Breb.) Ralfs. 3, 10.

WK. Sutton Park, in rainwater pool b}^ the roadside ; Studley and
Earlswood. on damp ground.

G. cucurhitinuni (Biss.) Liitkem. 4.

ws. Quinton.

C. cruciferum De By. {=:Penium cruciferiim Wittr.). '4.

WK. Harborne. ws. Warley. ST. Bearwood.

C. pacliydermum Lund. 7, 9.

WK. Longmoor Pool and Bog II, Sutton Park.

C. Ralfsii Breb. 3.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills, ws, Hartlcbury Common.

FLAOELLITES AND ALdT. OF THE EIIllMINCJirAM DISTRICT 45

C. Cucumis (Cord.) llalfs. 7.

WK. Longmoor Poul, Sutton Park.

O. suhcucumis Schmidl. 2, 4, 11.

WK. Earlswood. ws. Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

C. undulafum Cord. 2, 11.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills, ws. Stap.'uliall Farm, King's
Norton.

G. hioculatum Breb. 2, 4-7.

WK. Botanical Gardens, Edgbaston ; Sutton l*ark. ws. Hales-
owen ; Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.
Yar. Inans W. & (1. 'S. West. 2.

ws. stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

C. tiactum Balfs. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool and Bog I, Sutton Park.

C. contractum Kirchn. 1.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

G. ])yr(imidatum Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

G. pseudopyramidatum Lund.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

C. depress uvi (Nag.) Lund. 6, 11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. avs. King's
Norton.

G. granatiim Breb. 1, 5-8, 10, 11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Trimpley ;
Kidderminster. Also near Tewkesbury in Grloucestershire.
Yar. suhgranatum Nordst. 2, 4-7, 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park; Colesliill ; Yardley ; Shirley; Berks-
well, ws. Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park ;
Himley Park ; Quarry House, Hamstead.

G. cymatopjleurum Nordst.

Yar. fyrolicum Nordst. 2, 9.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

G. notahile Breb. 4, 10.

ws. Quinton. ST. Great Barr Park.

G. siiharctoilm (Lagerh.) Kacib. 4.

ws. Warley. ST. Bearwood.

G. pseudarcto'um Nordst. 4.

ST. Bearwood.

G. arctoiim Nordst. 4.

ws. Warley.

G. Reynesi Beinsch. 4, 10, 11.

WK. Berkswell ; Harborne. ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm,
King's Norton.

Yar. monfanum Schmidl. 7, 11.

ws. Pond at Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

C. quadratum Ealfs. 1, 3, 5-7, 9.

WK. Longmoor Pool and Bogs I and II, Sutton Park ; Lapworth.
ws. King's Norton ; Trimpley.

G. pyymwum Arch. 8.

WK. P>lackroot Pool. Sutton Park.

40 FLAGELLATES AND ALCKE OF THE BIRMINCiTTAM DTSTRTCT

C. ahhreinatum Racib. 0,

WK. Olton.

y^cc. pJanctonicum W. & G. S. AVest. 9.

WK, Sutton Park.

C. ionj^ressulum Elfv. 1, 4-6, 11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Olton. ws. Pond at
Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton ; Trirapley.

C. Begnellii Wille. 2, 11.

ws. Stapenhall Farm, King's Norton.

C. Menegliinii Breb. 6-10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Olton; Studley. ws. Stapen-
hall Farm, King's Norton ; Stourport.
f. latiusculum Jacobs. 7.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

C. angulosum Breb. 2, 6, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Ponds at Hawkesley
Hall and Stapenhall Farms, King's Norton.

Var. concinnum (Rabenh.) W. & G. S. West. 5, 6.

w^K. Berkswell ; Olton.

C. Iceve Kabenh.

Yar. octangulare (Wille) W. ct G. S. West. 10.

WK. Studley.

C. TJtwaitesii Ealfs. 6.

Avs. [Quinton, W. J. /:?.]

C. Cucurhita Breb. 1, 3-12.

WK. Bogs I and III, Sutton Park. ws. Trimpley.

C. quadratidum (Gay) De Toni. 10.

WK. Sutton Park.

G. ccelatum Ralfs. 10.

WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.

C. dentiferum Cord. 6, 9, 10-12.

WK. Sutton Park.

(7. Brehissonii Menegh. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

C. reniforme (Ralfs.) Arch. 4-6, 10, 11.

WK. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton ; Halesowen ; Stourport.

C. protr actum (Nag.) De By. G-8, 10.

ws. Sutton Park.

C. ^portella Breb.

A^ar. siihnudum W^. & G. S. West. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

G. Turjnnii Breb. 5, 6, 8-11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Shirley; Olton;
Yardley.

Yar. 'podol.icum Gutw. 10.

WK. Sutton Park.

Yar. eximium G. S. W. 10.

Near Tewkesbury, Gloucestershire.

G. didymG2)rotu'psum AV. & G. S. West.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

FLAGELLATES AND ALO.li OF THE BIllMINGIIAM DISTRICT 47

C. prcemorsiim Breb. 2-4, 7, 10, 11.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park ; Earlswood ; Henley-in-Arden.
ws. Havvkesiey Hall and Stapenliall Farms, King's Norton ; Hales-
owen ; Barnt Green. ST. Great Barr Park.

C. mnrgarififenim Menegh.

WK. Sutton Park.

C. punctulatum Breb. 4, 5, 7, 9-11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ; Lapwortli ;
Slnrley ; Studle j.

C. hipunctatum Borg. 1.

WK. Trinipley.

C. humile (Gay) Nor.dst. 9-11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park: ws. Hawkesley Hall Farm,
King's Norton, st. Himley Park.

C. suhcrenatum Hantzsch. 2-6, 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park ; Earlswood ; Berkswell.
ws. Pond at Stapenliall Farm, King's Norton ; Clent, in boggy ditch.
ST. Great Barr Park.

C. tumens Nordst. 4.

ws. Quinton — very rare.

C subprotiimidum Nordst. 2, 7, 10, 11.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Stapenhall Farm,
King's Norton.

Var. Greg or a (li. & B.) W. & G. S. West. G.

WK. Olton. ws. King's Norton.

a BiBckii Wille. 2, 6, 7, 9-12.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton Park. ws. Stapen-
liall Farm, King's Norton.

C. siihcostatuiii Nordst. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park,
f. minus W. & G. S. West. 6

WK. Olton.

C.formosulum Hoff. 2, 4-7, 9.

WK. Longmoor and Bracebridge Pools, Sutton Park ; Berkswell ;
Olton ; Studley ; Harborne. ws. Quinton, W. J. H, ; Stapenliall
Farm, King's Norton.

Var. Nathorstii (Boldt) W. & G. S. West.

WK. Sutton Park. . .

C. speciosum Lund. 4, 7, 9.

WK. In a ditch, Sutton Park. ws. Quinton ; Wyre Forest.

C. svhalatum VV. & G. S. West. 8, 11.

ws. King's Norton.

C. tetraophthalmum Breb. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

C. Botrytis Menegh. 1-11.

Common and generally distributed.

Yar. gemmiferum (Breb.) Nordst. 5.

WK. Berkswell.

Yar. emarginafum (Hansg.). 1.

ws. Trimple}^, rare.

48 FLAGELLATES AND ALG.L OF THE BIEMTNGITAM DISTRICT

Var. mediolceve West. 10.
ST. Great Ban* Park.

Var. depressum W. & G. S. West. 1.
ws. Trimpley.

C. oclitlwdes Nordst. 2-5, 7, 8, 10, 12.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton Park; Berkswell.
ws. Quinton, in a small pond ; Hartlebury Common.

Var. amoehicvi West. 5, 7.
WK. Longmoor Pool and Bogs I and II, Sutton Park ; Berkswell.
C. coiispersum Ralfs. 7-9.
WK. Longmoor Pool and Bog II, Sutton Park.

Var. latum W. & G. S. West ( = C. latum Breb.). 11.
WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.
C. hiretum Breb. 6, 11.
WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

Var. trigihherum Nordst. 9-11.
AVK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton.

Xanthidium Elirenb.

X. armatum (Breb.) Rabenh.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

X. antilopiPum (Breb.) Kiitz. 4, 5, 10.

ws. Hawkesle}^ Hall Farm, King's Norton.

X. o'istatum Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

Artueodesmus Ehrenb.

A. convey gens Ehrenb. 5, 7, 10, 11.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton Park ; Berkswell.
ws. Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton.
A. Incus Hass.

Var. Ralfsii W. & G. S. West. 4, o.
WK. Berkswell; Knowle.

f. minor W. & G. S. West.
AVK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

Staurastrl'm Meyen.

S. DicMei Ralfs. 5, 6, 10.
ws. Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton.
S. defectum Breb.
WK. Sutton Park. A. W. Wills.
S. f/ranulosum Ralfs. 10.
ws". Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton.
aS*. lunatum Ralfs. 5.
WK. Berkswell.

S. hrfvispimim Breb. 4, 5, 7, 10, 11.

WK. In plankton, Sutton Park. ws. Hawkesley Hall Farm,
King's Norton — in conjugation, W. J. H. st. Warley.
S. cuspidatum Breb. 1, 12.
WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

FLAGELLATKS .1X1) ALG.E OF THE IJrRMTXOH A M DTSTIJFCT 10

S. Avicnla Breb. 1-5, 7-12.

WK. Bracebridge Bool, Sutton Pai-k. ws. Stapenhall Farm,
King's Norton.

Var. subarcuatuni (Wolle) West. 5, G, 11.
= var. verrucosiim We.st.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park (probably).

S. denticulatum (Nag.) Arch. 5.

ws. Halesowen.

S. hirsutum Breb. 8, 7.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills, ws. Hartlel)urv Common.

S. pilosum Nag. 4, 6-12.

w^K. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

^. Brebissonii Arch. 4, 7.

WK. Loiigmoor Pool, Sutton Park ; Harbornc.

S. poll/ 1 rich urn Perty. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

S. asperum Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. TV. Wills.

S. orhiculare Balfs. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool and Bog III, Sutton Park.

This is probably var. Ralfsii W. & G. S. West.

S.punctulafum Breb. 2-7, 10, 11.

WK. Longmoor Pool (f. tetragona) and Bogs I and II, Sutton
Park ; Olton ; Berkswell ; Earlswood. ws. Stapenhall Farm, King's
Norton ; Westhills ; Warley ; Quinton ; Hartlebury Common.
ST. Bearwood ; Manley Hall, Weeford.

Var. pygmceiDii W. & G. S. West ( = 6* pijfjmaum Breb.j. 5.

WK. Lapworth.

8. turgescens De Not. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

S. Meriani Reinsch. 7.

ws. Hartlebury Common.

S. alfenians Breb. G, 7, 10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

S. dilataiinn Ehrenb. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.
Var. ohtusilobum De Not. 3.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Paik.

>S'. Bieufaniim ]ial)enh. 10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebiidge Pool, Sutton Park.

S. muticum Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

S. curvafirm West. 10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

8. hexacerum Wittr. -1-7.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, Sutton I'ark ; Ijotanical
Gardens, Edgbaston ; Berkswell ; Earlswood. ws. Stapenhall Farm,
King's Norton.

S. muricatum Breb. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

JOURXAL OF BOTAXY, DeCEMEFR, 1920. i SlPPLEMEXT III.] e

50 FLAGELLATES AND ALOJ: OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT

S. inflexum Breb. 2, 4, 5, 10-12.

WK. In the plankton and in ditches, Sutton Park ; Berks well,
ws. Hawkesley Hall and Stapenhall Farms, King's Norton.

S. 'polymorplnim Breb. 3, 5-12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool and Bog II, Sutton Park ;
Lapworth. ws. Stourport and Kidderminster.

8. crenulatum Nag. 2, 5-11.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park; Olton.
ws. King's Norton ; Stourport.

>S'. spongiosum Breb.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

S. paradoxum Meyen. 1, 3, 5-10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge, Blackroot, and Powell's Pools,
Sutton Park.

Var. longipes Nordst. 2, 5-11.

WK. In the same pools, Sutton Park,
f. hiradiafa. 6.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

>S'. gracile Ralfs. 8-10, 12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

S. Manfeldtii Delp. 3, 6-10.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool ; Windmill Pool, Shirley.

S. f lire i gem m Rabenh. 1-12.

WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Warley ;
Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton.

S. margaritaceiim (Ehr.) Menegh.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

S. sexcostatum Breb. var. productum West. 7.

WK. Longmoor Pool, Sutton Park.

S. tetracerum Ralfs. 2, 4, 6, 10, 11.

WK. Windmill Pool, Shirley. ws. Stapenhall Farm, King's
Norton.

CosMOCLADiUM Breb.
C. constrictum Arch. 9-11.
WK. In the plankton, Sutton Park.

Sph^rozosma Corda.
S. granulatum Roy & Biss. 5, 10, 11.

WK. In 23onds, Berkswell. ws. Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's
Norton.

>S'. excavatum Ralfs.

WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

Spondylosium Breb.
S. papillatum W. & a. S. West. 5.
WK. Plankton of Bracebridge Pool ; Harborne, W. J. H.
Another species (unnamed) is recorded from Bracebridge Pool.

Gymnoztga Ehrenb.
G. moniliformis Ehrenb. {=Didymoprium Borreri Ralfs.).
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills. '

FLAGELLATES AND ALO.E OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTRICT 51

Hyalotiieca Ehrenb.
S. dissiliens (Sm.) Breb. 1, 3-11.

WK. Bracebridge and Longmoor Pools, and Bogs II and III,
Sutton Park ; Berksvvell ; Knovvle. ws. Warlej ; llawkesley Hall
Farm, King's Norton ; Hartlebury Common,
f. tnde)ituIa^0Y(\^i. 4,^10.
WK. Bog III, Sutton Park.

f. major Delp. 12.
WK. Bog II, Sutton Park.
a. mucosa (Dillw.) Ehrenb.
WK. Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

Desmidium Ag.
D. Swartzii Ag. 1, 7, 10, 11.

WK. Longmoor and Bracebridge Pools, Sutton Park.
D. cyliiidriotni Grev. {=iDidip)ioi)rium Grevillei Kiitz.).
WK. 'Sutton Park, A. W. Wills.

STEPHANOKONTyE.
(EDOGONIALES.

Q] D O a O N I A C E .E.

Bulboch.ete Ag.

B. intermedia De By. 5.
ws. [King's Norton, in fruit, W. J. H.^
B. amjidosa Wittr. & Lund. 10.
WK. Sutton Park, in fruit.
B. minor A. Br. 5.

ws. [King's Norton, in fruit, W. J. H.]
B. siihintermedia Elf v. 10.
WK. Sutton Park, in fruit.

Species of Bulhochadfe, not in fruit, are by no means infrequent,
attached to JEg^uisetum limosiim, Myrioplnillum, etc.

QiIdogoxium Link.

(E. cryptoporum Wittr. 5, G.

WK. Olton. ws. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's Norton ;
Westhills. ST. Bearwood.

Yar, vulgare Wittr. 3, 4.

WK. Berkswell. ws. Warley.

(E. crispum Wittr. 5.

ws. [King's Norton, W. J. R.]

(E. varians AVittr. & Lund. 5.

WK. Coleshill.

(E. irregulare Wittr. 2, 6.

WK. Harborne. ws. Westhills ; zoogonidia germinating by the
second method (see West, Algse, i. p. 390).

CE. Braunii Kiitz. 5.

ws. Kino-'s Norton ; Barnt Green.

i)J. FLAGELLATES AlVl) ALG.T. OF THE BlKMlJsGHAM DISTRICT

(E. macrandritm Wittr. 5.

ST. [Bearwood, W. J. H.^

(E, Borisianum (Le CI.) Wittr. 5.

WK. Harbonie, W. J. H. Pond near Hawkesley Hall, King's
Norton.

(E. riiqnlosiim Nordst. 5.

ws. [king's Norton, W. J. If.]

CE. gallicum Hirn. 5.

WK. Coleshill.

(E. rivulare (Le CI.) A. Br. 1-12.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park, on Eqinseium limosiim
(see West, Journ. Bot. 1912, p. 321, fig. 1, a).

(E. fonticola A. Br. G.

WK. Henley-in-Arden, on stones in a small stream (see West,
I. c. 1912, p. 321, fig. 1, B-H).

(E. ecliinospermum A. Br. 5.

ws. [Pond at Hawkesley Hall Farm, King's Norton, W. J. H.']

(E. Boscii (Le CI.) Wittr.. 5.

WK. [Harborne, in pond, W. J. II.]

(E. spJicEvandrinm Wittr. & Lund. 5.

WK. [Pond at Harborne, W. J. H.]

Numerous species of G^Jdoc/onium, not in fruit and therefore not
determinable with certainty, are very common everywhere, attached
to aquatic plants in ponds.

HETEROKONT^.

C H L O R O S A C C A C E -T^.

MiscHococcus Nag.

31. confervicoJa Nag. 3, 6.

WK. Sutton Park. ws. King's Norton, W. J. II. st. Wolver-
hampton ; Stafford, A. W. Wills.

BOTRTOCOCCACE^.

BoTRTOCOCCUs Kutz.

B. Bo^auuii Kiitz. 1-12.

WK. Ponds, Berks well ; Studley ; plankton of Bracebridge Pool,
Sutton Park. ws. Hartlebury Common ; King's Norton. Mostly
in the reddish -yellow colonies which were named IneJJjqiata neglecta
W. & G. S. W«st.

B. sudeficKs Lemm. 3, 8,

WK. Blackroot Pool, Sutton Park. ws. Hartlebury Common.

C H L O R O T n E C I A c E .i;.
Characiopsis Borzi.

C. turgida W. & G. S. West. 5.
WK. VVhitacre.

FLAaELL.VTES A XD ALG.T: OF THE RIRMINGIIAM BTSTRTCT 58

C. saccatn Carter in New Phytol. vol. xviii. 1919, p. 177. 4, 11.
WK. YHrd!ey ; Pool Hollies Wood, Sutton Park, on dead leaves of
oak.

0. NaerfpAii (A. Br.) Lemm. 11.
WK. Pool Hollies Wood, Sutton Park.

C II L O K O B O T R Y I) A C E -M.

BoTRYDioPsis Borzi.
J5. arrliiza Borzi. -1.
WK. Bei-kswell.

Chlorouotrvs Hohlin.
C. reguJaris (West) Bohlin. 4, o, 7-10, 12.
WK. Bogs 1 and 111, Sutton Park.

Centritractus Lomm.
C. heJouopliorus (Schniidle) Lemm. 7.
WK. Berksweli— remarkable.

0 P H I O C T T I A C E .i;.

Ophiocvtium Nag.

O. parvulum (Perty) A. Br. 3-7, 10.

WK. Hampton-in-Arden ; Berksweli; Clielmsley Wood ; Knowle;
Bog III, Sutton Park. ws. Hartlebury Common ; Hawkesley Hall
Parm, King's Norton. ST. Great Barr Park.

O. majus Nag. 2-8, 10, 11.

WK. Coleshill ; Whitacre ; Henley-in-Arden ; Hampton-in-Arden;
Berksweli; Clielmsley Wood; Bracebndge and Bog III, Sutton
Park. ws. Fenny Rough ; Westhills ; Barnt Green ; Hawkesley
Hall Farm, King's Norton, st. Barr Beacon.

O. Arhitscula (A. Br.) Rabenh. 5, 10.

WK. Henley-in-Arden ; Berksweli.

O. hicuspidatiim (Borge) Lemm. 10.

WK. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park.

Ophiocytiiim cochleare A. Br. is recorded by A. Tf\ TT^i/Is for
the district.

T R I B O N E M A C E ^.

Tribonema Derb. & Sol.
T. homhycinum (Ag.) Derb. & Sol. 1-7, 10, 11.
Very common and generally distributed.

f. minor (Wille) G. S. West. 2-7, 10, 11.
Frequent, usually with the t^'pe.
T. affine (Kiitz.) W. & G. S. West. 4, 5, 9, 10.
WK. Coleshill ; Berksweli ; Bog II, Sutton Park. ws. Quinton ;
Wyre Forest.

T. utriculosum (Kiitz.) Hazen. 4.
WK. Knowle — very remarkable.

Bumilleria Borzi.
jB. exilis Klebs. 5, 6.
WK. Edgbaston, from several localities ; Harborne ; Gravelly

54 FLAGELLATES AXD ALG.H OF THE BIRMINGHAM DISTBICT

Hill. In pond, Berkswell. ws. Wavley ; California ; Northfield ;
Chadwick. sx. Sedglej ; Gospel End ; Baggeridge ; Himlev ; Tetten-
hall.

First records for the British Islands. All the specimens, except
those from Berkswell, were obtained from cultures of soil. (See
Bristol, Annal. Bot, 1920, xxxiv. 78, text-tig. 1.)

B O T R Y D I A C E .15.

BoTRYDiUM Wallr.
B. granulafum (L.) Grev. 6-8.

wk'. Tan\vorth-in-Arden. ws. King's Norton ; Hunnington ;
Blaekwell.

RHODOPHYCE^.

PORPHYRIDIUM Nag.

P. criientum (Ag.) Nag. 3-6.

WK. Edgbaston, on damp walls, ws. Hartlebiuy ; Northfield, on
the churchyard- wall, etc.

Sacheria Sirod.

S. mamillosa Sirod. 4.
Recorded from Bridgnorth, Salop.
S.fluviatilis (Ag.) Sirod.

[Recorded by A. W. Wills as "common in the Avon and
Severn."]

Batrachospermum Roth.
B. moniliforme Roth. 5, 6, 10, 11.

w^K. Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park, with cj^stocarps in abundance
almost ever}" year.

ws. Halesowen, W. J. H.

B. atrum (Dillw.) Harv.

w^s. [Halesowen, A. W. Wills.']

Chantraxsia Fr.

C. clialyhea (Lj^ngb.) Fr. 6.
ws. Clent.

Summary of Species.

Flagellata 33

Myxophycese 83

Peridiniese 14

Bacillariese 155

Chlorophyceae 444

Rhodophyceije 6

Total

735

Chlorophycese : —

Isokontae 181

Akontse (including

196 Desmids) ... 226

Stephanokontse 18

Heterokontse 19

Total

444

FLAGELLATES AND ALG.l^ OF THE BTlJMTXGirA ^r DIKTKICT Oo

Bibliography relating to the Algae of the
Birmingham District.

Bolton, Thomas. — Micro-organisms in a swampy Ditch in Sutton
Park. Midi. Nat. 1886, ix. 178-6.

Bristol. B. Muriel. — On the Iletention of Vitality by Algic
from old Stored Soils. New Phytol. 1919, xviii. 92.

Bristol, B. Muriel. — On tlie Life-history and Cytology of
Chlorococcum humicola. Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1919, xliv. 478.

Bristol, B. Muriel. — On the Alga-Flora of some desiccated
English Soils. Annal. Bot. 1920, xxxiv. 8u.

Bristol, B. Muriel. — A lieview of the Genus Clilorochytrium
Cohn. Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1920, xlv. 1-28, pis. i.-iii.

Carter, Nellie. — Trachelomouas mconstans, a new Flagellate.
New Phytol. 1919, xviii. 118-9.

Carter, Nellie, — On the Cytology of Two Species of Chara-
ciopsis. New Phytol. 1919, xviii. 177-186.

Griffiths, B. M. — On Two new Members of the Volvocaceaj.
New Phytol. 1909, viii. 180.

Griffiths, B. M. — Algae of Stanklin Pool, Worcestershire.
Proc. Birm. Nat. Hist. & Phil. Soc. 1912.

Griffiths, B. M. — The August Heleoplankton of some North
Worcestershire Pools. Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1916, xliii. 423-482.

Grove, W. B. — Pleodorina illinoiensis Kofoid in Britain. New
Phytol. 1915, xiv. 169-182 ; ihicl. xvi. 180.

HoDGETTS, William J. — Dicranochcvte reniformis Hieron. A
Fresh-water Alga new to Britain. New Phytol. 1916, xv. 108.

HoDGETTS, William J. — Uronema elongatum, a new Fresh-
water Member of the Ulotrichacese. New Phytol. 1918, xvii. 159.

HoDGETTs, William J. — The Conjugation of Zt/gogonium erice-
torinn Kiitz. Nev/ Phytol. 1918, xvii.' 288.

HoDGETTS, William J. — Roy a cuiglica G. S. West, a new
Desmid, with an emended Description of the Genus Boya. Journ.
Bot. 1920, p. Q5, with figs.

HoDGETTS, William J. — A new Species of Spirogyra. Annal.
Bot. 1920, Oct.

. West, G. S. — -A Biological Investigation of the Peridiniese of
Sutton Park, Warw^ickshire. New Phytol. 1909, viii. 181-196.

West, G. S. — Algological Notes. Journ. Bot. 1911-1916.

West, G. S. — Handbook for Birmingham Meeting of the British
Association, 1918. Algai, pp. 465-9.

West, W., and West, G. S. — A Monograph of the British Des-
midiaceae. 4 vols. 1904-12.

Wills, A. W. — List of Desmidiete found in Sutton Park, War-
wickshire. Midi. Nat. 1880, iii. 265-6.

Wills, A. W. — Handbook of Birmingham j^repared for the
Members of the British Association, 1886. Alga-, pj). 885-8.

INDEX

For Classified Arlicles, see — County Records; Obituary ; Reviews,. New qciiera,
species, and varieties pahliihed in this volume, as well as new names, are
distinguished by an asterisk.

Acantliaceii:?, Papuiin, 190,

Adams, Alfred,t 127.

Alrican plants, new, 44, 74, 219, 287,
279.

Alahastra dirersa, 44, 74, 187, 219,
267.

Alohemilla aontidens, 112.

AIpi^, N. American, 120; Binningham,
iSuppt. iii.; Guernsey, Supjit. ii.

" All wood ii," 183.

Alniqiiist's Swedish Roses (rev.), 115.

Alsine, 294.

Alternaria pomicola,* 242,

Amei'ican Honey Plants (rev.), 156.

Amniophila breviligulata, 184.

Amphichromy, 232.

Angiospernis, Reprofluctioii of, 96.

Anisopus Batesii,* 268.

Annals of Botany, 63, 183, 232, 300.

Annals Bot. Gard. Peradeniya, 231.

Ai'ber's (Mrs.) Water Plants (rev.),
296.

Aritetolochia ceropegioides,* 209 ; Ju-
ju,* 269.

Arum itaiicum, 274.

Aspidiuin goggilodus, 153.

Aspilia congoensis,* 45.

Asteropyruni, 232.

Astrantia maxima, 114.

A triplex calotheca, 295.

AzoUa filiculoides, 182.

Bailey's ' Gentes Herbarum,' 230.

Baker, E.G., ' Madras Flora' (rev.), 27;
Afiit-an Leguminosa;, 74; Erodium
cicutarium (t. 554), 121.

Baker, J. G.,t 233.

Banks, Centenary of, 184 ; his Chep-
stow plants, 179.

Bate^santhus intrusus,* 207.

Bedford (Duke of), 'Science and Fruit
Growing ' (rev.), 28.

Bedford, E. J., Orchis hircina, 202 ;
Orchid Drawings, 231.

Bedfordshire Plants, 91.

Bennett, A., Lindraan's 'Svonsk Flora'
(rev.), 1.53; Atriplex calotheca, 295.

Bibliographical Notes, 198, 200, 248,
291.

Bilimbia cambrica,* 15.

Bn-raingham Flagellates and Algas,
Suppt. iii.

Bishop, E. B., Astrantia maxima, 116.

Blatter's ' Flora Arabica,' 64.

Boletus sanguineus, 249.

Bornetia secuudiflora, Suppt. ii. 22.

Bose, Sir J., Life of, 299.

Botanical Congress, 94.

Bot. Exch. Club Report, 32.

Bouleuger, G. A., Dorset Roses, 16: to
Brudsels Museum, 184 ; Rosa britau-
nica, 185.

Bonlger, G. S., ' Science and Fruit
Growing ' (rev.), 28 ; Martin's 'Agri-
cultural Botany' (rev.), 29 ; ' Forests
and Hygiene ' (rev.), 157 ; ' Timbers '
(rev.), 230.

Bristol, B. M., Flagellates and Alg03 of
Birmingham (Suppt. iii.}.

Britten, J., E. S. Marsliall (portr.), 1 ;
Salsola caffra, 24 ; John Fothergill
(rev.), 56, Schrankia microphylla,
89 ; Eugenia lucida, 151 ; CEnanthe
crocata, 152 ; ' American Honey
Plants ' (rev.), 156 ; Use and Abuse
of the Genus, 196 ; Lehmann's Pugilli,
198, 292; Impatieiis ghmdulifera,
201 ; • British Charopliyta ' (rev.),
204; Cape Botanists, 206; Scilla
campanulata, 227 ; J. G. Baker, 233 ;
Moehringia trinervin, 253 ; ' Flora
of Jamaica' (rev.), 275; Dymes's
' Nature-Study of Plants' (rev.), 277;
J. R. Jackson, 298.

Brit'ion, 0. E., Plantngo Cynops, 294 ;
Satureja montana, 295.

Browne, Patrick, 276.

TXDEX

Brjopliytos, AVilts, 141.
Bu!lock-Web.stei''s "Charoplivta ' (rer.),

204.
Burgess, H. W., 25.

.Calhstoniiiini, 300.

Calluna viilgai-is, 232.

Calobrjuui, 275.

Cauvbridge But. Gard. Report, 30.

Canroe, 119.

Campyloneuia ]al}oren3e, 160.

Cape Botanists, 206.

Cardamine pratensis, 232.

Cardot/s Moss Herbarium, 64.

Cai'ter, Nellie, Flagellates and Algae of
Birmingham (Suppt. iii.).

Cqjhalanthera, 69.

Ciaabners, A. J.,t 158. .

Ckantransia, 12 : Lorrain-Sinitbia".*
Suppt. ii. 13 (fig. 1).

' Cbaropbyta, British ' (rev.), 204.

' Chepstow, Flora of (rev.), 17b.

Cheshire Roses, 137.

Church. A. H., ' Synibioles ' (rev.). 26 ;
his ' Notes on Structural Botany '
(rev.), 27; his 'Thal;>.ssiophvta'(rev ),
o9 ; ' History of Botany ''(rev.), 91';
his 'Reproduction of Angiospernis,'
96 ; bis ' Morphology of Fungi '
(rev.), 181 ; ' Cytology"' (rev.), 205 ;
Lichen Symbiosis. 213. 262 ; his
'Phyilotasis' (rev.), 228; Arber'^
Water Plants (rev ), 296.

Clematopsis, 120.

Cclgan, Nathaniel/!- 118.

Coltsfoot, 96.

Columbia, Flora of, 119.

Coniposit^e, Origin of (rev.), 202.

Compton. R. H., liS : his New Cale-
donian Plants, 118.

Congo Plants, 44.

Coniothjrium con volu turn,"' 242 ; cj-
doniffi var. mali,* 242.

Cornish Mycetozoa. 127 ; Phenology.
207.

Cornus sangninea, 96.

Coste on Phenc^logy, 207.

Couia utilis,* 226.

County Records : —
Beds, 91.
Berks, 32.
Bucks, 249, 274.

County Rrcorbs {cont.) : —

Cardigan, 165, 212, 213,-260, 261.

Carnarvon, 11, 25, 108.

Cheshire, 137, 184, 185.

Cornwall, 56, 127, 207, 274.

Cumberland, 168, 260.

Derby, 113.

Devon, 96.

Dor.set, 16, 149.

Durham, 114.

Essex, 95.

Glamorgan, 114.

Gloucester, 113, 114, 1.53, 252.

Hants, 25, 55, 295.

Hereford, 114.

Hunts, 114.

Kent, 113, 177, 178, 271, 204. 295.

Lancashire, 21.

Middlesex. 186, 227.

Monmouth, 178.

Northanfs, 114.

Oxford, 202.

Pembroke, 23.

Radnor, 114.

Salop. 208, 227.

Somerset, 37, 113,252, 294.

Stafford, Suppt. iii.

Surrey, 185, 212,213.

Sussex, 178, 184, 201, 232, 274, 275.

Warwick, 65, 249, 250 ; Suppt. iii.

Westmorland, 168.

Wilts, 141, 177.

Worcester, Suppt. iii.

York, 112.

See also 'Segregates of Erodium
cicutarinm,' 121-127 ; ' Britisii
Hawkweeds,' 281-285; 'British
Roses,' Siippt. ii.

Coupoui, 105 ; brasiliensis,* 107;;Mar-

tiniana,* 107 ; micrantha,* 176.
Craib, W. G., 120.
Ci'assocephalum longirameuin,* 46.
C rep is virens, 153.

Crotalaria acervata,* 74 ; catarac-
taruni,* 74; Hanusiana var. congo-
ensis,*76; homalucarpa,* 75 ; longi-
styla,* 75 ; macrotropis,* 75 ; rigi-
dula,* 75.

Ctenosiphonia hvpnoides, Suppt. ii.
20.

INDEX

Cystopteris niontaiia, '24.
Oytisus Battandieri, 1(.)<).
Cytology (rev.), 205.

Dates of Publication, 200.
])erinatitis, loO, 173.
])ewevrella congeiisis,* 80.
DisajDpearing Wild Flowora, lo5.
Dixon, H. N., Rliapbidostegiuni cces-
pitosuiu, 81 ; New Guinea Mosses,

Poncaster's 'Cytology' (rev.), 205.
Downes, H., Jnncus pygma;us, 5G ;

Herbarium Pests, 251.
Druce, F., Echiutii plantagineuiu, 275.
Druce, G. C, Oxford Herbarium, 120 ;

' Adventive Flora,' 120.
Drypetes Gossweileri,* 271 ; pelto-

pbora,* 270 ; Taylori,=^ 270.
Dvines's 'Nature-Study of Plants' (rev.),
"277.

Eebiuni plantaginenm, 275.
Kdinburgb, Notes from Bot. Gardens,

27U, aOO.
Ebrbart's names, 278.
Elliott, J. S. and W. T., Sequence of

Fungi and Mycetozoa, 27<^.
Ellis, G. S. M., ' Applied Botany ' (rev.),

Entada Sclieflferi,* 195.
Enterumorpba clatbrata, Suppt. ii. 5.
Epipactis, 69 ; in Britain (t. 555), 209 ;

atroviridis, 210; media. 210; pur-

purata, 209 ; viridiflura, oo (t. 55o),

210.
Erodium cicutarium, 121 ; Ballii, 12() ;

clentatum, 123 ; glutinosum, 122 ;

LebeJii (t. 554, A), 125 ; ueglectum *

(t. 554, B), 124.
Ei-ytbra?a scilloides, 23 ;
' Essex Naturalist,' 95.
Eugenia lucida, 151.

birtella, 25

nuijor, 101.

Eupbrtisia

HI.
Evcrnia Pruuastri, 138.

Norwegian,

Farwell on Nomenclature, 62, 278.
Fawcett, W., bis 'Flora of Jamaica

(rev.), 275; Pitliecellobirim, 27()

W. Harris, 2LS.

Flagellates, Birmingliam, Suppt. iii.
' Flora Capcnsia,' 160.
Forests and Hygiene, 157.
Forster, B. M., 95.
Fotbergill, Jobn (rev.), 56.
Fuc'.is, Suppt. ii. 11.
Fuckelia botryoidea,* 241.
Fungi, Morphology of, 181 ; from
' Spotted' Apples, 238.

Galb/ye's Licbens of Iceland (rev.),
295.

Gamble's ' Madras Flora' (rev.), 27.

' Garden, Tbe,' 183.

Gelidium latifolium var., Suppt. ii. 15.
fig. 2; torulosum, ii. 15, lig. 3.

Genus, Use and Abuse of tbe, 196.

Gopp, A., ' Tbalassiopbyta ' (rev.), 59 ;
American Myxopbycea3, 120 ; ' Ice-
land Licbens ' (rev.), 296.

Geranium liobertianum, 277.

Gibbs, L. S., Calobryum, 275.

Godfery, M. J., Epipactis viridiflora
(t. 553), 33 ; Cepbaiantbera or Epi-
pactis?, 69; British Marsh Orcbids,
286.

Groundsel, 96.

Greaves's ' Garden Annuals,' 159.

Grove, W. B,, Flagellates and Algnc of
Birmingbam (Suppt. iii.;; M} colo-
gical Notes, 249.

Groves, J., Cornelius Varley, 50; News-
paper Botany, 55 ; Sex Terms, 55 ;
bis ' British Cbaropbyta ' (rev.), 204.

Guernsey, Marine Alga3 of, Suppt. ii.

Guntber, R. T., Walter Stonebouse,
170 ; Tradescant's Garden Catalogue,
248,

Hadden, N. G., Somerset Uredinea?,

.■')7.
Hardy's (M.E.) 'Geograpby of Plants,'

180.
Harris, W.t, 298.
Harvey-Gibson's ' History of Botany '

(rev.), 91.
Hawaii, 159.

Hawkweeds, Briti?b, 281.
Hay Fever, 40.
Hayward's (I. M,) ' Adventive Flora,'

120.
Hellebonne latifolia, 252.

TKDKX:

Ef.views (eont.): —

Sveiisk Faneroi^aiuQora, C. k. M.

Liudinan, 1;.'3.
i\nieric'an Ifoiiey Plants, F. 0.

Pelletr, loo,
Forests, Woods, & Trees, A. Henry,

157.
Flora of Chepstow,\V. A. Shoulbred,

178.
Geography of Plants, M. E. Hardy,

180.
Morphology of Fungi, A. H. Cliurch,

181.
E..jses, J. H. Pemberton, 182.
Origin of Conipo?:tai, J. Small, 202.
Prilisli Cbarophyta, J. Groves &

G. R. Bidlock-Webster, 204.
Cytology, L. Doneaster, 20n.
Phvllotaxis. A. H. Church, 228.
Timbers, H. Stone, 230.
Trees of Virgil, J. Sargeaunt, 25?.
Flora of Jamaica, Favvcett& Reudle,

275.
Nature-Study of Plants, T. A.

Hymes, 277.
Botany of Iceland, 295.
Water Piants, A. Arber, 296.

Pli ipiiidostegium coespitosum, 81.

Rheede's ' Hortus Malabaricus,' 297.

Rhinacan'hus minimus,* 47.

Rhus poisoning, lo2.

Riddelsdell, H. J., British Rubi, 101 ;

Phint Records, 113; Rose Records,

114; Gloucester Records, 153.
Ridlev, H. N., New Malayan Plants,

147, 195 ; Plantago Cynops, 271.
Rilstone, F., Scilla campanulata, 274.
Roberts, W., H. W. Burgess, 25.
Rogers, W. M.t (portr.), 161.
Rolfs, R. A., Orchis Simla, 277.
Roper, Ida M., Helleborine lati-

folia, 252 ; Euphorbia platyphyllos,

294.
Rosa arvensis var. ninjor, 18; britan-

nica, 185; Xniicrantha, 19; canina

var. oblonga, 20 ; micrantha Aar.

Lusseri, 21 ; ptycophylla,* 16.
Roses, Dorsetshire, 16; Revised Ar-
rangement of British, Supplement!. ;

collecting, 23; records, 114;

Swedish (rev.), 115 ; Cheshire, 137 ;

Pemberton's (rev.). 182 ; Matthewis

on, 279.
Roya anglica,'^ 65.
Rubi, British, 1900-20, 101.
Russula claroUava, 249.

J Salisbury, E. J., .Church's ' Structural
\ Botany ' (rev.), 27.
' Salmon, 0. E., Cystopteris montana,
24; Gerbanlt's papers, 95; Alche-
milla acutideus, 113 ; Erodiuiu
cicutarium (t. 554), 121 ; proposed
Flora of Surrey, 183 ; Arum itali-
cum, 274 ; R uiunculus Lingua, 275 ;
Pruuella laciiiiata, 295,
Salsola caffra, 24.
Sargeaunt's (J.) ' Trees &c. of Virgil '

(rev.), 253.
Satureia montana, 25, 295.
Scjiphooalyx,* 148; parviflora,* 149;

spathacea,* 149.
Scbonland's Flora of Uiteuhage, 279.
Schrankia microphylla, 89,
Scilla campanulata, 227, 274.
Sclerotium stellatnm,* 242.
Scottiah Plants, 24, 63, 113, 168, 232,

295.
Sedum micranthum, 95.
Sequence of Fungi & Mycetoza, 273.
Setchell's American Myxopliycetig, 120.
Sex and Soma, 32 ; Terms, 55.
Shamrock, The, 117.
Slioolbred, W., Monotropa, 227 ; bis
I 'F'lora of Cliepstow ' (i*ev.), 178.
Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 178.
Small, J., on Medicinal Plants, 31 ; his

' Origin of Composita;'' (rev.), 202.
Smith, A. L., ' Iceland Lichens ' (rev.),

295.
Smith, E. P., Pollinosis (' Hay Fever "),

40.
Smithiella, 232.
Snell, John,t 158.
Solanum Roger^ii,* 73.
Somerset Qredinea^ 37.
I Sphacelaria, Suppt. ii. 9.
Stachyanthns nigeriensis,'*^ 221 ; obo-

vatus,* 222.
Stephenson, T. & T. A., Orcliis pur-
piirella,* 164 : Epipactis in Britain
(t. 555), 209 ; British Marsh Orchid.«,
241 ; The British Pabnate Orchids
(t. 556), 257.
Stoebe aflinis,''' 77 ; Mossii,'^ 76.
Stone, W., L^se & Abuse of the Genus.

196.
Stone's (II.) ' Identitication of Timbers '

(rev.), 230.
Stonehouse, Walter, 170.

I^'DKX.

Sti-oiiibosia, !22r> ; r«oisp\v(ilci-i.* '2'27 \
iiKijiiscula,^' 22() ; retevcuia,'^ 22.');
torooiisis,* 224.

8troinbosiopsis buxifolin,* 228.

• Svensk Flora' (rev.), 15.'i

Symbiosis, Liciicu, 213, 262.

Tliompson, H. S. Eiiplirjisia hirtella,
25; Frederick Kiiine, 80; tlic Mild
Season, 113; llutchiuaia pelra>n,,
252.

Timbers, 230.

Tozer, H. F., 120.

Traaen. Carl, Swedisb Roses (vev.),
115.

Tradescant, John, 171, 248.

Trans. Bot. Soc*. Edinb., (i3.

Tweedaide, Floia of, 120.

Umbellulantluis,"^ 220; floribundus,'^

220.
Tjredin(>a3 of Somerset, 37

Varley, Cornelius, 50.

Vaugbiui's (J.) ' Music of Wild Flowers,'

278.
Va.ioliania,^^ 188; diosniafolia,-"^ 88.
Vaupt'lia, 48 ; liisi»idissinia,* 49.

V^'rnoiiia divulgata,'* 44.
Virgil, Trees etc. of (rev.), 253.

Warner, M. F., Rheede's 'Ilorlus
nialabaricus,' 291.

Warner's (E.) Herbarium, 120.

Watson, W., Llanberis Licliens, 108 ;
Sisyrincbium angustifolium, 178.

Watts, W. W., Aspidium goggilodus,
153.

W'eathers, J., ' Roses ' (rev.), 182.

Welsh Lichens, 1 1 , 108.

Wernhani, H. F., Dewevrella congensis,
80; Ellis's 'Applied Eotany ' (rev.),
93; the genus Coupoui, 105 ; 'Geo-
graphy of Plants ' (rev.), 180.

WHieldon, J. A., Llanberis Lichens, 11.
Wheler's {Q.) Herbarium, 120,
Whytoekia, 63.
W'lmott, A. J., Erythrsea scilloides,

23.
Wilson's (W. F.) ' Hawaii,' 159.
Wilts Biyopliytes, 141.
Wolley-Dod, A. H., Collecting Roses,

23; Revised Arrangement of jiritifli

Roses, Supplement i.

Zea Mays, 61.

Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

,.-i-

^%^

New York Botanical Garden Librar

3 5185 00265 0164

.1 -,l

t''^:-'iUZ-^i